diff --git a/.github/workflows/merge_3.3.x_to_master.yml b/.github/workflows/merge_3.3.x_to_master.yml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9aea009c --- /dev/null +++ b/.github/workflows/merge_3.3.x_to_master.yml @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +name: Merge 3.3.x into master + +on: + push: + branches: + - 3.3.x + +jobs: + merge-branch: + runs-on: ubuntu-latest + + steps: + - uses: actions/create-github-app-token@v1 + id: app-token + with: + app-id: ${{ vars.MERGE_MASTER_APP_ID }} + private-key: ${{ secrets.MERGE_MASTER_SECRET }} + + - name: Checkout the repository + uses: actions/checkout@v4 + with: + fetch-depth: 0 # Fetch full history for proper merging + ref: 3.3.x # Checkout the 3.3.x branch + token: ${{ steps.app-token.outputs.token }} + + - name: Fetch the latest commit information + id: get-commit-info + run: | + # Get the latest commit SHA and its author details + COMMIT_SHA=$(git rev-parse HEAD) + COMMIT_AUTHOR_NAME=$(git log -1 --pretty=format:'%an' $COMMIT_SHA) + COMMIT_AUTHOR_EMAIL=$(git log -1 --pretty=format:'%ae' $COMMIT_SHA) + + # Save them as output for later steps + echo "commit_sha=$COMMIT_SHA" >> $GITHUB_ENV + echo "commit_author_name=$COMMIT_AUTHOR_NAME" >> $GITHUB_ENV + echo "commit_author_email=$COMMIT_AUTHOR_EMAIL" >> $GITHUB_ENV + + - name: Set up Git with the pull request author's info + run: | + git config --global user.name "${{ env.commit_author_name }}" + git config --global user.email "${{ env.commit_author_email }}" + + - name: Fetch all branches + run: git fetch --all + + - name: Merge 3.3.x into master + run: | + git checkout master + if git merge --no-ff 3.3.x; then + echo "merge_failed=false" >> $GITHUB_ENV + else + echo "merge_failed=true" >> $GITHUB_ENV + fi + + - name: Push changes to master if merge was successful + if: env.merge_failed == 'false' + run: git push origin master + env: + GITHUB_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }} diff --git a/.github/workflows/tests.yml b/.github/workflows/tests.yml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..edc3c185 --- /dev/null +++ b/.github/workflows/tests.yml @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +name: Test make documentation + +on: + push: + branches: + - master + - '[34].[0-9]+.x' + pull_request: + branches: + - master + - '[34].[0-9]+.x' + +jobs: + build-dev-docs: + name: 'Build development docs' + runs-on: ubuntu-latest + steps: + - uses: actions/checkout@v4 + - name: Set up Python + uses: actions/setup-python@v4 + with: + python-version: '3.x' + - name: Install dependencies + run: | + python -m pip install --upgrade pip + pip install sphinx + pip install sphinx_rtd_theme + pip install sphinxcontrib-phpdomain + pip install sphinx-multiversion + pip install git+https://github.com/marc1706/sphinx-php.git + - name: Test make html + run: | + cd development + make html + + build-user-docs-pdf: + name: 'Build user docs PDF' + runs-on: ubuntu-latest + steps: + - uses: actions/checkout@v4 + - name: Install fop + run: | + sudo apt-get install -y fop libxerces2-java libxalan2-java libserializer-java + - name: Build pdf documentation + working-directory: ${{ github.workspace }}/documentation + run: | + ./create_pdf.sh + - name: Archive PDF output + uses: actions/upload-artifact@v4 + with: + name: Documentation PDF + path: ${{ github.workspace }}/documentation/*.pdf + + build-user-docs-website: + name: 'Build user docs for website' + runs-on: ubuntu-latest + steps: + - uses: actions/checkout@v4 + - name: Install xsltproc + run: | + sudo apt-get install -y xsltproc + - name: Build documentation for website + working-directory: ${{ github.workspace }}/documentation + run: | + mkdir build_website + ./create_docs.sh build_website diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore index 29971dc5..7114a1b4 100644 --- a/.gitignore +++ b/.gitignore @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ Thumbs.db .DS_Store +.idea/ /development/_build +/documentation/build diff --git a/.travis.yml b/.travis.yml deleted file mode 100644 index ca898ff1..00000000 --- a/.travis.yml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -language: python - -install: - - pip install sphinx - - pip install sphinx_rtd_theme - - pip install sphinxcontrib-phpdomain - - pip install git+https://github.com/marc1706/sphinx-php.git - -script: - - cd development - - make html - -branches: - only: - - master - - /^\d+(\.\d+)?\.x$/ - -sudo: false diff --git a/CONTRIBUTING.md b/CONTRIBUTING.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e6615a58 --- /dev/null +++ b/CONTRIBUTING.md @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +# Contribute to phpBB Documentation + +Do you have an improvement, bug fix or translation for our Docs? + +## Contents: +1. [Fork and Clone](#fork-and-clone) +2. [Create a Branch](#create-a-branch) +3. [Submit a Pull Request](#submit-a-pull-request) +4. [Build Development Docs](#build-development-docs) + +## Fork and Clone + +1. On GitHub, create a fork of `phpbb/documentation` to your GitHub account. + +2. Create a local clone of your fork: +```shell +$ git clone git://github.com/YOUR_GITHUB_NAME/documentation.git +``` + +## Create a Branch + +1. Create a new branch in your repository before doing any work. It should be based off the branch you intend to update: +```shell +$ git checkout -b myNewbranch origin/master +``` + +2. Do work on your branch, commit your changes and push it to your repository: +```shell +$ git commit -a -m "My new feature or bug fixes" +$ git push origin myNewbranch +``` + +## Submit a Pull Request + +1. Go to your repository on GitHub.com. + +2. Click the Pull Request button. + +3. Make sure the correct branch is selected in the base branch dropdown menu. + +## Build Development Docs + +You can build our Development Docs in your local environment to make it easier when writing new or updated +documentation. The following steps may vary slightly depending on your OS, so if you run into any trouble you may +ask for guidance in our [Discord or IRC Channels](https://www.phpbb.com/support/chat/). + +1. Make sure you have Python3 installed (you can check by running `$ python -V`) + +2. Make sure your have PIP installed (you can check by running `$ pip -V`) + +3. Install [Sphinx Docs](https://www.sphinx-doc.org/en/master/usage/installation.html): + ```shell + $ pip install -U sphinx + ``` + +4. Verify Sphinx installed: + ```shell + $ sphinx-build --version + ``` + > You may need to set a shell $PATH variable to point to wherever your Sphinx binaries were installed in your system + +5. Install all the dependencies needed for our Docs: + ```shell + $ pip install sphinx_rtd_theme + $ pip install sphinxcontrib-phpdomain + $ pip install sphinx-multiversion + $ sudo pip install git+https://github.com/marc1706/sphinx-php.git + ``` + +6. Build the Docs + ```shell + $ cd development + $ make html + ``` + +7. You can now view the Docs by pointing a browser to `development/_build/html/index.html` diff --git a/development/_static/css/jquery.dataTables.min.css b/development/_static/css/jquery.dataTables.min.css new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ddfbb720 --- /dev/null +++ b/development/_static/css/jquery.dataTables.min.css @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +table.dataTable{width:100%;margin:0 auto;clear:both;border-collapse:separate;border-spacing:0}table.dataTable thead th,table.dataTable tfoot th{font-weight:bold}table.dataTable thead th,table.dataTable thead td{padding:10px 18px;border-bottom:1px solid #111}table.dataTable thead th:active,table.dataTable thead td:active{outline:none}table.dataTable tfoot th,table.dataTable tfoot td{padding:10px 18px 6px 18px;border-top:1px solid #111}table.dataTable thead .sorting,table.dataTable thead .sorting_asc,table.dataTable thead .sorting_desc,table.dataTable thead .sorting_asc_disabled,table.dataTable thead .sorting_desc_disabled{cursor:pointer;*cursor:hand;background-repeat:no-repeat;background-position:center right}table.dataTable thead .sorting{background-image:url("http://github.com/images/sort_both.png")}table.dataTable thead .sorting_asc{background-image:url("http://github.com/images/sort_asc.png") !important}table.dataTable thead .sorting_desc{background-image:url("http://github.com/images/sort_desc.png") !important}table.dataTable thead .sorting_asc_disabled{background-image:url("http://github.com/images/sort_asc_disabled.png")}table.dataTable thead .sorting_desc_disabled{background-image:url("http://github.com/images/sort_desc_disabled.png")}table.dataTable tbody tr{background-color:#fff}table.dataTable tbody tr.selected{background-color:#b0bed9}table.dataTable tbody th,table.dataTable tbody td{padding:8px 10px}table.dataTable.row-border tbody th,table.dataTable.row-border tbody td,table.dataTable.display tbody th,table.dataTable.display tbody td{border-top:1px solid #ddd}table.dataTable.row-border tbody tr:first-child th,table.dataTable.row-border tbody tr:first-child td,table.dataTable.display tbody tr:first-child th,table.dataTable.display tbody tr:first-child td{border-top:none}table.dataTable.cell-border tbody th,table.dataTable.cell-border tbody td{border-top:1px solid #ddd;border-right:1px solid #ddd}table.dataTable.cell-border tbody tr th:first-child,table.dataTable.cell-border tbody tr td:first-child{border-left:1px solid #ddd}table.dataTable.cell-border tbody tr:first-child th,table.dataTable.cell-border tbody tr:first-child td{border-top:none}table.dataTable.stripe tbody tr.odd,table.dataTable.display tbody tr.odd{background-color:#f9f9f9}table.dataTable.stripe tbody tr.odd.selected,table.dataTable.display tbody tr.odd.selected{background-color:#acbad4}table.dataTable.hover tbody tr:hover,table.dataTable.display tbody tr:hover{background-color:#f6f6f6}table.dataTable.hover tbody tr:hover.selected,table.dataTable.display tbody tr:hover.selected{background-color:#aab7d1}table.dataTable.order-column tbody tr>.sorting_1,table.dataTable.order-column tbody tr>.sorting_2,table.dataTable.order-column tbody tr>.sorting_3,table.dataTable.display tbody tr>.sorting_1,table.dataTable.display tbody tr>.sorting_2,table.dataTable.display tbody tr>.sorting_3{background-color:#fafafa}table.dataTable.order-column tbody tr.selected>.sorting_1,table.dataTable.order-column tbody tr.selected>.sorting_2,table.dataTable.order-column tbody tr.selected>.sorting_3,table.dataTable.display tbody tr.selected>.sorting_1,table.dataTable.display tbody tr.selected>.sorting_2,table.dataTable.display tbody tr.selected>.sorting_3{background-color:#acbad5}table.dataTable.display tbody tr.odd>.sorting_1,table.dataTable.order-column.stripe tbody tr.odd>.sorting_1{background-color:#f1f1f1}table.dataTable.display tbody tr.odd>.sorting_2,table.dataTable.order-column.stripe tbody tr.odd>.sorting_2{background-color:#f3f3f3}table.dataTable.display tbody tr.odd>.sorting_3,table.dataTable.order-column.stripe tbody tr.odd>.sorting_3{background-color:whitesmoke}table.dataTable.display tbody tr.odd.selected>.sorting_1,table.dataTable.order-column.stripe tbody tr.odd.selected>.sorting_1{background-color:#a6b4cd}table.dataTable.display tbody tr.odd.selected>.sorting_2,table.dataTable.order-column.stripe tbody tr.odd.selected>.sorting_2{background-color:#a8b5cf}table.dataTable.display tbody tr.odd.selected>.sorting_3,table.dataTable.order-column.stripe tbody tr.odd.selected>.sorting_3{background-color:#a9b7d1}table.dataTable.display tbody tr.even>.sorting_1,table.dataTable.order-column.stripe tbody tr.even>.sorting_1{background-color:#fafafa}table.dataTable.display tbody tr.even>.sorting_2,table.dataTable.order-column.stripe tbody tr.even>.sorting_2{background-color:#fcfcfc}table.dataTable.display tbody tr.even>.sorting_3,table.dataTable.order-column.stripe tbody tr.even>.sorting_3{background-color:#fefefe}table.dataTable.display tbody tr.even.selected>.sorting_1,table.dataTable.order-column.stripe tbody tr.even.selected>.sorting_1{background-color:#acbad5}table.dataTable.display tbody tr.even.selected>.sorting_2,table.dataTable.order-column.stripe tbody tr.even.selected>.sorting_2{background-color:#aebcd6}table.dataTable.display tbody tr.even.selected>.sorting_3,table.dataTable.order-column.stripe tbody tr.even.selected>.sorting_3{background-color:#afbdd8}table.dataTable.display tbody tr:hover>.sorting_1,table.dataTable.order-column.hover tbody tr:hover>.sorting_1{background-color:#eaeaea}table.dataTable.display tbody tr:hover>.sorting_2,table.dataTable.order-column.hover tbody tr:hover>.sorting_2{background-color:#ececec}table.dataTable.display tbody tr:hover>.sorting_3,table.dataTable.order-column.hover tbody tr:hover>.sorting_3{background-color:#efefef}table.dataTable.display tbody tr:hover.selected>.sorting_1,table.dataTable.order-column.hover tbody tr:hover.selected>.sorting_1{background-color:#a2aec7}table.dataTable.display tbody tr:hover.selected>.sorting_2,table.dataTable.order-column.hover tbody tr:hover.selected>.sorting_2{background-color:#a3b0c9}table.dataTable.display tbody tr:hover.selected>.sorting_3,table.dataTable.order-column.hover tbody tr:hover.selected>.sorting_3{background-color:#a5b2cb}table.dataTable.no-footer{border-bottom:1px solid #111}table.dataTable.nowrap th,table.dataTable.nowrap td{white-space:nowrap}table.dataTable.compact thead th,table.dataTable.compact thead td{padding:4px 17px}table.dataTable.compact tfoot th,table.dataTable.compact tfoot td{padding:4px}table.dataTable.compact tbody th,table.dataTable.compact tbody td{padding:4px}table.dataTable th.dt-left,table.dataTable td.dt-left{text-align:left}table.dataTable th.dt-center,table.dataTable td.dt-center,table.dataTable td.dataTables_empty{text-align:center}table.dataTable th.dt-right,table.dataTable td.dt-right{text-align:right}table.dataTable th.dt-justify,table.dataTable td.dt-justify{text-align:justify}table.dataTable th.dt-nowrap,table.dataTable td.dt-nowrap{white-space:nowrap}table.dataTable thead th.dt-head-left,table.dataTable thead td.dt-head-left,table.dataTable tfoot th.dt-head-left,table.dataTable tfoot td.dt-head-left{text-align:left}table.dataTable thead th.dt-head-center,table.dataTable thead td.dt-head-center,table.dataTable tfoot th.dt-head-center,table.dataTable tfoot td.dt-head-center{text-align:center}table.dataTable thead th.dt-head-right,table.dataTable thead td.dt-head-right,table.dataTable tfoot th.dt-head-right,table.dataTable tfoot td.dt-head-right{text-align:right}table.dataTable thead th.dt-head-justify,table.dataTable thead td.dt-head-justify,table.dataTable tfoot th.dt-head-justify,table.dataTable tfoot td.dt-head-justify{text-align:justify}table.dataTable thead th.dt-head-nowrap,table.dataTable thead td.dt-head-nowrap,table.dataTable tfoot th.dt-head-nowrap,table.dataTable tfoot td.dt-head-nowrap{white-space:nowrap}table.dataTable tbody th.dt-body-left,table.dataTable tbody td.dt-body-left{text-align:left}table.dataTable tbody th.dt-body-center,table.dataTable tbody td.dt-body-center{text-align:center}table.dataTable tbody th.dt-body-right,table.dataTable tbody td.dt-body-right{text-align:right}table.dataTable tbody th.dt-body-justify,table.dataTable tbody td.dt-body-justify{text-align:justify}table.dataTable tbody th.dt-body-nowrap,table.dataTable tbody td.dt-body-nowrap{white-space:nowrap}table.dataTable,table.dataTable th,table.dataTable td{box-sizing:content-box}.dataTables_wrapper{position:relative;clear:both;*zoom:1;zoom:1}.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_length{float:left}.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_length select{border:1px solid #aaa;border-radius:3px;padding:5px;background-color:transparent;padding:4px}.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_filter{float:right;text-align:right}.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_filter input{border:1px solid #aaa;border-radius:3px;padding:5px;background-color:transparent;margin-left:3px}.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_info{clear:both;float:left;padding-top:.755em}.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_paginate{float:right;text-align:right;padding-top:.25em}.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_paginate .paginate_button{box-sizing:border-box;display:inline-block;min-width:1.5em;padding:.5em 1em;margin-left:2px;text-align:center;text-decoration:none !important;cursor:pointer;*cursor:hand;color:#333 !important;border:1px solid transparent;border-radius:2px}.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_paginate .paginate_button.current,.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_paginate .paginate_button.current:hover{color:#333 !important;border:1px solid #979797;background-color:white;background:-webkit-gradient(linear, left top, left bottom, color-stop(0%, white), color-stop(100%, #dcdcdc));background:-webkit-linear-gradient(top, white 0%, #dcdcdc 100%);background:-moz-linear-gradient(top, white 0%, #dcdcdc 100%);background:-ms-linear-gradient(top, white 0%, #dcdcdc 100%);background:-o-linear-gradient(top, white 0%, #dcdcdc 100%);background:linear-gradient(to bottom, white 0%, #dcdcdc 100%)}.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_paginate .paginate_button.disabled,.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_paginate .paginate_button.disabled:hover,.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_paginate .paginate_button.disabled:active{cursor:default;color:#666 !important;border:1px solid transparent;background:transparent;box-shadow:none}.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_paginate .paginate_button:hover{color:white !important;border:1px solid #111;background-color:#585858;background:-webkit-gradient(linear, left top, left bottom, color-stop(0%, #585858), color-stop(100%, #111));background:-webkit-linear-gradient(top, #585858 0%, #111 100%);background:-moz-linear-gradient(top, #585858 0%, #111 100%);background:-ms-linear-gradient(top, #585858 0%, #111 100%);background:-o-linear-gradient(top, #585858 0%, #111 100%);background:linear-gradient(to bottom, #585858 0%, #111 100%)}.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_paginate .paginate_button:active{outline:none;background-color:#2b2b2b;background:-webkit-gradient(linear, left top, left bottom, color-stop(0%, #2b2b2b), color-stop(100%, #0c0c0c));background:-webkit-linear-gradient(top, #2b2b2b 0%, #0c0c0c 100%);background:-moz-linear-gradient(top, #2b2b2b 0%, #0c0c0c 100%);background:-ms-linear-gradient(top, #2b2b2b 0%, #0c0c0c 100%);background:-o-linear-gradient(top, #2b2b2b 0%, #0c0c0c 100%);background:linear-gradient(to bottom, #2b2b2b 0%, #0c0c0c 100%);box-shadow:inset 0 0 3px #111}.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_paginate .ellipsis{padding:0 1em}.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_processing{position:absolute;top:50%;left:50%;width:100%;height:40px;margin-left:-50%;margin-top:-25px;padding-top:20px;text-align:center;font-size:1.2em;background-color:white;background:-webkit-gradient(linear, left top, right top, color-stop(0%, rgba(255, 255, 255, 0)), color-stop(25%, rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.9)), color-stop(75%, rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.9)), color-stop(100%, rgba(255, 255, 255, 0)));background:-webkit-linear-gradient(left, rgba(255, 255, 255, 0) 0%, rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.9) 25%, rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.9) 75%, rgba(255, 255, 255, 0) 100%);background:-moz-linear-gradient(left, rgba(255, 255, 255, 0) 0%, rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.9) 25%, rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.9) 75%, rgba(255, 255, 255, 0) 100%);background:-ms-linear-gradient(left, rgba(255, 255, 255, 0) 0%, rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.9) 25%, rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.9) 75%, rgba(255, 255, 255, 0) 100%);background:-o-linear-gradient(left, rgba(255, 255, 255, 0) 0%, rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.9) 25%, rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.9) 75%, rgba(255, 255, 255, 0) 100%);background:linear-gradient(to right, rgba(255, 255, 255, 0) 0%, rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.9) 25%, rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.9) 75%, rgba(255, 255, 255, 0) 100%)}.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_length,.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_filter,.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_info,.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_processing,.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_paginate{color:#333}.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_scroll{clear:both}.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_scroll div.dataTables_scrollBody{*margin-top:-1px;-webkit-overflow-scrolling:touch}.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_scroll div.dataTables_scrollBody>table>thead>tr>th,.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_scroll div.dataTables_scrollBody>table>thead>tr>td,.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_scroll div.dataTables_scrollBody>table>tbody>tr>th,.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_scroll div.dataTables_scrollBody>table>tbody>tr>td{vertical-align:middle}.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_scroll div.dataTables_scrollBody>table>thead>tr>th>div.dataTables_sizing,.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_scroll div.dataTables_scrollBody>table>thead>tr>td>div.dataTables_sizing,.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_scroll div.dataTables_scrollBody>table>tbody>tr>th>div.dataTables_sizing,.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_scroll div.dataTables_scrollBody>table>tbody>tr>td>div.dataTables_sizing{height:0;overflow:hidden;margin:0 !important;padding:0 !important}.dataTables_wrapper.no-footer .dataTables_scrollBody{border-bottom:1px solid #111}.dataTables_wrapper.no-footer div.dataTables_scrollHead table.dataTable,.dataTables_wrapper.no-footer div.dataTables_scrollBody>table{border-bottom:none}.dataTables_wrapper:after{visibility:hidden;display:block;content:"";clear:both;height:0}@media screen and (max-width: 767px){.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_info,.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_paginate{float:none;text-align:center}.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_paginate{margin-top:.5em}}@media screen and (max-width: 640px){.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_length,.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_filter{float:none;text-align:center}.dataTables_wrapper .dataTables_filter{margin-top:.5em}} diff --git a/development/_static/css/phpbb.css b/development/_static/css/phpbb.css new file mode 100644 index 00000000..13a74e6f --- /dev/null +++ b/development/_static/css/phpbb.css @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +.wy-side-nav-search { + background-color: #009BDF; +} + +.wy-side-nav-search>div.version { + color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.7); +} + +.wy-nav-content { + max-width: none; /* use max-width: 800px for button navigation, not content */ +} + +.wy-table-responsive { + clear: both; +} + +.wy-table-responsive table { + width: 100%; +} + +.wy-table-responsive table td, +.wy-table-responsive table th { + white-space: normal; +} + +.rst-footer-buttons { + max-width: 800px; +} + +table.docutils td>p:nth-last-child(n+1) { + margin-top: 0.5rem; +} + +.rst-versions.shift-up { + overflow: auto; +} diff --git a/development/_static/images/sort_asc.png b/development/_static/images/sort_asc.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e1ba61a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/development/_static/images/sort_asc.png differ diff --git a/development/_static/images/sort_both.png b/development/_static/images/sort_both.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..af5bc7c5 Binary files /dev/null and b/development/_static/images/sort_both.png differ diff --git a/development/_static/images/sort_desc.png b/development/_static/images/sort_desc.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0e156deb Binary files /dev/null and b/development/_static/images/sort_desc.png differ diff --git a/development/_static/js/jquery.dataTables.min.js b/development/_static/js/jquery.dataTables.min.js new file mode 100644 index 00000000..034efa97 --- /dev/null +++ b/development/_static/js/jquery.dataTables.min.js @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +/*! + Copyright 2008-2021 SpryMedia Ltd. + + This source file is free software, available under the following license: + MIT license - http://datatables.net/license + + This source file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY + or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the license files for details. + + For details please refer to: http://www.datatables.net + DataTables 1.10.24 + ©2008-2021 SpryMedia Ltd - datatables.net/license +*/ +var $jscomp=$jscomp||{};$jscomp.scope={};$jscomp.findInternal=function(k,y,z){k instanceof String&&(k=String(k));for(var q=k.length,G=0;G").css({position:"fixed",top:0,left:-1*k(y).scrollLeft(),height:1, +width:1,overflow:"hidden"}).append(k("
").css({position:"absolute",top:1,left:1,width:100,overflow:"scroll"}).append(k("
").css({width:"100%",height:10}))).appendTo("body"),d=c.children(),e=d.children();b.barWidth=d[0].offsetWidth-d[0].clientWidth;b.bScrollOversize=100===e[0].offsetWidth&&100!==d[0].clientWidth;b.bScrollbarLeft=1!==Math.round(e.offset().left);b.bBounding=c[0].getBoundingClientRect().width?!0:!1;c.remove()}k.extend(a.oBrowser,u.__browser);a.oScroll.iBarWidth=u.__browser.barWidth} +function Bb(a,b,c,d,e,f){var g=!1;if(c!==q){var h=c;g=!0}for(;d!==e;)a.hasOwnProperty(d)&&(h=g?b(h,a[d],d,a):a[d],g=!0,d+=f);return h}function Wa(a,b){var c=u.defaults.column,d=a.aoColumns.length;c=k.extend({},u.models.oColumn,c,{nTh:b?b:z.createElement("th"),sTitle:c.sTitle?c.sTitle:b?b.innerHTML:"",aDataSort:c.aDataSort?c.aDataSort:[d],mData:c.mData?c.mData:d,idx:d});a.aoColumns.push(c);c=a.aoPreSearchCols;c[d]=k.extend({},u.models.oSearch,c[d]);Da(a,d,k(b).data())}function Da(a,b,c){b=a.aoColumns[b]; +var d=a.oClasses,e=k(b.nTh);if(!b.sWidthOrig){b.sWidthOrig=e.attr("width")||null;var f=(e.attr("style")||"").match(/width:\s*(\d+[pxem%]+)/);f&&(b.sWidthOrig=f[1])}c!==q&&null!==c&&(zb(c),O(u.defaults.column,c,!0),c.mDataProp===q||c.mData||(c.mData=c.mDataProp),c.sType&&(b._sManualType=c.sType),c.className&&!c.sClass&&(c.sClass=c.className),c.sClass&&e.addClass(c.sClass),k.extend(b,c),V(b,c,"sWidth","sWidthOrig"),c.iDataSort!==q&&(b.aDataSort=[c.iDataSort]),V(b,c,"aDataSort"));var g=b.mData,h=ia(g), +l=b.mRender?ia(b.mRender):null;c=function(n){return"string"===typeof n&&-1!==n.indexOf("@")};b._bAttrSrc=k.isPlainObject(g)&&(c(g.sort)||c(g.type)||c(g.filter));b._setter=null;b.fnGetData=function(n,m,p){var t=h(n,m,q,p);return l&&m?l(t,m,n,p):t};b.fnSetData=function(n,m,p){return da(g)(n,m,p)};"number"!==typeof g&&(a._rowReadObject=!0);a.oFeatures.bSort||(b.bSortable=!1,e.addClass(d.sSortableNone));a=-1!==k.inArray("asc",b.asSorting);c=-1!==k.inArray("desc",b.asSorting);b.bSortable&&(a||c)?a&&!c? +(b.sSortingClass=d.sSortableAsc,b.sSortingClassJUI=d.sSortJUIAscAllowed):!a&&c?(b.sSortingClass=d.sSortableDesc,b.sSortingClassJUI=d.sSortJUIDescAllowed):(b.sSortingClass=d.sSortable,b.sSortingClassJUI=d.sSortJUI):(b.sSortingClass=d.sSortableNone,b.sSortingClassJUI="")}function ra(a){if(!1!==a.oFeatures.bAutoWidth){var b=a.aoColumns;Xa(a);for(var c=0,d=b.length;cn[m])d(h.length+n[m],l);else if("string"===typeof n[m]){var p=0;for(g=h.length;pb&&a[e]--; -1!=d&&c===q&&a.splice(d,1)}function va(a,b,c,d){var e=a.aoData[b],f,g=function(l,n){for(;l.childNodes.length;)l.removeChild(l.firstChild);l.innerHTML=S(a,b,n,"display")};if("dom"!==c&&(c&&"auto"!==c||"dom"!==e.src)){var h=e.anCells;if(h)if(d!==q)g(h[d],d);else for(c=0,f=h.length;c").appendTo(d));var l=0;for(b=h.length;l=a.fnRecordsDisplay()?0:g,a.iInitDisplayStart=-1);g=a._iDisplayStart;var n=a.fnDisplayEnd();if(a.bDeferLoading)a.bDeferLoading=!1,a.iDraw++,U(a,!1);else if(!h)a.iDraw++;else if(!a.bDestroying&&!Fb(a))return;if(0!==l.length)for(f=h?a.aoData.length:n,h=h?0:g;h",{"class":e?d[0]:""}).append(k("",{valign:"top",colSpan:na(a),"class":a.oClasses.sRowEmpty}).html(c))[0];H(a,"aoHeaderCallback","header",[k(a.nTHead).children("tr")[0], +bb(a),g,n,l]);H(a,"aoFooterCallback","footer",[k(a.nTFoot).children("tr")[0],bb(a),g,n,l]);d=k(a.nTBody);d.children().detach();d.append(k(b));H(a,"aoDrawCallback","draw",[a]);a.bSorted=!1;a.bFiltered=!1;a.bDrawing=!1}}function ja(a,b){var c=a.oFeatures,d=c.bFilter;c.bSort&&Gb(a);d?ya(a,a.oPreviousSearch):a.aiDisplay=a.aiDisplayMaster.slice();!0!==b&&(a._iDisplayStart=0);a._drawHold=b;fa(a);a._drawHold=!1}function Hb(a){var b=a.oClasses,c=k(a.nTable);c=k("
").insertBefore(c);var d=a.oFeatures, +e=k("
",{id:a.sTableId+"_wrapper","class":b.sWrapper+(a.nTFoot?"":" "+b.sNoFooter)});a.nHolding=c[0];a.nTableWrapper=e[0];a.nTableReinsertBefore=a.nTable.nextSibling;for(var f=a.sDom.split(""),g,h,l,n,m,p,t=0;t")[0];n=f[t+1];if("'"==n||'"'==n){m="";for(p=2;f[t+p]!=n;)m+=f[t+p],p++;"H"==m?m=b.sJUIHeader:"F"==m&&(m=b.sJUIFooter);-1!=m.indexOf(".")?(n=m.split("."),l.id=n[0].substr(1,n[0].length-1),l.className=n[1]):"#"==m.charAt(0)?l.id=m.substr(1, +m.length-1):l.className=m;t+=p}e.append(l);e=k(l)}else if(">"==h)e=e.parent();else if("l"==h&&d.bPaginate&&d.bLengthChange)g=Ib(a);else if("f"==h&&d.bFilter)g=Jb(a);else if("r"==h&&d.bProcessing)g=Kb(a);else if("t"==h)g=Lb(a);else if("i"==h&&d.bInfo)g=Mb(a);else if("p"==h&&d.bPaginate)g=Nb(a);else if(0!==u.ext.feature.length)for(l=u.ext.feature,p=0,n=l.length;p',h=d.sSearch;h=h.match(/_INPUT_/)?h.replace("_INPUT_",g):h+g;b=k("
",{id:f.f?null:c+"_filter","class":b.sFilter}).append(k("
").addClass(b.sLength);a.aanFeatures.l||(l[0].id=c+"_length");l.children().append(a.oLanguage.sLengthMenu.replace("_MENU_",e[0].outerHTML));k("select",l).val(a._iDisplayLength).on("change.DT",function(n){ib(a,k(this).val());fa(a)});k(a.nTable).on("length.dt.DT",function(n,m,p){a===m&&k("select",l).val(p)});return l[0]}function Nb(a){var b=a.sPaginationType,c=u.ext.pager[b],d="function"===typeof c,e=function(g){fa(g)};b=k("
").addClass(a.oClasses.sPaging+b)[0]; +var f=a.aanFeatures;d||c.fnInit(a,b,e);f.p||(b.id=a.sTableId+"_paginate",a.aoDrawCallback.push({fn:function(g){if(d){var h=g._iDisplayStart,l=g._iDisplayLength,n=g.fnRecordsDisplay(),m=-1===l;h=m?0:Math.ceil(h/l);l=m?1:Math.ceil(n/l);n=c(h,l);var p;m=0;for(p=f.p.length;mf&& +(d=0)):"first"==b?d=0:"previous"==b?(d=0<=e?d-e:0,0>d&&(d=0)):"next"==b?d+e",{id:a.aanFeatures.r?null:a.sTableId+"_processing","class":a.oClasses.sProcessing}).html(a.oLanguage.sProcessing).insertBefore(a.nTable)[0]}function U(a,b){a.oFeatures.bProcessing&&k(a.aanFeatures.r).css("display",b?"block":"none"); +H(a,null,"processing",[a,b])}function Lb(a){var b=k(a.nTable);b.attr("role","grid");var c=a.oScroll;if(""===c.sX&&""===c.sY)return a.nTable;var d=c.sX,e=c.sY,f=a.oClasses,g=b.children("caption"),h=g.length?g[0]._captionSide:null,l=k(b[0].cloneNode(!1)),n=k(b[0].cloneNode(!1)),m=b.children("tfoot");m.length||(m=null);l=k("
",{"class":f.sScrollWrapper}).append(k("
",{"class":f.sScrollHead}).css({overflow:"hidden",position:"relative",border:0,width:d?d?K(d):null:"100%"}).append(k("
", +{"class":f.sScrollHeadInner}).css({"box-sizing":"content-box",width:c.sXInner||"100%"}).append(l.removeAttr("id").css("margin-left",0).append("top"===h?g:null).append(b.children("thead"))))).append(k("
",{"class":f.sScrollBody}).css({position:"relative",overflow:"auto",width:d?K(d):null}).append(b));m&&l.append(k("
",{"class":f.sScrollFoot}).css({overflow:"hidden",border:0,width:d?d?K(d):null:"100%"}).append(k("
",{"class":f.sScrollFootInner}).append(n.removeAttr("id").css("margin-left", +0).append("bottom"===h?g:null).append(b.children("tfoot")))));b=l.children();var p=b[0];f=b[1];var t=m?b[2]:null;if(d)k(f).on("scroll.DT",function(v){v=this.scrollLeft;p.scrollLeft=v;m&&(t.scrollLeft=v)});k(f).css("max-height",e);c.bCollapse||k(f).css("height",e);a.nScrollHead=p;a.nScrollBody=f;a.nScrollFoot=t;a.aoDrawCallback.push({fn:Ea,sName:"scrolling"});return l[0]}function Ea(a){var b=a.oScroll,c=b.sX,d=b.sXInner,e=b.sY;b=b.iBarWidth;var f=k(a.nScrollHead),g=f[0].style,h=f.children("div"),l= +h[0].style,n=h.children("table");h=a.nScrollBody;var m=k(h),p=h.style,t=k(a.nScrollFoot).children("div"),v=t.children("table"),x=k(a.nTHead),r=k(a.nTable),A=r[0],E=A.style,I=a.nTFoot?k(a.nTFoot):null,W=a.oBrowser,M=W.bScrollOversize,C=T(a.aoColumns,"nTh"),B=[],ba=[],X=[],lb=[],Aa,Yb=function(F){F=F.style;F.paddingTop="0";F.paddingBottom="0";F.borderTopWidth="0";F.borderBottomWidth="0";F.height=0};var ha=h.scrollHeight>h.clientHeight;if(a.scrollBarVis!==ha&&a.scrollBarVis!==q)a.scrollBarVis=ha,ra(a); +else{a.scrollBarVis=ha;r.children("thead, tfoot").remove();if(I){var ka=I.clone().prependTo(r);var la=I.find("tr");ka=ka.find("tr")}var mb=x.clone().prependTo(r);x=x.find("tr");ha=mb.find("tr");mb.find("th, td").removeAttr("tabindex");c||(p.width="100%",f[0].style.width="100%");k.each(Ka(a,mb),function(F,Y){Aa=sa(a,F);Y.style.width=a.aoColumns[Aa].sWidth});I&&Z(function(F){F.style.width=""},ka);f=r.outerWidth();""===c?(E.width="100%",M&&(r.find("tbody").height()>h.offsetHeight||"scroll"==m.css("overflow-y"))&& +(E.width=K(r.outerWidth()-b)),f=r.outerWidth()):""!==d&&(E.width=K(d),f=r.outerWidth());Z(Yb,ha);Z(function(F){X.push(F.innerHTML);B.push(K(k(F).css("width")))},ha);Z(function(F,Y){-1!==k.inArray(F,C)&&(F.style.width=B[Y])},x);k(ha).height(0);I&&(Z(Yb,ka),Z(function(F){lb.push(F.innerHTML);ba.push(K(k(F).css("width")))},ka),Z(function(F,Y){F.style.width=ba[Y]},la),k(ka).height(0));Z(function(F,Y){F.innerHTML='
'+X[Y]+"
";F.childNodes[0].style.height="0";F.childNodes[0].style.overflow= +"hidden";F.style.width=B[Y]},ha);I&&Z(function(F,Y){F.innerHTML='
'+lb[Y]+"
";F.childNodes[0].style.height="0";F.childNodes[0].style.overflow="hidden";F.style.width=ba[Y]},ka);r.outerWidth()h.offsetHeight||"scroll"==m.css("overflow-y")?f+b:f,M&&(h.scrollHeight>h.offsetHeight||"scroll"==m.css("overflow-y"))&&(E.width=K(la-b)),""!==c&&""===d||aa(a,1,"Possible column misalignment",6)):la="100%";p.width=K(la);g.width=K(la);I&&(a.nScrollFoot.style.width= +K(la));!e&&M&&(p.height=K(A.offsetHeight+b));c=r.outerWidth();n[0].style.width=K(c);l.width=K(c);d=r.height()>h.clientHeight||"scroll"==m.css("overflow-y");e="padding"+(W.bScrollbarLeft?"Left":"Right");l[e]=d?b+"px":"0px";I&&(v[0].style.width=K(c),t[0].style.width=K(c),t[0].style[e]=d?b+"px":"0px");r.children("colgroup").insertBefore(r.children("thead"));m.trigger("scroll");!a.bSorted&&!a.bFiltered||a._drawHold||(h.scrollTop=0)}}function Z(a,b,c){for(var d=0,e=0,f=b.length,g,h;e").appendTo(h.find("tbody"));h.find("thead, tfoot").remove();h.append(k(a.nTHead).clone()).append(k(a.nTFoot).clone());h.find("tfoot th, tfoot td").css("width","");n=Ka(a,h.find("thead")[0]);for(v=0;v").css({width:r.sWidthOrig, +margin:0,padding:0,border:0,height:1}));if(a.aoData.length)for(v=0;v").css(f||e?{position:"absolute",top:0,left:0,height:1,right:0,overflow:"hidden"}:{}).append(h).appendTo(p);f&&g?h.width(g):f?(h.css("width","auto"),h.removeAttr("width"),h.width()").css("width",K(a)).appendTo(b||z.body);b=a[0].offsetWidth;a.remove();return b}function $b(a,b){var c=ac(a,b);if(0>c)return null;var d=a.aoData[c];return d.nTr?d.anCells[b]: +k("").html(S(a,c,b,"display"))[0]}function ac(a,b){for(var c,d=-1,e=-1,f=0,g=a.aoData.length;fd&&(d=c.length,e=f);return e}function K(a){return null===a?"0px":"number"==typeof a?0>a?"0px":a+"px":a.match(/\d$/)?a+"px":a}function pa(a){var b=[],c=a.aoColumns;var d=a.aaSortingFixed;var e=k.isPlainObject(d);var f=[];var g=function(m){m.length&&!Array.isArray(m[0])?f.push(m):k.merge(f,m)};Array.isArray(d)&&g(d); +e&&d.pre&&g(d.pre);g(a.aaSorting);e&&d.post&&g(d.post);for(a=0;aI?1:0;if(0!==E)return"asc"===A.dir?E:-E}E=c[m];I=c[p];return EI?1:0}):g.sort(function(m,p){var t,v=h.length,x=e[m]._aSortData,r=e[p]._aSortData;for(t=0;tI?1:0})}a.bSorted=!0}function cc(a){var b=a.aoColumns,c=pa(a);a=a.oLanguage.oAria;for(var d=0,e=b.length;d/g,"");var l=f.nTh;l.removeAttribute("aria-sort");f.bSortable&&(0e?e+1:3))}e=0;for(f=d.length;ee?e+1:3))}a.aLastSort= +d}function bc(a,b){var c=a.aoColumns[b],d=u.ext.order[c.sSortDataType],e;d&&(e=d.call(a.oInstance,a,b,ta(a,b)));for(var f,g=u.ext.type.order[c.sType+"-pre"],h=0,l=a.aoData.length;h=f.length?[0,m[1]]:m)}));h.search!==q&&k.extend(a.oPreviousSearch,Vb(h.search));if(h.columns)for(d=0,e=h.columns.length;d=c&&(b=c-d);b-=b%d;if(-1===d||0>b)b=0;a._iDisplayStart=b}function eb(a,b){a=a.renderer;var c=u.ext.renderer[b];return k.isPlainObject(a)&&a[b]?c[a[b]]||c._:"string"===typeof a?c[a]|| +c._:c._}function P(a){return a.oFeatures.bServerSide?"ssp":a.ajax||a.sAjaxSource?"ajax":"dom"}function Ba(a,b){var c=ec.numbers_length,d=Math.floor(c/2);b<=c?a=qa(0,b):a<=d?(a=qa(0,c-2),a.push("ellipsis"),a.push(b-1)):(a>=b-1-d?a=qa(b-(c-2),b):(a=qa(a-d+2,a+d-1),a.push("ellipsis"),a.push(b-1)),a.splice(0,0,"ellipsis"),a.splice(0,0,0));a.DT_el="span";return a}function Va(a){k.each({num:function(b){return Sa(b,a)},"num-fmt":function(b){return Sa(b,a,qb)},"html-num":function(b){return Sa(b,a,Ta)},"html-num-fmt":function(b){return Sa(b, +a,Ta,qb)}},function(b,c){L.type.order[b+a+"-pre"]=c;b.match(/^html\-/)&&(L.type.search[b+a]=L.type.search.html)})}function fc(a){return function(){var b=[Ra(this[u.ext.iApiIndex])].concat(Array.prototype.slice.call(arguments));return u.ext.internal[a].apply(this,b)}}var u=function(a){this.$=function(f,g){return this.api(!0).$(f,g)};this._=function(f,g){return this.api(!0).rows(f,g).data()};this.api=function(f){return f?new D(Ra(this[L.iApiIndex])):new D(this)};this.fnAddData=function(f,g){var h=this.api(!0); +f=Array.isArray(f)&&(Array.isArray(f[0])||k.isPlainObject(f[0]))?h.rows.add(f):h.row.add(f);(g===q||g)&&h.draw();return f.flatten().toArray()};this.fnAdjustColumnSizing=function(f){var g=this.api(!0).columns.adjust(),h=g.settings()[0],l=h.oScroll;f===q||f?g.draw(!1):(""!==l.sX||""!==l.sY)&&Ea(h)};this.fnClearTable=function(f){var g=this.api(!0).clear();(f===q||f)&&g.draw()};this.fnClose=function(f){this.api(!0).row(f).child.hide()};this.fnDeleteRow=function(f,g,h){var l=this.api(!0);f=l.rows(f);var n= +f.settings()[0],m=n.aoData[f[0][0]];f.remove();g&&g.call(this,n,m);(h===q||h)&&l.draw();return m};this.fnDestroy=function(f){this.api(!0).destroy(f)};this.fnDraw=function(f){this.api(!0).draw(f)};this.fnFilter=function(f,g,h,l,n,m){n=this.api(!0);null===g||g===q?n.search(f,h,l,m):n.column(g).search(f,h,l,m);n.draw()};this.fnGetData=function(f,g){var h=this.api(!0);if(f!==q){var l=f.nodeName?f.nodeName.toLowerCase():"";return g!==q||"td"==l||"th"==l?h.cell(f,g).data():h.row(f).data()||null}return h.data().toArray()}; +this.fnGetNodes=function(f){var g=this.api(!0);return f!==q?g.row(f).node():g.rows().nodes().flatten().toArray()};this.fnGetPosition=function(f){var g=this.api(!0),h=f.nodeName.toUpperCase();return"TR"==h?g.row(f).index():"TD"==h||"TH"==h?(f=g.cell(f).index(),[f.row,f.columnVisible,f.column]):null};this.fnIsOpen=function(f){return this.api(!0).row(f).child.isShown()};this.fnOpen=function(f,g,h){return this.api(!0).row(f).child(g,h).show().child()[0]};this.fnPageChange=function(f,g){f=this.api(!0).page(f); +(g===q||g)&&f.draw(!1)};this.fnSetColumnVis=function(f,g,h){f=this.api(!0).column(f).visible(g);(h===q||h)&&f.columns.adjust().draw()};this.fnSettings=function(){return Ra(this[L.iApiIndex])};this.fnSort=function(f){this.api(!0).order(f).draw()};this.fnSortListener=function(f,g,h){this.api(!0).order.listener(f,g,h)};this.fnUpdate=function(f,g,h,l,n){var m=this.api(!0);h===q||null===h?m.row(g).data(f):m.cell(g,h).data(f);(n===q||n)&&m.columns.adjust();(l===q||l)&&m.draw();return 0};this.fnVersionCheck= +L.fnVersionCheck;var b=this,c=a===q,d=this.length;c&&(a={});this.oApi=this.internal=L.internal;for(var e in u.ext.internal)e&&(this[e]=fc(e));this.each(function(){var f={},g=1").appendTo(p));r.nTHead=B[0];B=p.children("tbody");0===B.length&&(B=k("").appendTo(p));r.nTBody=B[0];B=p.children("tfoot");0===B.length&&0").appendTo(p));0===B.length||0===B.children().length?p.addClass(A.sNoFooter):0/g,tc=/^\d{2,4}[\.\/\-]\d{1,2}[\.\/\-]\d{1,2}([T ]{1}\d{1,2}[:\.]\d{2}([\.:]\d{2})?)?$/,uc=/(\/|\.|\*|\+|\?|\||\(|\)|\[|\]|\{|\}|\\|\$|\^|\-)/g,qb=/['\u00A0,$£€¥%\u2009\u202F\u20BD\u20a9\u20BArfkɃΞ]/gi,ca=function(a){return a&&!0!==a&&"-"!==a?!1:!0},hc=function(a){var b=parseInt(a,10);return!isNaN(b)&& +isFinite(a)?b:null},ic=function(a,b){rb[b]||(rb[b]=new RegExp(hb(b),"g"));return"string"===typeof a&&"."!==b?a.replace(/\./g,"").replace(rb[b],"."):a},sb=function(a,b,c){var d="string"===typeof a;if(ca(a))return!0;b&&d&&(a=ic(a,b));c&&d&&(a=a.replace(qb,""));return!isNaN(parseFloat(a))&&isFinite(a)},jc=function(a,b,c){return ca(a)?!0:ca(a)||"string"===typeof a?sb(a.replace(Ta,""),b,c)?!0:null:null},T=function(a,b,c){var d=[],e=0,f=a.length;if(c!==q)for(;ea.length)){var b=a.slice().sort();for(var c=b[0],d=1,e=b.length;d")[0],rc=Oa.textContent!==q,sc=/<.*?>/g,fb=u.util.throttle,mc=[],N=Array.prototype,vc=function(a){var b,c=u.settings,d=k.map(c,function(f,g){return f.nTable});if(a){if(a.nTable&&a.oApi)return[a];if(a.nodeName&&"table"===a.nodeName.toLowerCase()){var e= +k.inArray(a,d);return-1!==e?[c[e]]:null}if(a&&"function"===typeof a.settings)return a.settings().toArray();"string"===typeof a?b=k(a):a instanceof k&&(b=a)}else return[];if(b)return b.map(function(f){e=k.inArray(this,d);return-1!==e?c[e]:null}).toArray()};var D=function(a,b){if(!(this instanceof D))return new D(a,b);var c=[],d=function(g){(g=vc(g))&&c.push.apply(c,g)};if(Array.isArray(a))for(var e=0,f=a.length;ea?new D(b[a],this[a]):null},filter:function(a){var b=[];if(N.filter)b=N.filter.call(this,a,this);else for(var c=0,d=this.length;c").addClass(h),k("td",l).addClass(h).html(g)[0].colSpan=na(a),e.push(l[0]))};f(c,d);b._details&&b._details.detach();b._details=k(e);b._detailsShow&& +b._details.insertAfter(b.nTr)},wb=function(a,b){var c=a.context;c.length&&(a=c[0].aoData[b!==q?b:a[0]])&&a._details&&(a._details.remove(),a._detailsShow=q,a._details=q)},pc=function(a,b){var c=a.context;c.length&&a.length&&(a=c[0].aoData[a[0]],a._details&&((a._detailsShow=b)?a._details.insertAfter(a.nTr):a._details.detach(),yc(c[0])))},yc=function(a){var b=new D(a),c=a.aoData;b.off("draw.dt.DT_details column-visibility.dt.DT_details destroy.dt.DT_details");0h){var m=k.map(d,function(p,t){return p.bVisible?t:null});return[m[m.length+h]]}return[sa(a,h)];case "name":return k.map(e,function(p,t){return p===n[1]?t:null});default:return[]}if(g.nodeName&&g._DT_CellIndex)return[g._DT_CellIndex.column];h=k(f).filter(g).map(function(){return k.inArray(this,f)}).toArray();if(h.length||!g.nodeName)return h;h=k(g).closest("*[data-dt-column]");return h.length?[h.data("dt-column")]:[]},a,c)};w("columns()",function(a,b){a===q?a="":k.isPlainObject(a)&&(b=a, +a="");b=ub(b);var c=this.iterator("table",function(d){return Ac(d,a,b)},1);c.selector.cols=a;c.selector.opts=b;return c});J("columns().header()","column().header()",function(a,b){return this.iterator("column",function(c,d){return c.aoColumns[d].nTh},1)});J("columns().footer()","column().footer()",function(a,b){return this.iterator("column",function(c,d){return c.aoColumns[d].nTf},1)});J("columns().data()","column().data()",function(){return this.iterator("column-rows",qc,1)});J("columns().dataSrc()", +"column().dataSrc()",function(){return this.iterator("column",function(a,b){return a.aoColumns[b].mData},1)});J("columns().cache()","column().cache()",function(a){return this.iterator("column-rows",function(b,c,d,e,f){return Ca(b.aoData,f,"search"===a?"_aFilterData":"_aSortData",c)},1)});J("columns().nodes()","column().nodes()",function(){return this.iterator("column-rows",function(a,b,c,d,e){return Ca(a.aoData,e,"anCells",b)},1)});J("columns().visible()","column().visible()",function(a,b){var c= +this,d=this.iterator("column",function(e,f){if(a===q)return e.aoColumns[f].bVisible;var g=e.aoColumns,h=g[f],l=e.aoData,n;if(a!==q&&h.bVisible!==a){if(a){var m=k.inArray(!0,T(g,"bVisible"),f+1);g=0;for(n=l.length;gd;return!0};u.isDataTable=u.fnIsDataTable=function(a){var b=k(a).get(0),c=!1;if(a instanceof u.Api)return!0;k.each(u.settings,function(d,e){d=e.nScrollHead?k("table",e.nScrollHead)[0]:null;var f=e.nScrollFoot?k("table",e.nScrollFoot)[0]:null;if(e.nTable===b||d===b||f===b)c=!0});return c};u.tables=u.fnTables=function(a){var b= +!1;k.isPlainObject(a)&&(b=a.api,a=a.visible);var c=k.map(u.settings,function(d){if(!a||a&&k(d.nTable).is(":visible"))return d.nTable});return b?new D(c):c};u.camelToHungarian=O;w("$()",function(a,b){b=this.rows(b).nodes();b=k(b);return k([].concat(b.filter(a).toArray(),b.find(a).toArray()))});k.each(["on","one","off"],function(a,b){w(b+"()",function(){var c=Array.prototype.slice.call(arguments);c[0]=k.map(c[0].split(/\s/),function(e){return e.match(/\.dt\b/)?e:e+".dt"}).join(" ");var d=k(this.tables().nodes()); +d[b].apply(d,c);return this})});w("clear()",function(){return this.iterator("table",function(a){Ha(a)})});w("settings()",function(){return new D(this.context,this.context)});w("init()",function(){var a=this.context;return a.length?a[0].oInit:null});w("data()",function(){return this.iterator("table",function(a){return T(a.aoData,"_aData")}).flatten()});w("destroy()",function(a){a=a||!1;return this.iterator("table",function(b){var c=b.nTableWrapper.parentNode,d=b.oClasses,e=b.nTable,f=b.nTBody,g=b.nTHead, +h=b.nTFoot,l=k(e);f=k(f);var n=k(b.nTableWrapper),m=k.map(b.aoData,function(t){return t.nTr}),p;b.bDestroying=!0;H(b,"aoDestroyCallback","destroy",[b]);a||(new D(b)).columns().visible(!0);n.off(".DT").find(":not(tbody *)").off(".DT");k(y).off(".DT-"+b.sInstance);e!=g.parentNode&&(l.children("thead").detach(),l.append(g));h&&e!=h.parentNode&&(l.children("tfoot").detach(),l.append(h));b.aaSorting=[];b.aaSortingFixed=[];Pa(b);k(m).removeClass(b.asStripeClasses.join(" "));k("th, td",g).removeClass(d.sSortable+ +" "+d.sSortableAsc+" "+d.sSortableDesc+" "+d.sSortableNone);f.children().detach();f.append(m);g=a?"remove":"detach";l[g]();n[g]();!a&&c&&(c.insertBefore(e,b.nTableReinsertBefore),l.css("width",b.sDestroyWidth).removeClass(d.sTable),(p=b.asDestroyStripes.length)&&f.children().each(function(t){k(this).addClass(b.asDestroyStripes[t%p])}));c=k.inArray(b,u.settings);-1!==c&&u.settings.splice(c,1)})});k.each(["column","row","cell"],function(a,b){w(b+"s().every()",function(c){var d=this.selector.opts,e= +this;return this.iterator(b,function(f,g,h,l,n){c.call(e[b](g,"cell"===b?h:d,"cell"===b?d:q),g,h,l,n)})})});w("i18n()",function(a,b,c){var d=this.context[0];a=ia(a)(d.oLanguage);a===q&&(a=b);c!==q&&k.isPlainObject(a)&&(a=a[c]!==q?a[c]:a._);return a.replace("%d",c)});u.version="1.10.24";u.settings=[];u.models={};u.models.oSearch={bCaseInsensitive:!0,sSearch:"",bRegex:!1,bSmart:!0};u.models.oRow={nTr:null,anCells:null,_aData:[],_aSortData:null,_aFilterData:null,_sFilterRow:null,_sRowStripe:"",src:null, +idx:-1};u.models.oColumn={idx:null,aDataSort:null,asSorting:null,bSearchable:null,bSortable:null,bVisible:null,_sManualType:null,_bAttrSrc:!1,fnCreatedCell:null,fnGetData:null,fnSetData:null,mData:null,mRender:null,nTh:null,nTf:null,sClass:null,sContentPadding:null,sDefaultContent:null,sName:null,sSortDataType:"std",sSortingClass:null,sSortingClassJUI:null,sTitle:null,sType:null,sWidth:null,sWidthOrig:null};u.defaults={aaData:null,aaSorting:[[0,"asc"]],aaSortingFixed:[],ajax:null,aLengthMenu:[10, +25,50,100],aoColumns:null,aoColumnDefs:null,aoSearchCols:[],asStripeClasses:null,bAutoWidth:!0,bDeferRender:!1,bDestroy:!1,bFilter:!0,bInfo:!0,bLengthChange:!0,bPaginate:!0,bProcessing:!1,bRetrieve:!1,bScrollCollapse:!1,bServerSide:!1,bSort:!0,bSortMulti:!0,bSortCellsTop:!1,bSortClasses:!0,bStateSave:!1,fnCreatedRow:null,fnDrawCallback:null,fnFooterCallback:null,fnFormatNumber:function(a){return a.toString().replace(/\B(?=(\d{3})+(?!\d))/g,this.oLanguage.sThousands)},fnHeaderCallback:null,fnInfoCallback:null, +fnInitComplete:null,fnPreDrawCallback:null,fnRowCallback:null,fnServerData:null,fnServerParams:null,fnStateLoadCallback:function(a){try{return JSON.parse((-1===a.iStateDuration?sessionStorage:localStorage).getItem("DataTables_"+a.sInstance+"_"+location.pathname))}catch(b){return{}}},fnStateLoadParams:null,fnStateLoaded:null,fnStateSaveCallback:function(a,b){try{(-1===a.iStateDuration?sessionStorage:localStorage).setItem("DataTables_"+a.sInstance+"_"+location.pathname,JSON.stringify(b))}catch(c){}}, +fnStateSaveParams:null,iStateDuration:7200,iDeferLoading:null,iDisplayLength:10,iDisplayStart:0,iTabIndex:0,oClasses:{},oLanguage:{oAria:{sSortAscending:": activate to sort column ascending",sSortDescending:": activate to sort column descending"},oPaginate:{sFirst:"First",sLast:"Last",sNext:"Next",sPrevious:"Previous"},sEmptyTable:"No data available in table",sInfo:"Showing _START_ to _END_ of _TOTAL_ entries",sInfoEmpty:"Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries",sInfoFiltered:"(filtered from _MAX_ total entries)", +sInfoPostFix:"",sDecimal:"",sThousands:",",sLengthMenu:"Show _MENU_ entries",sLoadingRecords:"Loading...",sProcessing:"Processing...",sSearch:"Search:",sSearchPlaceholder:"",sUrl:"",sZeroRecords:"No matching records found"},oSearch:k.extend({},u.models.oSearch),sAjaxDataProp:"data",sAjaxSource:null,sDom:"lfrtip",searchDelay:null,sPaginationType:"simple_numbers",sScrollX:"",sScrollXInner:"",sScrollY:"",sServerMethod:"GET",renderer:null,rowId:"DT_RowId"};G(u.defaults);u.defaults.column={aDataSort:null, +iDataSort:-1,asSorting:["asc","desc"],bSearchable:!0,bSortable:!0,bVisible:!0,fnCreatedCell:null,mData:null,mRender:null,sCellType:"td",sClass:"",sContentPadding:"",sDefaultContent:null,sName:"",sSortDataType:"std",sTitle:null,sType:null,sWidth:null};G(u.defaults.column);u.models.oSettings={oFeatures:{bAutoWidth:null,bDeferRender:null,bFilter:null,bInfo:null,bLengthChange:null,bPaginate:null,bProcessing:null,bServerSide:null,bSort:null,bSortMulti:null,bSortClasses:null,bStateSave:null},oScroll:{bCollapse:null, +iBarWidth:0,sX:null,sXInner:null,sY:null},oLanguage:{fnInfoCallback:null},oBrowser:{bScrollOversize:!1,bScrollbarLeft:!1,bBounding:!1,barWidth:0},ajax:null,aanFeatures:[],aoData:[],aiDisplay:[],aiDisplayMaster:[],aIds:{},aoColumns:[],aoHeader:[],aoFooter:[],oPreviousSearch:{},aoPreSearchCols:[],aaSorting:null,aaSortingFixed:[],asStripeClasses:null,asDestroyStripes:[],sDestroyWidth:0,aoRowCallback:[],aoHeaderCallback:[],aoFooterCallback:[],aoDrawCallback:[],aoRowCreatedCallback:[],aoPreDrawCallback:[], +aoInitComplete:[],aoStateSaveParams:[],aoStateLoadParams:[],aoStateLoaded:[],sTableId:"",nTable:null,nTHead:null,nTFoot:null,nTBody:null,nTableWrapper:null,bDeferLoading:!1,bInitialised:!1,aoOpenRows:[],sDom:null,searchDelay:null,sPaginationType:"two_button",iStateDuration:0,aoStateSave:[],aoStateLoad:[],oSavedState:null,oLoadedState:null,sAjaxSource:null,sAjaxDataProp:null,bAjaxDataGet:!0,jqXHR:null,json:q,oAjaxData:q,fnServerData:null,aoServerParams:[],sServerMethod:null,fnFormatNumber:null,aLengthMenu:null, +iDraw:0,bDrawing:!1,iDrawError:-1,_iDisplayLength:10,_iDisplayStart:0,_iRecordsTotal:0,_iRecordsDisplay:0,oClasses:{},bFiltered:!1,bSorted:!1,bSortCellsTop:null,oInit:null,aoDestroyCallback:[],fnRecordsTotal:function(){return"ssp"==P(this)?1*this._iRecordsTotal:this.aiDisplayMaster.length},fnRecordsDisplay:function(){return"ssp"==P(this)?1*this._iRecordsDisplay:this.aiDisplay.length},fnDisplayEnd:function(){var a=this._iDisplayLength,b=this._iDisplayStart,c=b+a,d=this.aiDisplay.length,e=this.oFeatures, +f=e.bPaginate;return e.bServerSide?!1===f||-1===a?b+d:Math.min(b+a,this._iRecordsDisplay):!f||c>d||-1===a?d:c},oInstance:null,sInstance:null,iTabIndex:0,nScrollHead:null,nScrollFoot:null,aLastSort:[],oPlugins:{},rowIdFn:null,rowId:null};u.ext=L={buttons:{},classes:{},builder:"-source-",errMode:"alert",feature:[],search:[],selector:{cell:[],column:[],row:[]},internal:{},legacy:{ajax:null},pager:{},renderer:{pageButton:{},header:{}},order:{},type:{detect:[],search:{},order:{}},_unique:0,fnVersionCheck:u.fnVersionCheck, +iApiIndex:0,oJUIClasses:{},sVersion:u.version};k.extend(L,{afnFiltering:L.search,aTypes:L.type.detect,ofnSearch:L.type.search,oSort:L.type.order,afnSortData:L.order,aoFeatures:L.feature,oApi:L.internal,oStdClasses:L.classes,oPagination:L.pager});k.extend(u.ext.classes,{sTable:"dataTable",sNoFooter:"no-footer",sPageButton:"paginate_button",sPageButtonActive:"current",sPageButtonDisabled:"disabled",sStripeOdd:"odd",sStripeEven:"even",sRowEmpty:"dataTables_empty",sWrapper:"dataTables_wrapper",sFilter:"dataTables_filter", +sInfo:"dataTables_info",sPaging:"dataTables_paginate paging_",sLength:"dataTables_length",sProcessing:"dataTables_processing",sSortAsc:"sorting_asc",sSortDesc:"sorting_desc",sSortable:"sorting",sSortableAsc:"sorting_desc_disabled",sSortableDesc:"sorting_asc_disabled",sSortableNone:"sorting_disabled",sSortColumn:"sorting_",sFilterInput:"",sLengthSelect:"",sScrollWrapper:"dataTables_scroll",sScrollHead:"dataTables_scrollHead",sScrollHeadInner:"dataTables_scrollHeadInner",sScrollBody:"dataTables_scrollBody", +sScrollFoot:"dataTables_scrollFoot",sScrollFootInner:"dataTables_scrollFootInner",sHeaderTH:"",sFooterTH:"",sSortJUIAsc:"",sSortJUIDesc:"",sSortJUI:"",sSortJUIAscAllowed:"",sSortJUIDescAllowed:"",sSortJUIWrapper:"",sSortIcon:"",sJUIHeader:"",sJUIFooter:""});var ec=u.ext.pager;k.extend(ec,{simple:function(a,b){return["previous","next"]},full:function(a,b){return["first","previous","next","last"]},numbers:function(a,b){return[Ba(a,b)]},simple_numbers:function(a,b){return["previous",Ba(a,b),"next"]}, +full_numbers:function(a,b){return["first","previous",Ba(a,b),"next","last"]},first_last_numbers:function(a,b){return["first",Ba(a,b),"last"]},_numbers:Ba,numbers_length:7});k.extend(!0,u.ext.renderer,{pageButton:{_:function(a,b,c,d,e,f){var g=a.oClasses,h=a.oLanguage.oPaginate,l=a.oLanguage.oAria.paginate||{},n,m,p=0,t=function(x,r){var A,E=g.sPageButtonDisabled,I=function(B){kb(a,B.data.action,!0)};var W=0;for(A=r.length;W").appendTo(x); +t(C,M)}else{n=null;m=M;C=a.iTabIndex;switch(M){case "ellipsis":x.append('');break;case "first":n=h.sFirst;0===e&&(C=-1,m+=" "+E);break;case "previous":n=h.sPrevious;0===e&&(C=-1,m+=" "+E);break;case "next":n=h.sNext;if(0===f||e===f-1)C=-1,m+=" "+E;break;case "last":n=h.sLast;if(0===f||e===f-1)C=-1,m+=" "+E;break;default:n=a.fnFormatNumber(M+1),m=e===M?g.sPageButtonActive:""}null!==n&&(C=k("",{"class":g.sPageButton+" "+m,"aria-controls":a.sTableId,"aria-label":l[M], +"data-dt-idx":p,tabindex:C,id:0===c&&"string"===typeof M?a.sTableId+"_"+M:null}).html(n).appendTo(x),ob(C,{action:M},I),p++)}}};try{var v=k(b).find(z.activeElement).data("dt-idx")}catch(x){}t(k(b).empty(),d);v!==q&&k(b).find("[data-dt-idx="+v+"]").trigger("focus")}}});k.extend(u.ext.type.detect,[function(a,b){b=b.oLanguage.sDecimal;return sb(a,b)?"num"+b:null},function(a,b){if(a&&!(a instanceof Date)&&!tc.test(a))return null;b=Date.parse(a);return null!==b&&!isNaN(b)||ca(a)?"date":null},function(a, +b){b=b.oLanguage.sDecimal;return sb(a,b,!0)?"num-fmt"+b:null},function(a,b){b=b.oLanguage.sDecimal;return jc(a,b)?"html-num"+b:null},function(a,b){b=b.oLanguage.sDecimal;return jc(a,b,!0)?"html-num-fmt"+b:null},function(a,b){return ca(a)||"string"===typeof a&&-1!==a.indexOf("<")?"html":null}]);k.extend(u.ext.type.search,{html:function(a){return ca(a)?a:"string"===typeof a?a.replace(gc," ").replace(Ta,""):""},string:function(a){return ca(a)?a:"string"===typeof a?a.replace(gc," "):a}});var Sa=function(a, +b,c,d){if(0!==a&&(!a||"-"===a))return-Infinity;b&&(a=ic(a,b));a.replace&&(c&&(a=a.replace(c,"")),d&&(a=a.replace(d,"")));return 1*a};k.extend(L.type.order,{"date-pre":function(a){a=Date.parse(a);return isNaN(a)?-Infinity:a},"html-pre":function(a){return ca(a)?"":a.replace?a.replace(/<.*?>/g,"").toLowerCase():a+""},"string-pre":function(a){return ca(a)?"":"string"===typeof a?a.toLowerCase():a.toString?a.toString():""},"string-asc":function(a,b){return ab?1:0},"string-desc":function(a,b){return a< +b?1:a>b?-1:0}});Va("");k.extend(!0,u.ext.renderer,{header:{_:function(a,b,c,d){k(a.nTable).on("order.dt.DT",function(e,f,g,h){a===f&&(e=c.idx,b.removeClass(d.sSortAsc+" "+d.sSortDesc).addClass("asc"==h[e]?d.sSortAsc:"desc"==h[e]?d.sSortDesc:c.sSortingClass))})},jqueryui:function(a,b,c,d){k("
").addClass(d.sSortJUIWrapper).append(b.contents()).append(k("").addClass(d.sSortIcon+" "+c.sSortingClassJUI)).appendTo(b);k(a.nTable).on("order.dt.DT",function(e,f,g,h){a===f&&(e=c.idx,b.removeClass(d.sSortAsc+ +" "+d.sSortDesc).addClass("asc"==h[e]?d.sSortAsc:"desc"==h[e]?d.sSortDesc:c.sSortingClass),b.find("span."+d.sSortIcon).removeClass(d.sSortJUIAsc+" "+d.sSortJUIDesc+" "+d.sSortJUI+" "+d.sSortJUIAscAllowed+" "+d.sSortJUIDescAllowed).addClass("asc"==h[e]?d.sSortJUIAsc:"desc"==h[e]?d.sSortJUIDesc:c.sSortingClassJUI))})}}});var xb=function(a){return"string"===typeof a?a.replace(/&/g,"&").replace(//g,">").replace(/"/g,"""):a};u.render={number:function(a,b,c,d,e){return{display:function(f){if("number"!== +typeof f&&"string"!==typeof f)return f;var g=0>f?"-":"",h=parseFloat(f);if(isNaN(h))return xb(f);h=h.toFixed(c);f=Math.abs(h);h=parseInt(f,10);f=c?b+(f-h).toFixed(c).substring(2):"";return g+(d||"")+h.toString().replace(/\B(?=(\d{3})+(?!\d))/g,a)+f+(e||"")}}},text:function(){return{display:xb,filter:xb}}};k.extend(u.ext.internal,{_fnExternApiFunc:fc,_fnBuildAjax:La,_fnAjaxUpdate:Fb,_fnAjaxParameters:Ob,_fnAjaxUpdateDraw:Pb,_fnAjaxDataSrc:Ma,_fnAddColumn:Wa,_fnColumnOptions:Da,_fnAdjustColumnSizing:ra, +_fnVisibleToColumnIndex:sa,_fnColumnIndexToVisible:ta,_fnVisbleColumns:na,_fnGetColumns:Fa,_fnColumnTypes:Ya,_fnApplyColumnDefs:Cb,_fnHungarianMap:G,_fnCamelToHungarian:O,_fnLanguageCompat:ma,_fnBrowserDetect:Ab,_fnAddData:ea,_fnAddTr:Ga,_fnNodeToDataIndex:function(a,b){return b._DT_RowIndex!==q?b._DT_RowIndex:null},_fnNodeToColumnIndex:function(a,b,c){return k.inArray(c,a.aoData[b].anCells)},_fnGetCellData:S,_fnSetCellData:Db,_fnSplitObjNotation:ab,_fnGetObjectDataFn:ia,_fnSetObjectDataFn:da,_fnGetDataMaster:bb, +_fnClearTable:Ha,_fnDeleteIndex:Ia,_fnInvalidate:va,_fnGetRowElements:$a,_fnCreateTr:Za,_fnBuildHead:Eb,_fnDrawHead:xa,_fnDraw:fa,_fnReDraw:ja,_fnAddOptionsHtml:Hb,_fnDetectHeader:wa,_fnGetUniqueThs:Ka,_fnFeatureHtmlFilter:Jb,_fnFilterComplete:ya,_fnFilterCustom:Sb,_fnFilterColumn:Rb,_fnFilter:Qb,_fnFilterCreateSearch:gb,_fnEscapeRegex:hb,_fnFilterData:Tb,_fnFeatureHtmlInfo:Mb,_fnUpdateInfo:Wb,_fnInfoMacros:Xb,_fnInitialise:za,_fnInitComplete:Na,_fnLengthChange:ib,_fnFeatureHtmlLength:Ib,_fnFeatureHtmlPaginate:Nb, +_fnPageChange:kb,_fnFeatureHtmlProcessing:Kb,_fnProcessingDisplay:U,_fnFeatureHtmlTable:Lb,_fnScrollDraw:Ea,_fnApplyToChildren:Z,_fnCalculateColumnWidths:Xa,_fnThrottle:fb,_fnConvertToWidth:Zb,_fnGetWidestNode:$b,_fnGetMaxLenString:ac,_fnStringToCss:K,_fnSortFlatten:pa,_fnSort:Gb,_fnSortAria:cc,_fnSortListener:nb,_fnSortAttachListener:db,_fnSortingClasses:Pa,_fnSortData:bc,_fnSaveState:Qa,_fnLoadState:dc,_fnSettingsFromNode:Ra,_fnLog:aa,_fnMap:V,_fnBindAction:ob,_fnCallbackReg:Q,_fnCallbackFire:H, +_fnLengthOverflow:jb,_fnRenderer:eb,_fnDataSource:P,_fnRowAttributes:cb,_fnExtend:pb,_fnCalculateEnd:function(){}});k.fn.dataTable=u;u.$=k;k.fn.dataTableSettings=u.settings;k.fn.dataTableExt=u.ext;k.fn.DataTable=function(a){return k(this).dataTable(a).api()};k.each(u,function(a,b){k.fn.DataTable[a]=b});return k.fn.dataTable}); diff --git a/development/_static/js/main.js b/development/_static/js/main.js new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8e887e13 --- /dev/null +++ b/development/_static/js/main.js @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +$(document).ready(function () { + $('table.events-list').DataTable( { + "paging": false, + "info": false + }); +}); diff --git a/development/_templates/index.html b/development/_templates/index.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..933ce0d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/development/_templates/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ + + + + Redirecting to master branch + + + + diff --git a/development/_templates/versions.html b/development/_templates/versions.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..31a12578 --- /dev/null +++ b/development/_templates/versions.html @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +{%- if current_version %} +
+ + Other Versions + v: {{ current_version.name }} + + +
+ {%- if versions.tags %} +
+
Tags
+ {%- for item in versions.tags %} +
{{ item.name }}
+ {%- endfor %} +
+ {%- endif %} + {%- if versions.branches %} +
+
Branches
+ {%- for item in versions.branches %} +
{{ item.name }}
+ {%- endfor %} +
+ {%- endif %} +
+
+{%- endif %} diff --git a/development/auth/authentication.rst b/development/auth/authentication.rst new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1b60844f --- /dev/null +++ b/development/auth/authentication.rst @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +Auth API +======== + +This is an explanation of how to use the phpBB auth/acl API. + +.. contents:: + :local: + :depth: 2 + +1. Introduction +--------------- + +What is it? +^^^^^^^^^^^ + +The ``auth`` class contains methods related to authorisation of users to access various board functions, e.g., posting, viewing, replying, logging in (and out), etc. If you need to check whether a user can carry out a task or handle user login/logouts, this class is required. + +Initialisation +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +To use any methods contained within the ``auth`` class, it first needs to be instantiated. This is best achieved early in the execution of the script in the following manner: + +.. code-block:: php + + $auth = new phpbb\auth\auth(); + +Once an instance of the class has been created you are free to call the various methods it contains. Note: if you wish to use the ``auth_admin`` methods you will need to instantiate this separately in the same way. + +2. Methods +---------- + +Following are the methods you are able to use. + +2.i. acl +^^^^^^^^ + +The ``acl`` method is the initialisation routine for all the ACL functions. It must be called before any ACL method. It takes one parameter: an associative array containing user information. + +.. code-block:: php + + $auth->acl($userdata); + +Where ``$userdata`` includes at least: ``user_id``, ``user_permissions``, and ``user_type``. + +2.ii. acl_get +^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +This method determines if a user can perform an action either globally or in a specific forum. + +.. code-block:: php + + $result = $auth->acl_get('option'[, forum]); + +- ``option``: e.g., 'f_list', 'm_edit', 'a_adduser', etc. Use ``!option`` to negate. +- ``forum`` (optional): integer ``forum_id``. + +Returns a positive integer if allowed, zero if denied. + +2.iii. acl_gets +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +This method checks multiple permissions at once. + +.. code-block:: php + + $result = $auth->acl_gets('option1'[, 'option2', ..., forum]); + +Returns a positive integer if *any* of the permissions is granted. + +2.iv. acl_getf +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +This method checks in which forums a user has a certain permission. + +.. code-block:: php + + $result = $auth->acl_getf('option'[, clean]); + +- ``option``: permission string (negation with ``!`` allowed) +- ``clean``: boolean. If true, only forums where permission is granted are returned. + +Returns an associative array: + +.. code-block:: php + + array(forum_id1 => array(option => integer), forum_id2 => ...) + +2.v. acl_getf_global +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Checks if a user has a permission globally or in at least one forum. + +.. code-block:: php + + $result = $auth->acl_getf_global('option'); + +Returns a positive integer or zero. + +2.vi. acl_cache +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +**Private method.** Automatically called when needed. Generates user_permissions data. + +2.vii. acl_clear_prefetch +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Clears the ``user_permissions`` column in the users table. + +.. code-block:: php + + $user_id = 2; + $auth->acl_clear_prefetch($user_id); + +Use ``$user_id = 0`` to clear cache for all users. Returns null. + +2.viii. acl_get_list +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Returns an array describing which users have which permissions in which forums. + +.. code-block:: php + + $user_id = array(2, 53); + $permissions = array('f_list', 'f_read'); + $forum_id = array(1, 2, 3); + $result = $auth->acl_get_list($user_id, $permissions, $forum_id); + +Parameter types: +- ``$user_id``: ``false``, int, or array of int +- ``$permissions``: ``false``, string, or array of string +- ``$forum_id``: ``false``, int, or array of int + +2.ix. Miscellaneous +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Additional methods for pulling raw permission data: + +.. code-block:: php + + function acl_group_raw_data($group_id = false, $opts = false, $forum_id = false) + function acl_user_raw_data($user_id = false, $opts = false, $forum_id = false) + function acl_raw_data_single_user($user_id) + function acl_raw_data($user_id = false, $opts = false, $forum_id = false) + function acl_role_data($user_type, $role_type, $ug_id = false, $forum_id = false) + +Use ``acl_raw_data`` for general queries; others are optimized for specific data. + +3. Admin Related Functions +-------------------------- + +Additional methods are available within the ``auth_admin`` class for managing permissions, options, and user cache. It is found in: + +:: + + includes/acp/auth.php + +Instantiate separately: + +.. code-block:: php + + $auth_admin = new auth_admin(); + +This gives access to both ``auth_admin`` and ``auth`` methods. diff --git a/development/cli/getting_started.rst b/development/cli/getting_started.rst index 8da62f67..871b3995 100644 --- a/development/cli/getting_started.rst +++ b/development/cli/getting_started.rst @@ -64,11 +64,95 @@ Common options that can be used with any of phpBB's CLI commands. :header: "Option", "Usage" :delim: | - --help (-h) | Display a help message - --quiet (-q) | Do not output any message - --verbose (-v,-vv,-vvv) | Increase the verbosity of messages: 1 for normal output, 2 for more verbose output and 3 for debug - --version (-V) | Display this application version - --ansi | Force ANSI (colors) output - --no-ansi | Disable ANSI (colors) output - --no-interaction (-n) | Do not ask any interactive question - --safe-mode | Run in Safe Mode (without extensions) + ``--help, -h`` | Display a help message + ``--quiet, -q`` | Do not output any message + ``--verbose, -v, -vv, -vvv`` | Increase the verbosity of messages: 1 for normal output, 2 for more verbose output and 3 for debug + ``--version, -V`` | Display this application version + ``--ansi`` | Force ANSI (colors) output + ``--no-ansi`` | Disable ANSI (colors) output + ``--no-interaction, -n`` | Do not ask any interactive question + ``--safe-mode`` | Run in Safe Mode (without extensions) + +Install phpBB using the CLI +=========================== + +The phpBB CLI installer uses a YAML file populated with the data needed to configure a database for a new phpBB installation. You can find a sample configuration file in ``docs/install-config.sample.yml``. Copy this file to ``install/install-config.yml``. Adjust the sample parameters to your needs. For example, a MySQL database using the ``mysqli`` interface hosted on a ``localhost`` server with the root user ``bertie`` and password ``bertiepasswd`` and named ``bertiedb`` would look like: + +.. code-block:: console + + installer: + admin: + name: admin + password: mypassword + email: admin@example.org + + board: + lang: en + name: My Board + description: My amazing new phpBB board + + database: + dbms: mysqli + dbhost: ~ + dbport: ~ + dbuser: bertie + dbpasswd: bertiepasswd + dbname: bertiedb + table_prefix: phpbb_ + + email: + enabled: false + smtp_delivery : ~ + smtp_host: ~ + smtp_port: ~ + smtp_auth: ~ + smtp_user: ~ + smtp_pass: ~ + + server: + cookie_secure: false + server_protocol: http:// + force_server_vars: false + server_name: localhost + server_port: 80 + script_path: / + + extensions: ['phpbb/viglink'] + +You can adjust additional settings like the admin's username, email address and the board info. Make sure the file is readable by the CLI. + +To install the board, run the following command: + +.. code-block:: console + + $ php install/phpbbcli.php install install-config.yml + +The installer will start now and show its progress during the installation. + +Update phpBB using the CLI +========================== + +Much like installing from the CLI, phpBB can also be updated from the CLI using a YAML file with update instructions. You can find a sample update configuration file in ``docs/update-config.sample.yml``. Copy this file to ``install/update-config.yml``. + +.. code-block:: console + + updater: + type: all + extensions: ['phpbb/viglink'] + +In this state, the updater will update your phpBB database and it will also replace all phpBB files with the updated files, giving you a complete upgrade. + +However, if you have already replaced the files via the filesystem or FTP, you can choose to update the database only by changing the ``type`` from ``all` to ``db_only``: + +.. code-block:: console + + updater: + type: db_only + +To update the board, run the following command: + +.. code-block:: console + + $ php install/phpbbcli.php update update-config.yml + +The updater will start and show its progress. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/development/conf.py b/development/conf.py index bfa74170..45d49f30 100644 --- a/development/conf.py +++ b/development/conf.py @@ -33,7 +33,9 @@ 'sensio.sphinx.configurationblock', 'sensio.sphinx.phpcode', 'sensio.sphinx.bestpractice', - 'sphinxcontrib.phpdomain' + 'sphinxcontrib.phpdomain', + 'sphinx_multiversion', + 'sphinx_rtd_theme' ] # Add any paths that contain templates here, relative to this directory. @@ -50,16 +52,16 @@ # General information about the project. project = u'phpBB' -copyright = u'2015, phpBB Limited' +copyright = u'2015 - 2021, phpBB Limited' # The version info for the project you're documenting, acts as replacement for # |version| and |release|, also used in various other places throughout the # built documents. # # The short X.Y version. -version = '3.1' +version = '3.3' # The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags. -release = '3.1.x' +release = '3.3.x' # The language for content autogenerated by Sphinx. Refer to documentation # for a list of supported languages. @@ -91,7 +93,7 @@ #show_authors = False # The name of the Pygments (syntax highlighting) style to use. -pygments_style = 'sphinx' +pygments_style = 'monokai' # A list of ignored prefixes for module index sorting. #modindex_common_prefix = [] @@ -99,6 +101,10 @@ # If true, keep warnings as "system message" paragraphs in the built documents. #keep_warnings = False +# Options for sphinx_multiversion +smv_tag_whitelist = 'None' +smv_branch_whitelist = r'^(3.2.x|3.3.x|master)$' +smv_latest_version = r"master" # -- Options for HTML output ---------------------------------------------- import sphinx_rtd_theme @@ -117,13 +123,25 @@ display_github=True, github_repo='documentation', github_user='phpbb', - github_version=version + ".x", + github_version=release, source_suffix='.rst', ) # Add any paths that contain custom themes here, relative to this directory. html_theme_path = [sphinx_rtd_theme.get_html_theme_path()] +# Additional CSS files to include +html_css_files = [ + 'css/phpbb.css', + 'css/jquery.dataTables.min.css', +] + +# Additional JS files to include +html_js_files = [ + 'js/jquery.dataTables.min.js', + 'js/main.js' +] + # The name for this set of Sphinx documents. If None, it defaults to # " v documentation". #html_title = None diff --git a/development/db/dbal.rst b/development/db/dbal.rst index 73a4f6d9..34e7000d 100644 --- a/development/db/dbal.rst +++ b/development/db/dbal.rst @@ -2,125 +2,177 @@ Database Abstraction Layer ========================== -phpBB uses a **d**\ ata\ **b**\ ase **a**\ bstraction **l**\ ayer to access the database instead of directly calling e.g. `mysql_query `_ functions. You usually access the DBAL using the global variable $db. This variable is defined in common.php: +phpBB uses a **D**\ ata\ **B**\ ase **A**\ bstraction **L**\ ayer to access the database instead of directly calling e.g. `mysql_query `_ functions. +You usually access the :abbr:`DBAL (Database Abstraction Layer)` using the global variable ``$db``. +This variable is included from :class:`common.php` through :class:`includes/compatibility_globals.php`: .. code-block:: php - require($phpbb_root_path . 'includes/db/' . $dbms . '.' . $phpEx); - // ... - $db = new $sql_db(); + /** @var \phpbb\db\driver\driver_interface $db */ + $db = $phpbb_container->get('dbal.conn'); + +Some database functions are within the base driver and others are within specific database drivers. +Each function below will indicate whether it is defined in the base driver or in each specific driver. +The *MySQLi* specific database driver will be used in the examples throughout this page. +|br| All drivers are located in the :class:`\\phpbb\\db\\driver` namespace. +|br| Base driver is located at :class:`\\phpbb\\db\\driver\\driver.php` +|br| Specific driver is located at :class:`\\phpbb\\db\\driver\\mysqli.php` Connecting and disconnecting ============================ -Use these methods only if you cannot include common.php (to connect) or run garbage_collection() (to disconnect; you may also use other functions that run this function, for example page_footer()). +Use these methods only if you cannot include :class:`common.php` (to connect) or run ``garbage_collection()`` (to disconnect; you may also use other functions that run this function, for example ``page_footer()``). sql_connect ----------- -Connects to the database. Defined in dbal_* class. +Connects to the database. Defined in the specific drivers. Example: .. code-block:: php - include($phpbb_root_path . 'includes/db/mysql.' . $phpEx); - - $db = new dbal_mysql(); - // we're using bertie and bertiezilla as our example user credentials. You need to fill in your own ;D + // We're using bertie and bertiezilla as our example user credentials. + // You need to fill in your own ;D + $db = new \phpbb\db\driver\mysqli(); $db->sql_connect('localhost', 'bertie', 'bertiezilla', 'phpbb', '', false, false); - -Example using config.php: +Example using :class:`config.php`: .. code-block:: php - include($phpbb_root_path . 'config.' . $phpEx); - include($phpbb_root_path . 'includes/db/' . $dbms . '.' . $phpEx); - - $db = new $sql_db(); + // Extract the config.php file's data + $phpbb_config_php_file = new \phpbb\config_php_file($phpbb_root_path, $phpEx); + extract($phpbb_config_php_file->get_all()); + $db = new $dbms(); $db->sql_connect($dbhost, $dbuser, $dbpasswd, $dbname, $dbport, false, false); // We do not need this any longer, unset for safety purposes unset($dbpasswd); -**Important**: The variable $dbms must be set to the name of the used driver. This variable is needed in /includes/db/dbal.php to set $sql_db. - Parameters -++++++++++ +^^^^^^^^^^ .. csv-table:: :header: "Parameter", "Usage" - :delim: | + :delim: # - Host | The host of the database. When using config.php you should use $dbhost instead. - Database User | The database user to connect to the database. When using config.php you should use $dbuser instead. - Database Password | The password for the user to connect to the database. When using config.php you should use $dbpasswd instead. - Database Name | The database where the phpBB tables are located. When using config.php you should use $dbname instead. - Database Port (optional) | The port to the database server. Leave empty/false to use the default port. When using config.php you should use $dbport instead. - Persistance (optional) | Database connection persistence, defaults to false. - New Link (optional) | Use a new connection to the database for this instance of the DBAL. Defaults to false. + Host # The host of the database. |br| When using config.php you should use $dbhost instead. + Database User # The database user to connect to the database. |br| When using config.php you should use $dbuser instead. + Database Password # The password for the user to connect to the database. |br| When using config.php you should use $dbpasswd instead. + Database Name # The database where the phpBB tables are located. |br| When using config.php you should use $dbname instead. + Database Port (optional) # The port to the database server. |br| Leave empty/false to use the default port. |br| When using config.php you should use $dbport instead. + Persistence (optional) # Database connection persistence, defaults to false. + New Link (optional) # Use a new connection to the database for this instance of the DBAL. |br| Defaults to false. sql_close --------- -Disconnects from the DB. Defined in dbal class (_sql_close is defined in dbal_* class). +Disconnects from the DB. Defined in the base driver (``_sql_close`` is defined in the specific drivers). Example: ``$db->sql_close();`` Preparing SQL queries ======================== +sql_build_query +--------------- +Builds a full SQL statement from an array. +This function should be used if you need to JOIN on more than one table to ensure the resulting statement works on all supported databases. Defined in the base driver. + +Possible types of queries: SELECT, SELECT_DISTINCT. +|br| Required keys are SELECT and FROM. +|br| Optional keys are LEFT_JOIN, WHERE, GROUP_BY and ORDER_BY. + +Example: + +.. code-block:: php + + // Array with data for the full SQL statement + $sql_array = [ + 'SELECT' => 'f.*, ft.mark_time', + + 'FROM' => [ + FORUMS_WATCH_TABLE => 'fw', + FORUMS_TABLE => 'f', + ], + + 'LEFT_JOIN' => [ + [ + 'FROM' => [FORUMS_TRACK_TABLE => 'ft'], + 'ON' => 'ft.forum_id = f.forum_id + AND ft.user_id = ' . (int) $user->data['user_id'], + ], + ], + + 'WHERE' => 'f.forum_id = fw.forum_id + AND fw.user_id = ' . (int) $user->data['user_id'], + + 'ORDER_BY' => 'f.left_id', + ]; + + // Build the SQL statement + $sql = $db->sql_build_query('SELECT', $sql_array); + + // Now run the query... + $result = $db->sql_query($sql); + +Parameters +^^^^^^^^^^ +.. csv-table:: + :header: "Parameter", "Usage" + :delim: # + + Query Type # Type of query which needs to be created (SELECT, SELECT_DISTINCT) + Associative array # An associative array with the items to add to the query. |br| SELECT and FROM are required. |br| LEFT_JOIN, WHERE, GROUP_BY and ORDER_BY are optional. + sql_build_array --------------- -Builds SQL statement from array. Possible types of queries: INSERT, INSERT_SELECT, UPDATE, SELECT. Defined in dbal class. +Builds part of a SQL statement from an array. Possible types of queries: INSERT, INSERT_SELECT, UPDATE, SELECT. Defined in the base driver. Example: .. code-block:: php - //Array with the data to insert - $data = array( + // Array with the data to build + $data = [ 'username' => 'Bertie', 'email' => 'bertie@example.com', - ); + ]; - // First doing a select with this data. - // Note: By using the SELECT type, it uses always AND in the query. + // First executing a SELECT query. + // Note: By using the SELECT type, it always uses AND in the conditions. $sql = 'SELECT user_password FROM ' . USERS_TABLE . ' WHERE ' . $db->sql_build_array('SELECT', $data); $result = $db->sql_query($sql); - // And doing an update query: (Using the same data as for SELECT) - $sql = 'UPDATE ' . USERS_TABLE . ' SET ' . $db->sql_build_array('UPDATE', $data) . ' WHERE user_id = ' . (int) $user_id; + // And executing an UPDATE query: (Using the same data as for SELECT) + $sql = 'UPDATE ' . USERS_TABLE . ' + SET ' . $db->sql_build_array('UPDATE', $data) . ' + WHERE user_id = ' . (int) $user_id; $db->sql_query($sql); - // And as last, a insert query + // And lastly, executing an INSERT query $sql = 'INSERT INTO ' . USERS_TABLE . ' ' . $db->sql_build_array('INSERT', $data); $db->sql_query($sql); Parameters -++++++++++ +^^^^^^^^^^ .. csv-table:: :header: "Parameter", "Usage" - :delim: | + :delim: # - Query Type | Type of query which needs to be created (UPDATE, INSERT, INSERT_SELECT or SELECT) - Associative array (optional) | An associative array with the items to add to the query. The key of the array is the field name, the value of the array is the value for that field. If left empty, ''false'' will be returned. - -.. - [sql_build_query] - Builds full SQL statement from array. Possible types of queries: SELECT, SELECT_DISTINCT Defined in dbal class. - See [[db.sql_build_query|dbal::sql_build_query]] manual page. + Query Type # Type of query which needs to be created (UPDATE, INSERT, INSERT_SELECT or SELECT) + Associative array (optional) # An associative array with the items to add to the query. |br| The key of the array is the field name, the value of the array is the value for that field. |br| If left empty, ''false'' will be returned. sql_in_set ---------- -Builds IN, NOT IN, = and <> sql comparison string. Defined in dbal class. +Builds IN, NOT IN, = and <> sql comparison string. Defined in the base driver. Example: .. code-block:: php - $sql_in = array(2, 58, 62); + $sql_in = [2, 58, 62]; $sql = 'SELECT * FROM ' . USERS_TABLE . ' @@ -128,7 +180,7 @@ Example: Parameters -++++++++++ +^^^^^^^^^^ .. csv-table:: :header: "Parameter", "Usage" :delim: | @@ -141,7 +193,7 @@ Parameters sql_escape ---------- -Escapes a string in a SQL query. sql_escape is different for every DBAL driver and written specially for that driver, to be sure all characters that need escaping are escaped. Defined in dbal_* class. +Escapes a string in a SQL query. ``sql_escape`` is different for every DBAL driver and written specially for that driver, to be sure all characters that need escaping are escaped. Defined in the specific drivers. Example: @@ -150,39 +202,101 @@ Example: $sql = 'SELECT * FROM ' . POSTS_TABLE . ' WHERE post_id = ' . (int) $integer . " - AND post_text = '" . $db->sql_escape($data) . "'"; + AND post_text = '" . $db->sql_escape($string) . "'"; Parameters -++++++++++ +^^^^^^^^^^ .. csv-table:: :header: "Parameter", "Usage" :delim: | String | The string that needs to be escaped. +sql_like_expression +------------------- +Correctly adjust LIKE statements for special characters. +This should be used to ensure the resulting statement works on all databases. +Defined in the base driver (``_sql_like_expression`` is defined in the specific drivers). + +The ``sql_not_like_expression`` is identical to ``sql_like_expression`` apart from that it builds a NOT LIKE statement. + +Parameters +^^^^^^^^^^ +.. csv-table:: + :header: "Parameter", "Usage" + :delim: | + + Expression | The expression to use. Every wildcard is escaped, except $db->get_any_char() and $db->get_one_char() + +get_one_char +^^^^^^^^^^^^ +Wildcards for matching exactly one (``_``) character within LIKE expressions. + +get_any_char +^^^^^^^^^^^^ +Wildcards for matching any (``%``) character within LIKE expressions + +Example: + +.. code-block:: php + + $username = 'Bert'; + + // Lets try to find "Bertie" + $sql = 'SELECT username, user_id, user_colour + FROM ' . USERS_TABLE . ' + WHERE username_clean ' . $db->sql_like_expression(utf8_clean_string($username) . $db->get_any_char()); + $result = $db->sql_query($sql); + +sql_lower_text +-------------- +For running LOWER on a database text column, so it returns lowered text strings. Defined in the base driver. + +Example: + +.. code-block:: php + + $keyword = 'Bertie'; + $keyword = strtolower($keyword); + + $like = $db->sql_like_expression($db->get_any_char() . $keyword . $db->get_any_char()); + + $sql = 'SELECT * + FROM ' . LOGS_TABLE . ' + WHERE ' . $db->sql_lower_text('log_data') . ' ' . $like; + $result = $db->sql_query_limit($sql, 10); + +Parameters +^^^^^^^^^^ +.. csv-table:: + :header: "Parameter", "Usage" + :delim: | + + Column name | The column name to LOWER the value for. + Running SQL queries =================== sql_query --------- -For selecting basic data from the database, the function sql_query() is enough. If you want to use any variable in your query, you should use (If it isn't a integer) [[Database_Abstraction_Layer#sql_escape|$db->sql_escape()]] to be sure the data is safe. Defined in dbal_* class. +For selecting basic data from the database, the function ``sql_query()`` is enough. If you want to use any variable in your query, you should use (if it isn't an integer) ``$db->sql_escape()`` to be sure the data is safe. Defined in the specific drivers. Example: .. code-block:: php $integer = 0; - $data = "This is ' some data"; + $string = "This is ' some string"; $sql = 'SELECT * FROM ' . POSTS_TABLE . ' WHERE post_id = ' . (int) $integer . " - AND post_text = '" . $db->sql_escape($data) . "'"; + AND post_text = '" . $db->sql_escape($string) . "'"; $result = $db->sql_query($sql); Parameters -++++++++++ +^^^^^^^^^^ .. csv-table:: :header: "Parameter", "Usage" :delim: | @@ -192,13 +306,14 @@ Parameters sql_query_limit --------------- -Gets/changes/deletes only selected number of rows. Defined in dbal class (_sql_query_limit is defined in dbal_* class). +Gets/changes/deletes only selected number of rows. Defined in the base driver (``_sql_query_limit`` is defined in the specific drivers). Example: .. code-block:: php $start = 25; + $sql = 'SELECT * FROM ' . POSTS_TABLE . ' WHERE topic_id = 1045'; @@ -206,7 +321,7 @@ Example: Parameters -++++++++++ +^^^^^^^^^^ .. csv-table:: :header: "Parameter", "Usage" :delim: | @@ -218,31 +333,31 @@ Parameters sql_multi_insert ---------------- -Builds and runs more than one insert statement. Defined in dbal class. +Builds and runs more than one INSERT statement. Defined in the base driver. Example: .. code-block:: php // Users which will be added to group - $users = array(11, 57, 87, 98, 154, 211); - $sql_ary = array(); + $users = [11, 57, 87, 98, 154, 211]; + $sql_ary = []; foreach ($users as $user_id) { - $sql_ary[] = array( - 'user_id' => (int) $user_id, - 'group_id' => 154, + $sql_ary[] = [ + 'user_id' => (int) $user_id, + 'group_id' => 154, 'group_leader' => 0, 'user_pending' => 0, - ); + ]; } $db->sql_multi_insert(USER_GROUP_TABLE, $sql_ary); Parameters -++++++++++ +^^^^^^^^^^ .. csv-table:: :header: "Parameter", "Usage" :delim: | @@ -252,7 +367,7 @@ Parameters Methods useful after running INSERT and UPDATE queries ====================================================== -All methods in this part of article are defined in dbal_* class. +All methods in this part of article are defined in the specific drivers. sql_affectedrows ---------------- @@ -268,6 +383,13 @@ Example: $affected_rows = $db->sql_affectedrows(); +.. warning:: + Be cautious when using ``sql_affectedrows()`` to determine the number of rows affected by your query, especially with **SELECT** queries. + This function's behavior can differ depending on the used database driver and whether the query was cached. + + Do not rely solely on ``sql_affectedrows()`` to confirm the number of impacted rows. Consider alternative approaches + like checking the number of rows returned by `sql_fetchrow`_ or `sql_fetchrowset`_. + sql_nextid ---------- Retrieves the ID generated for an AUTO_INCREMENT column by the previous INSERT query. @@ -286,7 +408,7 @@ Methods useful after running SELECT queries sql_fetchfield -------------- -Fetches field. Defined in dbal class. +Fetches field. Defined in the base driver. Example: @@ -296,38 +418,38 @@ Example: FROM ' . POSTS_TABLE . " WHERE topic_id = $topic_id AND post_time >= $min_post_time - " . (($auth->acl_get('m_approve', $forum_id)) ? '' : 'AND post_approved = 1'); + " . (($auth->acl_get('m_approve', $forum_id)) ? '' : 'AND post_approved = 1'); $result = $db->sql_query($sql); $total_posts = (int) $db->sql_fetchfield('num_posts'); Parameters -++++++++++ +^^^^^^^^^^ .. csv-table:: :header: "Parameter", "Usage" - :delim: | + :delim: # - Field | Name of the field that needs to be fetched. - Row number (Optional) | If false, the current row is used, else it is pointing to the row (zero-based). - Result (Optional) | The result that is being evaluated. This result comes from a call to the sql_query method. If left empty the last result will be called. + Field # Name of the field that needs to be fetched. + Row number (Optional) # If false, the current row is used, else it is pointing to the row (zero-based). + Result (Optional) # The result that is being evaluated. |br| This result comes from a call to the sql_query method. |br| If left empty the last result will be called. sql_fetchrowset --------------- -Returns an array with the result of using the sql_fetchrow method on every row. Defined in dbal class. +Returns an array with the result of using the ``sql_fetchrow`` method on every row. Defined in the base driver. Parameters -++++++++++ +^^^^^^^^^^ .. csv-table:: :header: "Parameter", "Usage" - :delim: | + :delim: # - Result (Optional) | The result that is being evaluated. This result comes from a call to the sql_query-Method. If left empty the last result will be called. + Result (Optional) # The result that is being evaluated. |br| This result comes from a call to the sql_query method. |br| If left empty the last result will be called. sql_fetchrow ------------ -Fetches current row. Defined in dbal_* class. +Fetches current row. Defined in the specific drivers. Example: @@ -356,30 +478,30 @@ Example with a while-loop: Parameters -++++++++++ +^^^^^^^^^^ .. csv-table:: :header: "Parameter", "Usage" - :delim: | + :delim: # - Result (Optional) | The result that is being evaluated. The result comes from a call to the sql_query method. If left empty the last result will be called. + Result (Optional) # The result that is being evaluated. |br| The result comes from a call to the sql_query method. |br| If left empty the last result will be called. sql_rowseek ----------- -Seeks to given row number. The row number is zero-based. Defined in dbal_* class. +Seeks to given row number. The row number is zero-based. Defined in the specific drivers. Parameters -++++++++++ +^^^^^^^^^^ .. csv-table:: :header: "Parameter", "Usage" - :delim: | + :delim: # - Row number | The number of the row which needs to be found (zero-based). - Result | The result that is being evaluted. This result comes from a call to sql_query method. If left empty the last result will be called. + Row number # The number of the row which needs to be found (zero-based). + Result # The result that is being evaluated. |br| This result comes from a call to sql_query method. |br| If left empty the last result will be called. sql_freeresult -------------- -Clears result of SELECT query. Defined in dbal_* class. +Clears result of SELECT query. Defined in the specific drivers. Example: @@ -388,7 +510,7 @@ Example: $sql = 'SELECT * FROM ' . POSTS_TABLE . ' WHERE post_id = ' . (int) $integer . " - AND post_text = '" . $db->sql_escape($data) . "'"; + AND post_text = '" . $db->sql_escape($string) . "'"; $result = $db->sql_query($sql); // Fetch the data @@ -399,9 +521,13 @@ Example: Parameters -++++++++++ +^^^^^^^^^^ .. csv-table:: :header: "Parameter", "Usage" - :delim: | + :delim: # + + Result (Optional) # The result that is being evaluated. |br| This result comes from a call to the sql_query method. |br| If left empty the last result will be called. + +.. |br| raw:: html - Result (Optional) | The result that is being evaluated. This result comes from a call to the sql_query method. If left empty the last result will be called. +
diff --git a/development/db/structured_conditionals.rst b/development/db/structured_conditionals.rst new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8c5323fa --- /dev/null +++ b/development/db/structured_conditionals.rst @@ -0,0 +1,524 @@ +============================ +The boolean structure system +============================ + +Intro +===== + +This feature helps extension authors to edit SQL queries in an easy and quick way without the need to parse the SQL queries, most likely, using regex and complex text editing. +Instead of a single string, this allows editing the WHERE clause in an SQL query by adding, removing and editing php arrays. Using this method, finding the portion of the query to edit should be much more straightforward. + +If done correctly, incompatibilities between extensions that use the same SQL query can be averted. Where a regex match could easly force the author into making very complex matches. With this, finding and replacing the content is just tree-like transversal as they are only arrays. Compatibility between extensions becomes much easier. + +Althought this will definitely reduce the probability of inter-incompatibilities between extensions, it is not magic. This is just a tool that helps solving the same issue. + + +Main use-case ideals +==================== + +1. To flexibly the build of the WHERE clause in SQL queries +2. To ease, simplify and prevent errors when doing SQL query editing by phpBB's extensions + +Why not... +========== + +1. Doctrine dbal -> The issue with Doctrine dbal is that its query builder is not ready for the 2nd major use case listed above. There is no way of altering an SQL query. If you want to alter something, you have to rebuild the whole SQL query. +2. Linq -> I didn't know the assistance of Linq until today. From what I searched, not only it has the same issue as Doctrine, while also its interface is unnecessarily complex for the common folk who just wants to change a small amount of information. + + +The Data structure +================== + +This builder uses a tree-like information organization for the boolean comparisons in SQL queries. +Each node of such tree is a php array. +Each node can have one of 3 formats: + +type1 +----- + +The 1st type contains 3 elements: + +Left hand, operator, right hand. +E.g. + +.. code-block:: php + + ['f.forum_id', '=', 1] + ['f.forum_id', '<>', 1] + ['f.forum_id', 'IN', []] + ['f.forum_id', 'IN', [1,2,5,6,7]] + ['f.forum_id', 'NOT_IN', [1,2,5,6,7]] + ['f.forum_id', 'IS', NULL] + +For the operator, there are 6 special values (everything else is taken literally): + +1. IN +2. NOT_IN +3. LIKE +4. NOT_LIKE +5. IS +6. IS_NOT + +All of them are special because they call the dbal's methods to process the data. +For example, if you use the **IN** operator, it calls $db->sql_in_set() with the right hand data. + +type2 +----- + +The 2nd type is variable length. It is identified by having the string 'AND', 'OR' or 'NOT' in the first position of the array. + +The first element contains the boolean operator that is used to join together all its other elements. + +E.g. + +.. code-block:: php + + ['OR', + ['t.forum_id', '=', 3], + ['t.topic_type', '=', 0], + ['t.topic_id', 'IN', [2,3,4]], + ) + +which outputs (after reindenting) + +.. code-block:: SQL + + t.forum_id = 3 OR + t.topic_type = 0 OR + t.topic_id IN (2, 3, 4) + + +type3 +----- + +The 3rd type has 5 elements +Left hand, operator, sub query operator, sub query SELECT type, the sub query. + +This is used when you require a subquery in your DB query. +Essentially, what this does is that it will call sql_build_query() recursively with the 4th and the 5th elements. + +.. code-block:: php + + ['f.forum_id', '=', 'ANY', 'SELECT', [ + 'SELECT' => [/*...*/], + 'FROM' => [/*...*/], + ]] + + ['f.forum_id', '', 'IN', 'SELECT', [ + 'SELECT' => [/*...*/], + 'FROM' => [/*...*/], + ]] + +Why arrays? +=========== + +The motivation to use arrays comes from the needs: + +1. This is information that is going to be used quite a lot. + 1.1. In the ideal case, every SQL query with either an ON or a WHERE clause (just about all) will use this. +2. The implementation on which this works on top of already uses arrays. +3. Editing arrays is a quite trivial task for any piece of code. + +Why not Objects? +---------------- + +1. Tranversing Objects forming a tree is **seriously slow** in php. + 1.1. This wouldn't much be noticed on vanilla phpBB but, as you add extensions, it would easily be dead slow. +2. Doing this with immutable objects is completely unviable. + 2.1. It would require the code that manipulates it to know how to rebuild everything related for almost any change. +3. Mutable objects with an easy-enough-to-use API is hell to design. + 3.1. How would a script know how to specify the changes that are required to make without using a complex API? + 3.2. How would a user script swiftly test if a query has the correct format? + +Mostly due to those reasons above arrays was decided as the medium. + +How to use +========== + +This system is used when building queries using the db's sql_build_query() method. + +While building the array to send to it as the 2nd parameter, when writing the WHERE clause, you may use this system instead of simply typing a string or making your own accumulator of conditionals. + +For the sake of the examples below, I will simulate an execution that exists in phpBB and assume that the query has to go through an event that does a small change to it. + + +How to use in phpBB +=================== +In the ideal situation, all DB queries that may use multiple stages where SQL data is manipulated or changed should use this, specially if they also go through an event. + + +Translate SQL to the structured conditional +------------------------------------------- +Here's a step-by-step guide to transform a query made using a string into the format that this feature uses. + +Now imagine you want something like this (source: viewforum.php:277): + +.. code-block:: php + + $sql = 'SELECT COUNT(topic_id) AS num_topics + FROM ' . TOPICS_TABLE . " + WHERE forum_id = $forum_id + AND (topic_last_post_time >= $min_post_time + OR topic_type = " . POST_ANNOUNCE . ' + OR topic_type = ' . POST_GLOBAL . ') + AND ' . $phpbb_content_visibility->get_visibility_sql('topic', $forum_id); + + +Looks quite direct to the point, right? +OK, **step1**, prepare it for sql_build_query(); + +According to the manual for this transformation, it should look like this: + + +.. code-block:: php + + $sql_ary = [ + 'SELECT' => 'COUNT(topic_id) AS num_topics', + 'FROM' => [ + TOPICS_TABLE => '', + ], + 'WHERE' => "forum_id = $forum_id + AND (topic_last_post_time >= $min_post_time + OR topic_type = " . POST_ANNOUNCE . ' + OR topic_type = ' . POST_GLOBAL . ') + AND ' . $phpbb_content_visibility->get_visibility_sql('topic', $forum_id), + ]; + + $db->sql_build_query('SELECT', $sql_ary); + +That's fine and all but it does not use this processor yet. +**Step 2** +Now to focus on the WHERE clause only + +Hum... Let's see... There's a set of AND's to join in. Let's start there. + +.. code-block:: php + + // ... + 'WHERE' => ['AND, + "forum_id = $forum_id", + "(topic_last_post_time >= $min_post_time + OR topic_type = " . POST_ANNOUNCE . ' + OR topic_type = ' . POST_GLOBAL . ')', + $phpbb_content_visibility->get_visibility_sql('topic', $forum_id) + ], + // ... + +Inside the set of AND's, one of them is a set of OR's. + +.. code-block:: php + + // ... + 'WHERE' => ['AND, + "forum_id = $forum_id", + ['OR', + "topic_last_post_time >= $min_post_time", + 'topic_type = ' . POST_ANNOUNCE, + 'topic_type = ' . POST_GLOBAL, + ), + $phpbb_content_visibility->get_visibility_sql('topic', $forum_id) + ), + // ... + +There! Better! But it still isn't that easy to work with. There's a string for each comparison. BUT! If I use the type1 array mentioned above, I can separate each one of those into a single thing! In this case... + +.. code-block:: php + + // ... + 'WHERE' => ['AND, + ['forum_id', '=', $forum_id], + ['OR', + ['topic_last_post_time', '>=', $min_post_time], + ['topic_type', '=', POST_ANNOUNCE], + ['topic_type', '=', POST_GLOBAL], + ), + [$phpbb_content_visibility->get_visibility_sql('topic', $forum_id)], + // ... + +There you go! No variable interpolation, no explicit string concatenation, in case of a requirement to build it or change it later, it becomes a very straightforward task (see next section) and all data is properly escaped. + +Just for the last piece of code in this section, here's how the full SQL query should be written when using this system: + + +.. code-block:: php + + $sql_ary = [ + 'SELECT' => 'COUNT(topic_id) AS num_topics', + 'FROM' => [ + TOPICS_TABLE => '', + ], + 'WHERE' => ['AND, + ['forum_id', '=', $forum_id], + ['OR', + ['topic_last_post_time', '>=', $min_post_time], + ['topic_type', '=', POST_ANNOUNCE], + ['topic_type', '=', POST_GLOBAL], + ], + [$phpbb_content_visibility->get_visibility_sql('topic', $forum_id)], + ], + ]; + + $db->sql_build_query('SELECT', $sql_ary); + + +Modify the structured conditional in an extension +------------------------------------------------- +One of the major reasons why this feature is designed in this very way is mostly because of what is exemplified in this section. +Same as the sub-section above, I will present you practical example(s) on how to use this feature. +Piking up the code above as an example: + +.. code-block:: php + + $sql = [ + 'SELECT' => 'COUNT(topic_id) AS num_topics', + 'FROM' => [ + TOPICS_TABLE => '', + ], + 'WHERE' => ['AND, + ['forum_id', '=', $forum_id], + ['OR', + ['topic_last_post_time', '>=', $min_post_time], + ['topic_type', '=', POST_ANNOUNCE], + ['topic_type', '=', POST_GLOBAL], + ), + [$phpbb_content_visibility->get_visibility_sql('topic', $forum_id)] + ], + ]; + + +Imagine you are building an extension that requires modifying that query above. For example, you want to make topic_last_post_time as a forced requirement for this query. +In other words, you want the query to be like this: + +.. code-block:: php + + $sql = [ + 'SELECT' => 'COUNT(topic_id) AS num_topics', + 'FROM' => [ + TOPICS_TABLE => '', + ], + 'WHERE' => ['AND, + ['forum_id', '=', $forum_id], + ['topic_last_post_time', '>=', $min_post_time], + [$phpbb_content_visibility->get_visibility_sql('topic', $forum_id)], + ], + ]; + +Just as a good practice and to help other extension writers to modify this query in an easier way, let's make it like this instead: + +.. code-block:: php + + $sql = [ + 'SELECT' => 'COUNT(topic_id) AS num_topics', + 'FROM' => [ + TOPICS_TABLE => '', + ], + 'WHERE' => ['AND, + ['forum_id', '=', $forum_id], + ['OR', + ['topic_last_post_time', '>=', $min_post_time], + ], + [$phpbb_content_visibility->get_visibility_sql('topic', $forum_id)], + ], + ]; + +Do notice that I kept the OR clause. This is just so that these changes have as little chance as possible to break other extensions. +Anyway, moving on. + +In your function: + +.. code-block:: php + + function eventGrabber($event) + { + +You will have an $event['sql'] which will contain the query. +Below, I use nesting of "if", if you prefer, you may use exceptions instead. +In order to access what we want, we can do it like this: + +.. code-block:: php + + // May be required by PHP + $sql = $event['sql']; + // Is the element I expect there? + if(isset($sql['WHERE'][2][0])) + { + if(is_array($sql['WHERE'][2])) + { + if($sql['WHERE'][2][0] === 'OR') + { + // This should be the array with the OR I wanted + if(isset($sql['WHERE'][2][0][1]) && $sql['WHERE'][2][0][1][0] === 'topic_last_post_time') + { + // Confirmed to be what I want it to be! + // this array_slice() will remove the elements after the above-mentioned topic_last_post_time + $sql['WHERE'][2][0][1] = array_slice($sql['WHERE'][2][0][1], 1); + + $event['sql'] = $sql; + return; + } + } + else + { + // For example, write code to log this happened so that an admin can help you making your + // extension compatible with other extensions or even for you to be warned about phpBB changes. + } + } + else + { + // For example, write code to log this happened so that an admin can help you making your + // extension compatible with other extensions or even for you to be warned about phpBB changes. + } + } + else + { + // For example, write code to log this happened so that an admin can help you making your + // extension compatible with other extensions or even for you to be warned about phpBB changes. + } + + + +If you are thinking: +Eh?!??!? That's too complicated... How is this better than before?!?! + +Well, I'm just safeguarding myself above. I'm just doing in a way to make sure it will surely work. +If you don't feel like it, however, then this is enough: + +.. code-block:: php + + function myEventListener($event) + { + $sql = $event['sql']; + $sql['WHERE'][2][0][1] = array_slice($sql['WHERE'][2][0][1], 1); + $event['sql'] = $sql; + } + +Or to protect yourself slightly: + +.. code-block:: php + + function myEventListener($event) + { + $sql = $event['sql']; + if(!empty($sql['WHERE'][2][0][1]) && is_array($sql['WHERE'][2][0][1])) + { + $sql['WHERE'][2][0][1] = array_slice($sql['WHERE'][2][0][1], 1); + } + else + { + // For example, write code to log this happened so that an admin can help you making your + // extension compatible with other extensions or even for you to be warned about phpBB changes. + } + $event['sql'] = $sql; + } + +I've shown you the above one first because I wanted you to experience the will to do everybody's work the easiest and most flexible way. + +**Example 2:** + +Now imagining that you want to add a condition to the OR statement list. +For example, you want sticky posts to not be counted. + +The long/self.protected way uses just about the same formula as 3 samples above. +The short way is about as much as this: + +.. code-block:: php + + function myEventListener($event) + { + $sql = $event['sql']; + if(!empty($sql['WHERE'][2][0][1]) && is_array($sql['WHERE'][2][0][1])) + { + $sql['WHERE'][2][0][1][] = ['topic_type', '=', POST_STICKY]; + } + else + { + // For example, write code to log this happened so that an admin can help you making your + // extension compatible with other extensions or even for you to be warned about phpBB changes. + } + $event['sql'] = $sql; + } + +... And you are done. No Regex, no need to write down your own 'OR' or anything like that. +As a bonus, if what you write follows basic rules on how SQL is written, it is guaranteed that the output will be valid SQL. + +Usage examples +============== +Here I present code samples that exemplify how to use this system. + +In phpBB's code +--------------- + + +.. code-block:: php + + $db->sql_build_query('SELECT', [ + 'SELECT' => ['f.forum_id', 'f.forum_title'], + 'FROM' => [ + FORUMS_TABLE => 'f', + TOPICS_TABLE => 't', + ], + 'WHERE' => [ + 'AND', + ['t.topic_poster', '=', 1], + ['f.forum_id', '>=', 'ALL', 'SELECT', [ + 'SELECT' => ['t.forum_id'], + 'FROM' => [TOPICS_TABLE => 't'], + 'WHERE' => ['t.topic_poster', '=', 1], + ], + ], + ); + + + +.. code-block:: php + + ['OR', + ['t.forum_id', '=', 3], + ['t.topic_type', '=', 0], + ) + +.. code-block:: php + + ['AND, + ['t.forum_id', '=', 3], + ['t.topic_type', '=', 0], + ['t.topic_id', '>', 5], + ['t.topic_poster', '<>', 5], + ), + +.. code-block:: php + + ['AND, + ['t.forum_id', '=', 3], + ['NOT', + ['t.topic_type', '=', 0], + ], + ['t.topic_id', '>', 5], + ['t.topic_poster', '<>', 5], + ], + + +.. code-block:: php + + t.forum_id = 3 + AND NOT ( t.topic_type = 0 ) + AND t.topic_id > 5 + AND t.topic_poster <> 5 + + +In phpBB's extensions code +-------------------------- + +.. code-block:: php + + function myEventListener($event) + { + $sql = $event['sql']; + $sql['WHERE'][2][0][1] = array_slice($sql['WHERE'][2][0][1], 1); + $event['sql'] = $sql; + } + + + + +More will come as people submit more useful examples diff --git a/development/development/coding_guidelines.rst b/development/development/coding_guidelines.rst index 23eb5695..9a7a0c10 100644 --- a/development/development/coding_guidelines.rst +++ b/development/development/coding_guidelines.rst @@ -7,6 +7,8 @@ latest versions on area51: * Rules for `Olympus (3.0.x) code `_ * Rules for `Ascraeus (3.1.x) code `_ +* Rules for `Rhea (3.2.x) code `_ +* Rules for `Proteus (3.3.x) code `_ These documents are automatically updated when changes are made to them. diff --git a/development/development/git.rst b/development/development/git.rst index 062dd83f..70ea3a5d 100644 --- a/development/development/git.rst +++ b/development/development/git.rst @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ phpBB Repository ---------------- Forking and Cloning -+++++++++++++++++++ +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ To contribute to phpBB development, you should sign up for a `GitHub `_ user account if you don't already have one. @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Clone your fork of phpBB's repository to your computer: See `Set Up Git `_ for help on setting up Git. Branches -++++++++ +^^^^^^^^ - `master `_ - The latest unstable development version with new features etc. - `3.3.x `_ - Development branch of the 3.3 line. Bug fixes and minor feature changes are applied here. - `3.2.x `_ - Development branch of the 3.2 line. Bug fixes and minor feature changes are applied here. @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Branches - `2.0.x `_ - Development branch of the deprecated 2.0 line. Tags -++++ +^^^^ Tags are released versions. Stable ones get merged into the master branch. - release-3.Y.Z-aX - Alpha release X of the 3.Y.Z line. @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ will be merged into higher branches, including master. All feature development should take place in master. Read more about the workflow in the next section. How to contribute? -++++++++++++++++++ +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ When fixing a bug, please post in the `bug tracker `__. When adding a feature to 3.x post your patch for review in a new topic on the `[3.x] Discussion forum `__ at @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ An example: implements the phpbb_request_interface which is available for easy mocking of input in tests. - PHPBB3-1234 + PHPBB-1234 The structure of a commit message which is verified by the commit-msg hook is as follows: @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ Review `Forking and Cloning`_. Configuration ------------- Git -+++ +^^^ Add your Username to Git on your system: :: @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ Add the upstream remote (you can change 'upstream' to whatever you like): fork of the phpBB GitHub repo will, by default, use the *origin* remote url. Composer -++++++++ +^^^^^^^^ To be able to run an installation from the repo (and not from a pre-built package) you need to run the following shell commands to install phpBB's dependencies. @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ Ignore any *abandoned package* warnings. further information. Hooks -+++++ +^^^^^ The phpBB repository contains some client-side hooks that can aid development. They are located in the ``git-tools/hooks`` directory. These hooks do things like preparing and validating commit messages, checking for PHP syntax errors. There is a script to set @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ Workflow --------- Pulling in upstream changes -+++++++++++++++++++++++++++ +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ You will need to merge in changes made to the upstream repository for them to appear in your fork, the steps to do this follow. We're assuming you are performing this on the **master** branch, but it could be a bug fix branch or a develop release branch, so ensure you are on @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ different branches this section refers to later. .. image:: images/Phpbb-git-workflow.png Bug fixing -++++++++++ +^^^^^^^^^^ Ensure you are using the correct develop branch (e.g. *3.2.x*) first and not the *master* branch. In this example we are using 3.2.x. @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ branch. In this example we are using 3.2.x. git push origin ticket/12345 # Push the branch back to GitHub Starting a new feature -++++++++++++++++++++++ +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ Ensure you are using the correct develop branch (e.g. *master*) first. In this example we are using master. @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ we are using master. git push origin feature/my-fancy-new-feature # Push the branch back to GitHub Collaborating with other developers on a feature -++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ You have pushed a new feature to GitHub and another developer has worked on it. This is how you can integrate their changes into your own feature branch. @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ how you can integrate their changes into your own feature branch. git push origin feature/my-fancy-new-feature # Push the branch back to GitHub Merging a feature or bugfix branch -++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ Once a feature or bug-fix is complete it can be merged back into the master branch. To preserve history we never fast-forward such merges. In this example we will merge the bug-fix created earlier into 3.2.x. We then merge the changes into 3.3.x and then merge 3.3.x into master @@ -300,15 +300,14 @@ to keep these branches up to date. Additionally the merge.log config setting of Git is set to true, producing a summary of merged commits. Merging into phpBB repository -+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ This *only* applies to Development Team Members. The following steps should be taken when merging a topic branch into the phpBB repository. .. note:: Note that tests should be run prior to merging to the official repository. Tests are run - for each push to a pull request by `Travis (Continuous Integration) `_ - and `AppVeyor `_ + for each push to a pull request by `Github Actions `_ but it is a good idea to run them yourself as well. For more information, read :doc:`../testing/index`. Merging only to master @@ -413,6 +412,46 @@ Merging to 3.2.x, 3.3.x and master with different patches 12. Merger verifies the results 13. Merger pushes 3.2.x, 3.3.x and master to phpbb +Fixing merge conflicts +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ +Merge conflicts **must** always be solved by using the `git rebase` functionality. +**Do not** merge the base branch, e.g. `master`, in order to solve potential merge conflicts +or in order to update your branch. + +To update your branch, you can often run a simple rebase: + +1. Checkout your feature or bugfix branch +2. Make sure there are no unstaged changes and that your branch has already been pushed to your remote (this can later allow you to undo your rebase changes) +3. Run git rebase +4. Force push your branch to your remote + +The commands for this are as follows: + +.. code-block:: shell + + git checkout ticket/12345 + git fetch upstream # ensure upstream is up to date + git rebase upstream/3.3.x # rebase on top of upstream's 3.3.x branch + git push origin ticket/12345 -f + +In case you think something went wrong or there are too many merge conflicts, you can abort the rebase by running: + +.. code-block:: shell + + git rebase --abort + +More difficult rebases and when switching the base branch, it makes sense to use the three-way `--onto` for rebasing: + +.. code-block:: shell + + git rebase --onto new_base_branch old_base_branch ticket/12345 + +Where + +- `new_base_branch` is the new base branch your bugfix branch should be based on +- `old_base_branch` is the old base branch your bugfix branch is based on before the rebase +- `ticket/12345` is the name of your bugfix or feature branch + Windows ======= diff --git a/development/development/images/new_feature_process.svg b/development/development/images/new_feature_process.svg new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4baca669 --- /dev/null +++ b/development/development/images/new_feature_process.svg @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ + + + +

💡 
Idea

💡...

📝
Feature Request

📝 Feature Request

Acceptance
✅ Acceptance
💻
Implementation / Code Review
💻Implementation / Cod...

🏁
Finalization / Feature Merge

🏁Finalization / Featu...


Rejection

❌ Rejection
Text is not SVG - cannot display
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/development/development/phpstorm.rst b/development/development/phpstorm.rst index 1fe37067..968362dd 100644 --- a/development/development/phpstorm.rst +++ b/development/development/phpstorm.rst @@ -76,8 +76,6 @@ The default inspection settings should work just fine. However there are a coupl .. note:: phpBB uses jQuery. The Javascript inspections need to be made aware of jQuery to avoid any false warnings/errors. To do this, simply go to **Languages & Frameworks > JavaScript > Libraries** and enable jQuery. If jQuery is not in the list, you can use the "Download" button to download a copy of jQuery to PhpStorm. -.. seealso:: For your convenience we have provided an XML export of the above code inspection settings for phpBB (see `phpBB Inspection Profile`_). You can import these settings into your project and all the above inspection settings will be configured for you. - Plugins ======= @@ -119,31 +117,24 @@ To set up PHPunit within PhpStorm, go to: PhpStorm Setting Exports for phpBB ================================== -Copy and save these code blocks as XML files, and they can be imported into PhpStorm's settings to automatically set up most of the configuration recommendations mentioned in this documentation for phpBB. +What follows is the code style we recommend for your phpBB project in PhpStorm. Copy and save this code block as ``phpbb.xml``. Then in PhpStorm, go to **Settings > Editor > Code Style**. Click the setting cog icon next to **Scheme** and choose **Import Scheme...** and import the ``phpbb.xml`` file. phpBB Code Style Scheme ####################### .. code-block:: xml - + - - -phpBB Inspection Profile -######################## - -.. code-block:: xml - - - - diff --git a/development/development/processes.rst b/development/development/processes.rst new file mode 100644 index 00000000..18b18779 --- /dev/null +++ b/development/development/processes.rst @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +Development Processes +===================== + +New Features +------------ +This document outlines the process that is in place to propose new features that can be added to phpBB. +phpBB uses this system to assure that a given feature is added as proposed and to make sure that feature requests +are handled transparently by relying on community input. + +When proposing features or adjustments to phpBB, there are two possible routes to take: + +- **Ideas** + Generally more informal ideas from a user perspective. Usually short descriptions without too much technical detail. + +- **Feature Requests** + More technical proposal for new features. Should take a deeper look at the technical background + and ways to implement this new feature. Base for further discussions with the development team. + +In the end, both of these will end up following the same general process: + +.. image:: images/new_feature_process.svg + +Ideas +^^^^^ +Ideas are generally more informal ideas that describe the request for a new feature from the user perspective. +They are aimed at quickly gathering new ideas based on day to day use of phpBB. + +Informal Ideas should be proposed in `phpBB Ideas `_. +There it's possible to both gather feedback and support of other users. + +More detailed technical discussions should however take place in a *Feature request*. + +Feature Requests +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ +In contrast to the above mentioned *Ideas*, a *Feature Request* should be focused more on the technical solution for +the proposed feature. They maybe be based on an *Idea* but that is not mandatory. + +New feature requests can either be started by creating a ticket in the `phpBB Tracker `_ or +by creating a new discussion topic on the `Area51 Forums `_. + +Try to describe the technical details of the proposed features, how it will be used, and recommendations for an possible +implementation. Include your expectations of the amount of changes that are needed and attempt to discuss the complexity +of the proposal. + +Members of the community will be able to participate in the discussion, give their feedback, and help with preparing a +plan on how to best implement the feature in small and easy to track steps. + +Feature Acceptance +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ +After a feature has been accepted by the *phpBB Development Team*, there should be at least one ticket in the +`phpBB Tracker `_. +A new feature should be split up into smaller, intermediate steps to ease implementation and review of the proposed +changes. It is also possible to use *Epics* in the tracker for a better overview of necessary steps. + +Each step of a feature can then be reviewed and integrated separately. As a result of that, code reviews will be easier, +quicker, and should also result in overall better code and features. + +Implementation & Review +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ +Implementation of a feature or its intermediate steps usually follows the acceptance by the *phpBB Development Team*. +All code needs to follow our `Coding Guidelines `_. The implementation itself can be done by +the requester, a *phpBB Development Team* member, or any other developer. Feature acceptance by the +*phpBB Development Team* does not mean that implementation of it is mandatory or that it will have to be implemented +by the *phpBB Development Team* itself. + +When using external libraries, please make sure that they are compatible with our license. If you are unsure about +whether a certain type of license is acceptable, please ask the *phpBB Development Team*. +PHP libraries **MUST** be installed with composer and should generally be considered well maintained. + +Once the code is ready to be reviewed, a pull request should be created in our `GitHub repository `_. +Target versions should be picked in accordance with `Target Versions`_. + +Finalisation / Feature Merge +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ +After the code has been reviewed by the *phpBB Development Team*, it is typically approved and merged. In case there are +issues with the code, these should be resolved as part of the code review. It can however also make sense to create +follow-up tickets to take care of some additional work or adjustments to the proposed feature. + +Once a pull request has been merged, typical follow-up work should be adding documentation for the new feature, creating +blog posts as a form of pre-announcement, or starting work on the next intermediate step. + + +Target Versions +--------------- +The appropriate target version for any given change or feature usually depends on the following attributes: + +- Type: Bugfix, behavioural change, or new feature +- Size & complexity +- Backwards compatibility (BC) + +Based on these and the semantic versioning scheme these general rules should apply: + +- **PATCH** version releases: + - Bug fixes without BC breaks + - Security fixes incl. BC breaks + - Minor behavioural changes without BC breaks + - Minor new features without BC breaks + - Updates to third parties without BC breaks + +- **MINOR** version releases: + Same as in **PATCH** version releases with addition of: + + - Bug fixes incl. BC breaks + - Major behavioural changes without BC breaks + - Major new features without BC breaks + - Updates to third parties without *significant* BC breaks + +- **MAJOR** version releases: + Same as in **PATCH** and **MINOR** version releases with addition of: + + - Major behavioural changes incl. BC breaks + - Major new features incl. BC breaks + - Updates to third parties incl. *significant* BC breaks, diff --git a/development/extensions/database_types_list.rst b/development/extensions/database_types_list.rst new file mode 100644 index 00000000..24651d68 --- /dev/null +++ b/development/extensions/database_types_list.rst @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +=================== +Database Types List +=================== + +Introduction +============ + +The purpose of the Database Type Map is to simplify the process of creating installations for multiple database systems. +Instead of writing specific installation instructions for each individual database system, you can create a single set of +instructions and use the Database Type Map to modify any supported database system with just one command. This makes it +easier and more efficient to work with multiple database systems, as you don't need to write and maintain separate +instructions for each one. + +.. note:: + + With some commands you may enter the `Zerofill `_, + example ``INT:11``, if the field is a numeric one. With some you may enter the length of the field, example ``VARCHAR:255``, + which will make a varchar(255) column in MySQL. In all of the fields supporting this, they will have a colon followed by ``%d`` + meaning any number may fill the space of the ``%d``. + +Numeric +======= + +.. list-table:: + :widths: 20 20 60 + :header-rows: 1 + + * - Command + - MySQL Equivalent + - Storage Range (on MySQL) + * - TINT:%d + - tinyint(%d) + - -128 to 127 + * - INT:%d + - int(%d) + - -2,147,483,648 to 2,147,483,648 + * - BINT + - bigint(20) + - -9,223,372,036,854,775,808 to 9,223,372,036,854,775,808 + * - USINT + - smallint(4) UNSIGNED + - 0 to 65,535 + * - UINT + - mediumint(8) UNSIGNED + - 0 to 16,777,215 + * - UINT:%d + - int(%d) UNSIGNED + - 0 to 4,294,967,295 + * - ULINT + - int(10) UNSIGNED + - 0 to 4,294,967,295 + +Decimal +======= + +.. list-table:: + :widths: 20 20 60 + :header-rows: 1 + + * - Command + - MySQL Equivalent + - Storage Range (on MySQL) + * - DECIMAL + - decimal(5,2) + - -999.99 to 999.99 + * - DECIMAL:%d + - decimal(%d, 2) + - -(%d - 2 digits to the left of the decimal).99 to (%d - 2 digits to the left of the decimal).99 + * - PDECIMAL + - decimal(6,3) + - -999.999 to 999.999 + * - PDECIMAL:%d + - decimal(%d,3) + - -(%d - 3 digits to the left of the decimal).999 to (%d - 3 digits to the left of the decimal).999 + +Text +==== + +These should only be used for ASCII characters. If you plan to use it for something like message text read the Unicode Text section + +.. list-table:: + :widths: 20 20 60 + :header-rows: 1 + + * - Command + - MySQL Equivalent + - Explain + * - VCHAR + - varchar(255) + - text for storing 255 characters (normal input field with a max of 255 chars) + * - VCHAR:%d + - varchar(%d) + - text for storing %d characters (normal input field with a max of %d chars) + * - CHAR:%d + - char(%d) + - text for storing up to 30 characters (normal input field with a max of 30 chars) + * - XSTEXT + - text + - text for storing 100 characters + * - STEXT + - text + - text for storing 255 characters + * - TEXT + - text + - text for storing 3000 characters + * - MTEXT + - mediumtext + - (post text, large text) + +Unicode Text +============ + +.. list-table:: + :widths: 20 20 60 + :header-rows: 1 + + * - Command + - MySQL Equivalent + - Explain + * - VCHAR_UNI + - varchar(255) + - text for storing 255 characters (normal input field with a max of 255 single-byte chars) + * - VCHAR_UNI:%d + - varchar(%d) + - text for storing %d characters (normal input field with a max of %d single-byte chars) + * - XSTEXT_UNI + - varchar(100) + - text for storing 100 characters (topic_title for example) + * - STEXT_UNI + - varchar(255) + - text for storing 255 characters (normal input field with a max of 255 single-byte chars) + * - TEXT_UNI + - text + - text for storing 3000 characters (short text, descriptions, comments, etc.) + * - MTEXT_UNI + - mediumtext + - (post text, large text) + +Miscellaneous +============= + +.. list-table:: + :widths: 20 20 60 + :header-rows: 1 + + * - Command + - MySQL Equivalent + - Explain + * - BOOL + - tinyint(1) UNSIGNED + - Storing boolean values (true/false) + * - TIMESTAMP + - int(11) UNSIGNED + - For storing UNIX timestamps + * - VCHAR_CI + - varchar(255) + - varchar_ci for postgresql, others VCHAR + * - VARBINARY + - varbinary(255) + - Binary storage diff --git a/development/extensions/events_list.rst b/development/extensions/events_list.rst new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f88661e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/development/extensions/events_list.rst @@ -0,0 +1,2232 @@ +========================== +Events List +========================== + +PHP Events +========== + +.. table:: + :class: events-list + + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | Identifier | Placement | Arguments | Added in Release | Explanation | + +=======================================================================+=======================================================+====================================================================================================================================================================================================================================================================================================================+==================+=====================================================================================================================================================================================================================================================================================================================================================================================+ + | core.acl_clear_prefetch_after | phpbb/auth/auth.php | user_id | 3.1.11-RC1 | Event is triggered after user(s) permission settings cache has been cleared | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_attachments_config_edit_add | includes/acp/acp_attachments.php | display_vars, mode, submit | 3.1.11-RC1 | Event to add and/or modify acp_attachement configurations | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_ban_after | includes/acp/acp_ban.php | ban, ban_exclude, ban_give_reason, ban_length, ban_length_other, ban_reason, mode | 3.1.0-RC5 | Use this event to perform actions after the ban has been performed | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_ban_before | includes/acp/acp_ban.php | abort_ban, ban, ban_exclude, ban_give_reason, ban_length, ban_length_other, ban_reason, mode | 3.1.0-RC5 | Use this event to modify the ban details before the ban is performed | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_bbcodes_delete_after | includes/acp/acp_bbcodes.php | action, bbcode_id, bbcode_tag | 3.2.4-RC1 | Event after a BBCode has been deleted | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_bbcodes_display_bbcodes | includes/acp/acp_bbcodes.php | bbcodes_array, row, u_action | 3.1.0-a3 | Modify display of custom bbcodes in the form | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_bbcodes_display_form | includes/acp/acp_bbcodes.php | action, sql_ary, template_data, u_action | 3.1.0-a3 | Modify custom bbcode template data before we display the form | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_bbcodes_edit_add | includes/acp/acp_bbcodes.php | action, bbcode_id, bbcode_tokens, tpl_ary | 3.1.0-a3 | Modify custom bbcode template data before we display the add/edit form | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_bbcodes_modify_create | includes/acp/acp_bbcodes.php | action, bbcode_helpline, bbcode_id, bbcode_match, bbcode_tpl, display_on_posting, hidden_fields, sql_ary | 3.1.0-a3 | Modify custom bbcode data before the modify/create action | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_bbcodes_modify_create_after | includes/acp/acp_bbcodes.php | action, bbcode_id, sql_ary | 3.2.4-RC1 | Event after a BBCode has been added or updated | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_board_config_edit_add | includes/acp/acp_board.php | display_vars, mode, submit | 3.1.0-a4 | Event to add and/or modify acp_board configurations | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_board_config_emoji_enabled | includes/acp/acp_board.php | config_name_ary | 3.3.3-RC1 | Event to manage the array of emoji-enabled configurations | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_email_display | includes/acp/acp_email.php | exclude, template_data, usernames | 3.1.4-RC1 | Modify custom email template data before we display the form | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_email_modify_sql | includes/acp/acp_email.php | sql_ary | 3.1.2-RC1 | Modify sql query to change the list of users the email is sent to | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_email_send_before | includes/acp/acp_email.php | email_template, generate_log_entry, group_id, priority, subject, template_data, use_queue, usernames | 3.1.3-RC1 | Modify email template data before the emails are sent | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_extensions_run_action_after | includes/acp/acp_extensions.php | action, ext_name, safe_time_limit, start_time, tpl_name, u_action | 3.1.11-RC1 | Event to run after a specific action on extension has completed | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_extensions_run_action_before | includes/acp/acp_extensions.php | action, ext_name, safe_time_limit, start_time, tpl_name, u_action | 3.1.11-RC1 | Event to run a specific action on extension | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_help_phpbb_submit_before | includes/acp/acp_help_phpbb.php | submit | 3.2.0-RC2 | Event to modify ACP help phpBB page and/or listen to submit | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_language_after_delete | includes/acp/acp_language.php | delete_message, lang_iso | 3.2.2-RC1 | Run code after language deleted | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_logs_info_modify_modes | includes/acp/info/acp_logs.php | modes | 3.2.1-RC1 | Event to add or modify ACP log modulemodes | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_main_notice | includes/acp/acp_main.php | | 3.1.0-RC3 | Notice admin | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_manage_forums_display_form | includes/acp/acp_forums.php | action, errors, forum_data, forum_id, parents_list, row, template_data, update | 3.1.0-a1 | Modify forum template data before we display the form | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_manage_forums_initialise_data | includes/acp/acp_forums.php | action, forum_data, forum_id, parents_list, row, update | 3.1.0-a1 | Initialise data before we display the add/edit form | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_manage_forums_modify_forum_list | includes/acp/acp_forums.php | rowset | 3.1.10-RC1 | Modify the forum list data | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_manage_forums_move_children | includes/acp/acp_forums.php | errors, from_id, to_id | 3.1.0-a1 | Event when we move all children of one forum to another | + | | | | | | + | | | | | This event may be triggered, when a forum is deleted | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_manage_forums_move_content | includes/acp/acp_forums.php | errors, from_id, sync, to_id | 3.1.0-a1 | Event when we move content from one forum to another | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_manage_forums_move_content_after | includes/acp/acp_forums.php | from_id, sync, to_id | 3.2.9-RC1 | Event when content has been moved from one forum to another | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_manage_forums_move_content_sql_before | includes/acp/acp_forums.php | table_ary | 3.2.4-RC1 | Perform additional actions before move forum content | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_manage_forums_request_data | includes/acp/acp_forums.php | action, forum_data | 3.1.0-a1 | Request forum data and operate on it (parse texts, etc.) | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_manage_forums_update_data_after | includes/acp/acp_forums.php | errors, forum_data, forum_data_sql, is_new_forum | 3.1.0-a1 | Event after a forum was updated or created | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_manage_forums_update_data_before | includes/acp/acp_forums.php | forum_data, forum_data_sql | 3.1.0-a1 | Remove invalid values from forum_data_sql that should not be updated | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_manage_forums_validate_data | includes/acp/acp_forums.php | errors, forum_data | 3.1.0-a1 | Validate the forum data before we create/update the forum | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_manage_group_display_form | includes/acp/acp_groups.php | action, error, group_desc_data, group_id, group_name, group_rank, group_row, group_type, rank_options, update | 3.1.0-b5 | Modify group template data before we display the form | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_manage_group_initialise_data | includes/acp/acp_groups.php | action, allow_desc_bbcode, allow_desc_smilies, allow_desc_urls, error, group_desc, group_id, group_name, group_row, group_type, submit_ary, test_variables | 3.1.0-b5 | Initialise data before we display the add/edit form | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_manage_group_request_data | includes/acp/acp_groups.php | action, allow_desc_bbcode, allow_desc_smilies, allow_desc_urls, error, group_desc, group_id, group_name, group_row, group_type, submit_ary, validation_checks | 3.1.0-b5 | Request group data and operate on it | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_profile_action | includes/acp/acp_profile.php | action, page_title, tpl_name, u_action | 3.2.2-RC1 | Event to handle actions on the ACP profile fields page | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_profile_create_edit_after | includes/acp/acp_profile.php | action, field_data, field_type, options, s_hidden_fields, save, step, submit | 3.1.6-RC1 | Event to add template variables for new profile field table fields | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_profile_create_edit_init | includes/acp/acp_profile.php | action, exclude, field_row, field_type, save, step, submit, visibility_ary | 3.1.6-RC1 | Event to add initialization for new profile field table fields | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_profile_create_edit_save_before | includes/acp/acp_profile.php | action, field_data, field_type, profile_fields | 3.1.6-RC1 | Event to modify profile field configuration data before saving to database | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_profile_modify_profile_row | includes/acp/acp_profile.php | field_block, profile_field, row | 3.2.2-RC1 | Event to modify profile field data before it is assigned to the template | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_ranks_edit_modify_tpl_ary | includes/acp/acp_ranks.php | ranks, tpl_ary | 3.1.0-RC3 | Modify the template output array for editing/adding ranks | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_ranks_list_modify_rank_row | includes/acp/acp_ranks.php | rank_row, row | 3.1.0-RC3 | Modify the template output array for each listed rank | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_ranks_save_modify_sql_ary | includes/acp/acp_ranks.php | rank_id, sql_ary | 3.1.0-RC3 | Modify the SQL array when saving a rank | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_styles_action_before | includes/acp/acp_styles.php | action, id, mode | 3.1.7-RC1 | Run code before ACP styles action execution | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_users_avatar_sql | includes/acp/acp_users.php | result, user_row | 3.2.4-RC1 | Modify users preferences data before assigning it to the template | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_users_display_overview | includes/acp/acp_users.php | quick_tool_ary, user_row | 3.1.0-a1 | Add additional quick tool options and overwrite user data | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_users_mode_add | includes/acp/acp_users.php | error, mode, u_action, user_id, user_row | 3.2.2-RC1 | Additional modes provided by extensions | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_users_modify_profile | includes/acp/acp_users.php | data, submit, user_id, user_row | 3.1.4-RC1 | Modify user data on editing profile in ACP | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_users_modify_signature_sql_ary | includes/acp/acp_users.php | sql_ary, user_row | 3.2.4-RC1 | Modify user signature before it is stored in the DB | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_users_overview_before | includes/acp/acp_users.php | action, error, mode, submit, user_row | 3.1.3-RC1 | Run code at beginning of ACP users overview | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_users_overview_modify_data | includes/acp/acp_users.php | data, sql_ary, user_row | 3.1.0-a1 | Modify user data before we update it | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_users_overview_run_quicktool | includes/acp/acp_users.php | action, u_action, user_id, user_row | 3.1.0-a1 | Run custom quicktool code | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_users_prefs_modify_data | includes/acp/acp_users.php | data, user_row | 3.1.0-b3 | Modify users preferences data | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_users_prefs_modify_sql | includes/acp/acp_users.php | data, error, sql_ary, user_row | 3.1.0-b3 | Modify SQL query before users preferences are updated | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_users_prefs_modify_template_data | includes/acp/acp_users.php | data, user_prefs_data, user_row | 3.1.0-b3 | Modify users preferences data before assigning it to the template | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_users_profile_modify_sql_ary | includes/acp/acp_users.php | cp_data, data, sql_ary, user_id, user_row | 3.1.4-RC1 | Modify profile data in ACP before submitting to the database | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.acp_users_profile_validate | includes/acp/acp_users.php | data, error, user_id, user_row | 3.1.4-RC1 | Validate profile data in ACP before submitting to the database | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.add_form_key | includes/functions.php | form_name, now, s_fields, template_variable_suffix, token, token_sid | 3.1.0-RC3 | Perform additional actions on creation of the form token | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.add_log | phpbb/log/log.php | additional_data, log_ip, log_operation, log_time, mode, sql_ary, user_id | 3.1.0-a1 | Allows to modify log data before we add it to the database | + | | | | | | + | | | | | NOTE: if sql_ary does not contain a log_type value, the entry will | + | | | | | not be stored in the database. So ensure to set it, if needed. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.adm_page_footer | includes/functions_acp.php | adm_page_footer_override, copyright_html | 3.1.0-a1 | Execute code and/or overwrite adm_page_footer() | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.adm_page_header | includes/functions_acp.php | adm_page_header_override, page_title | 3.1.0-a1 | Execute code and/or overwrite adm_page_header() | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.adm_page_header_after | includes/functions_acp.php | http_headers, page_title | 3.1.0-RC3 | Execute code and/or overwrite _common_ template variables after they have been assigned. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.append_sid | includes/functions.php | append_sid_overwrite, is_amp, is_route, params, session_id, url | 3.1.0-a1 | This event can either supplement or override the append_sid() function | + | | | | | | + | | | | | To override this function, the event must set $append_sid_overwrite to | + | | | | | the new URL value, which will be returned following the event | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.approve_posts_after | includes/mcp/mcp_queue.php | action, notify_poster, num_topics, post_info, redirect, success_msg, topic_info | 3.1.4-RC1 | Perform additional actions during post(s) approval | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.approve_topics_after | includes/mcp/mcp_queue.php | action, first_post_ids, notify_poster, redirect, success_msg, topic_info | 3.1.4-RC1 | Perform additional actions during topics(s) approval | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.auth_login_session_create_before | phpbb/auth/auth.php | admin, autologin, login, username | 3.1.7-RC1 | Event is triggered after checking for valid username and password, and before the actual session creation. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.auth_oauth_link_after | phpbb/auth/provider/oauth/oauth.php | data | 3.1.11-RC1 | Event is triggered after user links account. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.auth_oauth_login_after | phpbb/auth/provider/oauth/oauth.php | row | 3.1.11-RC1 | Event is triggered after user is successfully logged in via OAuth. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.avatar_driver_upload_delete_before | phpbb/avatar/driver/upload.php | destination, error, prefix, row | 3.1.6-RC1 | Before deleting an existing avatar | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.avatar_driver_upload_move_file_before | phpbb/avatar/driver/upload.php | destination, error, file, filedata, prefix, row | 3.1.6-RC1 | Before moving new file in place (and eventually overwriting the existing avatar with the newly uploaded avatar) | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.avatar_manager_avatar_delete_after | phpbb/avatar/manager.php | avatar_data, prefix, table, user | 3.2.4-RC1 | Event is triggered after user avatar has been deleted | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.bbcode_cache_init_end | includes/bbcode.php | bbcode_bitfield, bbcode_cache, bbcode_uid | 3.1.3-RC1 | Use this event to modify the bbcode_cache | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.bbcode_second_pass_by_extension | includes/bbcode.php | params_array, return | 3.1.5-RC1 | Event to perform bbcode second pass with | + | | | | | the custom validating methods provided by extensions | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.build_config_template | includes/functions_acp.php | key, name, new, tpl, tpl_type, vars | 3.1.0-a1 | Overwrite the html code we display for the config value | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.common | common.php | | 3.1.0-a1 | Main event which is triggered on every page | + | | | | | | + | | | | | You can use this event to load function files and initiate objects | + | | | | | | + | | | | | NOTE: At this point the global session ($user) and permissions ($auth) | + | | | | | do NOT exist yet. If you need to use the user object | + | | | | | (f.e. to include language files) or need to check permissions, | + | | | | | please use the core.user_setup event instead! | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.confirm_box_ajax_before | includes/functions.php | data, hidden, s_hidden_fields, u_action | 3.2.8-RC1 | This event allows an extension to modify the ajax output of confirm box. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.controller_helper_render_response | phpbb/controller/helper.php | response | 3.3.1-RC1 | Modify response before output | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.decode_message_after | includes/functions_content.php | bbcode_uid, message_text | 3.1.9-RC1 | Use this event to modify the message after it is decoded | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.decode_message_before | includes/functions_content.php | bbcode_uid, message_text | 3.1.9-RC1 | Use this event to modify the message before it is decoded | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.delete_attachments_before | phpbb/attachment/delete.php | ids, message_ids, mode, physical, post_ids, resync, sql_id, topic_ids | 3.1.7-RC1 | Perform additional actions before attachment(s) deletion | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.delete_attachments_collect_data_before | phpbb/attachment/delete.php | ids, mode, resync, sql_id | 3.1.7-RC1 | Perform additional actions before collecting data for attachment(s) deletion | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.delete_attachments_from_database_after | phpbb/attachment/delete.php | ids, message_ids, mode, num_deleted, physical, post_ids, resync, sql_id, topic_ids | 3.1.7-RC1 | Perform additional actions after attachment(s) deletion from the database | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.delete_attachments_from_filesystem_after | phpbb/attachment/delete.php | files_removed, ids, message_ids, mode, num_deleted, physical, post_ids, resync, space_removed, sql_id, topic_ids | 3.1.7-RC1 | Perform additional actions after attachment(s) deletion from the filesystem | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.delete_forum_content_before_query | includes/acp/acp_forums.php | forum_id, post_counts, table_ary, topic_ids | 3.1.6-RC1 | Perform additional actions before forum content deletion | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.delete_group_after | includes/functions_user.php | group_id, group_name | 3.1.0-a1 | Event after a group is deleted | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.delete_log | phpbb/log/log.php | conditions, log_type, mode | 3.1.0-b4 | Allows to modify log data before we delete it from the database | + | | | | | | + | | | | | NOTE: if sql_ary does not contain a log_type value, the entry will | + | | | | | not be deleted in the database. So ensure to set it, if needed. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.delete_pm_before | includes/functions_privmsgs.php | folder_id, msg_ids, user_id | 3.1.0-b5 | Get all info for PM(s) before they are deleted | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.delete_post_after | includes/functions_posting.php | data, forum_id, is_soft, next_post_id, post_id, post_mode, softdelete_reason, topic_id | 3.1.11-RC1 | This event is used for performing actions directly after a post or topic | + | | | | | has been deleted. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.delete_posts_after | includes/functions_admin.php | delete_notifications_types, forum_ids, post_ids, poster_ids, topic_ids, where_ids, where_type | 3.1.0-a4 | Perform additional actions after post(s) deletion | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.delete_posts_before | includes/functions_admin.php | auto_sync, call_delete_topics, delete_notifications_types, post_count_sync, posted_sync, where_ids, where_type | 3.1.0-a4 | Perform additional actions before post(s) deletion | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.delete_posts_in_transaction | includes/functions_admin.php | delete_notifications_types, forum_ids, post_ids, poster_ids, topic_ids, where_ids, where_type | 3.1.0-a4 | Perform additional actions during post(s) deletion | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.delete_posts_in_transaction_before | includes/functions_admin.php | delete_notifications_types, forum_ids, post_ids, poster_ids, table_ary, topic_ids, where_ids, where_type | 3.1.7-RC1 | Perform additional actions during post(s) deletion before running the queries | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.delete_topics_after_query | includes/functions_admin.php | topic_ids | 3.1.4-RC1 | Perform additional actions after topic(s) deletion | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.delete_topics_before_query | includes/functions_admin.php | table_ary, topic_ids | 3.1.4-RC1 | Perform additional actions before topic(s) deletion | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.delete_user_after | includes/functions_user.php | mode, retain_username, user_ids, user_rows | 3.1.0-a1 | Event after the user(s) delete action has been performed | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.delete_user_before | includes/functions_user.php | mode, retain_username, user_ids, user_rows | 3.1.0-a1 | Event before of the performing of the user(s) delete action | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.disapprove_posts_after | includes/mcp/mcp_queue.php | disapprove_reason, disapprove_reason_lang, is_disapproving, lang_reasons, notify_poster, num_disapproved_posts, num_disapproved_topics, post_disapprove_list, post_info, redirect, success_msg, topic_information, topic_posts_unapproved | 3.1.4-RC1 | Perform additional actions during post(s) disapproval | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.display_custom_bbcodes | includes/functions_display.php | | 3.1.0-a1 | Display custom bbcodes | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.display_custom_bbcodes_modify_row | includes/functions_display.php | custom_tags, row | 3.1.0-a1 | Event to modify the template data block of a custom bbcode | + | | | | | | + | | | | | This event is triggered once per bbcode | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.display_custom_bbcodes_modify_sql | includes/functions_display.php | num_predefined_bbcodes, sql_ary | 3.1.0-a3 | Event to modify the SQL query before custom bbcode data is queried | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.display_forums_add_template_data | includes/functions_display.php | catless, forum_row, row, subforums_list, subforums_row | 3.1.0-b5 | Modify and/or assign additional template data for the forum | + | | | | | after forumrow loop has been assigned. This can be used | + | | | | | to create additional forumrow subloops in extensions. | + | | | | | | + | | | | | This event is triggered once per forum | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.display_forums_after | includes/functions_display.php | active_forum_ary, display_moderators, forum_moderators, forum_rows, return_moderators, root_data | 3.1.0-RC5 | Event to perform additional actions after the forum list has been generated | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.display_forums_before | includes/functions_display.php | active_forum_ary, display_moderators, forum_moderators, forum_rows, return_moderators, root_data | 3.1.4-RC1 | Event to perform additional actions before the forum list is being generated | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.display_forums_modify_category_template_vars | includes/functions_display.php | cat_row, last_catless, root_data, row | 3.1.0-RC4 | Modify the template data block of the 'category' | + | | | | | | + | | | | | This event is triggered once per 'category' | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.display_forums_modify_forum_rows | includes/functions_display.php | branch_root_id, forum_rows, parent_id, row, subforums | 3.1.0-a1 | Event to modify the forum rows data set | + | | | | | | + | | | | | This event is triggered once per forum | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.display_forums_modify_row | includes/functions_display.php | branch_root_id, row | 3.1.0-a1 | Event to modify the data set of a forum | + | | | | | | + | | | | | This event is triggered once per forum | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.display_forums_modify_sql | includes/functions_display.php | sql_ary | 3.1.0-a1 | Event to modify the SQL query before the forum data is queried | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.display_forums_modify_template_vars | includes/functions_display.php | forum_row, row, subforums_row | 3.1.0-a1 | Modify the template data block of the forum | + | | | | | | + | | | | | This event is triggered once per forum | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.display_user_activity_modify_actives | includes/functions_display.php | active_f_row, active_t_row, show_user_activity, userdata | 3.1.0-RC3 | Alter list of forums and topics to display as active | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.download_file_send_to_browser_before | download/file.php | attach_id, attachment, display_cat, download_mode, extensions, mode, thumbnail | 3.1.6-RC1 | Event to modify data before sending file to browser | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.faq_mode_validation | phpbb/help/controller/help.php | ext_name, lang_file, mode, page_title, template_file | 3.1.4-RC1 | You can use this event display a custom help page | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.feed_base_modify_item_sql | phpbb/feed/base.php | sql_ary | 3.1.10-RC1 | Event to modify the feed item sql | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.feed_modify_feed_row | phpbb/feed/controller/feed.php | feed, row | 3.1.10-RC1 | Event to modify the feed row | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.functions.redirect | includes/functions.php | disable_cd_check, return, url | 3.1.0-RC3 | Execute code and/or overwrite redirect() | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.garbage_collection | includes/functions.php | | 3.1.0-a1 | Unload some objects, to free some memory, before we finish our task | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.gen_sort_selects_after | includes/functions_content.php | def_sd, def_sk, def_st, limit_days, s_limit_days, s_sort_dir, s_sort_key, sort_by_text, sort_days, sort_dir, sort_key, sorts, u_sort_param | 3.1.9-RC1 | Run code before generated sort selects are returned | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.generate_forum_nav | includes/functions_display.php | forum_data, forum_template_data, microdata_attr, navlinks, navlinks_parents | 3.1.5-RC1 | Event to modify the navlinks text | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.generate_profile_fields_template_data | phpbb/profilefields/manager.php | profile_row, tpl_fields, use_contact_fields | 3.1.0-b3 | Event to modify template data of the generated profile fields | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.generate_profile_fields_template_data_before | phpbb/profilefields/manager.php | profile_row, tpl_fields, use_contact_fields | 3.1.0-b3 | Event to modify data of the generated profile fields, before the template assignment loop | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.generate_profile_fields_template_headlines | phpbb/profilefields/manager.php | profile_cache, restrict_option, tpl_fields | 3.1.6-RC1 | Event to modify template headlines of the generated profile fields | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.generate_smilies_after | includes/functions_posting.php | base_url, display_link, forum_id, mode | 3.1.0-a1 | This event is called after the smilies are populated | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.generate_smilies_before | includes/functions_posting.php | root_path | 3.1.11-RC1 | Modify smiley root path before populating smiley list | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.generate_smilies_count_sql_before | includes/functions_posting.php | base_url, forum_id, sql_ary | 3.2.9-RC1 | Modify SQL query that fetches the total number of smilies in window mode | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.generate_smilies_modify_rowset | includes/functions_posting.php | forum_id, mode, smilies | 3.2.9-RC1 | Modify smilies before they are assigned to the template | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.generate_smilies_modify_sql | includes/functions_posting.php | forum_id, mode, sql_ary | 3.3.1-RC1 | Modify the SQL query that fetches the smilies | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.get_avatar_after | includes/functions.php | alt, avatar_data, html, ignore_config, row | 3.1.6-RC1 | Event to modify HTML tag of avatar | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.get_forum_list_modify_data | includes/functions_admin.php | rowset | 3.1.10-RC1 | Modify the forum list data | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.get_gravatar_url_after | phpbb/avatar/driver/gravatar.php | row, url | 3.1.7-RC1 | Modify gravatar url | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.get_group_rank_after | phpbb/group/helper.php | group_data, group_rank_data | 3.2.8-RC1 | Modify a group's rank before displaying | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.get_group_rank_before | phpbb/group/helper.php | group_data | 3.2.8-RC1 | Preparing a group's rank before displaying | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.get_logs_after | phpbb/log/log.php | count_logs, forum_id, keywords, limit, log, log_time, log_type, mode, offset, profile_url, reportee_id_list, sort_by, topic_id, topic_id_list, user_id | 3.1.3-RC1 | Allow modifying or execute extra final filter on log entries | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.get_logs_get_additional_data | phpbb/log/log.php | log, reportee_id_list, topic_id_list | 3.1.0-a1 | Get some additional data after we got all log entries | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.get_logs_main_query_before | phpbb/log/log.php | count_logs, forum_id, get_logs_sql_ary, keywords, limit, log_time, log_type, mode, offset, profile_url, sort_by, sql_additional, topic_id, user_id | 3.1.5-RC1 | Modify the query to obtain the logs data | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.get_logs_modify_entry_data | phpbb/log/log.php | log_entry_data, row | 3.1.0-a1 | Modify the entry's data before it is returned | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.get_logs_modify_type | phpbb/log/log.php | count_logs, forum_id, keywords, limit, log_time, log_type, mode, offset, profile_url, sort_by, sql_additional, topic_id, user_id | 3.1.0-a1 | Overwrite log type and limitations before we count and get the logs | + | | | | | | + | | | | | NOTE: if log_type is false, no entries will be returned. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.get_unread_topics_modify_sql | includes/functions.php | last_mark, sql_array, sql_extra, sql_sort | 3.1.4-RC1 | Change SQL query for fetching unread topics data | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.get_user_rank_after | includes/functions_display.php | user_data, user_posts, user_rank_data | 3.1.11-RC1 | Modify a user's rank before displaying | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.grab_profile_fields_data | phpbb/profilefields/manager.php | field_data, user_ids | 3.1.0-b3 | Event to modify profile fields data retrieved from the database | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.group_add_user_after | includes/functions_user.php | group_id, group_name, pending, user_id_ary, username_ary | 3.1.7-RC1 | Event after users are added to a group | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.group_delete_user_after | includes/functions_user.php | group_id, group_name, user_id_ary, username_ary | 3.1.7-RC1 | Event after users are removed from a group | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.group_delete_user_before | includes/functions_user.php | group_id, group_name, user_id_ary, username_ary | 3.1.0-a1 | Event before users are removed from a group | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.handle_post_delete_conditions | includes/functions_posting.php | delete_reason, force_delete_allowed, force_softdelete_allowed, forum_id, is_soft, perm_check, post_data, post_id, topic_id | 3.1.11-RC1 | This event allows to modify the conditions for the post deletion | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.help_manager_add_block_after | phpbb/help/manager.php | block_name, questions, switch_column | 3.2.0-a1 | You can use this event to add a block after the current one. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.help_manager_add_block_before | phpbb/help/manager.php | block_name, questions, switch_column | 3.2.0-a1 | You can use this event to add a block before the current one. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.help_manager_add_question_after | phpbb/help/manager.php | answer, question | 3.2.0-a1 | You can use this event to add a question after the current one. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.help_manager_add_question_before | phpbb/help/manager.php | answer, question | 3.2.0-a1 | You can use this event to add a question before the current one. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.index_mark_notification_after | index.php | mark_notification, notification | 3.2.6-RC1 | You can use this event to perform additional tasks or redirect user elsewhere. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.index_modify_birthdays_list | index.php | birthdays, rows | 3.1.7-RC1 | Event to modify the birthdays list | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.index_modify_birthdays_sql | index.php | now, sql_ary, time | 3.1.7-RC1 | Event to modify the SQL query to get birthdays data | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.index_modify_page_title | index.php | page_title | 3.1.0-a1 | You can use this event to modify the page title and load data for the index | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.load_drafts_draft_list_result | includes/functions_posting.php | draft_rows, topic_ids, topic_rows | 3.1.0-RC3 | Drafts found and their topics | + | | | | | Edit $draft_rows in order to add or remove drafts loaded | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.login_box_before | includes/functions.php | admin, err, l_explain, l_success, redirect, s_display | 3.1.9-RC1 | This event allows an extension to modify the login process | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.login_box_failed | includes/functions.php | err, password, result, username | 3.1.3-RC1 | This event allows an extension to process when a user fails a login attempt | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.login_box_modify_template_data | includes/functions.php | admin, autologin, login_box_template_data, redirect, username | 3.2.3-RC2 | Event to add/modify login box template data | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.login_box_redirect | includes/functions.php | admin, redirect, result | 3.1.0-RC5 | This event allows an extension to modify the redirection when a user successfully logs in | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.login_forum_box | includes/functions.php | forum_data, password | 3.1.0-RC3 | Performing additional actions, load additional data on forum login | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.make_forum_select_modify_forum_list | includes/functions_admin.php | rowset | 3.1.10-RC1 | Modify the forum list data | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.make_jumpbox_modify_forum_list | includes/functions_content.php | rowset | 3.1.10-RC1 | Modify the jumpbox forum list data | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.make_jumpbox_modify_tpl_ary | includes/functions_content.php | row, tpl_ary | 3.1.10-RC1 | Modify the jumpbox before it is assigned to the template | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.markread_after | includes/functions.php | forum_id, mode, post_time, topic_id, user_id | 3.2.6-RC1 | This event is used for performing actions directly after forums, | + | | | | | topics or posts have been marked as read. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.markread_before | includes/functions.php | forum_id, mode, post_time, should_markread, topic_id, user_id | 3.1.4-RC1 | This event is used for performing actions directly before marking forums, | + | | | | | topics or posts as read. | + | | | | | | + | | | | | It is also possible to prevent the marking. For that, the $should_markread parameter | + | | | | | should be set to FALSE. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_ban_after | includes/mcp/mcp_ban.php | ban, ban_exclude, ban_give_reason, ban_length, ban_length_other, ban_reason, mode | 3.1.0-RC5 | Use this event to perform actions after the ban has been performed | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_ban_before | includes/mcp/mcp_ban.php | abort_ban, ban, ban_exclude, ban_give_reason, ban_length, ban_length_other, ban_reason, mode | 3.1.0-RC5 | Use this event to modify the ban details before the ban is performed | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_ban_confirm | includes/mcp/mcp_ban.php | hidden_fields | 3.1.0-RC5 | Use this event to pass data from the ban form to the confirmation screen | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_ban_main | includes/mcp/mcp_ban.php | bansubmit, mode, unbansubmit | 3.1.0-RC5 | Use this event to pass perform actions when a ban is issued or revoked | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_change_poster_after | includes/mcp/mcp_post.php | post_info, userdata | 3.1.6-RC1 | This event allows you to perform additional tasks after changing a post's poster | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_change_topic_type_after | includes/mcp/mcp_main.php | forum_id, new_topic_type, topic_ids | 3.2.6-RC1 | Perform additional actions after changing topic types | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_change_topic_type_before | includes/mcp/mcp_main.php | forum_id, new_topic_type, topic_ids | 3.2.6-RC1 | Perform additional actions before changing topic(s) type | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_delete_topic_modify_hidden_fields | includes/mcp/mcp_main.php | forum_id, l_confirm, only_shadow, only_softdeleted, s_hidden_fields, topic_ids | 3.3.3-RC1 | This event allows you to modify the hidden form fields when deleting topics | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_delete_topic_modify_permissions | includes/mcp/mcp_main.php | action, check_permission, forum_id, is_soft, soft_delete_reason, topic_ids | 3.3.3-RC1 | This event allows you to modify the current user's checked permissions when deleting a topic | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_forum_merge_topics_after | includes/mcp/mcp_forum.php | all_topic_data, to_topic_id | 3.1.11-RC1 | Perform additional actions after merging topics. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_forum_topic_data_modify_sql | includes/mcp/mcp_forum.php | forum_id, sql_ary, topic_list | 3.3.4-RC1 | Event to modify SQL query before MCP forum topic data is queried | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_forum_view_before | includes/mcp/mcp_forum.php | action, forum_info, post_id_list, source_topic_ids, start, to_topic_id, topic_id_list | 3.1.6-RC1 | Get some data in order to execute other actions. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_front_queue_unapproved_total_before | includes/mcp/mcp_front.php | forum_list, sql_ary | 3.1.5-RC1 | Allow altering the query to get the number of unapproved posts | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_front_reports_count_query_before | includes/mcp/mcp_front.php | forum_list, sql | 3.1.5-RC1 | Alter sql query to count the number of reported posts | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_front_reports_listing_query_before | includes/mcp/mcp_front.php | forum_list, sql_ary | 3.1.0-RC3 | Alter sql query to get latest reported posts | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_front_view_modify_posts_data_sql | includes/mcp/mcp_front.php | forum_list, forum_names, post_list, sql, total | 3.3.5-RC1 | Alter posts data SQL query | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_front_view_modify_reported_post_row | includes/mcp/mcp_front.php | forum_list, mode, reported_post_row, row | 3.3.5-RC1 | Alter reported posts template block for MCP front page | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_front_view_modify_unapproved_post_row | includes/mcp/mcp_front.php | forum_names, mode, row, unapproved_post_row | 3.3.5-RC1 | Alter unapproved posts template block for MCP front page | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_front_view_queue_postid_list_after | includes/mcp/mcp_front.php | forum_list, forum_names, post_list, total | 3.1.0-RC3 | Alter list of posts and total as required | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_get_post_data_after | includes/functions_mcp.php | acl_list, post_ids, read_tracking, rowset | 3.3.1-RC1 | This event allows you to modify post data displayed in the MCP | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_global_f_read_auth_after | mcp.php | action, forum_id, mode, module, quickmod, topic_id | 3.1.3-RC1 | Allow applying additional permissions to MCP access besides f_read | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_lock_unlock_after | includes/mcp/mcp_main.php | action, data, ids | 3.1.7-RC1 | Perform additional actions after locking/unlocking posts/topics | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_main_before | includes/mcp/mcp_main.php | action, mode, quickmod | 3.2.8-RC1 | Event to perform additional actions before an MCP action is executed. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_main_fork_sql_after | includes/mcp/mcp_main.php | new_post_id, new_topic_id, row, to_forum_id | 3.2.4-RC1 | Perform actions after forked topic is created. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_main_modify_fork_post_sql | includes/mcp/mcp_main.php | counter, new_topic_id, row, sql_ary, to_forum_id | 3.3.5-RC1 | Modify the forked post's sql array before it's inserted into the database. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_main_modify_fork_sql | includes/mcp/mcp_main.php | sql_ary, topic_row | 3.1.11-RC1 | Perform actions before forked topic is created. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_main_modify_shadow_sql | includes/mcp/mcp_main.php | row, shadow | 3.1.11-RC1 | Perform actions before shadow topic is created. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_modify_permissions | mcp.php | allow_user, forum_id, quickmod, topic_id, user_quickmod_actions | 3.3.3-RC1 | Allow modification of the permissions to access the mcp file | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_post_additional_options | includes/mcp/mcp_post.php | action, post_info | 3.1.5-RC1 | This event allows you to handle custom post moderation options | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_post_template_data | includes/mcp/mcp_post.php | attachments, mcp_post_template_data, post_info, s_additional_opts | 3.1.5-RC1 | Event to add/modify MCP post template data | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_queue_approve_details_template | includes/mcp/mcp_queue.php | message, post_data, post_id, post_info, post_url, topic_id, topic_info, topic_url | 3.2.2-RC1 | Alter post awaiting approval template before it is rendered | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_queue_get_posts_for_posts_query_before | includes/mcp/mcp_queue.php | forum_list, limit_time_sql, sort_order_sql, sql, topic_id, visibility_const | 3.2.3-RC2 | Alter sql query to get information on all posts in queue | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_queue_get_posts_for_topics_query_before | includes/mcp/mcp_queue.php | forum_list, limit_time_sql, sort_order_sql, sql, topic_id, visibility_const | 3.1.0-RC3 | Alter sql query to get information on all topics in the list of forums provided. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_queue_get_posts_modify_post_row | includes/mcp/mcp_queue.php | forum_names, post_row, row | 3.2.3-RC2 | Alter sql query to get information on all topics in the list of forums provided. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_queue_get_posts_query_before | includes/mcp/mcp_queue.php | forum_list, limit_time_sql, sort_order_sql, sql, topic_id, visibility_const | 3.1.0-RC3 | Alter sql query to get posts in queue to be accepted | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_report_template_data | includes/mcp/mcp_reports.php | forum_id, post_id, post_info, report, report_id, report_template, topic_id | 3.2.5-RC1 | Event to add/modify MCP report details template data. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_reports_get_reports_query_before | includes/mcp/mcp_reports.php | forum_list, limit_time_sql, sort_order_sql, sql, topic_id | 3.1.0-RC4 | Alter sql query to get report id of all reports for requested forum and topic or just forum | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_reports_modify_post_row | includes/mcp/mcp_reports.php | forum_data, mode, post_row, row, start, topic_id | 3.3.5-RC1 | Alter posts template block for MCP reports | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_reports_modify_reports_data_sql | includes/mcp/mcp_reports.php | forum_list, sort_order_sql, sql, topic_id | 3.3.5-RC1 | Alter sql query to get reports data for requested forum and topic or just forum | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_reports_report_details_query_after | includes/mcp/mcp_reports.php | forum_id, post_id, report, report_id, sql_ary | 3.1.5-RC1 | Allow changing the data obtained from the user-submitted report. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_reports_report_details_query_before | includes/mcp/mcp_reports.php | forum_id, post_id, report_id, sql_ary | 3.1.5-RC1 | Allow changing the query to obtain the user-submitted report. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_sorting_query_before | includes/functions_mcp.php | forum_id, limit_days, limit_time_sql, min_time, mode, sort_by_sql, sort_by_text, sort_days, sort_dir, sort_key, sql, topic_id, total, type, where_sql | 3.1.4-RC1 | This event allows you to control the SQL query used to get the total number | + | | | | | of reports the user can access. | + | | | | | | + | | | | | This total is used for the pagination and for displaying the total number | + | | | | | of reports to the user | + | | | | | | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_topic_modify_post_data | includes/mcp/mcp_topic.php | attachments, forum_id, id, mode, post_id_list, rowset, topic_id | 3.1.7-RC1 | Event to modify the post data for the MCP topic review before assigning the posts | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_topic_modify_sql_ary | includes/mcp/mcp_topic.php | sql_ary | 3.2.8-RC1 | Event to modify the SQL query before the MCP topic review posts is queried | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_topic_review_modify_row | includes/mcp/mcp_topic.php | current_row_number, forum_id, id, mode, post_row, row, start, topic_id, topic_info, total | 3.1.4-RC1 | Event to modify the template data block for topic reviews in the MCP | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_topic_review_modify_topic_row | includes/mcp/mcp_topic.php | action, forum_id, has_unapproved_posts, icon_id, id, mode, s_topic_icons, start, subject, to_forum_id, to_topic_id, topic_id, topic_info, topic_row, total | 3.3.5-RC1 | Event to modify the template data block for topic data output in the MCP | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_topic_split_topic_after | includes/mcp/mcp_topic.php | action, forum_id, start, subject, to_forum_id, to_topic_id, topic_id, topic_info | 3.3.5-RC1 | Event to access topic data after split | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_topics_merge_posts_after | includes/mcp/mcp_topic.php | to_topic_id, topic_id | 3.1.11-RC1 | Perform additional actions after merging posts. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_view_forum_modify_sql | includes/mcp/mcp_forum.php | forum_id, limit_time_sql, sort_order_sql, sql, start, topics_per_page | 3.1.2-RC1 | Modify SQL query before MCP forum view topic list is queried | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_view_forum_modify_topicrow | includes/mcp/mcp_forum.php | row, topic_row | 3.1.0-a1 | Modify the topic data before it is assigned to the template in MCP | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_warn_post_after | includes/mcp/mcp_warn.php | message, notify, post_id, user_row, warning | 3.1.0-b4 | Event for after warning a user for a post. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_warn_post_before | includes/mcp/mcp_warn.php | notify, post_id, s_mcp_warn_post, user_row, warning | 3.1.0-b4 | Event for before warning a user for a post. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_warn_user_after | includes/mcp/mcp_warn.php | message, notify, user_row, warning | 3.1.0-b4 | Event for after warning a user from MCP. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.mcp_warn_user_before | includes/mcp/mcp_warn.php | notify, s_mcp_warn_user, user_row, warning | 3.1.0-b4 | Event for before warning a user from MCP. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.memberlist_memberrow_before | memberlist.php | use_contact_fields, user_list | 3.1.7-RC1 | Modify list of users before member row is created | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.memberlist_modify_ip_search_sql_query | memberlist.php | ipdomain, ips, sql | 3.1.7-RC1 | Modify sql query for members search by ip address / hostname | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.memberlist_modify_memberrow_sql | memberlist.php | mode, sql_array, sql_from, sql_select, user_list | 3.2.6-RC1 | Modify user data SQL before member row is created | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.memberlist_modify_sort_pagination_params | memberlist.php | first_char_block_vars, first_characters, params, sort_params, total_users, u_first_char_params | 3.2.6-RC1 | Modify memberlist sort and pagination parameters | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.memberlist_modify_sql_query_data | memberlist.php | order_by, sort_dir, sort_key, sort_key_sql, sql_from, sql_select, sql_where, sql_where_data | 3.1.7-RC1 | Modify sql query data for members search | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.memberlist_modify_template_vars | memberlist.php | params, sort_url, template_vars | 3.2.2-RC1 | Modify memberlist page template vars | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.memberlist_modify_view_profile_template_vars | memberlist.php | template_ary | 3.2.6-RC1 | Modify user's template vars before we display the profile | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.memberlist_modify_viewprofile_sql | memberlist.php | sql_array, user_id, username | 3.2.6-RC1 | Modify user data SQL before member profile row is created | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.memberlist_prepare_profile_data | includes/functions_display.php | data, template_data | 3.1.0-a1 | Preparing a user's data before displaying it in profile and memberlist | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.memberlist_team_modify_query | memberlist.php | group_ids, sql_ary, teampage_data | 3.1.3-RC1 | Modify the query used to get the users for the team page | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.memberlist_team_modify_template_vars | memberlist.php | groups_ary, row, template_vars | 3.1.3-RC1 | Modify the template vars for displaying the user in the groups on the teampage | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.memberlist_view_profile | memberlist.php | foe, foes_enabled, friend, friends_enabled, member, profile_fields, user_notes_enabled, warn_user_enabled, zebra_enabled | 3.1.0-a1 | Modify user data before we display the profile | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.message_admin_form_submit_before | phpbb/message/admin_form.php | body, errors, subject | 3.2.6-RC1 | You can use this event to modify subject and/or body and add new errors. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.message_history_modify_rowset | includes/functions_privmsgs.php | folder, in_post_mode, message_row, msg_id, rowset, title, url, user_id | 3.3.1-RC1 | Modify message rows before displaying the history in private messages | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.message_history_modify_sql_ary | includes/functions_privmsgs.php | sql_ary | 3.2.8-RC1 | Event to modify the SQL query before the message history in private message is queried | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.message_history_modify_template_vars | includes/functions_privmsgs.php | row, template_vars | 3.2.8-RC1 | Modify the template vars for displaying the message history in private message | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.message_list_actions | includes/ucp/ucp_pm_compose.php | add_bcc, add_to, address_list, error, remove_g, remove_u | 3.2.4-RC1 | Event for additional message list actions | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.message_parser_check_message | includes/message_parser.php | allow_bbcode, allow_flash_bbcode, allow_img_bbcode, allow_magic_url, allow_quote_bbcode, allow_smilies, allow_url_bbcode, bbcode_bitfield, bbcode_uid, message, mode, return, update_this_message, warn_msg | 3.1.2-RC1 | This event can be used for additional message checks/cleanup before parsing | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_attachment_data_on_submit | includes/message_parser.php | attachment_data | 3.2.2-RC1 | Modify attachment data on submit | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_attachment_data_on_upload | includes/message_parser.php | attachment_data | 3.2.2-RC1 | Modify attachment data on upload | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_attachment_sql_ary_on_submit | includes/message_parser.php | sql_ary | 3.2.6-RC1 | Modify attachment sql array on submit | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_attachment_sql_ary_on_upload | includes/message_parser.php | sql_ary | 3.2.6-RC1 | Modify attachment sql array on upload | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_bbcode_init | includes/message_parser.php | bbcodes, rowset | 3.1.0-a3 | Event to modify the bbcode data for later parsing | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_default_attachments_template_vars | includes/functions_posting.php | allowed_attachments, default_vars | 3.3.6-RC1 | Modify default attachments template vars | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_email_headers | includes/functions_messenger.php | headers | 3.1.11-RC1 | Event to modify email header entries | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_format_display_text_after | includes/message_parser.php | allow_bbcode, allow_magic_url, allow_smilies, text, uid, update_this_message | 3.1.0-a3 | Event to modify the text after it is parsed | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_format_display_text_before | includes/message_parser.php | allow_bbcode, allow_magic_url, allow_smilies, text, uid, update_this_message | 3.1.6-RC1 | Event to modify the text before it is parsed | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_group_name_string | phpbb/group/helper.php | custom_profile_url, group_colour, group_id, group_name, group_name_string, mode, name_strings | 3.2.8-RC1 | Use this event to change the output of the group name | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_inline_attachments_template_vars | includes/functions_posting.php | attachment_data, attachrow_template_vars | 3.2.2-RC1 | Modify inline attachments template vars | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_mcp_modules_display_option | mcp.php | forum_id, id, mode, module, post_id, topic_id, user_id, username | 3.1.0-b2 | This event allows you to set display option for custom MCP modules | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_memberlist_viewprofile_group_data | memberlist.php | group_data, group_sort | 3.2.6-RC1 | Modify group data before options is created and data is unset | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_memberlist_viewprofile_group_sql | memberlist.php | sql_ary | 3.2.6-RC1 | Modify the query used to get the group data | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_module_row | includes/functions_module.php | custom_func, lang_func, module_row, row, url_func | 3.1.0-b3 | This event allows to modify parameters for building modules list | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_notification_message | includes/functions_messenger.php | break, message, method, subject | 3.1.11-RC1 | Event to modify notification message text after parsing | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_notification_template | includes/functions_messenger.php | break, method, subject, template | 3.2.4-RC1 | Event to modify the template before parsing | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_pm_attach_download_auth | includes/functions_download.php | allowed, msg_id, user_id | 3.1.11-RC1 | Event to modify PM attachments download auth | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_posting_auth | posting.php | draft_id, error, forum_id, is_authed, load, mode, post_data, post_id, preview, refresh, save, submit, topic_id | 3.1.3-RC1 | This event allows you to do extra auth checks and verify if the user | + | | | | | has the required permissions | + | | | | | | + | | | | | Extensions should only change the error and is_authed variables. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_posting_parameters | posting.php | cancel, draft_id, error, forum_id, load, mode, post_id, preview, refresh, save, submit, topic_id | 3.1.0-a1 | This event allows you to alter the above parameters, such as submit and mode | + | | | | | | + | | | | | Note: $refresh must be true to retain previously submitted form data. | + | | | | | | + | | | | | Note: The template class will not work properly until $user->setup() is | + | | | | | called, and it has not been called yet. Extensions requiring template | + | | | | | assignments should use an event that comes later in this file. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_quickmod_actions | includes/mcp/mcp_main.php | action, quickmod | 3.1.0-a4 | This event allows you to handle custom quickmod options | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_quickmod_options | mcp.php | action, is_valid_action, module | 3.1.0-a4 | This event allows you to add custom quickmod options | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_submit_notification_data | includes/functions_posting.php | data_ary, mode, notification_data, poster_id | 3.2.4-RC1 | This event allows you to modify the notification data upon submission | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_submit_post_data | includes/functions_posting.php | data, mode, poll, subject, topic_type, update_message, update_search_index, username | 3.1.0-a4 | Modify the data for post submitting | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_text_for_display_after | includes/functions_content.php | bitfield, flags, text, uid | 3.1.0-a1 | Use this event to modify the text after it is parsed | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_text_for_display_before | includes/functions_content.php | bitfield, censor_text, flags, text, uid | 3.1.0-a1 | Use this event to modify the text before it is parsed | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_text_for_edit_after | includes/functions_content.php | flags, text | 3.1.0-a1 | Use this event to modify the text after it is decoded for editing | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_text_for_edit_before | includes/functions_content.php | flags, text, uid | 3.1.0-a1 | Use this event to modify the text before it is decoded for editing | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_text_for_storage_after | includes/functions_content.php | bitfield, flags, message_parser, text, uid | 3.1.0-a1 | Use this event to modify the text after it is prepared for storage | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_text_for_storage_before | includes/functions_content.php | allow_bbcode, allow_flash_bbcode, allow_img_bbcode, allow_quote_bbcode, allow_smilies, allow_url_bbcode, allow_urls, bitfield, flags, mode, text, uid | 3.1.0-a1 | Use this event to modify the text before it is prepared for storage | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_uploaded_file | phpbb/attachment/upload.php | filedata, is_image | 3.1.0-RC3 | Event to modify uploaded file before submit to the post | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_user_rank | includes/functions_display.php | user_data, user_posts | 3.1.0-RC4 | Preparing a user's rank before displaying | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.modify_username_string | includes/functions_content.php | _profile_cache, custom_profile_url, guest_username, mode, user_id, username, username_colour, username_string | 3.1.0-a1 | Use this event to change the output of get_username_string() | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.module_auth | includes/functions_module.php | forum_id, module_auth, valid_tokens | 3.1.0-a3 | Alter tokens for module authorisation check | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.move_posts_after | includes/functions_admin.php | auto_sync, forum_ids, forum_row, post_ids, topic_id, topic_ids | 3.1.7-RC1 | Perform additional actions after moving posts | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.move_posts_before | includes/functions_admin.php | auto_sync, forum_ids, forum_row, post_ids, topic_id, topic_ids | 3.1.7-RC1 | Perform additional actions before moving posts | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.move_posts_sync_after | includes/functions_admin.php | auto_sync, forum_ids, forum_row, post_ids, topic_id, topic_ids | 3.1.11-RC1 | Perform additional actions after move post sync | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.move_topics_after | includes/functions_admin.php | forum_id, forum_ids, topic_ids | 3.2.9-RC1 | Perform additional actions after topics move | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.move_topics_before | includes/functions_admin.php | forum_id, topic_ids | 3.2.9-RC1 | Perform additional actions before topics move | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.move_topics_before_query | includes/functions_admin.php | auto_sync, forum_id, forum_ids, table_ary, topic_ids | 3.1.5-RC1 | Perform additional actions before topics move | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.notification_manager_add_notifications | phpbb/notification/manager.php | data, notification_type_name, notify_users, options | 3.1.3-RC1 | Allow filtering the notify_users array for a notification that is about to be sent. | + | | | | | Here, $notify_users is already filtered by f_read and the ignored list included in the options variable | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.notification_manager_add_notifications_before | phpbb/notification/manager.php | add_notifications_override, data, notification_type_name, notified_users, options | 3.3.6-RC1 | Get notification data before find_users_for_notification() execute | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.notification_manager_add_notifications_for_users_modify_data | phpbb/notification/manager.php | data, notification_type_name, notify_users | 3.3.1-RC1 | Allow filtering the $notify_users array by $notification_type_name for a notification that is about to be sent. | + | | | | | Here, $notify_users is already filtered from users who've already been notified. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.notification_message_email | includes/functions_messenger.php | addresses, break, msg, subject | 3.2.4-RC1 | Event to send message via external transport | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.notification_message_process | includes/functions_messenger.php | addresses, break, msg, subject | 3.2.4-RC1 | Event to send message via external transport | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.oauth_login_after_check_if_provider_id_has_match | phpbb/auth/provider/oauth/oauth.php | data, redirect_data, row, service | 3.2.3-RC1 | Event is triggered before check if provider is already associated with an account | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.obtain_users_online_string_before_modify | includes/functions.php | item, item_id, online_users, rowset, user_online_link | 3.1.10-RC1 | Modify online userlist data | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.obtain_users_online_string_modify | includes/functions.php | item, item_id, l_online_users, online_userlist, online_users, rowset, user_online_link | 3.1.4-RC1 | Modify online userlist data | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.obtain_users_online_string_sql | includes/functions.php | item, item_id, online_users, sql_ary | 3.1.4-RC1 | Modify SQL query to obtain online users data | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.page_footer | includes/functions.php | page_footer_override, run_cron | 3.1.0-a1 | Execute code and/or overwrite page_footer() | + | | phpbb/controller/helper.php | | | | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.page_footer_after | includes/functions.php | display_template, exit_handler | 3.1.0-RC5 | Execute code and/or modify output before displaying the template. | + | | phpbb/controller/helper.php | | | | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.page_header | includes/functions.php | display_online_list, item, item_id, page_header_override, page_title | 3.1.0-a1 | Execute code and/or overwrite page_header() | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.page_header_after | includes/functions.php | display_online_list, http_headers, item, item_id, page_title | 3.1.0-b3 | Execute code and/or overwrite _common_ template variables after they have been assigned. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.pagination_generate_page_link | phpbb/pagination.php | base_url, generate_page_link_override, on_page, per_page, start_name | 3.1.0-RC5 | Execute code and/or override generate_page_link() | + | | | | | | + | | | | | To override the generate_page_link() function generated value | + | | | | | set $generate_page_link_override to the new URL value | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.parse_attachments_modify_template_data | includes/functions_content.php | attachment, block_array, display_cat, download_link, extensions, forum_id, preview, update_count | 3.1.0-RC5 | Use this event to modify the attachment template data. | + | | | | | | + | | | | | This event is triggered once per attachment. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.permissions | phpbb/permissions.php | categories, permissions, types | 3.1.0-a1 | Allows to specify additional permission categories, types and permissions | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.phpbb_content_visibility_get_forums_visibility_before | phpbb/content_visibility.php | approve_forums, forum_ids, get_forums_visibility_sql_overwrite, mode, table_alias, where_sql | 3.1.3-RC1 | Allow changing the result of calling get_forums_visibility_sql | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.phpbb_content_visibility_get_global_visibility_before | phpbb/content_visibility.php | approve_forums, exclude_forum_ids, mode, table_alias, visibility_sql_overwrite, where_sqls | 3.1.3-RC1 | Allow changing the result of calling get_global_visibility_sql | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.phpbb_content_visibility_get_visibility_sql_before | phpbb/content_visibility.php | forum_id, get_visibility_sql_overwrite, mode, table_alias, where_sql | 3.1.4-RC1 | Allow changing the result of calling get_visibility_sql | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.phpbb_content_visibility_is_visible | phpbb/content_visibility.php | data, forum_id, is_visible, mode | 3.2.2-RC1 | Allow changing the result of calling is_visible | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.phpbb_generate_debug_output | includes/functions.php | debug_info | 3.1.0-RC3 | Modify debug output information | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.phpbb_log_get_topic_auth_sql_after | phpbb/log/log.php | forum_auth, row | 3.2.2-RC1 | Allow modifying SQL query after topic data is retrieved (inside loop). | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.phpbb_log_get_topic_auth_sql_before | phpbb/log/log.php | sql_ary, topic_ids | 3.1.11-RC1 | Allow modifying SQL query before topic data is retrieved. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.phpbb_mail_after | includes/functions_messenger.php | additional_parameters, eol, headers, msg, result, subject, to | 3.3.6-RC1 | Execute code after sending out emails with PHP's mail function | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.phpbb_mail_before | includes/functions_messenger.php | additional_parameters, eol, headers, msg, subject, to | 3.3.6-RC1 | Modify data before sending out emails with PHP's mail function | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.pm_modify_message_subject | includes/ucp/ucp_pm_compose.php | message_subject | 3.2.8-RC1 | This event allows you to modify the PM subject of the PM being quoted | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.posting_modify_bbcode_status | posting.php | bbcode_status, flash_status, img_status, quote_status, smilies_status, url_status | 3.3.3-RC1 | Event to override message BBCode status indications | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.posting_modify_cannot_edit_conditions | posting.php | force_edit_allowed, post_data, s_cannot_edit, s_cannot_edit_locked, s_cannot_edit_time | 3.1.0-b4 | This event allows you to modify the conditions for the "cannot edit post" checks | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.posting_modify_default_variables | posting.php | post_data, uninit | 3.2.5-RC1 | This event allows you to modify the default variables for post_data, and unset them in post_data if needed | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.posting_modify_message_text | posting.php | cancel, error, forum_id, load, message_parser, mode, post_data, post_id, preview, refresh, save, submit, topic_id | 3.1.2-RC1 | This event allows you to modify message text before parsing | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.posting_modify_post_data | posting.php | forum_id, mode, post_data, post_id, topic_id | 3.2.2-RC1 | This event allows you to modify the post data before parsing | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.posting_modify_post_subject | posting.php | post_subject | 3.2.8-RC1 | This event allows you to modify the post subject of the post being quoted | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.posting_modify_quote_attributes | posting.php | post_data, quote_attributes | 3.2.6-RC1 | This event allows you to modify the quote attributes of the post being quoted | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.posting_modify_row_data | posting.php | forum_id, mode, post_data, topic_id | 3.2.8-RC1 | This event allows you to bypass reply/quote test of an unapproved post. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.posting_modify_submission_errors | posting.php | error, forum_id, mode, poll, post_data, post_id, submit, topic_id | 3.1.0-RC5 | This event allows you to define errors before the post action is performed | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.posting_modify_submit_post_after | posting.php | data, forum_id, mode, poll, post_author_name, post_data, post_id, redirect_url, topic_id, update_message, update_subject | 3.1.0-RC5 | This event allows you to define errors after the post action is performed | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.posting_modify_submit_post_before | posting.php | data, forum_id, mode, poll, post_author_name, post_data, post_id, topic_id, update_message, update_subject | 3.1.0-RC5 | This event allows you to define errors before the post action is performed | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.posting_modify_template_vars | posting.php | cancel, draft_id, error, form_enctype, forum_id, load, message_parser, mode, moderators, page_data, page_title, post_data, post_id, preview, refresh, s_action, s_hidden_fields, s_topic_icons, save, submit, topic_id | 3.1.0-a1 | This event allows you to modify template variables for the posting screen | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.prune_delete_before | includes/functions_admin.php | topic_list | 3.2.2-RC1 | Perform additional actions before topic deletion via pruning | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.prune_forums_settings_confirm | includes/acp/acp_prune.php | hidden_fields | 3.2.2-RC1 | Use this event to pass data from the prune form to the confirmation screen | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.prune_forums_settings_template_data | includes/acp/acp_prune.php | template_data | 3.2.2-RC1 | Event to add/modify prune forums settings template data | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.prune_sql | includes/functions_admin.php | auto_sync, forum_id, prune_date, prune_flags, prune_limit, prune_mode, sql_and | 3.1.3-RC1 | Use this event to modify the SQL that selects topics to be pruned | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.report_post_auth | phpbb/report/report_handler_post.php | acl_check_ary, forum_data, report_data | 3.1.3-RC1 | This event allows you to do extra auth checks and verify if the user | + | | | | | has the required permissions | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_backend_search_after | search.php | author_id_ary, ex_fid_ary, id_ary, m_approve_posts_fid_sql, per_page, search_fields, search_terms, show_results, sort_by_sql, sort_days, sort_dir, sort_key, sql_author_match, start, topic_id, total_match_count | 3.1.10-RC1 | Event to search otherwise than by keywords or author | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_get_posts_data | search.php | author_id_ary, ex_fid_ary, keywords, s_limit_days, s_sort_dir, s_sort_key, search_fields, search_id, sort_by_sql, sql_array, start, total_match_count, zebra | 3.1.0-b3 | Event to modify the SQL query before the posts data is retrieved | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_get_topic_data | search.php | sort_by_sql, sort_dir, sort_key, sql_from, sql_order_by, sql_select, sql_where, total_match_count | 3.1.0-a1 | Event to modify the SQL query before the topic data is retrieved | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_modify_forum_select_list | search.php | rowset | 3.1.10-RC1 | Modify the forum select list for advanced search page | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_modify_param_after | search.php | l_search_title, search_id, show_results, sql | 3.1.7-RC1 | Event to modify data after pre-made searches | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_modify_param_before | search.php | author_id_ary, ex_fid_ary, id_ary, keywords, search_id, show_results, sort_by_sql | 3.1.3-RC1 | Event to modify the SQL parameters before pre-made searches | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_modify_post_row | search.php | hilit, row, u_hilit, view, zebra | 3.2.2-RC1 | Modify the row of a post result before the post_text is trimmed | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_modify_rowset | search.php | attachments, hilit, rowset, show_results, topic_tracking_info, u_hilit, view, zebra | 3.1.0-b4 | Modify the rowset data | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_modify_submit_parameters | search.php | author, author_id, keywords, search_id, submit | 3.1.10-RC1 | This event allows you to alter the above parameters, such as keywords and submit | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_modify_tpl_ary | search.php | attachments, folder_alt, folder_img, posts_unapproved, replies, row, show_results, topic_deleted, topic_title, topic_type, topic_unapproved, tpl_ary, u_mcp_queue, unread_topic, view_topic_url, zebra | 3.1.0-a1 | Modify the topic data before it is assigned to the template | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_modify_url_parameters | search.php | ex_fid_ary, search_id, show_results, sql_where, total_match_count, u_search | 3.1.7-RC1 | Event to add or modify search URL parameters | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_mysql_author_query_before | phpbb/search/fulltext_mysql.php | author_ary, author_name, ex_fid_ary, firstpost_only, m_approve_fid_sql, result_count, sort_by_sql, sort_days, sort_dir, sort_key, sql_author, sql_firstpost, sql_fora, sql_sort, sql_sort_join, sql_sort_table, sql_time, sql_topic_id, start, topic_id, type | 3.1.5-RC1 | Allow changing the query used to search for posts by author in fulltext_mysql | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_mysql_by_author_modify_search_key | phpbb/search/fulltext_mysql.php | author_ary, author_name, ex_fid_ary, firstpost_only, post_visibility, search_key_array, sort_days, sort_key, topic_id, type | 3.1.7-RC1 | Allow changing the search_key for cached results | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_mysql_by_keyword_modify_search_key | phpbb/search/fulltext_mysql.php | author_ary, ex_fid_ary, fields, post_visibility, search_key_array, sort_days, sort_key, terms, topic_id, type | 3.1.7-RC1 | Allow changing the search_key for cached results | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_mysql_create_index_before | phpbb/search/fulltext_mysql.php | sql_queries, stats | 3.2.3-RC1 | Event to modify SQL queries before the MySQL search index is created | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_mysql_delete_index_before | phpbb/search/fulltext_mysql.php | sql_queries, stats | 3.2.3-RC1 | Event to modify SQL queries before the MySQL search index is deleted | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_mysql_index_before | phpbb/search/fulltext_mysql.php | forum_id, message, mode, post_id, poster_id, split_text, split_title, subject, words | 3.2.3-RC1 | Event to modify method arguments and words before the MySQL search index is updated | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_mysql_keywords_main_query_before | phpbb/search/fulltext_mysql.php | author_ary, author_name, ex_fid_ary, join_topic, result_count, search_query, sort_by_sql, sort_days, sort_dir, sort_key, sql_match, sql_match_where, sql_sort, sql_sort_join, sql_sort_table, start, topic_id | 3.1.5-RC1 | Allow changing the query used to search for posts using fulltext_mysql | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_native_author_count_query_before | phpbb/search/fulltext_native.php | ex_fid_ary, firstpost_only, select, sort_by_sql, sort_days, sort_dir, sort_key, sql_author, sql_firstpost, sql_fora, sql_sort, sql_sort_join, sql_sort_table, sql_time, start, topic_id, total_results, type | 3.1.5-RC1 | Allow changing the query used to search for posts by author in fulltext_native | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_native_by_author_modify_search_key | phpbb/search/fulltext_native.php | author_ary, author_name, ex_fid_ary, firstpost_only, post_visibility, search_key_array, sort_days, sort_key, topic_id, type | 3.1.7-RC1 | Allow changing the search_key for cached results | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_native_by_keyword_modify_search_key | phpbb/search/fulltext_native.php | author_ary, ex_fid_ary, fields, must_contain_ids, must_exclude_one_ids, must_not_contain_ids, post_visibility, search_key_array, sort_days, sort_key, terms, topic_id, type | 3.1.7-RC1 | Allow changing the search_key for cached results | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_native_delete_index_before | phpbb/search/fulltext_native.php | sql_queries, stats | 3.2.3-RC1 | Event to modify SQL queries before the native search index is deleted | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_native_index_before | phpbb/search/fulltext_native.php | cur_words, forum_id, message, mode, post_id, poster_id, split_text, split_title, subject, words | 3.2.3-RC1 | Event to modify method arguments and words before the native search index is updated | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_native_keywords_count_query_before | phpbb/search/fulltext_native.php | author_ary, author_name, ex_fid_ary, group_by, left_join_topics, must_contain_ids, must_exclude_one_ids, must_not_contain_ids, search_query, sort_by_sql, sort_days, sort_dir, sort_key, sql_array, sql_match, sql_match_where, sql_sort, sql_sort_join, sql_sort_table, sql_where, start, topic_id, total_results | 3.1.5-RC1 | Allow changing the query used for counting for posts using fulltext_native | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_postgres_author_count_query_before | phpbb/search/fulltext_postgres.php | author_ary, author_name, ex_fid_ary, firstpost_only, m_approve_fid_sql, result_count, sort_by_sql, sort_days, sort_dir, sort_key, sql_author, sql_fora, sql_sort, sql_sort_join, sql_sort_table, sql_time, sql_topic_id, start, topic_id | 3.1.5-RC1 | Allow changing the query used to search for posts by author in fulltext_postgres | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_postgres_by_author_modify_search_key | phpbb/search/fulltext_postgres.php | author_ary, author_name, ex_fid_ary, firstpost_only, post_visibility, search_key_array, sort_days, sort_key, topic_id, type | 3.1.7-RC1 | Allow changing the search_key for cached results | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_postgres_by_keyword_modify_search_key | phpbb/search/fulltext_postgres.php | author_ary, ex_fid_ary, fields, post_visibility, search_key_array, sort_days, sort_key, terms, topic_id, type | 3.1.7-RC1 | Allow changing the search_key for cached results | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_postgres_create_index_before | phpbb/search/fulltext_postgres.php | sql_queries, stats | 3.2.3-RC1 | Event to modify SQL queries before the Postgres search index is created | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_postgres_delete_index_before | phpbb/search/fulltext_postgres.php | sql_queries, stats | 3.2.3-RC1 | Event to modify SQL queries before the Postgres search index is created | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_postgres_index_before | phpbb/search/fulltext_postgres.php | forum_id, message, mode, post_id, poster_id, split_text, split_title, subject, words | 3.2.3-RC1 | Event to modify method arguments and words before the PostgreSQL search index is updated | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_postgres_keywords_main_query_before | phpbb/search/fulltext_postgres.php | author_ary, author_name, ex_fid_ary, join_topic, result_count, sort_by_sql, sort_days, sort_dir, sort_key, sql_match, sql_match_where, sql_sort, sql_sort_join, sql_sort_table, start, topic_id, tsearch_query | 3.1.5-RC1 | Allow changing the query used to search for posts using fulltext_postgres | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_results_modify_search_title | search.php | author_id, keywords, l_search_title, search_id, show_results, start, total_match_count | 3.1.0-RC4 | Modify the title and/or load data for the search results page | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_sphinx_index_before | phpbb/search/fulltext_sphinx.php | forum_id, message, mode, post_id, poster_id, subject | 3.2.3-RC1 | Event to modify method arguments before the Sphinx search index is updated | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_sphinx_keywords_modify_options | phpbb/search/fulltext_sphinx.php | author_ary, author_name, ex_fid_ary, fields, post_visibility, sort_days, sort_key, sphinx, terms, topic_id, type | 3.1.7-RC1 | Allow modifying the Sphinx search options | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.search_sphinx_modify_config_data | phpbb/search/fulltext_sphinx.php | config_data, delete, non_unique | 3.1.7-RC1 | Allow adding/changing the Sphinx configuration data | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.send_file_to_browser_before | includes/functions_download.php | attachment, category, filename, size, upload_dir | 3.1.11-RC1 | Event to alter attachment before it is sent to browser. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.session_create_after | phpbb/session.php | session_data | 3.1.6-RC1 | Event to send new session data to extension | + | | | | | Read-only event | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.session_gc_after | phpbb/session.php | | 3.1.6-RC1 | Event to trigger extension on session_gc | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.session_ip_after | phpbb/session.php | ip | 3.1.10-RC1 | Event to alter user IP address | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.session_kill_after | phpbb/session.php | new_session, session_id, user_id | 3.1.6-RC1 | Event to send session kill information to extension | + | | | | | Read-only event | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.session_set_custom_ban | phpbb/session.php | ban_row, ban_triggered_by, banned, return | 3.1.3-RC1 | Event to set custom ban type | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.set_cookie | phpbb/session.php | cookiedata, cookietime, disable_cookie, httponly, name | 3.2.9-RC1 | Event to modify or disable setting cookies | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.set_login_key | phpbb/session.php | key, key_id, sql, sql_ary, user_id, user_ip | 3.3.2-RC1 | Event to adjust autologin keys process | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.set_post_visibility_after | phpbb/content_visibility.php | data, forum_id, is_latest, is_starter, post_id, reason, time, topic_id, user_id, visibility | 3.1.10-RC1 | Perform actions after all steps to changing post visibility | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.set_post_visibility_before_sql | phpbb/content_visibility.php | data, forum_id, is_latest, is_starter, post_id, reason, time, topic_id, user_id, visibility | 3.1.10-RC1 | Perform actions right before the query to change post visibility | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.set_topic_visibility_after | phpbb/content_visibility.php | data, force_update_all, forum_id, reason, time, topic_id, user_id, visibility | 3.1.10-RC1 | Perform actions after all steps to changing topic visibility | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.set_topic_visibility_before_sql | phpbb/content_visibility.php | data, force_update_all, forum_id, reason, time, topic_id, user_id, visibility | 3.1.10-RC1 | Perform actions right before the query to change topic visibility | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.smiley_text_root_path | includes/functions_content.php | root_path | 3.1.11-RC1 | Event to override the root_path for smilies | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.submit_pm_after | includes/functions_privmsgs.php | data, mode, pm_data, subject | 3.1.0-b5 | Get PM message ID after submission to DB | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.submit_pm_before | includes/functions_privmsgs.php | data, mode, subject | 3.1.0-b3 | Get all parts of the PM that are to be submited to the DB. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.submit_post_end | includes/functions_posting.php | data, mode, poll, post_visibility, subject, topic_type, update_message, update_search_index, url, username | 3.1.0-a3 | This event is used for performing actions directly after a post or topic | + | | | | | has been submitted. When a new topic is posted, the topic ID is | + | | | | | available in the $data array. | + | | | | | | + | | | | | The only action that can be done by altering data made available to this | + | | | | | event is to modify the return URL ($url). | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.submit_post_modify_sql_data | includes/functions_posting.php | data, poll, post_mode, sql_data, subject, topic_type, username | 3.1.3-RC1 | Modify sql query data for post submitting | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.sync_forum_last_post_info_sql | includes/functions_admin.php | sql_ary | 3.3.5-RC1 | Event to modify the SQL array to get the post and user data from all forums' last posts | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.sync_modify_forum_data | includes/functions_admin.php | fieldnames, forum_data, post_info | 3.3.5-RC1 | Event to modify the SQL array to get the post and user data from all forums' last posts | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.sync_modify_topic_data | includes/functions_admin.php | row, topic_data, topic_id | 3.3.5-RC1 | Event to modify the topic_data when syncing topics | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.sync_topic_last_post_info_sql | includes/functions_admin.php | custom_fieldnames, sql_ary | 3.3.5-RC1 | Event to modify the SQL array to get the post and user data from all topics' last posts | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.text_formatter_s9e_configure_after | phpbb/textformatter/s9e/factory.php | configurator | 3.2.0-a1 | Modify the s9e\TextFormatter configurator after the default settings are set | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.text_formatter_s9e_configure_before | phpbb/textformatter/s9e/factory.php | configurator | 3.2.0-a1 | Modify the s9e\TextFormatter configurator before the default settings are set | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.text_formatter_s9e_configure_finalize | phpbb/textformatter/s9e/factory.php | objects | 3.2.2-RC1 | Access the objects returned by finalize() before they are saved to cache | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.text_formatter_s9e_get_errors | phpbb/textformatter/s9e/parser.php | entries, errors, parser | 3.3.1-RC1 | Modify error messages generated by the s9e\TextFormatter's logger | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.text_formatter_s9e_parse_after | phpbb/textformatter/s9e/parser.php | parser, xml | 3.2.0-a1 | Modify a parsed text in its XML form | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.text_formatter_s9e_parse_before | phpbb/textformatter/s9e/parser.php | parser, text | 3.2.0-a1 | Modify a text before it is parsed | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.text_formatter_s9e_parser_setup | phpbb/textformatter/s9e/parser.php | parser | 3.2.0-a1 | Configure the parser service | + | | | | | | + | | | | | Can be used to: | + | | | | | - toggle features or BBCodes | + | | | | | - register variables or custom parsers in the s9e\TextFormatter parser | + | | | | | - configure the s9e\TextFormatter parser's runtime settings | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.text_formatter_s9e_render_after | phpbb/textformatter/s9e/renderer.php | html, renderer | 3.2.0-a1 | Modify a rendered text | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.text_formatter_s9e_render_before | phpbb/textformatter/s9e/renderer.php | renderer, xml | 3.2.0-a1 | Modify a parsed text before it is rendered | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.text_formatter_s9e_renderer_setup | phpbb/textformatter/s9e/renderer.php | renderer | 3.2.0-a1 | Configure the renderer service | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.thumbnail_create_before | includes/functions_posting.php | destination, mimetype, new_height, new_width, source, thumbnail_created | 3.2.4 | Create thumbnail event to replace GD thumbnail creation with for example ImageMagick | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.topic_review_modify_post_list | includes/functions_posting.php | attachments, cur_post_id, forum_id, mode, post_list, rowset, show_quote_button, topic_id | 3.1.9-RC1 | Event to modify the posts list for topic reviews | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.topic_review_modify_row | includes/functions_posting.php | cur_post_id, current_row_number, forum_id, mode, post_row, row, topic_id | 3.1.4-RC1 | Event to modify the template data block for topic reviews | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.topic_review_modify_sql_ary | includes/functions_posting.php | cur_post_id, forum_id, mode, post_list, show_quote_button, sql_ary, topic_id | 3.2.8-RC1 | Event to modify the SQL query for topic reviews | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.twig_environment_render_template_after | phpbb/template/twig/environment.php | context, name, output | 3.2.1-RC1 | Allow changing the template output stream after rendering | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.twig_environment_render_template_before | phpbb/template/twig/environment.php | context, name | 3.2.1-RC1 | Allow changing the template output stream before rendering | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_activate_after | includes/ucp/ucp_activate.php | message, user_row | 3.1.6-RC1 | This event can be used to modify data after user account's activation | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_add_zebra | includes/ucp/ucp_zebra.php | mode, sql_ary | 3.1.0-a1 | Add users to friends/foes | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_delete_cookies | ucp.php | cookie_name, retain_cookie | 3.1.3-RC1 | Event to save custom cookies from deletion | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_display_module_before | ucp.php | id, mode, module | 3.1.0-a1 | Use this event to enable and disable additional UCP modules | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_login_link_template_after | includes/ucp/ucp_login_link.php | auth_provider, data, login_error, login_link_error, login_username, tpl_ary | 3.2.4-RC1 | Event to perform additional actions before ucp_login_link is displayed | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_main_front_modify_sql | includes/ucp/ucp_main.php | forum_ary, sql_from, sql_select | 3.2.4-RC1 | Modify sql variables before query is processed | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_main_front_modify_template_vars | includes/ucp/ucp_main.php | folder_alt, folder_img, forum_id, row, topicrow | 3.2.4-RC1 | Add template variables to a front topics row. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_main_subscribed_forum_modify_template_vars | includes/ucp/ucp_main.php | folder_alt, folder_image, forum_id, last_post_time, last_post_url, row, template_vars, unread_forum | 3.1.10-RC1 | Add template variables to a subscribed forum row. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_main_subscribed_forums_modify_query | includes/ucp/ucp_main.php | forbidden_forums, sql_array | 3.1.10-RC1 | Modify the query used to retrieve a list of subscribed forums | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_main_subscribed_post_data | includes/ucp/ucp_main.php | | 3.1.10-RC1 | Read and potentially modify the post data used to remove subscriptions to forums/topics | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_main_topiclist_count_modify_query | includes/ucp/ucp_main.php | forbidden_forum_ary, mode, sql_array | 3.1.10-RC1 | Modify the query used to retrieve the count of subscribed/bookmarked topics | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_main_topiclist_modify_query | includes/ucp/ucp_main.php | forbidden_forum_ary, mode, sql_array | 3.1.10-RC1 | Modify the query used to retrieve the list of subscribed/bookmarked topics | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_main_topiclist_topic_modify_template_vars | includes/ucp/ucp_main.php | folder_alt, folder_img, forum_id, icons, replies, row, template_vars, topic_id, topic_type, unread_topic, view_topic_url | 3.1.10-RC1 | Add template variables to a subscribed/bookmarked topic row. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_modify_friends_sql | ucp.php | sql_ary | 3.3.1-RC1 | Event to modify the SQL query before listing of friends | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_modify_friends_template_vars | ucp.php | row, tpl_ary, which | 3.3.1-RC1 | Event to modify the template before listing of friends | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_notifications_output_notification_types_modify_template_vars | includes/ucp/ucp_notifications.php | method_data, subscriptions, tpl_ary, type_data | 3.3.1-RC1 | Event to perform additional actions before ucp_notifications is displayed | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_notifications_submit_notification_is_set | includes/ucp/ucp_notifications.php | is_available, is_set_notify, method_data, subscriptions, type_data | 3.3.1-RC1 | Event to perform additional actions before ucp_notifications is submitted | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_pm_compose_compose_pm_basic_info_query_after | includes/ucp/ucp_pm_compose.php | action, delete, msg_id, post, preview, reply_to_all, submit, to_group_id, to_user_id | 3.3.1-RC1 | Alter the row of the post being quoted when composing a private message | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_pm_compose_compose_pm_basic_info_query_before | includes/ucp/ucp_pm_compose.php | action, delete, msg_id, preview, reply_to_all, sql, submit, to_group_id, to_user_id | 3.1.0-RC5 | Alter sql query to get message for user to write the PM | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_pm_compose_modify_bbcode_status | includes/ucp/ucp_pm_compose.php | bbcode_status, flash_status, img_status, smilies_status, url_status | 3.3.3-RC1 | Event to override private message BBCode status indications | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_pm_compose_modify_data | includes/ucp/ucp_pm_compose.php | action, delete, msg_id, preview, reply_to_all, submit, to_group_id, to_user_id | 3.1.4-RC1 | Modify the default vars before composing a PM | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_pm_compose_modify_parse_after | includes/ucp/ucp_pm_compose.php | enable_bbcode, enable_sig, enable_smilies, enable_urls, error, message_parser, preview, subject, submit | 3.3.1-RC1 | Modify private message | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_pm_compose_modify_parse_before | includes/ucp/ucp_pm_compose.php | enable_bbcode, enable_sig, enable_smilies, enable_urls, error, message_parser, preview, subject, submit | 3.1.10-RC1 | Modify private message | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_pm_compose_predefined_message | includes/ucp/ucp_pm_compose.php | message_subject, message_text | 3.1.11-RC1 | Predefine message text and subject | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_pm_compose_quotepost_query_after | includes/ucp/ucp_pm_compose.php | action, delete, msg_id, post, preview, reply_to_all, sql, submit, to_group_id, to_user_id | 3.1.0-RC5 | Get the result of querying for the post to be quoted in the pm message | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_pm_compose_template | includes/ucp/ucp_pm_compose.php | template_ary | 3.2.6-RC1 | Modify the default template vars | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_pm_view_folder_get_pm_from_sql | includes/ucp/ucp_pm_viewfolder.php | sql_ary, sql_limit, sql_start | 3.1.11-RC1 | Modify SQL before it is executed | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_pm_view_folder_get_pm_from_template | includes/ucp/ucp_pm_viewfolder.php | base_url, folder, folder_id, pm_count, start, template_vars, user_id | 3.1.11-RC1 | Modify template variables before they are assigned | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_pm_view_message | includes/ucp/ucp_pm_viewmessage.php | attachments, cp_row, folder, folder_id, id, message_row, mode, msg_data, msg_id, user_info | 3.2.2-RC1 | Modify pm and sender data before it is assigned to the template | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_pm_view_message_before | includes/ucp/ucp_pm_viewmessage.php | author_id, folder, folder_id, message_row, msg_id | 3.3.1-RC1 | Modify private message data before it is prepared to be displayed | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_pm_view_messsage | includes/ucp/ucp_pm_viewmessage.php | cp_row, folder, folder_id, id, message_row, mode, msg_data, msg_id, user_info | 3.1.0-a1 | Modify pm and sender data before it is assigned to the template | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_prefs_modify_common | includes/ucp/ucp_prefs.php | data, error, mode, s_hidden_fields | 3.1.0-RC3 | Modify UCP preferences data before the page load | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_prefs_personal_data | includes/ucp/ucp_prefs.php | data, error, submit | 3.1.0-a1 | Add UCP edit global settings data before they are assigned to the template or submitted | + | | | | | | + | | | | | To assign data to the template, use $template->assign_vars() | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_prefs_personal_update_data | includes/ucp/ucp_prefs.php | data, sql_ary | 3.1.0-a1 | Update UCP edit global settings data on form submit | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_prefs_post_data | includes/ucp/ucp_prefs.php | data, submit | 3.1.0-a1 | Add UCP edit posting defaults data before they are assigned to the template or submitted | + | | | | | | + | | | | | To assign data to the template, use $template->assign_vars() | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_prefs_post_update_data | includes/ucp/ucp_prefs.php | data, sql_ary | 3.1.0-a1 | Update UCP edit posting defaults data on form submit | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_prefs_view_after | includes/ucp/ucp_prefs.php | _options, data, limit_post_days, limit_topic_days, s_limit_post_days, s_limit_topic_days, s_sort_post_dir, s_sort_post_key, s_sort_topic_dir, s_sort_topic_key, sort_by_post_sql, sort_by_post_text, sort_by_topic_sql, sort_by_topic_text, sort_dir_text, submit | 3.1.8-RC1 | Run code before view form is displayed | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_prefs_view_data | includes/ucp/ucp_prefs.php | data, submit | 3.1.0-a1 | Add UCP edit display options data before they are assigned to the template or submitted | + | | | | | | + | | | | | To assign data to the template, use $template->assign_vars() | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_prefs_view_update_data | includes/ucp/ucp_prefs.php | data, sql_ary | 3.1.0-a1 | Update UCP edit display options data on form submit | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_profile_autologin_keys_sql | includes/ucp/ucp_profile.php | sql_ary | 3.3.2-RC1 | Event allows changing SQL query for autologin keys | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_profile_autologin_keys_template_vars | includes/ucp/ucp_profile.php | sessions, template_vars | 3.3.2-RC1 | Event allows changing template variables | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_profile_avatar_sql | includes/ucp/ucp_profile.php | result | 3.1.11-RC1 | Trigger events on successfull avatar change | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_profile_avatar_upload_validation | phpbb/avatar/driver/remote.php | error, height, url, width | 3.2.9-RC1 | Event to make custom validation of avatar upload | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_profile_info_modify_sql_ary | includes/ucp/ucp_profile.php | cp_data, data, sql_ary | 3.1.4-RC1 | Modify profile data in UCP before submitting to the database | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_profile_modify_profile_info | includes/ucp/ucp_profile.php | data, submit | 3.1.4-RC1 | Modify user data on editing profile in UCP | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_profile_modify_signature | includes/ucp/ucp_profile.php | enable_bbcode, enable_smilies, enable_urls, error, preview, signature, submit | 3.1.10-RC1 | Modify user signature on editing profile in UCP | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_profile_modify_signature_sql_ary | includes/ucp/ucp_profile.php | sql_ary | 3.1.10-RC1 | Modify user registration data before submitting it to the database | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_profile_reg_details_data | includes/ucp/ucp_profile.php | data, submit | 3.1.4-RC1 | Modify user registration data on editing account settings in UCP | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_profile_reg_details_sql_ary | includes/ucp/ucp_profile.php | data, sql_ary | 3.1.4-RC1 | Modify user registration data before submitting it to the database | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_profile_reg_details_validate | includes/ucp/ucp_profile.php | data, error, submit | 3.1.4-RC1 | Validate user data on editing registration data in UCP | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_profile_validate_profile_info | includes/ucp/ucp_profile.php | data, error, submit | 3.1.4-RC1 | Validate user data on editing profile in UCP | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_register_agreement | includes/ucp/ucp_register.php | | 3.1.6-RC1 | Allows to modify the agreements. | + | | | | | | + | | | | | To assign data to the template, use $template->assign_vars() | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_register_agreement_modify_template_data | includes/ucp/ucp_register.php | lang_row, s_hidden_fields, template_vars, tpl_name | 3.2.2-RC1 | Allows to modify the agreements. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_register_data_after | includes/ucp/ucp_register.php | cp_data, data, error, submit | 3.1.4-RC1 | Check UCP registration data after they are submitted | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_register_data_before | includes/ucp/ucp_register.php | data, submit | 3.1.4-RC1 | Add UCP register data before they are assigned to the template or submitted | + | | | | | | + | | | | | To assign data to the template, use $template->assign_vars() | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_register_modify_template_data | includes/ucp/ucp_register.php | data, error, s_hidden_fields, template_vars, tpl_name | 3.2.2-RC1 | Modify template data on the registration page | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_register_register_after | includes/ucp/ucp_register.php | cp_data, data, message, server_url, user_actkey, user_id, user_row | 3.2.4-RC1 | Perform additional actions after user registration | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_register_requests_after | includes/ucp/ucp_register.php | agreed, change_lang, coppa, submit, user_lang | 3.1.11-RC1 | Add UCP register data before they are assigned to the template or submitted | + | | | | | | + | | | | | To assign data to the template, use $template->assign_vars() | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_register_user_row_after | includes/ucp/ucp_register.php | cp_data, data, submit, user_row | 3.1.4-RC1 | Add into $user_row before user_add | + | | | | | | + | | | | | user_add allows adding more data into the users table | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_register_welcome_email_before | includes/ucp/ucp_register.php | cp_data, data, message, messenger, server_url, user_actkey, user_id, user_row | 3.2.4-RC1 | Modify messenger data before welcome mail is sent | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_remind_modify_select_sql | phpbb/ucp/controller/reset_password.php | email, sql_array, username | 3.1.11-RC1 | Change SQL query for fetching user data | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_remove_zebra | includes/ucp/ucp_zebra.php | mode, user_ids | 3.1.0-a1 | Remove users from friends/foes | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_reset_password_modify_select_sql | phpbb/ucp/controller/reset_password.php | reset_token, sql_array, user_id | 3.3.0-b1 | Change SQL query for fetching user data | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_restore_permissions | ucp.php | message, username | 3.1.11-RC1 | Event to run code after permissions are restored | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.ucp_switch_permissions | ucp.php | message, user_id, user_row | 3.1.11-RC1 | Event to run code after permissions are switched | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.update_post_info_modify_posts_sql | includes/functions_posting.php | sql_ary, type | 3.3.5-RC1 | Event to modify the SQL array to get the post and user data from all last posts | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.update_post_info_modify_sql | includes/functions_posting.php | rowset, type, update_sql | 3.3.5-RC1 | Event to modify the update_sql array to add new update data for forum or topic last posts | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.update_session_after | phpbb/session.php | session_data, session_id | 3.1.6-RC1 | Event to send update session information to extension | + | | | | | Read-only event | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.update_username | includes/functions_user.php | new_name, old_name | 3.1.0-a1 | Update a username when it is changed | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.user_active_flip_after | includes/functions_user.php | activated, deactivated, mode, reason, sql_statements, user_id_ary | 3.1.4-RC1 | Perform additional actions after the users have been activated/deactivated | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.user_active_flip_before | includes/functions_user.php | activated, deactivated, mode, reason, sql_statements, user_id_ary | 3.1.4-RC1 | Check or modify activated/deactivated users data before submitting it to the database | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.user_add_after | includes/functions_user.php | cp_data, user_id, user_row | 3.1.0-b5 | Event that returns user id, user details and user CPF of newly registered user | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.user_add_modify_data | includes/functions_user.php | cp_data, notifications_data, sql_ary, user_row | 3.1.0-a1 | Use this event to modify the values to be inserted when a user is added | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.user_add_modify_notifications_data | includes/functions_user.php | cp_data, notifications_data, sql_ary, user_row | 3.2.2-RC1 | Modify the notifications data to be inserted in the database when a user is added | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.user_format_date_override | phpbb/user.php | format_date_override, function_arguments, utc | 3.2.1-RC1 | Execute code and/or override format_date() | + | | | | | | + | | | | | To override the format_date() function generated value | + | | | | | set $format_date_override to new return value | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.user_set_default_group | includes/functions_user.php | group_attributes, group_id, sql_ary, update_listing, user_id_ary | 3.1.0-a1 | Event when the default group is set for an array of users | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.user_set_group_attributes | includes/functions_user.php | action, group_attributes, group_id, group_name, user_id_ary, username_ary | 3.1.10-RC1 | Event to perform additional actions on setting user group attributes | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.user_setup | phpbb/user.php | lang_set, lang_set_ext, style_id, user_data, user_date_format, user_lang_name, user_timezone | 3.1.0-a1 | Event to load language files and modify user data on every page | + | | | | | | + | | | | | Note: To load language file with this event, see description | + | | | | | of lang_set_ext variable. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.user_setup_after | phpbb/user.php | | 3.1.6-RC1 | Execute code at the end of user setup | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.user_unban | includes/functions_user.php | mode, user_ids_ary | 3.1.11-RC1 | Use this event to perform actions after the unban has been performed | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.validate_bbcode_by_extension | includes/message_parser.php | params_array, return | 3.1.5-RC1 | Event to validate bbcode with the custom validating methods | + | | | | | provided by extensions | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.validate_config_variable | includes/functions_acp.php | cfg_array, config_definition, config_name, error | 3.1.0-a1 | Validate a config value | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewforum_generate_page_after | viewforum.php | forum_data | 3.2.2-RC1 | This event is to perform additional actions on viewforum page | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewforum_get_announcement_topic_ids_data | viewforum.php | forum_data, forum_id, g_forum_ary, sql_anounce_array, sql_ary | 3.1.10-RC1 | Event to modify the SQL query before the announcement topic ids data is retrieved | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewforum_get_shadowtopic_data | viewforum.php | sql_array | 3.1.0-a1 | Event to modify the SQL query before the shadowtopic data is retrieved | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewforum_get_topic_data | viewforum.php | forum_data, forum_id, sort_days, sort_dir, sort_key, sql_array, topics_count | 3.1.0-a1 | Event to modify the SQL query before the topic data is retrieved | + | | | | | | + | | | | | It may also be used to override the above assigned template vars | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewforum_get_topic_ids_data | viewforum.php | forum_data, sql_approved, sql_ary, sql_limit, sql_limit_time, sql_sort_order, sql_start, sql_where, store_reverse | 3.1.0-RC4 | Event to modify the SQL query before the topic ids data is retrieved | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewforum_modify_page_title | viewforum.php | forum_data, forum_id, page_title, start | 3.2.2-RC1 | You can use this event to modify the page title of the viewforum page | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewforum_modify_sort_data_sql | viewforum.php | forum_id, sort_days, sort_dir, sort_key, sql_array, start | 3.1.9-RC1 | Modify the sort data SQL query for getting additional fields if needed | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewforum_modify_sort_direction | viewforum.php | direction | 3.2.5-RC1 | Modify the topics sort ordering if needed | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewforum_modify_topic_list_sql | viewforum.php | forum_data, forum_id, sql_array, topic_list | 3.3.1-RC1 | Event to modify the SQL query before obtaining topics/stickies | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewforum_modify_topic_ordering | viewforum.php | sort_by_sql, sort_by_text | 3.2.5-RC1 | Modify the topic ordering if needed | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewforum_modify_topicrow | viewforum.php | row, s_type_switch, s_type_switch_test, topic_row | 3.1.0-a1 | Modify the topic data before it is assigned to the template | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewforum_modify_topics_data | viewforum.php | forum_id, rowset, topic_list, total_topic_count | 3.1.0-b3 | Modify topics data before we display the viewforum page | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewforum_topic_row_after | viewforum.php | row, rowset, s_type_switch, topic_id, topic_list, topic_row | 3.1.3-RC1 | Event after the topic data has been assigned to the template | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewonline_modify_forum_data_sql | viewonline.php | sql_ary | 3.1.5-RC1 | Modify the forum data SQL query for getting additional fields if needed | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewonline_modify_sql | viewonline.php | forum_data, guest_counter, show_guests, sql_ary | 3.1.0-a1 | Modify the SQL query for getting the user data to display viewonline list | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewonline_modify_user_row | viewonline.php | forum_data, on_page, row, template_row | 3.1.0-RC4 | Modify viewonline template data before it is displayed in the list | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewonline_overwrite_location | viewonline.php | forum_data, location, location_url, on_page, row | 3.1.0-a1 | Overwrite the location's name and URL, which are displayed in the list | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewtopic_add_quickmod_option_before | viewtopic.php | allow_change_type, forum_id, post_id, quickmod_array, topic_data, topic_id, topic_tracking_info, viewtopic_url | 3.1.9-RC1 | Event to modify data in the quickmod_array before it gets sent to the | + | | | | | phpbb_add_quickmod_option function. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewtopic_assign_template_vars_before | viewtopic.php | base_url, forum_id, post_id, quickmod_array, start, topic_data, topic_id, topic_tracking_info, total_posts, viewtopic_url | 3.1.0-RC4 | Event to modify data before template variables are being assigned | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewtopic_before_f_read_check | viewtopic.php | forum_id, overrides_f_read_check, overrides_forum_password_check, post_id, topic_data, topic_id, topic_tracking_info | 3.1.3-RC1 | Event to apply extra permissions and to override original phpBB's f_read permission and forum password check | + | | | | | on viewtopic access | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewtopic_cache_guest_data | viewtopic.php | poster_id, row, user_cache_data | 3.1.0-a1 | Modify the guest user's data displayed with the posts | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewtopic_cache_user_data | viewtopic.php | poster_id, row, user_cache_data | 3.1.0-a1 | Modify the users' data displayed with their posts | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewtopic_gen_sort_selects_before | viewtopic.php | join_user_sql, limit_days, s_limit_days, s_sort_dir, s_sort_key, sort_by_sql, sort_by_text, sort_days, sort_dir, sort_key, u_sort_param | 3.2.8-RC1 | Event to add new sorting options | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewtopic_get_post_data | viewtopic.php | forum_id, post_list, sort_days, sort_dir, sort_key, sql_ary, start, topic_data, topic_id | 3.1.0-a1 | Event to modify the SQL query before the post and poster data is retrieved | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewtopic_highlight_modify | viewtopic.php | highlight, highlight_match, start, topic_data, total_posts, viewtopic_url | 3.1.11-RC1 | Event to modify highlight. | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewtopic_modify_forum_id | viewtopic.php | forum_id, topic_data | 3.2.5-RC1 | Modify the forum ID to handle the correct display of viewtopic if needed | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewtopic_modify_page_title | viewtopic.php | forum_id, page_title, post_list, start, topic_data | 3.1.0-a1 | You can use this event to modify the page title of the viewtopic page | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewtopic_modify_poll_ajax_data | viewtopic.php | data, forum_id, poll_info, topic_data, valid_user_votes, vote_counts | 3.2.4-RC1 | Event to manipulate the poll data sent by AJAX response | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewtopic_modify_poll_data | viewtopic.php | cur_voted_id, forum_id, poll_info, s_can_vote, s_display_results, topic_data, topic_id, viewtopic_url, vote_counts, voted_id | 3.1.5-RC1 | Event to manipulate the poll data | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewtopic_modify_poll_template_data | viewtopic.php | cur_voted_id, poll_end, poll_info, poll_most, poll_options_template_data, poll_template_data, poll_total, topic_data, viewtopic_url, vote_counts, voted_id | 3.1.5-RC1 | Event to add/modify poll template data | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewtopic_modify_post_action_conditions | viewtopic.php | force_delete_allowed, force_edit_allowed, force_softdelete_allowed, row, s_cannot_delete, s_cannot_delete_lastpost, s_cannot_delete_locked, s_cannot_delete_time, s_cannot_edit, s_cannot_edit_locked, s_cannot_edit_time, topic_data | 3.1.0-b4 | This event allows you to modify the conditions for the "can edit post" and "can delete post" checks | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewtopic_modify_post_data | viewtopic.php | attachments, can_receive_pm_list, display_notice, forum_id, has_approved_attachments, permanently_banned_users, post_list, rowset, sort_days, sort_dir, sort_key, start, topic_data, topic_id, user_cache | 3.1.0-RC3 | Event to modify the post, poster and attachment data before assigning the posts | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewtopic_modify_post_list_sql | viewtopic.php | forum_id, sort_days, sort_key, sql, sql_limit, sql_start | 3.2.4-RC1 | Event to modify the SQL query that gets post_list | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewtopic_modify_post_row | viewtopic.php | attachments, cp_row, current_row_number, end, post_edit_list, post_row, poster_id, row, start, topic_data, total_posts, user_cache, user_poster_data | 3.1.0-a1 | Modify the posts template block | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewtopic_modify_quick_reply_template_vars | viewtopic.php | topic_data, tpl_ary | 3.2.9-RC1 | Event after the quick-reply has been setup | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewtopic_post_row_after | viewtopic.php | attachments, cp_row, current_row_number, end, post_row, row, start, topic_data, total_posts, user_poster_data | 3.1.0-a3 | Event after the post data has been assigned to the template | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | core.viewtopic_post_rowset_data | viewtopic.php | row, rowset_data | 3.1.0-a1 | Modify the post rowset containing data to be displayed with posts | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + +Template Events +=============== + +.. table:: + :class: events-list + + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | Identifier | Prosilver Placement (If applicable) | Added in Release | Explanation | + +=======================================================+==========================================================+==================+==================================================================================================================================+ + | attachment_file_after | attachment.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add content after the attachment. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | attachment_file_append | attachment.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add custom attachment types displaying to the bottom of attachment block. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | attachment_file_before | attachment.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add content before the attachment. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | attachment_file_prepend | attachment.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add custom attachment types displaying to the top of attachment block. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | confirm_delete_body_delete_reason_before | confirm_delete_body.html | 3.2.4-RC1 | Add custom text to the confirmation of a post that is deleted. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | forumlist_body_category_header_after | forumlist_body.html | 3.1.0-a4 | Add content after the header of the category on the forum list. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | forumlist_body_category_header_before | forumlist_body.html | 3.1.0-a4 | Add content before the header of the category on the forum list. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | forumlist_body_category_header_row_append | forumlist_body.html | 3.1.5-RC1 | Add content after the header row of the category on the forum list. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | forumlist_body_category_header_row_prepend | forumlist_body.html | 3.1.5-RC1 | Add content before the header row of the category on the forum list. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | forumlist_body_forum_image_after | forumlist_body.html | 3.2.2-RC1 | Add content after the forum image on the forum list. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | forumlist_body_forum_image_append | forumlist_body.html | 3.2.2-RC1 | Add content at the start of the forum image on the forum list. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | forumlist_body_forum_image_before | forumlist_body.html | 3.2.2-RC1 | Add content before the forum image on the forum list. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | forumlist_body_forum_image_prepend | forumlist_body.html | 3.2.2-RC1 | Add content at the end of the forum image on the forum list. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | forumlist_body_forum_row_after | forumlist_body.html | 3.1.0-RC5 | Add content after the forum list item. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | forumlist_body_forum_row_append | forumlist_body.html | 3.1.0-RC5 | Add content at the start of the forum list item. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | forumlist_body_forum_row_before | forumlist_body.html | 3.1.0-RC5 | Add content before the forum list item. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | forumlist_body_forum_row_prepend | forumlist_body.html | 3.1.0-RC5 | Add content at the end of the forum list item. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | forumlist_body_last_post_title_prepend | forumlist_body.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add content before the post title of the latest post in a forum on the forum list. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | forumlist_body_last_poster_username_append | forumlist_body.html | 3.2.4-RC1 | Append information to last poster username of member | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | forumlist_body_last_poster_username_prepend | forumlist_body.html | 3.2.4-RC1 | Prepend information to last poster username of member | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | forumlist_body_last_row_after | forumlist_body.html | 3.1.0-b2 | Add content after the very last row of the forum list. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | forumlist_body_subforum_link_append | forumlist_body.html | 3.1.11-RC1 | Add content at the end of subforum link item. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | forumlist_body_subforum_link_prepend | forumlist_body.html | 3.1.11-RC1 | Add content at the start of subforum link item. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | forumlist_body_subforums_after | forumlist_body.html | 3.1.0-a4 | Add content after the list of subforums (if any) for each forum on the forum list. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | forumlist_body_subforums_before | forumlist_body.html | 3.1.0-a4 | Add content before the list of subforums (if any) for each forum on the forum list. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | index_body_birthday_block_before | index_body.html | 3.1.11-RC1 | Add new statistic blocks before the Birthday block | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | index_body_block_birthday_append | index_body.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Append content to the birthday list on the Board index | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | index_body_block_birthday_prepend | index_body.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Prepend content to the birthday list on the Board index | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | index_body_block_online_append | index_body.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Append content to the online list on the Board index | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | index_body_block_online_prepend | index_body.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Prepend content to the online list on the Board index | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | index_body_block_stats_append | index_body.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Append content to the statistics list on the Board index | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | index_body_block_stats_prepend | index_body.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Prepend content to the statistics list on the Board index | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | index_body_forumlist_body_after | index_body.html | 3.1.1 | Add content after the forum list body on the index page | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | index_body_markforums_after | index_body.html | 3.1.0-RC2 | Add content after the mark-read link above the forum list on Board index | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | index_body_markforums_before | index_body.html | 3.1.0-RC2 | Add content before the mark-read link above the forum list on Board index | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | index_body_stat_blocks_after | index_body.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add new statistic blocks below the Who Is Online and Board Statistics blocks | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | index_body_stat_blocks_before | index_body.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add new statistic blocks above the Who Is Online and Board Statistics blocks | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_ban_fields_after | mcp_ban.html | 3.1.0-RC3 | Add additional fields to the ban form in MCP | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_ban_fields_before | mcp_ban.html | 3.1.0-RC3 | Add additional fields to the ban form in MCP | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_ban_unban_after | mcp_ban.html | 3.1.0-RC3 | Add additional fields to the unban form in MCP | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_ban_unban_before | mcp_ban.html | 3.1.0-RC3 | Add additional fields to the unban form in MCP | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_forum_actions_after | mcp_forum.html | 3.1.11-RC1 | Add some information after actions fieldset | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_forum_actions_append | mcp_forum.html | 3.1.11-RC1 | Add additional options to actions select | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_forum_actions_before | mcp_forum.html | 3.1.11-RC1 | Add some information before actions fieldset | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_forum_last_post_author_username_append | mcp_forum.html | 3.3.4-RC1 | Append information to last post author username of member | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_forum_last_post_author_username_prepend | mcp_forum.html | 3.3.4-RC1 | Prepend information to last post author username of member | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_forum_topic_author_username_append | mcp_forum.html | 3.3.4-RC1 | Append information to topic author username of member | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_forum_topic_author_username_prepend | mcp_forum.html | 3.3.4-RC1 | Prepend information to topic author username of member | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_forum_topic_title_after | mcp_forum.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add some information after the topic title | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_forum_topic_title_before | mcp_forum.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add some information before the topic title | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_front_latest_logs_after | mcp_front.html | 3.1.3-RC1 | Add content after latest logs list | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_front_latest_logs_before | mcp_front.html | 3.1.3-RC1 | Add content before latest logs list | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_front_latest_reported_before | mcp_front.html | 3.1.3-RC1 | Add content before latest reported posts list | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_front_latest_reported_pms_before | mcp_front.html | 3.1.3-RC1 | Add content before latest reported private messages list | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_front_latest_unapproved_before | mcp_front.html | 3.1.3-RC1 | Add content before latest unapproved posts list | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_move_before | mcp_move.html | 3.1.10-RC1 | Add content before move topic/post form | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_move_destination_forum_after | mcp_move.html | 3.2.8-RC1 | Add content after the destination select element in the move topic/post form | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_move_destination_forum_before | mcp_move.html | 3.2.8-RC1 | Add content before the destination select element in the move topic/post form | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_post_additional_options | mcp_post.html | 3.1.5-RC1 | Add content within the list of post moderation actions | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_post_report_buttons_top_after | mcp_post.html | 3.2.4-RC1 | Add content after report buttons | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_post_report_buttons_top_before | mcp_post.html | 3.2.4-RC1 | Add content before report buttons | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_post_text_after | mcp_post.html | 3.2.6-RC1 | Add content after the post text | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_post_text_before | mcp_post.html | 3.2.6-RC1 | Add content before the post text | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_topic_options_after | mcp_topic.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add some options (field, checkbox, ...) after the subject field when split a subject | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_topic_options_before | mcp_topic.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add some options (field, checkbox, ...) before the subject field when split a subject | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_topic_post_author_full_append | mcp_topic.html | 3.2.8-RC1 | Append information to message author username for post details in topic moderation | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_topic_post_author_full_prepend | mcp_topic.html | 3.2.8-RC1 | Prepend information to message author username for post details in topic moderation | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_topic_postrow_attachments_after | mcp_topic.html | 3.2.2-RC1 | Show additional content after attachments in mcp topic review | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_topic_postrow_attachments_before | mcp_topic.html | 3.2.2-RC1 | Show additional content before attachments in mcp topic review | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_topic_postrow_post_before | mcp_topic.html | 3.2.2-RC1 | Show additional content after postrow begins in mcp topic review | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_topic_postrow_post_details_after | mcp_topic.html | 3.1.10-RC1 | Add content after post details in topic moderation | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_topic_postrow_post_details_before | mcp_topic.html | 3.1.10-RC1 | Add content before post details in topic moderation | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_topic_postrow_post_subject_after | mcp_topic.html | 3.1.11-RC1 | Add content after post subject in topic moderation | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_topic_postrow_post_subject_before | mcp_topic.html | 3.1.11-RC1 | Add content before post subject in topic moderation | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_topic_topic_title_after | mcp_topic.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add some information after the topic title | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_topic_topic_title_before | mcp_topic.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add some information before the topic title | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_warn_post_add_warning_field_after | mcp_warn_post.html | 3.1.0-RC4 | Add content during warning for a post - after add warning field. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_warn_post_add_warning_field_before | mcp_warn_post.html | 3.1.0-RC4 | Add content during warning for a post - before add warning field. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_warn_user_add_warning_field_after | mcp_warn_user.html | 3.1.0-RC4 | Add content during warning a user - after add warning field. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | mcp_warn_user_add_warning_field_before | mcp_warn_user.html | 3.1.0-RC4 | Add content during warning a user - before add warning field. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_body_group_desc_after | memberlist_body.html | 3.2.6-RC1 | Add data after the group description and type in the group profile page. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_body_group_name_after | memberlist_body.html | 3.2.6-RC1 | Add data after the group name in the group profile page. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_body_group_name_before | memberlist_body.html | 3.2.6-RC1 | Add data before the group name in the group profile page. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_body_group_rank_after | memberlist_body.html | 3.2.6-RC1 | Add data after the group rank in the group profile page. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_body_group_rank_before | memberlist_body.html | 3.2.6-RC1 | Add data before the group rank in the group profile page. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_body_leaders_set_after | memberlist_body.html | 3.2.6-RC1 | Add data after the last row in the memberlist mode leaders. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_body_memberlist_after | memberlist_body.html | 3.2.6-RC1 | Add data after the last row in the memberlist. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_body_memberrow_after | memberlist_body.html | 3.2.6-RC1 | Add data after the last memberrow in the memberlist. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_body_page_footer_before | memberlist_body.html | 3.2.6-RC1 | Add data before the page footer. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_body_page_header_after | memberlist_body.html | 3.2.6-RC1 | Add data after the page header. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_body_page_title_before | memberlist_body.html | 3.2.6-RC1 | Add data before the page title. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_body_rank_append | memberlist_body.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add information after rank in memberlist. Works in | + | | | | all display modes (leader, group and normal memberlist). | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_body_rank_prepend | memberlist_body.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add information before rank in memberlist. Works in | + | | | | all display modes (leader, group and normal memberlist). | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_body_show_group_after | memberlist_body.html | 3.2.6-RC1 | Add data after the last row in the memberlist mode group. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_body_username_append | memberlist_body.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add information after every username in the memberlist. Works in | + | | | | all display modes (leader, group and normal memberlist). | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_body_username_prepend | memberlist_body.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add information before every username in the memberlist. Works in | + | | | | all display modes (leader, group and normal memberlist). | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_email_before | memberlist_email.html | 3.1.10-RC1 | Allow adding customizations before the memberlist_email form. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_search_fields_after | memberlist_search.html | 3.1.2-RC1 | Add information after the search fields column. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_search_fields_before | memberlist_search.html | 3.1.2-RC1 | Add information before the search fields column. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_search_sorting_options_before | memberlist_search.html | 3.1.2-RC1 | Add information before the search sorting options field. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_team_username_append | memberlist_team.html | 3.1.11-RC1 | Append information to username of team member | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_team_username_prepend | memberlist_team.html | 3.1.11-RC1 | Add information before team user username | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_view_contact_after | memberlist_view.html | 3.1.0-b2 | Add content after the user contact part of any user profile | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_view_contact_before | memberlist_view.html | 3.1.0-b2 | Add content before the user contact part of any user profile | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_view_contact_custom_fields_after | memberlist_view.html | 3.1.9-RC1 | Add content after the user contact related custom fields | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_view_contact_custom_fields_before | memberlist_view.html | 3.1.9-RC1 | Add content before the user contact related custom fields | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_view_content_append | memberlist_view.html | 3.1.0-b2 | Add custom content to the user profile view after the main content | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_view_content_prepend | memberlist_view.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add custom content to the user profile view before the main content | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_view_non_contact_custom_fields_after | memberlist_view.html | 3.1.9-RC1 | Add content after the user not contact related custom fields | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_view_non_contact_custom_fields_before | memberlist_view.html | 3.1.9-RC1 | Add content before the user not contact related custom fields | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_view_rank_avatar_after | memberlist_view.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add information after rank in memberlist (with avatar) | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_view_rank_avatar_before | memberlist_view.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add information before rank in memberlist (with avatar) | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_view_rank_no_avatar_after | memberlist_view.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add information after rank in memberlist (without avatar) | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_view_rank_no_avatar_before | memberlist_view.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add information before rank in memberlist (without avatar) | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_view_user_statistics_after | memberlist_view.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add entries after the user statistics part of any user profile | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_view_user_statistics_before | memberlist_view.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add entries before the user statistics part of any user profile | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_view_username_append | memberlist_view.html | 3.2.4-RC1 | Append information to username of member | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_view_username_prepend | memberlist_view.html | 3.2.4-RC1 | Prepend information to username of member | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_view_zebra_after | memberlist_view.html | 3.1.9-RC1 | Add content after the user friends/foes links | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | memberlist_view_zebra_before | memberlist_view.html | 3.1.9-RC1 | Add content before the user friends/foes links | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | navbar_header_logged_out_content | navbar_header.html | 3.1.0-RC1 | Add text and HTML in place of the username when not logged in. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | navbar_header_profile_list_after | navbar_header.html | 3.1.0-RC2 | Add links to the bottom of the profile drop-down menu in the header navbar | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | navbar_header_profile_list_before | navbar_header.html | 3.1.0-RC2 | Add links to the top of the profile drop-down menu in the header navbar | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | navbar_header_quick_links_after | navbar_header.html | 3.1.0-RC2 | Add links to the bottom of the quick-links drop-down menu in the header | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | navbar_header_quick_links_before | navbar_header.html | 3.1.0-RC2 | Add links to the top of the quick-links drop-down menu in the header | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | navbar_header_user_profile_append | navbar_header.html | 3.1.8-RC1 | Add links to the right of the user drop down area | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | navbar_header_user_profile_prepend | navbar_header.html | 3.1.8-RC1 | Add links to the left of the notification area | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | navbar_header_username_append | navbar_header.html | 3.1.0-RC1 | Add text and HTMl after the username shown in the navbar. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | navbar_header_username_prepend | navbar_header.html | 3.1.0-RC1 | Add text and HTMl before the username shown in the navbar. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | notification_dropdown_footer_after | notification_dropdown.html | 3.3.12 | Add content after notifications list footer. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | notification_dropdown_footer_before | notification_dropdown.html | 3.3.12 | Add content before notifications list footer. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | overall_footer_after | overall_footer.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add content at the end of the file, directly prior to the `` tag | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | overall_footer_body_after | overall_footer.html | 3.1.3-RC1 | Add content before the `` tag but after the $SCRIPTS var, i.e. after the js scripts have been loaded | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | overall_footer_breadcrumb_append | navbar_footer.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add links to the list of breadcrumbs in the footer | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | overall_footer_breadcrumb_prepend | navbar_footer.html | 3.1.0-RC3 | Add links to the list of breadcrumbs in the footer (after site-home, but before board-index) | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | overall_footer_content_after | overall_footer.html | 3.1.0-a3 | Add content on all pages after the main content, before the footer | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | overall_footer_copyright_append | overall_footer.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add content after the copyright line (no new line by default), before the ACP link | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | overall_footer_copyright_prepend | overall_footer.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add content before the copyright line | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | overall_footer_page_body_after | overall_footer.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add content after the page-body, but before the footer | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | overall_footer_teamlink_after | navbar_footer.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add contents after the team-link in the footer | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | overall_footer_teamlink_before | navbar_footer.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add contents before the team-link in the footer | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | overall_footer_timezone_after | navbar_footer.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add content to the navbar in the page footer, after "Timezone" | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | overall_footer_timezone_before | navbar_footer.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add content to the navbar in the page footer, before "Timezone" | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | overall_header_body_before | overall_header.html | 3.1.0-b2 | Add content to the header body | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | overall_header_breadcrumb_append | navbar_header.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add links to the list of breadcrumbs in the header | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | overall_header_breadcrumb_prepend | navbar_header.html | 3.1.0-RC3 | Add links to the list of breadcrumbs in the header (after site-home, but before board-index) | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | overall_header_breadcrumbs_after | navbar_header.html | 3.1.0-RC3 | Add content after the breadcrumbs (outside of the breadcrumbs container) | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | overall_header_breadcrumbs_before | navbar_header.html | 3.1.0-RC3 | Add content before the breadcrumbs (outside of the breadcrumbs container) | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | overall_header_content_before | overall_header.html | 3.1.0-a3 | Add content on all pages before the main content, after the header | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | overall_header_feeds | overall_header.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add custom feeds | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | overall_header_head_append | overall_header.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add asset calls directly before the `` tag | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | overall_header_headerbar_after | overall_header.html | 3.1.10-RC1 | Add content at the end of the headerbar | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | overall_header_headerbar_before | overall_header.html | 3.1.10-RC1 | Add content at the beginning of the headerbar | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | overall_header_navbar_before | overall_header.html | 3.1.4-RC1 | Add content before the navigation bar | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | overall_header_navigation_append | navbar_header.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add links after the navigation links in the header | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | overall_header_navigation_prepend | navbar_header.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add links before the navigation links in the header | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | overall_header_navlink_append | navbar_header.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add content after each individual navlink (breadcrumb) | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | overall_header_navlink_prepend | navbar_header.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add content before each individual navlink (breadcrumb) | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | overall_header_page_body_before | overall_header.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add content after the page-header, but before the page-body | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | overall_header_searchbox_after | overall_header.html | 3.1.11-RC1 | Add content after the search box in the header | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | overall_header_searchbox_before | overall_header.html | 3.1.4-RC1 | Add content before the search box in the header | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | overall_header_stylesheets_after | overall_header.html | 3.1.0-RC3 | Add asset calls after stylesheets within the `` tag. | + | | | | Note that INCLUDECSS will not work with this event. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_attach_body_attach_row_after | posting_attach_body.html | 3.2.6-RC1 | Add content after attachment row in the file list | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_attach_body_attach_row_append | posting_attach_body.html | 3.2.6-RC1 | Add content appending the attachment row in the file list | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_attach_body_attach_row_before | posting_attach_body.html | 3.2.6-RC1 | Add content before attachment row in the file list | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_attach_body_attach_row_controls_append | posting_attach_body.html | 3.2.2-RC1 | Add content after attachment control elements | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_attach_body_attach_row_controls_prepend | posting_attach_body.html | 3.2.2-RC1 | Add content before attachment control elements | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_attach_body_attach_row_prepend | posting_attach_body.html | 3.2.6-RC1 | Add content prepending attachment row in the file list | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_attach_body_file_list_after | posting_attach_body.html | 3.2.6-RC1 | Add content after attachments list | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_attach_body_file_list_before | posting_attach_body.html | 3.2.6-RC1 | Add content before attachments list | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_editor_add_panel_tab | posting_editor.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add custom panel to post editor | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_editor_bbcode_status_after | posting_editor.html | 3.1.4-RC1 | Add content after bbcode status | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_editor_buttons_after | posting_buttons.html | 3.1.0-a3 | Add content after the BBCode posting buttons | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_editor_buttons_before | posting_buttons.html | 3.1.0-a3 | Add content before the BBCode posting buttons | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_editor_buttons_custom_tags_before | posting_buttons.html | 3.1.2-RC1 | Add content inside the BBCode posting buttons and before the customs BBCode | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_editor_message_after | posting_editor.html | 3.1.0-a2 | Add field (e.g. textbox) to the posting screen after the message | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_editor_message_before | posting_editor.html | 3.1.0-a2 | Add field (e.g. textbox) to the posting screen before the message | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_editor_options_prepend | posting_editor.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add posting options on the posting screen | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_editor_smilies_after | posting_editor.html | 3.1.4-RC1 | Add content after smilies | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_editor_smilies_before | posting_editor.html | 3.1.4-RC1 | Add content before the smilies | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_editor_subject_after | posting_editor.html | 3.1.0-a2 | Add field (e.g. textbox) to the posting screen after the subject | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_editor_subject_append | posting_editor.html | 3.1.10-RC1 | Add field, text, etc. to the posting after the subject text box | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_editor_subject_before | posting_editor.html | 3.1.0-a2 | Add field (e.g. textbox) to the posting screen before the subject | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_editor_subject_prepend | posting_editor.html | 3.1.10-RC1 | Add field, text, etc. to the posting before the subject text box | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_editor_submit_buttons | posting_editor.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add custom buttons in the posting editor | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_editor_topic_icons_after | posting_editor.html | 3.2.10-RC1 | Add custom data after the topic icons loop | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_editor_topic_icons_append | posting_editor.html | 3.2.10-RC1 | Append custom data to the topic icon | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_editor_topic_icons_before | posting_editor.html | 3.2.10-RC1 | Add custom data before the topic icons loop | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_editor_topic_icons_prepend | posting_editor.html | 3.2.10-RC1 | Prepend custom data to the topic icon | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_layout_include_panel_body | posting_layout.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add include of custom panel template body in posting editor | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_pm_header_find_username_after | posting_pm_header.html | 3.1.0-RC4 | Add content after the find username link on composing pm | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_pm_header_find_username_before | posting_pm_header.html | 3.1.0-RC4 | Add content before the find username link on composing pm | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_pm_layout_include_pm_header_after | posting_pm_layout.html | 3.1.4-RC1 | Add content after the include of posting_pm_header.html | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_pm_layout_include_pm_header_before | posting_pm_layout.html | 3.1.4-RC1 | Add content before the include of posting_pm_header.html | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_poll_body_options_after | posting_poll_body.html | 3.1.4-RC1 | Add content after the poll options on creating a poll | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_preview_content_after | posting_preview.html | 3.2.4-RC1 | Add content after the message content preview | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_preview_poll_after | posting_preview.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content after the poll preview block | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_review_row_post_author_username_append | posting_review.html | 3.2.8-RC1 | Append information to post author username of member | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_review_row_post_author_username_prepend | posting_review.html | 3.2.8-RC1 | Prepend information to post author username of member | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_topic_review_row_content_after | posting_topic_review.html | 3.2.4-RC1 | Add content after the message content in topic review | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_topic_review_row_post_author_username_append | posting_topic_review.html | 3.2.8-RC1 | Append information to post author username of member | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_topic_review_row_post_author_username_prepend | posting_topic_review.html | 3.2.8-RC1 | Prepend information to post author username of member | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_topic_review_row_post_details_after | posting_topic_review.html | 3.1.10-RC1 | Add content after post details in topic review | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_topic_review_row_post_details_before | posting_topic_review.html | 3.1.10-RC1 | Add content before post details in topic review | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_topic_title_after | posting_layout.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Allows to add some information after the topic title in the posting form | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | posting_topic_title_before | posting_layout.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Allows to add some information on the left of the topic title in the posting form | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | quickreply_editor_message_after | quickreply_editor.html | 3.1.0-a4 | Add content after the quick reply textbox | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | quickreply_editor_message_before | quickreply_editor.html | 3.1.0-a4 | Add content before the quick reply textbox | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | quickreply_editor_panel_after | quickreply_editor.html | 3.1.0-b2 | Add content after the quick reply panel (but inside the form) | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | quickreply_editor_panel_before | quickreply_editor.html | 3.1.0-b2 | Add content before the quick reply panel (but inside the form) | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | quickreply_editor_subject_before | quickreply_editor.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content before the quick reply subject textbox | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_body_form_after | search_body.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content after the search form | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_body_form_before | search_body.html | 3.1.5-RC1 | Add content before the search form | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_body_recent_search_after | search_body.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content after the recent search queries list | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_body_recent_search_before | search_body.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content before the recent search queries list | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_body_search_display_options_append | search_body.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Put content at the bottom of the search query display options fields set | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_body_search_display_options_prepend | search_body.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Put content at the top of the search query display options fields set | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_body_search_options_after | search_body.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content after the search query options fields set | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_body_search_options_append | search_body.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Put content at the bottom of the search query options fields set | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_body_search_options_before | search_body.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content before the search query options fields set | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_body_search_options_prepend | search_body.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Put content at the top of the search query options fields set | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_body_search_query_after | search_body.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content after the search query fields set | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_body_search_query_append | search_body.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Put content at the bottom of the search query fields set | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_body_search_query_before | search_body.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content before the search query fields set | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_body_search_query_prepend | search_body.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Put content at the top of the search query fields set | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_results_content_after | search_results.html | 3.2.4-RC1 | Add content after the message content in search results | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_results_header_after | search_results.html | 3.1.4-RC1 | Add content after the header of the search results | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_results_header_before | search_results.html | 3.1.4-RC1 | Add content before the header of the search results. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_results_jumpbox_before | search_results.html | 3.3.4-RC1 | Add content before the jumpbox of the search results. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_results_last_post_author_username_append | search_results.html | 3.2.4-RC1 | Append information to last post author username of member | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_results_last_post_author_username_prepend | search_results.html | 3.2.4-RC1 | Prepend information to last post author username of member | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_results_post_after | search_results.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add data after search result posts | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_results_post_author_username_append | search_results.html | 3.2.4-RC1 | Append information to post author username of member | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_results_post_author_username_prepend | search_results.html | 3.2.4-RC1 | Prepend information to post author username of member | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_results_post_before | search_results.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add data before search result posts | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_results_post_subject_before | search_results.html | 3.3.4-RC1 | Add data before search result posts subject | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_results_postprofile_after | search_results.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add content after the post author and stats in search results (posts view mode) | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_results_postprofile_before | search_results.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add content directly before the post author in search results (posts view mode) | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_results_searchbox_after | search_results.html | 3.1.4-RC1 | Add content right after the searchbox of the search results. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_results_topic_after | search_results.html | 3.1.0-b4 | Add data after search result topics | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_results_topic_author_username_append | search_results.html | 3.2.4-RC1 | Append information to topic author username of member | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_results_topic_author_username_prepend | search_results.html | 3.2.4-RC1 | Prepend information to topic author username of member | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_results_topic_before | search_results.html | 3.1.0-b4 | Add data before search result topics | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_results_topic_header_lastpost_after | search_results.html | 3.3.4-RC1 | Add header column(s) after `lastpost` column in search result topics | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_results_topic_row_lastpost_after | search_results.html | 3.3.4-RC1 | Add data column(s) after `lastpost` column in search result topics | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | search_results_topic_title_after | search_results.html | 3.1.11-RC1 | Add data after search results topic title | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | simple_footer_after | simple_footer.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add content prior to the scripts of the simple footer | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | simple_footer_body_after | simple_footer.html | 3.2.4-RC1 | Add content directly prior to the `` tag of the simple footer | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | simple_header_body_before | simple_header.html | 3.1.0-b2 | Add content to the header body | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | simple_header_head_append | simple_header.html | 3.1.0-b4 | Add asset calls directly before the `` tag | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | simple_header_stylesheets_after | simple_header.html | 3.1.0-RC3 | Add asset calls after stylesheets within the `` tag. | + | | | | Note that INCLUDECSS will not work with this event. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | topiclist_row_append | search_results.html, viewforum_body.html, mcp_forum.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add content into topic rows (inside the elements containing topic titles) | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | topiclist_row_prepend | search_results.html, viewforum_body.html, mcp_forum.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add content into topic rows (inside the elements containing topic titles) | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | topiclist_row_topic_by_author_after | search_results.html, viewforum_body.html, mcp_forum.html | 3.2.8-RC1 | Add content into topic rows (after the "by topic author" row) | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | topiclist_row_topic_by_author_before | search_results.html, viewforum_body.html, mcp_forum.html | 3.2.8-RC1 | Add content into topic rows (before the "by topic author" row) | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | topiclist_row_topic_title_after | search_results.html, viewforum_body.html, mcp_forum.html | 3.1.10-RC1 | Add content into topic rows (after the elements containing the topic titles) | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_agreement_terms_after | ucp_agreement.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add content after the terms of agreement text at user registration | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_agreement_terms_before | ucp_agreement.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add content before the terms of agreement text at user registration | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_footer_content_after | ucp_footer.html | 3.3.12-RC1 | Add optional elements after tab panels content in UCP | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_friend_list_after | ucp_zebra_friends.html | 3.1.0-a4 | Add optional elements after list of friends in UCP | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_friend_list_before | ucp_zebra_friends.html | 3.1.0-a4 | Add optional elements before list of friends in UCP | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_group_settings_after | ucp_groups_manage.html | 3.3.13-RC1 | Add content after options for managing a group in the UCP | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_group_settings_before | ucp_groups_manage.html | 3.3.13-RC1 | Add content before options for managing a group in the UCP | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_header_content_before | ucp_header.html | 3.3.12-RC1 | Add optional elements before tab panels content in UCP | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_header_friends_offline_username_full_append | ucp_header.html | 3.2.10-RC1 | Append information to offline friends username in UCP | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_header_friends_offline_username_full_prepend | ucp_header.html | 3.2.10-RC1 | Prepend information to offline friends username in UCP | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_header_friends_online_username_full_append | ucp_header.html | 3.2.10-RC1 | Append information to online friends username in UCP | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_header_friends_online_username_full_prepend | ucp_header.html | 3.2.10-RC1 | Prepend information to online friends username in UCP | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_main_bookmarks_topic_title_after | ucp_main_bookmarks.html | 3.3.8-RC1 | Add content right after the topic title viewing UCP bookmarks | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_main_front_user_activity_after | ucp_main_front.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add content right after the user activity info viewing UCP front page | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_main_front_user_activity_append | ucp_main_front.html | 3.1.11-RC1 | Add content after last user activity info viewing UCP front page | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_main_front_user_activity_before | ucp_main_front.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add content right before the user activity info viewing UCP front page | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_main_front_user_activity_prepend | ucp_main_front.html | 3.1.11-RC1 | Add content before first user activity info viewing UCP front page | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_main_subscribed_topic_title_after | ucp_main_subscribed.html | 3.3.8-RC1 | Add content right after the topic title viewing UCP subscribed topics | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_notifications_content_after | ucp_notifications.html | 3.3.12-RC1 | Add optional elements after UCP notification options tab content | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_notifications_content_before | ucp_notifications.html | 3.3.12-RC1 | Add optional elements before UCP notification options tab content | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_notifications_form_after | ucp_notifications.html | 3.3.12-RC1 | Add optional elements after HTMP form in UCP notification options tab | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_notifications_form_before | ucp_notifications.html | 3.3.12-RC1 | Add optional elements before HTMP form in UCP notificationoptions tab | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_pm_history_post_buttons_after | ucp_pm_history.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add post button to private messages in history review (next to quote etc), at | + | | | | the end of the list. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_pm_history_post_buttons_before | ucp_pm_history.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add post button to private messages in history review (next to quote etc), at | + | | | | the start of the list. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_pm_history_post_buttons_list_after | ucp_pm_history.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add post button custom list to private messages in history review (next to quote etc), | + | | | | after the original list. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_pm_history_post_buttons_list_before | ucp_pm_history.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add post button custom list to private messages in history review (next to quote etc), | + | | | | before the original list. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_pm_history_review_after | ucp_pm_history.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add content after the private messages history review. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_pm_history_review_before | ucp_pm_history.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add content before the private messages history review. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_pm_history_row_message_author_username_append | ucp_pm_history.html | 3.2.8-RC1 | Append information to message author username of member | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_pm_history_row_message_author_username_prepend | ucp_pm_history.html | 3.2.8-RC1 | Prepend information to message author username of member | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_pm_viewmessage_author_full_after | ucp_pm_viewmessage.html | 3.3.3-RC1 | Add content right after the message author when viewing a private message | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_pm_viewmessage_author_full_before | ucp_pm_viewmessage.html | 3.3.3-RC1 | Add content right before the message author when viewing a private message | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_pm_viewmessage_avatar_after | ucp_pm_viewmessage.html | 3.1.0-RC3 | Add content right after the avatar when viewing a private message | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_pm_viewmessage_avatar_before | ucp_pm_viewmessage.html | 3.1.0-RC3 | Add content right before the avatar when viewing a private message | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_pm_viewmessage_contact_fields_after | ucp_pm_viewmessage.html | 3.1.0-b1 | Add data after the contact fields on the user profile when viewing | + | | | | a private message | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_pm_viewmessage_contact_fields_before | ucp_pm_viewmessage.html | 3.1.0-b1 | Add data before the contact fields on the user profile when viewing | + | | | | a private message | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_pm_viewmessage_custom_fields_after | ucp_pm_viewmessage.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add data after the custom fields on the user profile when viewing | + | | | | a private message | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_pm_viewmessage_custom_fields_before | ucp_pm_viewmessage.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add data before the custom fields on the user profile when viewing | + | | | | a private message | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_pm_viewmessage_options_before | ucp_pm_viewmessage.html | 3.1.11-RC1 | Add content right before display options | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_pm_viewmessage_post_buttons_after | ucp_pm_viewmessage.html | 3.1.0-RC3 | Add post button to private messages (next to edit, quote etc), at | + | | | | the end of the list. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_pm_viewmessage_post_buttons_before | ucp_pm_viewmessage.html | 3.1.0-RC3 | Add post button to private messages (next to edit, quote etc), at | + | | | | the start of the list. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_pm_viewmessage_post_buttons_list_after | ucp_pm_viewmessage.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add post button custom list to private messages (next to edit, quote etc), | + | | | | after the original list. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_pm_viewmessage_post_buttons_list_before | ucp_pm_viewmessage.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add post button custom list to private messages (next to edit, quote etc), | + | | | | before the original list. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_pm_viewmessage_print_head_append | ucp_pm_viewmessage_print.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add asset calls directly before the `` tag of the Print PM screen | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_pm_viewmessage_rank_after | ucp_pm_viewmessage.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add data after the rank on the user profile when viewing | + | | | | a private message | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_pm_viewmessage_rank_before | ucp_pm_viewmessage.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add data before the rank on the user profile when viewing | + | | | | a private message | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_prefs_personal_append | ucp_prefs_personal.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add user options to the bottom of the Edit Global Settings block | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_prefs_personal_prepend | ucp_prefs_personal.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add user options to the top of the Edit Global Settings block | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_prefs_post_append | ucp_prefs_post.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add user options to the bottom of the Edit Posting Defaults block | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_prefs_post_prepend | ucp_prefs_post.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add user options to the top of the Edit Posting Defaults block | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_prefs_view_radio_buttons_append | ucp_prefs_view.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add options to the bottom of the radio buttons block of the Edit | + | | | | Display Options screen | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_prefs_view_radio_buttons_prepend | ucp_prefs_view.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add options to the top of the radio buttons block of the Edit | + | | | | Display Options screen | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_prefs_view_select_menu_append | ucp_prefs_view.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add options to the bottom of the drop-down lists block of the Edit | + | | | | Display Options screen | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_prefs_view_select_menu_prepend | ucp_prefs_view.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add options to the top of the drop-down lists block of the Edit | + | | | | Display Options screen | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_profile_autologin_keys_tbody_key_after | ucp_profile_autologin_keys.html | 3.3.2-RC1 | Add table column after the first column. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_profile_autologin_keys_tbody_key_before | ucp_profile_autologin_keys.html | 3.3.2-RC1 | Add table column before the first column. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_profile_autologin_keys_tbody_mark_after | ucp_profile_autologin_keys.html | 3.3.2-RC1 | Add table column after the last column. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_profile_autologin_keys_tbody_mark_before | ucp_profile_autologin_keys.html | 3.3.2-RC1 | Add table column before the last column. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_profile_autologin_keys_thead_key_after | ucp_profile_autologin_keys.html | 3.3.2-RC1 | Add table header content after the first column. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_profile_autologin_keys_thead_key_before | ucp_profile_autologin_keys.html | 3.3.2-RC1 | Add table header content before the first column. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_profile_autologin_keys_thead_mark_after | ucp_profile_autologin_keys.html | 3.3.2-RC1 | Add table header content after the last column. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_profile_autologin_keys_thead_mark_before | ucp_profile_autologin_keys.html | 3.3.2-RC1 | Add table header content before the last column. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_profile_profile_info_after | ucp_profile_profile_info.html | 3.1.4-RC1 | Add options in profile page fieldset - after custom profile fields. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_profile_profile_info_before | ucp_profile_profile_info.html | 3.1.4-RC1 | Add options in profile page fieldset - before jabber field. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_profile_profile_info_birthday_label_append | ucp_profile_profile_info.html | 3.2.9-RC1 | Add more text to birthday label, such as required asterisk | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_profile_register_details_after | ucp_profile_reg_details.html | 3.1.4-RC1 | Add options in profile page fieldset - after confirm password field. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_profile_register_details_before | ucp_profile_reg_details.html | 3.1.4-RC1 | Add options in profile page fieldset - before first field. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_profile_signature_posting_editor_options_prepend | ucp_profile_signature.html | 3.2.6-RC1 | Add options signature posting editor - before first option. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_register_buttons_before | ucp_register.html | 3.1.11-RC1 | Add content before buttons in registration form. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_register_credentials_after | ucp_register.html | 3.1.0-b5 | Add options in registration page fieldset - after password field. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_register_credentials_before | ucp_register.html | 3.1.0-b5 | Add options in registration page fieldset - before first field. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_register_options_before | ucp_register.html | 3.1.0-b5 | Add options in registration page fieldset - before language selector. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_register_profile_fields_after | ucp_register.html | 3.1.0-b5 | Add options in registration page fieldset - after last field. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ucp_register_profile_fields_before | ucp_register.html | 3.1.0-b5 | Add options in registration page fieldset - before profile fields. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewforum_body_last_post_author_username_append | viewforum_body.html | 3.2.4-RC1 | Append information to last post author username of member | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewforum_body_last_post_author_username_prepend | viewforum_body.html | 3.2.4-RC1 | Prepend information to last post author username of member | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewforum_body_online_list_before | viewforum_body.html | 3.2.10-RC1 | Add content before the online users list | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewforum_body_topic_author_username_append | viewforum_body.html | 3.2.4-RC1 | Append information to topic author username of member | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewforum_body_topic_author_username_prepend | viewforum_body.html | 3.2.4-RC1 | Prepend information to topic author username of member | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewforum_body_topic_row_after | viewforum_body.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content after the topic list item. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewforum_body_topic_row_append | viewforum_body.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content at the start of the topic list item. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewforum_body_topic_row_before | viewforum_body.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content before the topic list item. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewforum_body_topic_row_prepend | viewforum_body.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content at the end of the topic list item. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewforum_body_topicrow_row_before | viewforum_body.html | 3.1.10-RC1 | Add content before list of topics. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewforum_buttons_bottom_after | viewforum_body.html | 3.1.0-RC5 | Add buttons after New Topic button on the bottom of the topic's list | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewforum_buttons_bottom_before | viewforum_body.html | 3.1.0-RC5 | Add buttons before New Topic button on the bottom of the topic's list | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewforum_buttons_top_after | viewforum_body.html | 3.1.0-RC5 | Add buttons after New Topic button on the top of the topic's list | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewforum_buttons_top_before | viewforum_body.html | 3.1.0-RC5 | Add buttons before New Topic button on the top of the topic's list | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewforum_forum_name_append | viewforum_body.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add content directly after the forum name link on the View forum screen | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewforum_forum_name_prepend | viewforum_body.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add content directly before the forum name link on the View forum screen | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewforum_forum_title_after | viewforum_body.html | 3.1.5-RC1 | Add content directly after the forum title on the View forum screen | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewforum_forum_title_before | viewforum_body.html | 3.1.5-RC1 | Add content directly before the forum title on the View forum screen | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewonline_body_username_append | viewonline_body.html | 3.2.4-RC1 | Append information to username of member | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewonline_body_username_prepend | viewonline_body.html | 3.2.4-RC1 | Prepend information to username of member | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_avatar_after | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.0-RC3 | Add content right after the avatar when viewing topics | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_avatar_before | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.0-RC3 | Add content right before the avatar when viewing topics | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_contact_fields_after | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add data after the contact fields on the user profile when viewing | + | | | | a post | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_contact_fields_before | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add data before the contact fields on the user profile when viewing | + | | | | a post | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_contact_icon_append | viewtopic_body.html | 3.2.10-RC1 | Add content directly after the contact field icons in post user miniprofiles | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_contact_icon_prepend | viewtopic_body.html | 3.2.10-RC1 | Add content directly before the contact field icons in post user miniprofiles | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_footer_before | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add content to the bottom of the View topic screen below the posts | + | | | | and quick reply, directly before the jumpbox in Prosilver. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_online_list_after | viewtopic_body.html | 3.3.12-RC1 | Add content after the online users list | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_online_list_before | viewtopic_body.html | 3.2.10-RC1 | Add content before the online users list | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_pagination_top_after | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.4-RC1 | Add content after the pagination at top | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_poll_after | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add content after the poll panel. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_poll_before | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add content before the poll panel. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_poll_option_after | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add content after the poll option | + | | | | the list. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_poll_option_before | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add content before the poll option | + | | | | the list. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_poll_question_append | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add content directly after the poll question on the View topic screen | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_poll_question_prepend | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add content directly before the poll question on the View topic screen | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_post_author_after | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.3-RC1 | Add content directly after the post author on the view topic screen | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_post_author_before | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.3-RC1 | Add content directly before the post author on the view topic screen | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_post_buttons_after | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add post button to posts (next to edit, quote etc), at the end of | + | | | | the list. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_post_buttons_before | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add post button to posts (next to edit, quote etc), at the start of | + | | | | the list. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_post_buttons_list_after | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.5-RC1 | Add post button custom list to posts (next to edit, quote etc), | + | | | | after the original list. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_post_buttons_list_before | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.5-RC1 | Add post button custom list to posts (next to edit, quote etc), | + | | | | before the original list. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_post_subject_before | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add data before post icon and subject | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_postrow_back2top_after | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.8-RC1 | Add content to the post's bottom after the back to top link | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_postrow_back2top_append | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.8-RC1 | Add content to the post's bottom directly after the back to top link | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_postrow_back2top_before | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.8-RC1 | Add content to the post's bottom before the back to top link | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_postrow_back2top_prepend | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.8-RC1 | Add content to the post's bottom directly before the back to top link | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_postrow_content_after | viewtopic_body.html | 3.2.4-RC1 | Add content after the message content in topics views | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_postrow_content_before | viewtopic_body.html | 3.3.11-RC1 | Add content before the message content in topics views | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_postrow_custom_fields_after | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add data after the custom fields on the user profile when viewing | + | | | | a post | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_postrow_custom_fields_before | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add data before the custom fields on the user profile when viewing | + | | | | a post | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_postrow_post_after | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.0-a4 | Add data after posts | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_postrow_post_before | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.0-a4 | Add data before posts | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_postrow_post_content_footer | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.0-RC4 | Add data at the end of the posts. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_postrow_post_details_after | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.4-RC1 | Add content after the post details | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_postrow_post_details_before | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.4-RC1 | Add content before the post details | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_postrow_post_notices_after | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.0-b2 | Add posts specific custom notices at the notices bottom. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_postrow_post_notices_before | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.0-b2 | Add posts specific custom notices at the notices top. | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_postrow_rank_after | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add data after the rank on the user profile when viewing | + | | | | a post | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_postrow_rank_before | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add data before the rank on the user profile when viewing | + | | | | a post | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_postrow_signature_after | viewtopic_body.html | 3.3.5-RC1 | Add content after the signature | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_postrow_signature_before | viewtopic_body.html | 3.3.5-RC1 | Add content before the signature | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_body_topic_actions_before | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.0-a4 | Add data before the topic actions buttons (after the posts sorting options) | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_buttons_bottom_after | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.0-RC5 | Add buttons after Post Reply button on the bottom of the posts's list | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_buttons_bottom_before | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.0-RC5 | Add buttons before Post Reply button on the bottom of the posts's list | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_buttons_top_after | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.0-RC5 | Add buttons after Post Reply button on the top of the posts's list | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_buttons_top_before | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.0-RC5 | Add buttons before Post Reply button on the top of the posts's list | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_dropdown_bottom_custom | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Create a custom dropdown menu | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_dropdown_top_custom | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Create a custom dropdown menu | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_print_head_append | viewtopic_print.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add asset calls directly before the `` tag of the Print Topic screen | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_topic_title_after | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content directly after the topic title link on the View topic screen (outside of the h2 HTML tag) | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_topic_title_append | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add content directly after the topic title link on the View topic screen | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_topic_title_before | viewtopic_body.html | 3.2.2-RC1 | Add content directly before the topic title link on the View topic screen (outside of the h2 HTML tag) | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_topic_title_prepend | viewtopic_body.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add content directly before the topic title link on the View topic screen | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_topic_tools_after | viewtopic_topic_tools.html | 3.1.0-a3 | Add a new topic tool after the rest of the existing ones | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | viewtopic_topic_tools_before | viewtopic_topic_tools.html | 3.1.0-a3 | Add a new topic tool before the rest of the existing ones | + +-------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + +ACP Template Events +=================== + +.. table:: + :class: events-list + + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | Identifier | Placement | Added in Release | Explanation | + +================================================+============================+==================+===============================================================================================================================================+ + | acp_ban_cell_append | acp_ban.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content at the end of the ban cell area | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_ban_cell_prepend | acp_ban.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content at the start of the ban cell area | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_bbcodes_actions_append | acp_bbcodes.html | 3.1.0-a3 | Add actions to the BBCodes page, after edit/delete buttons | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_bbcodes_actions_prepend | acp_bbcodes.html | 3.1.0-a3 | Add actions to the BBCodes page, before edit/delete buttons | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_bbcodes_edit_fieldsets_after | acp_bbcodes.html | 3.1.0-a3 | Add settings to BBCode add/edit form | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_email_find_username_append | acp_email.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content at the end of the find username link | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_email_find_username_prepend | acp_email.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content at the start of the find username link | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_email_group_options_append | acp_email.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content at the end of the group options select box | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_email_group_options_prepend | acp_email.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content at the start of the group options select box | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_email_options_after | acp_email.html | 3.1.2-RC1 | Add settings to mass email form | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_ext_details_end | acp_ext_details.html | 3.1.11-RC1 | Add more detailed information on extension after the available information. | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_ext_details_notice | acp_ext_details.html | 3.1.11-RC1 | Add extension detail notices after version check information. | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_ext_list_disabled_name_after | acp_ext_list.html | 3.1.11-RC1 | Add content after the name of disabled extensions in the list | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_ext_list_disabled_title_after | acp_ext_list.html | 3.1.11-RC1 | Add text after disabled extensions section title. | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_ext_list_enabled_name_after | acp_ext_list.html | 3.1.11-RC1 | Add content after the name of enabled extensions in the list | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_ext_list_enabled_title_after | acp_ext_list.html | 3.1.11-RC1 | Add text after enabled extensions section title. | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_forums_custom_settings | acp_forums.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add its own box (fieldset) for extension settings | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_forums_main_settings_append | acp_forums.html | 3.1.2-RC1 | Add settings to forums at end of main settings section | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_forums_main_settings_prepend | acp_forums.html | 3.1.2-RC1 | Add settings to forums before main settings section | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_forums_normal_settings_append | acp_forums.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add settings to forums at end of normal settings section | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_forums_normal_settings_prepend | acp_forums.html | 3.1.2-RC1 | Add settings to forums before normal settings section | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_forums_prune_settings_append | acp_forums.html | 3.1.2-RC1 | Add settings to forums at end of prune settings section | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_forums_prune_settings_prepend | acp_forums.html | 3.1.2-RC1 | Add settings to forums before prune settings section | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_forums_quick_select_button_append | acp_forums.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content after the quick select forum submit button | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_forums_quick_select_button_prepend | acp_forums.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content before the quick select forum submit button | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_forums_rules_settings_append | acp_forums.html | 3.1.2-RC1 | Add settings to forums at end of rules settings section | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_forums_rules_settings_prepend | acp_forums.html | 3.1.2-RC1 | Add settings to forums before rules settings section | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_group_options_after | acp_groups.html | 3.1.0-b4 | Add additional options to group settings (after GROUP_RECEIVE_PM) | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_group_options_before | acp_groups.html | 3.1.0-b4 | Add additional options to group settings (before GROUP_FOUNDER_MANAGE) | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_group_types_append | acp_groups.html | 3.2.9-RC1 | Add additional group type options to group settings (append the list) | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_group_types_prepend | acp_groups.html | 3.2.9-RC1 | Add additional group type options to group settings (prepend the list) | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_groups_add_user_options_after | acp_groups.html | 3.3.13-RC1 | Add content after options for adding user to group in the ACP | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_groups_add_user_options_before | acp_groups.html | 3.3.13-RC1 | Add content before options for adding user to group in the ACP | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_groups_add_user_usernames_before | acp_groups.html | 3.3.13-RC1 | Add content before usernames option for adding user to group in the ACP | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_groups_find_username_append | acp_groups.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content at the end of the find username link | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_groups_find_username_prepend | acp_groups.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content at the start of the find username link | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_groups_manage_after | acp_groups.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content after the manage groups table | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_groups_manage_before | acp_groups.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content before the manage groups table | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_groups_position_legend_add_button_after | acp_groups_position.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content after adding group to legend submit button | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_groups_position_legend_add_button_before | acp_groups_position.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content before adding group to legend submit button | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_groups_position_teampage_add_button_after | acp_groups_position.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content after adding group to teampage submit button | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_groups_position_teampage_add_button_before | acp_groups_position.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content before adding group to teampage submit button | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_help_phpbb_stats_after | acp_help_phpbb.html | 3.2.0-RC2 | Add content after send statistics tile | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_help_phpbb_stats_before | acp_help_phpbb.html | 3.2.0-RC2 | Add content before send statistics tile | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_logs_quick_select_forum_button_append | acp_logs.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content after the quick forum select form submit button | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_logs_quick_select_forum_button_prepend | acp_logs.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content before the quick forum select form submit button | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_main_actions_append | acp_main.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add actions to the ACP main page below the cache purge action | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_main_notice_after | acp_main.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add notices or other blocks in the ACP below other configuration notices | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_overall_footer_after | overall_footer.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add content below the footer in the ACP | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_overall_footer_body_after | overall_footer.html | 3.3.10-RC1 | Add content before the `` tag but after the $SCRIPTS var, i.e. after the js scripts have been loaded | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_overall_header_body_before | overall_header.html | 3.1.0-b2 | Add content to the header body | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_overall_header_head_append | overall_header.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add assets within the `` tags in the ACP | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_overall_header_stylesheets_after | overall_header.html | 3.1.0-RC3 | Add assets after stylesheets within the `` tags in the ACP. | + | | | | Note that INCLUDECSS will not work with this event. | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_permission_forum_copy_dest_forum_append | permission_forum_copy.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content after the destination forum select form | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_permission_forum_copy_dest_forum_prepend | permission_forum_copy.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content before the destination forum select form | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_permission_forum_copy_src_forum_append | permission_forum_copy.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content after the source forum select form | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_permission_forum_copy_src_forum_prepend | permission_forum_copy.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content before the source forum select form | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_permissions_add_group_options_append | acp_permissions.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content after the group multiple select form | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_permissions_add_group_options_prepend | acp_permissions.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content before the group multiple select form | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_permissions_find_username_append | acp_permissions.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content after the find username link | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_permissions_find_username_prepend | acp_permissions.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content before the find username link | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_permissions_select_forum_append | acp_permissions.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content after the forum select form label | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_permissions_select_forum_prepend | acp_permissions.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content before the forum select form label | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_permissions_select_group_after | acp_permissions.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content after the group select form in usergroup view | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_permissions_select_group_append | acp_permissions.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content after the group select form label | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_permissions_select_group_before | acp_permissions.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content before the group select form in usergroup view | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_permissions_select_group_prepend | acp_permissions.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content before the group select form label | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_permissions_select_multiple_forum_append | acp_permissions.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content after the forum multiple select form label | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_permissions_select_multiple_forum_prepend | acp_permissions.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content before the forum multiple select form label | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_posting_buttons_after | acp_posting_buttons.html | 3.1.0-b4 | Add content after BBCode posting buttons in the ACP | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_posting_buttons_before | acp_posting_buttons.html | 3.1.0-b4 | Add content before BBCode posting buttons in the ACP | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_posting_buttons_custom_tags_before | acp_posting_buttons.html | 3.1.10-RC1 | Add content before the custom BBCodes in the ACP | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_profile_basic_options_after | acp_profile.html | 3.2.10-RC1 | Add content after custom profile field basic options in the ACP | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_profile_basic_options_before | acp_profile.html | 3.2.10-RC1 | Add content before custom profile field basic options in the ACP | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_profile_contact_after | acp_profile.html | 3.2.10-RC1 | Add content after contact specific custom profile field option in the ACP | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_profile_contact_before | acp_profile.html | 3.1.6-RC1 | Add extra options to custom profile field configuration in the ACP | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_profile_contact_last | acp_profile.html | 3.1.11-RC1 | Add contact specific options to custom profile fields in the ACP | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_profile_options_before | acp_profile.html | 3.2.10-RC1 | Add content before custom profile field options in the ACP | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_profile_step_one_lang_after | acp_profile.html | 3.1.11-RC1 | Add extra lang specific options to custom profile field step one configuration in the ACP | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_profile_visibility_options_after | acp_profile.html | 3.2.10-RC1 | Add content after custom profile field visibility options in the ACP | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_profile_visibility_options_before | acp_profile.html | 3.2.10-RC1 | Add content before custom profile field visibility options in the ACP | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_prune_forums_append | acp_prune_forums.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content after the forum select form label | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_prune_forums_prepend | acp_prune_forums.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content before the forum select form label | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_prune_forums_settings_append | acp_prune_forums.html | 3.2.2-RC1 | Add content after the prune settings | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_prune_users_find_username_append | acp_prune_users.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content after the find username link | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_prune_users_find_username_prepend | acp_prune_users.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content before the find username link | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_ranks_edit_after | acp_ranks.html | 3.1.0-RC3 | Add content after the rank details when editing a rank in the ACP | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_ranks_edit_before | acp_ranks.html | 3.1.0-RC3 | Add content before the rank details when editing a rank in the ACP | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_ranks_list_column_after | acp_ranks.html | 3.1.0-RC3 | Add content before the first column in the ranks list in the ACP | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_ranks_list_column_before | acp_ranks.html | 3.1.0-RC3 | Add content after the last column (but before the action column) | + | | | | in the ranks list in the ACP | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_ranks_list_header_after | acp_ranks.html | 3.1.0-RC3 | Add content before the first header-column in the ranks list in the ACP | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_ranks_list_header_before | acp_ranks.html | 3.1.0-RC3 | Add content after the last header-column (but before the action column) | + | | | | in the ranks list in the ACP | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_simple_footer_after | simple_footer.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add content below the simple footer in the ACP | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_simple_footer_body_after | simple_footer.html | 3.3.10-RC1 | Add content before the `` tag but after the $SCRIPTS var, i.e. after the js scripts have been loaded | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_simple_header_body_before | simple_header.html | 3.1.0-b2 | Add content to the header body | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_simple_header_head_append | simple_header.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add assets within the `` tags in the simple header of the ACP | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_simple_header_stylesheets_after | simple_header.html | 3.1.0-RC3 | Add assets after stylesheets within the `` tags in the simple header | + | | | | of the ACP. Note that INCLUDECSS will not work with this event. | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_styles_list_before | acp_styles.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content before list of styles | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_users_mode_add | acp_users.html | 3.2.2-RC1 | Add extra modes to the ACP user page | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_users_overview_options_append | acp_users_overview.html | 3.1.0-a1 | Add options and settings on user overview page | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_users_prefs_append | acp_users_prefs.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add user options fieldset to the bottom of ACP users prefs settings | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_users_prefs_personal_append | acp_users_prefs.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add user options fieldset to the bottom of ACP users personal prefs settings | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_users_prefs_personal_prepend | acp_users_prefs.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add user options fieldset to the top of ACP users personal prefs settings | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_users_prefs_post_append | acp_users_prefs.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add user options fieldset to the bottom of ACP users post prefs settings | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_users_prefs_post_prepend | acp_users_prefs.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add user options fieldset to the top of ACP users post prefs settings | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_users_prefs_prepend | acp_users_prefs.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add user options fieldset to the top of ACP users prefs settings | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_users_prefs_view_append | acp_users_prefs.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add user options fieldset to the bottom of ACP users view prefs settings | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_users_prefs_view_prepend | acp_users_prefs.html | 3.1.0-b3 | Add user options fieldset to the top of ACP users view prefs settings | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_users_profile_after | acp_users_profile.html | 3.1.4-RC1 | Add content after the profile details but before the custom profile fields when editing a user in the ACP | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_users_profile_before | acp_users_profile.html | 3.1.4-RC1 | Add content before the profile details when editing a user in the ACP | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_users_profile_custom_after | acp_users_profile.html | 3.1.4-RC1 | Add content after the the custom profile fields when editing a user in the ACP | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_users_select_group_after | acp_users.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content after group select form | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | acp_users_select_group_before | acp_users.html | 3.1.7-RC1 | Add content before group select form | + +------------------------------------------------+----------------------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ diff --git a/development/extensions/index.rst b/development/extensions/index.rst index e3b98517..e026106e 100644 --- a/development/extensions/index.rst +++ b/development/extensions/index.rst @@ -13,8 +13,17 @@ Welcome to phpBB's extension development tutorial and documentation. tutorial_controllers tutorial_migrations tutorial_modules + tutorial_notifications tutorial_permissions tutorial_authentication + tutorial_parsing_text + tutorial_bbcodes + tutorial_templates tutorial_advanced tutorial_testing - * + modification_to_extension + new_in_rhea + new_in_proteus + skeleton_extension + events_list + database_types_list diff --git a/development/extensions/modification_to_extension.rst b/development/extensions/modification_to_extension.rst index 6def9bc5..abaad51e 100644 --- a/development/extensions/modification_to_extension.rst +++ b/development/extensions/modification_to_extension.rst @@ -300,17 +300,17 @@ As for the ``main_info.php`` we need to adjust the class name from { function module() { - return array( + return [ 'filename' => '\nickvergessen\newspage\acp\main_module', 'title' => 'ACP_NEWSPAGE_TITLE', - 'modes' => array( - 'config_newspage' => array( + 'modes' => [ + 'config_newspage' => [ 'title' => 'ACP_NEWSPAGE_CONFIG', 'auth' => 'acl_a_board', - 'cat' => array('ACP_NEWSPAGE_TITLE') - ), - ), - ); + 'cat' => ['ACP_NEWSPAGE_TITLE'] + ], + ], + ]; } } @@ -366,41 +366,41 @@ let's have a look at the Newspage again. .. code-block:: php - $versions = array( - '1.0.0' => array( - 'config_add' => array( - array('news_number', 5), - array('news_forums', '0'), - array('news_char_limit', 500), - array('news_user_info', 1), - array('news_post_buttons', 1), - ), - 'module_add' => array( - array('acp', 'ACP_CAT_DOT_MODS', 'NEWS'), - - array('acp', 'NEWS', array( + $versions = [ + '1.0.0' => [ + 'config_add' => [ + ['news_number', 5], + ['news_forums', '0'], + ['news_char_limit', 500], + ['news_user_info', 1], + ['news_post_buttons', 1], + ], + 'module_add' => [ + ['acp', 'ACP_CAT_DOT_MODS', 'NEWS'], + + ['acp', 'NEWS', [ 'module_basename' => 'newspage', 'module_langname' => 'NEWS_CONFIG', 'module_mode' => 'overview', 'module_auth' => 'acl_a_board', - ), - ), - ), - ), - '1.0.1' => array( - 'config_add' => array( - array('news_pages', 1), - ), - ), - '1.0.2' => array(), - '1.0.3' => array( - 'config_add' => array( - array('news_attach_show', 1), - array('news_cat_show', 1), - array('news_archive_per_year', 1), - ), - ), - ); + ], + ], + ], + ], + '1.0.1' => [ + 'config_add' => [ + ['news_pages', 1], + ], + ], + '1.0.2' => [], + '1.0.3' => [ + 'config_add' => [ + ['news_attach_show', 1], + ['news_cat_show', 1], + ['news_archive_per_year', 1], + ], + ], + ]; Schema Changes -------------- @@ -425,40 +425,40 @@ whereby both methods return an array with the changes: public function update_schema() { - return array( - 'add_columns' => array( - $this->table_prefix . 'groups' => array( - 'group_teampage' => array('UINT', 0, 'after' => 'group_legend'), - ), - $this->table_prefix . 'profile_fields' => array( - 'field_show_on_pm' => array('BOOL', 0), - ), - ), - 'change_columns' => array( - $this->table_prefix . 'groups' => array( - 'group_legend' => array('UINT', 0), - ), - ), - ); + return [ + 'add_columns' => [ + $this->table_prefix . 'groups' => [ + 'group_teampage' => ['UINT', 0, 'after' => 'group_legend'], + ], + $this->table_prefix . 'profile_fields' => [ + 'field_show_on_pm' => ['BOOL', 0], + ], + ], + 'change_columns' => [ + $this->table_prefix . 'groups' => [ + 'group_legend' => ['UINT', 0], + ], + ], + ]; } public function revert_schema() { - return array( - 'drop_columns' => array( - $this->table_prefix . 'groups' => array( + return [ + 'drop_columns' => [ + $this->table_prefix . 'groups' => [ 'group_teampage', - ), - $this->table_prefix . 'profile_fields' => array( + ], + $this->table_prefix . 'profile_fields' => [ 'field_show_on_pm', - ), - ), - 'change_columns' => array( - $this->table_prefix . 'groups' => array( - 'group_legend' => array('BOOL', 0), - ), - ), - ); + ], + ], + 'change_columns' => [ + $this->table_prefix . 'groups' => [ + 'group_legend' => ['BOOL', 0], + ], + ], + ]; } The ``revert_schema()`` should thereby revert all changes made by the @@ -477,29 +477,29 @@ from the Newspage would look like the following: public function update_data() { - return array( - array('config.add', array('news_number', 5)), - array('config.add', array('news_forums', '0')), - array('config.add', array('news_char_limit', 500)), - array('config.add', array('news_user_info', 1)), - array('config.add', array('news_post_buttons', 1)), - - array('module.add', array( + return [ + ['config.add', ['news_number', 5]], + ['config.add', ['news_forums', '0']], + ['config.add', ['news_char_limit', 500]], + ['config.add', ['news_user_info', 1]], + ['config.add', ['news_post_buttons', 1]], + + ['module.add', [ 'acp', 'ACP_CAT_DOT_MODS', 'ACP_NEWSPAGE_TITLE' - )), - array('module.add', array( + ]], + ['module.add', [ 'acp', 'ACP_NEWSPAGE_TITLE', - array( + [ 'module_basename' => '\nickvergessen\newspage\acp\main_module', - 'modes' => array('config_newspage'), - ), - )), + 'modes' => ['config_newspage'], + ], + ]], - array('config.add', array('newspage_mod_version', '1.0.0')), - ); + ['config.add', ['newspage_mod_version', '1.0.0']], + ]; } More information about these data update tools can be found in @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ migration I will only require phpBB's ``3.1.0-a1`` migration: static public function depends_on() { - return array('\phpbb\db\migration\data\v310\alpha1'); + return ['\phpbb\db\migration\data\v310\alpha1']; } All further Newspage migrations can now require Newspage's first migration file, @@ -565,34 +565,34 @@ A complete file could look like this: static public function depends_on() { - return array('phpbb_db_migration_data_310_dev'); + return ['phpbb_db_migration_data_310_dev']; } public function update_data() { - return array( - array('config.add', array('news_number', 5)), - array('config.add', array('news_forums', '0')), - array('config.add', array('news_char_limit', 500)), - array('config.add', array('news_user_info', 1)), - array('config.add', array('news_post_buttons', 1)), - - array('module.add', array( + return [ + ['config.add', ['news_number', 5]], + ['config.add', ['news_forums', '0']], + ['config.add', ['news_char_limit', 500]], + ['config.add', ['news_user_info', 1]], + ['config.add', ['news_post_buttons', 1]], + + ['module.add', [ 'acp', 'ACP_CAT_DOT_MODS', 'ACP_NEWSPAGE_TITLE' - )), - array('module.add', array( + ]], + ['module.add', [ 'acp', 'ACP_NEWSPAGE_TITLE', - array( + [ 'module_basename' => '\nickvergessen\newspage\acp\main_module', - 'modes' => array('config_newspage'), - ), - )), + 'modes' => ['config_newspage'], + ], + ]], - array('config.add', array('newspage_mod_version', '1.0.0')), - ); + ['config.add', ['newspage_mod_version', '1.0.0']], + ]; } } @@ -633,9 +633,9 @@ So instead of adding .. code-block:: php - $template->assign_vars(array( + $template->assign_vars([ 'U_NEWSPAGE' => append_sid($phpbb_root_path . 'app.' . $phpEx, 'controller=newspage/'), - )); + ]); to the ``page_header()``, we put that into an event listener, which is then called everytime ``page_header()`` itself is called. @@ -689,16 +689,16 @@ In the ``getSubscribedEvents()`` method we tell the system which events we want to subscribe our new custom functions to. In our case we want to subscribe to two events: the ``core.page_header`` event and the ``core.user_setup`` event (a full list -of events can be found `here `_): +of events can be found `here `_): .. code-block:: php static public function getSubscribedEvents() { - return array( + return [ 'core.user_setup' => 'load_language_on_setup', 'core.page_header' => 'add_page_header_link', - ); + ]; } Now we add the two functions which are called with each event: @@ -708,10 +708,10 @@ Now we add the two functions which are called with each event: public function load_language_on_setup($event) { $lang_set_ext = $event['lang_set_ext']; - $lang_set_ext[] = array( + $lang_set_ext[] = [ 'ext_name' => 'nickvergessen/newspage', 'lang_set' => 'newspage', - ); + ]; $event['lang_set_ext'] = $lang_set_ext; } @@ -721,9 +721,9 @@ Now we add the two functions which are called with each event: // This includes the name of the link, aswell as the ACP module names. $this->user->add_lang_ext('nickvergessen/newspage', 'newspage_global'); - $this->template->assign_vars(array( + $this->template->assign_vars([ 'U_NEWSPAGE' => $this->helper->route('newspage_base_controller'), - )); + ]); } As a last step we need to register the event listener to the system. @@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ you need one file per template event. The filename includes the event name. In order to add the Newspage link next to the FAQ link, we need to use the ``'overall_header_navigation_prepend'`` event (a full list of events can be -found `here `_). +found `here `_). So we add the ``styles/prosilver/template/event/overall_header_navigation_prepend_listener.html`` @@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ to our extensions directory and add our html code into it. .. code-block:: html -
  • {L_NEWSPAGE}
  • +
  • {{ lang('NEWSPAGE') }}
  • And that's it. No file edits required for the template files as well. @@ -787,8 +787,7 @@ Compatibility ============= In some cases the compatibility of functions and classes could not be kept, -while increasing their power for 3.1. You can see a list of these in the Wiki-Article -about `PhpBB3.1 `_ +while increasing their power for 3.1. Pagination ---------- @@ -807,11 +806,11 @@ The old pagination code was similar to: $pagination = generate_pagination(append_sid("{$phpbb_root_path}app.$phpEx", 'controller=newspage/'), $total_paginated, $config['news_number'], $start); - $this->template->assign_vars(array( + $this->template->assign_vars([ 'PAGINATION' => $pagination, 'PAGE_NUMBER' => on_page($total_paginated, $config['news_number'], $start), 'TOTAL_NEWS' => $this->user->lang('VIEW_TOPIC_POSTS', $total_paginated), - )); + ]); The new code should look like: @@ -819,15 +818,15 @@ The new code should look like: $pagination = $phpbb_container->get('pagination'); $pagination->generate_template_pagination( - array( - 'routes' => array( + [ + 'routes' => [ 'newspage_base_controller', 'newspage_page_controller', - ), - 'params' => array(), - ), 'pagination', 'page', $total_paginated, $this->config['news_number'], $start); + ], + 'params' => [], + ], 'pagination', 'page', $total_paginated, $this->config['news_number'], $start); - $this->template->assign_vars(array( + $this->template->assign_vars([ 'PAGE_NUMBER' => $pagination->on_page($total_paginated, $this->config['news_number'], $start), 'TOTAL_NEWS' => $this->user->lang('VIEW_TOPIC_POSTS', $total_paginated), - )); + ]); diff --git a/development/extensions/new_in_proteus.rst b/development/extensions/new_in_proteus.rst new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9b50b3be --- /dev/null +++ b/development/extensions/new_in_proteus.rst @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +======================== +What's New for phpBB 3.3 +======================== + +Introduction +============ + +phpBB 3.3 (Proteus) is only a minor version update to 3.2. There are, however, a few changes extension developers need to be aware of. The biggest changes to come in 3.3 are updates to many of phpBB's underlying dependencies, bringing Symfony, Twig, jQuery and PHP up to date. + +This documentation explains: + + * `PHP 7`_ + * `Symfony 3.4`_ + * `Twig 2`_ + * `jQuery 3`_ + * `Extension Installation Error Messages`_ + +PHP 7 +===== + +PHP 7.2.0 is the minimum version required by phpBB 3.3. It is unlikely that this should cause any problems for extensions. If your PHP code worked in phpBB 3.1 or 3.2, it should work in phpBB 3.3 as well. + +If you intend to start using some of the new language constructs introduced in PHP 7, you must make your extension's minimum PHP requirement known to your users. This can include setting the minimum PHP version in your extension's ``composer.json`` file as well as designating phpBB 3.3 as a minimum requirement. You can also use the ``ext.php`` file to check that the minimum PHP and phpBB version requirements are satisfied in the ``is_enableable()`` method, which will prevent users who do not meet the requirements from accidentally installing your extension. Examples of this can be found `here `_. + +.. note:: + The minimum required version of PHP was increased to 7.2.0 with the release of phpBB 3.3.11. Prior versions of phpBB 3.3 also supported a minimum PHP version of 7.1.3. + +Symfony 3.4 +=========== + +Symfony has been updated to 3.4 (from 2.8). The following changes are due to deprecations introduced in Symfony 2 that have been removed from Symfony 3. The following changes are **required** for phpBB 3.3 and later. + +.. note:: + Although the following changes are required for phpBB 3.3, they are backwards compatible and therefore, will still work with phpBB 3.2 and 3.1. + +Deprecated special characters at the beginning of unquoted strings +------------------------------------------------------------------ + +According to Yaml specification, unquoted strings cannot start with ``@``, ``%``, `````, ``|`` or ``>``. You must wrap these strings with single or double quotes: + +.. code-block:: yaml + + vendor.package.class: + class: vendor\package\classname + arguments: + - '@dbal.conn' + - '%custom.tables%' + calls: + - [set_controller_helper, ['@controller.helper']] + +Deprecated Route Pattern +------------------------ + +Older versions of Symfony and phpBB allowed routes to be defined using the keyword ``pattern``: + +.. code-block:: yaml + + vendor.package.route: + pattern: /{value} + +For phpBB 3.3, route paths must instead be defined using the keyword ``path``: + +.. code-block:: yaml + + vendor.package.route: + path: /{value} + +Twig 2 +====== + +Twig has been updated from version 1 to version 2. This change should not affect any Twig template syntax you may be using in your extensions. + +jQuery 3 +======== + +phpBB 3.3 ships with jQuery 3.4.1, updated from the much older version 1.12.4 that shipped with phpBB 3.2. + +The developers of jQuery are very good about maintaining backwards compatibility, which means that most of your jQuery code should continue to work. The biggest changes introduced by jQuery versions 2 and 3 are dropping support for legacy browsers, in particular, Internet Explorer. + +While it's not always easy to check if an extension's jQuery code is functioning fine, jQuery provides a Migration PlugIn on their web site. You can add the un-compressed version of this PlugIn to your phpBB development board, which will output to your browser's error console any problems it finds in your jQuery code. + +The majority of any issues you may see reported by the Migration PlugIn will be warnings related to using deprecated jQuery functions (usually shortcuts or aliases such as ``click()`` or ``focus()`` which should instead be changed to the ``on()`` delegation event handler). Even if you are using deprecated functions, they will still most likely work just fine, although it is best to make any recommended updates in the event that jQuery does eventually remove deprecated functions. + +Extension Installation Error Messages +===================================== + +One often requested feature by extension authors finally makes its debut in phpBB 3.3: Displaying error messages to users when an extension can not be enabled! + +Typically extension authors use their extension's ``ext.php`` file to set conditional tests to check and see if a phpBB board meets the basic requirements of their extension. If it fails, the extension is not enabled. However users are only met with an error message that their board failed to meet the extension's requirements. + +Now extension authors can explain what the specific requirements are that caused the extension to fail to install. + +This can be done in the same ``ext.php`` file and the same ``is_enableable()`` method as before. Except now, instead of only being able to return either a true or false boolean, the method allows you to return an array of error messages for each reason why an extension can not be enabled/installed. + +.. note:: + + To be backwards compatible with phpBB 3.2 and 3.1, check for phpBB 3.3 or newer before using the new message system. Otherwise for older phpBB boards you must use the original method of returning a simple true/false boolean. + +.. code-block:: php + + /** + * Check if extension can be enabled + * + * @return bool|array True if enableable, false (or an array of error messages) if not. + */ + public function is_enableable() + { + // Only install extension if PHP ZipArchive is present + $enableable = class_exists('ZipArchive'); + + // If the test failed and phpBB 3.3 is detected, return error message explaining why + if (!$enableable && phpbb_version_compare(PHPBB_VERSION, '3.3.0', '>=')) + { + // Import my extension's language file + $language = $this->container->get('language'); + $language->add_lang('my_install_lang_file', 'myvendor/myextension'); + + // Return message 'PHP ZipArchive is required to enable and use this extension.' + return [$language->lang('INSTALL_FAILED_MESSAGE')]; + } + + // Return the boolean result of the test, either true (or false for phpBB 3.2 and 3.1) + return $enableable; + } diff --git a/development/extensions/new_in_rhea.rst b/development/extensions/new_in_rhea.rst new file mode 100644 index 00000000..51cdb80f --- /dev/null +++ b/development/extensions/new_in_rhea.rst @@ -0,0 +1,504 @@ +======================== +What's New for phpBB 3.2 +======================== + +Introduction +============ + +phpBB 3.2 (Rhea) introduces many new and updated components that extensions can take advantage of. Some of these changes may require extensions to make updates to maintain compatibility with phpBB 3.2 (some changes provide a layer of backwards compatibility with 3.1). Extension authors should review the changes documented below to see how their extensions may be affected. + +This documentation explains: + + * `New Language Object`_ + * `New BBCode Engine`_ + * `New Text Reparser`_ + * `New File Uploader`_ + * `New Font Awesome Icons`_ + * `Updated Notifications`_ + * `Updated Twig Syntax`_ + * `Updated Symfony Services`_ + * `Updated INCLUDECSS`_ + * `Additional Helpers`_ + +New Language Object +=================== + +.. warning:: + The following applies to phpBB 3.2 and later versions. If you must maintain backwards compatibility with phpBB 3.1, continue using the deprecated language methods from the User object. + +A new Language object has been introduced that decouples language functions from the User object. That is to say, the following language functions now belong to the ``\phpbb\language\language`` class: + +.. csv-table:: + :header: "Function", "Description" + :delim: | + + ``lang`` | "Advanced language substitution." + ``add_lang`` | "Add Language Items." + ``get_plural_form`` | "Determine which plural form we should use." + ``set_user_language`` | "Function to set user's language to display." + ``set_default_language`` | "Function to set the board's default language to display." + +The Language object is available as a service from the DI container, and can be added to an extension's services as an argument: + +.. code-block:: yaml + + arguments: + - '@language' + +Language keys can be translated by calling the ``lang()`` method from the Language object: + +.. code-block:: php + + $language->lang('SOME_LANGUAGE_KEY'); + +Language files can be added by calling the ``add_lang()`` method from the Language object: + +.. code-block:: php + + // Load a core language file + $language->add_lang('posting'); + +Extension developers should note that the ``add_lang()`` method now supports adding language files from extensions, replacing the deprecated ``add_lang_ext()`` method from the User object: + +.. code-block:: php + + // Load an extension's language file + $language->add_lang('demo', 'acme/demo'); + +.. note:: + Note the argument order of the ``add_lang()`` method. It takes as its first argument the name of the language file, and the optional second argument is the packaged name of an extension. This is the reverse order of arguments that the deprecated ``add_lang_ext()`` from the User object used. + +New BBCode Engine +================= + +.. warning:: + The following applies to phpBB 3.2 and later versions. It is not backwards compatible with phpBB 3.1. + +As of phpBB 3.2, a new and more powerful BBCode formatting engine has been integrated. The new engine is the third-party `s9e/TextFormatter `_ library. Its integration classes can be found in ``phpBB/phpbb/textformatter``. + +The new engine has already been equipped with many PHP events making it even easier than before for extensions to configure BBCodes and BBCode formatted text. The following are the new PHP events: + +.. csv-table:: + :header: "Event", "Description" + :delim: | + + ``core.text_formatter_s9e_configure_before`` | "Modify the s9e\TextFormatter configurator before the default settings are set." + ``core.text_formatter_s9e_configure_after`` | "Modify the s9e\TextFormatter configurator after the default settings are set." + ``core.text_formatter_s9e_parser_setup`` | "Configure the parser service, Can be used to: toggle features or BBCodes, register variables or custom parsers in the s9e\TextFormatter parser, configure the s9e\TextFormatter parser's runtime settings." + ``core.text_formatter_s9e_parse_before`` | "Modify a text before it is parsed." + ``core.text_formatter_s9e_parse_after`` | "Modify a parsed text in its XML form." + ``core.text_formatter_s9e_renderer_setup`` | "Configure the renderer service." + ``core.text_formatter_s9e_render_before`` | "Modify a parsed text before it is rendered." + ``core.text_formatter_s9e_render_after`` | "Modify a rendered text." + +Fortunately, the integration is pretty seamless and most existing extensions that handle messages processed by the BBCode engine should continue to work without needing any changes. For example, the following phpBB functions will continue to work as they did in phpBB 3.1: + + * ``decode_message()`` + * ``generate_text_for_display()`` + * ``generate_text_for_edit()`` + * ``generate_text_for_storage()`` + * ``strip_bbcode()`` + +Some simple examples of what can be done with the new library include: + +.. code-block:: php + + // Let's get the parser service from the container in this example + $parser = $container->get('text_formatter.parser'); + + // Disable or enable a BBCode + $parser->disable_bbcode($name); + $parser->enable_bbcode($name); + + // Disable or enable BBCodes in general + $parser->disable_bbcodes(); + $parser->enable_bbcodes(); + + // Let's get the text formatter utils from the container in this example + $text_formatter_utils = $container->get('text_formatter.utils'); + + // Remove a BBCode and its content from a message + $text_formatter_utils->remove_bbcode($message, $bbcode); + + // Un-parse text back to its original form + $text_formatter_utils->unparse($message); + +A major change introduced by the new engine is how text (in posts, PMs, signatures, etc.) is stored. In phpBB 3.1, text is stored as HTML, with BBCodes and some other features being replaced at rendering time. As of phpBB 3.2, text is stored as XML and transformed into HTML at rendering time. phpBB 3.2 has a `New Text Reparser`_ class which will convert all posts, PMs, signatures, etc. to the new format shortly after updating to 3.2 (this is handled mostly by incremental cron jobs). + +.. note:: + Messages stored in the old HTML format will still display as normal, even before being converted to the new XML format. This ensures a seamless experience for a board's users. + +Extensions that are storing their own messages with BBCodes and smilies should consider adding a TextReparser class to ensure their messages are updated to the new XML format. See `New Text Reparser`_ for more information. + +.. seealso:: + The s9e/TextFormatter library `documentation and cookbook `_. + +New Text Reparser +================= + +.. warning:: + The following applies to phpBB 3.2 and later versions. It is not backwards compatible with phpBB 3.1. + +phpBB 3.2 introduces the ``\phpbb\textreparser`` class to reparse stored text in the database. By reparsing, it will rebuild BBCodes, smilies and other text formatting in posts, private messages, signatures and anywhere else BBCodes are used. + +The class was conceived to provide a means to reparse BBCodes into the new XML storage format introduced by the `New BBCode engine`_. When a board is updated from 3.1 to 3.2, the reparser is called into service in two ways. First, migrations are used to reparse some of the smaller database items (forum descriptions, for example). Second, cron tasks are used to incrementally reparse the larger database items (posts & PMs). + +Extensions that store their own text with BBCodes, smilies, etc. should consider using the text reparser to ensure they are also updated to the new XML format. Extensions can extend the text reparser. The minimum that is required is the ``get_columns()`` method which returns an array mapping the column names of the table storing text to be reparsed, for example: + +.. code-block:: php + + 'demo_id', + 'text' => 'demo_message', + 'bbcode_uid' => 'demo_message_bbcode_uid', + 'options' => 'demo_message_bbcode_options', + ]; + } + } + +Notice that the table name has not been identified yet. The table name is actually defined as an argument in the service definition of the extension's reparser class: + +.. code-block:: yaml + + text_reparser.acme_demo_text: + class: acme\demo\textreparser\plugins\demo_text + arguments: + - '@dbal.conn' + - '%acme.demo.tables.demo_messages%' + tags: + - { name: text_reparser.plugin } + +The next step is to add our reparser to phpBB's cron jobs queue. To do so, we simply define a cron task service for our reparser in the following way: + +.. code-block:: yaml + + cron.task.text_reparser.acme_demo_text: + class: phpbb\cron\task\text_reparser\reparser + arguments: + - '@config' + - '@config_text' + - '@text_reparser.lock' + - '@text_reparser.manager' + - '@text_reparser_collection' + calls: + - [set_name, [cron.task.text_reparser.acme_demo_text]] + - [set_reparser, [text_reparser.acme_demo_text]] + tags: + - { name: cron.task } + +Notice that the service is using phpBB's reparser cron task class, then uses the ``calls`` option to include our reparser. Be sure to set the calls options to your cron and reparser services we just defined. + +Finally, to complete setting up the cron jobs, we must add two new configs to the config table using a migration: + +.. code-block:: php + + public function update_data() + { + return [ + ['config.add', ['text_reparser.acme_demo_text_cron_interval', 10]], + ['config.add', ['text_reparser.acme_demo_text_last_cron', 0]], + ]; + } + +Note that these configs are the name of our text_reparser.plugin ``text_reparser.acme_demo_text`` plus ``_cron_interval`` and ``_last_cron``. The ``cron_interval`` should be a value in seconds to wait between jobs, in this case "10", and the ``last_cron`` should always be set to "0". + +.. tip:: + In some cases you may want to run your reparser from a migration. For example, you need your stored text reparsed immediately during the extension update and do not want to wait for it to go through the cron task queue. + + If the volume of rows that need to be reparsed is high, it must reparse incrementally, in chunks, to minimise the risk of a PHP timeout or database corruption. The following is an example of a custom function in a migration acting in incremental chunks, processing 50 rows at a time: + + .. code-block:: php + + /** + * Run the Acme Demo text reparser + * + * @param int $current A message id + * + * @return bool|int A message id or true if finished + */ + public function reparse($current = 0) + { + // Get our reparser + $reparser = new \acme\demo\textreparser\plugins\demo_text( + $this->db, + $this->container->getParameter('core.table_prefix') . 'demo_messages' + ); + + // If $current id is empty, get the highest id from the db + if (empty($current)) + { + $current = $reparser->get_max_id(); + } + + $limit = 50; // Reparse in chunks of 50 rows at a time + $start = max(1, $current + 1 - $limit); + $end = max(1, $current); + + // Run the reparser + $reparser->reparse_range($start, $end); + + // Update the $current id + $current = $start - 1; + + // Return the $current id, or true when finished + return ($current === 0) ? true : $current; + } + +New File Uploader +================= + +.. warning:: + The following is a **required** change for phpBB 3.2 and later versions. It is not backwards compatible with phpBB 3.1. Extensions making this change must release a new major version dropping support for 3.1. + +phpBB 3.2 introduces two new classes for uploading files: ``filespec`` and ``upload``. These have been refactored and are based on the previously available ``filespec`` and ``fileupload`` classes. + +For information about the new classes, read :doc:`../files/overview` documentation. + +To update an extension to use the new class, read the `Converting uses of fileupload class <../files/upload.html#converting-uses-of-fileupload-class>`_ documentation. + +New Font Awesome Icons +====================== + +.. warning:: + The following applies to phpBB 3.2 and later versions. It is not backwards compatible with phpBB 3.1. + +phpBB 3.2 includes the Font Awesome toolkit. It is used by the default style Prosilver, and has replaced almost every gif/png icon with a font icon. + +The result of this is significant template changes to Prosilver, including some new CSS classes. Extensions written for phpBB 3.1 that make use of any of Prosilver's icons may need to be adjusted to be compatible with phpBB 3.2. + +The benefit of the new `Font Awesome icons `_ is they make it easy to improve GUI elements of your extension. For example, if an extension has a "Delete" link or button, you can easily add a nice little Trash Can icon to the link or button: + +.. code-block:: html + + + Delete + + +Updated Notifications +===================== + +.. warning:: + The following is a **required** change for phpBB 3.2 and later versions. It is not backwards compatible with phpBB 3.1. Extensions making this change must release a new major version dropping support for 3.1. + +Extensions that make use of the phpBB's built-in notification system must make the following updates to their notification classes, if necessary. The notable changes have been made to the ``find_users_for_notification()`` and ``create_insert_array()`` methods. + +find_users_for_notification() +----------------------------- + +This method must return an array of users who can see the notification. While it is the extension authors responsibility to determine how to build this array of users, an example usage in phpBB 3.1 may look like: + +.. code-block:: php + + public function find_users_for_notification($data, $options = []) + { + // run code to query a group of users from the database... + + while ($row = $this->db->sql_fetchrow($result)) + { + $users[$row['user_id']] = ['']; + } + + // do any additional processing... + + return $users; + } + +As of phpBB 3.2 a new helper to get the list of methods enabled by default is available from the manager class, to assign as the array values in the user array: + +.. code-block:: php + + public function find_users_for_notification($data, $options = []) + { + // run code to query a group of users from the database... + + while ($row = $this->db->sql_fetchrow($result)) + { + $users[$row['user_id']] = $this->notification_manager->get_default_methods(); + } + + // do any additional processing... + + return $users; + } + +.. note:: + Notice that we simply replaced the empty ``['']`` value assigned to each user with the new ``$this->notification_manager->get_default_methods()`` method call. + +create_insert_array() +--------------------- + +In phpBB 3.1, this method returned an array of data ready to be inserted into the database from the parent class: + +.. code-block:: php + + public function create_insert_array($data, $pre_create_data = []) + { + // prepare some data... + + return parent::create_insert_array($data, $pre_create_data); + } + +In phpBB 3.2, the data is now added to the the class data property, so it is no longer necessary to use a ``return``. Just call the method from the parent class at the end: + +.. code-block:: php + + public function create_insert_array($data, $pre_create_data = []) + { + // prepare some data... + + parent::create_insert_array($data, $pre_create_data); + } + +Updated Twig Syntax +=================== + +.. warning:: + The following applies to phpBB 3.2 and later versions. If you must maintain backwards compatibility with phpBB 3.1, please disregard this section. + +If you are already using Twig template syntax, and you have been using loop structures in your templates, you are probably familiar with the odd usage of the ``loops`` prefix required in phpBB 3.1: + +.. code-block:: twig + + {# phpBB 3.1 and 3.2 compatible #} + {% for item in loops.items %} + item.MY_VAR + {% endfor %} + +As of phpBB 3.2, this requirement has been removed, allowing you to use natural Twig syntax for looped structures (i.e. the ``loops`` prefix is no longer needed): + +.. code-block:: twig + + {# phpBB 3.2 or later only #} + {% for item in items %} + item.MY_VAR + {% endfor %} + +If you want to maintain backwards compatibility with phpBB 3.1, you must continue using the ``loops`` prefix. + +Updated Symfony Services +======================== + +The following changes are due to deprecations introduced in Symfony 2.8 (which is used in phpBB 3.2). These deprecations are being removed from Symfony 3 (which is used in phpBB 3.3). + +Deprecating special characters at the beginning of unquoted strings +------------------------------------------------------------------- + +.. warning:: + The following is recommended for phpBB 3.1 and later versions. It will be required from phpBB 3.3 and later. + +According to Yaml specification, unquoted strings cannot start with ``@``, ``%``, `````, ``|`` or ``>``. You must wrap these strings with single or double quotes: + +.. code-block:: yaml + + vendor.package.class: + class: vendor\package\classname + arguments: + - '@dbal.conn' + - '%custom.tables%' + calls: + - [set_controller_helper, ['@controller.helper']] + +Deprecating Scopes and Introducing Shared Services +-------------------------------------------------- + +.. warning:: + The following is a **required** change for phpBB 3.2 and later versions. It is not backwards compatible with phpBB 3.1. Extensions making this change must release a new major version dropping support for 3.1. + +By default, all services are shared services. This means a class is instantiated once, and used each time you ask for it from the service container. + +In some cases, however, it is desired to *unshare* a class, where a new instance is created each time you ask for the service. An example of this is the Notifications classes. + +In phpBB 3.1, this was defined in the ``services.yml`` by setting the ``scope`` option to ``prototype``: + +.. code-block:: yaml + + vendor.package.class: + class: vendor\package\classname + scope: prototype + +For phpBB 3.2, instead of ``scope``, service definitions must now configure a ``shared`` option and set it to ``false`` to get the same result as in the previous prototype scope: + +.. code-block:: yaml + + vendor.package.class: + class: vendor\package\classname + shared: false + +Deprecating Route Pattern +------------------------- + +.. warning:: + The following is recommended for phpBB 3.1 and later versions. It will be required from phpBB 3.3 and later. + +Older versions of Symfony and phpBB have allowed routes to be defined using the keyword ``pattern``: + +.. code-block:: yaml + + vendor.package.route: + pattern: /{value} + +For phpBB 3.2, route paths must instead be defined using the keyword ``path``: + +.. code-block:: yaml + + vendor.package.route: + path: /{value} + +Updated INCLUDECSS +================== + +.. warning:: + The following applies to phpBB 3.2 and later versions. If you must maintain backwards compatibility with phpBB 3.1, please disregard this section. + +As of phpBB 3.2, the ``INCLUDECSS`` template tag can now be called from anywhere in a template, making it just as easy and flexible to implement from any template event or file as the ``INCLUDEJS`` tag. + +Previously, in phpBB 3.1, extension's could only use this tag in the ``overall_header_head_append`` template event, or before including ``overall_header.html`` in a custom template file. + +Additional Helpers +================== + +New Group Helper +---------------- + +phpBB 3.2 adds a new helper to simplify the job of displaying user group names. + +In phpBB 3.1, displaying a user group name required verbose code similar to: + +.. code-block:: php + + // phpbb 3.1 and 3.2 compatible: + ($row['group_type'] == GROUP_SPECIAL) ? $user->lang('G_' . $row['group_name']) : $row['group_name']; + +This is simpler in phpBB 3.2 with the ``get_name()`` method of the ``\phpbb\group\helper\`` class: + +.. code-block:: php + + // phpBB 3.2 only: + $group_helper->get_name($row['group_name']); + +BBCode FAQ Controller Route +--------------------------- + +phpBB 3.2 now has a built-in routing definition for the BBCode FAQ page. Linking to this page is common for extensions that have their own BBCode message editor. + +In phpBB 3.1, linking to the BBCode FAQ looked like: + +.. code-block:: php + + // phpBB 3.1 and 3.2 compatible: + $u_bbcode_faq = append_sid("{$phpbb_root_path}faq.{$phpEx}", 'mode=bbcode'); + +In phpBB 3.2, linking to the BBCode FAQ can be handled using the routing system: + +.. code-block:: php + + // phpBB 3.2 only: + $u_bbcode_faq = $controller_helper->route('phpbb_help_bbcode_controller'); diff --git a/development/extensions/skeleton_extension.rst b/development/extensions/skeleton_extension.rst index 7f04ed0d..eab942b1 100644 --- a/development/extensions/skeleton_extension.rst +++ b/development/extensions/skeleton_extension.rst @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ phpBB Skeleton Extension The Skeleton Extension is a tool for extension developers. Its purpose is to kick start your extension development projects. -What is a skeleton? It's a working extension, based off the phpBB -Acme Demo extension. When you want to develop an extension, creating -a skeleton will generate most of the initial files you would need, +What is a skeleton? It's a working boiler-plate extension. When +you want to begin development on an extension, creating a +skeleton will generate most of the initial files you would need, so you don't have to. This means you can jump straight into writing code for your extension, -and bypass the boring task of creating the initial files, methods +and bypass the mundane task of creating the initial files, methods and docblocks yourself. If you've never written an extension before, a skeleton provides an ideal way @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ represents the phpBB Extension Team's best practices for extension coding. Be sure to reference and familiarise yourself with phpBB's `extension validation policies `_ -and `coding guidelines `_. +and `coding guidelines `_. How to install ============== @@ -39,13 +39,6 @@ installed into a phpBB board just the same as any other. not necessarily intended to be installed on live/production web sites. -Requirements ------------- - -- A phpBB board, version 3.1.4 or newer (from the 3.1.x branch) or 3.2.0-b3 or newer (from the 3.2.x branch). -- PHP version 5.4 or newer. -- PHP ZipArchive module enabled. - Installation ------------ @@ -59,13 +52,20 @@ Installation Create an extension =================== -.. note:: +.. important:: - The Skeleton Extension is based on the Acme Demo extension. As a - result, some of its files will have working classes and methods - already. These are provided to make the skeleton both functional and - educational. You will want to remove any Acme Demo code you do not - need from the skeleton and replace it with your own custom code. + The Skeleton Extension generates working classes and methods + which are intended to make the skeleton nominally functional and, + more importantly, instructional. + + This documentation will assume we are creating the Acme Demo + extension, with the vendor/package naming structure: ``acme/demo``. + Most file, function, class, table and variable names will be + populated with the vendor and package names specified. + + The skeleton generated is only a starting point! You should always + review the skeleton code you generate and update, edit or remove any + of the code you do not need as you begin to develop your extension. phpBB Web interface ------------------- @@ -101,13 +101,13 @@ In order to create an extension via the CLI, you need to open a console on your server and ``cd`` to the root directory of the phpBB board where you installed this extension: -.. code:: bash +.. code:: console $ cd ./path/to/phpBB To create an extension, run: -.. code:: bash +.. code:: console $ ./bin/phpbbcli.php extension:create @@ -345,6 +345,9 @@ files: │ │ │ ├── acp_demo_body.html # Sample ACP HTML template file │ │ │ └── ... │ │ └── ... + │ ├── controller # Dir containing controller files + │ │ ├── acp_controller.php # A sample ACP controller class + │ │ └── ... │ ├── language # Dir containing language files │ │ ├── en # English language files (required) │ │ │ ├── common.php # A language file used by the extension @@ -375,6 +378,9 @@ files: vendor ├── package + │ ├── controller # Dir containing controller files + │ │ ├── mcp_controller.php # A sample MCP controller class + │ │ └── ... │ ├── language # Dir containing language files │ │ ├── en # English language files (required) │ │ │ ├── info_mcp_demo.php # An auto-loaded lang file for MCP modules @@ -415,6 +421,9 @@ files: vendor ├── package + │ ├── controller # Dir containing controller files + │ │ ├── ucp_controller.php # A sample UCP controller class + │ │ └── ... │ ├── language # Dir containing language files │ │ ├── en # English language files (required) │ │ │ ├── info_ucp_demo.php # An auto-loaded lang file for UCP modules @@ -422,7 +431,7 @@ files: │ │ └── ... │ ├── migrations # Dir containing migration files │ │ ├── install_ucp_module.php # A migration installing the UCP module - │ │ ├── install_user_schema.php # Contains changes used in the new module + │ │ ├── install_sample_schema.php # Contains changes used in the new module │ │ └── ... │ ├── styles # The styles dir │ │ ├── prosilver # Dir containing prosilver style files @@ -460,7 +469,8 @@ The Skeleton Extension will generate all of its sample migration files: │ │ ├── install_acp_module.php # A migration installing the ACP module │ │ ├── install_mcp_module.php # A migration installing the MCP module │ │ ├── install_ucp_module.php # A migration installing the UCP module - │ │ ├── install_user_schema.php # Sample schema changes to the database + │ │ ├── install_sample_schema.php # Sample schema changes to the database + │ │ ├── install_sample_data.php # Sample data changes to the database │ │ └── ... │ └── ... └── ... @@ -511,8 +521,8 @@ language file, and the config and routing YAML files: │ │ ├── routing.yml # A routing YAML file │ │ ├── services.yml # A config YAML file │ │ └── ... - │ ├── controller # Dir containing controller files - │ │ ├── main.php # A sample controller class + │ ├── controller # Dir containing controller files + │ │ ├── main_controller.php # A sample controller class │ │ └── ... │ ├── event # The event dir contains all PHP event listeners │ │ ├── main_listener.php # A sample PHP event listener @@ -576,7 +586,7 @@ necessary language and config files: │ │ └── ... │ ├── console # Dir containing CLI related classes │ │ ├── command # Dir containing CLI command classes - │ │ │ ├── demo.php # A sample CLI command class + │ │ │ ├── sample.php # A sample CLI command class │ │ │ └── ... │ │ └── ... │ ├── language # Dir containing language files @@ -605,7 +615,7 @@ necessary migration and config files: │ │ └── ... │ ├── cron # Dir containing cron related classes │ │ ├── task # Dir containing cron task classes - │ │ │ ├── demo.php # A sample cron task class + │ │ │ ├── sample.php # A sample cron task class │ │ │ └── ... │ │ └── ... │ ├── migrations # Dir containing migration files @@ -641,12 +651,46 @@ extension's enable, disable and purge steps: │ │ └── ... │ ├── notification # Dir containing notification related classes │ │ ├── type # Dir containing notification types - │ │ │ ├── demo.php # A sample notification type class + │ │ │ ├── sample.php # A sample notification type class │ │ │ └── ... │ │ └── ... │ └── ... └── ... +Permissions +------------- + +Permissions can be used to grant users, groups and roles access to +specific extension features and functionality. + +The Skeleton Extension will generate a migration file showing the +installation of admin, moderator and user level permissions and assign +then to some roles and user groups. Additionally, the required +permissions language file is created as well as a PHP event that +shows how permissions are assigned to their respective language +keys and permission categories: + +:: + + vendor + ├── package + │ ├── config # The config dir contains all service config files + │ │ ├── services.yml # A config YAML file + │ │ └── ... + │ ├── event # The event dir contains all PHP event listeners + │ │ ├── main_listener.php # A sample PHP event listener + │ │ └── ... + │ ├── language # Dir containing language files + │ │ ├── en # English language files (required) + │ │ │ ├── permissions_demo.php # A language file specifically for permissions + │ │ │ └── ... + │ │ └── ... + │ ├── migrations # Dir containing migration files + │ │ ├── install_sample_data.php # Sample data changes to the database + │ │ └── ... + │ └── ... + └── ... + Tests (PHPUnit) --------------- @@ -673,46 +717,42 @@ functional tests: │ │ │ ├── simple_test.php # A simple test (tests a database interaction) │ │ │ └── ... │ │ ├── functional # Dir containing functional tests - │ │ │ ├── demo_test.php # A simple functional test + │ │ │ ├── view_test.php # A simple functional test │ │ │ └── ... │ │ └── ... │ └── ... └── ... -Travis CI configuration ------------------------ +GitHub Actions CI configuration +------------------------------- + +GitHub Actions provides a platform to automatically run your PHPUnit tests on each commit and pull request in +your repository. + +The Skeleton Extension can generate two types of workflow scripts based on your needs: -Travis CI is a platform for running your PHPUnit tests on a GitHub -repository. +**GitHub Actions workflow (default):** + Generates a simplified, reusable workflow containing a few adjustable variables. You can easily enable or disable the types of tests you want to run. This workflow is maintained by phpBB and is designed to test your extension against all the same PHP versions and databases supported by phpBB. -The Skeleton Extension will generate the basic config and script files -needed to test your phpBB extension with each commit and pull request -pushed to your GitHub repository: +**GitHub Actions custom workflow (optional):** + Generates a fully editable, self-contained workflow for your repository. This option gives you complete control over the jobs and steps, making it ideal if you plan to customise or extend the testing process. :: vendor ├── package - │ ├── .travis.yml # A Travis CI configuration file - │ ├── tests # Dir containing PHPUnit tests - │ ├── travis # Dir containing Travis CI scripts - │ │ ├── prepare-phpbb.sh # Script required by Travis CI during testing (do not edit) + │ ├── .github # A hidden directory to contain GitHub related files + │ │ ├── workflows # A directory to contain any GitHub workflows + │ | | ├── tests.yml # The test configuration script in YAML format + │ │ │ └── ... │ │ └── ... │ └── ... └── ... .. warning:: - The ``.travis.yml`` is a hidden file. You can view and edit it - using a Text Editor or IDE that is capable of displaying hidden - files. - -.. note:: - - The Skeleton Extension currently does not allow you to generate - the Travis CI component without also generating the PHPUnit tests - component. This is because without unit tests, there is little - benefit to using Travis CI. + The ``.github`` directory is a hidden folder. You can view and access it + using a Text Editor or IDE that is capable of displaying hidden folders. Build script (phing) -------------------- diff --git a/development/extensions/tutorial_advanced.rst b/development/extensions/tutorial_advanced.rst index 087a771c..6ce81a7e 100644 --- a/development/extensions/tutorial_advanced.rst +++ b/development/extensions/tutorial_advanced.rst @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ This tutorial explains: * `Using service decoration`_ * `Replacing the phpBB Datetime class`_ * `Extension version checking`_ +* `Implementing Filesystem changes to phpBB`_ Adding a PHP event to your extension ==================================== @@ -40,7 +41,7 @@ This is what an event looks like: * @var string var2 A second variable to make available to the event * @since 3.1-A1 */ - $vars = array('var1', 'var2'); + $vars = ['var1', 'var2']; extract($phpbb_dispatcher->trigger_event('acme.demo.identifier', compact($vars))); You will need to replace ``identifier`` with the name of your event. This must @@ -79,9 +80,9 @@ to extend the template of an extension, so other extensions can manipulate the output of your extension. To create a template event you simply add the EVENT tag to your template: -.. code-block:: html +.. code-block:: twig - + {% EVENT acme_demo_identifier %} The event can be used in the same way as the template events in the phpBB Core. See :doc:`tutorial_events` on how to use these events. @@ -94,13 +95,6 @@ Make sure to only use underscores, numbers and lowercase letters. a release of your extension. Other extensions might already be using your event and would risk breaking. -.. tip:: - If you prefer Twig instead of the phpBB template syntax, you can use: - - .. code-block:: html - - {% EVENT acme_demo_identifier %} - .. caution:: It is not recommended to reuse existing event names in different locations. This should only be done if the code (nested HTML elements) around the @@ -190,7 +184,7 @@ executed until such time as false is returned. Using service collections ========================= In 3.1, a new concept is that of "services". You can read up on exactly what a -service is `here `_. +service is `here `_. The rest of this guide will assume you have basic knowledge of services and how to use them. A service collection is basically what it sounds like: a collection of services. Basically, @@ -261,7 +255,7 @@ loaded, which is especially useful in cases where service priority and/or depend requires they be loaded in a specified order. Ordered service collections are based on a normal service collection, but the -collection is sorted with `ksort `_. The usage of the +collection is sorted with `ksort `_. The usage of the sorted service collection is nearly the same as a normal service collection, except instead of using ``service_collection`` you should use ``ordered_service_collection``: @@ -334,10 +328,10 @@ contained in the array keys): .. code-block:: php - array( + [ 'ext/acme/demo/images/image1.png' => 'demo', 'ext/acme/demo/images/image2.png' => 'demo', - ); + ]; .. note:: The method ``find_from_extension`` used above will only search in the specified @@ -399,7 +393,7 @@ are referencing the interface, you are not required to extend the original class and should instead implement the interface. .. warning:: - If you are using EPV in travis, or during submission to the extensions database + If you are using EPV in a Github repository, or during submission to the extensions database at phpBB.com, you will receive a warning that your service configuration doesn't follow the extensions database policies. As you are overwriting a core service, you can simply ignore this message. However, in all cases you should @@ -409,7 +403,7 @@ Using service decoration ======================== .. seealso:: Read about Service Decoration at - `Symfony `_ + `Symfony `_ for complete documentation. From phpBB 3.2, you can use service decoration as the preferred method to replace @@ -471,7 +465,8 @@ file: "version-check": { "host": "my.site.com", "directory": "/versions", - "filename": "acme_version_file.json" + "filename": "acme_version_file.json", + "ssl": false } } @@ -482,6 +477,7 @@ file: ``host`` | "Full URL to the host domain server." ``directory`` | "Path from the domain root to the directory containing the file, starting with a leading slash." ``filename`` | "A JSON file containing the latest version information." + ``ssl`` | "true or false depending on the host domain server running ssl" Notice that a JSON file is required, hosted from your own server. In the example above it would be: ``http://my.site.com/versions/acme_version_file.json`` @@ -531,3 +527,177 @@ branch can be used to provide links to versions in development. ``download`` | "(Optional) A URL to download this version of the extension." ``eol`` | "This is currently not being used yet. Use ``null``" ``security`` | "This is currently not being used yet. Use ``false``" + +Implementing Filesystem changes to phpBB +======================================== +In certain scenarios, an extension may need to implement filesystem changes within phpBB beyond the extension's +self-contained structure. While this approach is generally discouraged, there are specific conditions where it +may be appropriate. Extensions can safely add or remove files and folders within phpBB’s ``files``, ``images``, +and ``store`` directories, as these are designed to hold user-generated content and are typically not replaced +during phpBB or extension updates. + +There are two primary methods for implementing filesystem changes in phpBB through an extension: + + 1. Using Migrations + 2. Using the Extension Enabling Process (ext.php) + +Below are examples of how to create a directory named ``acme_demo_dir`` in the ``store`` directory for storing additional extension-related files. + +Using Migrations +---------------- +While migrations are generally designed for database changes, they offer specific advantages when managing filesystem changes: + + - Existence Check: Use the ``effectively_installed`` method to check if the files or directories exist already. + - Installation Order: Use the ``depends_on`` method to ensure the directory is created at the correct stage during the extension’s installation process. + - Run separate (optional) filesystem processes during installation and uninstallation. + +.. code-block:: php + + filesystem)) + { + $this->filesystem = $this->container->get('filesystem'); + $this->acme_demo_dir = $this->container->getParameter('core.root_path') . 'store/acme_demo_dir'; + } + } + + public function effectively_installed() + { + $this->init(); + return $this->filesystem->exists($this->acme_demo_dir); + } + + public static function depends_on() + { + return ['\acme\demo\migrations\first_migration']; + } + + public function update_data(): array + { + return [ + ['custom', [[$this, 'add_dir']]], + ]; + } + + public function revert_data(): array + { + return [ + ['custom', [[$this, 'remove_dir']]], + ]; + } + + public function add_dir() + { + $this->init(); + + try + { + $this->filesystem->mkdir($this->acme_demo_dir, 0755); + $this->filesystem->touch($this->acme_demo_dir . '/index.htm'); + } + catch (\phpbb\filesystem\exception\filesystem_exception $e) + { + // log or handle any errors here using $e->get_filename() or $e->getMessage() + } + } + + public function remove_dir() + { + $this->init(); + + try + { + $this->filesystem->remove($this->acme_demo_dir); + } + catch (\phpbb\filesystem\exception\filesystem_exception $e) + { + // log or handle any errors here using $e->get_filename() or $e->getMessage() + } + } + } + +Using ext.php +------------- +Filesystem changes can also be implemented within the extension’s ``ext.php`` file. This method is preferable if: + + - The changes have no specific requirements or dependencies that need monitoring through a migration step. + - The changes should occur at a particular stage, such as enabling, disabling, or deleting the extension. + +.. code-block:: php + + container->get('filesystem'); + $my_dir_path = $this->container->getParameter('core.root_path') . 'store/acme_demo_dir'; + + try + { + $filesystem->mkdir($my_dir_path, 0755); + $filesystem->touch($my_dir_path . '/index.htm'); + } + catch (\phpbb\filesystem\exception\filesystem_exception $e) + { + // log or handle any errors here using $e->get_filename() or $e->getMessage() + } + + return 'added acme_demo_dir'; + } + + /** + * Delete acme_demo_dir when deleting extension data + */ + public function purge_step($old_state) + { + if ($old_state !== false) + { + return parent::purge_step($old_state); + } + + $filesystem = $this->container->get('filesystem'); + $my_dir_path = $this->container->getParameter('core.root_path') . 'store/acme_demo_dir'; + + try + { + $filesystem->remove($my_dir_path); + } + catch (\phpbb\filesystem\exception\filesystem_exception $e) + { + // log or handle any errors here using $e->get_filename() or $e->getMessage() + } + + return 'removed acme_demo_dir'; + } + } + +By leveraging one of these methods, you can implement necessary filesystem changes while maintaining compatibility +with phpBB’s structure and best practices. diff --git a/development/extensions/tutorial_authentication.rst b/development/extensions/tutorial_authentication.rst index 608db132..045a1191 100644 --- a/development/extensions/tutorial_authentication.rst +++ b/development/extensions/tutorial_authentication.rst @@ -15,19 +15,17 @@ This tutorial explains: Authentication Providers ======================== -phpBB 3.1 supports external authentication plugins that may be used in place of the +phpBB 3.1 introduced support for external authentication plugins that may be used in place of the built-in authentication providers. Only one provider may currently be active at a time and the active one is chosen from the ACP. Creating an Authentication Provider ----------------------------------- -An authentication provider that comes with phpBB requires a minimum of two files: -a class and an entry in a ``config/auth.yml`` file. Authentication providers that -are part of an extension must provide their own YAML file defining the -service in addition to all normal requirements of an extension. +Authentication providers in phpBB require a minimum of two files: a PHP class +and a YAML service file. The class file -++++++++++++++ +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ The provider class must implement the ``\phpbb\auth\provider\provider_interface`` in order to ensure proper functionality. However, it is recommended to extend ``\phpbb\auth\provider\base`` so as to not implement unneeded methods and to ensure @@ -72,20 +70,20 @@ authentication provider class is show below: // do not allow empty password if (!$password) { - return array( + return [ 'status' => LOGIN_ERROR_PASSWORD, 'error_msg' => 'NO_PASSWORD_SUPPLIED', - 'user_row' => array('user_id' => ANONYMOUS), - ); + 'user_row' => ['user_id' => ANONYMOUS], + ]; } if (!$username) { - return array( + return [ 'status' => LOGIN_ERROR_USERNAME, 'error_msg' => 'LOGIN_ERROR_USERNAME', - 'user_row' => array('user_id' => ANONYMOUS), - ); + 'user_row' => ['user_id' => ANONYMOUS], + ]; } $username_clean = utf8_clean_string($username); @@ -98,17 +96,17 @@ authentication provider class is show below: $this->db->sql_freeresult($result); // Successful login... set user_login_attempts to zero... - return array( + return [ 'status' => LOGIN_SUCCESS, 'error_msg' => false, 'user_row' => $row, - ); + ]; } } The service file -++++++++++++++++ -For proper `dependency injection `_ +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ +For proper :ref:`dependency injection ` the provider must be added to ``services.yml``. The name of the service must be in the form of ``auth.provider.`` in order for phpBB to register it. The arguments are those of the provider's constructor and may be empty if no arguments are @@ -126,7 +124,7 @@ for the class to be made available in phpBB. - { name: auth.provider } The template file -+++++++++++++++++ +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ Following the above steps renders the authentication provider visible in the ACP. However, to allow an admin to configure your plugin the available fields need to be created in order to reach the configuration from the php-auth-provider plugin. @@ -137,10 +135,10 @@ For example, the sample below is based on existing LDAP terms used to configure .. code-block:: html
    - {TEST} + {{ TEST }}
    -

    {TEST_SERVER_EXPLAIN}
    -
    +

    {{ TEST_SERVER_EXPLAIN }}
    +
    @@ -171,7 +169,7 @@ phpBB. They are copies of the bitly service implementation from phpBB3's develop branch. The Class file -++++++++++++++ +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ .. code-block:: php $this->config['auth_oauth_bitly_key'], 'secret' => $this->config['auth_oauth_bitly_secret'], - ); + ]; } /** @@ -270,7 +268,7 @@ The Class file } The Service File -++++++++++++++++ +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ In the service file, the name of the service must be in the form of ``auth.provider.oauth.service.`` in order for phpBB to diff --git a/development/extensions/tutorial_basics.rst b/development/extensions/tutorial_basics.rst index c9e3b07d..2a29e15d 100644 --- a/development/extensions/tutorial_basics.rst +++ b/development/extensions/tutorial_basics.rst @@ -38,9 +38,9 @@ The extension name is the name of the extension. In this tutorial we will use `` .. important:: - Both the vendor and extension names must start with a lower or upper case letter, followed by letters and numbers - only. **Underscores, dashes and other characters are not permitted.** It is perfectly fine to have an extension - named ``iamanextension``. + Both the vendor and extension names must start with a lowercase letter, followed by lowercase letters + and numbers only. **Uppercase letters, underscores, dashes and other characters are not permitted.** The + following is an example of an allowed vendor and extension name: ``iamuser1/iamanextension``. Composer JSON @@ -58,12 +58,12 @@ The details of the meta data are explained below the sample, but for now let's h { "name": "acme/demo", "type": "phpbb-extension", - "description": "Acme Demo Extension for phpBB 3.1", + "description": "Acme Demo Extension for phpBB 3.2", "homepage": "https://github.com/phpbb/phpbb-ext-acme-demo", "version": "0.1.0", "time": "2013-11-05", "keywords": ["phpbb", "extension", "acme", "demo"], - "license": "GPL-2.0", + "license": "GPL-2.0-only", "authors": [ { "name": "Nickv", @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ The details of the meta data are explained below the sample, but for now let's h } ], "require": { - "php": ">=5.3.3", + "php": ">=5.4.0", "composer/installers": "~1.0" }, "require-dev": { @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ The details of the meta data are explained below the sample, but for now let's h "extra": { "display-name": "Acme Demo Extension", "soft-require": { - "phpbb/phpbb": "~3.1" + "phpbb/phpbb": "~3.2" } } } @@ -143,8 +143,8 @@ List the dependencies required by the extension, i.e. the PHP version and :header: "Field", "Content" :delim: | - ``php`` | "The minimum-stability version of PHP required by the extension. phpBB 3.1 requires PHP 5.3.3 or higher, - so the version comparison is ``>= 5.3.3``." + ``php`` | "The minimum-stability version of PHP required by the extension. phpBB 3.2 requires PHP 5.4.0 or higher, + so the version comparison is ``>= 5.4.0``." ``composer/installers`` | "Recommended by phpBB. This will install extensions to the correct location in phpBB when installed via Composer." require-dev @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ two special entries in this array for extensions: ``display-name`` | "The name of your extension, e.g. Acme Demo Extension." ``soft-require`` | "The minimum-stability version of phpBB required by the extension. In this case we require - any 3.1 version, which is done by prefixing it with a ``~``: ``""phpbb/phpbb"": ""~3.1""``." + any 3.1 version, which is done by prefixing it with a ``~``: ``""phpbb/phpbb"": ""~3.2""``." .. seealso:: diff --git a/development/extensions/tutorial_bbcodes.rst b/development/extensions/tutorial_bbcodes.rst new file mode 100644 index 00000000..95329725 --- /dev/null +++ b/development/extensions/tutorial_bbcodes.rst @@ -0,0 +1,357 @@ +============================== +Tutorial: Working With BBCodes +============================== + +Introduction +============ + +phpBB 3.2 introduced an all new BBCode engine powered by the s9e/TextFormatter +library. This tutorial explains several ways extensions can tap into the new +BBCode engine to manipulate and create more powerful BBCodes. + +This tutorial explains: + +* `Toggle BBCodes On / Off`_ +* `Executing PHP Code With BBCodes`_ +* `Template Parameters`_ +* `Registering Custom Variables`_ +* `Enable Text Formatter Plugins`_ + +Toggle BBCodes On / Off +======================= + +BBCodes and other tags can be toggled before or after parsing using any of the following events: + +.. csv-table:: + :header: "Event", "Description" + :delim: | + + ``core.text_formatter_s9e_parser_setup`` | Triggers once, when the text Parser service is first created. + ``core.text_formatter_s9e_parse_before`` | Triggers every time text is parsed, before parsing begins. + ``core.text_formatter_s9e_parse_after`` | Triggers every time text is parsed, **after** parsing has completed. This can be used to restore values to their original state, for example. + +Most common operations are available through the Parser service using the ``phpbb\textformatter\parser_interface`` API. +This includes the functions: + +.. csv-table:: + :header: "Function", "Description" + :delim: | + + ``disable_bbcode($name)`` | Disable a BBCode + ``disable_bbcodes()`` | Disable BBCodes in general + ``disable_censor()`` | Disable the censor + ``disable_magic_url()`` | Disable magic URLs + ``disable_smilies()`` | Disable smilies + ``enable_bbcode($name)`` | Enable a specific BBCode + ``enable_bbcodes()`` | Enable BBCodes in general + ``enable_censor()`` | Enable the censor + ``enable_magic_url()`` | Enable magic URLs + ``enable_smilies()`` | Enable smilies + +For more advanced functions, the instance of ``s9e\TextFormatter\Parser`` can be retrieved via ``get_parser()`` to access its API. + +The following sample code shows how BBCodes can be toggled and manipulated using a PHP event listener: + +.. code-block:: php + + class listener implements EventSubscriberInterface + { + public static function getSubscribedEvents() + { + return [ + 'core.text_formatter_s9e_parse_before' => 'toggle_bbcodes', + ]; + } + + public function toggle_bbcodes($event) + { + // Get the parser service: \phpbb\textformatter\parser_interface + $service = $event['parser']; + + // Disable the [color] BBCode through the parser service + $service->disable_bbcode('color'); + + // Set the [url] BBCode to only parse the first occurrence. + // Note this requires an instance of \s9e\TextFormatter\Parser + $service->get_parser()->setTagLimit('URL', 1); + } + } + +.. seealso:: + + - `phpBB API Documentation `_ + - `Runtime configuration - s9e\\TextFormatter `_ + + +Executing PHP Code With BBCodes +=============================== + +Extensions can configure BBCodes to execute PHP functions. This makes it possible to create BBCodes that do a lot +more than just generically format text. + +In the following simple example, we re-configure the ``QUOTE`` tag (which handles the ``[quote]`` BBCode) to run a PHP +method to read and change its attributes during parsing based on who is being quoted in the BBCode. + +.. code-block:: php + + class listener implements EventSubscriberInterface + { + public static function getSubscribedEvents() + { + return [ + 'core.text_formatter_s9e_configure_after' => 'configure_quotes' + ]; + } + + public function configure_quotes($event) + { + // Add self::filter_quote() to filter the QUOTE tag that handles quotes + $event['configurator']->tags['QUOTE']->filterChain + ->append([__CLASS__, 'filter_quote']); + } + + static public function filter_quote(\s9e\TextFormatter\Parser\Tag $tag) + { + if (!$tag->hasAttribute('author')) + { + // If the author is empty, we attribute the quote to Mark Twain + $tag->setAttribute('author', 'Mark Twain'); + } + elseif (stripos($tag->getAttribute('author'), 'Gary Oak') !== false) + { + // If the author is Gary Oak we invalidate the tag to disallow it + $tag->invalidate(); + + // Return FALSE for backward compatibility + return false; + } + + // We return TRUE for backward compatibility, to indicate that the tag is allowed + return true; + } + } + +.. seealso:: + + - `Attribute filters - s9e\\TextFormatter `_ + - `Tag filters - s9e\\TextFormatter `_ + - `Callback signatures - s9e\\TextFormatter `_ + + +Template Parameters +=================== + +Some of phpBB's template variables can be used in BBCodes to produce dynamic output. For example, to create a BBCode +that will only show its content to registered users. + +Default phpBB template parameters: + +.. csv-table:: + :header: "Variable", "Description" + :delim: | + + ``S_IS_BOT`` | Whether the current user is a bot. + ``S_REGISTERED_USER`` | Whether the current user is registered. + ``S_USER_LOGGED_IN`` | Whether the current user is logged in. + ``S_VIEWCENSORS`` | Whether the current user's preferences are set to hide censored words. + ``S_VIEWFLASH`` | Whether the current user's preferences are set to display Flash objects. + ``S_VIEWIMG`` | Whether the current user's preferences are set to display images. + ``S_VIEWSMILIES`` | Whether the current user's preferences are set to display smilies. + ``STYLE_ID`` | ID of the current style. + ``T_SMILIES_PATH`` | Path to the smilies directory. + +In the following example, we will use the Configurator to create a custom BBCode dynamically that only registered +users can see the contents of: + +:: + + [noguests]{TEXT}[/noguests] + +.. code-block:: php + + class listener implements EventSubscriberInterface + { + public static function getSubscribedEvents() + { + return [ + 'core.text_formatter_s9e_configure_after' => 'configure_noguests', + ]; + } + + public function configure_noguests($event) + { + // Get the BBCode configurator + $configurator = $event['configurator']; + + // Let's unset any existing BBCode that might already exist + unset($configurator->BBCodes['noguests']); + unset($configurator->tags['noguests']); + + // Let's create the new BBCode + $configurator->BBCodes->addCustom( + '[noguests]{TEXT}[/noguests]', + ' + +
    {TEXT}
    +
    + +
    Only registered users can read this content
    +
    +
    ' + ); + } + } + +.. note:: + + Notice in the code above, a test is used to check the value of the template variable ``S_USER_LOGGED_IN`` + and the appropriate BBCode HTML output is generated. + +Template parameters can also be set using any of the following events: + +.. csv-table:: + :header: "Event", "Description" + :delim: | + + ``core.text_formatter_s9e_renderer_setup`` | Triggers once, when the renderer service is created. + ``core.text_formatter_s9e_render_before`` | Triggers every time a text is rendered, before the HTML is produced. + ``core.text_formatter_s9e_render_after`` | Triggers every time a text is rendered, *after* the HTML is produced. It can be used to restore values to their original state. + +In the following simple example, we set a template parameter to generate a random number in every text. +The number changes every time a new text is rendered. Although this serves no practical application, it +does illustrate how this can be used in conjunction with the events and techniques above to pragmatically create +your own template parameters, in addition to the default one's already available in phpBB. + +.. code-block:: php + + class listener implements EventSubscriberInterface + { + public static function getSubscribedEvents() + { + return [ + 'core.text_formatter_s9e_render_before' => 'set_random' + ]; + } + + public function set_random($event) + { + $event['renderer']->get_renderer()->setParameter('RANDOM', mt_rand()); + } + } + + +.. seealso:: + + - `Template parameters - s9e\\TextFormatter `_ + - `Use template parameters - s9e\\TextFormatter `_ + + +Registering Custom Variables +============================ + +It is possible to register custom variables to be used during parsing. For instance, phpBB uses +``max_font_size`` to limit the values used in the ``[font]`` tag dynamically. Callbacks used during parsing +must be static and serializable as the parser itself is cached in a serialized form. However, custom variables +are set at parsing time and are not limited to scalar types. For instance, they can be used to access the +current user object during parsing. + +In the following example, we add an attribute filter to modify URLs used in ``[url]`` BBCodes and links. In +addition to the attribute's value (the URL) we request that the custom variable ``my.id`` be passed as the +second parameter. It's a good idea to namespace the variable names to avoid collisions with other extensions +or phpBB itself. + +The ``core.text_formatter_s9e_parser_setup`` event uses ``$event['parser']->set_var()`` to set a value for +``my.id`` variable once per initialization. The ``core.text_formatter_s9e_parse_before`` event could be used to +set the value before each parsing. + +.. code-block:: php + + class listener implements EventSubscriberInterface + { + public static function getSubscribedEvents() + { + return [ + 'core.text_formatter_s9e_configure_after' => 'configure_links', + 'core.text_formatter_s9e_parser_setup' => 'set_random_id' + ]; + } + + static public function add_link_id($url, $my_id) + { + return $url . '#' . $my_id; + } + + public function configure_links($event) + { + // Add self::add_link_id() to filter the attribute value of [url] BBCodes and links + $event['configurator']->tags['url']->attributes['url']->filterChain + ->append([__CLASS__, 'add_link_id']) + ->resetParameters() + ->addParameterByName('attrValue') + ->addParameterByName('my.id'); + } + + public function set_random_id($event) + { + // We set my.id to a random number in this example + $event['parser']->set_var('my.id', mt_rand(111, 999)); + } + } + +.. seealso:: + + - `phpBB API Documentation `_ + - `Callback signature - s9e\\TextFormatter `_ + - `Attribute filters - s9e\\TextFormatter `_ + - `Tag filters - s9e\\TextFormatter `_ + +Enable Text Formatter Plugins +============================= + +The Text Formatter library has a collection of plugins that can be enabled through an extension, +such as MediaEmbed, Pipe Tables, etc. + +Plugins can be toggled via the ``configurator`` var available through the ``core.text_formatter_s9e_configure_before`` +and ``core.text_formatter_s9e_configure_after`` events which respectively trigger before and after the default +settings are configured. + +.. code-block:: php + + class listener implements EventSubscriberInterface + { + public static function getSubscribedEvents() + { + return [ + 'core.text_formatter_s9e_configure_after' => 'configure' + ]; + } + + public function configure($event) + { + $configurator = $event['configurator']; + + // Disable the Autolink plugin + unset($configurator->Autolink); + + // Enable the PipeTables plugin + $configurator->PipeTables; + + // Do something if the MediaEmbed plugin is enabled + $is_enabled = isset($configurator->MediaEmbed); + if ($is_enabled) + { + // ... + } + + // Get the names of all loaded plugins + $names = []; + foreach ($configurator->plugins as $plugin_name => $plugin_configurator) + { + $names[] = $plugin_name; + } + } + } + +.. seealso:: + + `s9e\\TextFormatter `_ diff --git a/development/extensions/tutorial_controllers.rst b/development/extensions/tutorial_controllers.rst index d88f0e1e..cbce5228 100644 --- a/development/extensions/tutorial_controllers.rst +++ b/development/extensions/tutorial_controllers.rst @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ Tutorial: Controllers and Routes Introduction ============ -phpBB 3.1 introduced Symfony's `HttpKernel `__, +phpBB 3.1 introduced Symfony's `HttpKernel `__, `Controller `__ and -`Routing `__ systems which +`Routing `__ systems which allow extensions to handle custom "front-facing" pages that users are able to view and interact with. @@ -44,10 +44,10 @@ Every controller should contain at least two methods: config = $config; $this->helper = $helper; + $this->language = $language; $this->template = $template; - $this->user = $user; } /** @@ -89,13 +89,13 @@ Every controller should contain at least two methods: { if ($name === 'bertie') { - throw new \phpbb\exception\http_exception(403, 'NO_AUTH_SPEAKING', array($name)); + throw new \phpbb\exception\http_exception(403, 'NO_AUTH_SPEAKING', [$name]); } $l_message = !$this->config['acme_demo_goodbye'] ? 'DEMO_HELLO' : 'DEMO_GOODBYE'; - $this->template->assign_var('DEMO_MESSAGE', $this->user->lang($l_message, $name)); + $this->template->assign_var('DEMO_MESSAGE', $this->language->lang($l_message, $name)); - return $this->helper->render('demo_body.html', $name); + return $this->helper->render('@acme_demo/demo_body.html', $name); } } @@ -118,8 +118,8 @@ The complete ``services.yml`` file should look like: arguments: - '@config' - '@controller.helper' + - '@language' - '@template' - - '@user' acme.demo.listener: class: acme\demo\event\main_listener tags: @@ -154,6 +154,31 @@ title, and the status code as its arguments. The page title defaults to an empty string and the status code defaults to 200. We are using the `Controller template`_ ``demo_body.html``. +.. tip:: + + When calling a template file from PHP using ``phpbb\controller\helper:render()`` + template files are searched for in two places (and in this order): + + 1. phpBB/styles/*style_name*/template/ + 2. phpBB/ext/*all_active_extensions*/styles/*style_name*/template/ + + The following code will load a template that could be located in any of the + above locations, i.e., in any phpBB style or active extension: + + .. code-block:: php + + $this->helper->render('demo_body.html', $name); + + If you only need to load a template file from within your own extension, + we recommend using the ``@vendor_extension/`` prefix: + + .. code-block:: php + + $this->helper->render('@acme_demo/demo_body.html', $name); + + It is also recommended to always use unique names for your templates to avoid possible + conflicts with phpBB's templates or other extensions. + .. note:: The ``phpbb\controller\helper:render()`` method returns a Symfony @@ -188,11 +213,11 @@ with the following content including the phpBB header and footer: .. code-block:: html - + {% include 'overall_header.html' %} -

    {DEMO_MESSAGE}

    +

    {{ DEMO_MESSAGE }}

    - + {% include 'overall_footer.html' %} .. note:: @@ -305,10 +330,10 @@ generated. We must update the ``getSubscribedEvents()`` method in the static public function getSubscribedEvents() { - return array( + return [ 'core.user_setup' => 'load_language_on_setup', 'core.page_header' => 'add_page_header_link', - ); + ]; } Next we will add a new method to the event listener which creates our link @@ -323,9 +348,9 @@ and assigns it to our template variable: */ public function add_page_header_link($event) { - $this->template->assign_vars(array( - 'U_DEMO_PAGE' => $this->helper->route('acme_demo_route', array('name' => 'world')), - )); + $this->template->assign_vars([ + 'U_DEMO_PAGE' => $this->helper->route('acme_demo_route', ['name' => 'world']), + ]); } In this new method we use the Controller Helper object's ``route()`` @@ -381,10 +406,10 @@ event listener should look like: */ static public function getSubscribedEvents() { - return array( + return [ 'core.user_setup' => 'load_language_on_setup', 'core.page_header' => 'add_page_header_link', - ); + ]; } /** @@ -396,10 +421,10 @@ event listener should look like: public function load_language_on_setup($event) { $lang_set_ext = $event['lang_set_ext']; - $lang_set_ext[] = array( + $lang_set_ext[] = [ 'ext_name' => 'acme/demo', 'lang_set' => 'demo', - ); + ]; $event['lang_set_ext'] = $lang_set_ext; } @@ -410,9 +435,9 @@ event listener should look like: */ public function add_page_header_link($event) { - $this->template->assign_vars(array( - 'U_DEMO_PAGE' => $this->helper->route('acme_demo_route', array('name' => 'world')), - )); + $this->template->assign_vars([ + 'U_DEMO_PAGE' => $this->helper->route('acme_demo_route', ['name' => 'world']), + ]); } } diff --git a/development/extensions/tutorial_events.rst b/development/extensions/tutorial_events.rst index ac392b8f..9ea6a471 100644 --- a/development/extensions/tutorial_events.rst +++ b/development/extensions/tutorial_events.rst @@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ multiple useful injection points. A typical template event looks like: :: - + {% EVENT event_name_and_position %} .. seealso:: - View the full list of `Template events `_ in our Wiki. + View the full list of `Template events `_. Listening for an event ---------------------- @@ -66,8 +66,8 @@ simple list element, with a link and a description: .. code-block:: html
  • - - {L_DEMO_PAGE} + + {{ lang('DEMO_PAGE') }}
  • @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Listeners .. seealso:: - View the full list of supported `PHP events `_ in our Wiki. + View the full list of supported `PHP events `_. The event listener ------------------ @@ -158,9 +158,9 @@ we will subscribe a listener function to phpBB's ``core.user_setup`` event: */ static public function getSubscribedEvents() { - return array( + return [ 'core.user_setup' => 'load_language_on_setup', - ); + ]; } /** @@ -172,10 +172,10 @@ we will subscribe a listener function to phpBB's ``core.user_setup`` event: public function load_language_on_setup($event) { $lang_set_ext = $event['lang_set_ext']; - $lang_set_ext[] = array( + $lang_set_ext[] = [ 'ext_name' => 'acme/demo', 'lang_set' => 'demo', - ); + ]; $event['lang_set_ext'] = $lang_set_ext; } } @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ that when this event occurs, our function will execute. .. code-block:: php - 'core.user_setup' => array(array('foo_method'), array('bar_method')) + 'core.user_setup' => [['foo_method'], ['bar_method']] The ``load_language_on_setup()`` listener method simply adds our language file to phpBB's language data array. Generally speaking, a listener @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ the link in the navigation bar should now display ``Demo`` instead of phpBB’s core PHP and template files have been prepared with dozens of event locations. However, if there are no events where your extension may need one, the phpBB development team welcomes event requests at the - `area51.com Event Requests `_ forum. + `area51.com Event Requests `_ forum. Prioritising event listeners (optional) --------------------------------------- @@ -273,9 +273,9 @@ setting a priority for event listener methods. For example: static public function getSubscribedEvents() { - return array( - 'core.user_setup' => array('foo_method', $priority) - ); + return [ + 'core.user_setup' => ['foo_method', $priority] + ]; } In this example, ``$priority`` is an integer, the value of which defaults to 0. diff --git a/development/extensions/tutorial_key_concepts.rst b/development/extensions/tutorial_key_concepts.rst index fda8aca6..15883073 100644 --- a/development/extensions/tutorial_key_concepts.rst +++ b/development/extensions/tutorial_key_concepts.rst @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ This tutorial explains: * `Language files`_ * `Javascript and CSS files`_ +.. _dependency-injection: Dependency injection ==================== @@ -74,8 +75,7 @@ controllers and event listeners. The exceptions to this are any ACP/MCP/UCP file .. seealso:: - * `Dependency Injection Container Wiki `_ - * `Symfony: The DependencyInjection Component `_ + * `Symfony: The DependencyInjection Component `_ PHP files @@ -196,8 +196,8 @@ An example directory structure for an extension with universal (all) files and t .. seealso:: - * `Twig Template Syntax `_ at Sensio Labs. - * `phpBB Template Syntax `_ Wiki page. + * `Twig Template Syntax `_ at Symfony. + * :ref:`Tutorial: Template Syntax `. * The phpBB Customisation Database `Template Validation Policy `_. Language files @@ -220,10 +220,10 @@ The Acme Demo extension's language file looks like: if (empty($lang) || !is_array($lang)) { - $lang = array(); + $lang = []; } - $lang = array_merge($lang, array( + $lang = array_merge($lang, [ 'DEMO_PAGE' => 'Demo', 'DEMO_HELLO' => 'Hello %s!', 'DEMO_GOODBYE' => 'Goodbye %s!', @@ -231,21 +231,27 @@ The Acme Demo extension's language file looks like: 'ACP_DEMO' => 'Settings', 'ACP_DEMO_GOODBYE' => 'Should say goodbye?', 'ACP_DEMO_SETTING_SAVED' => 'Settings have been saved successfully!', - )); + ]); Loading language files in an extension is simple enough using the -``add_lang_ext()`` method of the ``$user`` object. It takes two arguments, the first being the vendor/package -and the second being the name of the language file (or an array of language file names). +``add_lang()`` method of the ``$language`` object. It takes two arguments, the first being the name of the language file (or an array of language file names) +and the second being the extension vendor/package. + +.. note:: + + The Language object was introduced in 3.2 to provide a dedicated class of language methods, + extracted from the User object. The previous method of using ``add_lang_ext()`` + from the User object has been deprecated in 3.2, and will eventually be removed in the future. .. code-block:: php // Load a single language file from acme/demo/language/en/common.php - $user->add_lang_ext(‘acme/demo’, ‘common’); + $language->add_lang(‘common’, ‘acme/demo’); // Load multiple language files from // acme/demo/language/en/common.php // acme/demo/language/en/controller.php - $user->add_lang_ext(‘acme/demo’, array(‘common’, ‘controller’)); + $language->add_lang([‘common’, ‘controller’], ‘acme/demo’); For performance reasons, it is preferred to use the above method to load language files at any point in your extension’s code execution where the language keys are needed. However, if it is absolutely necessary to load an extension's @@ -262,15 +268,15 @@ Javascript and CSS files Javascript and CSS files can be stored anywhere inside your extension. However, the most common locations are within your style folders. Adding these scripts to your extension's templates can be conveniently handled using -phpBB's ```` and ```` template syntax. +phpBB's ``{% INCLUDECSS %}`` and ``{% INCLUDEJS %}`` template syntax. The format for these INCLUDE tags takes the following form: -.. code-block:: html +.. code-block:: twig - + {% INCLUDECSS '@vendor_extname/scriptname.css' %} - + {% INCLUDEJS '@vendor_extname/scriptname.js' %} The INCLUDECSS tag will look in the extension's style **theme** folder for the named file, based on the current style of the user, or the all style folder if one exists. The INCLUDECSS tag will automatically generate a ```` @@ -282,31 +288,30 @@ for the supplied JS file in the footer of the HTML document. .. note:: - The INCLUDECSS tag will only work inside the ``overall_header_head_append`` template event. However, the INCLUDEJS - tag can be used in any template event or custom template file. + The INCLUDECSS and INCLUDEJS tags can be used in any template event or custom template file. When including JavaScript/CSS libraries and frameworks such as jQuery-UI or Font Awesome, the potential for resource overlap between extensions can be mitigated using a simple work-around endorsed by the phpBB -Extensions Team. Using the the ```` tag you should test if the script your extension wants to include +Extensions Team. Using the the ``{% DEFINE %}`` tag you should test if the script your extension wants to include is already defined, and if not, then include your script and define the script. For example: -.. code-block:: html +.. code-block:: twig - - - - + {% if not definition.INCLUDED_JQUERYUIJS %} + {% INCLUDEJS '@vendor_extname/jquery-ui.js' %} + {% DEFINE INCLUDED_JQUERYUIJS = true %} + {% endif %} Some example template variable definitions to use with common libraries (the common practice should be to name the variable definition after the library filename, e.g. highslide.js becomes HIGHSLIDEJS): -* HighSlide JS: ``$INCLUDED_HIGHSLIDEJS`` -* Font Awesome CSS: ``$INCLUDED_FONTAWESOMECSS`` -* ColorBox JS: ``$INCLUDED_COLORBOXJS`` -* ColPick JS: ``$INCLUDED_COLPICKJS`` -* MoTools JS: ``$INCLUDED_MOTOOLSJS`` -* Dojo JS: ``$INCLUDED_DOJOJS`` -* Angular JS: ``$INCLUDED_ANGULARJS`` +* HighSlide JS: ``INCLUDED_HIGHSLIDEJS`` +* Font Awesome CSS: ``INCLUDED_FONTAWESOMECSS`` +* ColorBox JS: ``INCLUDED_COLORBOXJS`` +* ColPick JS: ``INCLUDED_COLPICKJS`` +* MoTools JS: ``INCLUDED_MOTOOLSJS`` +* Dojo JS: ``INCLUDED_DOJOJS`` +* Angular JS: ``INCLUDED_ANGULARJS`` .. seealso:: diff --git a/development/extensions/tutorial_migrations.rst b/development/extensions/tutorial_migrations.rst index 0912b18f..f06bf697 100644 --- a/development/extensions/tutorial_migrations.rst +++ b/development/extensions/tutorial_migrations.rst @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Database changes ---------------- Schema changes -++++++++++++++ +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ The ``update_schema()`` method is for facilitating schema changes, such as adding new tables, columns, keys and indexes. @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ We recommend putting schema changes in their own migration. Learn more: :doc:`../migrations/schema_changes`. Data changes -++++++++++++ +^^^^^^^^^^^^ The ``update_data()`` method is for inserting, updating and dropping field data. @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ Migration dependencies ---------------------- depends_on() -++++++++++++ +^^^^^^^^^^^^ The ``depends_on()`` method is used to define a migration's dependencies. Dependencies tell the migrator what order migrations must be installed in. @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Dependencies tell the migrator what order migrations must be installed in. Learn more: :doc:`../migrations/dependencies`. effectively_installed() -+++++++++++++++++++++++ +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ The ``effectively_installed()`` method is used primarily to help transition from a previous database installer method (such as a MOD that used UMIL) diff --git a/development/extensions/tutorial_modules.rst b/development/extensions/tutorial_modules.rst index d453ccd8..725eb651 100644 --- a/development/extensions/tutorial_modules.rst +++ b/development/extensions/tutorial_modules.rst @@ -56,17 +56,17 @@ For this tutorial, we will use ``ext/acme/demo/acp/main_info.php``: { public function module() { - return array( + return [ 'filename' => '\acme\demo\acp\main_module', 'title' => 'ACP_DEMO_TITLE', - 'modes' => array( - 'settings' => array( + 'modes' => [ + 'settings' => [ 'title' => 'ACP_DEMO', 'auth' => 'ext_acme/demo && acl_a_board', - 'cat' => array('ACP_DEMO_TITLE'), - ), - ), - ); + 'cat' => ['ACP_DEMO_TITLE'], + ], + ], + ]; } } @@ -118,10 +118,10 @@ For this tutorial, we will use ``ext/acme/demo/acp/main_module.php``: public function main($id, $mode) { - global $user, $template, $request, $config; + global $language, $template, $request, $config; $this->tpl_name = 'acp_demo_body'; - $this->page_title = $user->lang('ACP_DEMO_TITLE'); + $this->page_title = $language->lang('ACP_DEMO_TITLE'); add_form_key('acme_demo_settings'); @@ -133,13 +133,13 @@ For this tutorial, we will use ``ext/acme/demo/acp/main_module.php``: } $config->set('acme_demo_goodbye', $request->variable('acme_demo_goodbye', 0)); - trigger_error($user->lang('ACP_DEMO_SETTING_SAVED') . adm_back_link($this->u_action)); + trigger_error($language->lang('ACP_DEMO_SETTING_SAVED') . adm_back_link($this->u_action)); } - $template->assign_vars(array( + $template->assign_vars([ 'ACME_DEMO_GOODBYE' => $config['acme_demo_goodbye'], 'U_ACTION' => $this->u_action, - )); + ]); } } @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ submitted value and display a success message to the user: .. code-block:: php $config->set('acme_demo_goodbye', $request->variable('acme_demo_goodbye', 0)); - trigger_error($user->lang('ACP_DEMO_SETTING_SAVED') . adm_back_link($this->u_action)); + trigger_error($language->lang('ACP_DEMO_SETTING_SAVED') . adm_back_link($this->u_action)); At the end of the method we assign two template variables. The first contains the current value of the config value. @@ -198,38 +198,38 @@ We will use ``ext/acme/demo/adm/style/acp_demo_body.html``. Therefore, ACP template files must be stored in ``./adm/style/`` while MCP and UCP template files are stored in ``./styles/prosilver/template/``. -.. code-block:: html +.. code-block:: - + {% INCLUDE 'overall_header.html' %} -

    {L_SETTINGS}

    +

    {{ lang('SETTINGS') }}

    -
    +
    -
    -
    checked="checked" /> {L_YES}   - checked="checked" /> {L_NO}
    +
    +
    {{ lang('YES') }}   + {{ lang('NO') }}

    -   - +   +

    - {S_FORM_TOKEN} + {{ S_FORM_TOKEN }}
    - + {% INCLUDE 'overall_footer.html' %} This template renders out a form with a single option for toggling the *acme_demo_goodbye* setting via two radio buttons, and two input buttons -to submit or reset the form. Note that the ``{S_FORM_TOKEN}`` template +to submit or reset the form. Note that the ``{{ S_FORM_TOKEN }}`` template variable is required as part of the `form key`_ security check. Module language keys -++++++++++++++++++++ +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ Between our module class and template files, we have added some new language keys. We can add them to our language array in ``acme/demo/language/en/demo.php``: @@ -285,33 +285,33 @@ For the Acme Demo, we need a migration that will install the following data: */ static public function depends_on() { - return array('\phpbb\db\migration\data\v31x\v314'); + return ['\phpbb\db\migration\data\v31x\v314']; } public function update_data() { - return array( + return [ // Add the config variable we want to be able to set - array('config.add', array('acme_demo_goodbye', 0)), + ['config.add', ['acme_demo_goodbye', 0]], // Add a parent module (ACP_DEMO_TITLE) to the Extensions tab (ACP_CAT_DOT_MODS) - array('module.add', array( + ['module.add', [ 'acp', 'ACP_CAT_DOT_MODS', 'ACP_DEMO_TITLE' - )), + ]], // Add our main_module to the parent module (ACP_DEMO_TITLE) - array('module.add', array( + ['module.add', [ 'acp', 'ACP_DEMO_TITLE', - array( + [ 'module_basename' => '\acme\demo\acp\main_module', - 'modes' => array('settings'), - ), - )), - ); + 'modes' => ['settings'], + ], + ]], + ]; } } diff --git a/development/extensions/tutorial_notifications.rst b/development/extensions/tutorial_notifications.rst new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fdb4928f --- /dev/null +++ b/development/extensions/tutorial_notifications.rst @@ -0,0 +1,1193 @@ +======================= +Tutorial: Notifications +======================= + +.. contents:: This tutorial explains: + :depth: 1 + :local: + +Introduction +============ +The notification system was introduced with the release of phpBB :guilabel:`3.1`. +Since then it has seen further developments and enhancements for users and extension developers. +In :guilabel:`3.2` the notification system was heavily refactored making it faster and more efficient. + +phpBB users have complete control over their personal notification interactions. +They can set their own preferences for notification methods or disable them all together. +Mark notifications as read when necessary, even though in a lot of cases this is done automatically. + +In phpBB there are two default notification methods: email-based and board-based notifications. +The email method is only available when the ''board-wide emails'' setting has been enabled by the board administrator in the ACP. +Extensions, however, can create and add their own notification methods. + +This tutorial will document how and extension can leverage the notification system by creating a notification +based on some sort of triggering event (such as replying to a post), +sending the notification via either the board, email or some other custom methods, and managing its +notifications. + +File Structure +-------------- +This is an overview of the file structure needed for a notification to function within an extension. +In total there are 7 files that will be covered in this tutorial, to create and send notifications. +These files will be referenced throughout this tutorial. + + +| |fa-user| vendor +| └─ |fa-ext| extension +| |nbsp| ├─ |fa-folder| config +| |nbsp| │ |nbsp| └─ |fa-file| services.yml +| |nbsp| ├─ |fa-folder| event +| |nbsp| │ |nbsp| └─ |fa-file| listener.php +| |nbsp| ├─ |fa-folder| language +| |nbsp| │ |nbsp| |nbsp| └─ |fa-folder| en +| |nbsp| │ |nbsp| |nbsp| |nbsp| |nbsp| |nbsp| |nbsp| └─ |fa-folder| email +| |nbsp| │ |nbsp| |nbsp| |nbsp| |nbsp| |nbsp| |nbsp| │ |nbsp| |nbsp| └─ |fa-folder| short +| |nbsp| │ |nbsp| |nbsp| |nbsp| |nbsp| |nbsp| |nbsp| │ |nbsp| |nbsp| │ |nbsp| |nbsp| └─ |fa-file| sample.txt +| |nbsp| │ |nbsp| |nbsp| |nbsp| |nbsp| |nbsp| |nbsp| │ |nbsp| |nbsp| └─ |fa-file| sample.txt +| |nbsp| │ |nbsp| |nbsp| |nbsp| |nbsp| |nbsp| |nbsp| └─ |fa-file| extension_common.php +| |nbsp| ├─ |fa-folder| notification +| |nbsp| │ |nbsp| |nbsp| └─ |fa-folder| type +| |nbsp| │ |nbsp| |nbsp| |nbsp| |nbsp| |nbsp| |nbsp| └─ |fa-file| sample.php +| |nbsp| └─ |fa-file| ext.php +| + +Creating a Notification Type +============================ +The first thing is to determine a name for the type of notification we will create. +For the purposes of this tutorial we will name it ''sample''. All extensions should always +use their vendor and name as prefixes, so the notification type name we'll be using is: ``vendor.extension.notification.type.sample``. + +Registering as a Symfony Service +-------------------------------- +Now our notification type must be registered as a Symfony service in our extension's :class:`services.yml`. +As with any service declaration, it will need a service identifier and the class argument (we will discuss what +goes into our :class:`sample` class a little later). +However, notification types also require three additional parameters: ``parent``, ``shared`` and ``tags`` parameters. + +The ``parent`` parameter will declare the parent service of our notification. In other words, our notification will be a child class +and it will inherit from a core phpBB notification service, in this case phpBB's base notification class/service. + +The ``shared`` parameter should be set to ``flase`` which will make sure that each time this notification type is requested, a new instance is created. +This will prevent any data from one notification instance being inadvertently mixed up with another. + +Finally ``tags`` is used to tag our service as a notification type. This is how phpBB will know this is part of its notification system. + +.. code-block:: yaml + :caption: :class:`vendor/extension/config/services.yml` + + services: + vendor.extension.notification.type.sample: + class: vendor\extension\notification\type\sample + parent: notification.type.base + shared: false + tags: [{ name: notification.type }] + +However, for the purposes of this tutorial, we are going to need two additional services in our notification type. +We will be using the Controller helper object (:class:`\\phpbb\\controller\\helper`) to create a route (see get_url_) +and the User loader object (:class:`\\phpbb\\user_loader`) to display a user's details (see get_title_ and get_avatar_). +But because we are defining a ``parent``, we can not also use the ``arguments`` parameter. +We either have to define all ``arguments``, including the ones from the parent, +or we can use the ``calls`` parameter to call functions when our notification is instantiated that will load these additional +object functions, as shown below. +You can read more about this in `Additional services`_. + +The first argument in the call is the name of the ``set_`` function we are going to call and create in our :class:`sample` class. +The second argument is an array with service definitions that our ``set_`` functions will be adding to our :class:`sample` class. + +.. code-block:: yaml + :caption: :class:`vendor/extension/config/services.yml` + :name: services file + + services: + vendor.extension.notification.type.sample: + class: vendor\extension\notification\type\sample + parent: notification.type.base + shared: false + tags: [{ name: notification.type }] + calls: + - ['set_helper', ['@controller.helper']] + - ['set_user_loader', ['@user_loader']] + +Altering an Extension's State +----------------------------- +The next thing that we need to do, is a bit of house-keeping that is required for every extension that is +creating its own notifications, the enabling, disabling and purging of our notification type when our extension's state changes. +In other words, when an extension is enabled/disabled, the notification type must also enabled/disabled. +Or when the extension's data is deleted, the notification type's data is purged from the database as well. +If this is not done or set up correctly, it will throw uncaught exceptions, making the board inaccessible. + +In order to achieve this, three functions have to be added to the :class:`ext.php`. +Each function will retrieve the notification manager from the service container and perform their respective action. + +.. code-block:: php + :caption: :class:`vendor/extension/ext.php` + + container->get('notification_manager'); + + $notification_manager->enable_notifications('vendor.extension.notification.type.sample'); + return 'notification'; + } + + return parent::enable_step($old_state); + } + + /** + * Disable notifications for the extension. + * + * @param mixed $old_state State returned by previous call of this method + * @return mixed Returns false after last step, otherwise temporary state + * @access public + */ + public function disable_step($old_state) + { + if ($old_state === false) + { + /** @var \phpbb\notification\manager $notification_manager */ + $notification_manager = $this->container->get('notification_manager'); + + $notification_manager->disable_notifications('vendor.extension.notification.type.sample'); + + return 'notification'; + } + + return parent::disable_step($old_state); + } + + /** + * Purge notifications for the extension. + * + * @param mixed $old_state State returned by previous call of this method + * @return mixed Returns false after last step, otherwise temporary state + * @access public + */ + public function purge_step($old_state) + { + if ($old_state === false) + { + /** @var \phpbb\notification\manager $notification_manager */ + $notification_manager = $this->container->get('notification_manager'); + + $notification_manager->purge_notifications('vendor.extension.notification.type.sample'); + + return 'notification'; + } + + return parent::purge_step($old_state); + } + } + +Defining Language Strings +------------------------- +Next we can start defining some language strings that will be used by the notification. +This specific language file contains all possible language strings that can be used in a notification. +You can remove any strings that you will not need. + +.. tip:: + This language file will be included during a user's setup later on in this tutorial, meaning that they will be globally available. + However, there are a few strings that are only needed in the :abbr:`UCP (User Control Panel)`. + Ideally these strings should be defined in a separate file, namely :class:`info_ucp_extension.php`. + Using this naming convention (:class:`info_ucp_*.php`) will automatically include it only in the UCP. + But for the sake of this tutorial, they are all being defined in this one language file. + +.. code-block:: php + :caption: :class:`vendor/extension/language/en/extension_common.php` + :name: language file + + 'This is a sample reason', + 'VENDOR_EXTENSION_NOTIFICATION_TITLE' => 'Received a sample notification from %s', + + // These strings should ideally be defined in a info_ucp_*.php language file + 'VENDOR_EXTENSION_NOTIFICATIONS' => 'Sample notifications category', + 'VENDOR_EXTENSION_NOTIFICATION_SAMPLE' => 'Someone sends you a sample notification', + ]); + +Now lets create the sample Email template file, which is also located in the language directory. +The variables used in this file are defined in get_email_template_variables_. +The first line of the file should begin with ``Subject:``, followed by the actual email subject and an empty line. +It is possible to use variables in the subject line as well. + +.. code-block:: text + :caption: :class:`vendor/extension/language/en/email/sample.txt` + :name: email template + + Subject: New sample private message has arrived + + Hello {USERNAME}, + + You have received a new sample private message from "{AUTHOR}" to your account on "{SITENAME}" with the following subject: + {SUBJECT} + + You can view your new message by clicking on the following link: + {U_REGULAR} + + You have requested that you be notified on this event, remember that you can always choose not to be notified of new messages by changing the appropriate setting in your profile. + {U_NOTIFICATION_SETTINGS} + + {EMAIL_SIG} + +.. tip:: + + It is a good practise to always use the following layout: + + .. code-block:: text + + Subject: The email subject + + Hello {USERNAME}, + + The content for this email. + + {EMAIL_SIG} + +The Notification Type Class +--------------------------- +The following example shows what is needed as the bare minimum for a notification type class. +`All the functions `_ will be discussed later on. + +We have defined the :class:`base` notification type class as a ``parent`` when we were `Registering as a Symfony Service`_. +Therefore it is important that our notification type class extends the :class:`base` class. + +.. code-block:: php + :caption: :class:`/vendor/extension/notification/type/sample.php` + + helper = $helper; + } + + /** + * Set user loader. + * + * @param \phpbb\user_loader $user_loader User loader object + * @return void + */ + public function set_user_loader(\phpbb\user_loader $user_loader) + { + $this->user_loader = $user_loader; + } + +Required Class Functions +------------------------ + +The following functions must be implemented in every notification type class. + +get_type +-------- +This should return the service identifier as defined in `Registering as a Symfony Service`_. + +.. code-block:: php + + /** + * Get notification type name. + * + * @return string The notification name as defined in services.yml + */ + public function get_type() + { + return 'vendor.extension.notification.type.sample'; + } + +notification_option +------------------- +This variable array defines two language strings from our notification that will appear in the :abbr:`UCP (User Control Panel)`. +|br| The ``group`` is for the category under which the the notification type will show up. +|br| The ``lang`` is for the actual notification type. + +It is also possible to define an ``id`` in these options. +Usually this isn't needed for most extensions. +The ``id`` variable is used to concatenate multiple notification types into one. +So if you have multiple notification types that should show up as a single type in the user's preferences, +you can set the same ``id`` on all those types. + +If you do not wish to display this notification in the user's preferences, you can omit this variable +and also make sure to set the is_available_ function to return ``false``. + +.. code-block:: php + + /** + * Notification option data (for outputting to the user). + * + * @var bool|array False if the service should use it's default data + * Array of data (including keys 'id', 'lang', and 'group') + * @static + */ + static public $notification_option = [ + 'lang' => 'VENDOR_EXTENSION_NOTIFICATION_SAMPLE', + 'group' => 'VENDOR_EXTENSION_NOTIFICATIONS', + ]; + +is_available +------------ +This function determines if this notification type should show in the :abbr:`UCP (User Control Panel)`. +You can simply set it to ``true`` or check some configuration or authentication settings, +or anything else for that matter, as long as it always returns either a ``true`` or ``false`` boolean. +In the example below we will make displaying the notification in the UCP dependent +on whether private messages are enabled and the user is authorised to read them. + +If this function returns ``false``, the notification type will not appear in the UCP. +This simply means that a user can not change their preferences in regards to this notification type +and thus can not enable/disable it. Remember that if this function could return ``false``, make sure +the `notification_option`_ array is set. + +.. code-block:: php + + /** + * Is this type available to the current user. + * + * Defines whether or not it will be shown in the UCP "Edit notification options". + * + * @return bool Whether or not this is available to the user + */ + public function is_available() + { + return $this->config['allow_privmsg'] && $this->auth->acl_get('u_readpm'); + } + +get_item_id +----------- +This function should return the identifier for the item this notification belongs to. +Usually this refers to some sort of entity, like a forum, topic, post, etc... +If you do not have any specific item, you can have a look at the `Custom Item Identifier`_. + +Just to be clear, this identifier is not the actual notification identifier (``notification_id``). +However, it is used - in conjunction with the `parent identifier `_ - to create an index. +For example, when a notification with an item/parent id is sent to a user, +and that user still has not read a prior notification with the same item/parent id combination, +the new notification will not be sent. +This is to prevent spamming the user with notifications about the same item over and over. + +.. code-block:: php + + /** + * Get the id of the item. + * + * @param array $data The notification type specific data + * @return int Identifier of the notification + * @static + */ + public static function get_item_id($data) + { + return $data['message_id']; + } + +get_item_parent_id +------------------ +This function should return the identifier for the parent of the item this notification belongs to. +Usually this refers to some sort of parent entity for the `item identifier `_, like a forum, topic, post, etc... +For example, when the item is a topic, the parent is the forum. When the item is a post, the parent is the topic. +And so on, and so forth. +If there is no parent for the item, you can set this to return zero: ``return 0;``. + +.. code-block:: php + + /** + * Get the id of the parent. + * + * @param array $data The type notification specific data + * @return int Identifier of the parent + * @static + */ + public static function get_item_parent_id($data) + { + return 0; + } + +find_users_for_notification +--------------------------- +This function is responsible for finding the users that need to be notified. +It should return an array with the user identifiers as keys and the notification methods as values. +There are various helper functions that help you achieve the desired outcome. + +check_user_notification_options +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ +You can send an array of user identifiers to this function. +It will then check the available notification methods for each user. +If the notification type is available in the :abbr:`UCP (User Control Panel)`, it will check the user's preferences. +Otherwise it will use the default notification methods; the board method and the email method (if *board-wide emails* is enabled). +The array that is returned by this function can be used as a return value for find_users_for_notification_. + +get_authorised_recipients +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ +If your notification is for an event within a specific forum, you might want to check the users' authentication. +This can be done using this function, which will check all users' ``f_read`` permission for the provided ``forum_id``. +The array that is returned by this function is already put through check_user_notification_options_. + +.. code-block:: php + + /** + * Find the users who want to receive notifications. + * + * @param array $data The type specific data + * @param array $options Options for finding users for notification + * ignore_users => array of users and user types that should not receive notifications from this type + * because they've already been notified + * e.g.: array(2 => array(''), 3 => array('', 'email'), ...) + * @return array Array of user identifiers with their notification method(s) + */ + public function find_users_for_notification($data, $options = []) + { + return $this->check_user_notification_options([$data['user_id']], $options); + } + +.. note:: + + The ``forum_id`` variable below is not set in this tutorial, just shown as an example. + +.. code-block:: php + + public function find_users_for_notification($data, $options = []) + { + return $this->get_authorised_recipients([$data['user_id']], $data['forum_id'], $options); + } + +users_to_query +-------------- +This function should return an array of user identifiers for the users whose username need to be displayed, +or for users whose avatar will be shown next to the notification text. +Behind the scenes, the Notification manager object (:class:`\\phpbb\\notification\\manager`) will retrieve +all identifiers from all the notifications that need to be displayed. +It will then use a single SQL query to retrieve all the data for these users, +rather than each notification having to query a user's data separately. + +.. tip:: + + As a rule of thumb, all the user ids that will be used in the ``$user_loader`` should be returned here. + +.. code-block:: php + + /** + * Users needed to query before this notification can be displayed. + * + * @return array Array of user identifiers to query. + */ + public function users_to_query() + { + return [$this->get_data('sender_id')]; + } + +get_title +--------- +This should return the main text for the notification. +Usually the action that was taken that resulted in this notification. +Commonly the action is made bold and everything else is regular, as shown in the `language file`_. + +Note that our language string has a string placeholder ``%s`` which is why we also send the sender's username as the second argument. +The username can be easily retrieved by the ``$user_loader`` object. +All the data for this user has already been queried, as we provided the user identifier in the users_to_query_ function. +So no additional SQL queries will be run. + +.. code-block:: php + + /** + * Get the title of this notification. + * + * @return string The notification's title + */ + public function get_title() + { + return $this->language->lang( + 'VENDOR_EXTENSION_NOTIFICATION_SAMPLE_TITLE', + $this->user_loader->get_username($this->get_data('sender_id'), 'no_profile') + ); + } + +get_url +------- +This should return the URL the user is sent to when clicking on the notification. +This function is required in your notification type, even if there is no URL to send the user to, +in which case it should return an empty string: ``return '';``. + +There are usually two ways to create the required URL. +Either through ``append_sid()`` or using the *Controller helper object*. +The first one is commonly used when sending a user to a page within the phpBB core, such as viewforum, viewtopic or the ucp. +The second one is commonly used when sending a user to a page within an extension, which often use routes. + +.. code-block:: php + :caption: Returning a URL with the ``append_sid`` option + + /** + * Get the URL to this item. + * + * @return string The notification's URL + */ + public function get_url() + { + return append_sid("{$this->phpbb_root_path}ucp.{$this->php_ext}", [ + 'mode' => 'view', + 'i' => 'pm' + 'p' => $this->get_data('message_id'), + ]); + } + +.. note:: + + We have added the *Controller helper object* in the `Additional Services`_ section. + +.. code-block:: php + :caption: Returning a URL with the Controller helper object + + public function get_url() + { + return $this->helper->route('vendor_extension_route', [ + 'subject' => $this->get_data('message_subject'), + ]); + } + +get_email_template +------------------ +If you do not want to make use of the email notification method, this should return ``false`` +and users will not be able to select the email method in their notification preferences. + +However, if you do want to make use of the email notification method, you should return the email *template* file here. +It is not a template file like you may be used to, as it is not located in the :class:`styles/all/template` directory. +Rather, it is located in the language's :class:`email` directory, as shown in the `File Structure`. + +You can, or rather should, use the ``@vendor_extension/`` prefix to indicate your extension's path. +The *default* directory, as mentioned, is the :class:`email` directory and in our case, the filename is :class:`sample`. +So the file name should be appended to the prefix, so that will result in ``@vendor_extension/sample``. +If your email template is located in a subdirectory of the :class:`email` directory, +you will have to indicate that in the path, e.g.: ``@vendor_extension/subdirectory/sample``. + +.. code-block:: php + + /** + * Get email template. + * + * @return string|false This notification's template file or false if there is none + */ + public function get_email_template() + { + return '@vendor_extension/sample'; + } + +There is also a third notification method, Jabber, which uses the :class:`email/short` directory for its template files. +This notification method is closely tied to the email method, so it is important to also supply that template file, +even though the content might be identical to the email template. + +.. warning:: + + Make sure to have both :class:`language/en/email/sample.txt` and :class:`language/en/email/short/sample.txt` + in your extension's language directory to prevent errors. + +get_email_template_variables +---------------------------- +If you are not making use of the email notification method, this should return an empty ``array()``. +But if you are using the email method, then you should use this function to define the variables that are used in your `email template`_. +However, note that the phpBB core already defines some *default* variables for you: + +.. csv-table:: + :header: "Variable", "Description", "Defined in" + :delim: # + + ``USERNAME`` # The recipient's username # :class:`\\phpbb\\notification\\method\\messenger_base` ``notify_using_messenger()`` + ``U_NOTIFICATION_SETTINGS`` # The recipient's notification preferences URL # :class:`\\phpbb\\notification\\method\\messenger_base` ``notify_using_messenger()`` + ``EMAIL_SIG`` # The board's email signature # :class:`includes/functions_messenger.php` ``send()`` + ``SITENAME`` # The board's site name # :class:`includes/functions_messenger.php` ``send()`` + ``U_BOARD`` # The board's URL # :class:`includes/functions_messenger.php` ``send()`` + +When specifying additional template variables such as URLs, you must make sure they are absolute URLs. +They have to include the *full* URL: ``https://www.example.com/forum/ucp.php`` rather than just ``./ucp.php``. +The example below will show you how to achieve this for both regular URLs and URLs generated from Symfony routes. + +.. code-block:: php + + /** + * Get email template variables. + * + * @return array Array of variables that can be used in the email template + */ + public function get_email_template_variables() + { + return [ + 'AUTHOR' => htmlspecialchars_decode($this->user_loader->get_username($this->get_data('sender_id'), 'username')), + 'SUBJECT' => htmlspecialchars_decode(censor_text($this->get_data('message_subject')), + + // Absolute URL: regular + 'U_REGULAR' => generate_board_url() . '/ucp.' . $this->php_ext . '?i=pm&mode=view&p=' . $this->get_data('message_id'), + + // Absolute URL: route + 'U_ROUTE' => generate_board_url(http://github.com/false) . $this->helper->route('vendor_extension_route'), + ]; + } + +Optional Class Functions +------------------------ + +The following functions are optional and can be omitted if your notification does not need to use them. + +get_avatar +---------- +The user identifiers returned by the users_to_query_ function are added to the User loader object. +Unfortunately, that object is not available by default in the `Base Services`_. +This was why we added it in the `Additional Services`_ section. + +So we use the convenient function, applicably named, ``get_avatar()`` that is available from the User loader. +And we supply three parameters. The first being the user identifier from whom we want to show the avatar. +The second is a boolean, indicating that the user does not have to be queried from the database, as that is already done. +And the third is also a boolean, indicating that the avatar image should be lazy loaded in the HTML. +As the notification GUI is a dropdown and not visible immediately, lazy loading is more beneficial for a page's load time. + +If you do not wish to display an avatar next to the notification text, you can omit this function all together. + +.. code-block:: php + + /** + * Get the user's avatar. + * + * @return string The HTML formatted avatar + */ + public function get_avatar() + { + return $this->user_loader->get_avatar($this->get_data('sender_id'), false, true); + } + +get_forum +--------- +If you want to provide the name of the forum that triggered this notification, +that is possible through this function. For example, when a new topic is posted in a forum. +This function can be omitted if no forum name is required or available. +It will be prefixed by the *Forum:* string: + + *Forum:* The forum name + +.. note:: + + The ``forum_name`` variable below is not set in this tutorial, just shown as an example. + +.. code-block:: php + + /** + * Get the forum name for this notification. + * + * @return string The notification's forum name + */ + public function get_forum() + { + return $this->language->lang( + 'NOTIFICATION_FORUM', + $this->get_data('forum_name') + ); + } + +get_reason +---------- +If you want to provide a literal reason for this notification, that is possible through this function. +For example, the reason provided when creating or closing a report, or for editing or deleting a post. +This function can be omitted if no reason is required. +It will be prefixed by the *Reason:* string: + + *Reason:* This is a sample reason + +.. code-block:: php + + /** + * Get the reason for this notification. + * + * @return string The notification's reason + */ + public function get_reason() + { + return $this->language->lang( + 'NOTIFICATION_REASON', + $this->language->lang('VENDOR_EXTENSION_NOTIFICATION_SAMPLE_REASON')) + ); + } + +get_reference +------------- +If you want to provide an additional reference for this notification, that is possible through this notification. +For example, the subject of a private message, post or topic. +This function can be omitted if no reference is required. +It will be encapsulated in double quotes: + + "The message subject" + +.. code-block:: php + + /** + * Get the reference for this notification. + * + * @return string The notification's reference + */ + public function get_reference() + { + return $this->language->lang( + 'NOTIFICATION_REFERENCE', + censor_text($this->get_data('message_subject')) + ); + } + +get_style_class +--------------- +It is also possible to add a custom CSS class to the notification row. +This can be useful if you want to change the default styling of the notification text. +For example, when the notification is about a report or a disapproval. +Providing a string of classes here will add them to the notification. +This function can be omitted if no additional CSS class is required. + +.. code-block:: php + + /** + * Get the CSS style class for this notification. + * + * @return string The notification's CSS class + */ + public function get_style_class() + { + return 'sample-notification-class and-another-class'; + } + +get_redirect_url +---------------- +This function can return a different URL than get_url_. +The URL returned by this function will be used to ``redirect()`` the user after they mark the notification as read. +By default this URL is the same as the URL returned by get_url_. +So if you do not need to provide a different *"mark read"*-URL, you can omit this function. + +For example, the :class:`post` notification uses this to send the user to first unread post in a topic. + +.. code-block:: php + + /** + * Get the URL to redirect to after the item has been marked as read. + * + * @return string The notification's "mark read"-URL + */ + public function get_redirect_url() + { + return append_sid("{$this->phpbb_root_path}viewtopic.{$this->php_ext}", "t={$this->item_parent_id}&view=unread#unread"); + } + +get_data +-------- +This is a helper function, commonly used within functions that are called when displaying this notification type. +These *display functions* often need to access some data specific to a certain notification, such as a ``message_id``. +To retrieve those data variables, you can use this function, with the variable name as an argument: ``$this->get_data('key')``. + +.. important:: + + All data that you have to retrieve, must be inserted upon creation of the notification. + |br| This is done through the create_insert_array_ function. + +.. code-block:: php + + $this->get_data('sender_id'); + $this->get_data('message_id'); + $this->get_data('message_subject'); + +create_insert_array +------------------- +This function is responsible for inserting data specific to this notification type. +This data will be stored in the database and used when displaying the notification. + +The ``$data`` parameter will contain the array that is being sent when `Sending a Notification`_. +So, all data that is needed for creating and displaying the notification has to be included. + +However, only the data that is needed for displaying the notification must be inserted. +If you've paid close attention, you will have noticed that we use four data variables. +Namely ``user_id``, ``sender_id``, ``message_id`` and ``message_subject``. +But the ``user_id`` is only required when creating the notification, and not needed when displaying it. +So this variable does not have to be stored in the database. +All other variables can be inserted using the ``set_data('key', 'value')`` helper function. + +.. hint:: + + As a rule of thumb, only the data you get through ``get_data()`` has to be set through ``set_data()``. + +.. code-block:: php + + /** + * Function for preparing the data for insertion in an SQL query. + * (The service handles insertion) + * + * @param array $data The type specific data + * @param array $pre_create_data Data from pre_create_insert_array() + * @return void + */ + public function create_insert_array($data, $pre_create_data = []) + { + $this->set_data('sender_id', $data['sender_id']); + $this->set_data('message_id', $data['message_id']); + $this->set_data('message_subject', $data['message_subject']); + + parent::create_insert_array($data, $pre_create_data); + } + +Sending a Notification +====================== +Now that we've set up our notification type class, it's time to start sending the notification. +We know what data we need, so we can collect that when the event is triggered. + +Sending a notification is done with the Notification manager object (:class:`\\phpbb\\notification\\manager`). +This service can be injected with the ``- '@notification_manager'`` service declaration. + +Then you can use the notification manager to send the notification. +This is done with the ``add_notifications`` function. +The notification type (:class:`vendor.extension.notification.type.sample`) should be provided as the first argument, +and all the ``$data`` that we need in our notification type as the second argument. + +Below you'll find a simple example on how to send the notification. +It's possible to send a notification from anywhere. +This example uses an event listener, but it is also possible to send it from a controller. + +.. code-block:: php + :caption: :class:`\\vendor\\extension\\event\\listener` + + 'send_sample_notification']; + } + + /** @var \phpbb\notification\manager */ + protected $notification_manager; + + public function __construct(\phpbb\notification\manager $notication_manager) + { + $this->notification_manager = $notification_manager; + } + + public function send_sample_notification(\phpbb\event\data $event) + { + // For the sake of this tutorial, we assume that the PM is send to a single user + $this->notification_manager->add_notifications('vendor.extension.notification.type.sample', [ + 'user_id' => array_key_first($event['pm_data']['recipients']), + 'sender_id' => $event['data']['from_user_id'], + 'message_id' => $event['data']['msg_id'], + 'message_subject' => $event['subject'], + ]); + } + } + +Updating a Notification +======================= +Updating a notification is done with the Notification manager object (:class:`\\phpbb\\notification\\manager`). +This service can be injected with the ``- '@notification_manager'`` service declaration. + +Then you can use the notification manager to update the notification. +This is done with the ``update_notifications`` function. +The notification type (:class:`vendor.extension.notification.type.sample`) should be provided as the first argument, +and all the ``$data`` that we need in our notification type as the second argument. +Optionally you can send a third argument, ``$options``, to specify which notification should be updated. +The options that can be defined are listed below: + +.. csv-table:: + :header: "Object", "Class" + :delim: # + + ``item_id`` # The item identifier for the notification. |br| Defaults to get_item_id_ + ``item_parent_id`` # The item's parent identifier for the notification. |br| Optional + ``user_id`` # The user identifier for who received the notification. |br| Optional + ``read`` # A boolean indicating whether the notification has been read. |br| Optional + +.. code-block:: php + + // For the sake of this tutorial, we assume that the PM is send to a single user + $user_id = array_key_first($event['pm_data']['recipients']); + + $data = [ + 'user_id' => $user_id, + 'sender_id' => $event['data']['from_user_id'], + 'message_id' => $event['data']['msg_id'], + 'message_subject' => $event['data']['subject'], + ]; + + // Just the item identifier is sufficient to update this notification as it is unique + // But lets include some options to demonstrate how that can be done as well. + $options = [ + 'user_id' => $user_id, + 'item_id' => $event['data']['msg_id'], + 'read' => false, // Only update when user has not read it yet + ]; + + $this->notification_manager->update_notifications('vendor.extension.notification.type.sample', $data, $options); + +Now let's step through how the above example works. +The notification type will be created as if it was being sent. +Then, rather than inserting the notification, it will retrieve the data created by the create_insert_array_ function. +That data is turned into an SQL :class:`UPDATE` statement ``$db->sql_create_array('UPDATE', $data)``. +And the ``$options`` provided are turned into an SQL :class:`WHERE` statement. + +.. note:: + + The data retrieved from create_insert_array_ are not database columns. + |br| The data is put through ``serialize()`` and and stored in the :class:`notification_data` column. + +The data is retrieved by the ``create_update_array`` function in the notification type :class:`base` class. +First it creates the insert array and then unsets a few variables that should not be updated: +``user_id``, ``notification_id``, ``notification_time`` and ``notification_read`` +*(which is the indicator for whether or not the notification has already been read)*. +If you want to update any of these variables as well, you will have to override the :class:`base` ``create_update_array`` function. + +It is also possible to handle the update process for your notification type completely yourself. +This is done by creating an ``update_notifications`` function in your notification type class. +Have a look at the :class:`quote` type to see an example. + +Deleting a Notification +======================= +Sometimes it is necessary to delete a notification. +For example when a private message is deleted before it is read, +or a topic with unapproved post notifications is deleted. In each +of these cases the cause for the notification has been deleted, +making the notification irrelevant. + +Deleting a notification is handled using the ``delete_notifications`` +function located in the notification manager object (:class:`\\phpbb\\notification\\manager`). +Typically you would use an appropriate event listener to call ``delete_notifications``, +such as when an action occurs that would make your notification irrelevant. + +This function is very simple to use, and requires only a few basic parameters: + +delete_notifications +-------------------- + +Parameters +^^^^^^^^^^ + +.. csv-table:: + :header: "Parameter", "Description" + :delim: # + + **notification_type** # The notification service identifier. |br| Can be a single string or an array of service identifiers. |br| In this example: ``vendor.extension.notification.type.sample``. + **item_id** # The item identifier(s). |br| The item id for which you want to delete notifications. |br| Can be a single integer or an array of integers. Only item identifiers for the provided |br| notification type(s) will be deleted. + **parent_id** # The parent identifier(s). |br| The parent id for which you want to delete notifications. |br| Can be a single integer or an array of integers. Use this argument to delete the |br| notifications that only belong to the given parent identifier(s). Default is |br| false to ignore parent identifiers. + **user_id** # The user identifier(s). |br| The user id for whom you want to delete notifications. |br| Can be a single integer or an array of integers. Use this argument to delete the |br| notifications for a given user or collection of users. Default is false to ignore |br| specific users. + +.. code-block:: php + + // Let's take a look at a PM that was deleted. + // Say the item ID(s) for our notification come from the deleted PM's message IDs. + $item_ids = $event['data']['msg_ids']; + + // Just the item identifier is sufficient to delete this notification as it is unique + // But you could include user_id or parent_id's if they were relevant as well. + $this->notification_manager->delete_notifications('vendor.extension.notification.type.sample', $item_ids); + +Marking a Notification +====================== +Notifications are automatically marked as read when they are clicked in the notifications dropdown. +Or when marking forums or topics as read, their respective notifications are marked as well. +However, sometimes it may preferable to manually mark a notification as read or unread. + +There are three methods available for marking a notification, +all of these are located in the Notification Manager object (:class:`\\phpbb\\notification\\manager`). +The distinct difference between these methods is how they determine which notifications should be marked. +Either through their item id, parent id or the actual notification id. +When marking notifications by their item id or parent id, it will automatically mark them for all available notification methods. +But when marking notifications by their actual id, you will have to provide the specific notification method yourself. + +.. admonition:: Deprecated + :class: error + + This following functions are deprecated since phpBB :guilabel:`3.2.0`: + |br| ``mark_notifications_read`` + |br| ``mark_notifications_read_by_parent`` + +The following is a quick summary of the three methods available for marking notifications and their arguments. + +mark_notifications +------------------ + +Parameters +^^^^^^^^^^ + +.. csv-table:: + :header: "Parameter", "Description" + :delim: # + + **notification_type** # Can be a single string or an array of service identifiers. |br| In this example: ``vendor.extension.notification.type.sample``. + **item_id** # The item identifier(s). |br| The item id(s) for notifications you want to mark read. |br| Can be a single integer or an array of integers. Alternatively, it is also possible to pass |br| false to mark read for all item ids. + **user_id** # The user identifier(s). |br| The user id(s) for whom you want to mark notifications read. |br| Can be a single integer or an array of integers. Alternatively, it is also possible to pass |br| false to mark read for all user ids. + **time** # UNIX timestamp to use as a cut off. |br| Mark notifications sent before this time as read. All notifications created after this |br| time will not be marked read. The default value is false, which will mark all as read. + **mark_read** # Whether to mark the notification as *read* or *unread*. |br| Defaults to *read*. + +mark_notifications_by_parent +---------------------------- + +Parameters +^^^^^^^^^^ + +.. csv-table:: + :header: "Parameter", "Description" + :delim: # + + **notification_type** # Can be a single string or an array of service identifiers. |br| In this example: ``vendor.extension.notification.type.sample``. + **parent_id** # The parent identifier(s). |br| The item parent id(s) for notifications you want to mark read. |br| Can be a single integer or an array of integers. Alternatively, it is also possible to pass |br| false to mark read for all item parent ids. + **user_id** # The user identifier(s). |br| The user id(s) for whom you want to mark notifications read. |br| Can be a single integer or an array of integers. Alternatively, it is also possible to pass |br| false to mark read for all user ids. + **time** # UNIX timestamp to use as a cut off. |br| Mark notifications sent before this time as read. All notifications created after this |br| time will not be marked read. The default value is false, which will mark all as read. + **mark_read** # Whether to mark the notification as *read* or *unread*. |br| Defaults to *read*. + +mark_notifications_by_id +------------------------ +Thus far we haven't had to work with the actual identifier of the notification itself, instead using the notification's item and parent ids. +This is usually because in the core of phpBB's execution, we may never know or have access to the notification's actual id, +as most of the notification handling is done through the distinct item and/or parent ids. +However, there can be times where it is more convenient or accurate to work directly with the notification's unique id. +For example, when the notifications are listed in the :abbr:`UCP (User Control Panel)` and a user can select specific notifications to be marked as read. + +Parameters +^^^^^^^^^^ + +.. csv-table:: + :header: "Parameter", "Description" + :delim: # + + **method_name** # The notification method service identifier |br| For example: ``notification.method.board`` + **notification_id** # The notification identifier(s) |br| Can be an integer or array of integers. + **time** # UNIX timestamp to use as a cut off. |br| Mark notifications sent before this time as read. All notifications created after this |br| time will not be marked read. The default value is false, which will mark all as read. + **mark_read** # Whether to mark the notification as *read* or *unread*. |br| Defaults to *read*. + +Advanced Lessons +================ + +Custom Item Identifier +---------------------- +Sometimes you can not use a “normal” item identifier, such as a ``topic_id``, ``post_id`` or ``msg_id``. +In this case you will need to create a custom notification counter in your extension. +You add it through a migration, where it is added to the config table. +For example with the following code: ``['config.add', ['vendor_extension_notification_id', 0]]``. + +.. seealso:: + + Read more about this in the `Add config setting <../migrations/tools/config.html#add-config-setting>`__ section. + +Then when sending a notification, you will have to increment the identifier and use that as the item id. +You can use the Config object's (:class:`\\phpbb\\config\\config`) ``increment()`` function to achieve this. + +.. code-block:: php + + // Increment the notification identifier by 1 + $this->config->increment('vendor_extension_notification_id', 1); + + $this->notification_manager->add_notification('vendor.extension.notification.type.sample', [ + 'item_id' => $this->config['vendor_extension_notification_id'], + ]); + +You can use this custom notification identifier in the get_item_id_ function. + +.. code-block:: php + + public static function get_item_id($data) + { + return $data['item_id']; + } + +.. |fa-ext| raw:: html + + + +.. |fa-user| raw:: html + + + +.. |fa-file| raw:: html + + + +.. |fa-folder| raw:: html + + + +.. |nbsp| raw:: html + +   + +.. |br| raw:: html + +
    diff --git a/development/extensions/tutorial_parsing_text.rst b/development/extensions/tutorial_parsing_text.rst new file mode 100644 index 00000000..176a66cf --- /dev/null +++ b/development/extensions/tutorial_parsing_text.rst @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +====================== +Tutorial: Parsing text +====================== + +Database fields +=============== +phpBB uses the following database fields where BBCode is allowed (forum description, forum rules, post content, ...): + +- **foo** - Text itself +- **foo_bbcode_uid** - a randomly generated unique identifier to mark the BBCodes and used for quicker parsing +- **foo_bbcode_bitfield** - a `bit field `_ containing the information which bbcode is used in the text so only the relevant ones need to be loaded from the database. **NOTE: No longer used in posts generated in phpBB 3.2+** +- **foo_options** - a bit field containing the information whether bbcode, smilies and magic urls are enabled (OPTION_FLAG_BBCODE, OPTION_FLAG_SMILIES and OPTION_FLAG_LINKS). Sometimes you will find this separated into enable_bbcode, enable_smilies and enable_magic_url + +Column names will vary, replace ``foo`` with the respective column name (e.g. ``text``, ``text_bbcode_uid``, ...). + +Parsing text with BBCodes & smilies +=================================== + +Inserting text into DB +---------------------- + +.. code-block:: php + + $text = $this->request->variable('text', '', true); + $uid = $bitfield = $options = ''; // will be modified by generate_text_for_storage + $allow_bbcode = $allow_urls = $allow_smilies = true; + generate_text_for_storage($text, $uid, $bitfield, $options, $allow_bbcode, $allow_urls, $allow_smilies); + + $sql_ary = array( + 'text' => $text, + 'bbcode_uid' => $uid, + 'bbcode_bitfield' => $bitfield, + 'bbcode_options' => $options, + ); + + $sql = 'INSERT INTO ' . YOUR_TABLE . ' ' . $this->db->sql_build_array('INSERT', $sql_ary); + $this->db->sql_query($sql); + +The above method uses the bbcode options database field which is used in many places instead of enable_smiles, +enable_bbcode and enable_magic_url. Here is how to insert it into the database using the enable_smilies, enable_bbcode +and enable_magic_url tables. + +.. code-block:: php + + $text = $this->request->variable('text', '', true); + $uid = $bitfield = $options = ''; // will be modified by generate_text_for_storage + $allow_bbcode = $allow_urls = $allow_smilies = true; + generate_text_for_storage($text, $uid, $bitfield, $options, $allow_bbcode, $allow_urls, $allow_smilies); + + $sql_ary = array( + 'text' => $text, + 'bbcode_uid' => $uid, + 'bbcode_bitfield' => $bitfield, + 'enable_bbcode' => $allow_bbcode, + 'enable_magic_url' => $allow_urls, + 'enable_smilies' => $allow_smilies, + ); + + $sql = 'INSERT INTO ' . YOUR_TABLE . ' ' . $this->db->sql_build_array('INSERT', $sql_ary); + $this->db->sql_query($sql); + +Displaying text from DB +----------------------- + +This example uses the bbcode_options field which is used in forums and groups description parsing: + +.. code-block:: php + + $sql = 'SELECT text, bbcode_uid, bbcode_bitfield, bbcode_options + FROM ' . YOUR_TABLE; + $result = $this->db->sql_query($sql); + $row = $this->db->sql_fetchrow($result); + $this->db->sql_freeresult($result); + + $text = generate_text_for_display($row['text'], $row['bbcode_uid'], $row['bbcode_bitfield'], $row['bbcode_options']); + + $this->template->assign_vars([ + 'TEXT' => $text, + ]); + +The next one uses the enable_bbcode, enable_smilies and enable_magic_url flags which can be used instead of the above method and is used in parsing posts: + +.. code-block:: php + + $sql = 'SELECT text, bbcode_uid, bbcode_bitfield, enable_bbcode, enable_smilies, enable_magic_url + FROM ' . YOUR_TABLE; + $result = $this->db->sql_query($sql); + $row = $this->db->sql_fetchrow($result); + $this->db->sql_freeresult($result); + + $row['bbcode_options'] = (($row['enable_bbcode']) ? OPTION_FLAG_BBCODE : 0) + + (($row['enable_smilies']) ? OPTION_FLAG_SMILIES : 0) + + (($row['enable_magic_url']) ? OPTION_FLAG_LINKS : 0); + $text = generate_text_for_display($row['text'], $row['bbcode_uid'], $row['bbcode_bitfield'], $row['bbcode_options']); + + $this->template->assign_vars([ + 'TEXT' => $text, + ]); + +Generating text for editing +--------------------------- + +.. code-block:: php + + $sql = 'SELECT text, bbcode_uid, bbcode_options + FROM ' . YOUR_TABLE; + $result = $this->db->sql_query_limit($sql, 1); + $row = $this->db->sql_fetchrow($result); + $this->db->sql_freeresult($result); + + $post_data = generate_text_for_edit($row['text'], $row['bbcode_uid'], $row['bbcode_options']); + + $this->template->assign_vars([ + 'POST_TEXT' => $post_data['text'], + 'S_ALLOW_BBCODES' => $post_data['allow_bbcode'], + 'S_ALLOW_SMILIES' => $post_data['allow_smilies'], + 'S_ALLOW_URLS' => $post_data['allow_urls'], + ]); + +Database fields for BBCode +-------------------------- + +The following column definitions are expected for BBCodes: + +.. code-block:: + + "text": [ + "MTEXT_UNI", + "" // Default empty string + ], + "bbcode_uid": [ + "VCHAR:8", + "" // Default empty string + ], + "bbcode_bitfield": [ + "VCHAR:255", + "" // Default empty string + ], + "bbcode_options": [ + "UINT:11", + 7 // Default all enabled + ], diff --git a/development/extensions/tutorial_permissions.rst b/development/extensions/tutorial_permissions.rst index 0f91490b..86eb0dc0 100644 --- a/development/extensions/tutorial_permissions.rst +++ b/development/extensions/tutorial_permissions.rst @@ -5,11 +5,13 @@ Tutorial: Permissions Introduction ============ -Adding new permissions in an extension is an easy three-step process: +The permission system in phpBB is used to control access to different parts of the software. It works by allowing administrators to assign certain permissions to user groups or individual users, which determine what actions they are able to perform. 1. `Create permissions`_ with a migration. 2. `Define permissions`_ with language keys. 3. `Wire up permissions`_ with events. + 4. `Checking permissions`_ with PHP. + 5. `Understanding Permissions`_ in phpBB. Create permissions ================== @@ -28,16 +30,16 @@ assign your permissions to if desired. Permissions must first be created in a migration using the :doc:`../migrations/tools/permission`. It helps with adding, removing, setting, and unsetting permissions and adding or removing permission roles. For example, to create a new User permission -``u_foo_bar`` and set it to "yes" for the Registered Users group and +``u_foo_bar`` and set it to ``YES`` for the Registered Users group and the Standard User Role: .. code-block:: php - return array( - array('permission.add', array('u_foo_bar')), - array('permission.permission_set', array('REGISTERED', 'u_foo_bar', 'group')), - array('permission.permission_set', array('ROLE_USER_STANDARD', 'u_foo_bar')), - ); + return [ + ['permission.add', ['u_foo_bar']], + ['permission.permission_set', ['REGISTERED', 'u_foo_bar', 'group']], + ['permission.permission_set', ['ROLE_USER_STANDARD', 'u_foo_bar']], + ]; Define permissions ================== @@ -49,9 +51,9 @@ language array. For example, the language file ``permissions_foobar.php``: .. code-block:: php - $lang = array_merge($lang, array( + $lang = array_merge($lang, [ 'ACL_U_FOOBAR' => 'Can post foobars', - )); + ]); Wire up permissions =================== @@ -66,17 +68,93 @@ add your new permissions to phpBB's permission data array: .. code-block:: php - $permissions = $event['permissions']; - $permissions['u_foo_bar'] = array('lang' => 'ACL_U_FOOBAR', 'cat' => 'post'); - $event['permissions'] = $permissions; + $event->update_subarray('permissions', 'u_foo_bar', ['lang' => 'ACL_U_FOOBAR', 'cat' => 'post']); -.. note:: +.. warning:: - Note how the ``permissions`` event variable is first copied by assigning - it to a local variable, then modified, and then copied back. This is because the event - variables are overloaded, which is a limitation in PHP. For example, this shortcut - will not work: + In order to support phpBB 3.2.1 or earlier versions, you can not use the ``update_subarray()`` method, and must instead use the following older style of code: .. code-block:: php - $event['permissions']['u_foo_bar'] = array('lang' => 'ACL_U_FOOBAR', 'cat' => 'post'); + # Wiring permissions the correct way for phpBB 3.1.0 - 3.2.1 + $permissions = $event['permissions']; + $permissions['u_foo_bar'] = ['lang' => 'ACL_U_FOOBAR', 'cat' => 'post']; + $event['permissions'] = $permissions; + + # Notice that the above permissions $event variable must first be copied by assigning it to a + # local variable, then modified, and then copied back. This is because the event variables are + # overloaded, which is a limitation in PHP. For example, this shortcut will not work: + $event['permissions']['u_foo_bar'] = ['lang' => 'ACL_U_FOOBAR', 'cat' => 'post']; + +Checking permissions +==================== + +A user's permission can be checked by calling ``$auth->acl_get()``: + +.. code-block:: php + + // Check a user's permissions + $auth->acl_get('u_foo_bar'); + +If it is specific to a forum (i.e local) then pass it the forum ID as a second argument: + +.. code-block:: php + + // Check a user's permission in the forum with ID 3 + $auth->acl_get('u_foo_bar', 3); + +For forums one can use the forum specific call ``$auth->acl_getf()``: + +.. code-block:: php + + // Check a forum's permissions + $auth->acl_getf('f_your_permission'); + +It is also possible to check for more than one option with ``acl_gets()``: + +.. code-block:: php + + $auth->acl_gets('permission1'[, 'permission2', ..., 'permissionNth'], $forumId); + +.. note:: + + When checking permissions, it's also important to keep in mind whether the global or local permissions should be checked. + If ``acl_get`` is called without a forum id, the global permissions will be used. Instead, passing a forum id will also + check the local permissions which can then potentially override a ``NO`` with a ``YES``. + After checking all user, group, forum, and global permissions, the return permission is always either ``YES`` or ``NO``, + ``NEVER`` is only used to enforce a ``NO``. + +Understanding Permissions +========================= + +Permissions in phpBB control what actions users are allowed to perform on the forum, such as creating a new topic, replying to a post, or editing a user’s profile. Each permission is assigned a value of ``YES``, ``NO``, or ``NEVER``. + +- ``YES`` means that the user or group is allowed to perform the action. +- ``NO`` means that the user or group is not allowed to perform the action, but it can be overruled by a ``YES`` from a group or role they are assigned to. +- ``NEVER`` means that the user or group is not allowed to perform the action and cannot be overruled by a ``YES`` from a group or role they are assigned to. + +When a user requests to perform an action, phpBB combines all the permissions assigned to the user through their groups, roles, and direct permission assignments. If any permission is set to ``NEVER``, it overrides all other permissions and denies the user access to that action. If a permission is set to ``NO``, it can be overridden by a ``YES`` permission from another group or role. + +Permission Types +---------------- + +There are four types of permissions in phpBB: + +- ``a_*`` Administrator: These permissions are applied to users who are assigned administrator roles. +- ``f_*`` Forum: These permissions are applied to individual forums and can be set for each user group or individual user. +- ``m_*`` Moderator: These permissions are applied to users who are assigned moderator roles for specific forums. +- ``u_*`` User: These permissions are applied to individual users and override the permissions set for their user group. + +Local and Global Permissions +---------------------------- + +Permissions can be set to apply locally or globally. Local permissions are specific to a single forum, while global permissions apply to the entire board. By default, forum permissions are set to local. Administrator and User permissions are typically set to global. + +Permission options can also be set to apply both locally and globally, which is typical for Moderator permissions. This allows some users to be granted the permission on a single forum, while others might be granted the permission board-wide. + +Roles +----- + +Roles are a predefined set of permission options that can be applied to users or groups. When the permission options of a role are changed, the users or groups assigned that role are automatically updated. + +The effective permission for any option is determined by a combination of the user's group membership, assigned roles, and direct permission assignments. In some cases, opposing permissions may exist, which can lead to unexpected results. It's important to carefully consider the permission settings to ensure that users are granted the appropriate level of access on the forum. diff --git a/development/extensions/tutorial_templates.rst b/development/extensions/tutorial_templates.rst new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86a6ef10 --- /dev/null +++ b/development/extensions/tutorial_templates.rst @@ -0,0 +1,441 @@ +.. _tutorial-template-syntax: + +========================= +Tutorial: Template syntax +========================= + +Introduction +============ + +Starting with version 3.1, phpBB is using the Twig template engine. This tutorial will cover some of the details on +the implementation of Twig's syntax in phpBB and its extensions, however more extensive documentation for Twig can +be found here: `Twig Documentation `_. + + + +Assigning data in PHP +===================== + +Variables +--------- + +Assign a single variable: + +.. code-block:: php + + $template->assign_var('FOO', $foo); + +Assigning multiple variables: + +.. code-block:: php + + $template->assign_vars([ + 'FOO' => $foo, + 'BAR' => $bar, + 'BAZ' => $baz + ]); + +Default Template Variables +-------------------------- + +There are some variables set in phpBB's page_header function that are common to all templates and which may be useful to a style or extension author. + +.. list-table:: + :widths: 20 60 20 + :header-rows: 1 + + * - Template variable + - Description + - Sample output + * - ``T_ASSETS_PATH`` + - The path to assets files (``assets`` path in root of phpBB installation) + - ``./assets`` + * - ``T_THEME_PATH`` + - The path to the currently selected style's theme folder (where all the css files are stored) + - ``./styles/prosilver/theme`` + * - ``T_TEMPLATE_PATH`` + - The path to the currently selected style's template folder + - ``./styles/prosilver/template`` + * - ``T_IMAGES_PATH`` + - The path to phpBB's image folder + - ``./images`` + * - ``T_SMILIES_PATH`` + - The path to the smiley folder + - ``./images/similies`` + * - ``T_AVATAR_PATH`` + - The path to the avatar upload folder + - ``./images/avatars/upload`` + * - ``T_AVATAR_GALLERY_PATH`` + - The path to the avatar gallery folder + - ``./images/avatars/gallery`` + * - ``T_ICONS_PATH`` + - The path to topic icons folder + - ``./images/icons`` + * - ``T_RANKS_PATH`` + - The path to the rank images + - ``./images/ranks`` + * - ``T_UPLOAD_PATH`` + - The path to phpBB's upload folder (shouldn't be used directly). + - ``./files`` + +Blocks +------ + +Blocks are used to assign any number of items of the same type, e.g. topics or posts ("foreach loop"). + +.. code-block:: php + + while ($row = $db->sql_fetchrow($result)) + { + $template->assign_block_vars('loopname', [ + 'FOO' => $row['foo'], + 'BAR' => $row['bar'] + ]); + } + +Nested loops: + +.. code-block:: php + + while ($topic = $db->sql_fetchrow($result)) + { + $template->assign_block_vars('topic', [ + 'TOPIC_ID' => $topic['topic_id'] + ]); + + while ($post = $db->sql_fetchrow($result)) + { + $template->assign_block_vars('topic.post', [ + 'POST_ID' => $post['post_id'] + ]); + } + } + +The blocks and nested loops can then be used accordingly in HTML files (see `Syntax elements`_). + +Syntax elements +=============== + +This section will highlight Twig syntax elements in the template engine. +The older phpBB specific syntax will be deprecated in a later version of phpBB. It is therefore recommended to use +the documented Twig syntax instead: + +Comments +-------- + +To make comments inside the template you can use ``{# #}``: + +.. code-block:: twig + + {# Your comments can go here. #} + +Variables +--------- + +Variables in phpBB take the form of ``{{ X_YYYYY }}``, where the data is assigned from the source. However, most +language strings are not assigned from the source. When a language variable is found, denoted as ``{{ lang('YYYYYY') }}``, +phpBB first checks if an assigned variable with that name exists. If it does, it uses that. If not, it checks if an +existing string defined in the language file exists. + +By using the language variable format, phpBB allows for more flexibility in the customization of language strings. +This allows for easy modifications of language strings in the language files without having to modify the source code +directly. + +Blocks +------ + +The basic block level loop takes the form: + +.. code-block:: twig + + {% for item in loops.loopname %} + markup, {{ item.xyyyy }}, etc. + {% endfor %} + +A further extension to begin is to use ``else`` in a loop: + +.. code-block:: twig + + {% for item in loops.loopname %} + markup, {{ item.xyyyy }}, etc. + {% else %} + alternate markup + {% endfor %} + +This will cause the markup between ``else`` and ``endfor`` to be output if the loop contains no values. +This is useful for forums with no topics (for example) ... in some ways it replaces "bits of" the existing +"switch" type control (the rest being replaced by conditionals, see below). + +You can also check if your loop has any content similar to using ``count()`` in PHP: + +.. code-block:: twig + + {% if loops.loopname|length %} + {% for item in loops.loopname %} + {{ item.xyyyy }} + {% endfor %} + {% endif %} + +``loops.loopname|length`` will output the size of the block array. This makes sense if you want to prevent, for example, +an empty ```` the variable name is ``subject``. + +The default value should be of the exact same type of the expected input. +This is necessary, as the retrieved variables are type casted to the exact same type. +If no variable was available in the request, it will return the provided default value. + +When the value that is being requested is a string or an array containing strings, the ``multibyte`` parameter should be set to ``true``. +Or better said, whenever the requested value may contain any UTF-8 characters. +Meaning you will not have to run the returned value through ``utf8_normalize_nfc``. +If set to ``false``, it will cause all bytes outside the ASCII range *(0-127)* to be replaced with question marks. + +.. code-block:: php + :caption: Example of default usage + + $int = $request->variable('integer', 0); + $array1 = $request->variable('array1', [0]); + $array2 = $request->variable('array2', [0 => ''], true); + $string = $request->variable('string', '', true); + + // Make sure to type cast the defaults when necessary + $limit = $request->variable('topics_per_page', (int) $config['topics_per_page']); + $subject = $request->variable('subject', $row['post_subject'], true); + +It is also possible to specify from which super global the variable should be retrieved. +This can help ensuring the correct variable is returned or the form is submitted through the expected manner. + +.. code-block:: php + :caption: Example of specifying a super global + + $start = $request->variable('start', 0, false, \phpbb\request\request_interface::GET); + $confirm = $request->variable('confirm', '', true, \phpbb\request\request_interface::POST); + $cookie_data['u'] = $request->variable($config['cookie_name'] . '_u', 0, false, \phpbb\request\request_interface::COOKIE); + +If the default value is an array, it is possible to nest it as deeply as is required. +There are no limitations for the nested depth. + +.. code-block:: php + :caption: Example of nesting arrays for default value + + $forum_ids = $request->variable('forum_ids', [0]); + $user_notes = $request->variable('user_notes', [0 => ['']], true); + + // [forum_id => [user_id => [notes]]] + $user_notes_per_forum = $request->variable('user_notes_per_forum', [0 => [0 => ['']]], true); + +An additional capability is the path syntax. +This allows you to access a single value at a deep location (nested input) while making sure the types are still correct. +This can be achieved by passing an array as the variable name. +Each value in this array represent a key for the request array. +The nesting increased with each value provided. + +.. code-block:: php + :caption: Example of the path syntax + + /** + * HTML: + * + * + * + * REQUEST: + * 'user_notes_per_forum' = [10 => [2 => ['An initial note', 'A secondary note']]] + */ + + $note = $request->variable(['user_notes_per_forum', 10, 2, 1], '', true); + + /** + * This will return the secondary note, + * for the forum identifier of 10 + * and the user identifier of 2. + * Please note that the last array is 0-based. + */ + +Parameters +^^^^^^^^^^ + +.. csv-table:: + :header: "Parameter", "Description" + :delim: # + + **variable** # The name of the variable to retrieve + **default** # The default value with the correct variable type + **multibyte** # Whether or not the variable may contain any UTF-8 characters + **super_global** # The super global to check within for the variable. |br| Can be any of ``GET|POST|REQUEST|COOKIE|SERVER|FILES``. |br| Defaults to ``REQUEST``. + +file +---- +This function is a shortcut to retrieve ``FILES`` variables. +It returns the uploaded file's information, or an empty array if the variable does not exist in ``$_FILES``. +This is a short hand for ``$request->variable('variable', ['name' => 'none'], true, \phpbb\request\request_interface::FILES)`` + +The variable name should be the value of HTML input's name attribute to retrieve. +So for ```` the variable name is ``attachment``. + +.. code-block:: php + :caption: Example of retrieving a file + + $upload_file = $request->file('avatar_upload_file'); + + if (!empty($upload_file['name'])) + { + $file = $upload->handle_upload('files.types.form', 'avatar_upload_file'); + } + +Parameters +^^^^^^^^^^ + +.. csv-table:: + :header: "Parameter", "Description" + :delim: # + + **variable** # The name of the HTML file input's name attribute + +header +------ +This function is a shortcut to retrieve the value of the client's HTTP headers. + +.. code-block:: php + :caption: Example of retrieving headers + + // Basic client information + $browser = $request->header('User-Agent'); + $referer = $request->header('Referer'); + $forwarded_for = $request->header('X-Forwarded-For'); + + // Client's accepted language + if ($request->header('Accept-Language')) + { + $accept_languages = explode(',', $request->header('Accept-Language')); + + // ... + } + +Parameters +^^^^^^^^^^ + +.. csv-table:: + :header: "Parameter", "Description" + :delim: # + + **variable** # The name of the header to retrieve + **default** # The default value with the correct variable type |br| Defaults to an empty string: ``''`` + +server +------ +This function is a shortcut to retrieve ``SERVER`` variables. +It also provides a fallback to ``getenv()`` as some CGI setups may need it. + +.. code-block:: php + :caption: Example of retrieving SERVER variables + + $script_name = htmlspecialchars_decode($request->server('REQUEST_URI')); + $script_name = ($pos = strpos($script_name, '?')) !== false ? substr($script_name, 0, $pos) : $script_name; + + $server_name = htmlspecialchars_decode($request->header('Host', $request->server('SERVER_NAME'))); + $server_name = (string) strtolower($server_name); + + $server_port = $request->server('SERVER_PORT', 0); + +Parameters +^^^^^^^^^^ + +.. csv-table:: + :header: "Parameter", "Description" + :delim: # + + **variable** # The name of the variable to retrieve + **default** # The default value with the correct variable type |br| Defaults to an empty string: ``''`` + +overwrite +--------- +This function allows to overwrite or set a value in one of the super global arrays. +Changes which are performed on the super globals directly will **not** have any effect on the results of other methods the request class provides. +|br| Meaning that changing a super global variable like so ``$_POST['variable'] = 'changed';``, +|br| will not change the returned value for ``$request->variable('variable', '', true);``. + +.. warning:: + + Using this function should be avoided if possible! |br| + It will consume twice the amount of memory of the value. + +.. code-block:: php + :caption: Example of overwriting a variable + + // Reset start parameter if we jumped from the quickmod dropdown + if ($request->variable('start', 0)) + { + $request->overwrite('start', 0); + } + +.. code-block:: php + :caption: Example of unsetting a variable in a specific super global + + if ($error) + { + $request->overwrite('confirm', null, \phpbb\request\request_interface::POST); + $request->overwrite('confirm_key', null, \phpbb\request\request_interface::POST); + } + +Parameters +^^^^^^^^^^ + +.. csv-table:: + :header: "Parameter", "Description" + :delim: # + + **variable** # The name of the variable that should be overwritten + **value** # The value the variable should be set at. |br| Setting it to ``null`` will unset the variable. + **super_global** # The super global in which the variable should be changed. |br| Can be any of ``GET|POST|REQUEST|COOKIE|SERVER|FILES``. |br| Defaults to ``REQUEST``. + +variable_names +-------------- +This function returns all variable names for a specific super global. +Optionally you can specify a specific super global in which the variable should be set. +If no super global is specified, it will default to the ``REQUEST`` super global, which contains ``GET``, ``POST`` and ``COOKIE``. +It will then return all the names *(keys)* that exist for that super global. + +.. code-block:: php + :caption: Example of retrieving and iterating over a super global's variables + + // Converts query string (GET) parameters in request into hidden fields. + $hidden = ''; + $names = $request->variable_names(\phpbb\request\request_interface::GET); + + foreach ($names as $name) + { + // Sessions are dealt with elsewhere, omit sid always + if ($name == 'sid') + { + continue; + } + + $value = $request->variable($name, '', true); + $get_value = $request->variable($name, '', true, \phpbb\request\request_interface::GET); + + if ($value === $get_value) + { + $escaped_name = phpbb_quoteattr($name); + $escaped_value = phpbb_quoteattr($value); + + $hidden .= ""; + } + } + + return $hidden; + +Parameters +^^^^^^^^^^ + +.. csv-table:: + :header: "Parameter", "Description" + :delim: # + + **super_global** # The super global to get the variable names from. |br| Can be any of ``GET|POST|REQUEST|COOKIE|SERVER|FILES``. |br| Defaults to ``REQUEST``. + + +get_super_global +---------------- +This function returns the original array of the requested super global. +Optionally you can specify a specific super global in which the variable should be set. +If no super global is specified, it will default to the ``REQUEST`` super global, which contains ``GET``, ``POST`` and ``COOKIE``. +It will then return the original array with all the variables for that super global. + +.. code-block:: php + :caption: Example of retrieving all POST variables + + // Any post data could be necessary for auth (un)linking + $link_data = $request->get_super_global(\phpbb\request\request_interface::POST); + + // The current user_id is also necessary + $link_data['user_id'] = $user->data['user_id']; + + // Tell the provider that the method is auth_link not login_link + $link_data['link_method'] = 'auth_link'; + + if (!empty($link_data['link'])) + { + $auth_provider->link_account($link_data); + } + else + { + $auth_provider->unlink_account($link_data); + } + +Parameters +^^^^^^^^^^ + +.. csv-table:: + :header: "Parameter", "Description" + :delim: # + + **super_global** # The super global to get the original array from. |br| Can be any of ``GET|POST|REQUEST|COOKIE|SERVER|FILES``. |br| Defaults to ``REQUEST``. + +request_var +=========== + +.. admonition:: Deprecated + :class: error + + This function is deprecated since phpBB :guilabel:`3.1.0` + +The ``request_var`` function was used back in the days of phpBB :guilabel:`2.x` and :guilabel:`3.0`, but has been **deprecated** ever since. +Meaning that this function should no longer be used. +Instead use the phpBB request class's variable_ function, which has more options and capabilities. + +.. |br| raw:: html + +
    diff --git a/development/testing/functional_testing.rst b/development/testing/functional_testing.rst index b17ea654..e985d97d 100644 --- a/development/testing/functional_testing.rst +++ b/development/testing/functional_testing.rst @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Running Functional Tests ======================== Information on how to run tests is available in the GitHub repository at -``_. You +``_. You can switch the branch to check instructions for a specific version of phpBB. Writing Functional Tests @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ class. This method will assign the user's SID to the inherited class property ``$this->sid``. You will need to append this to the URLs that the logged-in user will be navigating to in order to hold the session. For usage examples, view the logout test in -`tests/functional/auth_test.php `_. +`tests/functional/auth_test.php `_. Localisation ------------ @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ framework. $this->add_lang('ucp'); // we can also include multiple ones: - $this->add_lang(array('memberlist', 'mcp')); + $this->add_lang(['memberlist', 'mcp']); // Let's use a language key $this->assertEquals('Login', $this->lang('LOGIN')); @@ -129,4 +129,4 @@ framework. } For more usage examples, please view -`tests/functional/lang_test.php `_. +`tests/functional/lang_test.php `_. diff --git a/development/testing/ui_testing.rst b/development/testing/ui_testing.rst index 21f05d8a..9fd1f882 100644 --- a/development/testing/ui_testing.rst +++ b/development/testing/ui_testing.rst @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ framework. $this->add_lang('ucp'); // we can also include multiple ones: - $this->add_lang(array('memberlist', 'mcp')); + $this->add_lang(['memberlist', 'mcp']); // Let's use a language key $this->assertEquals('Login', $this->lang('LOGIN')); diff --git a/development/testing/unit_testing.rst b/development/testing/unit_testing.rst index 5041eaeb..4db1bce4 100644 --- a/development/testing/unit_testing.rst +++ b/development/testing/unit_testing.rst @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Running Unit Tests ================== Information on how to run tests is available in the GitHub repository at -``_. You +``_. You can switch the branch to check instructions for a specific version of phpBB. Writing Unit Tests @@ -38,10 +38,10 @@ Without a Database { public function phpbb_email_hash_data() { - return array( - array('wiki@phpbb.com', 126830126620), - array('', 0), - ); + return [ + ['wiki@phpbb.com', 126830126620], + ['', 0], + ]; } /** @@ -85,14 +85,14 @@ Using a Database public function fetchrow_data() { - return array( - array('', array(array('username_clean' => 'barfoo'), - array('username_clean' => 'foobar'), - array('username_clean' => 'bertie'))), - array('user_id = 2', array(array('username_clean' => 'foobar'))), - array("username_clean = 'bertie'", array(array('username_clean' => 'bertie'))), - array("username_clean = 'phpBB'", array()), - ); + return [ + ['', [['username_clean' => 'barfoo'], + ['username_clean' => 'foobar'], + ['username_clean' => 'bertie']]], + ['user_id = 2', [['username_clean' => 'foobar']]], + ["username_clean = 'bertie'", [['username_clean' => 'bertie']]], + ["username_clean = 'phpBB'", []], + ]; } /** @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Using a Database ' . (($where) ? ' WHERE ' . $where : '') . ' ORDER BY user_id ASC'); - $ary = array(); + $ary = []; while ($row = $db->sql_fetchrow($result)) { $ary[] = $row; @@ -180,12 +180,12 @@ For more information how these test doubles work, see: public function test_auth_mock_hash($email, $expected) $auth = $this->getMock('auth'); - $acl_get_map = array( - array('f_read', 23, true), - array('f_read', '23', true),// Called without int cast - array('m_', 23, true), - array('m_', '23', true),// Called without int cast - ); + $acl_get_map = [ + ['f_read', 23, true], + ['f_read', '23', true],// Called without int cast + ['m_', 23, true], + ['m_', '23', true],// Called without int cast + ]; $auth->expects($this->any()) ->method('acl_get') diff --git a/documentation/content/cs/chapters/admin_guide.xml b/documentation/content/cs/chapters/admin_guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index f43dcdd4..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/cs/chapters/admin_guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1869 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id$ - - 2009 - phpBB.cz - - - Průvodce administrací - - Tato kapitola popisuje administrační rozhraní phpBB 3.0. - -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Administrace fóra - phpBB 3.0 „Olympus“ klade veliký důraz na vysokou flexibilitu a snaží se nabízet co nejširší možnosti nastavení a konfigurace. Téměř všechny funkce fóra lze nastavit, upravit nebo vypnout. Pro zajištění těchto možností jsme Administraci fóra od poslední verze vytvořili znovu od základu. - Klikněte na odkaz Administrace fóra v patičce každé stránky pro přechod na ACP. - ACP má sedm rozličných sekcí, z nichž každá obsahuje další podsekce. Každá sekce bude v dokumentaci popsána a vysvětlena. - -
    - Obsah administrace fóra - - - - - - Obsah administrace – odsud budete spravovat vaše fóra. Jednotlivé oblasti administrace jsou rozděleny do osmi různých kategorií: Obecné, Fóra, Přispívání, Uživatelé a skupiny, Oprávnění, Styly, Údržba a Systém. Každá kategorie je přístupná přes záložku na vrchu administrace. Nastavení patřící pod zvolenou kategorii naleznete v menu, které je po levé straně každé kategorie. - - -
    -
    - -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Obecná nastavení a hlavní stránka - Sekce Obecné je první co uvidíte, když se přihlásíte do Administrace fóra. Obsahuje základní statistiky fóra a informace o něm. Nachází se v něm také podsekce Rychlý přístup. Nabízí vám možnost rychlé přechodu na stránky, které budete často používat při administraci fóra, např. Správa uživatelů nebo Moderátorský log. Tyto sekce budou postupně probrány v odpovídajících kapitolách. - Budeme se soustředit na ostatní tři podsekce: Nastavení fóra, Komunikace klientů a Nastavení serveru. -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Konfigurace fóra - Tato podsekce obsahuje všechny položky, které upravují obecné nastavení, které platí po celém fóra. - -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Nastavení příloh - Jedna z nových funkcí phpBB 3.0 jsou přílohy. Přílohy jsou soubory, které mohou být připojeny k příspěvkům, stejně jako přílohy u e-mailů. Administrátor fóra může zvolit určitá omezení pro používání příloh na fóru. Tyto omezení můžete nastavit přes stránku Nastavení příloh. - Další informace se nachází v sekci nastavení příloh na vašem fóru. -
    - -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Nastavení fóra - Stránka s nastavením fóra vám umožňuje měnit většinu nastavení vašeho fóra. Mezi těmito nastaveními je i název vašeho fóra kupříkladu. Na této stránce nalezente dva oddíly nastavení - Nastavení fóra a Varování. - - - Nastavení fóra - První věc, kterou budete chtít upravit v nastavení fóra je ta nejdůležitější: jeho název. Vaši uživatelé si drží vaše fórum v povědomí podle jeho názvu. Název, který zde zadáte se objeví v hlavičce každé stránky fóra a nadpis každé stránky jím budem začínat. - Popis fóra je heslo nebo motto vašich stránek, zobrazí se pod Názvem fóra ve výchozím stylu phpBB. - Pokud potřebujete zavřít celé fórum a učinit jej nepřístupným, například kvůli pravidelné údržbě, stačí zaškrtnout možnost Vypnout fórum. Pokud je tato možnost zapnutá, uživatelé, kteří nemají moderátorská nebo administrátorská práva nebudou moci jít na fórum. Uvidí pouze zprávu, kterou zde zadáte, nebo výchozí zprávu z jazykového balíku. Pokud chcete přidat vlastní zprávu, stačí jí zadat do textového políčka, které je hned vedle. Administrátoři a moderátoři budou moci na fórum, i když bude vypnuté. - Pravděpodobně budete také nastavovat Jazyk fóra. Ten určí překlad fóra, který uvidí noví uživatelé, když navštíví váš web. Registrovaní uživatelé si mohou po přihlášení vybrat z dalších instalovaných jazyků. Ve výchozí instalaci je dostupný pouze překlad anglický - English [GB], další se dají stáhnout v přehledu překladů na phpBB.com nebo ze stránky souborů ke stažení na phpBB.cz. Pro více informací o nastavení jazyků a jejich instalaci, podívejte se na sekci o nastavení jazykových balíků. - Nastavit můžete i standardní formát data, který bude určovat jak se zobrazí všechny časové údaje na fóru. phpBB3 vám připravilo několik základní formátů k použití. Pokud vám nestačí a chtěli byste si nastavit vlastní formát, zvolte možnost Vlastní z menu Formát data a do textového pole zadejte formát podle funkce date() z PHP. - Spolu s formátem dat můžete nastavit i výchozí časové pásmo. Všechny dostupné časové pásma jsou založeny relativně k UTC (většinou zaměnitelné s GMT). Můžete také nastavit jestli vaše fórum bude mít zapnutý letní čas, V této chvíli v phpBB nefunguje automatické přepínání letního a zimního času. - Poslední položka z této sekce je Styl fóra. Tento styl se zobrazí všem návštěvníkům a uživatelům, kteří si jej nezmění. Ve výchozí instalaci phpBB jsou dostupné dva styly: prosilver a subsilver2. Můžete také povolit uživatelům zvolit si svůj vlastní styl (z těch, které jsou nainstalované), když nastavíte položku Vždy použít výchozí styl na Ne. Navštivte také sekci o stylech pro získání informací o tom, kde najít další styly a jak je nainstalovat. - - - - Varování - Moderátoři mohou udělovat uživatelům varování, když poruší pravidla fóra. Hodnota uvedena u Doby platnosti varování určuje jak dlouho zůstane uživateli varování, než zmizí. Pro více informací o varováních si přečtěte . - -
    - -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Funkce fóra - V sekci funkce fóra můžete zapnout nebo vypnout různé funkce, a to na celém fóru. Mějte na paměti, že pokud funkce vypnete zde, nebude dostupná ani uživatelům, kteří mají dostatečná oprávnění pro jejich používání. -
    - -
    - - - - Nastavení avatarů - - - - Nastavení avatarů - Avatars are generally small, unique images a user can associate with themselves. Depending on the style, they are usually displayed below the user name when viewing topics. Here you can determine how users can define their avatars. - There are three different ways a user can add an avatar to their profile. The first way is through an avatar gallery you provide. Note that there is no avatar gallery available in a default phpBB installation. The Avatar Gallery Path is the path to the gallery images. The default path is images/avatars/gallery. The gallery folder does not exist in the default installation so you have to add it manually if you want to use it. - The images you want to use for your gallery need to be in a folder inside the gallery path. Images directly in the gallery path won't be recognised. There is also no support for sub folders inside the gallery folder. - The second approach to avatars is through Remote Avatars. This are simply images linked from another website. Your members can add a link to the image they want to use in their profile. To give you some control over the size of the avatars you can define the minimum and maximum size of the images. The disadvantage of Remote Avatars is that you are not able to control the file size. - The third approach to avatars is through Avatar Uploading. Your members can upload an image form their local system which will be stored on your server. They will be uploaded into the Avatar Storage Path you can define. The default path is images/avatars/upload and does already exist after installation. You have to make sure that it is server-writable. The file format of the images has to be either gif, jpeg, or png, and the avatars will be automatically checked for their file and image size after the upload. You can adjust the Maximum Avatar File Size and images that are bigger than the allowed value will be discarded. -
    - -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Nastavení soukromých zpráv - Private Messages are a way for registered members to communicate privately through your board without the need to fall back to e-mail or instant messaging. - You can disable this feature with the Private Messaging setting. This will keep the feature turned off for the whole board. You can disable private messages for selected users or groups with Permissions. Please see the Permissions section for more information. - Olympus allows users to create own personal folders to organise Private Messages. The Max Private Messages Per Box setting defines the number of message folders they can create. The default value is 4. You can disable the feature with setting value to 0. - Max Private Messages Per Box sets the number of Private Messages each folder can contain. The default value is 50, Set it to 0 to allow unlimited messages per folder. - If you limit the number of messages users can store in their folders, you need to define a default action that is taken once a folder is full. This can be changed in the "Full Folder Default Action" list. The oldest message gets deleted or the new message will be held back until the folder has place for it. Note that users will be able to choose this for themselves in their PM options and this setting only changes the default value they face. This will not override the action a user chosen. - When sending a private message, it is still possible to edit the message until the recipient reads it. After a sent private message has been read, editing the message is no longer possible. To limit the time a message can be edited before the recipient reads it, you can set the Limit Editing Time. The default value is 0, which allows editing until the message is read. Note that you can disallow users or groups to edit Private Messages after sending through Permissions. If the permission to edit messages is denied, it will override this setting. - The General Options allow you to further define the functionality of Private Messages on your board. - - - Allow Mass PMs: enables the sending of Private Messages to multiple recipients. This feature is enabled by default. Disabling it will also disallow sending of Private Messages to groups. - - See the Groups section for information on how to enable the ability to send a message to a whole group. - - - - By default, BBCode and Smilies are allowed in Private Messages. - - Even if enabled, you can still disallow users or groups to use BBCode and Smilies in Private Messages through Permissions. - - - - We don't allow attachments by default. Further settings for attachments in Private Messages are in the Attachment Settings. There you can define the number of attachments per message for instance. - - - -
    -
    - -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Komunikace mezi klienty - Kromě vlastního rozhrání podporuje phpBB i další druhy komunikace mezi klienty. phpBB3 podporuje autentizační pluginy (ve výchozí instalaci jsou přibaleny pro Apache, bežný databázový systém a pro LDAP), zasílání e-mailů a posílání zpráv přes Jabber. Zde můžete nastavit každou z těchto alternativních metod komunikace. - -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Autentizace - - Unlike phpBB2, phpBB3 offers support for authentication plugins. By default, the Apache, DB, and LDAP plugins are supported. Before switching from phpBB's native authentication system (the DB method) to one of these systems, you must make sure that your server supports it. When configuring the authentication settings, make sure that you only fill in the settings that apply to your chosen authentication method (Apache or LDAP). - - - Autentizace - Select an authentication method: Choose your desired authentication method from the selection menu. - LDAP server name: If you are using LDAP, this is the name or IP address of the LDAP server. - LDAP user: phpBB will connect to the LDAP server as this specified user. If you want to use anonymous access, leave this value blank. - LDAP password: The password for the LDAP user specified above. If you are using anonymous access, leave this blank.This password will be stored as plain text in the database; it will be visible to everybody who can access your database. - LDAP base dn: The distinguished name, which locates the user information. - LDAP uid: The key under which phpBB will search for a given login identity. - LDAP email attribute: this to the name of your user entry email attribute (if one exists) in order to automatically set the email address for new users. If you leave this empty, users who login to your board for the first time will have an empty email address. - -
    - -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Nastavení e-mailů - - phpBB3 is capable of sending out emails to your users. Here, you can configure the information that is used when your board sends out these emails. phpBB3 can send out emails by using either the native, PHP-based email service, or a specified SMTP server. If you are not sure if you have an SMTP server available, use the native email service. You will have to ask your hoster for further details. Once you are done configuring the email settings, click Submit. - - - Please ensure the email address you specify is valid, as any bounced or undeliverable messages will likely be sent to that address. - - - - Obecná nastavení - Enable board-wide emails: If this is set to disabled, no emails will be sent by the board at all. - Users send email via board:: If this is set to enabled, a form allowing users to send emails to each other via the board will be displayed, rather than an email address. - Email function name: If you are using the native, PHP-based email service, this should be the name of the email function. This is most likely going to be "mail". - Email package size: This is the number of emails that can be sent in one package. This is useful for when you want to send mass emails, and you have a large amount of users. - Contact email address: This is the address that your board's email feedback will be sent to. This is also the address that will populate the "From" and "Reply-to" addresses in all emails sent by your board. - Return email address: This is the return address that will be put on all emails as the technical contact email address. It will always populate the "Return-Path" and "Sender" addresses in all emails sent by your board. - Email signature: This text will be attached at the end of all emails sent by your board. - Hide email addresses: If you want to keep email addresses completely private, set this value to Yes. - - - - Nastavení SMTP - Use SMTP server for email: Select Yes if you want your board to send emails via an SMTP server. If you are not sure that you have an SMTP server available for use, set this to No; this will make your board use the native, PHP-based email service, which in most cases is the safest available option. - SMTP server address: The address of the SMTP server. - SMTP server port: The port that the SMTP server is located on. In most cases, SMTP servers are located on port 25; do not change this value if you are unsure about this. - Authentication method for SMTP: This is the authentication method that your board will use when connecting to the specified SMTP server. This only applies if an SMTP username and password are set, and required by the server. The available methods are PLAIN, LOGIN, CRAM-MD5, DIGEST-MD5, and POP-BEFORE-SMTP. If you are unsure about which authentication method you must use, ask your hoster for more information. - SMTP username: The username that phpBB will use when connecting to the specified SMTP server. You should only fill this in if the SMTP server requires it. - SMTP password: The password for the above specified username that phpBB will use when connecting to the specified SMTP server. You should only fill this in if the SMTP server requires it. - -
    - -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Nastavení Jabberu - - phpBB3 also has the ability to allow users to communicate via Jabber. Your board can send instant messages and board notices via Jabber, too. Here, you can enable and control exactly how your board will use Jabber for communication. - - - Some Jabber servers include gateways or transports which allow you to contact users on other networks. Not all servers offer all transports and changes in protocols can prevent transports from operating. Note that it may take several seconds to update Jabber account details, so do not stop the script until it has finished! - - - - Nastavení Jabberu - Enable Jabber: Set this to Enabled if you want to enable the use of Jabber for messaging and notifications. - Jabber server: The Jabber server that your board will use. For a list of public servers, see jabber.org's list of open, public servers. - Jabber port: The port that the Jabber server specified above is located on. Port 5222 is the most common port; if you are unsure about this, leave this value alone. - Jabber username: The Jabber username that your board will use when connecting to the specified Jabber server. If the username you specify is unregistered on the server, phpBB3 will attempt to register the username for you. - Jabber password: The password for the Jabber username specified above. If the Jabber username is unregistered, phpBB3 will attempt to register the above Jabber username, with this specified value as the password. - Jabber resource: This is the location of the particular connection that you can specify. For example, "board" or "home". - Jabber package size: This is the number of messages that can be sent in one package. If this is set to "0", messages will be sent immediately and is will not be queued for later sending. - -
    -
    -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Konfigurace serveru - As an administrator of a board, being able to fine-tune the settings that your phpBB board uses for the server is a must. Configuring your board's server settings is very easy. There are five main categories of server settings: Cookie settings, Server settings, Security settings, Load settings, and Search settings. Properly configuring these settings will help your board not only function, but also work efficiently and as intended. The following subsections will outline each server configuration category. Once you are done with updating settings in each setting, remember to click Submit to apply your changes. - -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Nastavení cookies - Your board uses cookies all the time. Cookies can store information and data; for example, cookies are what enable users to automatically login to the board when they visit it. The settings on this page define the data used to send cookies to your users' browsers. - - - When editing your board's cookie settings, do so with caution. Incorrect settings can cause such consequences as preventing your users from logging in. - - - To edit your board's cookie settings, locate the Cookie Settings form. The following are four settings you may edit: - - - Nastavení cookies - Cookie domain: This is the domain that your board runs on. Do not include the path that phpBB is installed in; only the domain itself is important here. - Cookie name: This is the name that will be assigned to the cookie when it is sent to your users' browsers and stored. This should be a unique cookie name that will not conflict with any other cookies. - Cookie path: This is the path that the cookie will apply to. In most cases, this should be left as "/", so that the cookie can be accessible across your site. If for some reason you must restrict the cookie to the path that your board is installed in, set the value to the path of your board. - Cookie secure: If your board is accessible via SSL, set this to Enabled. If the board is not accessible via SSL, then leave this value set to Disabled, otherwise server errors will result during redirections. - - - - When you are done editing your board's server settings, click Submit to submit your changes. -
    - -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Nastavení serveru - On this page, you can define server and domain-dependent settings. There are three main categories of server settings: Server Settings, Path Settings, and Server URL Settings. The following describes each server settings category and the corresponding settings in more detail. When you are done configuring your board's server settings, click Submit to submit your changes. - - - When editing your board's server settings, do so with caution. Incorrect settings can cause such consequences as emails being sent out with incorrect links and/or information, or even the board being inaccessible. - - - The Server Settings form allows you to set some settings that phpBB will use on the server level. The only available option at this time is Enable GZip Compression. Setting this value will enable GZip compression on your server. This means that all content generated by the server will be compressed before it is sent to users' browsers, if the users' browsers support it. Though this can reduce network traffic/bandwidth used, this will also increase the server and CPU load, on both the user's and server's sides. - - Next, the Path Settings form allows you to set the various paths that phpBB uses for certain board content. For default installations, the default settings should be sufficient. The following are the four values that you can set: - - Path Settings - Smilies storage path: This is the path to the directory, relative to the directory that your board is installed in, that your smilies are located in. - Post icons storage path: This is the path to the directory, relative to the directory that your board is installed in, that the topic icons are stored in. - Extension group icons storage path: This is the path to the directory, relative to the directory that your board is installed in, that the icons for the attachments extension groups. - - - - The last category of server settings is Server URL Settings. The Server URL Settings category contains settings that allow you to configure the actual URL that your board is located at, as well as the server protocol and port number that the board will be accessed to. The following are the five settings you may edit: - - Server URL Settings - Force server URL settings: If for some reason the default settings for the server URL are incorrect, then you can force your phpBB board to use the server URL settings you specify below by selecting the Yes radio button. - Server protocol: This is the server protocol (http:// or https://, for example) that your board uses, if the default settings are forced. If this value is empty or the above Force server URL settings setting is disabled, then the protocol will be determined by the cookie secure settings. - Domain name: This is the name of the domain that your board runs on. Include "www" if applicable. Again, this value is only used if the server URL settings are forced. - Server port: This is the port that the server is running on. In most cases, a value of "80" is the port to set. You should only change this value if, for some reason, your server runs on a different port. Again, this value is only used if the server URL settings are forced. - Script path: This is the directory where phpBB is installed, relative to the domain name. For example, if your board was located at www.example.com/phpBB3/, the value to set for your script path is "/phpBB3". Again, this value is only used if the server URL settings are forced. - - - - When you are done editing your board's server settings, click Submit to submit your changes. -
    - -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Nastavení zabezpečení - Here, on the Security settings page, you are able to manage security-related settings; namely, you can define and edit session and login-related settings. The following describes the available security settings that you can manage. When you are done configuring your board's security settings, click Submit to submit your changes. - - - - - - Allow persistent logins - - This determines whether users can automatically login to your board when they visit it. - The available options are Yes and No. Choosing Yes will enable automatic logins. - - - - - Persistent login key expiration length (in days) - - This is the set number of days that login keys will last before they expire and are removed from the database. - You may enter an integer in the text box located to the left of the word Days. This integer is the number of days for the persistent login key expiration. If you would like to disable this setting (and thereby allow use of login keys indefinitely), enter a "0" into the text box. - - - - - Session IP validation - - This determines how much of the users' IP address is used to validate a session. - There are four settings available: All, A.B.C, A.B, and None. The All setting will compare the complete IP address. The A.B.C setting will compare the first x.x.x of the IP address. The A.B setting will compare the first x.x of the IP address. Lastly, selecting None will disable IP address checking altogether. - - - - - Validate browser - - This enables the validation of the users' browsers for each session. This can help improve the users' security. - The available options are Yes and No. Choosing Yes will enable this browser validation. - - - - - Validate X_FORWARDED_FOR header - - This setting controls whether sessions will only be continued if the sent X_FORWARDED_FOR header is the same as the one sent with the previous request. Bans will be checked against IP addresses in the X_FORWARDED_FOR header too. - The available options are Yes and No. Choosing Yes will enable the validation of the X_FORWARDED_FOR header. - - - - - Check IP against DNS Blackhole List: - - You are also able to check the users' IP addresses against DNS blackhole lists. These lists are blacklists that list bad IP addresses. Enabling this setting will allow your board to check your users' IP addresses and compare them against the DNS blackhole lists. Currently, the DNS blacklist services on the sites spamcop.net, dsbl.org, and spamhaus.org. - - - - - Check email domain for valid MX record - - It is also possible to attempt to validate emails used by your board's users. If this setting is enabled, emails that are entered when users register or change the email in their profile will be checked for a valid MX record. - The available options are Yes and No. Choosing Yes will enable the checking of MX records for emails. - - - - - Password complexity - - Usually, more complex passwords fare well; they are better than simple passwords. To help your users try to make their account as secure as possible, you also have the option of requiring that they use a password as complex as you define. This requirement will apply to all users registering a new account, or when existing users change their current passwords. - There are four options in the selection menu. No requirements will disable password complexity checking completely. The Must be mixed case setting requires that your users' passwords have both lowercase and uppercase letters in their password. The Must contain alphanumerics setting requires that your users' password include both letters from the alphabet and numbers. Lastly, the Must contain symbols setting will require that your users' passwords include symbols. - - For each password complexity requirement, the setting(s) above it in the selection menu will also apply. For example, selecting Must contain alphanumerics will require your users' passwords to include not only alphanumeric characters, but also have both lowercase and uppercase letters. - - - - - - Force password change - - It is always ideal to change passwords once in a while. With this setting, you can force your users to change their passwords after a set number of days that their passwords have been used. - Only integers can be entered in the text box, which is located next to the Days label. This integer is the number of days that, after which, your users will have to change their passwords. If you would like to disable this feature, enter a value of "0". - - - - - Maximum number of login attempts - - It is also possible to limit the number of attempts that your users can have to try to login. Setting a specific limit will enable this feature. This can be useful in temporarily preventing bots or other users from trying to log into other users' accounts. - Only integers can be entered for this setting. The number entered it the maximum number of times a user can attempt to login to an account before having to confirm his login visually, with the visual confirmation. - - - - - Allow PHP in templates - - Unlike phpBB2, phpBB3 allows the use of PHP code in the template files themselves, if enabled. If this option is enabled, PHP and INCLUDEPHP statements will be recognized and parsed by the template engine. - - - -
    - -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Nastavení zatížení - On particularly large boards, it may be necessary to manage certain load-related settings in order to allow your board to run as smoothly as possible. However, even if your board isn't excessively active, it is still important to be able to adjust your board's load settings. Adjusting these settings properly can help reduce the amount of processing required by your server. Once you are done editing any of the server load-related settings, remember to click Submit to actually submit and apply your changes. - - The first group of settings, General Settings, allows you to control the very basic load-related settings, such as the maximum system load and session lengths. The following describes each option in detail. - - General settings - Limit system load: This option enables you to control the maximum load that the server can undergo before the board will automatically go offline. Specifically, if the system’s one-minute load average exceeds this value, the board will automatically go offline. A value of "1.0" equals about 100% utilisation of one processor. Note that this option will only work with *nix-based servers that have this information accessible. If your board is unable to get the load limit, this value will reset itself to "0". All positive numbers are valid values for this option. (For example, if your server has two processors, a setting of 2.0 would represent 100% server utilisation of both processors.) Set this to "0" if you do not want to enable this option. - Session length: This is the amount of time, in seconds, before your users' sessions expire. All positive integers are valid values. Set this to "0" if you want session lengths to last indefinitely. - Limit sessions: It is also possible to control the maximum amount of sessions your board will handle before your board will go offline and be temporarily disabled. Specifically, if the number of sessions your board is serving exceeds this value within a one-minute period, the board will go offline and be temporarily disabled. All positive integers are valid values. Set this to "0" if you want to allow an unlimited amount of sessions. - View online time span: This is the number of minutes after which inactive users will not appear in the Who is Online listings. The higher the number given, the greater the processing power required to generate the listing. All positive integers are valid values, and indicate the number of minutes that the time span will be. - - - - The second group of settings, General Options, allows you to control whether certain options are available for your users on your board. The following describes each option further. - - General options - Enable dotted topics: Topics in which a poster has already posted in will see dotted topic icons for these topics. To enable this feature, select, Yes. - Enable server-side topic marking: One of the many new features phpBB3 offers is server-side read tracking. This is different from phpBB2, which only offered read tracking based on cookies. To store read/unread status information in the database, as opposed to in a cookie, select Yes. - Enable topic marking for guests: It is also possible to allow guests to have read/unread status information. If you want your board to store read/unread status information for guests, select Yes. If this option is disabled, posts will be displayed as "read" for guests. - Enable online user listings: The online user listings can be displayed on your board's index, in each forum, and on topic pages. If you want to enable this option and allow the online user listings to be displayed, choose Yes. - Enable online guest listings in viewonline: If you want to enable the display of guest user information in the Who is Online section, choose Yes. - Enable display of user online/offline information: This option allows you to control whether or not online/offline status information for users can be displayed in profiles and on the topic view pages. To enable this display option, choose Yes. - Enable birthday listing: In phpBB3, birthdays is a new feature. To enable the listing of birthdays, choose Yes. - Enable display of moderators: Though it can be particularly useful to list the moderators who moderate each forum, it is possible to disable this feature, which may help reduce the amount of processing required. To enable the display of moderators, select Yes. - Enable display of jumpbox: The jumpbox can be a useful tool for navigating throughout your board. However, it is possible to control whether or not this is displayed. To display the jumpboxes, select Yes. - Show user's activity: This option controls whether or not the active topic/forum information displayed in your users' profiles and UCP. If you want to show this user activity information, select Yes. However, if your board has more than one million posts, it is recommended that you disable this feature. - Recompile stale templates: This option controls the recompilation of old templates. If this is enabled, your board will check to see if there are updated templates on your filesystem; if there are, your board will recompile the templates. Select Yes to enable this option. - - - - Lastly, the last group of load settings relates to Custom Profile Fields, which are a new feature in phpBB3. The following describes these options in detail. - - Custom Profile Fields - Allow styles to display custom profile fields in memberlist: This option allows you to control if your board's style(s) can display the custom profile fields (if your board has any) in the memberlist. To enable this, choose Yes. - Display custom profile fields in user profiles: If you want to enable the display of custom profile fields (if your board has any) in users' profiles, select Yes. - Display custom profile fields in viewtopic: If you want to enable the display of custom profile fields (if your board has any) in the topic view pages, choose Yes. - - -
    - - -
    -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Přidávání a úprava fór - The Forum section offers the tools to manage your forums. Whether you want to add new forums, add new categories, change forum descriptions, reorder or rename your forums, this is the place to go. -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Vysvětelní typů fór - In phpBB 3.0, there are three forum types. A forum can be a normal forum where people can post in, a category that contains forums, or it can be a simple link. - - - Forum - - In a forum people can post their topics. - - - - Link - - The forum list displays a forum link like a normal forum. But instead of linking to a forum, you can point it to a URL of your choice. It can display a hit counter, which shows how many times the link was clicked. - - - - Category - - If you want to combine multiple forums or links for a specific topic, you can put them inside a category. The forums will appear below the category title, clearly separated from other categories. Users are not able to post inside categories. - - - -
    -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Subfóra - One of the many new features in phpBB 3.0 are subforums. Especially bulletin boards with a high number of forums will benefit from this. In the simple flat category and forum approach in phpBB 2.0, all forums and categories were listed on the forum index. In Olympus you can now put as many forums, links, or categories as you like inside other forums. - - If you have a forum about pets for instance, you are able to put subforums for cats, dogs, or guinea pigs inside it without making the parent "Pets" forum a category. In this example, only the "Pets" forum will be listed on the index like a normal forum. Its subforums will appear as simple links below the forum description (unless you disabled this). - -
    - Creating subforums - - - - - - Creating subforums. In this example, the subforums titled "Cats" and "Dogs" belong in the "Pets" parent forum. Pay close attention to the breadcrumbs on the page, located right above the list of the subforums. This tells you exactly where you are in the forums hierarchy. - - -
    - - This system theoretically allows unlimited levels of subforums. You can put as many subforums inside subforums as you like. However, please do not go overboard with this feature. On boards with five to ten forums or less, it is not a good idea to use subforums. Remember, the less forums you have, the more active your forum will appear. You can always add more forums later. - Read the section on forum management to find out how to create subforums. -
    -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Správa fór - Here you can add, edit, delete, and reorder the forums, categories, and links. - -
    - Managing Forums Icon Legend - - - - - - This is the legend for the icons on the manage forums page. Each icon allows you to commit a certain action. Pay close attention to which action you click on when managing your forums. - - -
    - - The initial Manage forums page shows you a list of your top level forums and categories. Note, that this is not analogue to the forum index, as categories are not expanded here. If you want to reorder the forums inside a category, you have to open the category first. -
    -
    -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Nastavení příspěvků - - Forums are nothing without content. Content is created and posted by your users; as such, it is very important to have the right posting settings that control how the content is posted. You can reach this section by clicking the Posting navigation tab. - The first page you are greeted with after getting to the Posting Settings section is BBCodes. The other available subsections are divided into two main groups: Messages and Attachments. Private message settings, Topic icons, Smilies, and Word censoring are message-related settings. Attachment settings, Manage extensions, Manage extension groups, and Orphaned attachments are attachment-related settings. - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Nastavení vlastních BBCode kódů - - BBCodes are a special way of formatting posts, similar to HTML. phpBB 3.0 allows you to create your own BBCodes very easily. On this page, you can see the custom BBCodes that currently exist. - Adding a BBCode is very easy. If done right, allowing users to use your new BBCode may be safer than allowing them to use HTML code. To add a BBCode, click Add a new BBCode to begin. There are four main things to consider when adding a BBCode: how you want your users to use the BBCode, what HTML code the BBcode will actually use (the users will not see this), what short info message you want for the BBCode, and whether or not you want a button for the new BBCode to be displayed on the posting screen. Once you are done configuring all of the custom BBCode settings, click Submit to add your new BBCode. - -
    - Vytváření BBCodů - - - - - - Creating a new BBCode. In this example, we are creating a new [font] BBCode that will allow users to specify the font face of the specified text. - - -
    - - In the BBCode Usage form, you can define how you want your users to use the BBCode. Let's say you want to create a new font BBCode that will let your users pick a font to use for their text. An example of what to put under BBCode Usage would be - [font={TEXT1}]{TEXT2}[/font] - This would make a new [font] BBCode, and will allow the user to pick what font face they want for the text. The user's text is represented by TEXT,while FONTNAME represents whatever font name the user types in. - - In the HTML Replacementform, you can define what HTML code your new BBCode will use to actually format the text. In the case of making a new [font] BBCode, try - <span style="font-family: {TEXT1}">{TEXT2}<span> - This HTML code will be used to actually format the user's text. - - The third option to consider when adding a custom BBCode is what sort of help message you want to display to your users if they choose to use the new BBCode. Ideally, the helpline message is a short note or tip for the user using the BBCode. This message will be displayed below the BBCode row on the posting screens. - - If the next option described, Display on posting, isn't enabled, the helpline message will not be displayed. - - Lastly, when adding a new BBCode, you can decide whether or not you want an actual BBCode button for your new BBCode to be displayed on the posting screens. If you want this, then check the Display on posting checkbox. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Nastavení soukromých zpráv - - Many users use your board's private messaging system. Here you can manage all of the default private message-related settings. Listed below are the settings that you can change. Once you're done setting the posting settings, click Submit to submit your changes. - - General settings - Private messaging: You can enable to disable your board's private messaging system. If you want to enable it, select Yes. - Max private message folders: This is the maximum number of new private message folders your users can each create. - Max private messages per box: This is the maximum number of private messages your users can have in each of their folders. - Full folder default action: Sometimes your users want to send each other a private message, but the intended recipient has a full folder. This setting will define exactly what will happen to the sent message. You can either set it so that an old message will be deleted to make room for the new message, or the new messages will be held back until the recipient makes room in his inbox. Note that the default action for the Sentbox is the deletion of old messages. - Limit editing time: Users are usually allowed to edit their sent private messages before the recipient reads it, even if it's already in their outbox. You can control the amount of time your users have to edit sent private messages. - - - - General options - Allow sending of private messages to multiple users and groups: In phpBB 3.0, it is possible to send a private message to more than user. To allow this, select Yes. - Allow BBCode in private messages: Select Yes to allow BBCode to be used in private messages. - Allow smilies in private messages: Select Yes to allow smilies to be used in private messages. - Allow attachments in private messages: Select Yes to allow attachments to be used in private messages. - Allow signature in private messages: Select Yes to let your users include their signature in their private messages.. - Allow print view in private messages: Another new feature in phpBB 3.0 is a printer-friendly view. Select Yes to allow your users to view any of their PMs in print view. - Allow forwarding in private messages: Select Yes to allow your users to forward private messages. - Allow use of [img] BBCode tag: Select Yes if you want your users to be able to post inline images in their private messages. - Allow use of [flash] BBCode tag: Select Yes if you want your users to be able to post inline Macromedia Flash objects in their private messages. - Enable use of topic icons in private messages: Select Yes if you want to enable your users to include topic icons with their private messages. (Topic icons are displayed next to the private messages' titles.). - - - - If you want to set any of the above numerical settings so that the setting will allow unlimited amounts of the item, set the numerical setting to 0. - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Ikony témat - - A new feature in phpBB3 is the ability to assign icons to topics. On this page, you can manage what topic icons are available for use on your board. You can add, edit, delete, or move topic icons. The Topic Icons form displays the topic icons currently installed on your board. You can add topic icons manually, install a premade icons pack, export or download an icons pack file, or edit your currently installed topic icons. - - Your first option to add topic icons to your board is to use a premade icons pack. Icon packs have the file extension pak. To install an icons pack, you must first download an icons pack. Upload the icon files themselves and the pack file into the /images/icons/ directory. Then, click Install icons pak. The Install icons pak form displays all of the options you have regarding topic icon installation. Select the icon pack you wish to add (you may only install one icon pack at a time). You then have the option of what to do with currently installed topic icons if the new icon pack has icons that may conflict with them. You can either keep the existing icon(s) (there may be duplicates), replace the matches (overwriting the icon(s) that already exist), or just delete all of the conflicting icons. Once you have selected the proper option, click Install icons pak. - - To add topic icon(s) manually, you must first upload the icons into the icons directory of your site. Navigate to the Topic icons page. Click Add multiple icons, which is located in the Topic Icons form. If you correctly uploaded your new desired topic icon(s) into the proper /images/icons/ directory, you should see a row of settings for each new icon you uploaded. The following has a description on what each field is for. Once you are done with adding the topic icon(s), click, Submit to submit your additions. - - - Icon image file: This column will display the actual icon itself. - Icon location: This column will display the path that the icon is located in, relative to the /images/icons/ directory. - Icon width: This is the width (in pixels) you want the icon to be stretched to. - Icon height: This is the height (in pixels) you want the icon to be stretched to. - Display on posting: If this checkbox is checked, the topic icon will actually be displayed on the posting screen. - Icon order: You can also set what order that the topic icon will be displayed. You can either set the topic icon to be the first, or after any other topic icon currently installed. - Add: If you are satisfied with the settings for adding your new topic icon, check this box. - - - You may also edit your currently installed topic icons' settings. To do so, click Edit icons. You will see the Icon configuration form. For more information regarding each field, see the above paragraph regarding adding topic icons. - - Lastly, you may also reorder the topic icons, edit a topic icon's settings, or remove a topic icon. To reorder a topic icon, click the appropriate "move up" or "move down" icon. To edit a topic icon's current settings, click the "settings" button. To delete a topic icon, click the red "delete" button. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Smajlíci - - Smilies or emoticons are typically small, sometimes animated images used to convey an emotion or feeling. You can manage the smilies on your board via this page. To add smilies, you have the option to either install a premade smilies pack, or add smilies manually. Locate the Smilies form, which lists the smilies currently installed on your board, on the page. - - Your first option to add smilies to your board is to use a premade smilies pack. Smilies packs have the file extension pak. To install a smilies pack, you must first download a smilies pack. Upload the smilies files themselves and the pack file into the /images/smilies/ directory. Then, click Install smilies pak. The Install smilies pak form displays all of the options you have regarding smilies installation. Select the smilies pack you wish to add (you may only install one smilies pack at a time). You then have the option of what to do with currently installed smilies if the new smilies pack has icons that may conflict with them. You can either keep the existing smilies (there may be duplicates), replace the matches (overwriting the smilies that already exist), or just delete all of the conflicting smilies. Once you have selected the proper option, click Install smilies pak. - - To add a smiley to your board manually, you must first upload the smilies into the /images/smilies/ directory. Then, click on Add multiple smilies. From here, you can add a smilie and configure it. The following are the settings you can set for the new smilies. Once you are done adding a smiley, click Submit. - - - Smiley image file: This is what the smiley actually looks like. - Smiley location: This is where the smiley is located, relative to the /images/smilies/ directory. - Smiley code: This is the text that will be replaced with the smiley. - Emotion: This is the smiley's title. - Smiley width: This is the width in pixels that the smiley will be stretched to. - Smiley height: This is the height in pixels that the smiley will be stretched to. - Display on posting: If this checkbox is checked, this smiley will actually be displayed on the posting screen. - Smiley order: You can also set what order that the smiley will be displayed. You can either set the smiley to be the first, or after any other smiley currently installed. - Add: If you are satisfied with the settings for adding your new smiley, check this box. - - - You may also edit your currently installed smilies' settings. To do so, click Edit smilies. You will see the Smiley configuration form. For more information regarding each field, see the above paragraph regarding adding smilies. - - Lastly, you may also reorder the smilies, edit a smiley's settings, or remove a smiley. To reorder a smiley, click the appropriate "move up" or "move down" icon. To edit a smiley's current settings, click the "settings" button. To delete a smiley, click the red "delete" button. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Cenzura textu - - On some forums, a certain level of appropriate, profanity-free speech is required. Like phpBB2, phpBB3 continues to offer word censoring. Words that match the patterns set in the Word censoring panel will automatically be censored with text that you, the admin, specify. To manage your board's word censoring, click Word censoring. - - To add a new word censor, click Add new word. There are two fields: Word and Replacement. Type in the word that you want automatically censored in the Word text field. (Note that you can use wildcards (*).) Then, type in the text you want the censored word to be replaced with in the Replacement text field. Once you are done, click Submit to add the new censored word to your board. - - To edit an existing word censor, locate the censored word's row. Click the "edit" icon located in that row, and proceed with changing the censored word's settings. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Nastavení přikládání souborů - - If you allow your users to post attachments, it is important to be able to control your board's attachments settings. Here, you can configure the main settings for attachments and the associated special categories. When you are done configuring your board's attachments settings, click Submit. - - - Attachment Settings - Allow attachments: If you want attachments to be enabled on your board, select Yes. - Allow attachments in private messages: If you want to enable attachments being posted in private messages, select Yes. - Upload directory: The directory that attachments will be uploaded to. The default directory is /files/. - Attachment display order: The order that attachments will be displayed, based on the time the attachment was posted. - Total attachment quota: The maximum drive space that will be available for all of your board's attachments. If you want this quota to be unlimited, use a value of 0. - Maximum filesize: The maximum filesize of an attachment allowed. If you want this value to be unlimited, use a value of 0. - Maximum filesize messaging: The maximum drive space that will be available per user for attachments posted in private messages. If you want this quota to be unlimited, use a value of 0. - Max attachments per post: The maximum number of attachments that can be posted in a post. If you want this value to be unlimited, use a value of 0. - Max attachments per message: The maximum number of attachments that can be posted in a private message. If you want this value to be unlimited, use a value of 0. - Enable secure downloads: If you want to be able to only allow attachments to be available to specific IP addresses or hostnames, this option should be enabled. You can further configure secure downloads once you have enabled them here; the secure downloads-specific settings are located in the Define allowed IPs/Hostnames and Remove or un-exclude allowed IPs/hostnames forms at the bottom of the page. - Allow/Deny list: This allows you to configure the default behaviour when secure downloads are enabled. A whitelist (Allow) only allows IP addresses or hostnames to access downloads, while a blacklist (Deny) allows all users except those who have an IP address or hostname located on the blacklist. This setting only applies if secure downloads are enabled. - Allow empty referrer: Secure downloads are based on referrers.This setting controls if downloads are allowed for those omitting the referrer information. This setting only applies if secure downloads are enabled. - - - - Image Category Settings - Display images inline: How image attachments are displayed. If this is set to No, a link to the attachment will be given instead, rather than the image itself (or a thumbnail) being displayed inline. - Create thumbnail: This setting configures your board to either create a thumbnail for every image attached, or not. - Maximum thumbnail width in pixels: This is the maximum width in pixels for the created thumbnails. - Maximum thumbnail filesize: Thumbnails will not be created for images if the created thumbnail filesize exceeds this value, in bytes. This is useful for particularly large images that are posted. - Imagemagick path: If you have Imagemagick installed and would like to set your board to use it, specify the full path to your Imagemagick convert application. An example is /usr/bin/. - Maximum image dimensions: The maximum size of image attachments, in pixels. If you would like to disable dimension checking (and thereby allow image attachments of any dimensions), set each value to 0. - Image link dimensions: If an image attachment is larger than these dimensions (in pixels), a link to the image will be displayed in the post instead. If you want images to be displayed inline regardless of dimensions, set each value to 0. - - - - Define Allowed/Disallowed IPs/Hostnames - IP addresses or hostnames: If you have secure downloads enabled, you can specify the IP addresses or hostnames allowed or disallowed. If you specify more than one IP address or hostname, each IP address or hostname should be on its own line. Entered values can have wildcards (*). To specify a range for an IP address, separate the start and end with a hyphen (-). - Exclude IP from [dis]allowed IPs/hostnames: Enable this to exclude the entered IP(s)/hostname(s). - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Správa souborových přípon - - You can further configure your board's attachments settings by controlling what file extensions attached files can have to be uploaded. It is recommended that you do not allow scripting file extensions (such as php, php3, php4, phtml, pl, cgi, py, rb, asp, aspx, and so forth) for security reasons. You can find this page by clicking Manage extensions once you're in the ACP. - - To add an allowed file extension, find the Add Extension form on the page. In the field labeled Extension, type in the file extension. Do not include the period before the file extension. Then, select the extension group that this new file extension should be added to via the Extension group selection menu. Then, click Submit. - - You can also view your board's current allowed file extensions. On the page, you should see a table listing all of the allowed file extensions. To change the group that an extension belongs to, select a new extension group from the selection menu located in the extension's row. To delete an extension, check the checkbox in the Delete column. When you're done managing your board's current file extensions, click Submit at the bottom of the page. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Manage extension groups - - Allowed file extensions can be placed into groups for easy management and viewing. To manage the extension groups, click Manage extension groups once you get into the Posting settings part of the ACP. You can configure specific settings regarding each extension group. - - To add a new file extension group, find the textbox that corresponds to the Create new group button. Type in the name of the extension group, then click Submit. You will be greeted with the extension group settings form. The following contains descriptions for each option available, and applies to extension groups that either already exist or are being added. - - - Add Extension Group - Group name: The name of the extension group. - Special category: Files in this extension group can be displayed differently. Select a special category from this selection menu to change the way the attachments in this extension group is presented within a post. - Allowed: Enable this if you want to allow attachments that belong in this extension group. - Allowed in private messaging: Enable this if you want to allow attachments that belong in this extension group in private messages. - Upload icon: The small icon that is displayed next to all attachments that belong in this extension group. - Maximum filesize: The maximum filesize for attachments in this extension group. - Assigned extensions: This is a list of all file extensions that belong in this extension group. Click Go to extension management screen to manage what extensions belong in this extension group. - Allowed forums: This allows you to control what forums your users are allowed to post attachments that belong in this extension group. To enable this extension group in all forums, select the Allow all forums radio button. To set which specific forums this extension group is allowed in, select the Only forums selected below radio button, and then select the forums in the selection menu. - - - To edit a current file extension group's settings, click the "Settings" icon that is in the extension group's row. Then, go ahead and edit the extension group's settings. For more information about each setting, see the above. - - To delete an extension group, click the "Delete" icon that is in the extension group's row. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Nepřiřazené přílohy - - Sometimes, attachments may be orphaned, which means that they exist in the specified files directory (to configure this directory, see the section on attachment settings), but aren't assigned to any post(s). This can happen when posts are deleted or edited, or even when users attach a file, but don't submit their post. - - To manage orphaned attachments, click on Orphaned attachments on the left-hand menu once you're in the Posting settings section of the ACP. You should see a list of all orphaned attachments in the table, along with all the important information regarding each orphaned attachment. - - You can assign an orphaned post to a specific post. To do so, you must first find the post's post ID. Enter this value into the Post ID column for the particular orphaned attachment. Enable Attach file to post, then click Submit. - - To delete an orphaned attachment, check the orphaned attachment's Delete checkbox, then click Submit. Note that this cannot be undone. -
    -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Správa uživatelů - -
    - Správa uživatelských účtů - Users are the basis of your forum. As a forum administrator, it is very important to be able to manage your users. Managing your users and their information and specific options is easy, and can be done via the ACP. - - To begin, log in and reach your ACP. Find and click on Users and Groups to reach the necessary page. If you do not see User Administration , simply find and click on Manage Users in the navigation menu on the left side of the page. - - To continue and manage a user, you must know the username(s) that you want to manage. In the textbox for the "Find a member:" field, type in the username of the user whose information and settings you wish to manage. On the other hand, if you want to find a member, click on [ Find a Member ] (which is below the textbox) and follow all the steps appropriate to find and select a user. If you wiant to manage the information and settings for the Anonymous user (any visitor who is not logged in is set as the Anonymous user), check the checkbox labeled "Select Anonymous User". Once you have selected a user, click Submit. - - There are many sections relating to a user's settings. The following are subsections that have more information on each form. Each form allows you to manage specific settings for the user you have selected. When you are done with editing the data on each form, click Submit (located at the bottom of each form) to submit your changes. - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Přehled informací o uživateli - This is the first form that shows up when you first select a user to manage. Here, all of the general information and settings for each user is displayed. - - - - Username - - This is the name of the user you're currently managing. If you want to change the user's username, type in a new username between three and twenty characters long into the textbox labeled Username: - - - - - Registered - - This is the complete date on which the user registered. You cannot edit this value. - - - - - Registered from IP - - This is the IP address from which the user registered his or her account. If you want to determine the IP hostname, click on the IP address itself. The current page will reload and will display the appropriate information. If you want to perform a whois on the IP address, click on the Whois link. A new window will pop up with this data. - - - - - Last Active - - This is the complete date on which the user was last active. - - - - - Founder - - Founders are users who have all administrator permissions and can never be banned, deleted or altered by non-founder members. If you want to set this user as a founder, select the Yes radio button. To remove founder status from a user, select the No radio button. - - - - - Email - - This is the user's currently set email address. To change the email address, fill in the Email: textbox with a valid email. - - - - - Confirm email address - - This textbox should only be filled if you are changing the user's email address. If you are changing the email address, both the Email: textbox and this one should be filled with the same email address. If you do not fill this in, the user's email address will not be changed. - - - - - New password - - As an administrator, you cannot see any of your users' password. However, it is possible to change passwords. To change the user's password, type in a new password in the New password: textbox. The new password has to be between six and thirty characters long. - - Before submitting any changes to the user, make sure this field is blank, unless you really want to change the user's password. If you accidentally change the user's password, the original password cannot be recovered! - - - - - Confirm new password - - This textbox should only be filled if you are changing the user's password. If you are changing the user's password, the Confirm new password: textbox needs to be filled in with the same password you filled in in the above New password: textbox. - - - - - Warnings - - This is the number of warnings the user currently has. You can edit this number by typing in a number into the Warnings: number field. Only positive integers are allowed. - For more information about warnings, see . - - - - - Quick Tools - - The options in the Quick Tools drop-down selection box allow you to quickly and easily change one of the user's options. The available options are Delete Signature, Delete Avatar, Move all Posts, Delete all Posts, and Delete all attachments. - - - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Poznámky k uživateli - Another aspect of managing a user is editing their feedback data. Feedback consists of any sort of user warning issued to the user by a forum administrator. - - To customise the display of the user's existing log entries, select any criteria for your customisation by selecting your options in the drop-down selection boxes entitled Display entries from previous: and Sort by:. Display entries from previous: allows you to set a specific time period in which the feedback was issued. Sort by: allows you to sort the existing log entries by Username, Date, IP address, and Log Action. The log entries can then be sorted in ascending or descending order. When you are done setting these options, click the Go button to update the page with your customisations. - - Another way of managing a user's feedback data is by adding feedback. Simply find the section entitled Add feedback and enter your message into the FEEDBACK text area. When you are done, click Submit to add the feedback. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Profil uživatele - - Users may sometimes have content in their forum profile that requires that you either update it or delete it. If you don't want to change a field, leave it blank.The following are the profile fields that you can change: - - ICQ Number has to be a number at least three digits long. - AOL Instant Messenger can have any alphanumeric characters and symbols. - MSN Messenger can have any alphanumeric characters, but should look similar to an email address (joebloggs@example.com). - Yahoo Messenger can have any alphanumeric characters and symbols. - Jabber address can have any alphanumeric characters, but needs to look like an email address would (joebloggs@example.com). - Website can have any alphanumeric characters and symbols, but must have the protocol included (ex. http://www.example.com). - Location can have any alphanumeric characters and symbols. - Occupation can have any alphanumeric characters and symbols. - Interests can have any alphanumeric characters and symbols. - Birthday can be set with three different drop-down selection boxes: Day:, Month:, and Year:, respectively. Setting a year will list the user's age when it is his or her birthday. - - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Nastavení fóra pro uživatele - - Users have many settings they can use for their account. As an administrator, you can change any of these settings. The user settings (also known as preferences) are grouped into three main categories: Global Settings, Posting Defaults, and Display Options. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Avatar - - Here you can manage the user's avatar. If the user has already set an avatar for himself/herself, then you are able to see the avatar image. - Depending on your avatar settings (for more information on avatar settings, see Avatar Settings), you can choose any option available to change the user's avatar: Upload from your machine, Upload from a URL, or Link off-site. You can also select an avatar from your board's avatar gallery by clicking the Display gallery button next to Local gallery:. - - The changes you make to the user's avatar still has to comply with the limitations you've set in the avatar settings. - - To delete the avatar image, simply check the Delete image checkbox underneath the avatar image. - When you are done choosing what avatar the user will have, click Submit to update the user's avatar. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Hodnost - - Here you can set the user's rank. You can set the user's rank by selecting the rank from the User Rank: drop-down selection box. After you've picked the rank, click Submit to update the user's rank. - For more information about ranks, see . - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Podpis - - Here you can add, edit, or delete the user's signature. - The user's current signature should be displayed in the Signature form. Just edit the signature by typing whatever you want into the text area. You can use BBCode and any other special formatting with what's provided. When you are done editing the user's signature, click Submit to update the user's signature. - - The signature that you set has to obey the board's signature limitations that you currently have set. - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Skupiny - - Here you can see all of the usergroups that the user is in. From this page you can easily remove the user from any usergroup, or add the user to an existing group. The table entitled Special groups user is a member of lists out the usergroups the user is currently a member of. - Adding the user to a new usergroup is very easy. To do so, find the pull-down menu labeled Add user to group: and select a usergroup from that menu. Once the usergroup is selected, click Submit. Your addition will immediately take effect. - To delete the user from a group he/she is currently a member of, find the row that the usergroup is in, and click Delete. You will be greeted with a confirmation screen; if you want to go ahead and do so, click Yes. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Oprávnění - - Here you can see all of the permissions currently set for the user. For each group the user is in, there is a separate section on the page for the permissions that relates to that category. To actually set the user's permissions, see . -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Přílohy - - Depending on the current attachments settings, your users may already have attachments posted. If the user has already uploaded at least one attachment, you can see the listing of the attachment(s) in the table. The data available for each attachment consist of: Filename, Topic title, Post time, Filesize, and Downloads. - To help you in managing the user's attachment(s), you can choose the sorting order of the attachments list. Find the Sort by: pull-down menu and pick the category you want to use the sort the list (the possible options are Filename, Extension, Filesize, Downloads, Post time, and Topic title. To choose the sorting order, choose either Descending or Ascending from the pull-down menu besides the sorting category. Once you are done, click Go. - To view the attachment, click on the attachment's filename. The attachment will open in the same browser window. You can also view the topic in which the attachment was posted by clicking on the link besides the Topic: label, which is below the filename. Deleting the user's attachment(s) is very easy. In the attachments listing, check the checkboxes that are next to the attachment(s) you want to delete. When everything you want has been selected, click Delete marked, which is located below the attachments listing. - - To select all of the attachments shown on the page, click the Mark all link, which is below the attachments listing. This helps especially if you want to delete all of the attachments shown on the page at once. - -
    -
    -
    - - - - Graham - - - - Seznam neaktivních uživatelů - Here you are able to view details of all users who are currently marked as inactive along with the reason their account is marked as inactive and when this occurred. - Using the checkboxes on this page it is possible to perform bulk actions on the users, these include activating the accounts, sending them a reminder email indicating that they need to activate their account or deleting the account. - There are 5 reasons which may be indicated for an account being inactive: - - - Account deactivated by administrator - - This account has been manually deactivated by an administrator via the user management tools. More details on who performed this action and the reasons may be available via the User Notes. - - - - Profile details changed - - The board is configured to require user activation and this user has changed key information related to their account such as the email address and is required to reactivate the account to confirm these changes. - - - - Newly registered account - - The board is configured to require user activation and either the user or an administrator (depending on the settings) has not yet activated this new account. - - - - Forced user account reactivation - - An administrator has forced this user to reactivate their account via the user management tools. More details on who performed this action and the reasons may be available via the User Notes. - - - - Unknown - - No reason was recorded for this user being inactive; it is likely that the change was made by an external application or that this user was added from another source. - - - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Uživatelská oprávnění - Along with being able to manage users' information, it is also important to be able to regularly maintain and control permissions for the users on your board. User permissions include capabilities such as the use of avatars and sending private messages. Global moderator permissions includings abilities such as approving posts, managing topics, and managing bans. Lastly administrator permissions such as altering permissions, defining custom BBCodes, and managing forums. - - To start managing a user's permissions, locate the Users and Groups tab and click on Users' Permissions in the left-side navigation menu. Here, you can assign global permissions to users. In the Look Up User. In the Find a user field, type in the username of the user whose permissions you want to edit. (If you want to edit the anonymous user, check the Select anonymous user checkbox.) Click Submit. - - Permissions are grouped into three different categories: user, moderator, and admin. Each user can have specific settings in each permission category. To faciliate user permissions editing, it is possible to assign specific preset roles to the user. - - - For the following permissions editing actions that are described, there are three choices you have to choose from. You may either select Yes, No, or Never. Selecting Yes will enable the selected permission for the user, while selecting No will disallow the user from having permission for the selected setting, unless another permission setting from another area overrides the setting. If you want to completely disallow the user from having the selected permission ever, then select Never. The Never setting will override all other values assigned to the setting. - - - To edit the user's User permissions, select "User permissions from the Select type selection menu, then press Go. Select the role to apply to the user. If you would like to use the advanced form that will offer more detailed permission configuration, click the Advanced Permissions link. A new form will pop up below the Role selection menu. There are four categories of permissions you may edit: Post, Profile, Misc, and Private messages. - - To edit the user's Moderative permissions, select "Moderator permissions from the Select type selection menu, then press Go. Select the role to apply to the user. If you would like to use the advanced form that will offer more detailed permission configuration, click the Advanced Permissions link. A new form will pop up below the Role selection menu. There are three categories of permissions you may edit: Post actions, Misc, and Topic actions. - - To edit the user's Administrative permissions, select "Admin permissions from the Select type selection menu, then press Go. Select the role to apply to the user. If you would like to use the advanced form that will offer more detailed permission configuration, click the Advanced Permissions link. A new form will pop up below the Role selection menu. There are six categories of permissions you may edit: Permissions, Posting, Misc, Users & Groups, Settings, and Forums. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Uživatelská oprávnění k fórům - - Along with editing your users' user account-related permissions, you can also edit their forum permissions, which relate to the forums in your board. Forum permissions are different from user permissions in that they are directly related and tied to the forums. Users' forum permissions allows you to edit your users' forum permissions. When doing so, you can only assign forum permissions to one user at a time. - - To start editing a user's forum permissions, start by typing in the user's username into the Find a member text box. If you would like to edit the forum permissions that pertain to the anonymous user, check the Select anonymous user text box. Click Submit to continue. - -
    - Selecting forums for users' forum permissions - - - - - - Selecting forums to assign forum permissions to users. In this example, the "Cats" and "Dogs" subforums (their parent forum is "Pets") are selected. The user's forum permissions for these two forums will be edited/updated. - - -
    - - You should now be able to assign forum permissions to the user. You now have two ways to assign forum permissions to the user: you may either select the forum(s) manually with a multiple selection menu, or select a specific forum or category, along with its associated subforums. Click Submit to continue with the forum(s) you have picked. Now, you should be greeted with the Setting permissions screen, where you can actually assign the forum permissions to the user. You should now select what kind of forum permissions you want to edit now; you may either edit the user's Forum permissions or Moderator permissions. Click Go. You should now be able to select the role to assign to the user for each forum you selected previously. If you would like to configure these permissions with more detail, click the Advanced permissions link located in the appropriate forum permissions box, and then update the permissions accordingly. When you are done, click Apply all permissions if you are in the Advanced permissions area, or click Apply all permissions at the bottom of the page to submit all of your changes on the page. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Vlastní pole v profile - přidání a úprava - - One of the many new features in phpBB3 that enhance the user experience is Custom Profile Fields. In the past, users could only fill in information in the common profile fields that were displayed; administrators had to add MODifications to their board to accommodate their individual needs. In phpBB3, however, administrators can comfortably create custom profile fields through the ACP. - - To create your custom profile field, login to your ACP. Click on the Users and Groups tab, and then locate the Custom profile fields link in the left-hand menu to click on. You should now be on the proper page. Locate the empty textbox below the custom profile fields headings, which is next to a selection menu and a Create new field button. Type in the empty textbox the name of the new profile field you want to create first. Then, select the field type in the selection menu. Available options are Numbers, Single text field, Textarea, Boolean (Yes/No), Dropdown box, and Date. Click the Create new field button to continue. The following describes each of the three sets of settings that the new custom profile field will have. - - Add profile field - Field type: This is the kind of the field that your new custom profile field is. That means that it can consist of numbers, dates, etc. This should already be set. - Field identification: This is the name of the profile field. This name will identify the profile field within phpBB3's database and templates. - Display profile field: This setting determines if the new profile field will be displayed at all. The profile field will be shown on topic pages, profiles and the memberlist if this is enabled within the load settings. Only showing within the users profile is enabled by default. - - - - Visibility option - Display in user control panel: This setting determines if your users will be able to change the profile field within the UCP. - Display at registration screen: If this option is enabled, the profile field will be displayed on the registration page. Users will be able to be change this field within the UCP. - Required field: This setting determines if you want to force your users to fill in this profile field. This will display the profile field at registration and within the user control panel. - Hide profile field: If this option is enabled, this profile field will only show up in users' profiles. Only administrators and moderators will be able to see or fill out this field in this case. - - - - Language specific options - Field name/title presented to the user: This is the actual name of the profile field that will be displayed to your users. - Field description: This is a simple description/explanation for your users filling out this field. - - - - When you are done with the above settings, click the Profile type specific options button to continue. Fill out the appropriate settings with what you desire, then click the Next button. If your new custom profile field was created successfully, you should be greeted with a green success message. Congratulations! -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Správa hodností - - Ranks are special titles that can be applied to forum users. As an administrator, it is up to you to create and manage the ranks that exist on your board. The actual names for the ranks are completely up to you; it's usually best to tailor them to the main purpose of your board. - - - When assigning a special rank name to a user, remember that no permissions are associated. For example, if you create a "Support Moderator" rank and assign it to a user, that user will not automatically get moderator permissions. You must assign the user the special permissions separately. - - - To manage your board's ranks, login to your ACP, click on the Users and Groups tab, and then click on the Manage ranks link located in the left-hand menu. You should now be on the rank management page. All current existing ranks are displayed. - - To create a new rank, click on the Add new rank button located below the existing ranks list. Fill in the first field Rank title with the name of the rank. If you uploaded an image you want to attribute to the rank into the /images/ranks/ folder, you can select an image from the selection menu. The last setting you can set is if you want the rank to be a "special" rank. Special ranks are ranks that administrators assign to users; they are not automatically assigned to users based on their postcount. If you selected No, then you can fill in the Minimum posts field with the minimum number of posts your users must have before getting assigned this rank. When you are done, click the Submit button to add this new rank. - - To edit a rank's current settings, locate the rank's row, and then click on its "Edit" button located in the Action column. - - To delete a rank, locate the rank's row, and then click on its "Delete" button located in the Action column. Then, you must confirm the action by clicking on the Yes button when prompted. -
    - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Bezpečnost uživatelů - Other than being able to manage your users on your board, it is also important to be able to protect your board and prevent unwanted registrations and users. The User Security section allows you to manage banned emails, IPs, and usernames, as well as managing disallowed usernames and user pruning. Banned users that exhibit information that match any of these ban rules will not be able to reach any part of your board. - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Ban na e-mail - Sometimes, it is necessary to ban emails in order to prevent unwanted registrations. There may be certain users or spam bots that use emails that you are aware of. Here, in the Ban emails section, you can do this. You can control which email addresses are banned, how long a ban is in effect, and the given reason(s) for banning. - - To ban or exclude one or more email addresses, fill in the Ban one or more email addresses form. Once you are done with your changes, click Submit. - - Ban one or more email addresses - Email address: This textbox should contain all the emails that you want to ban under a single rule. If you want to ban more than one email at this time, put each email on its own line. You can also use wildcards (*) to match partial addresses. - Length of ban: This is how long you want the email address(es) to be banned for. The available options include some common durations, such as number of hours or days. You may also set a date for which the email address(es) will be banned until; to set this, select Until -> from the selection menu, and specify a date in the format "YYYY-MM-DD" in the textbox located below the selection menu. - Exclude from banning: You should enable this if you want to exclude the entered email address from all current bans. - Reason for ban: This is a short reason for why you want to ban the email address(es). This is optional, and can help you remember in the future why you banned the email address(es). - Reason shown to the banned: This is a short explanation that will actually be shown to the users with the banned email address(es). This can be different from the above Reason for ban. - - - Other than adding emails to be banned, you can also un-ban or un-exclude email addresses from bans. To un-ban or exclude one or more email addresses from bans, fill in the Un-ban or un-exclude emails form. Once you are done, click Submit. - - Un-ban or un-exclude emails - Email address: This multiple selection menu lists all currently banned emails. Select the email that you want to un-ban or exclude by clicking on the email in the multiple selection menu. To select more than one email address, you have to use the appropriate combination of mouse and keyboard commands. The most common way to do this is to press and hold down the CTRL button on your keyboard, and then click all of the emails you want to select. Let go of the CTRL button once you are done. - Length of ban: This is an uneditable information box that shows the length of the ban for the currently selected email. If more than one email address is selected, only one of the ban lengths will be displayed. - Reason for ban: This is an uneditable information box that shows the reason for the ban for the currently selected email. If more than one email address is selected, only one of the ban reasons will be displayed. - Reason shown to the banned: This is an uneditable information box that shows the reason shown to the banned for the currently selected email. If more than one email address is selected, only one of the shown ban reasons will be displayed. - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Ban na IP adresu - Sometimes, it is necessary to ban IP addresses or hostnames in order to prevent unwanted users. There may be certain users or spam bots that use IPs or hostnames that you are aware of. Here, in the Ban IPs section, you can do this. You can control which IP addresses or hostnames are banned, how long a ban is in effect, and the given reason(s) for banning. - - To ban or exclude one or more IP addresses and/or hostnames, fill in the Ban one or more email addresses form. Once you are done with your changes, click Submit. - - Ban one or more IPs - IP addresses or hostnames: This textbox should contain all of the IP addresses and/or hostnames that you want to ban under a single rule. If you want to ban more than one IP address and/or hostname at this time, put each IP address and/or hostname on its own line. You can also use wildcards (*) to match partial addresses. - Length of ban: This is how long you want the IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) to be banned for. The available options include some common durations, such as number of hours or days. You may also set a date for which the IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) will be banned until; to set this, select Until -> from the selection menu, and specify a date in the format "YYYY-MM-DD" in the textbox located below the selection menu. - Exclude from banning: You should enable this if you want to exclude the entered IP address(es) and/or hostnames from all current bans. - Reason for ban: This is a short reason for why you want to ban the IP address(es) and/or hostname(s). This is optional, and can help you remember in the future why you banned the IP address(es) and/or hostname(s). - Reason shown to the banned: This is a short explanation that will actually be shown to the users with the banned IP address(es) and/or hostname(s). This can be different from the above Reason for ban. - - - Other than adding IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) to be banned, you can also un-ban or un-exclude IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) from bans. To un-ban or exclude one or more IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) from bans, fill in the Un-ban or un-exclude IPs form. Once you are done, click Submit. - - Un-ban or un-exclude IPs - IP addresses or hostnames: This multiple selection menu lists all currently banned IP address(es) and/or hostname(s). Select the IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) that you want to un-ban or exclude by clicking on the IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) in the multiple selection menu. To select more than one IP address and/or hostname, you have to use the appropriate combination of mouse and keyboard commands. The most common way to do this is to press and hold down the CTRL button on your keyboard, and then click all of the IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) you want to select. Let go of the CTRL button once you are done. - Length of ban: This is an uneditable information box that shows the length of the ban for the currently selected IP address or hostname. If more than one IP address or hostname is selected, only one of the ban lengths will be displayed. - Reason for ban: This is an uneditable information box that shows the reason for the ban for the currently selected IP address or hostname. If more than one IP address or hostname is selected, only one of the ban reasons will be displayed. - Reason shown to the banned: This is an uneditable information box that shows the reason shown to the banned for the currently selected IP address or hostname. If more than one IP address or hostname is selected, only one of the shown ban reasons will be displayed. - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Ban uživatelského jména - Whenever you encounter troublesome users on your board, you may have to ban them. On the Ban usernames page, you can do exactly that. On this page, you can manage all banned usernames. - - To ban or exclude one or more users, fill in the Ban one or more users form. Once you are done with your changes, click Submit. - - Ban one or more usernames - Username: This textbox should contain all of the usernames that you want to ban under a single rule. If you want to ban more than one username at this time, put each username on its own line. You can also use wildcards (*) to partially match usernames. - Length of ban: This is how long you want the username(s) to be banned for. The available options include some common durations, such as number of hours or days. You may also set a date for which the username(s) will be banned until; to set this, select Until -> from the selection menu, and specify a date in the format "YYYY-MM-DD" in the textbox located below the selection menu. - Exclude from banning: You should enable this if you want to exclude the entered username(s) from all current bans. - Reason for ban: This is a short reason for why you want to ban the username(s). This is optional, and can help you remember in the future why you banned the user(s). - Reason shown to the banned: This is a short explanation that will actually be shown to the banned user(s). This can be different from the above Reason for ban. - - - Other than adding users to be banned, you can also un-ban or un-exclude usernames from bans. To un-ban or exclude one or more users from bans, fill in the Un-ban or un-exclude usernames form. Once you are done, click Submit. - - Un-ban or un-exclude usernames - Username: This multiple selection menu lists all currently banned usernames. Select the username(s) that you want to un-ban or exclude by clicking on the username(s) in the multiple selection menu. To select more than one username, you have to use the appropriate combination of mouse and keyboard commands. The most common way to do this is to press and hold down the CTRL button on your keyboard, and then click all of the usernames you want to select. Let go of the CTRL button once you are done. - Length of ban: This is an uneditable information box that shows the length of the ban for the currently selected username. If more than one username is selected, only one of the ban lengths will be displayed. - Reason for ban: This is an uneditable information box that shows the reason for the ban for the currently selected username. If more than one username is selected, only one of the ban reasons will be displayed. - Reason shown to the banned: This is an uneditable information box that shows the reason shown to the banned for the currently selected username. If more than one username is selected, only one of the shown ban reasons will be displayed. - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Nepovolená uživatelská jména - - In phpBB3, it is also possible to disallow the registration of certain usernames that match any usernames that you configure. (This is useful if you want to prevent users from registering with usernames that might confuse them with an important board member.) To manage disallowed usernames, go to the ACP, click the Users and Groups tab, and then click on Disallow usernames, which is located on the side navigation menu. - - To add a disallowed username, locate the Add a disallowed username form, and then type in the username in the textbox labeled Username. You can use wildcards (*) to match any character. For example, to disallow any username that matches "JoeBloggs", you could type in "Joe*". This would prevent all users from registering a username that starts with "Joe". Once you are done, click Submit. - - To remove a disallowed username, locate the Remove a disallowed username form. Select the disallowed username that you would like to remove from the Username selection menu. Click Submit to remove the selected disallowed username. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Pročištění seznamu uživatelů - - In phpBB3, it is possible to prune users from your board in order to keep only your active members. You can also delete a whole user account, along with everything associated with the user account. Prune users allows you to prune and deactivate user accounts on your board by post count, last visited date, and more. - - To start the pruning process, locate the Prune users form. You can prune users based on any combination of the available criteria. (In other words, fill out every field in the form that applies to the user(s) you're targeting for pruning.) When you are ready to prune users that match your specified settings, click Submit. - - - Prune users - Username: Enter a username that you want to be pruned. You can use wildcards (*) to prune users that have a username that matches the given pattern. - Email: The email that you want to be pruned. You can use wildcards (*) to prune users that have an email address that matches the given pattern. - Joined: You can also prune users based on their date of registration. To prune users who joined before a certain date (be careful with this setting), choose Before from the selection menu. To prune users who joined after a certain date, choose After from the selection menu. The date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. - Last active: You can also prune users based on the last time they were active. To prune users who were last active before a certain date (be careful with this setting), choose Before from the selection menu. To prune users who were last after a certain date (this is useful to prune users who have disappeared from your board), choose After from the selection menu. The date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. - Posts: You can prune users based on their post count as well. The criteria for post count can be above, below, or equal to, a specified number. The value you enter must be a positive integer. - Prune users: The usernames of the users you want to prune. Each username you want to prune should be on its own line. You can use wildcards (*) in username patterns as well. - Delete pruned user posts: When users are removed (actually deleted and not just deactivated), you must choose what to do with their posts. To delete all of the posts that belong to the pruned user(s), select the radio button labeled Yes. Otherwise, select No and the pruned user(s)' posts will remain on the board, untouched. - Deactivate or delete: You must choose whether you want to deactivate the pruned user(s)' accounts, or to completely delete and remove them from the board's database. - - - - Pruning users cannot be undone! Be careful with the criteria you choose when pruning users. - -
    - -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - - Správa skupin - - Usergroups are a way of grouping users. This makes it easier to set permissions to many people at the same time. phpBB 3.0 has six pre-defined groups: Administrators, Bots, Global Moderators, Guests, Registered Users, and Registered COPPA Users. - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - - Druhy skupin - There are two types of groups: - - - - - Pre-defined groups - - These are groups that are available by default in phpBB 3.0. You cannot delete them, as the board needs them for various features. You can still change their attributes (description, colour, rank, avatar, and so forth) and group leaders. Users that register to your board are automatically added to the predefined group "Registered Users", for instance. Do not try to remove them manually through the database, or your board will no longer function properly. - - - - Administrators - This usergroup contains all of the administrators on your board. All founders are administrators, but not all administrators are founders. You can control what administrators can do by managing this group. - - - - Bots - This usergroup is meant for search engine bots. phpBB 3.0 has the ability to overcome the common problems that search engine spiders encounter when spidering your board. For more information on managing settings for each bot, see the Spiders and Bots section. - - - - Global Moderators - Global moderators are moderators that have moderator permissions for every forum in your board. You can edit what permissions these moderators have by managing this group. - - - - Guests - Guests are visitors to your board who aren't logged in. You can limit what guests can do by managing this usergroup. - - - - Registered Users - Registered users are a big part of your board. Registered users have already registered on your board. To control what registered users can do, manage this usergroup. - - - - Registered COPPA Users - Registered COPPA users are basically the same as registered users, except that they fall under the COPPA, or Child Online Privacy Protection Act, law, meaning that they are under the age of 18 in the U.S.A. Managing the permissions this usergroup has is important in protecting these users. COPPA doesn't apply to users living outside of the U.S.A. - - - - - - - - User defined groups - - The groups you create by yourself are called "User defined groups". These groups are similar to groups in 2.0. You may create as many as you want, remove them, set group leaders, and change their attributes (description, colour, rank, avatar, and so forth). - - - - The Manage Groups section in the ACP shows you separated lists of both your "User defined groups" and the "Pre-defined groups". - -
    -
    - Vlastnosti skupin - A list of attributes a group can have: - - - Group name - The name of your group. - - - Group description - The description of the group that will be displayed on the group overview list.. - - - Display group in legend: - This will enable the display of the name of the group in the legend of the "Who is Online" list. Note, that this will only make sense if you specified a colour for the group. - - - Group able to receive private messages - This will allow the sending of Private Messages to this group. Please note, that it can be dangerous to allow this for Registered Users, for instance. There is no permission to deny the sending to groups, so anyone who is able to send Private Messages will be able to send a message to this group! - - - Group private message limit per folder - This setting overrides the per-user folder message limit. A value of "0" means the user default limit will be used. See the section on user preferences for more information about private message settings. - - - Group colour - The name of members that have this group as their default group (see ) will be displayed in this colour on all forum pages. If you enable Display group in legend, an legend entry with the same colour will appear below the "Who is Online" listing. - - - Group rank - A member that has this group as the default group (see ) will have this rank below his username. Note, that you can change the rank of this member to a different one that overrides the group setting. See the section on ranks for more information. - - - Group avatar - A member that has this group as the default group (see ) will use this avatar. Note that a member can change his avatar to a different one if he has the permission to do so. For more information on avatar settings, see the userguide section on avatars. - - - -
    -
    - Výchozí skupina uživatele - As it is now possible to assign attributes like colours or avatars to groups (see , it can happen that a user is a member of two or more different groups that have different avatars or other attributes. So, which avatar will the user now inherit? - To overcome this problem, you are able to assign each user exactly one "Default group". The user will only inherit the attributes of this group. Note, that it is not possible to mix attributes: If one group has a rank but no avatar, and another group has only a avatar, it is not possible to display the avatar from one group and the rank from the other group. You have to decide for one "Default group". - - Default groups have no influence on permissions. There is no added permissions bonus for your default group, so a user's permissions will stay the same, no matter what group is his default one. - - You can change default groups in two ways. You can do this either through the user management (see ), or directly through the groups management (Manage groups) page. Please be careful with the second option, as when you change the default group through a group directly, this will change the default group for all its group members and overwrite their old default groups. So, if you change the default group for the "Registered Users" group by using the Default link, all members of your forum will have this group as their default one, even members of the Administrators and Moderators groups as they are also members of "Registered Users". - - If you make a group the default one that has a rank and avatar set, the user's old avatar and rank will be overwritten by the group. - -
    -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Oprávnění - struktura a nastavení - -
    - -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Styly - phpBB 3.0 je velmi lehko upravitelné. Nastavení alternativních stylů je jedna z možností, jak přizpůsobit vaše fóru představám vašich uživatelů i ostatních administrátorů. Nastavením vlastního stylu získá vaše fórum osobitý charakter a zaujme lidi nečím novým. Všechny potřebné činnosti k správě stylů se nacházejí zde, pod záložkou Styly. - - Styly v phpBB 3.0 se skládají ze tří částí: - - - Šablony - Šablony jsou HTML soubory zodpovědné za rozvržení a strukturu vašeho fóra. - - - - Skiny (CSS) - Skiny jsou kombinací barevného schématu, obrázků a stylů, které doplňují a určují vzhled šablon. - - - - Sady obrázků - Sady obrázků jsou skupiny obrázků, které jsou používány na vašem fóru. Např. tlačítko pro Nové téma, Odpoveď nebo novou soukromou zprávu jsou v nich zahrnuty. - - - - - -
    - -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Údržba fóra - - Správu phpBB 3.0 mají na starosti administrátoři. Pro usnadnění jejich práce je tu sekce Údržba, která jim může pomoci poskytnout nutné informace. Údržba fóra je hlavní úkol admina a je základní podmínkou pro úspešné fórum. - - Board Maintenance is a section in the ACP that allows you to keep track of internal phpBB information, such as logs, as well as maintaining your database (which holds your phpBB-related data), such as backing up and restoring data. - -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Logy činností na fóru - Logy v ACP vám poskytují přehled o vykonaných činnostech na fóru. Jako administrátor můžete tedy sledovat vše, co se mění a děje na vašem fóru. Jsou čtyři druhy logů: - - - Administrátorský log - - Tento log zaznamenává veškeré činnosti v administraci fóra. - - - - Moderátorský log - - Každá moderátorská činnost je zaznamenána zde. Pokud bude téma přesunuto, zamknuto nebo odstraněno, na tomto místě vždy najdete moderátora, který akci spustil. - - - - Uživatelský log - - Tento log zaznamenává veškeré důležité události, které vykonali uživatelé. Například všechny změny e-mailů nebo hesel jsou zde zaznamenány. - - - - Log chyb - - Zde naleznete výpis chyb, kdy phpBB se snažilo vykonat nějakou akci, která selhala. Příkladem může být posílání e-mailů. Pokud vám nějaká funkce v phpBB nefunguje, podívejte se nejprve sem do logu. - - - - - Klikněte na jeden z odkazů na logy v levém menu pod nadpisem Log fór. - - Pokud máte dostatečná oprávnění, můžete smazat některé nebo všechny záznamy z výpisu. Pro odstranění záznamů, zaškrtněte potřebné položky a klikněte na tlačítko Odstranit označené. - -
    - -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Záloha a obnova databáze -
    - -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Systémová konfigurace - -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Kontrola aktualizací -
    -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Správa vyhledávacích robotů -
    -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Hromadný e-mail -
    -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Jazykové balíky -
    -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Informace o PHP - Tato možnost vám poskytne výpis informací o instalaci PHP na vašem serveru, spolu s ním budou vypsány načtené moduly a nastavená konfigurace. Tyto informace mohou pomoci podpoře určit, kde je jádro problému, v případě potíží na vašem fóru. Informace zde zobrazené mohou být citlivé a je dobré je ukazovat veřejně pouze na vyžádání v případě potřeby. - Bohužel některé hostingové společnosti tuto funkci nedovolují, v tomto případě zkuste kontaktovat jejich technickou podporu. -
    -
    - Manage reasons for reporting and denying posts -
    -
    - Module Management -
    -
    -
    diff --git a/documentation/content/cs/chapters/glossary.xml b/documentation/content/cs/chapters/glossary.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 702279c1..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/cs/chapters/glossary.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,288 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id$ - - 2009 - phpBB.cz - - - Slovníček pojmů - - Vysvětlení pojmů používaných v dokumentaci a na fóru. - - -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Termíny - Na fóru a v dokumentaci je používáno velké množství pojmů, zde naleznete vysvětlení a popis některých z nich. - - - - - - ACP - - ACP je zkratka pro anglické „Administration Control Panel“, v češtině se používá odpovídající výraz Administrace fóra. Je to ovládací rozhraní fóra, ze kterého mohou administrátoři upravovat veškeré nastavení fóra. - - - - - ASCII - - ASCII neboli „American Standard Code for Information Interchange“ je běžný způsob jak zakódovat data, která budou přenášena mezi dvěma počítači. FTP klienti používají ASCII pro přenos některých souborů. Všechny soubory phpBB (s koncovkou .php, .inc, .sql, .cfg, .htm, .html and .tpl), kromě obrázků, by měly být přenášeny v režimu ASCII. - - - - - Přílohy - - Přílohy jsou soubory, které mohou být připojeny k příspěvkům stejně jako u e-mailů. Přílohy mohou být používány podle toho, jaká omezení nastaví administrátor fóra. - - - - - Avatar - - Avatary jsou menší obrázky zobrazené vedle uživatelského jména. Avatary lze nastavit v uživatelském panelu a podléhají nastavení, která zvolí administrátor fóra v ACP. - - - - - BBCode - - BBCode je nástroj pro formátování příspěvků, který vám dovoluje ovlivnit vzhled textu. BBCode má podobnou syntaxi jako HTML. - - - - - Binární - - V phpBB, „binární přenos“ většinou odkazuje na druhý častý způsob přenášení souborů mezi dvěma počítači, první z nich je ASCII. Binární přenos je často možné nastavit v FTP klientech pro přenos souborů. Všechny obrázky v phpBB (nacházející se hlavně v adresáři images/ a adresářích stylů) by měly být přenášeny v binárním režimu. - - - - - Cache - - Cache je způsob uložení dat, ke kterým je často přistupováno. Uložení souborů v cache sníží potřebný výkon serveru pro zpracování a urychlí vyřizování ostatních požadavků. phpBB běžně ukládá v cache zkompilované soubory šablon a výsledky častých statických dotazů na databázi. - - - - - Kategorie - - Kategorie je skupina jakýchkoliv podobných položek. - - - - - chmod - - chmod je způsob jak měnit oprávnění souborů na *nixových serverech (UNIX, Linux, atd.). Soubory phpBB by měly mít nastaveno oprávnění 644, nastavení adresářů by mělo být 755. Adresáře pro nahrávání avatarů a souborů, cache a adresář store/ by měly být oprávnění 777, které zajišťuje možnost zápisu. Pro další informace o CHMOD se podívejte do dokumentace vašeho FTP klienta. - - - - - Klient - - Klient je počítač, který přistupuje k službě jiného počítače přes síť. - - - - - Cookie - - Cookie je malý textový soubor, který prohlížeč ukládá na vašem počítači pro danou webovou stránku. phpBB používá cookies pro ukládání informací o přihlášení. - - - - - Databáze - - Databáze je organizované (s různými tabulkami, řádky a sloupci) úložiště dat. Databáze poskytují rychlý a flexibilní způsob pro ukládání dat oproti jednoduchému ukládání dat v souborech. phpBB 3.0 podporuje několik různých druhů DBMS a používá databázi pro uložení informací jako jsou uživatelé, příspěvky nebo fóra. Data uložená v databázi je velmi jednoduché zálohovat a obnovovat. - - - - - DBAL - - DBAL neboli „Database Abstraction Layer“ je systém, který umožňuje připojení fóra k mnoha různým DBMS s minimálními nároky. Všechen kód pro phpBB (včetně MODů) musí používat DBAL pro maximální kompatabilitu a výkon. - - - - - DBMS - - DBMS neboli „Database Management System“ je systém pro správu databází. phpBB 3.0 podporuje následující databázové systémy: Firebird, MS SQL Server, MySQL, Oracle, PostgreSQL a SQLite. - - - - - FTP - - FTP je zkratka pro "File Transfer Protocol". FTP je protokol, kterým mohou mezi sebou komunikovat počítače. FTP klienti jsou programy, které přenášejí soubory přes FTP. - - - - - Zakladatel - - Zakladatel je zvláštní druh administrátora na fóru, který nemůže být odstraněn nebo upraven. Úroveň zakladatele byla nově uvedena phpBB 3.0. - - - - - GZip - - GZip je druh komprese, který je často používán webovými aplikacemi, jako je například phpBB pro zrychlení načítání stránek. Většina dnešních prohlížečů podporuje kompresi gzip během stahování. Gzip se také používá pro kompresy archivů se soubory. Vysoké stupně komprese urychlí načítání stránek, zároveň ale zvyšují vytížení serveru. - - - - - IP adresa - - IP adresa, je unikátní označení, které směřuje na specifický počítač nebo uživatele. - - - - - Jabber - - Jabber je otevřený protokol, který lze použít pro posílání instatních zpráv, pro více informací o použití Jabberu v phpBB viz . - - - - - MCP - - MCP je zkratka pro Moderation Control Panel, česky Moderátorský panel. Je to centrální rozhraní, přes které mohou moderátoři spravovat diskuze na fóru. Všechny funkce týkající se moderování se nacházejí zde. - - - - - MD5 - - MD5 (Message Digest algorithm 5) je často používanou funkci pro vytváření hashů (otisků). MD5 je algoritmus, který vezme vstup a vrátí výstup s pevnou délkou (128-bitů, 32 znaků). MD5 je používáno pro jednosměrné zahashování hesel v phpBB, proto nejdou "dešifrovat". Uživatelská hesla jsou uložena pomocí pokročilých funkcí, které jsou založeny na md5 a zajišťují tak bezpečnost hesel. - - - - - MOD - - MOD je balíček, který umožní upravit phpBB. Může přidat, upravit nebo jinak změnit chování a funkce fóra. MODy píší různí autoři, žádný nepochází od phpBB Group, které nemá žádnou odpovědnost za ně. - - - - - PHP - - PHP nebo-li "PHP: Hypertext Preprocessor" je velmi často používaný otevřený skriptovací jazyk. phpBB je napsáno v PHP a potřebuje jej, aby mohlo být spuštěno a načteno správně. Více informací o PHP naleznete na domovské stránce PHP. - - - - - phpMyAdmin - - phpMyAdmin je oblíbená otevřená aplikace, které se používá k správě databází MySQL. Během MODování phpBB nebo provádění jiných úprav budete občas vyzvání k úpravě databáze. phpMyAdmin vám to umožní v přívětivém grafickém prostředí. Více informací naleznete na domovské stránce projektu phpMyAdmin. - - - - - Soukromé zprávy - - Soukromé zprávy umožňují uživatelům komunikovat soukromně na vašem fóru bez toho, aniž by museli použít e-mail nebo instatní zprávy. Pouze adresát zprávy si ji může přečíst, zprávy lze kopírovat i přeposílat. Uživatelský průvodce popisuje používání soukromých zpráv podrobněji. - - - - - Hodnost - - Hodnost je druh titulu nebo hodnocení, které lze přiřadit k uživateli. Ranky mohou spravovat administrátoři. - - - Pamatujte, že přiřazením hodnosti uživatel nedostane žádné zvláštní oprávnění. Pokud například vytvoříte hodnost "Super Moderátor" a přiřadíte ji uživateli, neznamená to, že může automaticky moderovat fórum. Musíte ho ještě přidat do skupiny, která má tyto oprávnění. - - - - - - Zapisovatelné serverem - - Všechny soubory nebo složky, které jsou zapisovatelné serverem, mají nastavená taková oprávnění, že PHP nebo konkrétně phpBB může upravovat jejich obsah a nakládat s nimi. Některé funkce phpBB3 vyžadují, aby určité soubory nebo adresáře byly zapisovatelné. Nastavení oprávnění souboru se liší podle operačního systému. Na *nixových server se k nastavení oprávnění souborů a adresářů používá příkaz CHMOD, u serverů založených na Windows se používá vlastní systém. Někteří FTP klienti umožňují změnit oprávnění souborů přes kontextová menu. - - - - - Session/sezení - - Session (česky někdy překládáno sezení) je de facto návštěva phpBB fóra. Session se vytvoří při vstupu na fórum a odstraní se po určité době, nastavitelné v administraci, po odchodu z fóra. Session ID jsou často uloženy v cookie, pokud ale phpBB je nemůže vytvořit, předá je v URL (např. index.php?sid=999). ID session zachovává informace o uživateli bez použití cookie. Pokud by se nepoužilo předání v URL a uživatel by měl vypnuté cookies, ocitl by se odhlášený po každém kliknutí na fóru. - - - - - Podpis - - Podpis je krátký text, který se zobrazuje pod každým příspěvkem uživatele. Podpisy si nastavují uživatelé. Zobrazení podpisu pod příspěvky určuje nastavení uživatele v jeho profilu. - - - - - SMTP - - SMTP je zkratka pro "Simple Mail Transfer Protocol". SMTP je protokol používaný k posílaní e-mailových zpráv. Běžne phpBB používá vestavěnou funkci PHP, která se nazývá mail(). Umožňuje ale posílání zpráv i přímo přes SMTP, pokud jsou správně nastaveny údaje pro připojení v administraci. - - - - - Styl - - Styl se skládá ze sady šablon, sady obrázků a stylopisu. Styl určuje, jak bude vypadat vaše fórum. - - - - - Sub-forum - - Sub-forums are a new feature introduced in phpBB 3.0. Sub-forums are forums that are nested in, or located in, other forums. - - - - - Template - - A template is what controls the layout of a style. phpBB 3.0 template files have the .html file extension. These template files contain mostly HTML (no PHP, however), with some variables that phpBB uses (contained in braces: { and }). - - - - - UCP - - The UCP, or User Control Panel, is the central point from which users can manage all of the settings and features that pertain to their accounts. - - - - - UNIX Timestamp - - phpBB stores all times in the UNIX timestamp format for easy conversion to other time zones and time formats. - - - - - Usergroup - - Usergroups are a way of grouping users. This makes it easier to set permissions to many people at the same time (e.g. create a moderator group and give it moderating permissions to a certain forum instead of giving lots of individual people moderating permissions separately). A usergroup has a usergroup moderator (a leader, essentially), who has the ability to add or delete users from the group. Usergroups can be set to hidden, closed or open. If a usergroup is open, users can try requesting membership via the proper page within the group control panel. phpBB 3.0 has six pre-defined usergroups. - - - -
    -
    diff --git a/documentation/content/cs/chapters/moderator_guide.xml b/documentation/content/cs/chapters/moderator_guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index ef7e3a5c..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/cs/chapters/moderator_guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,407 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id$ - - 2006 - phpBB Group - - - Moderator Guide - - This chapter describes the phpBB 3.0 forum moderation controls. - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Editing posts - Moderators with privileges in the relevant forums are able to edit topics and posts. You can usually view who the moderators are beneath the forum description on the index page. A user with moderator privileges is able to select the edit button beside each post. Beyond this point, they are able to: - - - - Delete posts - - This option removes the post from the topic. Remember that it cannot be recovered once deleted. - - - - - Change or remove the post icon - - Decides whether or not an icon accompanies the post, and if so, which icon. - - - - - Alter the subject and message body - - Allows the moderator to alter the contents of the post. - - - - - Alter the post options - disabling BBCode/Smilies parsing URLs etc. - - Determines whether certain features are enabled in the post. - - - - - Lock the topic or post - - Allows the moderator to lock the current post, or the full topic. - - - - - Add, alter or remove attachments - - Select attachments to be removed or edited (if option is enabled and attachments are present). - - - - - Modify poll settings - - Alter the current poll settings (if option is enabled and a poll is present). - - - - - If, for any case the moderator decides that the post should not be edited, they may lock the post to prevent the user doing so. The user will be shown a notice when they attempt to edit the post in future. Should the moderator wish to state why the post was edited, they may enter a reason when editing the post. - - -
    -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Moderation tools - Beneath topics, the moderator has various options in a dropdown box which modify the topic in different ways. These include the ability to lock, unlock, delete, move, split, merge and copy the topic. As well as these, they are also able to change the topic type (Sticky/Announcement/Global), and also view the topics logs. The following subsections detail each action on a topic that a moderator can perform. - -
    - Quick Mod Tools - - - - - - The quick moderator tools. As you can see, these tools are located at the end of each topic at the bottom of the page, before the last post on that page. Clicking on the selection menu will show you all of the actions you may perform. - - -
    - -
    - Locking a topic or post - This outlines how a moderator may lock whole topics or individual posts. There are various ways a moderator may do this, either by using the Moderator Control Panel when viewing a forum, navigating to the selection menu beneath the topic in question, or editing any post within a topic and checking the relevant checkbox. - Locking a whole topic ensures that no user can reply to it, whereas locking individual posts denies the post author any editing permissions for that post. -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Deleting a topic or post - If enabled within the Administration Control Panel permissions, a user may delete their own posts when either viewing a topic or editing a previous post. The user may only delete a topic or post if it has not yet been replied to. - Administrators and moderators have similar editing permissions, but only administrators are allowed to remove topics regardless of replies. Using the selection menu beneath topics allows quick removal. The Moderator Control Panel allows multiple deletions of separate posts. - - Please note that any topics or posts cannot be retrieved once deleted. Consider using a hidden forum that topics can be moved to for future reference. - -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Moving a topic into another forum - To move a topic to another forum, navigate to the Quick MOD Tools area beneath the topic and select Move Topic from the selection menu. You will then be met with another selection menu of a location (another forum) to move it to. If you would like to leave a Shadow Topic behind, leave the box checked. Select the desired forum and click Yes. - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Shadow Topics - Shadow topics can be created when moving a topic from one forum to another. A shadow topic is simply a link to the topic in the forum it’s been moved from. You may choose whether or not to leave a shadow topic by selecting or unselecting the checkbox in the Move Topic dialog. - To delete a shadow topic, navigate to the forum containing the shadow topic, and use the Moderator Control Panelto select and delete the topic. - - Deleting a shadow topic will not delete the original topic that it is a shadow of. - -
    -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Duplicating a topic - Moderators are also allowed to duplicate topics. Duplicating a topic simply creates a copy of the selected topic in another forum. This can be achieved by using the Quick MOD Tools area beneath the topic you want to duplicate, or through the Moderator Control Panel when viewing the forum. From this, you simply select the destination forum you wish to duplicate the topic to. Click Yes to duplicate the topic. -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Announcements and stickies - There are various types of topics the forum administrators and moderators (if they have the appropriate permissions) can assign to specific topics. These special topic types are: Global Announcements, Announcements, and Stickies. The Topic Type can be chosen when posting a new topic or editing the first post of a previously posted topic. You may choose which type of topic you would prefer by selecting the relevant radio button. When viewing the forum, global announcements and basic announcements are displayed under a separate heading than that of stickies and normal topics. -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Splitting posts off a topic - Moderators also have the ability to split posts from a topic. This can be useful if certain discussions have spawned a new idea worthy of its own thread, thus needing to be split from the original topic. Splitting posts involves moving individual posts from an existing topic to a new topic. You may do this by using the Quick MOD Tools area beneath the topic you want to split or from the Moderator Control Panel within the topic. - While splitting, you may choose a title for the new topic, a different forum for the new topic, and also a different icon. You may also override the default board settings for the amount of posts to be displayed per page. The Splitting from the selected post option will split all posts from the checked post, to the last post. The Splitting selected posts option will only split the current selected posts. -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Merge topics - In phpBB3, it is now possible to merge topics together, in addition to splitting topics. This can be useful if, for example, two separate topics are related and involve the same discussion. The merging topics feature allows existing topics to be merged into one another. - To merge topics together, start by locating selection menu beneath the topic in question, which brings you to the Moderator Control Panel. From here, you need to enter the topic ID of the topic you want to move the posts to. You can click Select topic to see a list of the topics available and specify which. Checking the Mark all section will select all the posts in the current topic and allow moving to the existing topic. The posts merged into the new topic will retain their existing timestamp (e.g. they will not appear at the end of the topic they are being merged to, but will be sorted based on their timestamp). -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Merge posts into another topic - Rather than just merging topics together, you can also merge specific posts into any other topic. - To merge specific posts into another topic, start by locating the selection menu beneath the topic, and get to the Moderator Control Panel. From here, you need to enter the topic ID of the topic you want to move the posts to. You can click Select topic to see a list of the topics available and specify which. Select the posts which you wish to merge from the current topic, into the existing topic. The posts merged into the new topic will retain their existing timestamp (e.g. they will not appear at the end of the topic they are being merged to, but will be sorted based on their timestamp). -
    -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - What is the “Moderation queue”? - The Moderation Queue is an area where topics and posts which need to be approved are listed. If a forum or user’s permissions are set to moderator queue via the Administration Control Panel, all posts made in that forum or by this user will need to be approved by an administrator or moderator before they are displayed to other users. Topics and posts which require approval can be viewed through the Moderator Control Panel. - When viewing a forum, topics which have not yet been approved will be marked with an icon, clicking on this icon will take you directly to the Moderator Control Panel where you may approve or disapprove the topic. Likewise, when viewing the topic itself, the post requiring approval will be accompanied with a message which also links to the post waiting approval. - If you choose to approve a topic or post, you will be given the option to notify the user of its approval. If you choose to disapprove a topic or post, you will be given the option to notify the user of its disapproval and also specify why you have disapproved the post, and enter a description. - For further information regarding the Moderator Control Panel, see . -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - What are “Reported posts”? - Unlike phpBB2, phpBB3 now allows users to report a post, for reasons the board administrator can define within the Administration Control Panel. If a user finds a post unsuitable for any reason, they may report it using the Report Post button beside the offending message. This report is then displayed within the Moderator Control Panel where the Administrator or Moderators can view, close, or delete the report. - When viewing a forum with post reports within topics, the topic title will be accompanied by a red exclamation icon. This alerts the administrator(s) or moderators that there a post has been reported. When viewing topics, reported posts are accompanied by a red exclamation and text. Clicking this icon or text will bring them to the Reported Posts section of the Moderator Control Panel. - For further information regarding the Moderator Control Panel, see . -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - The Moderator Control Panel (MCP) - Another new feature in phpBB3 is the Moderator Control Panel, where any moderator will feel at home. Similar to the Administration Control Panel, this area outlines any current moderator duties that need to be acted upon. After navigating to the MCP, the moderator will be greeted with any posts waiting for approval, any post reports and the five latest logged actions - performed by administrators, moderators, and users. - On the left side is a menu containing all the relevant areas within the MCP. This guide outlines each individual section and what kind of information they each contain: - - - Main - - This contains pre-approved posts, reported posts and the five latest logged actions. - - - - - Moderation queue - - This area lists any topics or posts waiting for approval. - - - - - Reported posts - - A list of all open or closed reported posts. - - - - - User notes - - This is an area for administrators or moderators to leave feedback on certain users. - - - - - Warnings - - The ability to warn a user, view current users with warnings and view the five latest warnings. - - - - - Moderator logs - - This is an in-depth list of the five latest actions performed by administrators, moderators or users, as shown on the main page of the MCP. - - - - - Banning - - The option to ban users by username, IP address or email address. - - - - - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Moderation queue - The moderation queue lists topics or posts which require moderator action. The moderation queue is accessible from the Moderator Control Panel. For more information regarding the moderation queue, see . -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Reported posts - Reported posts are reports submitted by users regarding problematic posts. Any current reported posts are accessible from the Moderator Control Panel. For more information regarding reported posts, see . -
    - -
    - Forum moderation - When viewing any particular forum, clicking Moderator Control Panel will take you to the forum moderation area. Here, you are able to mass moderate topics within that forum via the dropdown box. The available actions are: - - Delete: Deletes the selected topic(s). - Move: Moves the selected topic(s) to another forum of your preference. - Fork: Creates a duplicate of the selected topic(s) in another forum of your preference. - Lock: Locks the selected topic(s). - Unlock: Unlocks the selected topic(s). - Resync: Resynchronise the selected topic(s). - Change topic type: Change the topic type to either Global Announcement, Announcement, Sticky, or Regular Topic. - - - - You can also mass-moderate posts within topics. This can be done by navigating through the MCP when viewing the forum, and clicking on the topic itself. Another way to accomplish this is to click the MCP link whilst viewing the particular topic you wish to moderate. - When moderating inside a topic, you can: rename the topic title, move the topic to a different forum, alter the topic icon, merge the topic with another topic, or define how many posts per page will be displayed (this will override the board setting). - From the selection menu, you may also: lock and unlock individual posts, delete the selected post(s), merge the selected post(s), or split or split from the selected post(s). - The Post Details link next to posts also entitle you to alter other settings. As well as viewing the poster’s IP address, profile and notes, and the ability to warn the poster, you also have the option to change the poster ID assigned to the post. You can also lock or delete the post from this page. - - - Depending on the specific permissions set to your user account, some of the aforementioned options and abilities may not be available to you. - - - For further information regarding the Moderator Control Panel, see . -
    -
    -
    diff --git a/documentation/content/cs/chapters/quick_start_guide.xml b/documentation/content/cs/chapters/quick_start_guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index f6cb1691..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/cs/chapters/quick_start_guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,451 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id$ - - 2009 - phpBB.cz - - - Rychlý průvodce - - Rychlý průvodce prvními kroky instalace a konfigurace vašeho phpBB 3.0 fóra. - -
    - - - - Preston - - - ameeck - - - - Požadavky - Aby bylo možno phpBB nainstalovat a používat, musí být splněno pár požadavků. V této sekci najdete jejich popis. - - - Webserver či webhosting běžící na jednom z hlavních operačních systémů s podporou PHP - - - Jeden z následujících SQL databázových systémů: - - - FireBird 2.0 nebo vyšší - - - MySQL 3.23 nebo vyšší - - - MS SQL Server 2000 nebo vyšší (přímo či přes ODBC) - - - Oracle - - - PostgreSQL 7.x nebo vyšší - - - SQLite 2 - - - - - PHP 4.3.3 nebo vyšší s podporou databáze, kterou se chystáte použít. Následující PHP moduly poskytnou přístup k některým dalším funkcím avšak jejich přítomnost není vyžadována. - - - Podpora zlib komprese - - - FTP přístup přes PHP - - - Podpora XML - - - Podpora Imagemagick - - - Podpora GD - - - - - Kontrola těchto požadavků bude provedena během instalace vysvětlené v . -
    -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Instalace - Proces instalace phpBB 3.0 je snadný a provede váš všemi jejími kroky. - Poté, co si rozbalíte archiv obsahující phpBB3 a položky v něm obsažené nahrajete na FTP, musíte pro zahájení instalace zadat do vašeho prohlížeče patřičnou URL. Jakmile poprvé na danou URL adresu přejdete (např. http://www.vaseforum.cz/phpBB3), phpBB zjistí, že ještě není nainstalováno a automaticky vás přesměruje na instalaci. -
    - Přehled - - - - - - Úvodní stránka instalačního průvodce. - - -
    -
    - Úvod - Instalační stránka vám poskytne krátký úvod do phpBB. Umožňuje vám přečíst si licenci, pod kterou je phpBB 3.0 vydáváno (General Public License) a poskytuje vám informace o tom, kde je možné získat podporu. Pro spuštění instalace klikněte na tlačítko Instalovat (viz ). -
    -
    - Požadavky - - Přečtěte si sekci o požadavcích phpBB3 pro zjištění dalších podrobností o minimálních nárocích systému phpBB. - - Seznam požadavků je první stránka, se kterou se setkáte při instalaci phpBB 3.0 automaticky zkontroluje, jestli jsou všechna potřebná nastavení na serveru v pořádku. Pro instalaci je potřeba mít nainstalovaný PHP na vašem serveru a alespoň jeden databázový systém, nejčastěji MySQL. Je také nutné mít nastavená přístupová práva k složkám a umožnit zapisování do nich (většinou pomocí příkazu CHMOD), jejich výpis je na konci seznamu. Projděte si popis každé ze sekcí pro získání více informací. Pokud je vše v pořádku, můžete pokračovat v instalaci kliknutím na Začít instalaci. -
    -
    - Nastavení databáze - Nyní si zvolíte databázový systém, na kterém poběží vaše fórum. Přečtěte si sekci o požadavcích phpBB3 pro seznam podporovaných databází. Pokud neznáte přístupové údaje k databázi, kontaktuje technickou podporu vašeho hostingu. Nelze bez nich pokračovat. Budete potřebovat: - - - Druh databáze - systém, který budete používat (např. mySQL, MSSQL server, Oracle) - - - Databázový server nebo DSN - adresa serveru, kde bude uložena databáze. - - - Port databázového serveru - port serveru, ve většině případů ponecháte prázdné. - - - Název databáze - název databáze na serveru, není to samé co uživatelské jméno. - - - Uživatelské jméno databáze a Heslo databáze - přístupové údaje k databázi. - - - - Pokud chcete použít SQLite, měli byste zadat celou cestu k databázovému souboru a ponechat prázdné pole s přístupovými údaji. Z bezpečnostních důvodu byste měli zajistit, že soubor databáze nebude přístupný z webu. - -
    - Nastavení databáze - - - - - - Stránka, kde se nastavuje přístup k databázi, ujistěte se, že znáte všechny potřebné údaje. - - -
    - Není nutné měnit Předponu databázových tabulek pokud nebudete chtít sdílet více instalací phpBB v jedné databázi. Pokud ano, je nutné pro každé fórum zvolit jinou předponu. - Po zadání údajů můžete pokračovat kliknutím na Pokračovat na další krok. phpBB ihned zkontroluje a ověří zadaná data. - Pokud uvidíte zprávu „Nelze se připojit k databázi“, znamená to, že jste zadali nesprávné údaje a je potřeba je opravit. Znovu, pokud si nejste jisti nastavením, kontaktujte technickou podporu vašeho hostingu. - - Pamatujte, že uživatelské jméno a heslo zohledňují velikost písmen. Musíte zadat přesně to samé heslo jako máte nastaveno v administraci hostingu. - - Pokud jste nainstalovali jinou verzi phpBB do stejné databáze se stejnou předponou, phpBB vám to oznámí a stačí zadat jinou předponu tabulek. - Pokud uvidíte Úspěšně připojeno, můžete pokračovat na další krok. -
    -
    - Detaily administrátora - Nyní vytvoříte účet administrátora. Ten bude mít plná administrátorská práva k fóru a bude první uživatel na něm. Všechna pole na této stránce jsou povinná. Na této stránce si vyberete výchozí jazyk vašeho fóra, v základním balíku phpBB je přibalen pouze balík British English. Stáhnout češtinu, pokud ji nemáte nahranou, lze na www.phpbb.cz a přidat ji můžete později. -
    -
    - Konfigurační soubor - V tomto kroku zkusí phpBB automaticky vytvořit konfigurační soubor. Ten je nutný pro správný běh fóra, obsahuje totiž údaje pro připojení k databázi. - Většinou funguje automatické zapsání souboru. V některých případech ale tato funkce selže, např. kvůli nedostatečným oprávněním k úpravě souborů. V tom případě budete muset nahrát soubor ručně. phpBB vám nabídne soubor ke stažení a poskytne další instrukce, přečtěte si je pozorně. Po nahrání souboru klikněte na Hotovo pro postup na poslední krok. Pokud vás tlačítko Hotovo vrátí na stejnou stránku a nevrátí zprávu o úspěšném nahrání, musíte nahrát soubor znovu, pravděpodobně jste jej zkopírovali špatně. -
    -
    - Pokročilá nastavení - Pokročilá nastavení vám umožňují nastavit některé ze systémových nastavení fóra. Jsou volitelná, takže je můžete nechat prázdná a pokračovat dále, později jdou změnit. - Pokud byla instalace úspěšná, můžete nyní kliknout na Přihlásit se a kouknout se na Administraci fóra. Gratulujeme, úspěšně jste nainstalovali phpBB 3.0. Nejste ale u konce, ještě je potřeba nastavit mnoho věcí! - Pokud vám dělá potíže nainstalovat phpBB 3.0 po přečtení tohoto průvodce, podívejte se na sekci o podpoře pro získání odkazů, kde vám bude poskytnuta další podpora. - Pokud převádíte vaše fórum z phpBB2, v tomto bodě byste se měli podívat na průvodce aktualizací pro další informace. Pokud ne, odstraňte adresář install/ z vašeho serveru. Dokud tak neučiníte, dostanete se pouze do administrace fóra. -
    -
    -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Základní nastavení - V této sekci vás provedeme prvními úpravami vašeho nového fóra. - Ihned po instalaci budete přesměrováni na „Administraci fóra“, zkratkou označovanou jako ACP. Přejít na administraci můžete také kliknutím na odkaz [Administrace fóra] v patičce stránky vašeho fóra. V administračním rozhraní se de facto mění všechna nastavení fóra. -
    - Nastavení fóra - První sekce v administraci, kam pravděpodobně zamíříte, je Nastavení fóra. Zde můžete změnit název (Název fóra) nebo popis (Popis fóra), který se bude zobrazovat v hlavičce všech stránek. -
    - Nastavení fóra - - - - - - Zde lze změnit název a popis fóra. - - -
    - Tato stránka vám umožňuje změnit několik dalších věcí jako je Časové pásmo systému nebo Formát data, který bude použit pro zobrazení všech uváděných časů nebo dat. - Na této stránce se mění výchozí styl fóra, kteří uvidí návštěvníci a nově registrovaní. Pokud nenastavíte Vždy použít výchozí styl, uživatelé si budou moci vybrat z nainstalovaných stylů ve svém Uživatelském panelu. Pro změnu stylu musíte nejdříve nainstalovat nějaký nový, v základní instalaci phpBB jsou přibaleny dva: výchozí prosilver a subsilver2, následník stylu subSilver z phpBB2. Pro více informací o stylech a jejich instalaci navštivte stránku o stylech na phpbb.com. - Pravděpodobně budete chtít mít nainstalovaný jazykový balík s češtinou nebo slovenštinou. Pokud jste ji nezvolili již při instalaci, nyní je čas stáhnout jazykový balík a nahrát jej na fórum. Poté, co ho nainstalujete přes záložku Systém, zde jej změníte na výchozí jazyk fóra. Pro více informací si přečtěte sekci Jazykové balíky . -
    - -
    - Funkce fóra - Pokud chcete vypnout nebo zapnout některé ze základních funkcí fóra, jste na správném místě. Mimojiné lze zde upravit to, jestli si budou moci uživatelé měnit své přezdívky (Povolit změnu uživatelských jmen), připojování souborů ke zprávám (Povolit přílohy). Můžete zde i vypnout celý systém BBCode (Povolit BBCode). -
    - Funkce fóra - - - - - - Zapínání a vypínaní základních funkcí pomocí dvou kliků. - - -
    - Pokud jsou na vás tyto nastavení příliš široká, čtěte dál. Vypnutí všech BBCode na fóru je poměrně přísné. Chcete ale například pouze zabránit tomu, aby měli uživatelé obrázky v podpisech? Jednoduše nastavte Povolit použití značky [IMG] v podpisech na „Ne“. Toto nastavení naleznete v sekci Podpisy, několik řádků pod Funkcemi fóra v menu. - „Funkce fóra“ umožňují jednoduše vypnout celé funkce na fóru stylem všechno nebo nic. Pro všechny položky existují podrobnější nastavení v odpovídajících sekcí, lze změnit vše od maximálního počtu znaků v příspěvku (sekce Příspěvky v menu) až po největší možnou velikost avatarů (Maximální rozměry avatarů v sekci Avatary). - - Pokud vypnete funkci, bude nedostupná i pro uživatele, kteří by ji běžně měli oprávnění používat. Více o oprávnění v sekci nebo v dokumentaci administrace. - -
    -
    -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Vytváření fór - Fóra jsou kategorie nebo sekce, ve kterých jsou jednotlivá témata. Bez fór by neměli uživatelé kam přispívat! Vytvořit fórum je velmi jednoduché. - Nejdříve se ujistěte, že jste přihlášeni. Najděte odkaz [ Administrace fóra ] v patičce stránky a klikněte na něj. Měli byste se ocitnout v administračním rozhraní Odsud se spravuje celé fórum. - V horní části obrazovky jsou záložky, které vás zavedou k nastavením všech funkcí fóra. Pro správu a nastavení jednotlivých fór, klikněte na záložku Fóra. - Na stránce správy fór budete moci upravovat, přidávat nebo odstraňovat fóra, kam uživatelé přispívají. Navíc můžete vnořovat jednotlivá fóra do sebe a vytvořit tak subfóra - to se může hodit pokud chcete rozdělit nějaké obecné fórum, věnující se většímu okruhu témat, na dílčí části. Více informací v dokumentaci administrace fór. - Najděte na stránce tlačítko Vytvořit nové fórum, nachází se v pravém dolním rohu. Zadejte název fóra a klikněte na tlačítko. - Nyní byste se měli ocitnout na stránce nadepsané „Vytvořit nové fórum :: Název fóra“. Můžete zde změnit nastavení nového fóra, jako jsou například obrázek fóra nebo pravidla fóra, zobrazená nad seznamem témat. Zadejte také krátký popis fóra, který pomůže vaším uživatelům zjistit, jaký obsah se ve fóru nachází. -
    - Vytvoření fóra - - - - - - Vytváření nového fóra - - -
    > - Výchozí nastavení většinou stačí pro vytvoření jednoduchého fóra, vždy se také můžete vrátit k této stránce a nastavení upravit. Jsou ale tři nastavení, kterým byste se měli věnovat pozorněji. V prvé řadě je to Nadřazené fórum, což je fórum nebo kategorie, pod kterým bude toto fórum zobrazeno, jinými slovy rodičovské fórum. Další klíčovou položkou je Zkopírovat oprávnění z, které vám usnadní nastavení oprávnění fóra, s touto funkcí můžete jednoduše nastavit stejná oprávnění jako už má jiné existující fórum. A nakonec poslední důležitou položkou je Styl fóra - jednotlivá fóra mohou mít nastavený jiný styl než ostatní stránky na fóru. - V položce Typ fóra nechte nastaveno Fórum. Kategorie je podobná, pouze neobsahuje témata a obsahuje další subfóra - používá se k vytvoření základní hierarchie fór na hlavní stránce. Odkaz znamená, že fórum vede na další, zvolenou stránku. - Jakmile budete hotovi s nastavením, klikněte na tlačítko Odeslat pro vytvoření fóra. V případě, že vše proběhlo v pořádku, fórum vám ukáže zprávu. - Pokud si přejete nastavit oprávnění uživatelů pro přístup k fóru, klikněte na odkaz nastavit oprávnění. Pokud nechcete nebo jste zkopírovali oprávnění z jiného fóra, klikněte na odkaz Zpět na předchozí stránku. - - Pokud nenastavíte fóru žádné oprávnění, nebude přístupné nikomu, včetně vás. Administrátorská práva neovlivňují zobrazení fór. - - Právě jste vytvořili své první fórum a víte jak k němu lze nastavit oprávnění. Pokud budete chtít přidat další, stačí zopakovat tento postup. - Pro více informací o oprávněních pokračujte na -
    -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Nastavení oprávnění - Po tom co vytvoříte první fórum je nutné rozhodnout, kdo k němu bude mít přístup a co bude mít dovoleno nebo zakázáno. Přesně kvůli tomuto tu jsou Oprávnění. Můžete například zabránit anonymním návštěvníkům aby psali na fórum nebo skupinám uživatelů přidělit moderovací práva. Drtivá většina činností, které uživatel může vykonat, může být ovlivněna oprávněními. - -
    - Druhy oprávnění - Existují čtyři druhy oprávnění: - - - Uživatelské/skupinové oprávnění (globální) - např. zakázat změnu avataru - - - Administrátorská oprávnění (globální) - např. povolit správu fór - - - Moderátorská oprávnění (globální nebo lokální) - např. zamykání témat nebo banování uživatelů (pouze globální) - - - Oprávnění fór (lokální) - např. zobrazení fóra nebo přidávání témat - - - Každý typ oprávnění se sestává z jednotlivých položek, které mohou být nastaveny buď lokálně (pro dané fórum) nebo globálně. Globální druh oprávnění je takový, který se vztahuje na celé fórum, pokud například chcete zakázat skupině uživatelů posílat soukromé zprávy, budete to řešit přes globální oprávnění. Administrátorská oprávnění jsou také globální. -
    - Globální a lokální oprávnění - - - - - - Globální a lokální oprávnění - - -
    - Lokální oprávnění jsou vztažena ke konkrétnímu fóru, ve kterém platí. Pokud se rozhodnete jiné skupině uživatelů zakázat přispívat do jednoho fóra, neovlivní to další fóra. Pokud bude mít k jiným fórum tento přístup, budou do nich moci volně přispívat. - Moderátory můžete nastavit globálně nebo lokálně. Pokud některým uživatelům věříte, můžete jim přidělit moderátorská práva na globální úrovni. Znamená to, že budou moci moderovat všechna fóra, které vidí a ve kterých mají přístup k tématům. Naproti tomu můžete nižší skupině moderátorů přidělit tato práva pouze lokálně, k vámi zvoleným fórum. Budou tedy například moci mazat příspěvky pouze ve fóru jim přiděleném a v jiném ne. Globální moderátoři mají stejná práva ve všech fórech. -
    -
    - Nastavení oprávnění k fóru - Pro nastavení oprávnění nově vytvořeného fóra, potřebujeme lokální Oprávnění založena na fórech. Nejdříve je nutné se rozhodnout jak je budete nastavovat. Pokud je chcete nastavovat pro jednu skupinu nebo uživatele, použijte Uživatelská nebo Skupinová oprávnění fór. Umožní vám vybrat jednu skupinu nebo uživatele a pak všechna fóra, ke kterým chcete přidat oprávnění. - V tomto průvodci použijeme sekci, která se nachází hned nad dvěmi právě zmíněnými, je to sekce Oprávnění fór. Místo zvolení skupiny nebo uživatele, nejdříve vyberete fórum, které budete nastavovat. Fórum můžete vybrat ze seznamu, který se objeví hned na první stránce, můžete zvolit např. i subfóra. Tlačítko Odeslat vás dostane na další stránku nastavení. -
    - Výběr skupiny - - - - - - Vyberte skupinu nebo uživatele, kterému budete přidělovat oprávnění. - - -
    - Stránka Oprávnění fór vám zobrazí dva sloupce, jeden pro výběr skupin, druhý pro výběr uživatelů (viz ). Horní dva seznamy označené Spravovat uživatele a Spravovat skupiny vypisují uživatele a skupiny, které už mají nějaká oprávnění nastavena k zvoleným fórům. Můžete oprávnění, které už mají nastavené upravit tlačítkem Upravit oprávnění nebo všechny odebrat tlačítkem Odstranit oprávnění, pokud tak učiníte, nebudou mít přístup k daným fórům (pokud k nim nemají přístup přes jinou skupinu). Spodní dva boxy vám umožňují přidat oprávnění uživatelům a skupinám, které je nemají nastavená. - Pro přidání oprávnění skupinám, vyberte jednu nebo víc ze seznamu Přidat skupiny (podobně to funguje s uživateli, pouze je musíte ručně zadat do textového pole Přidat uživatele nebo využít funkce Najít uživatele). Tlačítko Přidat oprávnění vás zavede na rozhraní pro úpravu práv. Každé fórum, které jste zvolili v prvním kroku, bude zobrazeno a budete mu moct nastavit oprávnění pro každého uživatele nebo skupinu, které jste vybrali. - Jsou dva způsoby jak nastavit oprávnění: Nastavit je ručně, každé oprávnění zvlášť, nebo použít předdefinované Role oprávnění pro jednoduší, ale méně podrobný výběr. Mezi oběma způsoby můžete přecházet kdy jen chcete. Pokud nechcete nastavovat každé oprávnění ručně a spokojíte se s rolemi, které obsahují sadu jednotlivých oprávnění, přeskočte na sekci o rolích. Pamatujte ale, že pro využití všech možností phpBB 3.0 je dobré znát způsob, jak nastavit každé drobné oprávnění. - Oba způsoby jsou jiné jenom v způsobu nastavení, sdílí stejné rozhraní, jednotlivá oprávnění lze vždy rozbalit kliknutím na odkaz Pokročilá oprávnění. -
    -
    - Ruční oprávnění - Toto je nejdůležitější součást oprávnění, je potřeba ji pochopit, abyste mohli správně nastavit vaše fórum. Existují tři hodnoty, které může oprávnění nabýt: - - - ANO přidá oprávnění pokud není přepsáno nastavením NIKDY. - - - NE nepřidá oprávnění pokud není přepsáno nastavením ANO. - - - NIKDY bez výjimky odebere oprávnění uživateli nebo skupině. Nemůže být přepsáno nastavením ANO. - - - Tyto tři hodnoty jsou důležité, protože je možné mít stejné oprávnění nastavené na více místech (např. u uživatele pro každou skupinu, které je členem). Každý uživatel je členem skupiny „Registrovaní uživatelé“. Navíc ale může být třeba členem skupiny „Přátelé fóra“, kterou jste vytvořili pro starší členy, pro každou z nich mu můžete nastavit to samé oprávnění. Pro ukázku našeho příkladu vytvoříte fórum „Staré dobré časy“, které má být přístupné pouze skupině „Přátelé fóra“, ale nikomu z uživatelů, kteří nepatří do této skupiny. Pro skupinu „Přátelé fóra“ nastavíte oprávnění Může vidět toto fórum na Ano. Naopak skupině Registrovaní uživatele toto oprávnění nenastavujte a nechte jí výchozí Ne pro toto fórum. Rozhodně ji nenastavujte oprávnění Nikdy, pokud tak učiníte, „Přátelé fóra“ neuvidí toto fórum, protože jsou také členy skupiny registrovaných uživatelů a Nikdy přebije každé Ano narozdíl od nastavení Ne, které to neumí. -
    - Ruční oprávnění - - - - - - Nastavení oprávnění ručně - - -
    -
    -
    - Role oprávnění - V základní instalaci phpBB už je několik přednastavených rolí, které vám pomohou zrychlit nastavení oprávnění. Místo toho, abyste každou položku označovali ANO/NE/NIKDY, přiřadíte hotovou sadu oprávnění, která vše nastaví za vás. Každá role ma popis, který se objeví, když přes ní přejedete myší. Rovněž si při nastavování můžete rozkliknout položku Pokročilá oprávnění a kouknout se jaké oprávnění role přiřadí (nezapomeňte pak potvrdit nastavení tak, abyste měli vybranou roli). -
    - Role oprávnění - - - - - - Nastavení oprávnění pomocí rolí - - -
    - Role nejsou jen rychlým a jednoduchým způsobem jak nastavit oprávnění, ale také velmi usnadňují administraci velkých fór. Role můžete vytvářet i upravovat. Výhodou rolí je i to, že pokud ji později upravíte na jednom místě, nastavení se aktualizuje všude, kde je role přiřazená. -
    -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Přiřazení moderátora k fóru - Velmi často budete potřebovat oprávnění, abyste mohli přidat moderátora k fóru. Přiřazení uživatele k fóru jako moderátora je v phpBB3 velmi snadné. - Možná už jste uhádli, že moderování jednotlivých fór je záležitost lokální oprávnění, takže odkaz Moderátoři fór naleznete v sekci Oprávnění založená na fórech. Nejdříve vyberete fórum (můžete jich zvolit i více), ke kterému budete přidávat moderátory. Formulář pro výběr fóra je rozdělen na dvě části, je v něm možno zvolit jedno konkrétní fórum, více fór napříč celým seznamem nebo fórum s jeho subfóry. - Poté co si vyberete fóra a kliknete na Odeslat, zobrazí se vám stránka, kterou už jste viděli představenou v předchozí části průvodce: . Zde můžete vybrat uživatele nebo skupiny, kterým budou přiřazeny moderátorská oprávnění. Udělejte tedy tak a vyberte skupinu nebo uživatele, poté klikněte na Přidat nebo upravit oprávnění. - Na další stránce si budete moci vybrat jaké oprávnění budou zvolení uživatelé nebo skupiny mít. Nejjednodušší je zvolit některou z přednastavených rolí: - - - Standardní moderátor - - Standardní moderátor může schvalovat příspěvky, upravovat a mazat je, pracovat s nahlášenými příspěvky. Tento druh moderátora si také může zobrazit informace o příspěvku a udělit varování. - - - - Prostý moderátor - - Prostý moderátor může upravovat příspěvky, pracovat s hlášeními a také zobrazovat detaily o příspěvku. - - - - Schvalovací moderátor - - Jako schvalovací moderátor můžete schvalovat nebo zamítat příspěvky ve frontě ke schválení a upravovat příspěvky. - - - - Hlavní moderátor - - Hlavní moderátor má všechna oprávnění přidělené, může dokonce banovat uživatele. - - - -
    - Moderátor fóra - - - - - - Nastavení oprávnění moderátora - - -
    - Všechna oprávnění, které jsme zmínili v rolích lze také nastavit ručně kliknutím na odkaz Pokročilá oprávnění při nastavení. Až budete hotovi s nastavením, klikněte na Použít všechna oprávnění. -
    - -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Nastavení globálních oprávnění - Nestačí vám lokální oprávnění? phpBB3 nabízí víc - vedle oprávnění, které přiřazujete fórum jsou tu globální oprávnění. Rozdělují se na: - - Uživatelská oprávnění - Oprávnění skupin - Administrátorská - Globálních moderátorů - - V uživatelských oprávnění a oprávněních skupin můžete omezovat nebo povolovat nastavení jako jsou podpisy, avatary, vyhledávání atd. Berte na vědomí, že tyto oprávnění se uplatní pokud funkce, které se týkají, není vypnutá v Nastavení fóra (viz pro další informace). - V sekci „Administrátoři“ můžete upravovat administrátorská oprávnění, je to např. správa fór, správa uživatelů, úprava nastavení na fóru a další. Pro více informací přejděte na . - Globální moderátoři jsou podobní moderátorům lokálním. Rozdíl mezi nimi je ten, že Globální moderátor může moderovat všechna fóra, které vidí (více v ). -
    - -
    -
    - V případě potíží nebo nejasností - Tým phpBB poskytuje uživatelům několik možností jak získat podporu pro svoji instalaci phpBB. Kromě této dokumentace je také dostupné fórum podpory na phpBB.com nebo phpBB.cz, které obsahují mnoho odpovědí na otázky, které už položili jiní uživatelé. Proto silně doporučujeme použít funkci Hledat před položením nového dotazu. Pokud jste přesto nemohli nalézt odpověď na vaši otázku, založte nové téma a důkladně popište váš problém. Čím více informací poskytnete, tím vám budeme moct lépe a přesněji pomoct. Pokud zakládáte nové téma na phpBB.com, vyplňte před založením tématu dotazník pro poskytnutí podpory. - - Vedle diskuzních fór je dostupná Knowledge Base na phpBB.com nebo návody na phpBB.cz. Naleznete v nich seznamy návodů a článku, které popisují základní dotazy. Komunita lidí okolo phpBB věnovala dost času sepsání těchto dokumentů a jsou cenným zdrojem znalostí, určitě je vyzkoušejte! - - Můžete se také připojit na IRC do kanálu #phpBB pro získání podpory v reálném čase. IRC kanál je umístěn na známém IRC serveru Freenode. Většinou tu bude připojen někdo z týmu phpBB.com nebo vám pomohou ostatní uživatelé. Před tím, než se připojíte, přečtěte si pravidla IRC, máme několik základních pravidel, jejichž dodržování žádáme po uživatelích. V různých částech dne může být připojeno až 60 uživatelů, někdy méně. Neočekávejte, že dostanete odpověď hned, položte svůj dotaz a vyčkejte chvíli. Stává se, že uživatel se zeptá a po 30 vteřinách odejde. Neptejte se, jestli se můžete zeptat, ale rovnou to udělejte. Určitě si za chvíli někdo pro váš dotaz udělá čas. - - Pokud je pro vás angličtina překážkou, mnoho zdrojů získáte na české podpoře phpBB nebo na jiné ze zahraničních podpor. -
    -
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/documentation/content/cs/chapters/upgrade_guide.xml b/documentation/content/cs/chapters/upgrade_guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 43a7e08e..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/cs/chapters/upgrade_guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id$ - - 2006 - phpBB Group - - - Upgrade Guide - - Do you want to upgrade your phpBB2 forum to version 3.0? This chapter will tell and show you how it is done. - -
    - - - - Techie-Micheal - - - - Upgrading from 2.0 to 3.0 - The upgrade process from 2.0.x to 3.0.x is a straight-forward, simplified process. - The process is in the form of a PHP file, similar to the update file found in phpBB 2.0.x. The file will take you through wizard-like screens until your phpBB is running 3.0.x. - Warning: Be sure to backup both the database and the files before attempting to upgrade. -
    -
    diff --git a/documentation/content/cs/chapters/user_guide.xml b/documentation/content/cs/chapters/user_guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 22da96ee..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/cs/chapters/user_guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,472 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id$ - - 2006 - phpBB Group - - - User Guide - - This chapter is targeted at the forum users. It explains all user facing functions that are needed to use phpBB 3.0.x. - -
    - - - - AdamR - - - - How user permissions affect forum experience - phpBB3 uses permissions on a per-user or per-usergroup basis to allow or disallow users access to certain functions or features which software offers. These may include the ability to post in certain forums, having an avatar, or being able to communicate through private messages. All of the permissions can be set through the Administration Panel. - Permissions can also be set allowing appointed members to perform special tasks or have special abilities on the bulletin board. Permissions allow the Administrator to define which moderation functions and in which forums certain users or groups of users are allowed to use. This allows for appointed users to become moderators on the bulletin board. The administrator can also give users access to certain sections of the Administration panel, keeping important settings or functions restricted and safe from malicious acts. For example, a select group of moderators could be allowed to modify a user's avatar or signature if said avatar or signature is not allowed under a paticular forum's rules. Without these abilities set, the moderator would need to notify an administrator in order to have the user's profile changed. -
    -
    - - - - zeroK - - - - Registering on a phpBB3 board - The basic procedure of registering an account on a phpBB3 board consists in the simplest case of only two steps: - - After following the "Register" link you should see the board rules. If you agree to these terms the registration process continues. If you don't agree you can't register your account - - - Now you see a short form for entering your user information where you can specify your username, e-mail address, password, language and timezone. - - - - - As mentioned above, this is only the simplest case. The board can be configured to add some additional steps to the registration process. - - - If you get a site where you have to select whether you were born before or after a specified date, the administrator has enabled this to comply with the U.S. COPPA act. If you are younger than 13 years, your account will stay inactive until it is approved by a parent or guardian. You will receive an e-mail where the next steps required for your account activation are described. - - - If you see in the form where you can specify your username, password etc. a graphic with some wierd looking characters, then you see the so called Visual Confirmation. Simply enter these characters into the Confirmation code field and proceed with the registration. - - - Another option is the account activation. Here, the administrator can make it a requirement that you have to follow a link mailed to you after registering before your account is activated. In this case you will see a message similiar to this one:
    - Your account has been created. However, this forum requires account activation, an activation key has been sent to the e-mail address you provided. Please check your e-mail for further information -
    -
    - It is also possible that the administrator himself/herself has to activate the account.
    - Your account has been created. However, this forum requires account activation by the administrator. An e-mail has been sent to them and you will be informed when your account has been activated. -
    In this case please have some patience with the administrators to review your registration and activate your account.
    -
    -
    -
    -
    - - - - Heimidal - - - iWisdom - - - - Orienting Yourself in the User Control Panel - The User Control Panel (UCP) allows you to alter personal preferences, manage posts you are watching, send and receive private messages, and change the way information about you appears to other users. To view the UCP, click the 'User Control Panel' link that appears after logging in. - The UCP is separated into seven tabs: Overview, Private Messages, Profile, Preferences, Friends and Foes, Attachments, and Groups. Within each tab are several sub pages, accessed by clicking the desired link on the left side of the UCP interface. Some of these areas may not be available depending on the permissions set for you by the administrator. - Every page of the UCP displays your Friends List on the left side. To send a private message to a friend, click their user name. - TODO: Note that Private messaging will be discussed in its own section -
    - Overview - The Overview displays a snapshot of information about your posting habits such as the date you joined the forum, your most active topic, and how many total posts you have submitted. Overview sub pages include Subscriptions, Bookmarks, and Drafts. - -
    - User Control Panel Overview (Index) - - - - - - The UCP Overview section - - -
    - -
    - Subscriptions - Subscriptions are forums or individual topics that you have elected to watch for any new posts. Whenever a new post is made inside an area you have subscribed to, an e-mail will be sent you to informing you of the new addition. To create a subscription, visit the forum or topic you would like to subscribe to and click the 'Subscribe' link located at the bottom of the page. - To remove a subscription, check the box next to the subscription you would like to remove and click the 'Unsubscribe' button. -
    -
    - Bookmarks - Bookmarks, much like subscriptions, are topics you've chosen to watch. However, there are two key differences: 1) only individual topics may be bookmarked, and 2) an e-mail will not be sent to inform you of new posts. - To create a bookmark, visit the topic you would like to watch and click the 'Bookmark Topic' link located at the bottom of the page. - To remove a bookmark, check the box next to the bookmark you would like to remove and click the 'Remove marked bookmarks' button. -
    -
    - Drafts - Drafts are created when you click the 'Save' button on the New Post or Post Reply page. Displayed are the title of your post, the forum or topic that the draft was made in, and the date you saved it. - To continue editing a draft for future submission, click the 'View/Edit' link. If you plan to finish and post the message, click 'Load Draft'. To delete a draft, check the box next to the draft you wish to remove and click 'Delete Marked'. -
    -
    -
    - Profile - This section lets you set your profile information. Your profile information contains general information that other users on the board will able to see. Think of your profile as a sign of your public presence. This section is separated from your preferences. (Preferences are the individual settings that you set and manage on your own, and control your forum experience. Thus, this is separated from your profile settings.) -
    - Personal settings - Personal settings control the information that is displayed when a user views your profile. - - ICQ Number - Your account number associated with ICQ system. - AOL Instant Messenger - Your screen name associated with AOL Instant Messenger system. - MSN Messenger - Your email address associated with the MSN Messenger (Windows Live) service. - Yahoo Messenger - Your username associated with the Yahoo Messenger service. - Jabber Address - Your username associated with the Jabber service. - Website - Your website's address. Must be prepended with the appropriate protocol reference (i.e. http://) - Location - Your physical location. Note that this is generally displayed along with your user information with every post, so standard caution regarding releasing personal information on the Internet should apply. - Occupation - Your occupation. The information entered will appear only on the viewprofile page. - Interests - Your personal interests. The information entered here will appear only on the viewprofile page. - Birthday - Your birthday. This information is used for displaying your username in the Birthday section of the Board Index. If year is specified, your age will be displayed in your profile. - -
    -
    - Signature - Your signature appears, at your option, below every post you make. Signatures may be formatted using BBCode. The board administrator may specifiy a maximum length for signatures. You can check this limit by noting the line There is a x character limit. above the signature editing textbox, where x is the currently set limit. -
    -
    - Avatar - Your avatar is an image the displays with every post you make. Depending on board settings, avatars may be completely disabled, or may appear in one (or more) of three forms: "Upload from your machine", "Upload from a URL", and "Link off-site. - - - Upload from your machine - You may upload an avatar from your machine to be hosted on the board's server. - Upload from a URL - You may specify the URL of an existing image. This will cause the image to be copied to the board's server and hosted on it. - Link off-site - You may specify the URL of an existing image. This will not cause the image to be hosted on the board's server, but rather hotlinked to its current location. - - - Additionally, a board administrator may opt to provide an avatar gallery for users to make use of. These images are pre-selected by the administrator and are able to be used by any of a board's members. -
    -
    -
    - Preferences - Preferences allow you to dictate various behaviours of the phpBB software in regards to your interaction with it. -
    - Global - Global settings control various overall interactions with the phpBB software. - - - Users can contact by e-mail - If Yes is selected, users can e-mail you via the "e-mail" button in your profile. - Administratos can e-mail me information - If Yes is selected, you will receive mass-emails sent out by the board administrator. - Allow users to send you private messages - If Yes is selected, users can send you private messages via the board. - Hide my online status - If Yes is selected, your online status will be hidden to users. Note that administrators and moderators will still be able to view your online status. - Notify me on new privates messages - If Yes is selected, you will receive an email when you receive a new private messages. - Pop up window on new private messages - If Yes is selected, a pop-up window will appear on the board to alert you of new private messages. - My language - Allows you to specify what language pack the board utilizes. Note that this setting applies only to board language strings; posts will be rendered in the language they were written. - My timezone - Allows you to specify what timezone board times should appear in. - Summer Time / DST is in effect - If Yes is selected, board times will appear one hour earlier than the selected setting. Note that this setting is not updated automatically; you will have to change it manually when needed. - My date format - Controls what format times are rendered in. You may select one of the options in the dropdown box -- advanced users may select "Custom" and input a custom format (in the format of the php.net date function). - - -
    -
    - Posting - Posting settings control the default settings of the posting editors when you create a post. Note that these options are controllable on an individual basis while posting. - - - Enable BBCode by default - When Yes is selected, BBCode is enabled within the post editor. - Enable smiles by default - When Yes is selected, smiles will be rendered within your posts. - Attach my signature by default - When Yes is selected, your signature will be appended to your posts. - Notify me upon replies by default - When yes is selected, you will be notified by email when a reply to your post is made. - - - -
    -
    - Display - TODO: Explain the settings you can edit here. -
    -
    -
    - Friends and Foes - TODO: (Not sure if this deserves its own section yet. For 3.0 this does not have much of an influence on the overall forum experience, this might change with 3.2, so leaving it here for now.) Write a detailed explanation about what Friends and Foes are and how they affect the forum like hiding posts of foes, adding users to the friends list for fast access / online checks, and so forth. -
    -
    - Attachments - TODO: The attachment section of the UCP shows you a list of all attachments that you have uploaded to the board so far ... -
    -
    - Usergroups - TODO: Work in progress, might change, so not sure how this is going to be structured. -
    -
    -
    - - - - AdamR - - - - Mastering the Posting Screen - TODO: How to write a new post and how to reply. Special items like attachments or polls are subsections. Don't forget to mention the "someone has replied before you replied" feature, the topic review, and so forth. Topic icons, smilies, post options, usage of HTML ... it would probably best to add a screenshot with arrows to the different sections. - Posting is the primary purpose of bulletin boards. There are two main types of posts you can make: a topic or a reply. Selecting the New Topic button in a forum button will take you to the posting screen. After submitting your post, a new topic will appear in that forum with your post as the first displayed. Other users (and you as well) are now able to reply to your topic by using the Post Reply button. This will once again bring you to the posting screen, allowying you to enter your post. -
    - Posting Form - You will be taken to the posting form when you decide to post either a new topic or reply, where you can enter your post content. - - Topic/Post Icon - The topic/post icon is a small icon that will display to the left of your post subject. This helps identify your post and make it stand out, though it is completely optional. - Subject - If you are creating a new topic with your post, the subject is required and will become the title of the topic. If you are replying to an existing topic, this is optional, but it can be changed. - Post Content - While not being labled, the large text box is where your actual post content will be entered. Here, along with your text, you may use things like Smilies or BBCode if the board administrator has them enabled. - Smilies - Smilies, or emoticons, are small images which can be inserted into your post to add expression emphasis. If Smilies are enabled, you will see the text "Smilies are ON" to the righthand of the Post Content box. Otherwise, you will see the text "Smilies are OFF." See Posting Smilies for further details. - BBCode - BBCode is a type of formatting that can be applied to your post content if BBCode has been enabled by the board administrator. If BBCode is enabled, you will see the text "BBCode is ON" to the righthand of the Post Content box. Otherwise, you will see the text "BBCode is OFF." See Posting BBCode for further details. - -
    - -
    - Smilies - Smilies, or emoticons, are small images which can be inserted into your post to add expression emphasis. To use Smiles, certain characters are put together to get the desired output. For example, typing :) will insert [insert smilie here], ;) will insert [insert wink smilie here], etc. Other smilies require the format :texthere: to display. For example, :roll: will insert smilie whose eyes are rolling: [insert rolling smilie here], and :cry: will insert a smilie who is crying: [insert crying smilie here]. - In many cases you can also select which smilie you'd like to insert by clicking its picture on the right side of the Post Content text box. When clicked, the smilie's characters will appear at the current location of the curser in the text box. - If you wish to be able to use these characters in your post, but not have them appear as smilies, please see Posting Options. -
    - -
    - BBCodes - TODO: What are BBcodes. Again, permission based which ones you can use. Explain syntax of the default ones (quote and URL for instance). How to disable BBcode by default, how to disable/enable it for one post. - BBCode is a type of formatting that can be applied to your post content, much like HTML. Unlike HTML, however, BBCode uses square brackets [ and ] instead of angled brackets < and >. Depending on the permissions the board administrator has set, you may be able to use only certain BBCodes or even none at all. - For detailed instructions on the useage of BBCode, you can click the BBCode link to the righthand of the Post Content text box. Please note that the administrator has the option to add new and custom BBCodes, so others may be availible to you which are not on this list. - Basic BBCodes and their outputs are as follows: - TODO: How do we want to go about displaying the output? - [b]Boldface text[/b]: - [i]Italicised text[/i]: - [u]Underlined text[/u]: - [quote]Quoted text[/quote]: - [quote="Name to quote"]Quoted text[/quote]: - [url]http://www.phpbb.com[/url]: http://www.phpbb.com - [url=http://www.phpbb.com]Linked text[/url]: Linked text - Again, for more detailed instructions on the useage of BBCode and the many other available BBCodes, please click the BBCode link to the righthand of the Post Content text bos. -
    - -
    - Post Options - TODO: Gather various screenshots of the basic post options box. When posting a topic/reply and/or moderation functions, etc. - When posting either a new topic or reply, there are several post options that are available to you. You can view these options by selecting the Options tab from the section below the posting form. Depending on the permissions the board administrator has assigned to you or whether you are posting a topic or reply, these options will be different. - - Disable BBCode - If BBCode is enabled on the board and you are allowed to use it, this option will be available. Checking this box will not convert any BBCode in your post content into its respected output. For example, [b]Bolded text[/b] will be seen in your post as exactly [b]Bolded text[/b]. - Disable Smilies - If Smilies are enabled on the board and you are allowed to use them, this option will be available. Checking this box will not convert any of the smilie's characters to their respected image. For example, ;) will be seen in your post as exactly ;). - Do not automatically parse URLs - When entering a URL directly into your post content (in the format of http://....com or www.etc.com), by default it will be converted to a clickable string of text. However, if this box is checked when posting, these URLs will stay as a standard string of text. - Attach a signature (signatures can be altered via the UCP) - If this box is checked, the signature you have set in your profile will be attached to the post provided signatures have been enabled by the administrator and you have the proper permissions. For more information about signatures, please see UCP Signatures. - Send me an email when a reply is posted - If this box is checked, you will receive a notification (either by email, Jabber, etc) every time another user replies to the topic. This is called subscribing to the topic. For more information, please see UCP Subscriptions. - Lock topic - Provided you have moderation permissions in this forum, checking this box will result in the topic being locked after your reply has been posted. At this point, no one but moderators or administrators may reply to the topic. For more information, please see Locking a topic or post. - - -
    - Topic Types - Provided you have the right permissions, you have the option of selecting various topic types when posting a new topic by using Post topic as. The four possible types are: Normal, Sticky, Announcement, and Global. By default, all new posts are Normal. - - - Normal - By selecting normal, your new topic will be a standard topic in the forum. - Sticky - Stickies are special topics in the forum. They are "stuck" to the top of the first page of the forum in which they are posted, above every Normal topic. - Announcement - Announcements are much like Stickies in that they are "stuck" to the top of the forum. However, they are different from stickies in two ways: 1) they are above Stickies, and 2) they appear at the top of every page of the forum instead of only the first page of topics. - Global - Global, or Global Announcements, are special types of Announcements which appear at the top of every page of every forum on the board. They appear above every other type of special topic. - - You also have the ability to specify how long the special (stickies, announcements, and global announcements) keep their type. For example, an announcement is created and specified to stay "stuck" for 4 days. After the 4 days are over, the announcement will automatically be switched to a Normal topic. -
    -
    - -
    - Attachments - TODO: How to add attachments, what restrictions might there be. Note that one needs to have the permission to use attachments. How to add more than one file, and so forth. -
    -
    - Polls - TODO: Again, permission based should be noted. Explain how to add the different options, allow for multiple votes, vote changing, and so forth. -
    -
    - Drafts - TODO: Explain how to load and save drafts. A link to the UCP drafts section should be added for reference. Not sure if permission based. -
    -
    -
    - Communicate with Private Messages - phpBB 3.0 allows its users to communicate privately by using Private Messages. To visit the Private Messages section, you either can click on the [X new messages] link on the left hand side below the forum header, or you can directly access it through the User Control Panel.. - Depending on your [settings], there are 3 ways of being notified that a new Private Message has arrived: - - - By receiving an e-mail or Jabber message - - - While browsing the forum a notification window will pop up - - - The [X new messages] link will show the number of currently unread messages - - - You can set the options to your liking in the Preferences section. Note, that for the popup window notification to work, your will have to add the forum you are visiting to your browser’s popup blocker white list. - You can choose to not receive Private Messages by other users in your Preferences. Note, that moderators and administrators will still be able send you Private Messages, even if you have disabled them. - [To use this feature, you have to be a registered user and need the to have the correct permissions.] -
    - Message display - The Inbox is the default incoming folder, which contains a list of your recently received Private Messages. -
    -
    - Composing a new message - TODO: Similar to the posting screen, so a reference for the basic functions should be enough. What needs to be explained are the To and Bcc fields, how they integrate with the friends list and how to find members (which could also be a link to the memberlist section). -
    -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Message Folders - Just like in your e-mail client, all private messages are stored in folders. Working with folders is similar to working with forums in phpBB 3.0. The Inbox is your default incoming message folder. All messages you receive will appear in here. - Sent messages will appear in either the Outbox or the Sent messages folder. As long as the recipient(s) have not yet read the message, it will stay in the Outbox. As soon as someone reads the message it will be archived to the Sent messages folder. If the administrator allows it, you can edit messages after sending them as long as they are in the Outbox and the recipients have not yet read them. - Each folder, including Sent messages and Outbox, can hold a board-defined amount of messages. This is a global setting that only a board administrator can change. An info text displays the current number of allowed messages and the current percentage of space your messages are using at the top of each folder. If no restriction is displayed, you are allowed unlimited messages in each folder. - - Please note that the total amount of messages allowed is a per-folder setting. You can have multiple folders which each allow 50 messages for instance. If you have 3 folders, your actual global limit is 150 messages, but each folder can only contain up to 50 messages by itself. It is not possible to merge folders and have one with more messages than the limit. - - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Custom Folders - - If the administrator allows it, you can create your own custom private message folders in phpBB 3.0. To check whether you can add folders, visit the Edit options section of the private message area. - To add a new folder, enter the folder's name into the Add folder input box. If creation was successful, your new folder will appear at the bottom of the folder list. You can then use it like a normal message folder and move messages into it or set a filter (see the section on Private Message Filters for more information about filters) to automatically do it for you. -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Moving Messages - - It wouldn't make sense to have custom folders if you weren't able to move messages between them. To do exactly that, visit the folder from which you want to move the messages away. Select the messages you want to move, and use the Moved marked pull-down menu to select the destination folder. - - Please note that if after the move, the destination folder would have more messages in it than the message limit allows, you will receive an error message and the move will be discarded. - -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Message Markers - - Messages inside folders can have colour markings. Please refer to the Message colours legend to see what each colour means. The exact type of colouring depends on the used theme. Coloured messages can have four different meanings: - - - Marked message - - You can set a message as marked with the Mark as important option from the pull-down menu. - - - - - Replied to message - - If you reply to a message, the message will be marked as this. This way, you can keep hold of which messages still need your attention and which messages you have already replied to. - - - - - Message from a friend - - If the sender of a message is in your friends list (see the section on Friends & Foes for more information), this colour will highlight the message. - - - - - Message from a foe - - If the sender of a message is one of your foes, this colour will highlight this. - - - - - - Please note that a message can only have one label, and it will always be the last action you take. If you mark a message as important and reply to it afterwards, for instance, the replied to label will overwrite the important label. - -
    -
    -
    - Message filters - TODO: How to work with message filters. That is quite a complex system -
    -
    - - -
    - - - - pentapenguin - - - - The Memberlist - More Than Meets the Eye - phpBB3 introduces several new ways to search for users. - -
    - Sorting the memberlist - - - - - - Choosing an option to sort the memberlist by. - - -
    - - - - Sort By Username - - If you want to find all members whose usernames start with a certain letter, then you may select the letter from the drop down box and click the Display button to show only users with usernames that begin with that letter. - - - - - Sort By Column Headers - - To sort the memberlist ascending, you may click on the column headers like "Username", "Joined", "Posts", etc. If you click on the same column again, then the memberlist will be sorted descending. - - - - - Sort By Other Options - - You may also sort the memberlist by using the drop down boxes on the bottom of the page. - - - - - Find a Member Search Tool - - With the "Find a member" search tool, you can fine tune your search for members. You must fill out at least one field. If you don't know exactly what you are looking for, you may use the asterisk symbol (*) as a wildcard on any field. - - - -
    -
    diff --git a/documentation/content/cs/images/admin_guide/acp_index.png b/documentation/content/cs/images/admin_guide/acp_index.png deleted file mode 100644 index 26665da5..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/cs/images/admin_guide/acp_index.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/cs/images/admin_guide/creating_bbcodes.png b/documentation/content/cs/images/admin_guide/creating_bbcodes.png deleted file mode 100644 index 002f5271..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/cs/images/admin_guide/creating_bbcodes.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/cs/images/admin_guide/manage_forums_icon_legend.png b/documentation/content/cs/images/admin_guide/manage_forums_icon_legend.png deleted file mode 100644 index d003dc95..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/cs/images/admin_guide/manage_forums_icon_legend.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/cs/images/admin_guide/subforums_list.png b/documentation/content/cs/images/admin_guide/subforums_list.png deleted file mode 100644 index b9a35122..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/cs/images/admin_guide/subforums_list.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/cs/images/admin_guide/users_forum_permissions.png b/documentation/content/cs/images/admin_guide/users_forum_permissions.png deleted file mode 100644 index 397c64ad..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/cs/images/admin_guide/users_forum_permissions.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/cs/images/moderator_guide/quick_mod_tools.png b/documentation/content/cs/images/moderator_guide/quick_mod_tools.png deleted file mode 100644 index 809d47d3..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/cs/images/moderator_guide/quick_mod_tools.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/cs/images/quick_start_guide/creating_forums.png b/documentation/content/cs/images/quick_start_guide/creating_forums.png deleted file mode 100644 index 3900b363..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/cs/images/quick_start_guide/creating_forums.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/cs/images/quick_start_guide/installation_database.png b/documentation/content/cs/images/quick_start_guide/installation_database.png deleted file mode 100644 index f719bdbb..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/cs/images/quick_start_guide/installation_database.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/cs/images/quick_start_guide/installation_intro.png b/documentation/content/cs/images/quick_start_guide/installation_intro.png deleted file mode 100644 index cb5c1062..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/cs/images/quick_start_guide/installation_intro.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/cs/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_manual.png b/documentation/content/cs/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_manual.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6a9f77d6..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/cs/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_manual.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/cs/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_moderator.png b/documentation/content/cs/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_moderator.png deleted file mode 100644 index c2f5368e..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/cs/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_moderator.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/cs/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_roles.png b/documentation/content/cs/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_roles.png deleted file mode 100644 index 04ec1471..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/cs/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_roles.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/cs/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_select.png b/documentation/content/cs/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_select.png deleted file mode 100644 index 242acf9a..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/cs/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_select.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/cs/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_types.png b/documentation/content/cs/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_types.png deleted file mode 100644 index b514dba6..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/cs/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_types.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/cs/images/quick_start_guide/settings_features.png b/documentation/content/cs/images/quick_start_guide/settings_features.png deleted file mode 100644 index 1edf44e8..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/cs/images/quick_start_guide/settings_features.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/cs/images/quick_start_guide/settings_sitename.png b/documentation/content/cs/images/quick_start_guide/settings_sitename.png deleted file mode 100644 index 87804cec..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/cs/images/quick_start_guide/settings_sitename.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/cs/images/user_guide/memberlist_sorting.png b/documentation/content/cs/images/user_guide/memberlist_sorting.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6c5e8bf8..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/cs/images/user_guide/memberlist_sorting.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/cs/images/user_guide/ucp_overview.png b/documentation/content/cs/images/user_guide/ucp_overview.png deleted file mode 100644 index 76b03626..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/cs/images/user_guide/ucp_overview.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/chapters/admin_guide.xml b/documentation/content/da/chapters/admin_guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 8330c0ed..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/da/chapters/admin_guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2316 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id$ - - 2009 - Olympus DK Team - - - Administratorvejledning - - Kapitlet beskriver administrators muligheder i phpBB 3.0. - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Administratorkontrolpanelet - phpBB 3.0.x er fleksibelt opbygget og kan tilpasses næsten ethvert behov. Næsten alle funktioner og muligheder kan aktiveres, deaktiveres, fintunes og tilpasses. - Klik på linket Administratorkontrolpanel nederst på siden for at få adgang til ACP. - Som standard er ACP opdelt i otte sektioner eller faner, som hver indholder et antal under sektioner. Vi gennemgår hver sektion i denne administratorguide. -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Generel konfiguration og forside - Den første side du møder når du logger ind i ACP er sektionen Generel. Den indeholder nogle generelle informationer og statistikker om dit board. Desuden er der en undersektion kaldet Hurtig tilgang. Her er link til mest anvendte administrationssider, blandt andet Brugeradministration og Redaktørlog. Dem gennemgår vi under deres specifikke sektioner. -
    - Administratorindeks - - - - - - Administratorindekset er stedet hvorfra du administrerer dit phpBB board. Funktionerne er grupperet i otte kategorier: Generel, Fora, Meddelelser, Brugere og Grupper, Tilladelser, Typografi, Vedligehold og System. Hver kategori er repræsenteret med en fane i toppen af siden. Specifikke funktioner i hver kategori findes i navigeringsmenuen til venstre. - - -
    - - Her fokuseres på undersektionerne: Boardkonfiguration, Trafikkonfiguration og Serverkonfiguration. -
    - - - - jask - - - - Boardkonfiguration - Denne undersektion indeholder værktøjer beregnet til at ændre på boardets overordnede indstillinger. - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Vedhæftede filer - Filer kan vedhæftes til indlæg, på samme måde som når man sender en email. Boardadministratoren kan sætte restriktioner for hvad brugere kan vedhæfte via Vedhæftede filer. - Læs mere i boardets indstillinger for vedhæftede filer. -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Board grundlæggende - I Board grundlæggende kan du ændre mange indstillinger som er bestemmende for hvordan dit board fungerer. Herunder noget så vigtigt som boardets navn! Skærmbilledet består af to grupper af indstillinger: de generelle Board grundlæggende og indstillinger for Advarsler. - - - Board grundlæggende - Den første indstilling du kan ændre er måske den vigtigste af dem alle, nemlig navnet på boardet. Besøgende identificerer dit board med dette navn. Skriv boardets navn i tekstfeltet Boardnavn, og det vises øverst i boardets hovede. Samtidig vises navnet som præfiks i de besøgendes browsertitel. - Boardbeskrivelse er dit boards slogan eller formål, og vises under Boardnavnet i boardets hoved. - Har du i forbindelse med vedligeholdelse, for eksempel ved opdateringer, brug for at lukke boardet, kan det gøres ved at bruge switchen Deaktiver boardet . Vælg Ja for midlertidigt at lukke boardet. Det forhindrer alle, undtagen administratorer og redaktører, i at få adgang til boardet. Når boardet er slået fra, møder man nu enten en standardmeddelelse, eller en du selv komponerer. Du tilføjer din egen meddelelse i teksfeltet umiddelbart under radioknapperne ja/nej i Deaktiver boardet. Administratorer og redaktører vil stadig have adgang til deres kontrolpaneler mens boardet er slået fra. - Du skal også vælge boardets Standardsprog. Det er det sprog gæster vil se når de besøger boardet. Du kan tillade at tilmeldte brugere kan vælge andre sprog. Som standard er kun British English installeret, men du kan downloade flere sprog på phpBB websitet og installere disse på boardet. Læs mere om sprog i sektionen for konfiguration af sprogpakker. - Du kan indstille dit boards standarddatoformat. phpBB3 giver mulighed for at vælge mellem nogle meget almindelig måder at vise tid og dato på. Er ingen af disse tilfredsstillende, kan du tilpasse datoformatet ved at vælge Brugertilpasset i dropdownmenuen for Datoformat. Herefter skriver du det ønskede datoformat i teksfeltet ved siden af. Syntaks for datoformat er det samme som PHP's date() funktion. - Sammen med indstilling af hvordan tiden skal vises, kan du også vælge boardets tidszone. De tilgængelige tidszoner kan vælges i dropdownmenuen Tidszone for gæster, som alle er relative i forhold til UTC (som næsten er identisk med det tidligere anvendte GMT eller Greenwich Mean Time) tider. Desuden kan du vælge om boardet skal køre med sommertid ved at vælge ja eller net ved punktet Vælg sommertid/DST. - Den typografi der vises for gæster og som standardvalg for brugere vælges i Standardtypografi. Som standard er phpBB installeret med typografien prosilver med mulighed for også at installere subsilver2. Du kan give brugere mulighed for selv kan vælge mellem de installerede typografier ved at vælge Nej til Tilsidesæt brugeres valg af typografi. Læs i typografisektion hvordan nye typografier tilføjes og hvor de kan findes. - - - - Advarsler - Redaktører kan udstede advarsler til brugere som ikke overholder boardets regler. Værdien i Varighed for advarsler bestemmer hvor længe en advarsel er gældende. Alle positive værdier kan anvendes. Læs mere om advarsler i . - -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Boardfinesser - I afsnittet Boardfinesser kan flere af funktioner aktiveres eller deaktiveres overordnet for hele boardet. Bemærk derfor at funktioner der her deaktiveres vil ikke være tilgængelige på boardet, selvom du tildeler dine brugere tilladelse til at benytte disse. -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Avatars - Avatars er generelt små, unikke billeder en bruger kan knytte til sin profil. Afhængig af boardets typografi, vises disse oftest lige under brugernavnet, når man læser et indlæg. Herfra styrer du hvordan brugerne kan definere deres avatars. - Der er tre forskellige måder hvorpå brugere kan tilknytte en avatar til profiler. Den første metode er via et avatargalleri du har stillet til rådighed. Bemærk at phpBB3 som standard ikke er udstyret med et sådant galleri. Avatargallerimappens placering angiver stien til de avatars brugerne kan vælge imellem. Standardplaceringen er images/avatars/gallery. Mappen er imidlertid ikke oprettet i en standardinstallation, den skal altså tilføjes denne manuelt hvis du ønsker at stille et avatargalleri til rådighed. - De billedfiler du ønsker at placere i dit avatargalleri skal gemmes i undermapper i gallerymappen. Filer gemt direkte i gallerymappen bliver ikke genkendt. - Den anden metode er anvendelse af Eksterne avatars. Herved får brugerne mulighed for at linke til et billede på en anden hjemmeside, og bruge dette som avatar i deres profil. For at have lidt kontrol over eksterne avatars kan du sætte minimum og maksimum dimensioner for billeder. Ulempen ved Eksterne avatars er at man ikke kan kontrollere filstørrelsen. - Den tredje metode er med Uploud af avatars. Brugere kan uploade et billede til serveren, du bestemmer med Avatarmappens placering hvor disse skal gemmes. Standardplaceringen er images/avatars/upload og denne mappe er allerede oprettet ved installationen. Du skal sikre at denne mappe er skrivbar. Avatars kan uploades i filformaterne gif, jpeg og png. Fil- og billedestørrelse kontrolleres ved upload, overskrides de satte værdier afvises uploadet. Du kan ændre grænserne for Maksimal filstørrelse for avatar og Største dimensioner for avatar. -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Private beskeder - Tilmeldte brugere har mulighed for at kommunikere via private beskeder på boardet, og behøver derfor ikke bruge email eller messengere. - Du kan deaktivere private beskeder med indstillingen Tillad private beskeder, som bestemmer om muligheden skal være aktiv eller ej for hele boardet. Du kan også deaktivere private beskeder for bestemte brugere eller grupper i Tilladelser. Se venligst kapitlet Tilladelser for flere informationer. - I phpBB3 kan brugere oprette egne mapper til private beskeder. Værdien i Maksimalt antal mapper til private beskeder bestemmer hvor mange mapper det er muligt at oprette som bruger. Standardindstillingen er 4. Muligheden kan deaktiveres ved at sætte denne værdi til 0. - Maksimalt antal private beskeder pr. mappe bestemmer hvor mange beskeder hver mappe kan indeholde. Standardværdien er 50, sættes værdien til 0 er der ingen grænser for antal beskeder i mapperne. - Vælger du at begrænse antallet af beskeder pr. mappe, er det nødvendigt at specificere hvad der skal ske når en mappe er fyldt. Det kan ændres i Handling ved fuld mappe. Der er to muligheder; enten slettes den ældste besked automatisk, eller den nye besked holdes tilbage indtil der er gjort plads i mappen. Bemærk denne indstilling vil være boardets standardhandling og vil ikke tilsidesætte en brugers evt. andet valg, i det brugere selv er i stand til at vælge denne handling i UCP. - Som standard er det muligt at redigere en privat besked indtil modtageren har læst den. Yderligere kan sættes en tidsgrænse for hvor længe en besked kan redigeres. Her bruges Begræns redigeringstid, standardværdien er 0, som tillader redigering indtil beskeden er læst. Bemærk at du, for bestemte brugere eller grupper, kan forbyde redigering af private beskeder i Tilladelser. Er denne tilladelse sat til Nej, vil den tilsidesætte denne indstilling. - Umiddelbart under, i Generelle valg, er der mulighed for yderligere at definere pb-systemets funktionalitet. - - - Tillad afsending af private beskeder til flere brugere og grupper giver mulighed for at sende en privat besked til flere modtagere. Muligheden er aktiv som standard, slås den fra vil man heller ikke kunne sende beskeder til grupper. - - Se kapitlet Grupper for information om hvordan man aktivere muligheden for at sende en privat besked til en gruppe. - - - - BBkode og Smilies er som standard tilladt i private beskeder. - - Også her kan du lukke for disse muligheder for bestemte brugere eller grupper i Tilladelser. - - - - Som standard er det ikke tilladt at vedhæfte filer i private beskeder. Flere indstillinger for vedhæftede filer i private beskeder kan læses i indstillinger for Vedhæftede filer. Her kan blandt andet defineres hvor mange filer der må vedhæftes en privat besked. - - - -
    -
    - - - - jask - - - - CAPTCHA modulindstillinger - Captcha eller "Completely Automated Public Turing Test To Tell Computers and Humans Apart" er et begreb for gåder som anses for nemme at gætte for mennesker og svære for computere. - phpBB 3.0 anvender et udvidelsesystem som gør det nemt at skifte mellem forskellige implementationer af CAPTCHA. Som standard er følgende tilgængelige i mappen includes/captcha/plugins. - - phpBB leveres med disse udvidelsesmoduler installeret: - GD3D CAPTCHA: En grafisk CAPTCHA med tegn i 3D og i en bølgeform. - GD CAPTCHA: En grafisk CAPTCHA med flydende tegn i 3D. - CAPTCHA uden GD: En simpel 2D CAPTCHA, som skulle fungere på enhver serverkonfiguration. - reCaptcha: reCaptcha-servicen. Du skal tilmeldes hos reCaptcha før denne kan tages i brug. - Q&A Captcha: Definer selv spørgsmål og svar. - - Siden er delt i to områder. Toppen - "Generelle valg", indeholder indstillinger om hvor og hvornår CAPTCHA skal anvendes. Det andet område indeholder valg af modul, samt konfiguration og demonstration af dette. -
    - CAPTCHA modulindstillinger - - - - - - Valg af metode til spambot-beskyttelse i ACP. - - -
    - - Kontroller MOD-databasen for nye CAPTCHA-udvidelsesmoduler. - - - Hvordan et CAPTCHA-modul vælges - Klik på dropdownmenuen "Installerede moduler" og vælg det modul du ønsker at tage i brug. Lad ikke moduler anført med gråt stoppe dig, det betyder blot at du behøver at foretage endnu et trin. Er det ønskede modul ikke på listen, undersøges om filerne er tilstede i plugin-mappen. - Klik på knappen "Konfigurer" for at se det pågældende CAPTCHA-moduls indstillinger. Mange udvidelsesmoduler skal konfigureres før de kan tages i brug. Bemærk at for moduler uden konfigurationsmuligheder vises knappen ikke. - Konfigurer modulet efter dine ønsker. - Efter konfiguration, vælges modulet igen i dropdownfeltet. Det er nu ikke længere anført med gråt. - I afsnittet udfør ændringer, klikkes nu på "Udfør". - Tillykke, CAPTCHA-udvidelsen er nu aktiv. - - - Udvidelser blev introduceret i phpBB 3.0.6. Mangler denne funktion i administratorkontrolpanelet er din phpBB-version sansynligvis tidligere end denne, og du bør overveje at opdatere til seneste version. - -
    -
    -
    - - - - jask - - - - Trafikkonfiguration - Udover phpBB3's indbyggede autentifikationsystem, understøttes kommunikation med andre klienter. phpBB understøtter forskellige autentifikationsmoduler, email og Jabber. Her konfigurerer du alle disse kommunikationsmetoder og de gennemgås alle herunder. - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Autentifikation - - phpBB understøtter forskellige autentifikationsmoduler, som alle kan anvendes til autentificere brugere ved login på boardet. Der er tre standardmoduler med i phpBB: DB, LDAP og Apache. Før der skiftes fra phpBB's indbyggede autentifikationsmetode (DB-metoden) til et af de andre moduler, skal du sikrer dig at din server understøtter dette. Når autentifikationsmetode omkonfigureres, skal kun indstillingerne for den valgte metode (Apache or LDAP) udfyldes. - - - Autentifikation<!-- [jan: jeg har omsorteret listen, den er nu i overenstemmelse med ACP-skærmbilledet, desuden er manglende punkter tilføjet] --> - Vælg en autentifikationsmetode: Vælg i dropdownmenuen din foretrukne autentifikationsmetode. - LDAP-servernavn: Navnet eller IP-adressen på LDAP-serveren. Alternativt kan du angive en URL, eksempelvis ldap://hostname:port/.. - LDAP-serverport: Udfyldes hvis ikke port 389 ønsket anvendt. - LDAP-base dn: Distinguished Name som indeholder brugerinformationen. - LDAP uid: Den nøgle phpBB vil søge efter en given login identitet. - LDAP-brugerfilter: Søgefiltre kan begrænse de objekter hvor der søges efter ovennævnte nøgle. - LDAP-emailattribut: Din brugertabels emailattribut (hvis en sådan findes) for automatisk at sætte emailadressen for nye brugere. Ved at lade dette felt være tomt vil brugere ved første login få tildelt en tom emailadresse.. - LDAP-bruger dn: Efterlades tomt for at benytte anonym tilslutning. phpBB vil tilslutte sig LDAP-serveren som denne bruger. - LDAP-kodeord: Efterlades tomt for at benytte anonym tilslutning, udfyldes ellers med ovenstående brugers kodeord. Kræves af Active Directory servere.Kodeordet lagres i databasen i klar og ukrypteret tekst, og vil være synligt for alle med adgang til databasen eller til denne konfigurationsside. - -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Email - - phpBB3 kan sende emails til dine brugere. Her konfigureres de indstillinger boardet bruger når emails afsendes. phpBB3 kan sende emails med enten den indbyggede PHP-baserede emailservice, eller en specificeret SMTP-server. Er du i tvivl om du har mulighed for at anvende en SMTP-server, anbefales det at bruge den indbyggede email-service. Du henter yderligere detaljer herom hos din vært. Klik på Udfør når alle indstillinger er klar. - - - Bemærk venligst at den angivne emailadresse skal være gyldig, da enhver tilbagesendt eller vildfaren email sandsynligvis vil blive returneret til denne emailaddresse. - - - - Generelle indstillinger - Boardets emailsystem er: Hvis systemet er inaktivt, vil boardet ikke sende nogen emails overhovedet. - Brugere sender emails via boardet: I stedet for at vise brugeres emailadresse kan brugere sende emails via boardet. - Navn på emailfunktion: Navnet på den anvendte emailfunktion ved forsendelse af emails gennem PHP. Normalt er dette "mail". - Pakkestørrelse for emails: Antallet af emails der afsendes i en pakke. Indstillingen er nyttig hvis du vil afsend masse-emails og har et stort antal brugere. - Emailadresse for kontakt: Denne emailadresse bruges overalt, hvor der er specifikke kontaktpunkter, f.eks. spam, fejlmeddelelser, problemer med tilmelding osv. Den vil altid blive anvendt som "From" og "Reply-To"-adresserne i emails. - Returadresse for emails: Denne emailadresse bruges som returadresse for alle emails, dvs. emailadressen for teknisk kontakt. Den vise altid som "Return-Path" og "Sender" adressen i emails afsendt fra boardet. - Signatur i emails: Denne tekst bruges som signatur i alle emails udsendt af boardet. - Skjul emailadresser: Ønsker du at holde emailadresser private, vælges Ja. - - - - SMTP-indstillinger - Brug SMTP-server til email: Vælg Ja, hvis du vil eller skal bruge en navngiven server til at sende email i stedet for boardets indbyggede emailfunktion. Er du i tvivl om du har mulighed for at anvende en SMTP-server, vælges Nej; som vil medføre at dit board vil gøre brug af den indbyggede PHP-baserede email-service, som i de fleste tilfælde vil fungere. - Adresse på SMTP-server: SMTP-serverens adresse. - SMTP-serverport: Normalt benyttes port 25. Skift kun denne, hvis du ved, at din SMTP-server benytter en anden port. - Autentifikationsmetode for SMTP: Den autentifikationmetode dit board skal anvende når der forbindes til den angivne SMTP-server. Den anvendes kun hvis SMTP-brugernavn og -kodeord er angivet nedenfor og krævet af serveren. De tilgængelige metoder er Almindelig, LOGIN, CRAM-MD5, DIGEST-MD5 og POP-FØR-SMTP. Spørg din vært, hvis du er usikker på hvilken metode, der skal bruges. - SMTP-brugernavn: Det brugernavn phpBB skal benytte når der forbindes til den angivne SMTP-server. Udfyldes kun hvis serveren kræver det. - SMTP-kodeord: Kodeordet tilknyttet ovenstående brugernavn, som afgives når der forbindes til den angivne SMTP-server. Udfyldes kun hvis serveren kræver det. - -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Jabber - - phpBB3 kan desuden sende beskeder til brugere via Jabber. Her kan du aktivere og bestemme hvordan boardet gør brug af Jabber. - - - Nogle Jabber-servere inkluderer gateways eller transporter, der tillader dig at kontakte brugere af andre netværk. Ikke alle servere tilbyder alle former for transporter, og ændringer i protokoller kan forhindre transporter i at fungere. Bemærk at det kan tage flere sekunder at opdatere detaljer for en Jabber-konto, stop ikke før scriptet er afsluttet! - - - - Jabber-indstillinger - Jabber er: Vælg Aktiv, hvis du vil benytte Jabber til beskeder. - Jabber-server: Den server dit board skal benytte. Se jabber.org's liste over offentligt tilgængelige servere. - Jabberport: Den port ovennævnte Jabber-server benytter. Port 5222 er den mest anvendte. Er du usikker på dette, undlad at ændre værdien. - Jabberbrugernavn eller JID:: Angiv en tilmeldt Jabberkonto eller et gyldigt JID. Brugernavnets gyldighed kontrolleres ikke. Anfører du alene brugernavn, sættes dit JID som dette og serveren som specificeret ovenfor. Ellers angives et gyldigt JID, eksempelvis user@jabber.org. - Jabberkodeord: Det tilhørende kodeord til ovenfor angivne Jabberkonto. - Tilslut med SSL: En sikker forbindelse til Jabber-serveren forsøges etableret. Den anvendte Jabberport bliver ændret til 5223, hvis port 5222 er angivet. - Pakkestørrelse for Jabber: Antal beskeder sendt i en pakke. Sættes værdien til 0 sendes meddelelsen øjeblikkeligt og sættes ikke i kø til senere afsendelse. - -
    -
    -
    - - - - jask - - - - Serverkonfiguration - Som boardadministrator er det en nødvendighed at være i stand til at justere server-indstillingerne for dit phpBB-board. Det er meget nemt at ændre på boardet serverkonfiguration. Indstillingerne er delt i fem hovedkategorier: Cookies, Gzip, stier & URL, Sikkerhed, Belastning og Søgning. Korrekt konfigurering af disse indstillinger vil ikke kun sørge for at dit board funktionelt, men også at det virker effektivt og som ønsket. Nedenfor gennemgås indstillingerne for hver kategori. Når du ændrer i indstillingerne i en kategori, er det vigtigt at få klikket på Udfør, for at få ændringerne opdateret. - -
    - - - - - - - - jask - - - - Cookies - Dit board gør hele tiden brug af cookies. En cookie er en lille mængde data, der sendes til brugernes browser. Den omfatter bl.a. et anonymt, men entydigt id, som eksempelvis anvendes til at logge dine brugere automatisk ind. Indstillingerne her bestemmer de parametre boardets cookies afsendes med. I de fleste tilfælde er de valgte standardværdier tilstrækkelige. - - - Har du brug for at ændre på indstillingerne, så gør det med forsigtighed. I værste fald kan dine brugere ikke mere logge ind automatisk. - - - Find skærmbilledet Cookies for at ændre i boardet cookies-indstillinger. Du kan ændre disse fire indstillinger: - - - Cookies - Cookiedomæne: Domænenavnet dit board kaldes med. Stien til boardet under domænet er ikke vigtigt her. - Cookienavn: Det navn cookien tildeles når den afsendes. Det bør være et unikt navn, som ikke konflikter med andre cookienavne. - Sti til cookie: Normalt er "/" tilstrækkeligt. Herved kan cookien nås fra hele dit site. Er der behov for at gøre stien mere specifik, vælges stien til hvor dit board er installeret. - Sikker cookie: Hvis dit board kan nås med SSL, skal denne være Aktiv. Hvis ikke, efterlades valget som Inaktiv, ellers vil man opleve serverfejl rediregeringer. - - - - Når du har ændret i din serverkonfiguration, klikkes i hver indstilling på Udfør for at udføre ændringerne. -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Gzip, stier & URL - Du kan tilpasse server- og domæneafhængige indstillinger. Indstillingerne er delt i tre hovedkategorier: Gzip, Stikonfigurationer og Servers URL-indstillinger. Nedenstående gennemgås hver kategori og det tilhørende indstillinger mere detaljeret. Når du har ændret i din serverkonfiguration, klikkes på Udfør for at udføre ændringerne. - - - Vær omhyggelig når disse indstillinger ændres. Fejlkonfiguration kan eksempelvis medføre at emails afsendes med fejlagtige links og information, i værste fald at boardet ikke kan tilgås. - - - I kategorien Gzip findes nogle indstillinger som phpBB gør brug af på server-niveau. I øjeblikket er der kun mulighed for at vælge ja eller nej til Aktiver GZip-komprimering, som får serveren til at komprimere indholdet med GZip-algoritmen. Det kan medvirke til at mindske netværkstrafikken, og dermed også båndbreddeforbruget, til gengæld øges belastningen af både serverens og brugeres CPU. - - I kategorien Stikonfigurationer kan placeringen af specifikt boardindhold bestemmes. For standardinstallationer, skulle de i forvejen valgte placeringer være dækkende. Følgende fire stier kan indstilles: - - Stikonfigurationer - Smiliemappens placering: Den mappe boardet opbevarer smilies i. Sti under din phpBB-rodmappe, f.eks. images/smilies. - Indlægikonmappens placering: Den mappe boardet opbevarer indlægikoner i. Sti under din phpBB-rodmappe, f.eks. images/icons. - Filtypeikonmappens placering: Den mappe boardet opbevarer de filtypeikoner, som anvendes i forbindelse med vedhæftede filers filtypegrupper. Sti under din phpBB-rodmappe, f.eks. images/upload_icons. - Rangikonmappens placering: Den mappe boardet opbevarer rangikoner i. Sti under din phpBB-rodmappe, f.eks. images/ranks. - - - - Sidste kategori er Servers URL-indstillinger. Her er mulighed for at konfigurere den aktuelle URL dit board kan nås på, den protokol og port dit board skal tilgås med. Følgende fem indstillinger kan ændres: - - Servers URL-indstillinger - Gennemtving servers URL-indstillinger: Er de automatisk læste værdier af serverens URL-indstillinger, af en eller anden årsag ikke korrekt, kan de nedenfor angivne indstillinger gennemtvinges ved at vælge Ja. - Serverprotokol: Denne indstilling kan sættes til enten http:// eller https:// og er dermed fast defineret. Angives ingen protokol eller er Gennemtving servers URL-indstillinger fravalgt ovenfor, bliver protokollen bestemt udfra indstillingen sikker cookie. - Domænenavn: Domænenavn hvorfra dette board kører. Inkluder "www" hvis det indgår i navnet. Indstillingen har kun betydning hvis URL-indstillingerne gennemtvinges. - Serverport: Port "80" anvendes som standard af alle webservere. Indstillingen skal kun ændres i helt særlige tilfælde. Også denne indstilling har kun betydning hvis URL-indstillingerne gennemtvinges. - Sti til script: Mappen hvor phpBB er installeret, relativt i forhold til domænenavnet. Nås dit board f.eks på www.eksempel.dk/phpBB3/, angives stien til scriptet således "/phpBB3". Også denne indstilling har kun betydning hvis URL-indstillingerne gennemtvinges. - - - - Husk til sidst at klikke på Udfør for at få indlæst de foretagede ændringer. -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Sikkerhed - På siden Sikkerhed administreres indstillinger med betydning for sikkerheden, nærmere bestemt indstillinger relateret til sessioner og login. Når der der ændres i disse, er det vigtigt at klikke på Udfør for at få indlæs ændringerne. - - - - - - Tillad automatisk login - - Ved første login kan brugere få mulighed for at vælge at blive logget automatisk ind ved fremtidige besøg på boardet. - De tilgængelige valgmuligheder Ja og Nej. Ja aktiverer automatisk login. - - - - - Loginnøgle udløber efter (i dage) - - Automatisk login udløber efter det angivne antal dage. - I tekstboksen til venstre for Dage angives et helt tal. Tallet bestemmer hvor mange dage en loginnøgle er gyldig. Ønsker du ikke at loginnøgler udløber, angives 0. - - - - - Validering af IP-adresser - - Bestem hvor stor en del af brugeres IP-adresse der anvendes for at validere en session. - Der er fire mulige valg: Alle, A.B.C, A.B og Ingen. Alle sammenligner hele IP-adressen. A.B.C sammenligner de første x.x.x af adressen og A.B de første xx. Vælges Ingen valideres IP-adresser ikke i forbindelse med sessioner. I IPv6 adresser vil A.B.C sammenligne de første 4 blokke og A.B de første 3 blokke. - - - - - Valider browser - - Aktiverer browservalidering for hver session, hvilket forøger sikkerheden. - De tilgængelige valgmuligheder er Ja og Nej. Ja aktiverer valideringen. - - - - - Valider X_FORWARDED_FOR-hoved - - Sessioner vil kun blive fortsat, hvis det sendte X_FORWARDED_FOR-hoved svarer til det, der blev sendt med den forrige anmodning. Udelukkelser bliver også kontrolleret imod IP-adresser i X_FORWARDED_FOR. - De tilgængelige valgmuligheder er Ja og Nej. Ja aktiverer valideringen. - - - - - Valider reference - - Hvis kontrollen er aktiveret, bliver referencens POST-requests kontrolleret mod værten/indstillinger for scriptsti. Denne kontrol kan medføre problemer på boards med flere domæner og/eller eksterne logins. - - - - - Kontroller IP-adresser imod DNS blackhole liste - - Du kan kontrollere brugeres IP-adresser imod DNS blackhole lister. Her anmeldes og sortlistes IP-adresser som anvendes til misbrug. Vælges Ja, kontrolleres mod listerne på spamcop.net og spamhaus.org. Opslaget kan tage lidt tid, afhængig af serverkonfigurationen. Hvis kontrollen medfører for mange fejlagtige afvisninger eller nedsætter "ekspeditionstiden", anbefales det at slå kontrollen fra. - - - - - Kontroller emaildomæne - - Det er muligt at kontrollere om brugeres emailadresser er gyldige. Emaildomæne kontrolleres for en gyldig MX-record ved tilmelding og ændring af emailadressen i brugerprofiler. - De tilgængelige valgmuligheder Ja og Nej. Ja aktiverer valideringen. - - - - - Kodeordskompleksitet - - For at sikre dine brugeres kodeord bedst muligt, kan du her bestemme hvor komplekst sammensat de skal være. Ændrer du i denne konfiguration på et allerede kørende board, får ændringen kun betydning for nye brugere eller når eksisterende brugere ændrer kodeord. - Du har fire valgmuligheder i dropdownmenuen. Ingen krav, Skal indeholde store og små bogstaver, Skal indeholde bogstaver og tal og til sidst Skal indeholde symboler. - - Når valget træffes vil det foranstående krav også være gældende. Hvis du for eksempelt vælger Skal indeholde bogstaver og tal kræves det samtidig anvendelse af store og små bogstaver. - - - - - - Gennemtving kodeordsændring - - Det kan være fornuftigt at ændre kodeord med mellemrum. I denne indstilling kan brugere tvinges til at ændre kodeord efter et fastsat tidsrum. - Kun hele tal kan angives i tekstboksen til højre, og bestemmer det antal dage brugeres kodeord er gyldigt. Når denne periode overskrides bliver brugere bedt om at ændre kodeord. Ønsker du ikke at anvende denne mulighed, angives 0 dage. - - - - - Maksimalt antal loginforsøg - - For at hindre botter og andre brugere i at forsøge at gætte andre tilmeldte brugeres kodeord, er det en god ide at sætte en grænse for antallet af loginforsøg. - Angiv i hele tal antal mislykkede loginforsøg boardet skal acceptere, hvorefter brugere desuden vil blive afkrævet visuel bekræftelse. - - - - - Tillad PHP i skabeloner - - phpBB3 har mulighed for at fortolke PHP-kode inkluderet i skabelonfilerne. Aktiver den mulighed her, og herved genkendes og fortolkes både PHP og INCLUDEPHP kommandoer indeholdt i disse filer. - - - -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Belastning - Specielt på store boards kan det være nødvendigt at trimme indstillinger som øger belastningen. Selv om dit board ikke er specielt stort, eller har megen aktivitet, er det stadig vigtigt at have mulighed for at ændre disse indstillinger. Korrekte indstillinger kan reducere den belastning dit board udøver på serveren væsentligt. Husk at klikke på Udfør når du har ændret i indstillinger med betydning for systembelastning. - - Den første kategori, Generelle indstillinger, giver dig kontrol og de mest basale belastningsrelaterede indstillinger, som for eksempel systembelasning og sessioners varighed. Nedenfor gennemgås hver indstilling detaljeret. - - Generelle indstillinger - Begræns systembelastning: Hvis systembelastningen i gennemsnit over 1 minut overskrider denne værdi, vil boardet gå offline, "1.0" er lig ~100% belastning af en processor. Dette virker kun på UNIX-baserede servere og hvor denne information er tilgængelig. Værdien nulstiller sig selv hvis phpBB ikke var i stand til at finde belastningsgrænsen. Alle positive værdier er gyldige. Hvis din server er udstyret med to CPU'er svarer værdien "2.0" til 100% belastning af begge CPU'er. "0" deaktiverer denne begrænsning. - Sessioners varighed: Brugeres sessioner udløber efter det angivne antal sekunder. Alle positive værdier større end eller lig med 60 er gyldige. - Begræns sessioner: Det er muligt at kontrollere hvor mange samtidige sessioner der tillades på boardet. Overskrides antallet inden for et minut, vil boardet midlertidigt gå offline. Alle positive heltal er gyldige. Angiv 0 hvis du ikke ønsker denne begrænsning. - Varighed af onlineinformation: Tid i minutter hvorefter inaktive brugere bliver fjernet fra listen Hvem er online. Jo større tidsrum, desto længere behandlingstid for at generere listen. Alle positive heltal er gyldige. - - - - I kategorien Generelle valg kan du bestemme om hvilke muligheder der skal være tilgængelige for brugeren. Nedenfor gennemgås hver mulighed. - - Generelle valg - Anvend prikkede emner: Et prikket emneikon viser bruger om denne har skrevet indlæg i et emne. Vælg Ja for at aktivere muligheden. - Anvend database-emnemarkering: phpBB3 tilbyder mulighed for at opbevare informationer om hvilke emner brugere har læst i databasen. Vælg Ja for at gøre brug af denne mulighed. Aktiveres muligheden ikke, opbevares information om læste emner i en cookie. - Emnemarkering for gæster: Gem information om læste emner og indlæg for gæster. Vælges Nej vises emner altid som læste for gæster. - Vis brugere online: Brugernavne vises nederst på boardindeks, forum og emnesider. Vælg Ja for at få listet brugere online. - Antal gæster online: Vælg Ja for at få vist antal gæster i listen Hvem er online, i fora og emner. - Vis brugeres online og offline-status: Vælges Ja vises status med relevant ikon i profilfelt. - Vis fødselsdagslisten: Vælg Ja for at få listet brugere med fødselsdag nederst på boardindekset. Visning af listen forudsætter desuden at fødselsdage er tilladt under Boardfinesser. - Vis redaktører: Selvom det kan være nyttigt at få listet redaktører for de enkelte fora, er det muligt at deaktivere denne visning, og dermed reducere serverens processorbelastning. - Vis "Hop til" boksen: Boksen er et nyttigt værktøj til at navigere rundt på boardet med. I boksens dropdownmenu kan alle tilgængelige fora på boardet vælges direkte. Vælg Ja for at få boksen vist. - Brugeres aktivitet: Denne mulighed kontrollerer hvorvidt aktivt emne og forum vises i brugerprofil og UCP. Vælg Ja hvis du ønsker denne visning. Det anbefales imidlertid at deaktivere dette for boards med mere end en million indlæg. - Rekompiler fastfrosne typografikomponenter: Kontrollerer rekompilering af forældede skabelonfiler. Finder kontrollen opdaterede filer på filsystemet, rekompilerer boardet disse. Vælg Ja hvis du ønsker denne kontrol. - - - - Den sidste kategori af indstillinger med betydning for serverbelastningen er Tilpassede profilfelter. Indstillingerne gennemgås nedenfor. - - Tilpassede profilfelter - Vis tilpassede profilfelter i listen med tilmeldte brugere: Her bestemmes om typografierne på dit board skal vise de tilpassede profilfelter i listen med tilmeldte brugere. Vælg Ja for at aktivere visningen. - Vis tilpassede profilfelter i brugerprofiler: Vælg Ja for at vise de tilpassede profilfelter i brugerprofiler. - Vis tilpassede profilfelter på emnesider: Vælg Ja for at vise disse på emnesider. - - -
    - - -
    -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Forumadministration - Under fanebladet Fora findes en række værktøjer beregnet til at administrere dine fora. Har du brug for at tilføje nye fora eller kategorier, ændre forumbeskrivelser, rækkefølge eller navn på eksisterende fora, er det her du har disse muligheder. -
    - - - - jask - - - - Forumtyper - I phpBB 3.0.x er der tre forskellige former for fora: Kategori (samling af fora), Forum (her kan indsendes indlæg), Link (til URL). - - - Kategori - - En kategori anvendes til at samle flere fora eller links. Fora vil blive vist under kategorititlen og tydeligt adskilt fra andre kategorier. Der kan ikke skrives indlæg i en kategori, kun i de indeholdte fora. - - - - Forum - - Der kan skrives emner og indlæg i et forum. - - - - Link - - Her bliver hver link vist som et normalt link til et forum. Men i stedet kan der linkes til en URL du selv bestemmer. Som standard vises hvor mange gange der er klikket på dette link. - - - -
    -
    - - - - jask - - - - Underfora - I phpBB 3.0.x kan oprettes underfora. Det kan være nyttigt på boards med mange fora. Herved er det muligt at skabe en logisk opbygning af dit boardindeks. Fremfor at have samtlige fora præsenteret på boardindekset, kan det være fornuftigt at tilknytte beslægtede fora som underfora til et overordnet forum. Der er ingen øvre grænse for hvor mange kategorier, fora og links der kan tilknyttes som underfora. - - Hvis du for eksempel har et forum om kæledyr, er det muligt at oprette underfora i dette omhandlende katte, hunde oa, uden at skulle ændre det eksisterende kæledyrsforum til en kategori. I dette eksempel vil kun forummet kæledyr blive vist på boardindekset. Underfora bliver vist under forumbeskrivelsen med et link, medmindre denne visning deaktiveres. - -
    - Opret underfora - - - - - - I dette eksempel er underforaene med titlerne "Katte", "Hunde" og "Papegøjer" tilknyttet overforummet "Kæledyr". Læg mærke til, at øverst på siden er der angivet hvor i boardhierakiet du befinder dig. - - -
    - - Teoretisk set kan phpBB3.0.x indeholde ubegrænsede niveauer af underfora. Og du kan derfor tilknytte nye underfora i allerede eksisterende underfora. På nye boards kan det være en god ide at starte med få fora, aktiviteten vil synes højere, fremfor på forhånd at have struktureret boardet så detaljeret at de første indlæg forsvinder i denne. Efterfølgende er det enkelt at flytte emner i passende fora eller underfora. - Læs afsnittet om forumadministration, hvor oprettelse af underfora er beskrevet. -
    -
    - - - - jask - - - - Forumadministration - Her kan tilføjes nye fora eller kategorier, ændres forumbeskrivelser og rækkefølge eller navn på eksisterende fora, kategorier og links. - -
    - Symbolerne i forumadministration - - - - - - Symbolerne repræsenterer hver deres funktion, som også vises i en mouseover-tekst. - - -
    - - Indgangsiden til Forumadministration lister alle topniveau fora og kategorier. Bemærk at underfora i disse ikke vises på denne side. Ønsker du at ændre i underfora indeholdt her, skal du først klikke på det forum eller den kategori det underforummet befinder sig i. -
    -
    -
    - - - - jask - - - - Meddelelser - - Fora er ingenting hvis ikke der er indhold heri. Indholdet skabes og indsendes af dine brugere, derfor er det vigtigt af indstillinger for hvordan meddelelser kan indsendes er korrekt for dit board. For at ændre disse indstillinger vælges fanebladet Meddelelser. - Den første side i sektionen Meddelelser er BBkoder. De øvrige sider er delt i to hovedgrupper: Beskeder og Vedhæftede filer. Private beskeder, Emneikoner, Smilies og Ordcensur er relaterede til meddelelser. Vedhæftede filer, Filtyper, Filtypegrupper og Vildfarne vedhæftede filer er alle relaterede til vedhæftede filer. - -
    - - - - jask - - - - BBkoder - - BBkoder er en speciel måde at formatere indlæg på svarende til HTML. phpBB 3.0.x giver mulighed for oprette dine egne BBkoder. Nedenfor gennemgås et eksempel. - Det er nemt at oprette en ny BBkode. Gøres det korrekt, kan dine brugere umiddelbart gøre brug af denne i indlæg. Begynd med at klikke på knappen Tilføj en ny BBkode. Der er fire overvejelser der bør gøres når tilføjes en BBkode: Hvordan du ønsker dine brugere skal anvende af den, hvilken HTML-kode BBkoden skal gøre brug af (brugere ser ikke dette), hvilken kort beskrivelse ønsker du til BBkode og om der skal vises en knap for den nye BBkode ved siden af de allerede eksisterende. Når alle indstillinger er foretaget klikkes på Udfør for at tilføje din nye BBkode. - -
    - Tilføj BBkoder - - - - - - I dette eksempel opretter vi ny [font] BBkode som vil give brugere mulighed for at definere en fonttype for den skrevne tekst. - - -
    - - I feltet Brug af BBkode specificeres hvordan brugere skal gøre brug af BBkoden. For at kunne vælge en fonttype skrives i feltet [font={SIMPLETEXT1}]{INTTEXT2}[/font]. BBkoden [font] er nu defineret sådan at brugeres skrevne tekst repræsenteres af tokenet INTTEXT2 og selve skrifttypens fontnavn af SIMPLETEXT1. Brugere kan hermed selv definere fonttypen i et indlæg ved at skrive [font=verdana]indlægstekst[/font]. - - Før BBkoden kan tages i anvendelse, mangler vi at definere den HTML-erstatning vores nye BBkode skal gøre brug af. I feltet HTML-erstatning skriver vi <span style="font-family: {SIMPLETEXT1}">{INTTEXT2}<span>. Bemærk at vi i eksemplet anvender tokenet {INTTEXT} fremfor {SIMPLETEXT}. {INTTEXT} i HTML-erstatninger, giver os mulighed for også at kunne formatere de danske specialtegn æ, ø og å med denne BBkode. Hvilket ikke er muligt med {TEXT} og {SIMPLETEXT}. Bemærk at det frarådes at bruge tokenet {TEXT}, hvis det overhovedet kan undgås. Det åbner mulighed for at indsætte potentiel farlig kode i BBkoden. - - I det næste felt Hjælpelinie kan forfattes en kort note eller et tip som vises under rækken med BBkoder når der skrives indlæg. - - Er Vis på siden hvor indlæg skrives ikke tilvalgt, vises hjælpelinien ikke. - - Til sidst bestemmes om den nye BBode skal vises for brugere når der skrives indlæg. Afmærk feltet udfor Vis på siden hvor indlæg skrives for at aktivere visningen. -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Private beskeder - - Her kan alle standardindstillinger i forbindelse med brugen af private beskeder ændres. Nedenfor gennemgås alle indstillingerne. Ændres indstillingerne, klikkes på Udfør nederst på siden. - - Generelle indstillinger - Tillad private beskeder: Vælg Yes for at aktivere brugen af private beskeder på boardet. - Maksimalt antal mapper til private beskeder: Det højeste antal mapper brugere kan oprette til opbevarelse af private beskeder. - Maksimalt antal private beskeder pr. mappe: Det højeste antal beskeder brugere kan opbevare i hver af deres mapper. - Handling ved fuld mappe: Når brugere er nået det højest antal tilladte beskeder i en mappe, bestemmer denne indstilling hvordan boardet håndterer denne situation. Du kan vælge at ældste besked automatisk slettes i mappen, eller at nye beskeder holdes tilbage indtil modtager har gjort plads i mappen. Bemærk at i mappen Sendte beskeder er standardhandlingen altid at slette ældste beskeder. - Begræns redigeringstid: Som standard kan en sendt besked redigeres indtil modtageren har læst denne. Her kan redigeringstiden begrænses med et tidsrum. - Maximalt antal tilladte modtagere: Her kan sættes en grænse for hvor mange modtagere brugere kan sende samme besked til. Indstillingen kan sættes pr. brugergruppe under gruppeadministration. - - - - Generelle valg - Tillad samtidig afsending til flere modtagere: I phpBB 3.0.x er det muligt at sende en privat besked til flere modtagere eller grupper. Vælg Ja for tillade dette. - Tillad BBkode i private beskeder: Vælg Ja for at tillade brugen af BBkode. - Tillad smilies i private beskeder: Vælg Ja for at tillade brugen af smilies. - Tillad vedhæftede filer i private beskeder: Vælg Ja for at brugere kan vedhæfte filer. - Tillad signatur i private beskeder: Vælg Ja for at signatur kan tilføjes. - Tillad printervenlig visning af private beskeder: Vælg Ja for at tillade printervenlig visning af private beskeder. - Tillad videresending af private beskeder: Vælg Ja for at tillade videresending af modtagne private beskeder. - Tillad brug af BBkode-tag'en [IMG]: Vælg Ja for at tillade at billeder kan vises inline i private beskeder. - Tillad brug af BBkode-tag'en [FLASH]: Vælg Ja for at tillade at Macromedia Flash-objekter kan vises inline i private beskeder. - Tillad brug af emneikoner: Vælg Ja hvis du ønsker at brugere skal kunne gøre brug af emneikoner i private beskeder. Ikoner vises ved siden af den private beskeds emnetitel. - - - - Ønsker du ikke at have begrænsninger i generelle indstillinger, kan alle numeriske værdier angives til 0, herved deaktiveres enhver begrænsning. - -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Emneikoner - - I phpBB3 er det muligt at tilknytte ikoner til emner. På denne side kan administreres hvilke emneikoner brugere kan anvende på boardet. Det er muligt at tilføje, ændre, slette emneikoner. Den første side Emneikoner viser de ikoner der er installeret på boardet. Du kan tilføje ikoner manuelt, installere færdige ikonpakker, eksportere elle downloade en ikonpakkefil. Desuden kan visningsrækkefølgen ændres. - - Den første mulighed er at installere en færdigpakket ikonpakke. Ikonpakker har filextension .pak. Upload ikonpakken til mappen /images/icons/. Klik på Installer ikonpakke øverst på siden. Er den uploade ikonpakke korrekt placeret for du nu mulighed for at vælge denne. Installationsprocessen undersøger om ikonpakken indeholder filer der konflikter med de eksisterende ikoner. Konstateres konflikter bliver du bedt om at tage stilling til disse, du kan vælge at bibeholde de eksisterende ikoner, overskrive de eksisterende med de nye, eller blot slette alle konfliktende ikoner. Når disse valg er foretaget klikkes igen på Installer ikonpakke. - - Den anden mulighed er at tilføje emneikoner manuelt. Emneikoner uploades også til mappen /images/icons/. Klik på Tilføj mange ikoner nederst på siden. Er de nye ikoner korrekt uploadet, ses en række indstillinger ud for hver at de nye ikoner, disse indstillinger gennemgås nedenfor. Når du har tilføjet de ønskede emneikoner klikkes på Udfør. - - - Ikon: Denne kolonne viser selve ikonet. - Ikonets placering: Her vises stien til ikonet, relativt i forhold til mappen /images/icons/. - Ikonbredde: Den bredde (i pixels) ikonet skal strækkes til. - Ikonhøjde: Den højde (i pixels) ikonet skal strækkes til. - Vis på siden hvor indlæg skrives: Mærkes feltet af, vises emneikonet på siden hvor indlæg skrives. - Ikonorden: Her bestemmes hvilken rækkefølge ikonerne vises i. Der kan vælges mellem at vise det først, eller at vise det efter et af de øvrige installerede. - Tilføj: Når indstillingerne for dit nye emneikon er i orden, afmærkes dette felt for at tilføje ikonet. - - - For at ændre indstillinger for allerede installerede emneikoner klikkes på Ret ikoner nederst på siden. Du bliver nu præsenteret for Ikonkonfiguration for alle emneikonerne. Felternes betydning er beskrevet ovenfor. - - På startsiden er det muligt direkte at ændre ikonernes rækkefølge ved at benytte symbolerne for "flyt op" og "flyt ned". Det enkelte ikons indstillinger kan ændres ved at klikke på den grønne "Rediger". For at slette et ikon benyttes den røde "Slet". -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Smilies - - Smilies er typisk små, nogle gange animerede billeder der bruges til at give udtryk for en følelse eller mening. Du kan tilføje smilies manuelt eller ved at installerede en præfabrikeret smiliespakke. I oversigten Smilies vises de smilies der i øjeblikket er installeret på dit boardform. - - Den første mulighed er at installere en præfabrikeret smiliespakke. Smiliespakker har filextension .pak. Upload pakken til mappen /images/smilies/. Klik herefter på Installer smiliespakke øverst på siden. Er den uploade pakke korrekt placeret for du nu mulighed for at vælge denne. Installationsprocessen undersøger om smiliespakken indeholder filer der konflikter med de eksisterende smilies. Konstateres konflikter bliver du bedt om at tage stilling til disse, du kan vælge at bibeholde de eksisterende smilies, overskrive de eksisterende med de nye, eller blot slette alle konfliktende smilies. Når disse valg er foretaget klikkes igen på Installer smiliespakke. - - Den anden mulighed er at tilføje smilies manuelt. Smilies uploades også til mappen /images/smilies/. Klik på Tilføj mange smilies nederst på siden. Er de nye smilies korrekt uploadet, kan du herefter tilføje smilies enkeltvis og bestemme dens indstillinger. I det følgende gennemgås indstillingsmulighederne. Når du har tilføjet en smiley afsluttes ved at klikke på Udfør. - - - Smilies: I denne kolonne vises selve smileyen. - Smileys placering: Her vises stien til smileyen, relativt i forhold til mappen /images/smilies/. - Smileykode: Den tekst som erstattes af smileyen. - Følelse: Smileyens titel. - Smileybredde: Den bredde i pixels smileyen skal strækkes til. - Smileyhøjde: Den højde i pixels smileyen skal strækkes til. - Vis på siden hvor indlæg skrives: Mærkes feltet af, vises smileyen på siden hvor indlæg skrives. - Smileyorden: Her bestemmes hvilken rækkefølge smileyen skal vises i. Der kan vælges mellem at vise den først, eller at vise den efter et af de øvrige installerede. - Tilføj: Når indstillingerne for din nye smiley er i orden, afmærkes dette felt for at tilføje den. - - - For at ændre indstillinger for allerede installerede smilies klikkes på Ret smilies nederst på siden. Du får nu vist oversigten Smileykonfiguration. Felternes betydning er beskrevet ovenfor. - - På startsiden er det muligt direkte at ændre smileyrækkefølgen ved at benytte pilikonerne for "flyt op" og "flyt ned". Den enkelte smileys indstillinger kan ændres ved at klikke på den grønne "Rediger". For at slette en smiley benyttes den røde "Slet". -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Ordcensur - - Ønskes en vis grad af korrekt sprogbrug på boardet kan ordcensur anvendes. Ord der matcher et mønster du har defineret i Ordcensur erstattes automatisk med den tekst eller det ord du har specificeret. - - for at oprette en ordcensurering klikkes på Tilføj nyt ord. Der er to felter: Ord og Erstatning. Skriv det ord der ønskes censuret i feltet Ord. Bemærk at du kan anvende (*) som ubekendt. Herefter skrives i feltet Erstatning, det ord eller den tekst du ønsker det censurerede ord erstattet med. Klik på Udfør for at tilføje det nye ord der skal censureres. - - For at ændre en eksisterende censurering, klikkes på "Rediger" ud for det ord der skal ændres. -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Vedhæftede filer - - Hvis du tillader brugere at vedhæfte filer, er det vigtigt at kunne kontrollere indstillinger for vedhæftede filer. Her kan du justere de vigtige indstillinger og de tilknyttede specialkategorier. Når du har ændret en eller flere indstillinger klikkes på Udfør. - - - Vedhæftede filer - Tillad at vedhæfte filer: Vælg Ja for at tillade vedhæftning af filer på boardet. - Tillad at vedhæfte filer i private beskeder: Vælg Ja for at tillade vedhæftede filer i private beskeder. - Modtagemappe: Den mappe vedhæftede filer uploades til. Standardmappen er /files/. - Visningsorden for vedhæftede filer: Baseret på tidspunktet for hvornår en fil blev vedhæftet kan vælges faldende eller stigende visningsorden. - Den totale kvote for vedhæftede filer: Maksimum drevplads tilgængelig for vedhæftede filer på hele boardet. Angiv 0 hvis du ikke ønsker nogen grænse. - Maksimal filstørrelse: Hver fils maksimale tilladte størrelse, 0 betyder ubegrænset. - Maksimal filstørrelse i private beskeder: Maksimal størrelse pr. fil vedhæftet i private beskeder, 0 betyder ubegrænset. - Maksimalt antal vedhæftede filer pr. indlæg: Det højest tilladte antal filer pr. indlæg. Angives 0 deaktiveres begrænsningen. - Maksimalt antal vedhæftede filer pr. privat besked: Det højest tilladte antal filer i en privat besked. Angives 0 deaktiveres begrænsningen. - Aktiver sikker download: Hvis du ønsker at vedhæftede filer kun skal være tilgængelige for bestemte IP-adresser eller værtsnavne, vælges Ja. Herefter er det nederst på samme side, i Angiv hvidlistede/sortlistede IP-adresser eller værtsnavne og Fjern IP-adresser eller værtsnavne, muligt at angive disse. - Tillad eller afvis: Her vælges hvordan sikker download skal håndteres. En hvidliste (Tillad) sikrer at kun angivne IP-adresser eller værtsnavne kan downloade filer. En sortlist (Afvis) tillader at alle, undtagen angivne IP-adresser eller værtsnavne kan dowloade vedhæftede filer. Valget har kun betydning hvis sikker download er aktiveret. - Tillad tomme henvisninger: Sikker download er baseret på henvisninger (hvor kommer brugeren fra). Vil du tillade download for brugere uden henvisninger? Valget har kun betydning hvis sikker download er aktiveret. - Kontrol af vedhæftede filer: Browsere kan snydes og kan medføre fejlfortolkning af uploadede filers mimetype. Denne kontrol sikrer afvisning af filer der er årsag hertil. - - - - Indstillinger for billedkategori - Vis billeder inline: Skal billeder vises i indlæg. Vælges Nej vises et link til det vedhæftede billede. - Opret miniature: Indstillingen bestemmer om boardet altid skal danne en miniature af det vedhæftede billede eller ej. - Maksimal bredde på miniature i pixels: Miniaturer oprettes ikke bredere end denne værdi. - Grænse for oprettelse af miniature: Der dannes ikke miniaturer for billeder hvor filstørrelsen er mindre end denne værdi. - Sti til imagemagick: Hvis du har adgang til Imagemagick-programmet på serveren og ønsker at boardet skal gøre bruge af det, angives her den fulde sti til konverteringprogrammet, f.eks. /usr/bin/. - Maksimale billeddimensioner: Maksimale dimensioner for vedhæftede billeder. Kontrol af billededimensioner deaktiveres ved at angive begge værdier til 0. - Grænse for dannelse af link: Er et billede større end disse dimensioner i pixels, oprettes i stedet et link til billedet i indlægget. Sættes begge værdier til 0 deaktiveres denne funktion. - - - - Angiv hvid-/sortlistede IP-adresser eller værtsnavne - IP-adresser eller værter: Har du valgt sikker download angives her de IP-adresser eller værtsnavne som skal tillades eller afvises. Angiver du flereIP-adresser eller værtsnavne, skrives de hver især på en ny linie. For at specificere et interval af IP-adresser adskilles starten og slutningen med en bindestreg (eks: 202.123.228.100-202.123.228.125). Brug * som ubekendt for ukendte tegn. - Ekskluder fra hvid-/sortliste:: Vælg Ja for at ekskludere angivne IP-adresse eller vært fra listen. - -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Filtyper - - Du kan yderligere bestemme hvilke filtyper der kan vedhæftes. Af sikkerhedgrunde anbefales det at filtyper der kan indeholde scripts (som php, php3, php4, phtml, pl, cgi, py, rb, asp, aspx...) ikke tillades. Denne side findes ved at klikke på Filtyper i ACP. - - For at tilføje en ny filtype anvendes afsnittet Tilføj filtype. I feltet Filtype angives filendelse uden punktummet før endelsen. Vælg herefter i dropdownmenuen Filtypegruppe, hvilken gruppe den nye filtype skal tilknyttes. Klik herefter på Udfør. - - I oversigten umiddelbart under ses de filtyper som i øjeblikket er tilladte på boardet. For at ændre en filtypes gruppetilknytning vælges en anden filtypegruppe i dropdownmenuen ud for filtypen. En filtype slettes ved at mærke boksen i kolonnen Slet af og klikke på Udfør nederst på siden. -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Filtypegrupper - - Tilladte filtyper kan med fordel arrangeres i grupper, herved opnås et bedre overblik og en væsentlig nemmere administration. Klik på Filtypegrupper under indstillingerne for Meddelelser i ACP. Du kan vælge separate indstillinger for hver filtypegruppe. - - For at oprette en ny filtypegruppe bruges tekstfeltet ved siden af Opret en ny gruppe nederst på siden. Indtast navnet på den nye filtypegruppe og klik på Udfør. Du bliver nu bedt om at konfigurere indstillinger for den nye filtypegruppe. I det følgende gennemgås alle indstillingsparametre for filtypegrupper. - - - Tilføj filtypegruppe - Gruppenavn: Navnet på filtypegruppen. - Specialkategori: Filer tilhørende en filtypegruppe kan vises forskelligt. Vælg en specialkategori i dropdownmenuen, for at vælge hvordan vedhæftede filer vises i indlæg. - Tilladt: Afmærk denne for at tillade vedhæftede filer tilknyttet denne gruppe. - Tillad i private beskeder: Vælg denne for at tillade at vedhæfte filer tilknyttet denne gruppe i private beskeder. - Uploadikon: Det lille ikon som vises ved siden af alle vedhæftede filer tilknyttet denne gruppe. - Maksimal filstørrelse: Den maksimalt tilladte filstørrelse for filer i denne filtypegruppe. - Valgte filtyper: Her er listet alle filtyper tilknyttet denne gruppe. Klik på Gå til indstillinger for filtyper for at administrere hvilke filtyper der skal tilknyttes gruppen. - Tilladte fora: Her bestemmes i hvilke fora brugere kan vedhæfte filer tilknyttet denne filtypegruppe. For at tillade gruppen i samtlige fora på boardet vælges Tillad i alle fora. For at udvælge bestemte fora, vælges først Kun nedenstående valgte fora, hvorefter de ønskede fora vælges. Til sidst klikkes på Udfør. - - - For at ændre i en eksisterende filtypegruppe, klikkes i oversigten på det grønne ikon "Rediger". Indstillingsmulighederne er de samme som omtalt ovenstående. - - For at slette en filtypegruppe klikkes på det røde "Slet" ikon i oversigten. -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Vildfarne vedhæftede filer - - Det sker at vedhæftede filer mister tilhørsforhold, hvilket betyder at de er tilstede i den modtagemappen for vedhæftede filer (se afsnittet Vedhæftede filer), men ikke tilknyttet indlæg. Det sker oftest, når brugere vedhæfter filer, men ikke får klikket Udfør på det endelige indlæg. - - I fanebladet Meddelelser, klikkes på Vildfarne vedhæftede filer i menuen til venstre. Her vises en tabel indeholdende alle vildfarne filer og al vigtig information knyttet til hver fil. - - Herfra er det muligt at tilknyttet filen til et bestemt indlæg. Først skal du have fundet indlæggets ID, som kan ses i browserens adresselinie når indlægget læses - eksempelvis ..../viewtopic.php?f=43&t=227#p1014, hvor 1014 er indlæggets ID. Angiv denne ID i kolonnen Indlæggets ID for den aktuelle fil. Afmærk herefter boksen Vedhæft fil til indlæg og afslut med at klikke på Udfør nederst. - - En vildfaren fil kan slettes ved at afmærke boksen Slet yderst til højre i oversigten og klikke på Udfør. Bemærk at sletningen er uigenkaldelig og kan ikke fortrydes. -
    -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Brugere og grupper - -
    - Brugere - Brugere er grundlaget for dit board. Som administrator er det derfor vigtigt at kunne administrere brugere fornuftigt. Denne administration foregår i ACP, hvor brugerinformation og deres personlige indstillinger ændres ganske enkelt. - - Find fanebladet Brugere og grupper i ACP. Brugeradministrationen kan også nås fra forsiden, via det øverste punkt i Hurtig Tilgang Brugeradministration i navigationmenuen til venstre. - - For at kunne administrere en bruger skal du kende og angive brugernavn i tekstfeltet ud for Find en tilmeldt bruger:. Ønsker du at søge efter en tilmeldt bruger, klikkes på [ Find en tilmeldt bruger ], umiddelbart under indtastningsfeltet. Ikke tilmeldte/anonyme besøgende (gæstebruger) kan administreres ved at afmærke feltet "Vælg gæstebruger". Når den rette bruger er fundet og valgt klikkes på Udfør. - - Der er 10 forskellige formularer relateret til brugerindstillinger, den relevante vælges i dropdownmenuen øverst til højre. Hver formular giver mulighed for at ændre en række indstillinger samlet i denne. I det følgende gennemgås disse og deres indhold. Når der ændres i en af formularerne klikkes på Udfør placeret nederst på hver af formularerne. - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Oversigt - Den første formular som præsenteres når en bruger vælges. Her vises den overordnede information om brugere. - - - - Brugernavn - - Navnet på den bruger du administrerer i øjeblikket. Du har her mulighed for at ændre brugernavnet, ved at ændre navnet i tekstfeltet Brugernavn:. Krav til brugernavnes længde er angivet som mellem x og y tegn. - - - - - Tilmeldt - - Tilmeldingsdato og klokkeslæt for brugers tilmelding på boardet. Tidspunktet kan ikke umiddelbart ændres. - - - - - Tilmeldt fra IP-adresse - - Bruger tilmeldte sig fra denne IP-adresse. Du kan se finde adressens værtsnavn ved at klikke på selve IP-adressen. Siden genindlæses denne gang med værtsnavnet. Det er også muligt at foretage en whois-søgning på IP-adressen, klik på linket Whois umiddelbart herunder. Herefter popper et nyt vindue om med disse data. - - - - - Senest aktiv - - Bruger seneste aktivitet på boardet var det viste tidspunkt. - - - - - Indlæg - - Brugers samlede antal indlæg på boardet. - - - - - Advarsler - - Antal advarsler udstedt til bruger. - Læs mere om advarsler i . - - - - - Grundlægger - - En grundlægger har alle administratortilladelser og kan ikke udelukkes, slettes eller dennes indstillinger kan kun ændres af en anden grundlægger. Vælg Ja hvis du ønsker at gøre bruger til grundlægger. En brugers grundlæggerstatus fjernes ved at vælge Nej. - - - - - Email - - Brugers emailadresse. For at ændre denne skrives den nye i tekstfeltet ud for Email:. - - - - - Bekræft emailadresse - - Teksfeltet anvendes kun som bekræftelse, hvis brugers emailadresse ændres i ovennævnte. Udfyldes denne ikke ændres brugers emailadresse ikke, selvom den er ændret i ovennævnte. - - - - - Nyt kodeord - - Selv som administrator kan du ikke dine brugeres kodeord. Her kan du imidlertid tildele bruger et helt nyt. Angiv dette i tekstfeltet ud for Nyt kodeord:. Krav til kodeordets længde er anført. - - Sørg altid for at dette felt er blankt, medmindre du vil ændre brugers kodeord. Hvis du ved et uheld ændrer brugers kodeord, kan det oprindelige ikke genskabes! - - - - - Bekræft kodeord - - Tekstfeltet anvendes som bekræftelse på det ændrede kodeord ovenfor. Kodeordet du angiver i Bekræft kodeord: skal være identisk med det du angiv ovenfor i tekstfeltet Nyt kodeord:. - - - - - Hurtig værktøjer - - De tilgængelige muligheder i Hurtig værktøjernes dropdownmenu giver adgang til hurtigt og nemt at ændre grundlæggende indstillinger for bruger. Valgmuligheder er Udeluk pr. brugernavn, Udeluk pr. emailadresse, Udeluk pr. IP-adresse, Slet signatur, Slet avatar, Flyt alle indlæg, Slet alle indlæg og Slet alle vedhæftede filer. - - - -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Notater - Et andet aspekt i forbindelse med administration af brugere er muligheden for at kunne se en log over dennes handlinger og modtagne advarsler, sammen med evt. bemærkninger om denne, skrevet af administrator. - - For at tilpasse visning af brugers datalog, vælges efter eget ønske i dropdownmenuerne Vis datalog: og Sorter efter:. I Vis datalog: kan vælges hvilken periode der skal vises. I Sorter efter: vælges om data i perioden skal sorteres efter Brugernavn, Dato, IP-adresse eller Loghændelse. Desuden vælges om den valgte log skal sorteres i faldende eller stigende orden. Klik på Udfør for at opdatere visningen efter dit eget ønske. - - Det er også her du som administrator har mulighed for at tilføje et notat om pågældende bruger. I den nederste sektion Tilføj brugernotat skrives notatet i tekstfeltet Notater. Klik herefter på Udfør, notatet vil herefter kunne ses i brugers datalog. -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Profil - - Brugere kan fra tid til anden have data i brugerprofil som kræver at du opdaterer eller sletter disse. Hvis du ikke ønsker at ændre et felt efterlades det tomt. Disse felter kan ændres: - - ICQ-nummer skal mindst være tre cifre. - AOL Instant Messenger kan indeholde alle alfanumeriske tegn. - MSN Messenger kan indeholde alle alfanumeriske tegn, men skal have format som en emailadresse (eks. joebloggs@example.com). - Yahoo Messenger kan indeholde alle symboler og alfanumeriske tegn. - Jabberadresse kan indeholde alle alfanumeriske tegn, men skal have format som en emailadresse (eks. joebloggs@example.com). - Hjemmeside kan indeholde alle symboler og alfanumeriske tegn, men skal have en protokol inkluderet (eks. http://www.example.com). - Geografisk sted kan indeholde alle symboler og alfanumeriske tegn. - Beskæftigelse kan indeholde alle symboler og alfanumeriske tegn. - Interesser kan indeholde alle symboler og alfanumeriske tegn. - Fødselsdag indstilles med valg i tre dropdownmenuer: Dag:, Måned: og År:. Vælges fødselår vises brugers alder. - - - - Er der oprettet tilpassede profilfelter på boardet, vises under ovennævnte en ekstra sektion med titlen Tilpassede profilfelter. Alle profilfelter er listet her, med mulighed for at ændre i disse. -
    - -
    - - - - JohnHjorth - - - - Brugerindstillinger - - Brugere har mange indstillinger som de kan anvende for deres konto. Som administrator kan du ændre enhver af disse indstilling. Brugerindstillingerne er grupperet i tre hovedkategorier: Globale indstillinger, Indlægsindstillinger og Indstillinger for visning. -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Avatar - - Her kan brugers avatar ændres eller tilføjes. Har bruger allerede tilføjet en avatar vises den her. - Afhængig af de valgte avatarindstillinger for boardet (læs mere information om avatarindstillinger her Avatarindstillinger) kan der vælge disse muligheder at vælge imellem, for at ændre i brugers avatar: Upload fra din maskine, Upload fra en URL eller Link off-site. Det er desuden muligt at vælge en avatar fra boardet avatargalleri ved at klikke på knappen Vis galleri ved siden af Lokalt galleri. - - De ændringer du foretager i brugers avatar er underlagt de begrænsninger du har sat i avatarindstillingerne. - - For at slette en avatar afmærkes boksen Slet avatar under billedet af avataren. - Når du ændret i brugers avatar klikkes på Udfør. -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Rang - - Her kan brugers rang vælges. Du kan vælge en rang fra Brugerrang: dropdownmenuen. Når du har valgt en rang, klikkes på Udfør for at opdatere brugers rang. - Læs mere om rangordener i . -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Signatur - - Her kan brugers signatur tilføjes, ændres og slettes. - Har bruger oprettet en signatur vises den i Signatur-feltet. Signaturen kan ændres i dette felt. BBkode og øvrige formateringsværktøjer kan bruges efter ønske. Klik på Udfør for at opdatere brugers signatur med udførte ændringer. - - De ændringer du foretager i brugers signatur er underlagt de begrænsninger du at sat i signaturindstillinger. - -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Grupper - - Her listes alle de brugergrupper bruger er medlem af. Og herfra kan du enkelt fjerne bruger fra en gruppe, eller tilknytte bruger til en eksisterende gruppe. - For at tilknytte bruger til en ny brugergruppe anvendes dropdownmenuen nederst ved siden af Tilføj brugeren til gruppen:. Vælg den ønskede gruppe og klik på Udfør, bruger er hermed øjeblikkelig medlem af den nye gruppe. - Bruger fjernes fra en gruppe, ved at finde denne i oversigten og klikke på Slet medlem fra gruppe helt til højre. Du bliver bedt om at bekræfte handlingen på det efterfølgende skærmbillede, klik Ja for at bekræfte. -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Tilladelser - - Her vises alle brugers tilladelser. For hver gruppe bruger er tilknyttet vises en særskilt sektion med tilladelser relateret til den kategori. For at ændre indstillinger i brugers tilladelser, se . -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Vedhæftede filer - - Afhængig af indstillinger for vedhæftede filer har bruger måske allerede vedhæftede filer i indlæg. Er det tilfældet, får du her listet alle i denne oversigt. Oversigten viser for hver vedhæftet fil: Filnavn, Emnetitel, Tidspunkt for indsendelse, Filstørrelse og antal Downloads. - Der kan vælges flere forskellige sorteringer af denne oversigt. Find nederst Sorter efter: og vælg i dropdownmenuen hvordan du ønsker listen sorteret. Der kan sorteres efter disse metoder: Filenavn, Filtype, Filstørrelse, Downloads, Indlægstid og Emnetitel. Sorteringsorden vælges i næste dropdownmenu, enten Faldende eller Stigende. Klik på Udfør når de to valg er foretaget. - Klik på filnavnet for at se filen. For at se det indlæg hvor filen er vedhæftet, klikkes på linket umiddelbart under Indlæg:. Brugers vedhæftede filer kan slettes ved at markere boksen i kolonnen Vælg. Når de ønskede filer er valgt, klikkes Slet valgte for at udføre den endelige sletning. - - Alle vedhæftede filer vist på siden kan markeres i en arbejdsgang ved at benytte linket Vælg alle nederst. - -
    -
    -
    - - - - jask - - - - Inaktive brugere - Her listes brugere som i øjeblikket er markeret som inaktive, sammen med begrundelsen herfor og tidspunktet for kontoens inaktivitet. - Ved at bruge markeringsboksene yderst til højre, er det muligt at udføre massehandlinger på brugerkonti, som eksempel: Aktivering eller sletning af konti og fremsendelse af påmindelse om at konto skal aktiveres. - Der er fem årsager til at en konto kan være inaktiv: - - - Konto deaktiveret af administrator - - En administrator har manuelt deaktiveret kontoen i Brugeradministration. I brugernoter findes informationer om hvilken administrator der deaktiverede kontoen, vedkommende har måske også efterladt en note om baggrunden. - - - - Profilinformation ændret - - Boardet er indstillet til at forlange brugeraktivering ved ændring af nøgleinformationer. Denne bruger har ændret i sine profilinformationer, for eksempel emailadresse. Kontoen afventer brugers genaktivering. - - - - Nyligt oprettet konto - - Boardet er indstillet til at forlange konto aktiveret enten af bruger selv eller en administrator. Denne aktivering er ikke foretaget. - - - - Tvungen genaktivering af brugerkonto - - En administrator har bedt bruger om at genaktivering af kontoen i Brugeradministration. I brugernoter findes oplysning hvilken administrator der bad om genaktivering, og måske en note om årsagen til denne handling. - - - - Ukendt - - Der er ikke logget en årsag til at bruger er inaktiv, det er sansynligt at ændringen er udført af en ekstern applikation, eller at brugeren er tilføjet fra en anden kilde. - - - -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Brugertilladelser - Sammen med muligheden for at kunne administrere brugeres information, er det også vigtigt kan kunne vedligeholde og kontrollere brugeres tilladelser på boardet. Brugertilladelser inkluderer muligheder som brug af avatars, private beskeder etc. Globale redaktørtilladelser; som at kunne godkende indlæg, administrere emner og udelukkelser. Og sidst men ikke mindst give tilladelse til hvem der må ændre i tilladelsessystemet, definere tilpassede BBkoder og administrere fora. - - Brugertilladelser kan administreres under fanebladet Brugere og Grupper, ved at klikke på Brugertilladelser i venstre navigationmenu. Her kan tildeles globale tilladelser til brugere. I afsnittet Slå bruger op angives i feltet Find en tilmeldt bruger brugernavnet på den bruger du vil ændre tilladelser for. Det er også her muligt at anvende søgefunktionen med [ Find en tilmeldt bruger ]. Gæstebruger (som dækker alle anonyme gæster og brugere som ikke er logget ind) kan administreres ved at afmærke boksen Vælg gæstebruger. Klik herefter på Udfør. - - Tilladelser er grupperet i tre kategorier: Bruger, redaktør og administrator. En bruger kan have specielle tilladelser i hver af disse. For at lette administrationen af brugertilladelser, er det muligt at vælge tilladelseroller som indeholder prædefinerede tilladelser. - - - Nedenstående beskrives hvordan ændringer i de tre kategorier kan foretages. Bemærk at der for alles vedkommende er tre valgmuligheder. Du kan vælge Ja, Nej eller Aldrig. Vælges Ja tildeles bruger denne tilladelse, mens Nej tildeles bruger ikke tilladelsen, medmindre en anden tilladelse givet andetsteds tilsidesætter dette. Ønsker du derfor helt at udelukke bruger fra denne tilladelse vælges Aldrig. Aldrig tilsidesætter alle andre valg angående denne tilladelse. - - - For at ændre en brugers Brugertilladelser vælges Brugertilladelser i dropdownmenuen ud for Vælg type, vælg herefter Udfør. Vælg den tilladelserolle bruger skal tildeles. Ønsker du en mere nuanceret tilladelsestildeling for bruger, klikkes på linket Avancerede tilladelser til højre. En ny formular vises nu under Rolle-valget. I denne vises fire typer tilladelser der kan ændres: Indlæg, Profil, Diverse og Private beskeder. - - For at ændre en brugers Globale redaktørtilladelser vælges Globale redaktørtilladelser i dropdownmenuen ud for Vælg type, vælg herefter Udfør. Vælg den tilladelserolle bruger skal tildeles. Ønsker du en mere nuanceret tilladelsestildeling for bruger, klikkes på linket Avancerede tilladelser til højre. En ny formular vises nu under Rolle-valget. I denne vises tre typer tilladelser der kan ændres: Indlægshandlinger, Diverse og Emnehandlinger. - - For at ændre en brugers Administratortilladelser vælg Administratortilladelser i dropdownmenuen ud for Vælg type, vælg herefter Udfør. Vælg den tilladelserolle bruger skal tildeles. Ønsker du en mere nuanceret tilladelsestildeling for bruger, klikkes på linket Avancerede tilladelser til højre. En ny formular vises nu under Rolle-valget. I denne vises seks typer tilladelser der kan ændres: Tilladelser, Indlæg, Diverse, Brugere & Grupper, Indstillinger og Fora. -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Brugeres forumtilladelser - - Sammen med muligheden for at ændre brugeres kontorelaterede tilladelser, er det også muligt at ændre disses forumtilladelser. Forumtilladelser er forskellige fra brugertilladelser, på den måde at de er direkte relateret og bundet til fora. I Brugeres forumtilladelser kan du ændre indstillinger for en bruger ad gangen. - - Start med at angive brugers brugernavn i feltet Find en tilmeldt bruger. Vil du ændre gæstebrugers forumtilladelser mærkes boksen Vælg gæstebruger af. Klik på Udfør for at fortsætte. - -
    - Udvælg fora til brugers forumtilladelser - - - - - - Udvælg de fora hvor brugers forumtilladelser skal tildeles eller ændres. I dette eksempel er de to underfora "Typografier" og "MODs" i overforummet "Olympus" valgt. Brugers tilladelser i disse to underfora kan nu ændres eller opdateres. - - -
    - - Du kan nu tildele forumtilladelser til bruger. Der er to metoder at gøre det på: Du kan vælge et eller flere specifikke fora eller vælge en kategori eller et overforum sammen med alle tilknyttede underfora. Klik på Udfør for at fortsætte tildeling af tilladelser i de valgte fora. Siden Indstilling af tilladelser vises nu med samtlige valgte fora repræsenteret. Nu vælges hvilke forumtilladelser du ønsker at ændre. I dropdownmenuen øverst vælges enten Forumtilladelser eller Redaktørtilladelser. Klik på Udfør umiddelbart til højre for valgmenuen. Nu kan du vælge den rette rolle for bruger i hvert af foraen. Ønsker du en mere nuanceret tilladelsetildeling, klikkes på linket Avancerede tilladelser ved det pågældende forum (brug radioknapperne i denne nye menu). Når de ønskede ændringer er foretaget, klikkes på Anvend alle tilladelser hvis du er i Avancerede tilladelser, eller på samme Anvend alle tilladelser nederst på siden for at udføre alle ændringer foretaget på siden. -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Tilpassede profilfelter - - Det er muligt at oprette til formålet Tilpassede profilfelter, hvor brugere eller administrator har mulighed for at angive yderligere personlig information. Administrator bestemmer hvor disse felter vises og om de skal vises for alle. - - Opret et tilpasset profilfelt fra ACP, klik på fanen Brugere og Grupper og herefter på linket Tilpas profilfelter i venstre side. Under oversigten til venstre for dropdownmenuen og knappen Opret et nyt felt, angives først navnet på det nye profilfelt der skal oprettes. Vælg herefter felttype i dropdownmenuen, hvor der kan vælges mellem Tal, Enkelt tekstfelt, Tekstområde, Boolsk udtryk (ja/nej), Dropdownmenu og Dato. For at fortsætte klikkes på Opret et nyt felt. Nedenfor gennemgås de tre typer indstillinger et tilpasset profilfelt kan indeholde. - - Tilføj profilfelt - Felttype: Beskrivelse af feltets indhold, jævnfør ovennævnte og bestemmes allerede ved oprettelsen, hvorfor det ikke kan ændres her. - Feltidentifikation: Feltidentifikationen er et entydigt navn til at identificere profilfeltet i databasen og i skabeloner. - Vis profilfelt offentligt: Profilfeltet vises på alle sider valgt under Belastning. Vælges Nej, vises feltet ikke på emnesider, profiler og liste over tilmeldte brugere. - - - - Synlighedsindstillinger - Vis i brugerkontrolpanel: Afmærkes boksen kan brugere ændre i profilfeltet via brugerkontrolpanelet. - Vis på tilmeldingsskærmbilledet: Afmærk boksen for at vise feltet på skærmbilledet for tilmelding. - Vis når emne læses: Feltet vises i sammen med brugers profil. - Krævet felt: Profilfeltet forlanges udfyldt eller at der foretages valg af bruger eller administrator. Er Vis på tilmeldingsskærmbilledet fravalgt forlanges feltet udfyldt når brugere ændrer i profilinformationer. - Skjul profilfelt: Feltet kan kun ses af brugeren, administratorer og redaktører. Er Vis på tilmeldingsskærmbilledet fravalgt, kan brugeren ikke se eller ændre i feltet. Feltet vil kun kunne ændres af administratorer. - - - - Sprogspecifikke indstillinger - Feltnavn som brugere ser det: Feltet vises med denne titel overfor brugere. - Feltbeskrivelse: Forklaringen på feltet som den vises til brugere. - - - - Når disse indstillinger er foretaget klikkes på knappen Indstillinger for felttype nederst. Angiv her de ønskede parametre og klik herefter på Gem. Har du mere end et sprog installeret på boardet vil du i stedet for knappen Gem, se knappen Sproglige definitioner, hvor du kan oversætte feltnavn og beskrivelse til disse sprog, herefter kan du gemme. Oprettes feltet uden problemer ser du herefter en bekræftelse herpå. Tillykke! -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Rangadministration - - Brugere kan tildeles en rang eller specielle titler. Som administrator er det op til dig at oprette og administrere disse. Rangnavne bestemmes alene af administrator, det naturligvis er en god ide at rangordner følger boardets overordnede formål. - - - Når en bruger tildeles en rang, er det vigtigt at huske at der ikke tilknyttes eller ændres på brugers tilladelser i den forbindelse. Hvis du for eksempel opretter en rang med navnet "Superredaktør" og tildeler den til en bruger, får bruger ikke automatisk redaktørtilladelser. Tilladelser tilknyttes særskilt pr. bruger eller gruppe. - - - Rangadministration foretages i ACP, ved at klikke på fanen Brugere og Grupper og herefter på linket Rangadministration i venstre side. Alle eksisterende rangordner vises. - - Klik på knappen Tilføj ny rang under ranglisten, for at oprette en ny. Angiv først rangens navn i Rangtitel. Hvis du har uploadet et billede, som skal tilknyttes denne rang, i mappen /images/ranks/, vælges dette i dropdownmenuen. Til sidst vælges om rangen skal være en "speciel rang". En speciel rang kan tildeles brugere af administrator, og tildeles ikke med baggrund i antal indsendte indlæg. Vælges Nej skal Minimum antal indlæg udfyldes med det antal indlæg bruger skal have indsendt før rangen tildeles. Klik på Udfør for at tilføje den nye rang. - - For at ændre indstillinger for en eksisterende rang, klikkes på den grønne "Rediger" ud for rangen i oversigtens kolonne Handling. - - En rang slettes samme sted, her benyttes den røde knap "Slet" i kolonnen Handling. Bekræft sletningen ved at klikke på Ja i det efterfølgende skærmbillede. -
    - -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Brugersikkerhed - Som supplement til brugeradministrationen, er det desuden vigtigt at beskytte boardet mod uønskede tilmeldinger og brugere. I sektionen Brugersikkerhed kan administreres udelukkelse og blokering af brugernavne, email- og IP-adresser, og brugere kan beskæres. Brugere, hvis data matcher blot en af udelukkelsedefinitionerne, vil ikke være i stand til at tilgå boardet. - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Udeluk emailadresser - Det kan vise sig at være nødvendigt at hindre tilmelding fra bestemte emailadresser. Det kan handle om bestemte brugere eller spambotter du har kendskab til. I afsnittet Udeluk emailadresser, bestemmes hvilke emailadresser der skal udelukkes, dennes varighed og en eventuel begrundelse for udelukkelsen. - - Angiv den eller de emailadresser der ønsket udelukket eller blokeret for i feltet Udeluk emailadresser. Klik på Udfør for at effektuere ændringerne. - - Udeluk emailadresser - Emailadresse: I tekstboksen skrives de adresser der skal udelukkes. Flere adresser angives på hver sin linie, og * bruges som ubekendt, ved angivelse af delvise adresser. - Varighed af udelukkelse: Her bestemmes hvor længe emailadressens udelukkelse skal være aktiv. I dropdownmenuen kan vælges nogle almene værdier, baseret på eksempelvis timer eller dage. Udelukkelsens varighed kan også indstilles til en bestemt dato ved at vælge Indtil ->, og herefter angive datoen i formatet "ÅÅÅÅ-MM-DD" under dropdownmenuen. - Ekskluder fra udelukkelse: Vælg "Ja" for at ekskludere den eller de angivne emailadresser fra en bredere udelukkelse. - Udelukkelsesgrund: Angiv eventuelt en kort begrundelse for udelukkelsen som en note til dig selv. - Vist udelukkelsesgrund: Denne begrundelse vises for brugere som forsøger at tilmelde sig med den blokerede emailadresse og kan være forskellig for ovennævnte interne Udelukkelsesgrund. - - - Det er desuden muligt at ophæve emailadressers udelukkelse eller ekskludering ved at anvende det nederste afsnit Ophæv udelukkelse eller ekskludering. Klik på Udfør når de ønskede adresser er markeret. - - Ophæv udelukkelse eller ekskludering - Emailadresse: I oversigten vises alle emailadresser som i øjeblikket er udelukket. Vælg den eller de emailadresser hvis udelukkelse skal ophæves. Brug den rette kombination af mus og tastatur for at vælge flere emailadresser. Den mest almindelige metode er at holde tasten CTRL nede, og herefter med musen klikke på de adresser som skal vælges, slip CTRL-tasten når alle ønskede er valgt. - Varighed af udelukkelse: Her vises længden af den valgte adresses udelukkelse, den kan ikke ændres. Vælges mere end en emailadresse, vises kun en udelukkelsesperiode. - Udelukkelsesgrund: Her vises årsagen til udelukkelsen, den kan ikke ændres. Vælges mere end en emailadresse, vises kun en udelukkelsegrund. - Vist udelukkelsesgrund: Her vises den begrundelse som den udelukkede emailadresse får vist, den kan ikke ændres. Vælges mere end en emailadresse, vises kun en udelukkelsebegrundelse. - -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Udeluk IP-adresser - Det kan også vise sig nødvendigt at hindre tilmelding fra bestemte IP-adresser eller værtsnavne. Det kan handle om bestemte brugere eller spambotter du har kendskab til. I afsnittet Udeluk IP-adresser, bestemmes hvilke IP-adresser og værtsnavne der skal udelukkes, dennes varighed og en eventuel begrundelse for udelukkelsen. - - For at udelukke, angives IP-adresser eller værtsnavne i feltet IP-adresser eller værtsnavne. Klik på Udfør for at effektuere ændringerne. - - Udeluk IP-adresser - IP-adresser eller værtsnavne: I tekstboksen skrives de adresser eller værtsnavne der skal udelukkes. Flere adresser angives på hver sin linie, og * bruges som ubekendt, ved angivelse af delvise adresser. - Varighed af udelukkelse: Her bestemmes hvor længe IP-adressens eller hostnavnet skal udelukkes. I dropdownmenuen kan vælges nogle almene værdier, baseret på eksempelvis timer eller dage. Udelukkelsens varighed kan også indstilles til en bestemt dato ved at vælge Indtil ->, og herefter angive datoen i formatet "ÅÅÅÅ-MM-DD" under dropdownmenuen. - Ekskluder fra udelukkelse: Vælg "Ja" for at ekskludere angivne IP-adresser eller værtsnavne fra en bredere udelukkelse. - Udelukkelsesgrund: Angiv eventuelt en kort begrundelse for udelukkelsen som en note til dig selv. - Vist udelukkelsesgrund: Denne begrundelse vises for brugere som forsøger at tilmelde sig fra den blokerede IP-adresse og kan være forskellig for ovennævnte interne Udelukkelsesgrund. - - - Det er desuden muligt at ophæve IP-adresser og værtsnavnes udelukkelse eller ekskludering ved at anvende det nederste afsnit Ophæv udelukkelse eller ekskludering. Klik på Udfør når de ønskede adresser er markeret. - - Ophæv udelukkelse eller ekskludering - IP-adresser eller værtsnavne: I oversigten vises alle IP-adresser og værtsnavne som i øjeblikket er udelukket eller ekskluderet. Vælg den eller de adresser eller navne hvis udelukkelse skal ophæves. Brug den rette kombination af mus og tastatur for at vælge flere IP-adresser eller værtsnavne. Den mest almindelige metode er at holde tasten CTRL nede, og herefter med musen klikke på de adresser og navne som skal vælges, slip CTRL-tasten når alle ønskede er valgt. - Varighed af udelukkelse: Her vises længden af den valgte adresses udelukkelse, den kan ikke ændres. Vælges mere end en IP-adresse eller et værtsnavn, vises kun en udelukkelsesperiode. - Udelukkelsesgrund: Her vises årsagen til udelukkelsen, den kan ikke ændres. Vælges mere end en adresse, vises kun en udelukkelsegrund. - Vist udelukkelsesgrund: Her vises den begrundelse som den udelukkede IP-adresse får vist, den kan ikke ændres. Vælges mere end en adresse, vises kun en udelukkelsebegrundelse. - -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Udeluk brugere - Problematiske brugere, som ikke følger boardets regler, kan som konsekvens heraf eventuelt udelukkes for en periode eller permanent. På siden Udeluk brugere administreres alle udelukkede brugernavne. - - For at udelukke brugere, angives brugernavne eller -navne i feltet Brugernavn. Klik på Udfør for at effektuere ændringerne. - - Udeluk et eller flere brugernavne - Brugernavn: I tekstboksen skrives de brugernavne der skal udelukkes. Flere navne angives på hver sin linie, og * bruges som ubekendt, ved angivelse af delvise brugernavne. - Varighed af udelukkelse: Her bestemmes hvor længe brugernavnet skal udelukkes. I dropdownmenuen kan vælges nogle almene værdier, baseret på eksempelvis timer eller dage. Udelukkelsens varighed kan også indstilles til en bestemt dato ved at vælge Indtil ->, og herefter angive datoen i formatet "ÅÅÅÅ-MM-DD" under dropdownmenuen. - Ekskluder fra udelukkelse: Vælg "Ja" for at eksludere anførte brugere fra en bredere udelukkelse. - Udelukkelsesgrund: Angiv eventuelt en kort begrundelse for udelukkelsen som en note til dig selv. - Vist udelukkelsesgrund: Denne begrundelse vises når den udelukkede bruger forsøger at logge ind og kan være forskellig for ovennævnte interne Udelukkelsesgrund. - - - Det er desuden muligt at ophæve brugeres udelukkelse eller ekskludering fra samme, ved at anvende det nederste afsnit Ophæv udelukkelse eller ekskludering. Klik på Udfør når de ønskede brugernavne er markeret. - - Ophæv udelukkelse eller eksludering - Brugernavn: I oversigten vises alle brugere som i øjeblikket er udelukket. Vælg det eller de brugernavne hvis udelukkelse skal ophæves. Brug den rette kombination af mus og tastatur for at vælge flere brugernavne. Den mest almindelige metode er at holde tasten CTRL nede, og herefter med musen klikke på de navne som skal vælges, slip CTRL-tasten når alle ønskede er valgt. - Varighed af udelukkelse: Her vises længden af det valgte brugernavns udelukkelse, den kan ikke ændres. Vælges mere end et brugernavn vises kun en udelukkelsesperiode. - Udelukkelsesgrund: Her vises årsagen til udelukkelsen, den kan ikke ændres. Vælges mere end en bruger, vises kun en udelukkelsegrund. - Vist udelukkelsesgrund: Her vises den begrundelse som den udelukkede bruger får vist, den kan ikke ændres. Vælges mere end en bruger, vises kun en udelukkelsebegrundelse. - -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Afvis brugernavne - - Det er muligt at forbyde tilmelding med bestemte brugernavne, eller brugernavne som indeholder definerede tegnkombinationer. Det kan være nyttigt at forbyde tilmelding med brugernavne som ligner andre vigtige brugere på boardet. Administration af afviste brugernavne foretages i ACP fra fanebladet Brugere og Grupper, ved at klikke på Afvis brugernavne i venstre menu. - - Find afsnittet Tilføj afvisning af brugernavn og angiv det brugernavn der skal afvises i tekstfeltet Brugernavn. Du kan udvide antallet af brugernavne, ved at bruge (*) som ubekendt. For eksempel kan ethvert brugernavn der ligner "JoeBloggs", dækkes ved at angive "Joe*". Herved forhindres tilmelding for brugernavne startende med "Joe". Klik på Udfør når brugernavn er angivet. - - For at fjerne et brugernavns forbud eller afvisning afvendes sektionen Fjern afvisning af brugernavn nederst. Vælg det eller de brugernavne i listen Brugernavn, som skal fjernes. Klik på Udfør når valget er foretaget. -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Beskær brugere - - I phpBB3 er det muligt at slette eller deaktivere brugere med det formål at fjerne inaktive brugere. Beskær brugere giver mulighed for at slette brugere blandt andet med baggrund i bl. a. antal indlæg, senest aktiv. Samtidig med sletning af en brugerkonto kan også vælges at brugers indlæg skal slettes. - - I sektionen Beskær brugere kan enhver kombination af de tilgængelige kriterier anvendes. Udfyld derfor alle de felter som dækker de brugere du vil beskære. Klik på Udfør når du er klar til at beskære brugere efter de valgte kriterier. - - - Beskæring af brugere - Brugernavn: Angiv det brugernavn der skal beskæres. (*) kan anvendes som ubekendt og beskæring vil omfatte alle brugere der falder indenfor dette kriterie. - Email: Den emailadresse der skal beskæres, også her kan (*) som ubekendt for at dække et større antal adresser. - Tilmeldt: Beskæring efter tidspunktet for brugeres tilmelding på boardet. For at beskære brugere tilmeldt før en bestemt dato, vælges Før, og Efter for at beskære brugere tilmeldt efter en bestemt dato. Denne dato angives i feltet til højre for valgmenuen i formatet YYYY-MM-DD. Vær omhyggelig med dette valg. - Senest aktiv: Beskæring efter brugeres seneste aktivitet på boardet. For at beskære brugere hvis seneste aktivitet er før en bestemt data, vælges Før i menuen, og efter en bestemt, vælges Efter. Sidstnævnte metode er nyttig for at beskære brugere som ikke længere er aktiv på boardet. Dato angives i feltet til højre for valgmenuen i formatet YYYY-MM-DD. Vær omhyggelig med dette valg. - Indlæg: Beskæring af brugere baseret på antal indlæg. Kriteriet kan være mere end, mindre end eller svarer til - et specifikt antal indlæg. Den angivne værdi skal være et postivt heltal. - Beskær brugere: De specifikke brugere der ønskes beskåret. Angiv hvert brugernavn på en ny linie. (*) kan anvendes i brugernavne som ubekendt. - Slet beskårede brugeres indlæg: Når brugere slettes helt (gælder ikke for deaktivering), skal der træffes beslutning om disse brugeres indlæg skal slettes eller biholdes. Vælg Ja for at slette indlæg og Nej for at bevare indlæggene på boardet. - Deaktiver eller slet: Vælg om beskårede brugere skal slettes helt fra boardet, eller blot deaktiveres. - - - - Beskæring af brugere kan ikke fortrydes! Vær derfor omhyggelig med de kriterier der anvendes ved beskæring af brugere. - -
    -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - - Grupper - - Når brugere tilknyttes forskellige Brugergrupper, er det langt lettere at tildele tilladelser til mange brugere på en gang. phpBB 3.0 indholder seks prædefinerede grupper: Administratorer, Bottter, Globale redaktører, Gæster, Tilmeldte brugere, and Tilmeldte COPPA-brugere. - -
    - - - - jask - - - - - Gruppetyper - Der findes to typer grupper: - - - - - Prædefinerede gruppper - - Disse grupper er oprette som standard i phpBB 3.0. De kan ikke slettes, da boardet bruger dem i forbindelse med boardet forskellige muligheder. Der er dog stadig mulighed for at ændrer disse gruppers egenskaber (beskrivelse, farve, rang, avatar m.m.) og gruppeledere. For eksempel tilknyttes brugere der tilmelder sig automatisk gruppen "Tilmeldte brugere". Forsøg ikke at flytte brugere manuelt via databasen, i værste fald ophører dit board med fungere. - - - - Administratorer - Denne brugergruppe indeholder alle administratorer på boardet. Alle grundlæggere er administratorer, men ikke alle administratorer er grundlæggere. Du kan bestemme hvad administratorer kan foretage sig på boardet ved at administrere denne gruppe. - - - - Botter - Denne brugergruppe er beregnet til "botter", "spiders" og "crawlers", som er automatiserede agenter, der normalt anvendes af søgemaskiner til at opdatere deres databaser. phpBB 3.0 har egenskaberne til at imødegå de almene problemer søgemaskiner møder når boardet gennemsøges. Læs mere information i afsnittet Bot-administration. - - - - Globale redaktører - Globale redaktører har redaktørtilladelser i alle fora på boardet. Du kan ændre gruppens tilladelser i gruppetilladelser. - - - - Gæster - Gæster er de besøgende på boardet som ikke er logget ind. Du kan begrænse hvad gæster kan på boardet ved at administrere denne gruppe. - - - - Tilmeldte brugere - Tilmeldte brugere udgør en stor del af boardets brugere. Administrer denne brugergruppe for at bestemme hvad tilmeldte brugere har tilladelse til. - - - - Tilmeldte COPPA-brugere - Tilmeldte COPPA-brugere er basalt set det samme som almindelig tilmeldte brugere, bortset fra at de er underlagt COPPA. Child Online Privacy Protection Act - en lov i USA, gældende for brugere under 13 år. Det er vigtigt at administrere tilladelser for denne gruppe for at beskytte brugere tilknyttet denne. COPPA gælder ikke for brugere udenfor U.S.A. og kan deaktiveres på boardet. - - - - - - - - Brugerdefinerede grupper - - Brugergrupper oprettet udover førnævnte kaldes "Brugerdefinerede grupper". Der kan oprettes et ubegrænset antal grupper, de kan slettes, gruppeledere udpeges, og som med de prædefinerede grupper, kan egenskaberne ændres. - - - - I afsnittet Gruppeadministration i ACP vises "Prædefinerede grupper" og "Brugerdefinerede grupper" i to oversigter. - -
    -
    - Gruppeegenskaber - En gruppe kan have disse egenskaber: - - - Gruppenavn - Brugergruppens navn. - - - Gruppebeskrivelse - Brugergruppens beskrivelse, som vises oversigten. - - - Vis gruppe i farveforklaring - Brugergruppen vises i farveforklaringen tilknyttet funktionen "Hvem er online". Bemærk at det kun giver mening hvis du har valgt en speciel farve for denne gruppe. - - - Gruppe kan modtage private beskeder - Tillader at sende private beskeder til hele gruppen. Bemærk venligst at det kan være problematisk at tillade dette for f.eks tilmeldte brugere. Der er ingen tilladelseindstilling som forhindrer at sende pb'er til grupper, så alle som er i stand til at sende private beskeder kan sende til denne til denne gruppe! - - - Maksimalt antal private beskeder pr. mappe for medlemmer af gruppe - Denne indstilling overskriver indstillingerne for maksimalt antal private beskeder i en mappe. En værdi på "0" betyder at brugerens standardgrænse bruges. Se sektionen brugerindstillinger, som indeholder mere information om private beskeder. - - - Gruppefarve - Brugeres brugernavn vises med denne farve på alle forumsider, hvis gruppen er valgt som standardgruppe, se også . Er Vis gruppe i farveforklaring valgt, vises gruppens navn med denne farve underst i "Hvem er online". - - - Grupperang - Brugere med denne gruppe som standardgruppe (se ) får tilknyttet denne rang under brugernavn. Bemærk at du kan ændre brugers rang til en anden end denne grupperang. Læs mere i afsnittet om brugerrang. - - - Gruppeavatar - Brugere med denne gruppe som standardgruppe (se ) får tilknyttet denne avatar. Bemærk at brugere med rette tilladelser kan vælge en anden avatar. Læs mere i afsnittet om avatars. - - - -
    -
    - Standardgruppe - Da der kan tilknyttets forskellige egenskaber som farver og avatars til brugergrupper (se , og brugere kan være medlem af to eller flere grupper som har forskellige egenskaber, for eksempler avatars. Hvilken af disse avatars vil bruger få tilknyttet? - Bruger og administratorer kan vælge en af disse grupper som "Standardgruppe". Herved tilknyttes denne gruppes egenskaber til bruger. Bemærk at det ikke er muligt at kombinere egenskaber fra to grupper: Har den ene gruppe en rang og ingen avatar og en anden gruppe kun en avatar, er det altså ikke muligt at vise rang fra den første gruppe og avataren fra en anden. Der må træffes beslutning om hvilken gruppe der skal være "Standardgruppe". - - Valg af standardgruppe har ingen indflydelse på tilladelser. Der er ingen gevinst på det område ved at vælge en anden standardgruppe. Brugers tilladelser vil være de samme uanset hvilken brugergruppe der vælges som standard. - - Der er to metoder hvormed valg af standardgruppe kan ændres. Det kan gøres enten gennem brugeradministration (se ) eller direkte i Gruppeadministration. Anvendes gruppeadministrationen er det vigtigt at være opmærksom på at når standardgruppen ændres her, ændres standardgruppe for alle medlemmer af gruppen og ændrer også deres standardgruppe. Som eksempel, hvis du ændrer standardgruppe for "Tilmeldte brugere" ved at bruge linket Sæt gruppe som alle medlemmers standardgruppe øverst, får alle brugere i denne gruppe ændret standardgruppe, også medlemmer af administrator- og redaktørgrupperne, i og med de også er medlemmer af gruppen "Tilmeldte brugere". - - Vælges en standardgruppe med rang og avatar tilknyttet, overskrives brugeres eksisterende avatars og rang med gruppens. - -
    -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Tilladelser - Du får brug for at kontrollere hvad brugere kan og ikke kan på dit board. Med det fleksible og fintmaskede tilladelsesystem i Olympus har du meget store muligheder at specificere og administrere bruger- og gruppetilladelser. Grundlæggende opereres med to typer tilladelser - Globale tilladelser som gælder for hele boardet og ikke er knyttet til fora eller indlæg, og Forumbaserede tilladelser som anvendes til at bestemme tilladelser for hvert forum. - For at forstå hvordan tilladelser indstilles og hvordan tilladelsesystemet betjenes, er det vigtigt at få identificeret de forskellige typer tilladelser og de skærmbilleder som findes under fanen Tilladelser i ACP: - - - Globale Tilladelser - Har effekt på hele boardet og er ikke knyttet til specifikke fora. Disse tilladelser inkluderer brugertilladelser, som kan begrænse brugen af UCP, søgninger, private beskeder, avatars, signaturer etc. Administratortilladelser hører også under globale tilladelser. - - - - Forumbaserede tilladelser - Har kun betydning for specifikke fora og indstilles for hvert forum pr. bruger eller gruppe individuelt. Tilladelserne er opdelt i to typer: Bruger- og redaktørtilladelser. Den første bestemmer om en bruger eller en gruppe kan se forummet, skrive indlæg osv. Den anden om brugere eller en gruppe kan udføre redaktørhandlinger i forummet. - - - - Rollebaserede tilladelser - For at lette instillingerne, kan der oprettes specifikke sammensætninger af tilladelser som knyttes til roller eller opgaver på boardet. Rollerne kan efterfølgende bruges til at tildele ensartede tilladelser til brugere eller grupper. phpBB er udstyret med nogle standardroller du kan gøre brug af. F.eks er det under forumbaserede tilladelser muligt at tildele brugere rollerne Standardredaktør, Simpel redaktør eller Fuldgyldig redaktør m.fl. Var denne mulighed ikke tilstede, måtte alle tilladelser tildeles brugere individuelt. - - - - Tilladelsemasker - I dette afsnit skal du ikke indstille eller ændre noget. Men du kan få et overblik over brugeres eller gruppers endelige tilladelser og se resultatet af de ændringer der er foretaget i de øvrige afsnit. Dette overblik kan være særdeles nyttigt når du har behov for at fejlrette i tilladelser, når brugere f.eks. tilsyneladende ikke har de tilladelser de burde have. - - -
    - Globale og lokal tilladelser - - - - - - Globale og lokale tilladelser - - -
    - Hver tilladelse kan knyttes til en gruppe eller en bruger. Hvis det er muligt, anbefales det at tildele tilladelsen til en gruppe. Et eksempel på hvorfor: Når du vil tilføje en ny redaktør til et forum, kan du blot tilføje ham til den gruppe, der allerede har disse beføjelser. Alternativet ville være at give brugeren individuelle redaktørtilladelser i forummet. - - Når tilladelser vælges, vil du se tre mulige valg - NEJ, JA og ALDRIG. NEJ er standardværdien i alle tilladelser. Vælger du JA, har dette valg forrang for et NEJ valgt andre steder. Men vælges ALDRIG får dette valg forrang for et JA valgt andre steder i brugeres indstillinger. Dette gennemgås nøjere i afsnittet tilladelsemasker. - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Globale tilladelser - De globale indstillinger er den første sektion du finder under fanen Tilladelser. Her tildeles tilladelser til brugere, globale redaktører og administratorer. Sektionen indeholder fire underafsnit: - - - Brugertilladelser - Her kan ovennævnte tilladelser tildeles til specifikke brugere. For at lette det administrationen af tilladelser anbefales det generelt at tildele tilladelser til grupper, som beskrevet her. - - - - Gruppetilladelser - Samme som ovennævnte, med den forskel at her angiver du en gruppe som skal tildeles eller have ændret tilladelser. - - - - Administratorer - På denne side bestemmer du hvilke af boardets brugere eller grupper der skal have adgang til ACP. Her er det muligt at ændre nuværende tilladelser og at tilføje nye administratorer eller administratorgrupper. - - - - Globale redaktører - Her ses boardets globale redaktører, altså brugere som kan redigere i alle boardets fora. phpBB er udstyret med standardgruppen globale redaktører, hvor de rette og nødvendige tilladelser er tildelt. - - - - For at tilføje eller ændre tilladelser vælges det afsnit. Vælg herefter gruppenavn i dropdownmenuen eller indtast brugernavn. Se skærmbilledet. - -
    - Vælg en gruppe når tilladelser ændres - - - - - - Denne side vises når du klikker på Gruppetilladelser. Her vælges den gruppe du ønsker at ændre tilladelser for. - - -
    - - Når du har valgt bruger eller gruppe, vises en side hvor du kan vælge specifikke tilladelser. Bemærk nogle få punkter på dene side - dropdownmenuen, hvor der vælges hvilken typ tilladelser der skal ændres, linket til Avancerede tilladelser, hvor der er mulighed for meget fintmasket tildeling af tilladelser, og dropdownmenuen Rolle, som giver mulighed for at tildele et helt foruddefineret tilladelsesæt som passer til den givne opgave. - -
    - Indstilling af globale tilladelser for brugere og grupper - - - - - - Dette skærmbillede vises når du har har valgt en bruger eller gruppe i en af de to første sektioner af de globale tilladelser. Her ændrer du globale tilladelser som f.eks kontrol over profilindstillinger, søgning, private beskeder etc. Ved at vælge Globale redaktørtilladelser eller Administratortilladelser i dropdownmenuen kan yderligere indstillinger ændres for bruger eller gruppe. - - -
    - -
    -
    - Forumbaserede tilladelser -
    -
    - Rollebaserede tilladelser -
    -
    - Tilladelseroller -
    -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - - Typografier - Boardets fremtræden bestemmes af den valgte typografi, og det er ganske enkelt at vælge en anden og dermed ændre boardets udseende radikalt. Netop muligheden for at give boardet sit helt eget og unikke præg er vigtigt når man ønsker et interessant board. Valg af typografi kan eventuelt også anvendes til at signalere formålet med boardet. I Typografier kan alle tilgængelige typografier på boardet administreres. - - En typografi i phpBB 3.0 består af tre hovedelementer: skabeloner, temaer og grafikpakker. - - - Skabeloner - Skabeloner er de HTML-filer som bestemmer typografiens layout. - - - - Temaer - Temaer er en kombination af farveskemaer og grafik som bestemmer boardets basale udseende. - - - - Grafikpakker - Grafikpakker indeholder de billeder og den grafik boardet benytter sig af. Grafikpakkerne er uafhængig af den valgte typografi, og kan derfor i princippet anvendes på tværs i alle typografier. - - - - -
    - Typografioversigt - - - - - - Her vises alle boardet typografier, både installerede og ikke installerede, og hvor mange brugere der anvender de enkelte typografier. Herfra er det også muligt at ændre en typografis oplysninger. - - -
    - - Det er ikke en simpel opgave at oprette en ny typografi og er normalt særdeles tidskrævende. phpBB-communityets talentfulde designere gør deres typografier offentligt tilgængelige for alle. Ønsker du ikke selv at bruge ressourcer på at oprette din egen typografi, men gerne vil installere en anden typografi, er det første sted at søge typografisektionen på phpBB.com, hvor der findes en række nyttige links, blandt andet: - - - Typografidemoer - Her er der mulighed for at afprøve og se de tilgængelige typografier i funktion på et kørende board, og afprøve hvordan alle elementer på boardet ser ud. Du kan browse alle typografier indtil du finder en der falder i din smag. Demoen giver samtidig links til download af de enkelte typografier og til typografidatabasen. - - - - Typografidatabase - Indeholder alle typografier valideret og godkendt af phpBB.com's Styles Team. Typografierne kontrolleres for at sikre at de ikke implementerer sikkerhedshuller på boardet og at de virker korrekt. Typografierne kan sorteres efter versionnumre, farve og kategori for at gøre det enklere at finde en bestemt slags typografi. Alle typografier i databasen har link til demoen, hvor det er muligt at se dem i funktion. - - - - - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Installation og administration af typografier - Når du har valgt og downloadet en ny typografi udpakkes filen lokalt på din PC, herefter uploades hele det udpakkede indhold til boardets server. Vær omhyggelig med at uploade hele typografimappen indeholde undermapperne template, theme og imageset til serverens styles-mappe. Eneste undtagelse er når en typografi baserer sine skabeloner, tema eller grafikpakke på en andens. Du bliver ved download informeret, hvis dette er tilfældet og hvilken typografi der arves elementer fra. Den typografi, der genbruges elementer fra, skal også være installeret. - - Når alle nødvendige filer er uploadet, kan den nye typografi installeres. Installation foretages i fanen Typografier i ACP. Her vises en oversigt med flere typografier, den forudinstallerede prosilver, subsilver2, og også de typografier du netop har uploadet. Oversigtet er delt i to, den første indeholdende allerede installerede typografier og den anden uploadede, men ikke installerede typografier. Sidstnævnte installeres ved at klikke på linket Installer udfor typografiens navn. - - Når du klikker på Installer bliver du bedt om at tage stilling til to spørgsmål: - - Aktiv: Vælges Nej, vil typografien ikke være tilgængelig for brugere, kun administratorer kan afprøve den fra ACP. - Standardtypografi for boardet: Her vælges om typografien skal være boardets fremtidige standard, den som nye brugere og gæster ser. Læs mere om indstilling og ændring af boardets standardtypografi i . - - Klik på Udfør når disse valg er foretaget. - - Nu har vi gennemgået installationen af en typografi. Imidlertid sprang vi over de resterende muligheder på oversigtsiden, de er: - - Oplysninger: Linket leder til typografiens detaljer, med mulighed for at ændre dens navn, copyrights og de elementer den anvender. Desuden er der mulighed for at bestemme om den skal være aktiv eller ej. - Aktiver/Deaktiver: Linket giver mulighed for, let og hurtigt, at sætte typografien inaktiv eller aktiv. - Eksporter: Giver mulighed for at eksportere typografien inklusive ønskede elementer. Der kan vælges mellem at downloade filen eller at gemme den i serverens store-mappe. Det er nyttigt at pakke hele typografien, så den kan anvendes et andet sted eller af andre. - Slet: Brug dette link til at slette typografier. I forbindelse med sletning af en typografi, bliver du bedt om at vælge en anden til erstatning for de brugere som har valgt denne som standard. I dropdownmenuen ud for Erstat typografi med vælges den erstattende, klik på Slet for at afslutte handlingent. Selvom en typografi slettes bevares alle filer, og den vil stadig kunne ses i oversigten Ikke installerede typografier. - Vis prøve: En nyttig mulighed for administratorer. Klikkes på linket vil du se dit board med denne typografi, det er god mulighed for at sikre om udseendet er tilfredstillende, inden typografien aktiveres og gøres tilgængelige for brugere. Typografiens ID kaldes automatisk i URL'en, og derfor kan alle boardets sider vises med denne typografi. - -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Skabeloner - Skabelonerne danner boardets basale opbygning, de indeholder al HTML opmærkning og bestemmer strukturen på indholdet. Skabelonfilerne gør brug af tema- og grafikpakkens indhold af knapper og danner hermed hver enkelt sides udseende. Ved installation af et MOD bliver du ofte bedt om at ændre i en eller flere skabelonfiler. Da hver typografi indeholder sit eget sæt skabelonfiler (eneste undtagelser er hvis den arver skabeloner fra en anden typografi), skal denne ændring foretages for samtlige installerede typografier. Skabelonfilerne findes normalt i mappen styles/[din_typografi]/template/. - - Ved enhver ændring i filerne tilhørende en typografi, er det vigtigt at få tømt cachen. Cachen kan tømmes direkte fra administratorindekset. - - - Ændrer du i skabelonfilerne via ACP og efterfølgende genopfrisker skabelonerne, vil ændringerne blive overskrevet af indholdet af filerne på serveren. - - På siden Skabeloner findes adskillige links til sider hvor der kan ændres og arbejdes med skabelonerne. I det efterfølgende gennemgår vi disse og ser på hvad de kan anvendes til. - - Muligheder på siden <guimenuitem>Skabeloner</guimenuitem> - Rediger: Fra denne side kan alle de enkelte skabelonfiler ændres via ACP. Ved et klik på linket præsenteres en dropdownmenu, hvor alle skabelonfiler kan vælges. Ved valg af en af filerne dirigeres du til en editor som giver mulighed for at ændre direkte i filen. Hvis filen du ændrer i, ikke er skrivbar, gemmes alle skabelonerne i databasen. Det kan medføre fremadrettede problemer, for eksempel vil du ikke kunne ændre skabelonfilerne direkte i filsystemet. Alle skabelonfilerne bør derfor være skrivbare, inklusiv mappen template/, for at sikre at de ændringer scriptet forsøger at ændre i filen også bliver udført - Mellemlager: phpBB mellemlagrer eller cacher alle templatefiler, og øger dermed boardets ydelse. Filerne kompileres og gøres klar til brug, for efterfølgende, med mellemrum at rekompilere dem, for at afspejle de ændringer der måtte være foretaget. På denne side vises alle mellemlagrede skabelonfiler. Foretager du ændringer i en af disse, markeres den pågældende fil og klik på Slet valgte nederst. phpBB regenererer filen med de foretagne ændringer. Der er ingen fare ved at slette mellemlagrede filer, de er kun midlertidige og du kan ikke ødelægge noget. - Oplysninger: Her kan skabelonens navn og dens copyrights ses, og sidst men ikke mindst, hvor skabelonen gemmes. Gemmes den i filsystemet, kan filerne ændres i en teksteditor efter download fra serveren. Ved genupload skal cachen tømmes. Gemmes skabelonen i databasen, skal filerne ændres via editoren i ACP. Her er tømning af cachen unødvendig. Databaselagring af skabeloner er mere resourcekrævende af serveren, end lagring i filsystem. - Genopfrisk: Meget lig mellemlager funktionen, ved at klikke Genopfrisk slettes samtlige denne skabelons mellemlagrede filer. En nyttig funktion efter ændring af filer i filsystemet, og du ønsker disse ændringer synlige. Alle gemte data i databasen overskrives med indholdet af filerne på serveren. - Eksporter: Brug denne mulighed hvis du har behov for at downloade samtlige skabelonens filer for at anvende dem andre steder. Du bliver spurgt om du vil downloade til din PC eller gemme i boardets store-mappe. Du kan også vælge metode til komprimering, valgmulighederne afhænger af din serverkonfiguration. - Slet: Sletter alle skabelonens referencer i databasen. Imidlertid efterlades skabelonfilerne intakte på serverens filsystem. Når en skabelon slettes, bliver du bedt om at vælge en anden skabelon til erstatning for den der slettes. - -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Temaer - Nu, da vi har gennemgået skabelonerne som bestemmer boardets struktur, fortsætter vi med temaet. Typografitemaet sørger for at tilføje farver, dimensioner, formatering og skrifttyper. Temaet består af en eller flere CSS-filer som samlet set bestemmer boardets endelige udseende. Temafilerne kan normalt findes i mappen styles/[din_typografi]/theme/. - - Der er to mulige modeller for opsætning af temaer. Det første model anvendes i subsilver2, som anvender en stylesheet-fil, som hentes direkte ved at specificere dens URL i skabelonerne. Ændres i denne en fil, er genopfriskning af temaet unødvendig, det er nok at genfriske siden i browseren. Den anden model afvendes i prosilver, her er en fil som inkluderer alle de andre og herved kompilerer det komplette typografiark som gemmes i databasen. Når der foretages ændringer i en af disse temafiler, er det derfor nødvendigt at genopfriske temaet. - - - Ændringer i typografiarket foretaget via ACP, vil ved genopfriskning af temaet bliver overskrevet med indholdet af filerne placeret på serveren. - - - Siden Temaer er opbygget som skabelonsiden, med mange lighedspunkter. Den primære forskel er at temaer indeholder en anden type filer. - - - Muligheder på siden <guimenuitem>Temaer</guimenuitem> - Rediger: Herfra kan ændres i boardets typografiark. Består temaet af flere filer gemt i databasen, bliver alle samlet i et typografiark som kan ændres. Gem ændringer ved at klikke på Udfør. Ønsker du at ændre i den enkelte fil direkte, findes den i typografiens mappe theme/. - Oplysninger: Her kan temaets navn og dets copyrights ses, og sidst men ikke mindst, hvor det gemmes. Gemmes det i filsystemet, kan filerne ændres i en teksteditor efter download fra serveren. Ved genupload skal temaet genindlæses, som beskrevet umiddelbart herunder. Gemmes temaet i databasen, kan typografiarket ændres via editoren i ACP. Her er genopfriskning unødvendig. - Genindlæs: Vær forsigtig med denne mulighed, den indlæser data fra filerne og overskriver typografiark gemt i databasen. Ændringer foretaget via ACP mistes herved. Hvis du ønsker at gemme ændringerne, kan temaet Eksporteres til din PC, herved kan de tilføjes igen. - Eksporter: Brug denne mulighed hvis du har behov for at downloade samtlige temaets filer for at anvende dem andre steder. Du bliver bedt om at tage stilling til om download skal ske til din PC eller til boardets store-mappe. Du kan også vælge metode til komprimering, valgmulighederne afhænger af din serverkonfiguration. - Slet: Sletter alle temaets referencer i databasen. Imidlertid efterlades temafilerne intakte på serverens filsystem. Når et tema slettes, bliver du bedt om at vælge et andet til erstatning for det der slettes. - -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Grafikpakker - Det sidste komponent i en typografi er grafikpakken. Den indeholder alle grafikelementer som ikke er inkluderet i temaet. Eksempler er knapper der anvendes ved indsendelse af nye emner og besvarelse af disse, emne- og forummarkeringer. De filer som udgør grafikpakken findes normalt i mappen styles/[your_style]/imageset/. - Grafikpakken gemmes altid i databasen. Grafikfilernes specifikationer (placering og dimensioner) er listet i filen imageset.cfg, placeret i mappen imageset og gemt i databasen, hvorfra de indlæses. - I ACPs brugerflade kan der ændres i en grafikpakke, men før vi beskriver disse muligheder, gennemgår vi hvordan filen imageset.cfg er opbygget, i fald du får brug for at ændre i denne manuelt. En typisk linie i filen ser sådan ud: img_sticky_read = sticky_read.gif*27*27. Teksten før lighedstegnet er selve elementets navn og og efter lighedstegnet den tilsvarende grafikfil med angivelse af dens højde og bredde (i denne rækkefølge). Disse sidste tre specifikationer er adskilt af en asterisk og ingen mellemrum. - - Muligheder på siden <guimenuitem>Ændre grafikpakke</guimenuitem> - - Rediger: Her ændres de individuelle elementer i pakken. Grafikpakken består af en række grafikelementer med specifikke egenskaber. "Sticky topic icon" er for eksempel et element med egenskaberne grafikfil, højde og bredde tilknyttet. Herunder gennemgås hvilke muligheder der er tilgængelige på denne side: - - Vælg grafikelement: I dropdownmenuen vælges det element der ønskes ændret. - Nuværende grafik: Viser den grafikfil der er i øjeblikket er tilknyttet elementet. - Valgte grafikfil: Viser den fil du har valgt i dropdownmenuen Grafikfil umiddelbart herunder. - Grafikfil: ACP henter alle grafikfiler placeret i mappen imageset/ og lister dem i dropdownmenuen. Her kan enhver grafikfil tilknyttes et grafikelement på boardet. - Inkluder dimensioner: Vælges Ja vil dimensionerne herunder blive anvendt, ellers bliver størrelsen automatisk detekteret. - Grafikbredde: Bestemmer grafikkens bredde. - Grafikhøjde: Bestemmer grafikkens højde. - - - Oplysninger: Her har du mulighed for at ændre grafikpakkens navn og dens copyright. Husk at respektere den oprindelige skaber af pakken. - Genindlæs: Ved at klikke her bliver alle grafikelementers specifikationer genindlæst fra filen imageset.cfg og gemt i databasen. Handlingen vil derfor overskrive enhver ændring du har foretaget via ACP-editoren og som ikke er gemt på filesystemet. - Eksporter: Brug denne mulighed hvis du har behov for at downloade hele grafikpakken for eventuelt at anvende den andre steder. Du bliver bedt om at tage stilling til om download skal ske til din PC eller til boardets store-mappe. Du kan også vælge metode til komprimering, valgmulighederne afhænger af din serverkonfiguration. - Slet: Sletter alle grafikpakkens referencer i databasen. Imidlertid efterlades alle pakkens filer intakte på serverens filsystem. Når en grafikpakke slettes, bliver du bedt om at vælge en anden til erstatning for den der slettes. Der skal altid være mindst en grafikpakke installeret. - -
    - Skærmbilledet ved ændring af grafikpakke - - - - - - På denne side kan hvert grafikelements detaljer ændres individuelt. - - -
    -
    - -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Vedligeholdelse - - Det alene boardadministratorers ansvar at driften af et phpBB 3.0 board afvikles så problemfrit som muligt. - - Vedligehold findes i en særskilt fane i ACP, her stilles en række værktøjer til rådighed, som kan hjælpe med denne opgave. Der er adgang til forskellige logs og mulighed for databasevedligeholdelse. - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Forumlog - Under overskriften Forumlog i ACP findes meget detaljerede informationer om hvad der er hændt på boardet. Det er vigtigt af have adgang til den type informationer for en administrator. Data stilles til rådighed i fire forskellige logs: - - - Administratorlog - - Indeholder alle hændelser udført i administratorkontrolpanelet. - - - - Redaktørlog - - Indeholder alle hændelser udført af boardets redaktører. Information om ethvert emne der flyttes eller låses logges her, og det er derfor muligt at se hvem der har udført en bestemt handling. - - - - Brugerlog - - Her gemmes alle vigtige handlinger foretaget af brugere eller på brugere. For eksempel gemmes alle ændringer foretaget af brugere omkring emailadresser og kodeord. - - - - Kritiske fejl i log - - I denne log gemmes alle fejlmeddelelser med baggrund i boardets egne funktioner, som for eksempel problemer med afsendelse af emails. Har du problemer med en bestemt funktionalitet på boardet, er denne log et godt sted at starte fejlsøgningen. Er DEBUG_EXTRA i config.php-filen valgt, tilføjes debugging information i denne log, ved opståede fejl. - - - - - Klik på et af linkene til logs i oversigten under overskriften Forumlog. - - Med de rette tilladelser kan enkelte eller alle hændelser slettes fra loggen. Afmærk boksen udfor den hændelse der ønskes slettet, og klik herefter på Slet valgte nederst. - -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Backup og gendannelse af database - phpBB gemmer alle boardets data i en database, inklusive brugere, indlæg, emner etc. Det er en god beskyttelsesforanstaltning af gemme backups af databasen, hvis uheldet skulle være ude og databasen mistes eller beskadiges. Det er muligt at gendanne boardets database til en samme tilstand eller udgave da backup blev foretaget. Databaseværktøjerne kan også bruges hvis boardet skal flyttes til en ny vært - backup'en tages på den øjeblikkelige server og gendannes udfra backup'en på den nye server. - - Databasebackup - Backuptype: Du kan tage backup af hele databasen, Struktur alene eller Data alene. Ved valg af struktur alene dannes kun backup af det hierarki hvori data lagres, og vælges backup af data alene forudsætter det at hierarkiet er på plads når gendannelse foretages. - Filtype: Afhængig af din serverkonfiguration, kan backupfilen gemmes i forskellige formater. Vælges Text, gemmes backup'en i almindelig tekstformat, mens valg af komprimerede formater mindsker backupfilens størrelse. - Handling: Der er tre valgmuligheder: Du kan både Gem og download filen, som gemmer den lokalt i store-mappen og downloader den til din PC, eller du kan vælge kun at downloade eller kun at Gem fil lokalt. - - Tabelvalg: Du kan enten Vælg alle tabeller eller udvælge individuelle tabeller til backup . Når der tages backup af en stor database, kan det være en fordel at fravælge søgetabellerne (men husk at strukturen skal være tilstede ved gendannelse) og istedet gendanne søgeindekset efter en gendannelse af databasen. - - Brug CTRL- og skift-tasterne sammen din mus for at vælge individuelle tabeller. - - - - - Databasegendannelse - Vælg en fil: Her vises de backupfiler der er gemt i store-mappen. Vælg den du ønsker at gendanne fra og klik på Start gendannelse. Gendannelsen kan tage nogen tid og vil overskrive boardets eksisterende data. - -
    - Tilgængelige backupfiler - - - - - - Under punktet Gendan findes denne oversigt over backupfiler dannet i ACP, og som kan vælges til gendannelse af databasen. - - -
    -
    - -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - System - Nøgleindstillinger som påvirker hele boardet og spiller en vital rolle i konfigureringen og afviklingen af phpBB er adresseret i fanebladet "System". De fleste indstillinger kræver administrators opmærksomhed og kan være vanskelige at at konfigurere. Heldigvis er det sansynligvis indstillinger du sjældent behøver at ændre på. Dette inkluderer at holde din installation opdateret, administrere boardets installerede sprog og ændre i kontrolpanelernes struktur. -
    - - - - jask - - - - Versionskontrol - phpBB 3.0.x-linien opdateres normalt med få måneders mellemrum. Fejlrettelser, nye features og andre ændringer er indeholdt i disse opdateringer. Versionnummeret (x'et) øges ved hver opdatering. Det anbefales kraftigt at du holder dit board opdateret. Opdatering fra ældre versioner, eller over flere versioner er vanskeligere og kan medføre problemer med løse mulige konflikter. Du kan anvende den automatiske opdateringspakke ved opdatering fra versionen før. Pakken kan flette ændringer udført i forbindelse med installation af MODs med opdateringer i standardfilerne. Du kan naturligvis også vælge at anvende en af de øvrige tilgængelige pakker. - Du adviseres automatisk i ACP når en ny version frigives. Her vises også et link til den nyeste bekendtgørelse af frigivelsen, hvor ændringer og tilføjelser i denne omtales. - Opdatering med den automatiske opdateringspakke er uhyre simpel. Først følges linket til downloadsiden på phpBB.com og opdateringspakken hentes herfra. Udpak indholdet lokalt på din PC og upload filerne til boardets root-mappe. Boardet vil herefter være offline for almindelige brugere. Brows til boardets install/-mappe og vælg fanen Opdater, opdateringsprocessen giver yderligere instrukser undervejs. -
    -
    - - - - jask - - - - Bot-administration - phpBB 3 introducerer et nyt system til at administrere søgemaskine- og bot-konti. Systemet giver mulighed for at identificere disse automatiserede agenter via deres IP-adresse eller agentstreng. Når du har tilføjet en bot og den er genkendt, behander phpBB ikke sessionen som en gæstebruger, men anvender den oprettede botkonto. Botter gør brug af de tilladelser som er tildelt den prædefinerede botgruppe. Det er vigtigt at få identificeret botter, i det boardet så vil være istand til præsentere boardets indhold på den korrekte måde for søgemaskiner - herunder at udelade links til sider uden indhold. Botter modtager ikke en session-ID i URL'en, og den vises derfor ikke i søgeresultater. Du kan knytte en speciel typografi og et bestemt sprog til botter. - Det er nemt at konstatere om en bestemt bot fornylig har aflagt besøg på dit board. Se kolonnen Seneste besøg i botoversigten. - - Botter gør ikke brug af tilladelser fra gæstebrugergruppen, men har egne tilladelser defineret i gruppen botter. Læs mere om prædefinerede grupper i . - - - Tilføj bot - Bot: Bottens brugernavn på boardet. Navnet vises på botlisten i ACP og i Hvem er online når boardet har besøg af denne. - Bottens typografi: Her vælges den typografi botten præsenteres for. - Bottens sprog: Her vælges det sprog botten præsenteres for. - Botten sættes aktiv: Bottens session oprettes kun hvis botten er aktiv. Angives botten som ikke aktiv anvendes botdata angivet her ikke. - Agentmatch: En bot kan matches enten på browseragent eller IP-adresse. Du kan nøjes med at angive en del af den browseragent der skal matches. For eksempel har alle Google's søgeagenter inkluderet "Googlebot" i browseragenten, så det er nok at angive det her for at identificere besøg af Google. - Bottens IP-adresse: Dette felt anvendes også til at identificere botten. Kan en bot ikke genkendes på en browseragent, kan her specificeres hvilken IP-adresse botten kan identificeres på. Delvise matches kan anvendes, du kan nøjes med at angive de to eller tre oktetter af IP-adressen, hvis resten skifter dynamisk. Du kan også angive flere adresser adskilt af et komma. - - - Angives både browseragent og IP-adresse for en bot, skal begge parametre opfyldes for at identificere botten. - -
    -
    - - - - jask - - - - Masse-email - phpBB giver mulighed for at sende emails til alle brugere som har valgt at modtage den type emails i boardindstillinger. Denne meddelelseform kan anvendes som nyhedsbrev, advisering om ændringer på boardet etc. Du kan vælge at sende emailen til alle brugere, en udvalgt brugergruppe eller en liste af specifikke brugere. Emailen afsendes med administrator som afsender og alle modtagere er inkluderet som BCC - Blind Carbon Copy. Modtagere kan altså ikke se andres emailadresser og hvem der i øvrigt har modtaget emailen. - Det kan være et problem at afsende masse-emails, da nogle hostingudbydere har defineret grænser for hvor mange emails der kan afsendes ad gangen. For at imødegå dette afsendes emailen som standard til 50 brugere ad gangen. Er der 1.000 brugere som skal modtage emailen, afsendes den altså 20 gange. Giver afsendelsen alligevel problemer bør du konsultere din hostingudbyder. - - Skriv email - Send til gruppe: I dropdownmenuen vælges den gruppe du ønsker at sende emailen til. Gruppen tilmeldte brugere omfatter samtlige boardets brugere. - Send til brugere: Emailen kan også fremsendes til en liste af specifikke brugere. Angivelse af brugernavne i dette felt sætter eventuel valg af brugergruppe ovenfor ud af kraft. Hvert brugernavn anføres på en linie for sig. - Emne: Emailens emne eller overskrift, som også angives ved afsendelse af helt almindelig emails. - Emailens tekst: I dette felt skrives selv emailens tekst, der kan kun anvendes ren tekst. Anvendelse af BBkode og HTML vises uden formatering i teksten når brugere modtager emailen. - Prioritet for email: Emailen fremsendes med denne prioritet i headeren. - Send straks: Du kan vælge om emailen skal afsendes straks, eller at lade cachesystemet afsende den gradvis. - - - Afsending af emails til alle boardets brugere eller en meget stor brugergruppe kan medføre lang ekspeditionstid. Afvent at scriptet bekræfter at emailen er afsendt. - -
    -
    - - - - jask - - - - Sprogpakker - I phpBB kan installeres flere sprog som dine brugere kan vælge imellem. Enhver af boardets tekststrenge skulle blive oversat når en ny pakke installeres og vælges som sprog af brugere. Valg af et andet standardsprog ændrer ikke sprogbrug i boardets indsendte indlæg. - Sprogpakker kan hentes på phpBB.com's downloadside. For at tilføje installere en sprogpakke udpakkes dens indhold, det fulde indhold uploades til mappen language/. Alle sprogpakkens filer skulle være indholdt i en mappe navngivet med sprogets ISO-kode, for eksempel er standardsproget British English indeholdt i mappen en/. Når filerne er uploadet, vil sprogpakken være synlig i listen Ikke installerede sprogpakker. Klik på Installer for at tilføje den til boardet og herved gøre sproget tilgængelig for brugere. - - I Board grundlæggende er det muligt at vælge en sprogpakke som boardets standardsprog. - - Hvis du ikke er fortrolig med at redigere i PHP-filer i en teksteditor og alligevel gerne vil ændre tekststrenge vist på boardet, kan den indbyggede funktion til at rette sproglinier med tages i anvendelse. I oversigten Installerede sprogpakker klikkes på sprogpakkens navn i kolonnen til venstre. Herefter kan sprogpakkeinformationer og indholdet i de inkluderede sprogpakkefiler redigeres. Er der flere sprogpakker installeret og du vælger en anden end standardpakken, vises øverst en oversigt over ikke oversatte sprognøgler hvis pakkerne ikke synkroniseret. Det er nyttigt når der installeres MODs på et sprog og du ikke kan finde de sproglinier der mangler for et andet sprog. - Vælger du at redigere en fil med det indbyggede værktøj, er der to metoder hvormed oversættelsen kan opdateres på boardet. Du kan vælge at Udføre eller Indsend og downloade filen, som lagre den ændrede fil i mappen store/ og bliver desuden tilbudt som download hvis du vælger sidstnævnte. Herefter skal du manuelt med FTP flytte filen fra store-mappen til sprogpakken, og herved overskrive den tidligere udgave af filen. Den anden mulighed, som findes umiddelbart under de to førnævnte knapper, giver mulighed for at flytte filen til sprogpakken direkte med FTP. Du vil her blive afkrævet FTP-login informationer, og filen kan gemmes og opdateres direkte af scriptet. -
    -
    - - - - jask - - - - PHP-indstillinger - Denne side informerer om version og indstillinger for PHP (funktionen phpinfo()) installeret på denne server. PHP-indstillinger omfatter versionsinformation, information om indlæste moduler, tilgængelige variabler og standardindstillinger, som er egnet til at diagnosticere problemer. Disse informationer kan være sikkerhedsfølsomme og det anbefales at der kun gives adgang til disse for andre brugere som har behov herfor. Videregiv aldrig informationer om PHP-indstillinger medmindre det er absolut nødvendigt. - Bemærk at hostingudbyderen kan have begrænset adgangen til disse informationer af sikkerhedshensyn. -
    -
    - - - - jask - - - - Rapport- og afvisningsårsager - phpBB giver mulighed for at sætte nye indlæg i kø indtil de godkendes eller afvises af administrator eller redaktør. Det bestemmes af tilladelseindstillingerne eller i boardkonfiguration under Indlæg, hvor det kan indstilles at brugere der ikke har skrevet i vist antal indlæg får indlæg sat i kø til godkendelse. Vælger en redaktør at afvise et indlæg, er der mulighed for at begrunde afvisningen. De prædefinerede begrundelser vises her, disse begrundelser vil også kunne anvendes af brugere ved rapportering af indlæg. - Læs mere om redigering af indlæg i kø her . -
    - Oversigten over rapport- og afvisningsårsager - - - - - - Fra denne side administreres begrundelser for afvisning og rapportering af indlæg. phpBB indeholder fire standardårsager. Den femte og sidste er tilføjet manuelt og findes kun på dansk, har brugere valgt et andet sprog end dansk, vises denne begrundelse altså kun på dansk. Det er muligt at oversætte denne ved at anvende sprognøglen angivet i feltet Årsagstitel kun indeholdende bogstaver og underscores. For for eksempel at oversætte denne årsag til engelsk, tilføjes titel og begrundelse i filen mcp.php placeret i mappen language/en/. De fire standardårsagers nøgle og variabler er placeret nederst i denne fil, og din tilføjelsen udføres i samme format. - - -
    -
    -
    - - - - jask - - - - Moduladministration - Moduler anvendes til at skabe strukturen og indholdet i UCP, MCP and ACP. Moduler kan deaktiveres og reorganiseres i en anden struktur. Modulerne i bruger- og redaktørkontrolpanelerne er i 2 niveauer: Faneblad/kategori » modul, mens moduler i administratorkontrolpanelet er i tre niveauer: Faneblad (faner i toppen) » kategori (overskrifter i venstre side) » modul (individuelle moduler). - MODs med indstillelige muligheder tilføjer ofte moduler i ACP for at lette ændring af indstillinger. - For at oprette en modulkategori bruges tekstfeltet lige før knappen Opret nyt modul. Angiv kategoriens titel og klik på knappen. På næste side sikres at Modultype er Faneblad/kategori, at modulet er aktiveret og at Overmodul er valgt korrekt. Når kategorien er oprettet tilføjes modul fra dropdownmenuen. Modulerne findes i mapperne acp/, mcp/ og /ucp, som er indeholdt i includes/ mappen. - Deaktiveres selve Moduladministrationsmodulet er der risiko for at du afskærer dig selv fra fremtidig moduladministration eller andre kontrolpaneler. Vær derfor forsigtig når disse indstillinger ændres. - - Tilføj modul - Modulnavn: Den sprognøgle som identificerer modulet i de tilgængelig sprog på boardet. Der kan også angives en normal titel, hvis modulet ikke er tilstede i sprogfilerne. - Modultype: Her vælger du om modulet skal være Faneblad/kategori eller Modul. Som nævnt ovenfor indeholder faneblad/kategori endnu et niveau af kategorier eller moduler, og bruges til at organisere kontrolpanelerne. - Overmodul: Dette valg bestemmer under hvilket faneblad eller kategori modulet vises. - Modul aktiveret: Er modulet ikke aktiveret, kan det ikke tilgås. Det skal aktiveres for at kunne anvendes. - Modul vist: Hvis modulet er aktiveret, men ikke vist, kan det kun tilgås direkte via URL'en. Denne indstilling vises kun hvis modul er valgt i Modultype. - Modulfil: En modulfil indeholder ofte flere forskellige moduler eller sider i kontrolpanelerne. Moduler omhandlende samme indstillingstyper er grupperet eller samlet i en fil. Her vælges den fil, hvori det modul du ønsker at anvende, befinder sig. Nedenfor vælges det element som kalder det rette modul. Denne indstilling vises kun hvis modul er valgt i Modultype. - Modul: Her vælger du det element i ovennævnte modulfil der indeholder modulet og skal anvendes. Det endelige indhold af modulet afhænger af dette valg. Denne indstilling vises kun hvis modul er valgt i Modultype. - -
    -
    -
    diff --git a/documentation/content/da/chapters/glossary.xml b/documentation/content/da/chapters/glossary.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 179855e0..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/da/chapters/glossary.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,298 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id$ - - 2009 - Olympus DK Team - - - Ordliste - - Termer og begreber anvendt i dokumentationen til phpBB og i supportfora. - - -
    - - - - jask - - - - - Termer - I phpBB og på phpBB's supportboards anvendes en række termer og forkortelser. Nedenfor gennemgås på de mest alment anvendte. - - - - - - - ACP - - ACP er en forkortelse af "Administratorkontrolpanel". Her kan du som administrator, kontrollere og indstille alle funktioner på dit board. - - - - - ASCII - - ASCII, eller "American Standard Code for Information Interchange", er en almindelig anvendt indkoding af data som skal flyttes til en anden computer. FTP-klienter bruger ASCII-mode når filer flyttes. Alle phpBB-filer (filtyperne .php, .inc, .sql, .cfg, .htm, and .tpl) skal uploades i ASCII-mode. Eneste undtagelse er grafikfiler, som skal uploades i BINARY-mode. - - - - - Avatar - - Avatars er små billeder som vises sammen med brugernavn. En avatar kan ændres under dine profilindstillinger. I ACP kan den overordnede brug af avatars tillades eller forbydes. - - - - - BBkode - - BBkode er en måde at formatere indlæg på, som giver fin kontrol over hvordan indlægget vises. Syntaksen i BBkoder er meget lig HTML. - - - - - Binær (Binary) - - I phpBB-sammenhæng refererer "binær" eller på engelsk "binary" normalt til en måde at indkode filer der skal flyttes (den anden metode er ASCII). Den anvendes ofte af FTP-klienter ved upload af filer. Alle phpBB's grafikfiler (i mapperne images/ , styles/prosilver/imageset og styles/subsilver2/imageset/ ) skal uploades i BINARY-mode. - - - - - Brugergruppe - - Brugergrupper er en måde at gruppere brugere på. Det gør det enkelt at indstille og ændre tilladelser for mange brugere samtidig (f.eks. oprette en redaktørgruppe og tildele denne gruppe redaktørtilladelser i et bestemt forum, fremfor at tildele en hel række brugere separate redaktørtilladelser i dette forum). En brugergruppe kan have gruppeledere som kan tilføje og fjerne fra gruppen. Brugergrupper kan være skjulte, lukkede eller åbne. Hvis en brugergruppe er åben, kan brugere anmode om medlemskab i denne i brugerkontrolpanelet. phpBB 3.0.x indeholder seks faste brugergrupper. - - - - - CAPTCHA - - Forkortelsen af "Completely Automated Public Turing-test to tell Computers and Humans Apart", en test eller en opgave som har til formål at til at skelne computere fra mennesker. I phpBB anvendes forskellige CAPTCHA-moduler til bekæmpelse af tilmeldinger og indlæg fra spambotter. - - - - - Chmod - - Chmod er definitionen på mappe- og fil-tilladelser på en *nix-server (UNIX, Linux, etc.). Filerne i phpBB skal være chmodded til 644, mapper til 755. Avatar uploadmappen og cachemappen til 777. Du kan finde mere information om chmod i dokumentationen til din FTP-klient. - - - - - Cookie - - En cookie er en lille tekst-fil, som placeres på brugerens computer. phpBB anvender cookies til at gemme information om log ind og er nødvendig for at brugeren kan logges automatisk ind. - - - - - Database - - En database er information gemt på en struktureret og organiseret måde (i tabeller, række og kolonner). Databaser giver en hurtig og fleksibel metode til at opbevare data, i modsætning til den anden også meget anvendte metode, hvor data gemmes i "flade" filer. phpBB 3.0 understøtter flere forskellige DBMSs og gemmer information om brugere, indlæg, emner m.m. i databasesystemet. Det er nemt at foretage backup af databasen og gendanne denne. - - - - - DBAL - - DBAL, eller "Database Abstraction Layer", er et system som giver phpBB 3.0 mulighed for at anvende mange forskellige DBMSs med lidt overhead. Al kode til phpBB (MODs inklusive) skal gøre brug af phpBB-DBAL af hensyn til kompabilitet og ydeevne. - - - - - DBMS - - DBMS, eller "Database Management System", er et system eller en software designet for at håndtere en database. phpBB 3.0 understøtter følgende DBMSs: Firebird, MS SQL Server, mySQL, Oracle, postgreSQL, og SQLite. - - - - - FTP - - FTP, eller "File Transfer Protocol". Protokollen anvendes til at flytte filer mellem computere. FTP-klienter er de programmer man anvender til at flytte filer med FTP. - - - - - Grundlægger - - En grundlægger er en særlig boardadministrator som ikke kan ændres eller slettes. Det er en ny brugerprofil introduceret i phpBB 3.0. - - - - - GZip - - GZip er en komprimeringsteknik som ofte anvendes i web-applikationer og software som for eksempel phpBB. Teknikken kan være med til at øge overførselshastighed og mindske båndbreddeforbrug, til gengæld øges belastningen på serveren. De fleste moderne browsere understøtter denne teknik. Gzip bruges også til at komprimere eller pakke filer og mapper med, fuldstændig som med zip. - - - - - IP-adresse - - En IP-adresse, eller Internet Protocol adresse, er en unik adresse som identificerer en specifik computer eller bruger. - - - - - Jabber - - Jabber er en open-source protokol der kan anvendes til instant messenging. Yderligere information om Jabber's rolle i phpBB, se . - - - - - Kategori - - En kategori er en gruppe af alle slags identiske enheder, for eksempel fora. - - - - - Klient - - En klient er betegnelsen for en computer som tilgår en anden computer via et netværk og benytter sig af dennes service. - - - - - MCP - - MCP, eller redaktørkontrolpanelet, er det centrale menupunkt hvorfra alle redaktører kan redigere deres fora. Alle funktioner relateret til redigering er indeholdt i dette kontrolpanel. - - - - - MD5 - - MD5 (Message Digest algorithm 5) er en kryptografisk hashfunktion med en 128-bit (16 bytes) hashværdi. I phhBB bruges MD5 til at kryptere brugernes kodeord i en envejs hash, som betyder at man ikke kan "dekryptere" kodeordet i phpBB's database. - - - - - Mellemlager (Cache) - - Mellemlagring er en metode til at gemme data der ofte hentes. Ved benyttelse af denne metode aflastes din server. Som standard er phpBB3 indstillet til at mellemlagre skabelonfilerne. - - - - - MOD - - Et MOD er en kodemodifikation til phpBB som ændrer, tilføjer eller udvider phpBB's funktioner. MODs kodes og frigives af selvstændige udviklere. phpBB Group påtager sig ikke ansvaret for om installation af MODs medfører fejl eller lignende. - - - - - PHP - - PHP, eller "PHP: Hypertext Preprocessor" er et populært og meget anvendt open-source programmeringsprog. phpBB er kodet i PHP og kræver PHP's runtime engine er installeret og konfigureret korrekt på den server hvor phpBB er installeret. Læs mere information om PHPPHP's hjemmeside. - - - - - phpMyAdmin - - phpMyAdmin er et populært open-source program som bruges til at administrere MySQL databaser. Når man MOD'er phpBB eller på anden måde ændrer i funktionaliteterne, kan det være nødvendigt at ændre i databasen. phpMyAdmin er et af værktøjerne der kan bruges til det. Læs mere information om phpMyAdmin på phpMyAdmin's hjemmeside. - - - - - Private beskeder - - Private beskeder giver tilmeldte brugere mulighed for at kommunikere privat via boardet uden at skulle gøre brug af email eller instant messaging. Private beskeder kan sendes mellem brugere, kan videresendes og kopier tilsendes, og kan kun læses af modtager. Brugermanualen indeholder uddybende information om brug af phpBB3's beskedsystem. - - - - - Rang - - En rang er en slags titel som kan tildeles en bruger. Rangordner kan oprettes, ændres og slettes af administratorerne. - - - Når en bruger tildeles en specialrang tilknyttes ingen særlige tilladelser. Hvis du eksempelvis opretter en rang med titlen "Supportredaktør" og tildeler den til en bruger, får brugeren ikke automatisk redaktørtilladelser. Tilladelserne skal gives til brugeren særskilt, eller ved at indmelde brugeren i en gruppe, der har de rette tilladelser. - - - - - - Session - - En session er et besøg på dit phpBB-board og sessionen bliver oprettet når der logges ind og den bliver nedlagt igen når der logges af. Session-IDs gemmes normalt i en cookie. Er phpBB ikke i stand til at hente cookieinformation fra din computer tilføjes i stedet en session-ID til URL'en (f.eks. index.php?sid=999). Denne session-ID er i stand til at fastholde brugerens session uden at gøre brug af en cookie. Hvis sessionerne ikke blev fastholdt ville du blive logget af hver gang du klikkede på et link på boardet. - - - - - Signatur - - En signatur er en tekst eller et billede der vises som afslutning i brugerens indlæg. Signaturen oprettes af brugeren, og vises hvis brugeren har tilvalgt muligheden i brugerkontrolpanelet. Boardadministratoren skal desuden have tilladt anvendelse af signaturer på boardet. - - - - - Skrivbar - - Alt på din server som skal være server-skrivbart betyder at omtalte filer og mapper skal have indstillet tilladelser korrekt for at serveren kan skrive til disse. Nogle af phpBB3's funktioner forudsætter at serveren kan skrive til bestemte filer og mapper, bl.a. cache-funktionen og under selve installationen af phpBB3 skal serveren kunne skrive til config.php-filen. Metoden til at ændre fil- og mappe tilladelserne til at være serverskrivbare afhænger af det operativsystem din server afvikles på. På *nix-baserede servere kan tilladelserne ændres med CHMOD-kommandoen, mens Windows-baserede servere anvender et andet tilladelsesystem. I nogle FTP-klienter er det også muligt at ændre fil- og mappetilladelser på serveren. - - - - - SMTP - - SMTP eller "Simple Mail Transfer Protocol" er den protokol der anvendes for at afsende email. Som standard anvender phpBB PHP's indbyggede mail()-funtionalitet til at afsende email. phpBB kan imidlertid indstilles til at bruge SMTP til afsendelse, hvis de korrekte SMTP-parametre anvendes. - - - - - Skabelon - - En skabelon omfatter alle de markeringer der bruges for at skabe dit boards udseende. phpBB 3.0 skabelonfilerne er html-filer. Disse skabelonfiler indeholder hovedsaglig HTML-kode (ingen PHP-kode) og nogle variabler phpBB bruger (indeholdt i: { og }). - - - - - Typografi - - En typografi består af en skabelon, et tema og en grafikpakke. Typografien bestemmer det overordnede udseende af dit board. - - - - - UCP - - UCP eller brugerkontrolpanelet, er stedet hvor brugere kan indstille og ændre alle muligheder og indstillinger tilhørende deres personlige brugerkonti. - - - - - Underforum - - Muligheden for at oprette underfora er ny i phpBB 3.0. Underfora er indeholdt eller placeret i andre fora. - - - - - UNIX tidstempel - - phpBB gemmer alle tider i formatet UNIX tidstempel for at lette omsætning til andre tidzoner og tidformater. - - - - - Vedhæftede filer - - Der kan vedhæftes filer til indlæg, på tilsvarende måde som når man skriver en email. Boardadministratoren kan have valgt visse restriktioner og bestemt at kun nogle filtyper kan vedhæftes og også begrænset størrelsen på den enkelte vedhæftede fil. - - - -
    -
    diff --git a/documentation/content/da/chapters/moderator_guide.xml b/documentation/content/da/chapters/moderator_guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 3712b8b6..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/da/chapters/moderator_guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,360 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id$ - - 2009 - Olympus DK Team - - - Redaktørvejledning - - Dette kapitel beskriver redaktørfunktionerne i phpBB 3.0.x. - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Redigering af indlæg - Redaktører med tilladelser i relevante fora kan redigere i emner og indlæg, også selvom forummet er låst. Normalt kan man se redaktører i forumbeskrivelserne på boardindekset. En bruger med redaktørstatus har adgang til knappen Rediger i alle indlæg. Herudover kan redaktører: - - - - Slette indlæg - - Slette indlæg i emnet. Husk at slettede indlæg ikke kan gendannes. - - - - - Ændre eller fjerne emne- og indlægikoner - - Bestemme om et valgt ikon er i overenstemmelse med indlægget. - - - - - Ændre emnetitel og indlægstekst - - En redaktør har mulighed for at ændre indholdet af et indlæg. - - - - - Ændre indlægsmuligheder - deaktivere BBkode/Smilies og behandling af URL'er osv. - - Bestemme hvilke muligheder der skal være aktiveret i indlægget. - - - - - Låse emnet eller indlægget - - En redaktør kan låse indlægget eller hele emnet. - - - - - Tilføje, ændre og fjerne vedhæftede filer - - Hvis muligheden for at vedhæfte filer er aktiveret kan redaktøren vælge at fjerne eller ændre disse. - - - - - Ændre afstemningsindstillinger - - Er muligheden for at oprette afstemninger tilstede på boardet kan redaktøren ændre indstillinger i en oprettet afstemning. - - - - - Er der grund til at et indlæg ikke skal kunne redigeres, kan det låses for at forhindre indlægsforfatteren i dette. Ved fremtidige forsøg på at redigere indlægget adviseres brugeren. Ønsker redaktøren at begrunde årsagen til den foretagede ændring, er der mulighed for at tilføje en bemærkning til det redigerede indlæg. - - -
    -
    - - - - jask - - - - Redaktørværktøjer - I alle emner har redaktører en række værktøjer til rådighed nederst i emnet. Det ønskede vælges fra dropdownmenuen. De tilgængelige værktøjer herfra er: låse, låse op, slette, flytte, dele, sammenlæg og kopier emne. Desuden kan emnetype ændres herfra (opslag, bekendtgørelse og global) og emnets log hentes. Herunder beskrives redaktørmulighederne mere detaljeret. - -
    - Redigeringsværktøjer - - - - - - Redigeringsværktøjerne er tilgængelige via dropdownmenuen placeret under det sidste indlæg på hver side i emnet. Fold valgmulighederne ud ved at klikke på pilen til højre i feltet. - - -
    - -
    - Lås et emne eller indlæg - Der er flere måder at udføre denne handling på. Fra forumoversigten kan man vælge at bruge Redaktørkontrolpanel øverst, herefter markere det emne der skal låses og vælge denne handling nederst. Når man som redaktør læser i selve emnet, er der desuden mulighed for at låse emnet fra redigeringsværktøjerne nederst på hver side, uden at skulle i redaktørkontrolpanelet. Et enkelt indlæg kan låses ved at redigere indlægget og vælge låse det nederst under indstillinger. - Låses et emne kan ingen skrive indlæg i det. Låsning af inviduelle indlæg forhindrer at disse kan redigeres af forfatteren. -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Slet et emne eller indlæg - Hvis det er tilladt i administratorkontrolpanelets tilladelsesystem kan brugerne slette egne indlæg, enten når et emne læses eller når indlægget redigeres. Emner og indlæg kan kun slettes af brugere hvis der endnu ikke er svaret på disse. - For kunne slette andre brugeres indlæg, skal man have de rette forumbaserede tilladelser - Kan slette indlæg. Ved at bruge redaktørværktøjerne nederst i emnet kan et indlæg hurtigt fjernes. I redaktørkontrolpanelet kan flere indlæg udvælges og slettes. - - Bemærk venligst at slettede emner og indlæg ikke kan gendannes. Overvej eventuelt at oprette et skjult forum og i stedet flytte emner og indlæg hertil til brug for fremtidig reference. - -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Flyt et emne til andet forum - For at flytte et emne til et andet forum, benyttes Redaktørværktøjer underst i emnet og vælg værktøjet Flyt emne i dropdownmenuen. Ønsker du at efterlade et Skyggeemne i det oprindelige forum, skal boksen herfor være afmærket. Herefter vælger du det forum emnet skal flyttes til, og klik på Ja. - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Skyggeemner - Når et emne flyttes til et andet forum er det muligt at efterlade et skyggeemne i det oprindelige forum. Et skyggeemne er blot et link til emnets nye placering. Du kan selv vælge om der skal efterlades et skyggeemne i checkboksen som første valg når du har valgt Flyt emne i redaktørværktøjerne. - For at slette et skyggeemne manøvreres til det forum det er placeret i, og herefter vælges Redaktørkontrolpanel næsten øverst. I kontrolpanelet finder du linket "Slet skyggeemne" lige over emnet. - - Når skyggeemnet slettes bliver det originale emne ikke slettet. - -
    -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Kopiering af et emne - Redaktører kan kopiere emner og hermed oprette en kopi af et emne i et andet forum. I det emne der skal kopieres, vælges nederst i Kopier emne i redaktørværktøjerne. Fra forumindekset kan vælges Redaktørkontrolpanel, her markeres det emne der skal kopieres og herefter destinationsforummet kopien skal placeres i. Klik på Ja for at oprette kopien. -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Bekendtgørelser og opslag - Med de rette tilladelser kan redaktører ændre emnetyper. Disse specielle emnetyper er: Globale bekendtgørelser, Bekendtgørelser og Opslag. Emnetype kan vælges under tekstfeltet når et indlæg skrives eller ved at redigere det første indlæg i et eksisterende emne. Globale bekendtgørelser og almindelige bekendgørelser vises i en særskilt ramme på forumindekset i forhold til opslag og almindelige emner. -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Dele indlæg fra et emne - Redaktørerne har mulighed for at dele indlæg fra et emne. Det kan være nyttigt hvis for eksempel en diskussion fostrer en ny ide som fortjener sit eget emne og et antal indlæg derfor bør flyttes fra det oprindelige emne. Deling af indlæg medfører flytning af individuelle indlæg fra et eksisterende emne til et nyt. Det kan gøres ved at benytte Redaktørværktøjer under emnet, eller fra Redaktørkontrolpanelet. - Når deling udføres kan du vælge titlen for det nye emne, et andet forum til emnet og også et emneikon. Opdeling kan foretages på to måder. Du kan vælge et indlæg og foretage opdelingen herfra og til sidste indlæg i emnet, vælg nederst muligheden Del fra valgte indlæg og fremefter. Du kan også udvælge flere indlæg til opdeling, og herefter vælge Del valgte indlæg nederst. -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Sammenlæg emner - I phpBB3 er det også muligt at sammenlægge emner. Hvilket er nyttigt hvis der for eksempel drøftes relaterede problemstillinger i to separate emner på boardet. - For at sammenlægge emner vælges nederst i redigeringsværktøjerne, under det emne der skal lægges sammen med et andet, sammenlæg emner. Du bliver nu ledt til Redaktørkontrolpanelet, herfra kan du vælge det emne du vil sammenlægge med. Klik på linket Vælg til sammenlægning i det modtagende emne. Flyttede emner bevarer eksisterende tidstempel, og vil derfor blive sorteret efter alder sammen med de eksisterende indlæg i emnet. -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Sammenlæg eller flyt indlæg til et andet emne - Som alternativ til at sammenlægge hele emner, kan du også flytte individuelle indlæg til et andet emne. - For at sammenlægge specifikke indlæg med et andet emne vælges sammenlæg indlæg i redigeringsværkstøjerne forneden, som leder til Redaktørkontrolpanelet. Her startes med at angive det modtagende emnes ID eller du finder det med linket Find emne. Herefter vælges det eller de indlæg der skal flyttes hertil. Indlæg der sammenlægges med et nyt emne bevarer det oprindelig tidstempel, og sorteres efter dette i forhold til de allerede indsendte indlæg i emnet. -
    -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Hvad indeholder godkendelsekøen? - Hvis tilladelser for fora eller brugere er indstillet (i Administratorkontrolpanelet) til at nye indlæg skal godkendes, skal denne godkendelse foretages af en administrator eller en redaktør før indlæggene kan ses af andre brugere. Emner og indlæg der afventer godkendelse kan ses i godkendelsekøen som findes i Redaktørkontrolpanelet. - På forumindekset er endnu ikke godkendte emner mærket med et ikon. Klik på dette ikon og du kommer direkte til redaktørkontrolpanelet og får nu mulighed for at godkende eller afvise emnet. Individuelle indlæg der afventer godkendelse er ledsaget af en meddelelse herom, når emnet gennemses. Meddelelsen linker samtidig til skærmbilledet hvor det kan godkendes eller afvises. - Når du godkender et emne eller et indlæg får du mulighed for at vælge om brugeren skal have besked om godkendelsen. På samme måde får du også mulighed for at informere brugeren ved en afvisning, og samtidig begrunde denne. - Mere information om redaktørkontrolpanelet findes her . -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Hvad er rapporterede indlæg? - Brugere kan rapportere indlæg som findes upassende og begrunde rapporteringen. Et indlæg rapporteres ved at klikke på ikonet for at Rapporter dette indlæg, i standardtypografien prosilver er ikonet en trekant på spidsen med et udråbstegn i. I Administratorkontrolpanelet er udfærdiget et antal standardbegrundelser som kan bruges, med mulighed for at uddybe rapporten. Alle rapporter kan ses i redaktørkontrolpanelet under fanen rapporterede indlæg, hvor administrator eller redaktør kan se, lukke eller slette rapporten. - På forumindekset vises emner indeholdende rapporteringer med en anden baggrundsfarve og med rapporteringikonet efter emnetitlen. Herved ser administrator og redaktør at indlæg er rapporteret. I emnet vises det rapporterede indlæg også med en anden baggrundsfarve, og med et link til rapporten i redaktørkontrolpanelet. - Mere information om redaktørkontrolpanelet findes her . -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Redaktørkontrolpanelet (MCP) - I forhold til phpBB2 er Redaktørkontrolpanelet nyt, her er alle redigeringsværktøjer samlet. Dette afsnit gennemgår grundtrækkene i en redaktørs opgaver. Ved indgangen til MCP ser redaktøren en oversigt over indlæg afventende godkendelse, rapporterede indlæg og de seneste fem loggede handlinger. - Redaktørkontrolpanelet er opdelt i syv sektioner, hvert område organiseret i en fane. De syv faner indeholder: - - - Oversigt - - Indeholder oversigt over indlæg i godkendelsekøen, rapporterede indlæg og de seneste 5 loggede handlinger udført af redaktører. - - - - - Godkendelsekø - - Indeholder komplet liste over emner og indlæg, der afventer en godkendelse. - - - - - Rapporterede indlæg - - Indeholder alle åbne og lukkede rapporter. - - - - - Brugernotater - - Anvendes af administrator eller redaktør til at gemme bemærkninger om brugere. - - - - - Advarsler - - Anvendes til at udstede advarsler, se brugere med flest advarsler, de nyeste advarsler og en liste over samtlige advarsler. - - - - - Redaktørlog - - En komplet liste over loggede handlinger udført af redaktører på boardet. - - - - - Udelukkelse - - Udelukkelse af brugere fra boardet kan udføres på baggrund af brugernavn, IP-adresse eller emailadresse. - - - - - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Godkendelsekø - Køen indeholder en liste over henholdsvis emner og indlæg som afventer godkendelse fra redaktør. Godkendelsekøen kan ses i Redaktørkontrolpanelet. Mere information om godkendelsekøen findes her . -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Rapporterede indlæg - Brugere har mulighed for at rapportere indlæg som ikke er i overenstemmelse med boardreglerne eller på anden måde er upassende. Alle rapporterede indlæg kan ses fra Redaktørkontrolpanelet. Mere information om rapporterede indlæg findes her . -
    - -
    - Forumredigering - Hvis man fra forumindekset klikker på linket til Redaktørkontrolpanel vises forumredigeringsiden. Her kan redigeres flere emner samtidig ved hjælp af dropdownmenuen nederst. Disse værktøjer er til rådighed i menuen: - - Slet: Sletter de valgte emner. - Flyt: Flytter de valgte emner til at andet forum, som efterfølgende vælges. - Kopier: Opretter kopier af de valgte emner i et andet forum. - Lås: Låser de valgte emner. - Lås op: Låser de valgte emner op. - Resynkroniser: Resynkroniserer de valgte emner. - Ændre emnetype: De valgte emner kan ændres til: Global bekendtgørelse, bekendtgørelse, opslag eller standardemne. - - - - På samme måde kan flere indlæg i et emne redigeres samtidig. Man kan nå emneredigeringsiden enten ved at klikke på emnet fra forumredigeringsiden, eller blot klikke på linket til redaktørkontrolpanelet, når man læser i emnet. - Når der redigeres i et emne er der mulighed for: ændre emnetitel, flytte emne til et andet forum, ændre emneikon, sammenlægge emnet med et andet og bestemme hvor mange indlæg der skal vises pr. side (tilsidesætter standardindstillingen for boardet). - Under emneredigering er der to ekstra faneblade til rådighed i MCP: Sammenlæg emner og Opdel emne, som giver mulighed for henholdsvis at sammenlægge to emner og opdele et emne i to eller flere separate emner. - Linket Indlægsinformation til højre for emnetitlen giver mulighed for yderligere redigering. Indlægsforfatter kan ændres, selve indlægget kan redigeres, låses og slettes. Desuden vises den IP-adresse indlægget er skrevet fra. - - - Det er ikke sikkert at du som redaktør har adgang til alle ovennævnte muligheder for redigering. Det afhænger af den tilladelserolle administrator har tilknyttet din brugerkonto. - -
    -
    -
    diff --git a/documentation/content/da/chapters/quick_start_guide.xml b/documentation/content/da/chapters/quick_start_guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 11dd86e6..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/da/chapters/quick_start_guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,458 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id$ - - 2009 - Olympus DK Team - - - Quick Start Guide - - En kort vejledning i at installere og opsætte dit eget board baseret på phpBB 3.0.x. - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Systemkrav - phpBB3 har få krav som skal imødekommes før du kan installere og bruge boardet. I dette afsnit gennemgås disse systemkrav. - - - En server eller et webhotel med et styresystem der understøtter PHP. - - - Et af nedenstående SQL-databasesystemer: - - - Firebird 2.1+ - - - MySQL 3.23 eller over - - - MSSQL Server 2000 eller over (direkte eller via ODBC) - - - MSSQL Server 2005+ [ Native ] - - - Oracle - - - PostgreSQL 7.3+ - - - SQLite 2.8.2+ - - - - - PHP 4.3.3+ (>=4.3.3, >4.4.x, >5.x.x, >6.0-dev (compatible)) med understøttelse af den databasetype du agter at anvende. - - - Funktionen getimagesize() skal være aktiveret. - - - Er følgende moduler tilgængelige på serveren, giver de adgang til yderligere funktioner via PHP, men de er ikke krævede. - - - zlib-komprimering - - - Remote FTP - - - XML - - - Imagemagick - - - GD - - - - - Tilstedeværelsen af hver af de krævede funktioner vil blive kontrolleret under installationsprocessen, som beskrevet i . -
    -
    - - - - jask - - - - Installation - phpBB 3.0 Olympus har et installationssystem, der er nemt at bruge, og som vil lede dig gennem hele processen. - Efter at du har udpakket arkivet af phpBB3 og uploadet det til den placering, hvor du ønsker det installeret, skal du indtaste URL'en i din browser for at åbne installationssiden. Første gang du peger din browser på URL'en (for eksempel http://www.example.com/phpBB3), vil phpBB opdage, at phpBB endnu ikke er installeret og automatisk viderestille dig til installationssiden. -
    - Introduktion - - - - - - Introduktion til installationsystemet. - - -
    -
    - Introduktion - Installationsskærmbilledet giver dig en kort introduktion til phpBB. Det giver dig mulighed for at læse den licens, hvorunder phpBB er frigivet (General Public License) og giver information om hvordan du kan opnå support. Klik på fanen Installation for at starte installationen (se ). -
    -
    - Krav - - Læs venligst kapitlet om phpBB3's krav, hvor minimumskravene er specificeret. - - Den første side du møder efter installationen er startet er listen over systemkrav. phpBB3 kontrollerer automatisk om alt nødvendigt er installeret på serveren for at phpBB3 kan afvikles korrekt. Du skal have minimumversionen af PHP installeret og mindst en tilgængelig database for at fortsætte installationen. Det er også vigtigt at alle viste mapper er tilgængelige og sat med rette tilladelser. Læs venligst beskrivelsen i hver sektion for at finde ud af om de enkelte komponenter og tilladelser er valgfrie eller krævede for at køre phpBB3. Hvis alt er i orden, kan du fortsætte ved at klikke på Start installation. -
    -
    - Databaseindstillinger - Du skal nu beslutte hvilken databasetype phpBB3 skal anvende. Se afsnittet Systemkrav for oplysninger om understøttede databasetyper. Hvis du ikke kender dine databasemuligheder, kontakt venligst din vært og og udbed dig information om disse. Du kan ikke fortsætte installationen uden disse informationer. Du skal bruge: - - - Databasetype - den database du vil bruge (f.eks. MySQL, Oracle, SQLite) - - - Databaseserverens værtsnavn eller DSN - adressen på databaseserveren. - - - Databaseserverens portnummer - den port databaseserveren kommunikerer på (er som regel unødvendigt). - - - Databasenavnet - den database der er oprettet på ovennævnte server. - - - Brugernavn og kodeord til databasen - logininformation for at kunne tilgå databasen. - - - - Hvis du anvender en SQLite-database, skal den fulde sti til din databasefil angives i DSN-feltet og felterne til brugernavn og kodeord efterlades blanke. Af sikkerhedsgrunde bør du sikre dig at databasefilen ikke opbevares i en mappe der kan tilgås via internettet. - -
    - Databaseindstillinger - - - - - - Skærmbilledet hvor databaseindstillinger angives, hav venligst alle krævede data parate. - - -
    - Du behøver ikke at ændre tabelpræfiks for tabellerne i databaseindstillingerne, med mindre du har planer om at flere phpBB-installationer skal benytte samme database. Hvis det er tilfældet, skal du anvende forskelligt præfiks for hver installation for at få det til at virke. - Når du har angivet denne information, fortsætter du installationen ved at klikke på knappen Fortsæt til næste trin. phpBB3 kontrollerer nu om der med de angivne data kan etableres korrekt forbindelse til databasen, og om der allerede eksisterer tabeller med det angivne præfiks. - En Kunne ikke forbinde til databasen-meddelelse betyder at du ikke har angivet korrekte databasedata og phpBB3 derfor ikke kunne etablere forbindelse til denne. Kontroller at de angivne databaseindstillinger er korrekte og prøv igen. Kontakt venligst din vært, hvis du er usikker på de korrekte indstillinger. - - Husk at anvendelse af store og små bogstaver i brugernavn og kodeord til databasen skal følges stringent. Der skal altså angives nøjagtig de data du angav ved oprettelse af databasen eller dem du har fået udleveret af din vært. - - Hvis du tidligere har installeret en anden version af phpBB i samme database med samme præfiks, giver phpBB3 dig information herom, og beder dig blot om at angive et andet databasepræfiks. - Når du ser meddelelsen Korrekt forbundet, kan du fortsætte til næste trin. -
    -
    - Administratoroplysninger - Nu skal du oprette din administrator og grundlægger. Denne bruger får tilladelser som fuldgyldig administrator og vil være den første bruger på dit board. Alle felter på denne side skal udfyldes. Du kan også indstille boardets standardsprog på denne side. En standard phpBB3-installationspakke inkluderer kun engelsk [British English]. Du kan downloade yderligere sprogpakker på www.phpbb.com, og tilføje disse før eller efter installationen er gennemført. -
    -
    - Konfigurationsfilen - config.php - På dette trin vil phpBB prøve at skrive konfigurationsfilen automatisk. Den indeholder alle databaseindstillingerne, og uden den er phpBB ikke i stand til at forbinde til databasen. - Normalt fungerer den automatiske skrivning af konfigurationsfilen fint. Men i visse tilfælde kan denne operation fejle, f.eks. på grund af forkerte filtilladelser. I så fald er du nødt til at uploade filen manuelt. phpBB beder dig om at downloade config.php-filen og fortæller dig hvad du skal gøre med den. Læs venligst instruktionerne omhyggeligt. Når du har uploadet filen, klik Udført for at komme videre til sidste trin. Hvis Udført returnerer dig til samme side som før, og ikke returnerer en meddelelse om at operationen blev gennemført med held, skyldes det sansynligvis at du ikke fik uploadet filen korrekt. -
    -
    - Avancerede indstillinger - De Avancerede indstillinger giver mulighed for at ændre på nogle af boardets parametre. De er valgfrie og kan altid ændres senere. Fortsæt til sidste trin og afslut installationen, hvis du er usikker på hvad disse indstillinger betyder. - Hvis installationen blev gennemført, kan du nu bruge Login-knappen og besøge Administratorkontrolpanelet. Tillykke, du har nu korrekt gennemført installationen af phpBB3. Men der ligger stadig arbejde forude! - Hvis du, efter at have læst denne vejledning, ikke er i stand til at installere phpBB3, kan du i afsnittet Få support, læse hvor du kan få yderligere assistance. - Skal du videre med en konvertering fra phpBB 2.0.x eller et andet boardsystem, bør du nu læse videre i kapitlet om konvertering. Hvis ikke, skal du nu slette install-mappen fra din server, da du kun kan tilgå administratorkontrolpanelet så længe denne mappe er tilstede. -
    -
    -
    - - - - jask - - - - Generelle indstillinger - I dette afsnit gennemgås nogle af de helt basale og generelle indstillinger for dit nye board. - Umiddelbart efter installationen er fuldført videredirigeres du til det såkaldte "Administratorkontrolpanel" (ACP). I daglig drift får du adgang til ACP ved at klikke på linket [Administratorkontrolpanel] i bunden af siden. I ACP kan du ændre samtlige indstillinger for alle funktioner på dit board. -
    - Boardkonfiguration - Det første skærmbillede du sikkert ønsker at besøge efter installation af phpBB3 er "Board grundlæggende". Her er mulighed for at ændre navnet (Boardnavn) og beskrivelsen (Boardbeskrivelse) på dit board. -
    - Board grundlæggende - - - - - - Her bestemmer du boardets navn og beskrivelse. - - -
    - Her er desuden mulighed for ændre tidszone (Tidszone for board) og måden dato vises på (Datoformat). - Du kan vælge en ny standardtypografi for boardet, blandt de installerede. Typografien vil også blive gældende for alle de fora hvor du ikke specificeret en anden. Læs flere detaljer om hvor man kan hente nye typografier og hvordan de installeres i typografiforummetphpbb.com. - Allerede oprettede brugere bibeholder den oprindelige typografi, selv om der vælges en ny standardtypografi. Det er brugers valg af typografi i UCP der er bestemmende. Den eneste måde at gennemtvinge et andet valg, er at afinstallere tidligere typografier, herved tvinges alle brugere over på standardtypografien. - Skal dit board hovedsaglig anvendes nationalt, kan du også her ændre standardsproget fra engelsk til det standardsprog gæster vil blive præsenteret for ved besøg på boardet. Tilmeldte brugere kan i brugerkontrolpanelet selv vælge standardsprog imellem de sprogpakker der er installeret. Som standard downloades phpBB3 kun med den engelske sprogpakke. For at give mulighed for valg mellem flere sprog i førnævnte felt, skal den rette sprogpakke installeres. Læs flere detaljer her: Sprogpakker. -
    - -
    - Boardfinesser - Her kan du aktivere og deaktivere nogle af boardets basale funktioner. Her kan for eksempel tillades at brugere må ændre brugernavne (Tillad ændring af brugernavn) eller at der må vedhæftes filer (Tillad at vedhæfte filer). -
    - Boardfinesser - - - - - - Ændre basale funktioner med to klik. - - -
    - Hvis du ikke ønsker at dine brugere indsætte billeder i signaturer, kan du her helt deaktivere muligheden for at bruge BBkoder. Synes du det lige drastisk nok, kan du i stedet sætte Tillad brug af BBkode-tag'en [IMG] i brugersignaturer til "Nej", denne indstilling findes under "Signaturer" i venstremenuen. - I "Boardfinesser" har du en fin kontrol over boardets funktioner da man her kun skal vælge ja eller nej afhængig af om funktionen skal være aktiv eller ikke. Du kan for nogle af funktionerne også vælge at definere grænser; for eksempel det højeste antal tilladte tegn i et indlæg (Maksimalt antal tegn pr. indlæg i "Indstillinger for indlæg") eller hvor stor en brugers avatar må være (Største dimensioner for avatar i "Indstillinger for avatars"). - - Når du deaktiverer funktioner her, mister brugere, der i kraft af deres tildelte tilladelser har adgang til at bruge disse, nu muligheden. Læs mere om tilladelsesystemet i eller i administratormanualen. - -
    - -
    -
    - - - - jask - - - - Opret fora - Fora er sektioner hvor indlæg opbevares og er normalt emneopdelt. Uden fora ville brugerne ikke være i stand til at indsende indlæg struktureret! Det er nemt at oprette et forum. - Når du er logget ind og findes i bunden af siden linket Administratorkontrolpanel. Klik på det og efter du har afgivet kodeord endnu engang, videredirigeres du til administratorindekset. - I toppen af administratorkontrolpanelet er der et antal faner som giver adgang til boardets forskellige funktioner og indstillinger. Du kan komme til forumadministration ved at vælge fanen Fora, samme side kan nås ved at vælge Forumadministation i menuen til venstre. - I forumadministration kan du ændre allerede oprettede fora og underfora, og naturligvis oprette nye. Et underforum er herakisk indeholdt i et overforum. Læs mere i administration af underfora. - Find knappen Opret nyt forum nederst til højre, i tekstboksen til venstre herfor angives navnet på det nye forum. Du kan oprette et testforum og navngive det ved at skrive Test i tekstboksen. Klik på Opret nyt forum for at oprette forummet. - En ny side med overskriften "Opret nyt forum :: Test" vises. Du vælger her indstillinger for forummet. For eksempel vælges det forumbillede der skal vises, eller du kan formulere teksten til de forumregler der vises øverst i forummet. Du bør også her angive en kort beskrivelse af forummet, så dine brugere er i stand til at regne ud hvad emnerne i forummet omhandler. -
    - Opret et nyt forum - - - - - - Her angives navnet på og beskrivelsen for det nye forum. - - -
    - Standardindstillingerne er i de fleste tilfælde udmærkede og får dit forum til at fungere. Du kan efterfølgende tilpasse indstillinger så de passer præcis til dit behov. Der er nogle nøgleindstillinger du bør være opmærksom på. Ved valg af overforum bestemmer du hvor dit nye forum skal være underforum. Vær her omhyggelig, da valg af overforum er vigtig ved oprettelse af underforum (læs mere om i kapitlet om oprettelse af underfora). Ved at bruge "Kopier tilladelser fra:" kan du enkelt kopiere tilladelserne fra et af dine allerede eksisterende fora. Den er god hvis du ønsker at holde identiske tilladelser i dine fora. Du har også mulighed for at vælge en anden typografi end boardets standardtypografi for forummet. Du kan vælge mellem de typografier der er installeret på boardet. Samtlige forumindstillinger gennemgås i administratorvejledningens afsnit om oprettelse af fora. - Når du har foretaget alle valg for dit nye forum, klikker du nederst på Udfør nederst på siden for at oprette forummet med de valgte indstillinger. Dit board kvitterer med en bekræftelsesmeddelelse når forummet er oprettet. - Efter denne bekræftelse videredirigeres du automatisk til forumtilladelserne. Du kan nu ændre tilladelserne for det nye forum (eller indstille disse, hvis du ikke fik kopieret tilladelser fra et andet). Hvis du er tilfreds med de allerede valgte tilladelser klikker du blot på linket Tilbage til foregående side. Ellers du nu tilladelserne som du ønsker og når tilpasningerne er foretaget klikkes på Tilføj alle tilladelser i bunden af siden. Herefter vises en bekræftelse på at tilladelserne er opdateret. - - Hvis du ikke indstiller tilladelser for forummet vil det ikke være synligt for nogen på boardet, inklusive dig selv. - - Du har opdateret dine forumtilladelser og oprettet et nyt forum. For at oprette flere fora gentages denne procedure. - Læs mere om indstilling af tilladelser i -
    -
    - - - - jask - - - - Indstilling af tilladelser - Når du har oprettet dit første forum skal du bestemme hvem der skal have adgang til det og hvem der må gøre hvad i forummet. Her skal du bruge tilladelseindstillingerne, hvor du for eksempel kan forbyde ikke tilmeldte brugere at skrive indlæg og uddelegere redaktøropgaverne til andre brugere. Næsten enhver brugerhandling i phpBB3 kan kontrolleres med tilladelseindstillingerne. - -
    - Tilladelsetyper - Der findes fire typer af tilladelser: - - - Bruger og gruppetilladelser (globale) - f.eks. forbyd ændring af avatar - - - Administratortilladelser (globale) - f.eks. tillad at administrere fora - - - Redaktørtilladelser (globale eller lokale) - f.eks. tillad at låse emner eller udelukke brugere (sidstnævnte kun globalt) - - - Forumtilladelser - f.eks. tillade at se et forum og at indsende indlæg - - - Disse tilladelsetyper består af hver sit sæt af tilladelser og tildeles lokalt eller globalt. En global tilladelse gælder for hele boardet. Hvis du f.eks vil forbyde en bruger at sende private beskeder, gøres det med globale brugertilladelser. Administratortilladelser er kun globale. -
    - Globale og lokale tilladelser - - - - - - Globale og lokale tilladelser. - - -
    - Lokale tilladelser er gældende for specifikke fora. Du kan f.eks. forbyde en bruger at skrive i et forum, uden at det får konsekvenser for brugerens mulighed for at skrive i andre fora på boardet. - Man kan udnævne redaktører globalt eller lokalt. Denne vurdering er dybest set et spørgsmål om tillid; har du fuld tillid til din bruger kan du udnævne vedkommende til global redaktør. De kan nemlig redigere i alle fora på boardet med de tilladelser de er tildelt. En lokal redaktør kan kun redigere i de fora du har valgt at vedkommende skal være redaktør for. De lokale redaktører behøver ikke nødvendigvis at at have adgang til identiske redaktørfunktioner. Nogle kan være i stand at slette emner i nogle fora, mens samme redaktør ikke kan det i andre. Globale redaktører har samme tilladelser i alle boardets fora. -
    -
    - Forumtilladelser - For at indstille tilladelser for dit nye forum skal de lokale Forumbaserede tilladelser anvendes. Først besluttes om tilladelserne skal omfatte en enkelt bruger eller gruppe. Afhængig af valget bruges enten Gruppers forumtilladelser eller Brugeres forumtilladelser, som giver dig mulighed for at vælge en bruger eller en gruppe, og herefter det forum du vil indstille tilladelser for. - I denne vejledning koncentrerer vi os imidlertid om Forumtilladelser. Fremfor ovennævnte metode, hvor bruger eller gruppe vælges, starter du her med at udvælge de fora du ønsker at ændre tilladelser for. Fora kan vælges enkeltvis eller som en kategori/forum inklusive alle underfora. Klik herefter på Udfør for at komme til næste side. -
    - Vælg grupper - - - - - - Vælg de brugere eller grupper der skal ændres. - - -
    - Siden med Forumtilladelser viser to kolonner, hvor henholdsvis brugere og grupper kan vælges (se ). De to kolonner navngivet Brugere og Grupper viser brugere og grupper som allerede har tilladelser til mindst et af de valgte fora. Du kan vælge disse og ændre tilladelserne med Ret tilladelser, eller med Fjern tilladelser, hvis du ønsker at de valgte brugere/grupper ikke skal have tilladelser til forummet, og som herefter ikke kan se det. Medmindre brugerne er medlem af endnu en gruppe som stadig har adgang. Felterne i bunden af hver kolonne giver mulighed for at tilføje nye brugere og grupper som i øjeblikket ikke har tilladelser til mindst et af de valgte fora. - For at tilføje tilladelser til grupper vælges en eller flere, i feltet Tilføj grupper. For at tilføje tilladelser til en bruger, indtastes denne i tekstboksen Tilføj brugere, eller brug funktionen Find en tilmeldt bruger. Klik herefter på Tilføj tilladelser, som dirigerer dig videre til tilladelseskærmbilledet. Her listes alle de fora du tidligere valgte, med de grupper eller brugere der ændres tilladelser for nedenfor hvert forum. - Der er to metoder til at tildele tilladelser: Du kan enten tildele dem manuelt eller bruge de foruddefinerede Tilladelseroller, som er noget simplere, men ikke så fintmaskede. Du kan skifte mellem begge metoder når som helst i processen. Du kan vælge at ignorere introduktionen til manuelle tilladelser og hoppe direkte til afsnittet "Tilladelseroller", hvis du er ivrig efter at få alt til at virke hurtigst muligt. Men vær som nævnt opmærksom på at disse roller kun tilbyder et ganske lille udsnit af de muligheder man har i tilladelsesystemet. Efter vores opfattelse forstår en god Olympusadministrator at udnytte tilladelsesystemet fuldt ud. - De to metoder adskiller sig kun ved den måde indstillingen foretages på, de deler samme interface. -
    -
    - Tilladelser enkeltvis - Et af de vigtigste elementer er tilladelsernes værdi, som du er nød til at forstå for at arbejde med disse. En tilladelse kan have tre værdier: - - - JA tillader funktionen medmindre det underkendes af et ALDRIG. - - - NEJ tillader ikke funktionen medmindre det underkendes af et JA. - - - ALDRIG tillader under ingen omstændigheder denne funktion, og kan ikke underkendes af et JA. - - - Disse tre værdier er vigtige fordi en bruger kan have mere end en tilladelse tildelt for den samme funktion via sit medlemskab i forskellige brugergrupper, som igen har andre tilladelsesroller tilknyttet i de forskellige fora. Hvis en bruger er medlem af gruppen "Tilmeldte brugere" og for eksempel en gruppe kaldet "Seniorbrugere". Grupperne kan have forskellige tilladelser til at se et forum. I dette tilfælde ønsker du at oprette et forum med navnet "De gode gamle dage", som skal kunne ses af gruppen "Seniorbrugere", men ikke af "Tilmeldte brugere". Du sætter naturligvis tilladelsen Kan se forum til Ja for "Seniorbrugere". Men sæt ikke tilladelsen til Aldrig for "Tilmeldte brugere". Gør du det kan "Seniorbrugere" ikke se forummet, da disse brugere som medlem af "Tilmeldte brugere" er sat til Aldrig, som underkender Ja'et i "Seniorbrugere". Sæt derfor tilladelsen til Nej for "Tilmeldte brugere" i stedet. Nej er svagere og kan underkendes af et Ja. -
    - Tilladelser enkeltvis - - - - - - Manuel tildeling af tilladelser. - - -
    -
    -
    - Tilladelseroller - phpBB3 tilbyder som standard et antal foruddefinerede tilladelsekombinationer defineret som roller, som kan anvendes ved tildeling af tilladelser. Fremfor at skulle tillade hver enkelt funktion manuelt, kan du i stedet vælge en rolle i rullemenuen. Rollebeskrivelsen vises når musen holdes over rollens navn. Udfør dine ændringer med knapperne Anvend tilladelser eller Anvend alle tilladelser, når du er tilfreds med tilpasningerne. -
    - Tilladelseroller - - - - - - Tilladelseindstilling med brug af roller. - - -
    - Tilladelser defineret i roller er ikke alene en hurtig og let metode til at uddele tilladelser med, for erfarne administratorer er det også en særdeles struktureret måde at uddelegere ansvar på store boards. Man kan oprette egne definerede roller, helt tilpasset boardets behov. Rolledefinitioner er dynamiske, når du ændrer på tilladelserne for en allerede defineret rolle, bliver alle brugere og grupper som er tildelt tilladelser efter denne automatisk opdateret med det nye tilladelsesæt. -
    -
    - - - - jask - - - - Udnævn forumredaktører - Det er oftest i forbindelse med redigering af fora at man får brug for at ændre i tilladelser og roller. phpBB3 tilbyder en særdeles simpel metode til at udnævne forumredaktører. - Som du sikkert allerede har gættet, er redigering af specifikke fora en lokal indstilling, og du finder Forumredaktører under sektionen Forumbaserede tilladelser. Først skal du vælge hvilket forum eller flere du vil udnævne nye redaktører for. Skærmbilledet er delt i tre sektioner. I den første kan du vælge et forum eller flere (vælg flere ved at holde CTRL tasten nede , eller cmd under MacOS X), hvor de redaktørindstillinger du efterfølgende foreta'r vil gøre sig gældende. Den anden sektion giver dig mulighed for at vælge et forum hvor alle indstillingsændringer vil gælde for dette forum inklusive alle dets underfora. I den sidste sektion vælger du kun at ændre for dette specifikke forum. - Når forum er valgt og du har klikket på Udfør præsenteres du for et skærmbillede du sikkert er stødt på før tidligere i denne manual: . Her vælger du de brugere eller grupper der skal have tildelt redaktørtilladelser i de fora du valgte før. Vælg disse og klik på knappen Anvend tilladelser. - I det næste skærmbillede kan du vælge hvilke redaktørtilladelser de valgte brugere eller brugergrupper skal have tildelt. I phpBB3 er der foruddefineret fire redaktørroller med hver sit tilladelsesæt, som skulle være dækkende for langt de fleste boards: - - - Standardredaktør - - En standardredaktør kan godkende og afvise indlæg i godkendelseskøen, redigere og slette indlæg, lukke og slette rapporter, men kan ikke nødvendigvis ændre afsender af indlæg. Denne redaktør kan også uddele advarsler og se indlægsdetaljer. - - - - Simpel redaktør - - En simpel redaktør kan redigere indlæg, lukke og slette rapporter samt se indlægsdetaljer. - - - - Køredaktør - - En køredaktør kan kun godkende og afvise indlæg der er havnet i godkendelseskøen, samt redigere indlæg. - - - - Fuldgyldige redaktører - - Fuldgyldige redaktører kan bruge alle redaktørfunktioner, inklusiv udelukkelse. - - - -
    - Forumredaktørens tilladelser - - - - - - Angiv redaktørers tilladelser. - - -
    - Når du har valgt passende tilladelser klikker du ganske enkelt på Anvend tilladelser. De rollebaserede tilladelser kan ændres og justeres mere detaljeret i samme skærmbillede, hvis du ikke synes disse er helt passende. -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Globale tilladelser - Er de lokale tilladelser for lokale for dig? Her kan phpBB3 tilbyde globale tilladelser som dækker alle fora på boardet: - - Brugertilladelser - Gruppetilladelser - Administratorer - Globale redaktører - - Under "Brugertilladelser" og "Gruppetilladelser" kan for eksempel muligheden for bruge vedhæftede filer, signaturer og avatars, for udvalgte brugere eller grupper, tillades eller forbydes. Bemærk at ændringer i disse indstillinger kun får effekt hvis den pågældende mulighed er aktiveret under "Boardfinesser". Se flere detaljer i . - Under "Administratorer" har du mulighed for at give brugere eller gruppeledere tilladelse til at ændre i forumopsætningen eller ændre andre brugeres tilladelse. Se flere detaljer i . - Globale redaktører har samme tilladelser som redaktører i de enkelte fora (beskrevet i ), men kan redigere alle fora på boardet. -
    - -
    -
    - Få support - phpBB Teamet stiller flere muligheder til rådighed hvor der kan hentes hjælp og support til phpBB. Udover denne onlinedokumentation, er der supportforummet på www.phpbb.com hvor der findes svar og hjælp til næsten alle tænkelige problemstillinger. Inden du spørger om hjælp i vore fora, bør du først bruge søgefunktionen og se om ikke andre har haft lignende problemer. Har du ikke held med søgningen, er du velkommen til at oprette et ny emne hvor du kan stille spørgsmålet. Vær så beskrivende som muligt når du forklarer til problem! En præcis beskrivelse vil altid give dig et hurtigere og korrekt svar. Brug venligst denne Support Request Template, som sikrer at du får de nødvendigste informationer med, når du stiller dit spørgsmål. - - Udover ovennævnte supportforum på www.phpbb.com, stiller vi desuden en Videnbase til rådighed. Her er gode artikler skrevet og udarbejdet af andre brugere, og som dækker mange ofte stillede spørgsmål. Vort community har brugt meget tid på at skrive disse artikler, læs dem venligst. - - Vi yder realtidsupport på #phpBB, et populært Open Source IRC netværk, Freenode. Normalt er der altid nogen online fra teamene, og andre brugere som gerne vil hjælpe dig (ofte er der +60 brugere på kanalen). Læs venligst IRC regler inden du tilslutter dig kanalen, i det vi har nogle få basale regler om netikette vi beder dig følge, overholdes disse ikke kan man ikke forvente at få svar. Og forvent ikke svar indenfor 30 sekunder, men ha' lidt tålmodighed! - - Er engelsk ikke dit modersmål? Ingen problem! Vores internationale supportside linker til forskellige websites som yder support på dansk, spansk, tysk, fransk m.fl. -
    -
    diff --git a/documentation/content/da/chapters/upgrade_guide.xml b/documentation/content/da/chapters/upgrade_guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 381cb140..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/da/chapters/upgrade_guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,205 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id$ - - 2009 - Olympus DK Team - - - Opdatering og konvertering - - Vejledning i opdatering af et kørende phpBB3-board og hvordan phpBB2 eller et andet boardsystem konverteres til phpBB3. - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Opdatering af phpBB3.0.x - Her gennemgås de mulige teknikker til opdatering af phpBB3.0.x. Og nogle af de overvejelser der bør gøres inden valg af opdateringsstrategi. -
    - Opdateringsmetode - En opdatering af phpBB3 består af to adskilte procedurer: - - Alle phpBB3-filer skal opdateres med de ændringer der er foretaget siden sidste version. - Databasen skal opdateres med de ændringer der måtte være foretaget i databaseskemaet siden sidste version. - - Nedenstående gennemgås nogle overvejelser der bør gøres inden valg af opdateringspakke. -
    - Boards uden modifikationer - Det er helt uden problemer at gennemføre en opdatering. Den absolut hurtigste metode er at anvende pakken Kun ændrede filer, og har du styr på at uploade de ændrede filer rette sted, bør operationen kunne gennemføres på mindre end ti minutter. Den automatiske opdateringspakke er ligeså anvendelig, den avancede filkontrol betyder imidlertid at man skal igennem mindst endnu et upload, inden opdateringen er fuldstændig. -
    -
    - Boards med MODs - Alle filændringer udført i forbindelse med installation af et MOD er i fare for at blive overskrevet ved en opdatering. Her er den automatiske opdateringspakke at foretrække. Den vil finde de filer du har ændret i og udpege kodeændringerne ift. til den originale fil. Samtidig foreslås en sammenlægning af disse ændringer med den nye fil, således MOD'et bevares. -
    - Filer indeholdende ændringer - - - - - - For hver fil der findes afvigelser i, er tre valgmuligheder. Desuden kan filindholdet kontrolleres. - - -
    -
    - Vis sammenlægning - - - - - - Her vises at de udførte ændringer sammenlægges fint i den nye opdaterede fil og vinduet kan lukkes. - - -
    - Er der foretaget en opdatering i lige præcis den kodelinie du har ændret i tidligere, eller medfører en sammenlægning andre problemer, kan du blive nødsaget til at vælge Sammenlæg ikke - brug ny fil. MOD'et må i så fald tilføjes manuelt efterfølgende. -
    -
    - Sprog og typografier - Husk at den opdaterede danske sprogpakke ikke er indeholdt i opdateringerne fra phpBB.com, her er kun indeholdt den opdaterede engelske. Det anbefales derfor at du inden opdatering henter og uploader den nyeste danske sprogpakke. Det samme gør sig naturligvis gældende hvis du har andre sprog installeret. - Er der i forbindelse med opdateringen kommet nye sprognøgler til, vil boardet vise underlige tegn, hvor denne nye nøgle anvendes. Boardet vil dog fungere udmærket og sprogpakken kan opdateres efterfølgende. - Har du andre typografier end standardtypografierne installeret, er det også vigtigt at undersøge om der er opdateringer til disse. De officielle opdateringspakker indeholder evt. opdateringer af prosilver & subSilver2. -
    -
    - Opdatering af ældre versioner - Er dit board mange versioner bagud, kan det virke meget uoverskueligt at få det fuldt opdateret. De officielle pakker giver almindeligvis mulighed for at opdatere fra fem versioner tilbage. Opdateringspakkerne til 3.0.5 kan altså opdatere et 3.0.0 board. Imidlertid er scriptet install/database_update.php indeholdt i phpBB3.0.4 en undtagelse herfra, det er i stand til at opdatere en RC1 database med alle ændringer helt frem til 3.0.4. - Det er altså muligt at opdatere alle boards fra RC1 med afvikling af et antal databaseopdateringscripts, afhængig af hvilken version du er på. Kun install/database_update.php er vigtig her. Du uploader blot den fulde installationspakke, eksklusiv filen config.php, mapperne /images og /files. Herefter kan databasen opdateres med scriptet indeholdt i install-mappen, se nedenfor. - Den komplette phpBB3.0.4 kan downloades her. Efter en opdatering til 3.0.4, hentes nu den relevante Changes files pakke ved at vælge den på denne side. Samme sted findes også de automatiske opdateringspakker for tidligere versioner. - Indeholder det uddaterede board samtidig en masse MODs, der er meget vigtige at bibeholde, mister du disse ved at anvende ovennævnte, men nemme og hurtige metode. Du må i så fald installere disse efterfølgende endnu engang. Ønsker du at undgå dette, skal den automatiske opdateringspakke benyttes. -
    -
    -
    - Opdateringspakkerne - Fælles for alle pakkerne nævnt nedenfor, er at opdateringen af databasen skal afvikles særskilt. Derfor er scriptet, indeholdt i filen install/database_update.php, med i samtlige opdateringpakker. Scriptet vil opdatere dit databaseskema og øge versionsnummeret og sættes igang ved fra browseren ved at kalde eksempelvis http://www.ditdomæne.dk/phpBB3/install/database_update.php. -
    - Status for afvikling af database_update.php - - - - - - I oversigten ses status for de enkelte operationer. Opstår der fejl eller problemer, vises disse også her. - - -
    - Husk, uanset valg af opdateringsmetode, at tage backup af filer og database inden opdateringen igangsættes. -
    - Automatisk opdateringspakke - Anvendelse af denne pakke er den anbefalede metode til opdatering. Under opdateringen opdages ændrede filer og tilbyder automatisk sammenlægning af ændringerne fra disse til nye opdaterede filer. - Den automatiske opdateringspakke indeholder normalt kun opdateringsinformation til at opdatere fra forrige til senest tilgængelige version. På downloadsiden tilbydes et antal ekstra opdateringspakker, som gør det muligt at opdatere fra et antal tidligere versioner. I dropdownmenuen vælges den opdateringspakke der matcher din nuværende version. - Følg instruktionerne fra fanebladet Administratorkontrolpanel -> System for at foretage opdateringen. Versionskontrollen fortæller at der er en nyere version tilgængelig og leder dig gennem både download og opdatering - eller du kan følge instruktionerne nedenfor. - - Gå til downloadsiden og hent den senest frigivne opdateringspakke, og som matcher din øjeblikkelige version. - Upload mappeindholdet til din phpBB-installation - kun install-mappen er nødvendig. Upload hele install-mappen og bevar filstrukturen. - Når install-mappen er tilstede går phpBB3 automatisk offline. - Kald install-mappen med din browser, f.eks. http://www.ditdomæne.dk/phpBB3/install/. - Vælg fanebladet Opdatering og følg instrukserne. - -
    -
    - Kun ændrede filer - Change files-pakkerne erstatter de filer som er ændret fra en given version frem til seneste. Pakken indeholder normalt ændrede filer, så der er mulighed for at opdatere fra fem versioner tilbage. Denne pakke der stilledes til rådighed i forbindelse med frigivelsen af phpBB3.0.5, gav altså mulighed for umiddelbart at opdatere et 3.0.0 board. - Pakken indeholder et antal pakkede filer, som hver indeholder de filer der er ændret fra en given version til den seneste version. Du skal vælge den rette fil i forhold din nuværende version af phpBB3, hvis dit board eksempelvis er version 3.0.3, vælges phpBB-3.0.3_to_3.0.x.zip/tar.gz, hvor x'et er seneste version. - Mappestrukturen er organiseret så du har mulighed for at uploade hele indholdet af den pakkede fil til den rette placering på din server og derved overskrive alle eksisterende filer med den seneste versions filer, hvis du ønsker det. - Husk, hvis du har installeret MODs risikerer du med denne metode at overskrive og ødelægge dem. Du er da nødt til at genindsætte de berørte filmodifikationer før upload. -
    -
    - Den komplette pakke - Den fulde pakke anvendes normalt kun i nye installationer, men hvis du ønsker at udskifte samtlige filer er denne pakke ideel. - Opret først en kopi af din eksisterende config.php-fil, og opbevar den et sikkert sted! Slet dernæst alle eksisterende phpBB3-filer. Du skal dog bevare mapperne files/ og images/ intakte. Du kan også vælge at efterlade alternative typografier (styles). Når dette er udført kan du uploade de nye phpBB3-filer (se Ny installation for yderligere information, hvis nødvendigt). Den sikkert opbevarede kopi af den oprindelige config.php-fil uploades herefter som erstatning for den nye. Som alternativ kan metoden med blot at erstatte eller overskrive de eksisterende filer med filerne fra den fulde pakke anvendes - men undlad endelig at overskrive den eksisterende config.php-fil. -
    -
    - Patchfil - Patch file-pakken er ideel hvis man er fortrolig med anvendelsen af UNIX patch-applikationen. -Anvendelse af patch file-pakken er en af mulighederne for at opdatere et board med mange MODs og andre tilpasninger installeret, som betyder at man ikke skal genindsætte alle filmodifikationerne i de nye filer. For at anvende patchfilen behøver du kommandolinieadgang til standard UNIX patch-applikationen. - Et antal patchfiler giver mulighed for at opdatere fra tidligere stabile og eventuelle RC-versioner. Vælg den rigtige patchfil i forhold til din nuværende version, dvs. hvis det er 3.0.3, skal du vælge filen phpBB-3.0.3_to_3.0.4.patch. Upload den korrekte patch i rodmappen som indeholder phpBB3-filerne (index.php, viewforum.php, m.fl.). Når den er på plads, skal du bruge denne kommando: patch -cl -d [PHPBB DIRECTORY] -p1 < [PATCH NAME] (hvor PHPBB DIRECTORY er navnet på den mappe hvor din phpBB-installation er placeret, f.eks. phpBB3, og PATCH NAME er patchfilens navn). Scriptet burde fuldendes hurtigt, og forhåbentligt uden HUNK FAILED kommentarer. - Hvis du modtager nogle af disse fejlmeddelelser, bør du bruge pakken Kun ændrede filer for at erstatte de filer som fejlede under patchet - Bliver du nødsaget til at anvende filer fra opdateringspakken, er der en god sansynlighed for at filmodifikationerne foretaget i forbindelse med tidligere installationer af MODs skal foretages igen i disse bestemte filer. Hvis du er bekendt med at undersøge .rej filer, kan du alternativt bruge denne teknik for at identificere fejlene og derefter foretage tilpasningerne manuelt. Husk også at slette patchfilen efter brug. -
    -
    -
    -
    - - - - jask - - - - Konvertering af phpBB2 & andre boardsystemer til phpBB3 - Fremgangsmåderne for at konvertere henholdsvis phpBB2 og andre boardsystemer er principielt identiske. Scriptet til konvertering af phpBB2, stilles til rådighed i installationsfilerne til phpBB3. Mens filer til konvertering af andre systemer skal hentes andre steder. Nederst er listet hvilke der i øjeblikket er tilgængelige og afprøvet. - Det tilrådes også at læse denne initielle vejledning igennem. Samme vejledning findes også på dansk, stillet til rådighed af Olympus DK Team. -
    - Krav - - At phpBB3 er installeret. Se evt. installationsvejledningen. - Adgang til det boards database du ønsker at konvertere. - Adgang til det boards filer du ønsker at konvertere. - Ovennævnte database og filer skal være befinde sig på samme server og filerne under samme domæne som din phpBB3-installation. Bruger du subdomæner, skal filerne befinde sig i samme subdomæne. - -
    -
    - Forberedelser - Som nævnt skal phpBB3 være installeret, men slet IKKE mappen install hvis du vil i gang med konvertering med det samme. Vil du inden konvertering teste phpBB3 og udføre denne senere, bør du omdøbe mappen til for eksempel _install. Herved kan boardet aftestes og install-mappen er ikke slettet, den skal bruges igen ved den efterfølgende konvertering. - Du skal bruge specifikke konverteringfiler til den boardsoftware du vil konvertere. Filerne til konvertering af phpBB2 er indeholdt i installationspakken til phpBB3. Filerne til anden boardsoftware skal downloades fra det rette emne i dette forum. - For at starte konverteringen kaldes filen {phpBB3_root_directory}/install/index.php i din browsers adressefelt. Klik på fanen Konverter og følg instruktionerne. Er det en konvertering fra phpBB2 er de nødvendige filer på plads, mens det for andre boardsystemer er nødvendigt at uploade konverteringfiler til de rette mapper. Afhængig af hvilket system der skal konverteres, skal der bruges to eller tre filer: convert_xxx.php, functions_xxx.php og muligvis auth_xxx.php. xxx'erne repræsenterer som regel navnet på det system du vil konvertere fra. - Husk at tage backup af både databasen og filerne inden konverteringen igangsættes. -
    -
    - Konverteringens faser - - phpBB3 skal installeres på samme server som boardsystemet der skal konverteres. - Konverterer du fra andet end phpBB2, uploades de filer til konverteringen, som du hentede fra emnet i forummet på www.phpbb.com. - Downloadet udpakkes og uploades til phpBB3-rodmappen, og mappestrukturen bibeholdes. Herved vil auth_xxx.php være at finde i mappen /includes/auth, functions_xxx.php & convert_xxx.php i mappen /install/convertors. Filen auth_xxx.php tillader at du foretage log in efter konverteringen. - Den downloadede zip-fil skulle have filerne pakket korrekt i forhold til phpBB rod-mappen, hvorfor det kun er nødvendigt at uploade mapperne indeholdende disse filer. Mappestrukturen vil være således:{phpBB3_root}/install/convertors/convert_xxx.php, {phpBB3_root}/install/convertors/functions_xxx.php & {phpBB3_root}/includes/auth/auth_xxx.php. - Kald {phpbb_root_directory}/install/index.php i din browsers adressefelt, klik på fanen Konvertering. Nedenstående skærmbillede viser alle tilgængelige konvertorer. - -
    - Tilgængelige konverterer - - - - - - I oversigten vælges nu den boardsoftware der ønskes konverteret ved at klikke på konverter ud for den rette. - - -
    - - Efterfølgende bliver du bedt om databaseinformationerne for boardet du konverterer fra. Når disse er angivet, gennemføres en kontrol af de anførte data ved at klikke på Begynd konvertering. Godkendes informationerne vises en bekræftelse og klik på Fortsæt konvertering for at komme videre. Samtidig kontrolleres også om de nødvendige filer til konverteringen er tilstede. - På samme side har du mulighed for at vælge om siden skal opdateres for at forsætte konvertering. Som standard er Ja valgt, og medfører at processen automatisk går videre til næste trin. Vælges Nej, skal hvert trin manuelt igangsættes med et klik. Denne mulighed anvendes normalt kun til testformål. - Konverteringen af det eksisterende board fortsætter nu. Undervejs vises processens status. - -
    - Statusskærmbillede - - - - - - Databasekonverteringens status vises i hvert trin. - - -
    - - Når konverteringen er gennemført, vises en meddelelse som fortæller at søgeindekset ikke er konverteret. Det skal dannes i administratorkontrolpanelet, hvor der klikkes på fanen Vedligehold og Søgeindeks vælges i menuen til venstre. Dannelse af søgeindekset og de to mulige søgemotorer gennemgås nøje i administratorvejledningen. - Inden dannelse af søgeindekset bør du kontrollere om dit nye phpBB3-board fungerer korrekt, søgefunktionen vil i så fald naturligvis ikke fungere. Kontroller at tilladelseindstillinger er korrekt konverteret, at fora & indlæg vises korrekt. Check også om filer blev kopieret korrekt, for eksempel avatars, smilies & vedhæftede filer, hvis nogle af disse elementer er indeholdt på boardet du konverterede. - - Denne konvertering vil ikke ændre i databasen du konverterer fra og dermed ikke skade dette board. Skulle der opstå problemer under konverteringen, vil dit eksisterende board stadig være fuldt funktionsdygtigt. - Støder du ind i problemer eller har spørgsmål, anbefales det først at læse afsnittet om konvertering her, hvor almene problemstillinger behandles. Konverterer du fra andet end phpBB2, bør spørgsmål stilles i det emne hvor du hentede filerne til konvertering. -
    -
    - Tilgængelige konverterer til phpBB3 - Der udvikles konstant scripts som giver mulighed for at konvertere en anden boardsoftware til phpBB3. Der findes en opdateret liste over tilgængelige konverterer i forummets øverste emne - Available Convertors. -
    -
    -
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/documentation/content/da/chapters/user_guide.xml b/documentation/content/da/chapters/user_guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 0102c843..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/da/chapters/user_guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,503 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id$ - - 2009 - Olympus DK Team - - - Brugervejledning - - Dette kapitel er rettet mod boardets brugere, og forklarer alle funktioner i brugergrænsefladen. - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Hvordan brugertilladelser påvirker oplevelsen af boardet - phpBB3 anvender tilladelser, defineret pr. bruger eller brugergruppe, til at bestemme hvilke af softwarens funktioner og muligheder der skal gives mulighed for at benytte. Det kan inkludere hvilke fora der kan indsendes indlæg i, mulighed for at benytte avatar eller at sende private beskeder. Alle tilladelser indstilles via administratorkontrolpanelet. - Tilladelser giver også mulighed for at udpege brugere til at udføre specielle opgaver eller at have bestemte roller på boardet. Administratoren kan ved hjælp af tilladelsesystemet bestemme hvilke redigeringsmuligheder udvalgte brugere eller brugergrupper skal have og i hvilke fora de skal kunne anvende dem. Det giver også mulighed for at udpege redaktører på boardet. Administratoren kan også give brugere adgang til bestemte sektioner i administratorkontrolpanelet, og dermed stadig have restriktioner og sikkerhed på vigtige indstillinger. For eksempel kan en gruppe af redaktører have lov til at ændre brugernes avatar eller signatur i administratorkontrolpanelet. Uden disse beføjelser vil en redaktør skulle involvere en administrator at ændre i en brugers profil. -
    -
    - - - - jask - - - - Tilmelding på et phpBB3 board - Proceduren ved tilmelding er normalt helt enkel og meget simpel. -
    - Tilmelding - - - - - - Sådan vises en typisk tilmeldingside. - - -
    - Linket Tilmeld øverst på siden leder dig til boardets regler. Hvis du accepterer disse fortsætter tilmeldingsproceduren. Hvis du ikke accepterer betingelserne er det ikke muligt at tilmelde sig. I nogle tilfælde kan du blive bedt om at vælge om du er over eller under en bestemt alder. Hvis det er tilfældet, er det fordi administratoren har valgt at følge den amerikanske lov COPPA. Personer under 13 år skal have en forældre eller værges godkendelse for at tilmelde sig offentlige boards. Der fremsendes en email med yderligere instrukser. - Næste trin er udfyldelse af personlig information hvor du selv vælger brugernavn, emailadresse, kodeord, sprog og tidzone. - Nederst på samme side vil du normalt se sektionen Bekræftelse på tilmelding. Mange boards anvender denne bekræftelse, kaldet CAPTCHA, for bedst muligt at blokere for tilmeldinger fra spambotter. Bekræftelsen vil oftest bestå i at svare på et spørgsmål eller aflæse en kode. -
    - Visuel bekræftelse - - - - - - Et eksempel på visuel bekræftelse. - - -
    - Administratoren kan have valgt at din nye konto skal aktiveres. Enten skal du selv skal aktivere kontoen via en aktiveringsnøgle som du modtager med email. Er det tilfældet vil du se denne meddelelse:
    Din konto er oprettet. Du skal selv aktivere kontoen med en aktiveringsnøgle. Nøglen er netop afsendt til den emailadresse, du angav ved tilmeldingen. Læs venligst denne email for yderligere information.
    Alternativt er det administrator der skal aktivere din konto.
    - Nogle boards anvender ekstra profilfelter i tilmeldingsformularen. Administrator kan have valgt at disse skal udfyldes for at gennemføre tilmeldingen. - Når alle felter i tilmeldingsformularen er udfyldt, klikkes på Udfør for at gennemføre tilmeldingen. Ønsker du at slette alle angivne data i felterne klikkes på Nulstil. Når du klikker på Udfør bliver du adviseret om næste trin. I de fleste tilfælde får du tilsendt en email til den adresse du angav i tilmeldingsformularen. Alternativt kan du også få mulighed for at logge ind med det samme eller at afvente administrator gennemgår din tilmelding og accepterer denne. I sidstnævnte tilfælde modtager du en email når din tilmelding er accepteret. -
    -
    - - - - jask - - - - Brugerkontrolpanelet - Brugerkontrolpanelet (UCP) giver mulighed for bl. a. at ændre personlige indstillinger, administrere overvågninger og bogmærker, sende og læse private beskeder. For at få adgang til UCP klikkes på linket "Brugerkontrolpanel" som ses øverst på siden når du er logget ind. - UCP er opdelt i seks faner: Oversigt, Profil, Boardindstillinger, Private beskeder, Brugergrupper og Venner og ignorerede brugere. Hver fane indeholder yderligere underpunkter i venstre side af skærmbilledet. Afhængig af de tilladelser du er tildelt af administrator, kan du have færre tilgængelige underpunkter. - Alle siderne i UCP viser også listen over dine venner. Du kan til enhver tid sende en privat besked til dem blot ved at klkke på brugernavnet. - -
    - Oversigt - Forsiden viser en status over din aktivitet og historik på boardet, med mulighed for se dine overvågninger, bogmærker og gemte kladder. - -
    - Brugerkontrolpanel oversigt - - - - - - UCP forside - - -
    - -
    - Overvågning - Du kan vælge at overvåge udvalgte fora og emner, og hvorved du modtager besked når der indsendes nye emner eller indlæg i disse. En overvågning oprettes via forummet eller emnet ved at klikke på linket "Overvåg forum/emne" nederst på siden. - Man kan fjerne en overvågning fra UCP, ved at vælge overvågningen og herefter klikke på knappen Stop overvågning af valgte nederst. -
    -
    - Bogmærker - Et bogmærke er næsten identisk med overvågning, med to undtagelser: 1) kun emner kan bogmærkes, 2) man modtager ikke besked når der indsendes indlæg i emnet. - Man bogmærker et emne ved at klikke på linket "Bogmærk emne" nederst på siden hvor man læser emnet. - Man kan fjerne et bogmærke fra UCP ved at vælge bogmærket og herefter klikke på knappen Fjern valgte bogmærker. -
    -
    - Kladder - Du kan gemme en kladde når du skriver nye emner eller indlæg ved at klikke på knappen Gem kladde. I oversigten over gemte kladder vises titlen på dit indlæg, det forum eller emne du skrev kladden til og datoen du gemte den. - For at fortsætte redigeringen af kladden klikkes på linket "Indlæs kladde". Når du har færdiggjort redigeringen og vil indsende indlægget, klikker du på Udfør. For at slette en kladde vinges boksen til højre for kladden af og der klikkes på Slet valgte. -
    -
    - Private beskeder - TODO -
    -
    -
    - Profilindstillinger - I denne fane kan du indstille og ændre dine personlige profilinformationer. Disse informationer kan ses af andre tilmeldte brugere på boardet, og er derfor med til at tegne eller præsentere dig offentligt. (Denne information er adskilt fra dine personlige indstillinger som bestemmer hvordan du vil have boardet præsenteret. Derfor denne adskillelse). -
    - Profil - Indstillingerne vises for tilmeldte brugere når der klikkes på din profil. - - ICQ-nummer: Dit kontonummer hos ICQ system. - AOL Instant Messenger: Dit skærmnavn tilknyttet AOL Instant Messenger. - MSN Messenger: Din emailadresse tilknyttet MSN Messenger (Windows Live) servicen. - Yahoo Messenger: Dit brugernavn hos Yahoo Messenger. - Jabberadresse: Dit brugernavn hos Jabber service eller andre jabberservices. - Hjemmeside: Din hjemmesideadresse. Angives med den rette protokol, f.eks http://minhjemmeside.dk. - Geografisk sted: Hvor du normalt befinder dig. Bemærk at denne information vises i din profil i hvert indlæg du har indsendt. Da gæster ofte også kan læse indlæg, bør du muligvis ikke være alt for detaljeret her. - Beskæftigelse: Kan kun ses af tilmeldte brugere, når der klikkes på din profil. - Interesser: Dine personlige interessser. Kan også kun læses af tilmeldte bruger, når der klikkes på din profil. - Fødselsdag: Din fødselsdag kan vises på boardindekset. Angives kun dag og måned vises din alder ikke, kun at du har fødselsdag. Angiver du fødselsår, vises din alder desuden i din profil. - -
    -
    - Signatur - Du kan vælge at din signatur automatisk tilføjes nederst i alle indlæg du skriver. Signaturer kan formateres ved anvendelse af BBkode. Boardadministratoren kan have sat begrænsninger for signaturers længde. Er der begrænsning vil denne vises med teksten ...ikke må være længere end x tegn. over feltet hvor signaturen skrives, hvor x er grænsen. -
    -
    - Avatar - Din avatar er et lille billede som vises i din profil ved hvert indlæg du skriver. Afhængig af boardets indstillinger kan brugen af avatars være slået fra. Din avatar tilknyttes din profil på en eller flere måder: "Upload fra din maskine", "Upload fra ekstern URL" og "Link til ekstern placering". - - - Upload fra din maskine: Du kan uploade en avatar fra din maskine og den gemmes på boardets server. - Upload fra ekstern URL: Du kan angive URL til et eksisterende billede. Herefter kopieres dette til boardets server og gemmes her. - Link til ekstern placering: Du kan angive URL til et eksisterende billede. Det gemmes ikke på boardets server, der linkes blot til dette. - - - Yderligere kan boardadministrator have givet mulighed for at vælge i et avatargalleri. Disse billeder er tilgængelige for alle tilmeldte brugere på boardet. -
    -
    -
    - Boardindstillinger - Indstillinger som giver dig mulighed for at tilpasse hvordan boardet skal udføre bestemte funktioner for dig. -
    - Globalt - Globale indstillinger bestemmer hvordan de overordnede funktioner udføres for dig. - - - Brugere kan kontakte mig pr. email: Vælges Ja kan andre brugere sende email til dig via "email" knappen i din profil. - Jeg ønsker at modtage masse-emails afsendt fra administratorer: Vælges Ja modtager du masse-email afsendt af boardadministrator. - Brugere må sende mig private beskeder: Vælges Ja kan andre brugere sende dig private beskeder via boardet. - Skjul min onlinestatus: Vælges Ja skjules din onlinestatus for andre brugere. Administratorer og redaktører vil stadig kunne se din onlinestatus. - Jeg ønsker at få information om nye private beskeder: Vælges Ja afsendes en email fra boardet med information om at du har modtaget en ny privat besked. - Popupvindue ved nye private beskeder: Vælges Ja mødes du af et popupvindue ved log ind. - Mit sprog: I dropdownmenuen vises de sprog der er installeret på boardet, du kan vælge hvilket af disse du ønsker at anvende på boardet. Bemærk at indlæg skrevet på et andet sprog stadig bliver vist på dette. - Min tidszone: Du indstiller her den tidszone du befinder dig i. - Sommertid/DST er slået til: Vælges Ja vises tider en time tidligere end den valgte tidszone. Bemærk at denne indstilling skal ændres manuelt hved hvert skift fra sommer- til vintertid og omvendt. - Mit datoformat: Bestemmer hvordan dato og tid vises. Du kan vælge mellem de tilgængelige standardformater i dropdownmenuen. Ønsker du et andet format end de tilgængelige, vælges "Valgfri..." og du definerer selv formatet. Syntaksen er identisk med PHP date-funktionen. - - -
    -
    - Skriveindstillinger - Disse indstillinger bestemmer standardvalg når du skriver nye indlæg. Bemærk at disse kan ændres individuelt når et indlæg skrives. - - - BBkode aktiveret som standard: Vælg Ja for at aktivere BBkode ved skrivning af indlæg. - Smilies aktiveret som standard: Vælg Ja for at aktivere smilies ved skrivning af indlæg. - Tilføj min signatur som standard: Vælg Ja for at få tilføjet signatur i indlæg. - Giv mig besked ved besvarelse: Vælg Ja for at få besked når indlæg besvares. - - - -
    -
    - Visning - TODO -
    -
    -
    - Private beskeder - TODO -
    -
    - Brugergrupper - TODO -
    -
    - Venner og ignorerede brugere - TODO -
    -
    -
    - - - - jask - - - - Skrivning af indlæg - - Indsendelse af indlæg er et af de primære formål ved bulletin boards. Der findes to overordnede typer indlæg: et emne eller et svar. Ved at vælge knappen Nyt emne i et forum bliver du ledt til et skærmbillede hvor indlæg kan skrives. Ved at klikke på udfør nederst indsendes indlægget som et nyt emne i forummet. Andre kan nu deltage i debatten ved at klikke på knappen Skriv indlæg. Også her bliver man ledt til det skærmbillede hvor indlæg skrives. -
    - Skriv indlæg - Når du vil skrive et indlæg, entet et helt nyt eller som svar i et eksisterende emne, bliver du præsenteret for et skærmbillede hvor alle elementerne i indlæggets udseende og indhold er tilgængelige. - - Emne/Indlægsikon: Er små billeder som kan tilknyttes et indlæg for at indikere indholdet i emnet. Muligheden for at anvende emneikonerne afhænger af de tilladelser administratoren har defineret. - Emne: Hvis du skriver et nyt emne, er angivelse af emne obligatorisk og bliver titlen på emnet. Besvarer du eller skriver indlæg i et eksisterende emne, er feltet udfyldt men kan ændres. - Indlægsindhold - den store tekstboks umiddelbart herunder bruges til at skrive dit indlæg. Hvis administratoren har tilladt det, kan du udover almindelig tekst, også anvende smilies og BBkode. - Smilies - kan benyttes til at signalere følelser. Er brug af smilies tilladt på boardet ses teksten "Smilies er slået TIL" til højre for feltet hvor du skriver din indlægstekst. I modsat fald ses samme sted teksten "Smilies er slået FRA". Se yderligere information i Smilies. - BBkode - er en formateringsmetode som kan anvendes i indlæg, hvis det er tilladt af administratoren. Er BBkode tilladt ses teksten "BBkode er slået TIL" til højre for feltet hvor du skriver din indlægstekst. I modsat fald ses samme sted teksten "BBkode er slået FRA". Se yderligere information i BBkoder. - -
    - -
    - Smilies - Smilies, er små grafiske ikoner - eller billeder, som kan benyttes til at signalere bestemte følelser. De bruges via en kort tekstkode, f.eks. :) indsætter [vis glad smiley her], ;) indsætter [vis smiley her], etc. Andre smilies kræver formatet :tekst_her: for at blive vist. Som eksempel vil smileykoden :roll: vise en smiley med rullende øjne [vis smiley], og :cry: en grædende smiley [vis smiley]. - Normalt har du også mulighed for at vælge den smiley du vil indsætte ved at klikke på den til højre for feltet hvor du skriver din indlægstekst. Når du har valgt smiley'en vises smileykoden i tekstfeltet. - Hvis du ønsker at anvende nogle af disse tegnkombinationer i indlægget, men ikke ønsker at de skal vises som smilies, se venligst Indlægsindstillinger. -
    - -
    - BBkoder - - BBkode er en speciel implementering af HTML. Hvorvidt du aktuelt har muligheden for at anvende BBkode i dine indlæg, er defineret af administratoren. Du kan selv fravælge denne mulighed pr. emne når du skriver et indlæg. BBkode skrives på samme måde som HTML, hvor teksten omsluttes af en start- og en slutkode, koderne er omsluttet af hakparenteser [ og ] i stedet for < og >. - En mere detaljeret vejledning i brugen af BBkode kan findes ved at klikke på linket BBkode til højre for teksfeltet hvor du skriver indlægget. Bemærk også at administrator har mulighed for at tilføje yderligere tilpassede BBkoder, så der kan være flere end nedennævnte tilgængelige. - Standard BBkoder og måden de vises på: - TODO: Hvordan ønsker vi at vise outputtet? - [b]Fed tekst[/b]: - [i]Kursiv tekst[/i]: Kursiv tekst - [u]Understreget tekst[/u]: - [quote]Citeret tekst[/quote]: - [quote="Navn på den der citeres"]Citat[/quote]: - [url]http://www.phpbb.com[/url]: http://www.phpbb.com - [url=http://www.phpbb.com]Tekst indeholdende link[/url]: Tekst indeholdende link - [flash=bredde,højde]Sti til flash[/flash] afspiller flash med de anførte dimensioner. - Som nævnt kan findes en mere detaljeret vejledning i brugen af BBkode ved at klikke på linket BBkode til højre for teksfeltet hvor du skriver indlægget. -
    - -
    - Indlægsindstillinger - - Når du skriver et indlæg eller et svar, har du adskillige muligheder for at ændre i standardindstillingerne for dette specifikke indlæg. Umiddelbart under feltet hvor du skriver dit svar findes fanen handling, og afhængig af de tilladelser administratoren har tildelt dig har du forskellige muligheder. Valgmulighederne varierer også afhængig af om du skriver et nyt indlæg eller svarer i et eksisterende emne. - - Anvend ikke BBkode: Er BBkode aktiveret på boardet, og du har tilladelse til bruge den, er denne mulighed tilgængelig. Vinges boksen bliver ingen BBkoder fortolket som sådan. Som eksempel vil kombinationen [b]Fed tekst[/b] blive vist nøjagtig sådan [b]Fed tekst[/b] i indlægget. - Anvend ikke smilies: Hvis smilies er aktiveret på boardet, og du har tilladelser til at bruge disse, er denne mulighed tilgængelig. Vinges boksen af bliver smiliekode ikke konverteret. Som eksempel vil ;) blive vist i teksten nøjagtig som ;). - Behandel ikke URL'er automatisk: Når du skriver en URL i din indlægstekst (i formatet http://....com eller www.etc.com), bliver den som standard konverteret til et link kan klikkes på. Hvis boksen vinges af bliver URL'er i dette indlæg vist som en helt almindelig tekststreng. - Tilføj signatur (signaturen kan rettes i brugerkontrolpanelet): Er boksen vinget af tilføjes den signatur du oprettet under din profil. Det forudsætter at administratoren har tilladt brug af signaturer i indlæg. Læs mere om signaturer i signaturer i UCP. - Giv mig besked ved besvarelse: Vinges boksen af modtager du automatisk besked (pr. email, Jabber, etc) hver gang der skrives et svar i emnet. Funktionen kaldes overvågning af emnet. Læs mere i kapitlet Boardindstillinger i UCP. - Lås emne: Har du redaktørtilladelser i forummet, vil afkrydsning i denne boks medføre at emnet låses når du indsender svar på indlægget. Herefter vil kun redaktører og administratorer kunne indsende indlæg i emnet. Læs mere information i Lås emne eller indlæg. - - -
    - Emnetyper - Har du de rette tilladelser, har du mulighed for at vælge hvilken type dit nye emne skal vises som. Når du skriver et nyt emne kan denne mulighed benyttes med valgmuligheden Skriv emne som i indstillingsfanen umiddelbart under feltet hvor teksten skrives. Der er fire emnetyper: Normal, Opslag, Bekendtgørelse og Global. Standardindstillingen er Normal. - - Normal: Emnet indsendes som et standardemne i forummet. - Opslag: Vises i øverst på forummets første side, før alle normale emner. - Bekendtgørelse: Som opslag, i det de også er "låst" øverst i det forum de er indsendt. Der er imidlertid to forskelle: De vises over opslag, og vises øverst på alle sider i forummet, ikke kun på den første side. - Global: Eller globale bekendtgørelser, er helt særlige bekendtgørelser som vises øverst på alle sider og i alle fora på boardet. De vises over alle andre typer emner. - - Der er også mulighed for at bestemme hvor længe et emne skal vises som denne type (opslag, bekendtgørelse og global) emne. Hvis man definerer varigheden for eksempelvis et opslag til at vare fire dage, vil emnet efter udløb af perioden automatisk blive ændret til et normalt emne. -
    -
    - -
    - Vedhæfte filer - Muligheden for at uploade filer og vedhæfte disse i indlæg bestemmes af tilladelsen "Kan vedhæfte filer". Muligheden for at downloade vedhæfte filer bestemmes af tilladelsen "Kan downloade filer". Begge indstillinger bestemmes af boardadministrator. - For at vedhæfte en fil benyttes fanen Upload af vedhæftede filer umiddelbart under feltet hvor indlæg skrives, herefter klikkes på Gennemse for at finde filen på din PC. Der kan yderligere tilføjes en kommentar til filen i feltet Filkommentar. Klik på Tilføj filen for at uploade og vedhæfte filen til indlægget. Gentag processen for at tilføje flere filer. - For at slette en vedhæftet fil, vælger du først at redigere dit indlæg, umiddelbart under feltet med indlægsteksten se nu sektionen Vedhæftede filer, klik på Slet fil under den fil der skal slettes. - Hvis intet vælges vises vedhæftede filer altid efter indlægsteksten, men ved at benytte Placer inline knappen, kan filen vises i selve indlægsteksten. Filen placeres nu på rette sted med en kode [attachment=0]filnavn[/attachment], og hele den kode kan flyttes rundt i indlægsteksten, til den ønskede placering er fundet. - Vedhæftede filer er underlagt nogle begrænsninger hvad angår antal vedhæftede pr. indlæg, filstørrelse og type. - - Filstørrelse: Den maksimale størrelse for uploadede filer bestemmes af administrator. Standard er 256 KiB. - Filtype: Bestemmes på baggrund af filendelser. Administrator har defineret hvilke filtyper der må vedhæftes i indlæg. - - Læs mere information om ændring af indstillinger for vedhæftede filer i kapitlet ACP Vedhæftede filer. -
    -
    - Afstemning - Oprettelse af afstemninger giver brugere mulighed for at anvende et emne til at få andre brugere til at give deres holdning til kende om en ide eller lignende. Afstemninger kan kun oprettes i det første indlæg i et emne. Brugeres mulighed for at oprette afstemninger og afgive stemme er bestemt af administrator. - For at oprette en afstemning benyttes fanen Oprettelse af afstemning umiddelbart under feltet hvor indlæg skrives. - - Afstemningsspørgsmål: Det overordnede spørgsmål for afstemningen angives her. - Afstemningsmuligheder: Her angives de svar brugere kan vælge imellem. Hver svarmulighed angives på en separat linie og der skal angives mindst to. - Afstemningsmuligheder pr. bruger: Antal valgmuligheder i afstemningen. Kan bruger vælge mere end et svar erstattes radioknapper af en række afmærkningsbokse. - Kør afstemning i: Det antal dage afstemningen er åben. Når tiden er overskredet kan brugere ikke længere afgive stemme og kun resultatet vises. - Tillad ændring af afgivne stemmer: Afmærkes denne kan brugere ændre afgiven stemme, så længe afstemningen er åben. - -
    -
    - Kladde - Når der oprettes et indlæg kan det gemmes og genindlæses senere. Hvis boardet tillader dette, vises knapperne Gem kladde og Indlæs kladde umiddelbart under feltet hvor indlægstekst skrives. - - Gem kladde - Indlægget gemmes som en kladde. Kun emnetitel og indlægstekst gemmes. Emneikoner og vedhæftede filer mistes. - Indlæs kladde - Genindlæser en gemt kladde. Når denne vælges, vises en liste af tilgængelige kladder, vælg den rette ved at klikke på dens titel. Allerede skrevet indlægstekst erstattes med kladdens fulde tekst. - - Når en kladde er anvendt slettes den. Læs mere om brug af kladder i UCP Kladder. - - Er ingen kladder gemt, vises knappen Indlæs kladde ikke. - -
    -
    -
    - Kommunikation med private beskeder - phpBB 3.0 giver brugerne mulighed for at kommunikere privat med beskedsystemet. Man kan gå direkte til beskedsystemet ved at klikke på linket [X nye beskeder] på boardindekset i venstre side næsten øverst, eller direkte via brugerkontrolpanelet. - Der er tre metoder til at få besked om nye private beskeder: - - - Du modtager en e-mail, og/eller en Jabberbesked hvis administratoren sat boardet op til at kommunikere med en Jabberserver - - - Du bliver mødt med et popupvindue når du besøger boardet - - - Linket [X nye beskeder] viser altid antallet af ulæste beskeder i din indbakke - - - Du kan under fanen boardindstillinger vælge hvilke metoder du foretrækker. Bemærk at du i nogle browsere skal tillade popupvinduer fra boardet, for at få glæde at denne metode. - Du kan fravælge at modtage private beskeder fra andre brugere i boardindstillinger. Administratorer og redaktører vil stadig kunne sende dig private beskeder selvom du har fravalgt at modtage beskeder fra andre brugere. - Muligheden for at anvende private beskeder forudsætter at du er tilmeldt boardet og har de rette tilladelser. -
    - Vis beskeder - Indbakken er standardmodtagemappen for indkommende beskeder og indeholder alle beskeder afsendt til dig. -
    -
    - Skriv en besked - TODO -
    -
    - - - - jask - - - - Beskedmapper - Nøjagtig som i din email klient gemmes alle private beskeder i mapper. Du kan arbejde med mapperne på samme måde som med fora i phpBB 3.0. Indbakke er din standardmappe til modtagede beskeder. Alle beskeder afsendt til dig vil kunne ses her. - De beskeder du har afsendt vil enten kunne ses i Udbakke eller i Sendte beskeder. Indtil modtageren har læst beskeden forbliver den i Udbakke. Når modtageren har læst den arkiveres beskeden i mappen Sendte beskeder. Hvis administratoren har tilladt det, kan du redigere dine beskeder så længe de befinder sig ulæste i Udbakke. - Hver mappe, inklusive Sendte beskeder og Udbakke kan indeholde det antal beskeder som er defineret for boardet. Det er en overordnet grænse som kun kan ændres af en boardadministrator. Øverst i alle mapper vises en status over hvor meget af den tilladte plads der er forbrugt, både i procent og antal beskeder. Vises ingen status er der ikke defineret en øvre grænse for antal beskeder. - - Bemærk at det tilladte antal beskeder er en grænse pr. mappe. Du kan altså have flere mapper hvor der i hver kan opbevares beskeder op til grænsen. Har du f.eks. 3 mapper og grænsen er sat til 50 beskeder pr. mappe, kan du reelt gemme 150 beskeder. Det er ikke muligt at sammenlægge mapper og det er heller ikke muligt at oprette en mappe med en anden grænse for tilladte beskeder. - - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Tilpassede mapper - - Hvis administratoren har tilladt det, kan du oprette dine egne tilpassede mapper til opbevaring af private beskeder. Du kan kontrollere om du har mulighed for at oprette mapper under fanen private beskeder og under punktet Regler, mapper & indstillinger. - For at oprette en ny mappe skrives navnet på den i feltet Tilføj mappe. Når mappen er oprettet vises den straks i mappeoversigten til venstre og under afsnittet tilføj mappe, hvor du nu kan omdøbe og slette den. Du kan bruge mappen som en almindelig mappe til beskeder og manuelt flytte beskeder hertil, eller bruge beskedfiltrering til automatisk at foretage flytningen (se kapitlet Meddelelsefiltre for mere information om disse filtre). -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Flytning af beskeder - - Det ville ikke give mening at oprette sine egne mapper, hvis man ikke kunne flytte beskeder imellem disse. For at flytte beskeder fra en mappe til en anden skal den eller de beskeder der ønskes flyttes først markeres og i dropdownmenuen forneden vælges den mappe hvortil beskeden skal flyttes med Flyt valgte til xxx. - - Bemærk venligst at er modtagemappen herefter fyldt over det tilladte antal beskeder, modtager du en fejlmeddelelse og flytningen annulleres. - -
    - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Farvemarkering af private beskeder - - Beskeder i de forskellige mapper kan være farvemarkerede. Farvelægningen kan variere afhængig af den anvendte typografi. Se venligst farvenes betydning i Farveforklaring som kan ses i mapper der indeholder beskeder. Der anvendes fire forskellige farvemarkeringer med disse betydninger: - - - Vigtig - - Du kan vælge at markere en besked som "Vigtig" med Marker/afmarker som vigtig muligheden i dropdownmenuen. - - - - - Besvaret - - Når du besvarer en besked, bliver den automatisk markeret som sådan. På denne måde har du kontrol over hvilke beskeder der skal behandles og hvilke der allerede er besvaret. - - - - - Fra ven - - Er afsenderen på din venneliste (se kapitlet Venner & Ignorede brugere for mere information), farvemarkeres beskeden automatisk herefter. - - - - - Fra ignoreret bruger - - Er afsenderen en bruger du har valgt at ignorere, farvemarkeres beskeden automatisk herefter. - - - - - - Bemærk venligst at en besked kun kan have en farvemarkering, og det er altid den sidst valgte. Markerer du en besked som Vigtig og efterfølgende besvarer denne, vil markeringen Besvaret overskrive din Vigtig markering. - -
    -
    -
    - Meddelelsefiltre - TODO -
    -
    - - -
    - - - - jask - - - - Listen tilmeldte brugere - indeholder mere end øjet ser - I phpBB3 introduceres flere nye metoder til at søge efter brugere. - -
    - Sortering af brugere - - - - - - Vælg hvordan listen skal sorteres. - - -
    - - - - Sortering efter brugernavn - - Du kan i dropdownmenuen vælge at sortere listen efter brugernavn. Du kan også vælge at få vist alle brugernavne startende med et bestemt bogstav, ved at klikke på det pågældende bogstav lidt længere nede under overskriften "Tilmeldte brugere". - - - - - Sortering efter kolonneoverskrifter - - For at sortere listen stigende, klikkes på den kolonneoverskrift du vil sortere efter: Brugernavn, Tilmeldt, Indlæg, Tilmeldt, Senest aktiv, etc. Klikker du en gang mere på samme kolonneoverskrift sorteres listen faldende. - - - - - Andre sorteringsmetoder - - Listen kan sorteres efter de muligheder der er tilgængelige i dropdownmenuen. - - - - - Søgefunktionen - find en tilmeldt bruger - - Med Find en tilmeldt bruger kan du søge efter specifikke brugere. Du behøver ikke at udfylde alle felterne. Søgningen kan udføres efter brugernavn, ICQ nummer, AIM, YIM, MSN Messenger/Windows Live Messenger adresser, tilmeldt dato, senest aktiv dato, antal indlæg, IP-addresse og gruppemedlemskab. Alle datoer skal angive i formatet YYYY-MM-DD (eksempelvis skal d. 28. februar 2008 angives som 2008-02-28). Brug * som ubekendt for ukendte tegn. Ved at søge efter "Mi*" i brugernavn, findes alle brugernavne startende med Mi. Klik på Udfør før at begynde søgningen, eller på Nulstil hvis du vil slette alle udfyldte felter og starte forfra. - - - - - - Ikke alle typografier tilbyder at vælge sorteringsmetode i en dropdownmenu. - -
    -
    diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/acp_index.png b/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/acp_index.png deleted file mode 100644 index 252b8361..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/acp_index.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/captcha.png b/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/captcha.png deleted file mode 100644 index eb0e237f..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/captcha.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/choose_group_permissions.png b/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/choose_group_permissions.png deleted file mode 100644 index 7f66aecf..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/choose_group_permissions.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/creating_bbcodes.png b/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/creating_bbcodes.png deleted file mode 100644 index 11e59127..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/creating_bbcodes.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/database_restore.png b/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/database_restore.png deleted file mode 100644 index 36708168..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/database_restore.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/denial_reasons.png b/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/denial_reasons.png deleted file mode 100644 index 8361786b..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/denial_reasons.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/imageset_edit.png b/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/imageset_edit.png deleted file mode 100644 index c224317f..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/imageset_edit.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/manage_forums_icon_legend.png b/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/manage_forums_icon_legend.png deleted file mode 100644 index 50e01960..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/manage_forums_icon_legend.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/setting_global_group_permissions.png b/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/setting_global_group_permissions.png deleted file mode 100644 index 326c2bcf..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/setting_global_group_permissions.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/styles_overview.png b/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/styles_overview.png deleted file mode 100644 index 2ef1a816..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/styles_overview.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/subforums_list.png b/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/subforums_list.png deleted file mode 100644 index 42ea4942..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/subforums_list.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/users_forum_permissions.png b/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/users_forum_permissions.png deleted file mode 100644 index 8a185dbd..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/admin_guide/users_forum_permissions.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/moderator_guide/quick_mod_tools.png b/documentation/content/da/images/moderator_guide/quick_mod_tools.png deleted file mode 100644 index e266a343..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/moderator_guide/quick_mod_tools.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/quick_start_guide/creating_forums.png b/documentation/content/da/images/quick_start_guide/creating_forums.png deleted file mode 100644 index 26d1cefe..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/quick_start_guide/creating_forums.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/quick_start_guide/installation_database.png b/documentation/content/da/images/quick_start_guide/installation_database.png deleted file mode 100644 index 5d5216d7..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/quick_start_guide/installation_database.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/quick_start_guide/installation_intro.png b/documentation/content/da/images/quick_start_guide/installation_intro.png deleted file mode 100644 index 18cfe7fa..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/quick_start_guide/installation_intro.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_manual.png b/documentation/content/da/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_manual.png deleted file mode 100644 index b23eca1b..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_manual.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_moderator.png b/documentation/content/da/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_moderator.png deleted file mode 100644 index dbe6505c..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_moderator.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_roles.png b/documentation/content/da/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_roles.png deleted file mode 100644 index 3c8f72d5..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_roles.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_select.png b/documentation/content/da/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_select.png deleted file mode 100644 index 8e1c5d92..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_select.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_types.png b/documentation/content/da/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_types.png deleted file mode 100644 index e8265259..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_types.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/quick_start_guide/settings_features.png b/documentation/content/da/images/quick_start_guide/settings_features.png deleted file mode 100644 index fe95fbde..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/quick_start_guide/settings_features.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/quick_start_guide/settings_sitename.png b/documentation/content/da/images/quick_start_guide/settings_sitename.png deleted file mode 100644 index 69b56aeb..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/quick_start_guide/settings_sitename.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/upgrade_guide/convert_dbupdate.png b/documentation/content/da/images/upgrade_guide/convert_dbupdate.png deleted file mode 100644 index 78373fa4..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/upgrade_guide/convert_dbupdate.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/upgrade_guide/convert_diff.png b/documentation/content/da/images/upgrade_guide/convert_diff.png deleted file mode 100644 index 42c2a400..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/upgrade_guide/convert_diff.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/upgrade_guide/convert_mergefile.png b/documentation/content/da/images/upgrade_guide/convert_mergefile.png deleted file mode 100644 index b3668fd6..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/upgrade_guide/convert_mergefile.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/upgrade_guide/convert_select.png b/documentation/content/da/images/upgrade_guide/convert_select.png deleted file mode 100644 index d82b84d7..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/upgrade_guide/convert_select.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/upgrade_guide/convert_status.png b/documentation/content/da/images/upgrade_guide/convert_status.png deleted file mode 100644 index 03b11910..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/upgrade_guide/convert_status.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/user_guide/memberlist_sorting.png b/documentation/content/da/images/user_guide/memberlist_sorting.png deleted file mode 100644 index d12229b3..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/user_guide/memberlist_sorting.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/user_guide/typical_registration_page.png b/documentation/content/da/images/user_guide/typical_registration_page.png deleted file mode 100644 index 2efc3256..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/user_guide/typical_registration_page.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/user_guide/ucp_overview.png b/documentation/content/da/images/user_guide/ucp_overview.png deleted file mode 100644 index a95fbcf6..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/user_guide/ucp_overview.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/da/images/user_guide/visual_confirmation.png b/documentation/content/da/images/user_guide/visual_confirmation.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6c133841..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/da/images/user_guide/visual_confirmation.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/de/chapters/glossary.xml b/documentation/content/de/chapters/glossary.xml deleted file mode 100644 index aa94d711..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/de/chapters/glossary.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,309 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id: glossary.xml 350 2010-01-10 03:02:33Z Marshalrusty $ - - 2006 - phpBB Group - - - Glossar - - Eine Übersicht der Begriffe, die in der Dokumentation und im Board benutzt werden. - - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - pentapenguin - - - - Techie-Micheal - - - - ameeck - - - - PhilippK - - - - farbijan - - - - - Begriffe - Es gibt einige Begriffe, die häufig in phpBB und den Support-Foren benutzt werden. Diese werden im Folgenden erläutert - - - - - - Administrations-Bereich (ACP) - - Der Administrations-Bereich (teilweise auch kurz als "ACP" vom engl. "Administration Control Panel" bezeichnet) ist der Hauptbereich, in dem du als Administrator alle Einstellungen des Boards vornehmen kannst. - - - - - ASCII - - ASCII ("American Standard Code for Information Interchange") ist eine weit verbreitete Kodierungsmethode bei der Übertragung von Daten zu einem anderen Computer. FTP-Programme haben einen ASCII-Modus für den Dateitransfer. Alle phpBB-Dateien (Dateien mit den Dateiendungen .php, .inc, .sql, .cfg, .htm, and .tpl) außer Grafiken sollten im ASCII-Modus hochgeladen werden. - - - - - Avatar - - Avatare sind kleine Bilder, die in der Nähe des Benutzernamens angezeigt werden. Avatare können im persönlichen Bereich des Benutzers geändert werden und Einstellungen (wie das Zulassen oder Verbieten von hochgeladenen Avataren) können im Administrations-Bereich vorgenommen werden. - - - - - BBCode - - BBCode ist eine spezielle Methode, um Formatierungen auf Beiträge anzuwenden. Sie erlaubt eine weitreichende Kontrolle darüber, was und wie etwas angezeigt wird. Die Syntax von BBCode ähnelt der von HTML. - - - - - Benutzergruppen - - Benutzergruppen dienen dazu, Nutzer zu unterteilen. Dies erleichtert es, Berechtigungen für viele Leute auf einmal zu setzen (z. B. durch Erstellen einer Moderator-Gruppe um ihr Moderator-Berechtigungen für ein bestimmtes Forum zu geben anstatt lauter einzelnen Leuten getrennt Moderator-Berechtigungen zu geben). Jede Benutzergruppe hat einen Gruppenleiter, welcher Benutzer zu einer Gruppe hinzufügen oder aus ihr entfernen kann. Benutzergruppen können versteckt, geschlossen, oder offen geführt werden. Wenn eine Benutzergruppe offen ist, können Benutzer eine Mitgliedschaft über die entsprechende Seite in den Benutzergruppen-Einstellungen beantragen. phpBB 3.0 hat sechs vordefinierte Benutzergruppen (Systemgruppen). - - - - - Binär - - In phpBB bezieht sich "binär" normalerweise auf eine andere verbreitete Kodierungsmethode beim Dateitransfer neben ASCII. Dieser Modus kann oft in FTP-Programmen zum Hochladen von Dateien benutzt werden. Alle Grafiken von phpBB (hauptsächlich in den Ordnern images/ und templates/subSilver/images/ zu finden) sollten im Binär-Modus hochgeladen werden. - - - - - Cache - - Ein Cache ist ein Speicher, in dem häufig genutzte Daten zwischengespeichert werden. Dadurch kann der Server schneller auf diese Daten zugreifen und hat mehr Ressourcen für andere Vorgänge übrig. Standardmäßig speichert phpBB die Templates (bei Kompilierung und Verwendung) sowie häufige statische SQL-Abfragen in einem Cache - - - - - chmod - - chmod ist eine Methode zur Änderung der Zugriffsrechte einer Datei oder eines Verzeichnisses auf *nix-Servern (UNIX, Linux, etc.). Dateien von phpBB sollten auf 644 gesetzt werden, Verzeichnisse auf 755. Die Verzeichnisse zum Speichern hochgeladener Avatare sowie die Verzeichnisse des Template-Caches sollten auf 777 gesetzt werden. Weitere Informationen zu chmod findest du in der Dokumentation deines FTP-Programmes. - - - - - Client - - Ein Client ist ein Computer, der auf die Dienste eines anderen Computers über ein Netzwerk zugreift. - - - - - Cookie - - Ein Cookie ist ein kurzer Dateneintrag, der auf dem Rechner eines Benutzers gespeichert wird. Cookies werden von phpBB verwendet, um die Anmeldeinformationen für die automatische Anmeldung zu speichern. - - - - - Dateianhänge - - Dateianhänge sind Dateien, die - ähnlich wie bei E-Mails - an einen Beitrag angefügt werden können. Die Board-Administration kann einschränken, welche Dateien die Benutzer anfügen können. - - - - - Datenbank - - Eine Datenbank ist eine Sammlung von Informationen, die in einer strukturierten und organisierten Form gespeichert werden (in Tabellen, Datensätzen und Feldern). Datenbanken ermöglichen einen schnellen und flexiblen Zugriff auf Daten - im Gegensatz zum anderen häufig verwendeten Speicherverfahren in einzelnen Dateien. phpBB 3.0 unterstützt eine Reihe von verschiedenen DBSen und nutzt die Datenbank um Informationen wie Benutzerdaten, Beiträge und Kategorien zu speichern. In Datenbanken gespeicherte Daten können in der Regel einfach gesichert und wiederhergestellt werden. - - - - - DBAL - - DBAL, ("Database Abstraction Layer" oder "Datenbankabstraktionsschicht" ist ein System, das phpBB erlaubt, mit wenig Overhead auf verschiedene DBSe zuzugreifen. Alle Datenbankzugriffe von phpBB (einschließlich Mods) müssen die DBAL von phpBB verwenden, um eine hohe Kompatibilität und eine gute Performance sicherzustellen. - - - - - DBS - - Ein DBS, oder "Datenbanksystem" ist eine Software oder ein System, um Datenbanken zu verwalten. phpBB 3.0 unterstützt folgende DBSe: Firebird, MS SQL Server, mySQL, Oracle, postgreSQL und SQLite. - - - - - FTP - - FTP steht für "File Transfer Protocol" und ist ein Protokoll, um Dateien zwischen verschiedenen Computern zu übertragen. FTP-Programme sind Anwendungen, um Dateien über FTP zu übertragen. - - - - - Gründer - - Ein Gründer ist ein spezieller Administrator, der von anderen Administratoren nicht geändert oder gelöscht werden kann. Diese Benutzerstufe wurde mit phpBB 3.0 neu eingeführt. - - - - - GZip - - GZip ist eine Kompressionsmethode, die oft von Internetanwendungen wie phpBB genutzt wird, um die Datenübertragung zu beschleunigen. Die meisten modernen Browser unterstützen diese Kompression während der Übertragung. GZip wird auch benutzt, um ein Archiv aus mehreren Dateien zu komprimieren. Allerdings geht eine höhere Datenkompession mit einer höheren Serverlast einher. - - - - - IP-Adresse - - Eine IP-Adresse, oder Internet-Protokoll-Adresse, ist eine eindeutige Adresse, die einen Computer oder einen Benutzer identifiziert. - - - - - Jabber - - Jabber ist ein quelloffenes Protokoll für Instant Messaging. Mehr Informationen über die Rolle von Jabber in phpBB findest du unter . - - - - - Kategorie - - Eine Kategorie ist eine Gruppe ähnlicher Elemente wie z. B. Foren. - - - - - MD5 - - MD5 (Message-Digest Algorithm 5) ist eine weit verbreitete Hashfunktion, die von phpBB benutzt wird. MD5 ist ein Algorithmus, der eine Zeichenfolge beliebiger Länge in eine Zeichenfolge mit fester Länge umwandelt (128 bit, 32 Zeichen). MD5 wird von phpBB verwendet um aus den Benutzerpasswörtern Einweg-Hashs zu erstellen, d. h. es ist nicht möglich, einen MD5-Hash zu "entschlüsseln" (umzukehren) und daraus die Benutzerpasswörter zu erhalten. Benutzerpasswörter werden als MD5-Hashs in der Datenbank gespeichert - - - - - Mod - - Ein Mod ist eine phpBB-Modifikation, die entweder Funktionen hinzufügt, ändert, oder sonst in irgendeiner Weise phpBB erweitert. Mods werden von Dritten geschrieben, weshalb die phpBB Group keine Verantwortung für Mods übernimmt. - - - - - Moderationsbereich (MCP) - - Der Moderationsbereich (teilweise auch kurz als MCP vom engl. "Moderation Control Panel" bezeichnet) ist der Hauptbereich, in dem alle Moderatoren ihre Foren moderieren können. Alle Funktionen, die mit der Moderation zu tun haben, lassen sich in diesem Bereich finden. - - - - - Persönlicher Bereich (UCP) - - Der Persönliche Bereich (teilweise auch kurz als UCP vom engl. "User Control Panel" bezeichnet) ist der Hauptbereich, in dem Benutzer alle Einstellungen und Funktionen verwalten können, die ihr Benutzerkonto betreffen. - - - - - PHP - - PHP, oder "PHP: Hypertext Preprocessor", ist eine weit verbreitete, quelloffene Skriptsprache. phpBB ist in PHP geschrieben und benötigt eine installierte und ordnungsgemäß konfigurierte PHP-Laufzeitumgebung auf dem Server, auf dem phpBB ausgeführt wird. Weitere Informationen über PHP findest du auf der PHPHomepage. - - - - - phpMyAdmin - - phpMyAdmin ein beliebtes und quelloffenes Programm, das für die Verwaltung von MySQL-Datenbanken verwendet wird. Wenn du phpBB modden oder sonstwie verändern möchtest, kann es sein, dass du deine Datenbank bearbeiten musst. phpMyAdmin ist ein Tool, dass dir genau das ermöglicht. Weitere Informationen zu phpMyAdmin findest du auf der phpMyAdmin Projekthomepage. - - - - - Private Nachrichten - - Mit privaten Nachrichten können registrierte Mitglieder privat über das Board kommunzieren ohne auf E-Mail oder Instant Messenger zurückgreifen zu müssen. Sie können zwischen Nutzern verschickt werden (in phpBB 3.0 auch weitergeleitet und in Kopie verschickt werden) und von niemand anderem als dem beabsichtigten Empfänger eingesehen werden. Das Benutzerhandbuch enthält weitere Informationen dazu, wie man Private Nachrichten in phpBB3 verwendet. - - - - - Rang - - Ein Rang ist eine Art Titel, der einem Benutzer zugewiesen wird. Ränge können von Administratoren hinzugefügt, geändert, oder entfernt werden. - - - Wenn du einem Benutzer einen Spezialrang zuweist, denk daran, dass damit keine Berechtigungen verbunden sind. Wenn du zum Beispiel einen "Support-Moderator"-Rang erstellst und einem Benutzer zuweist, wird dieser Benutzer nicth automatisch Moderator-Berechtigungen erhalten. Du musst dem Benutzer diese Spezialberechtigungen einzeln erteilen. - - - - - - Signatur - - Eine Signatur ist eine Nachricht, die am Ende des Beitrages eines Benutzers steht. Signaturen werden vom Benutzer festgelegt. Ob eine Signatur nach einem Beitrag angezeigt wird oder nicht, wird von den Profil-Einstellungen des Benutzers bestimmt. - - - - - Sitzung - - Eine Sitzung ist ein Besuch in deinem phpBB-Board. Für phpBB ist eine Sitzung die Zeit, die du im Board verbringst. Sie wird erstellt wenn du dich anmeldest, und gelöscht, wenn du dich abmeldest. Sitzungs-IDs werden üblicherweise in einem Cookie gespeichert, aber wenn phpBB nicht in der Lage ist, Cookie-Informationen von deinem Computer zu erhalten, wird eine Sitzungs-ID an die URL angehängt (z. B. index.php?sid=999). Diese Sitzungs-ID erhält die Sitzung des Benutzers ohne die Hilfe eines Cookies aufrecht. Ohne das Aufrechterhalten der Sitzung würdest du jedes Mal abgemeldet werden, wenn du auf einen Link im Board klickst. - - - - - SMTP - - SMTP steht für "Simple Mail Transfer Protocol" und ist ein Protokoll für das Senden von E-Mails. Standardmäßig verwendet phpBB PHPs eingebaute mail()-Funktion um E-Mails zu verschicken. phpBB wird jedoch SMTP zum Mailversand benutzen wenn die SMTP-Einstellungen richtig gesetzt sind. - - - - - Style - - Ein Style besteht aus einem Template, einer Grafiksammlung, und einem Stylesheet. Ein Style bestimmt das Gesamtbild deines Boards. - - - - - Template - - Ein Template bestimmt das Layout eines Styles. phpBB 3.0 Template-Dateien führen die Dateiendung .html. Diese Template-Dateien enthalten überwiegend HTML (jedoch kein PHP), zusammen mit einigen Variablen, die phpBB benutzt (in geschweiften Klammern: { und }). - - - - - UNIX-Zeitstempel - - phpBB speichert alle Zeiten im UNIX-Zeitstempel-Format ab, damit sie einfach in andere Zeitzonen und -formate konvertiert werden können. - - - - - Unterforum - - Unterforen wurden mit phpBB 3.0 neu eingeführt. Unterforen sind Foren die sich in anderen Foren befinden oder darin verschachtelt sind. - - - - - Vom Server beschreibbar - - Bei alle Dateien oder Ordnern auf deinem Server, die vom Server beschreibbar sind, wurden die Zugriffsrechte so gesetzt, dass der Server in sie schreiben kann. Einige Funktionen von phpBB3, die erfordern können, dass einige Dateien und/oder Ordner vom Server beschreibbar sind, beinhalten das Caching und die eigentliche Installation von phpBB3 (die config.php muss während der Installation geschrieben werden). Wie man Dateien oder Ordner für den Server beschreibbar macht hängt jedoch vom Betriebssystem des Servers ab. Auf *nix-basierten Servern können Benutzer die Zugriffsrechte für Dateien und Ordner mithilfe von CHMOD ändern, während Windows-basierte Server eine eigene Verwaltung für Zugriffsrechte anbieten. Einige FTP-Programme ermöglichen einem auch das Ändern von Datei- und Verzeichnis-Zugriffsrechten. - - - -
    -
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/documentation/content/en/chapters/admin_guide.xml b/documentation/content/en/chapters/admin_guide.xml index fcfd34fd..345c35c2 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/chapters/admin_guide.xml +++ b/documentation/content/en/chapters/admin_guide.xml @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ - @@ -12,7 +10,7 @@ Administration Guide - This chapter describes the phpBB 3.1 admin controls. + This chapter describes the phpBB 3.3 admin controls.
    @@ -23,10 +21,10 @@ The Administration Control Panel - Even more so than its predecessor, phpBB 3.1 "Ascraeus" is highly configurable. You can tune, adjust, or turn off almost all features. To make this load of settings as accessible as possible, we redesigned the Administration Control Panel (ACP) completely. + Even more so than its predecessor, phpBB 3.3 "Proteus" is highly configurable. You can tune, adjust, or turn off almost all features. To make this load of settings as accessible as possible, we redesigned the Administration Control Panel (ACP) completely. Click on the Administration Control Panel link on the bottom of the default forum style to visit the ACP. The ACP has seven different sections by default with each containing a number of subsections. We will discuss each section in this Admin Guide. - +
    Administration Control Panel Index @@ -39,7 +37,7 @@
    - +
    @@ -61,7 +59,7 @@ Board Configuration This subsection contains items to adjust the overall features and settings of the forum. - +
    @@ -71,17 +69,17 @@ Attachment Settings - One of the many features in phpBB 3.1 is Attachments. Attachments are files that can be attached to posts, like e-mail attachments. Certain restrictions, set by the board administrator, control what users can attach. You can set these restrictions via the Attachment Settings page. + One of the many features in phpBB 3.3 is Attachments. Attachments are files that can be attached to posts, like e-mail attachments. Certain restrictions, set by the board administrator, control what users can attach. You can set these restrictions via the Attachment Settings page. For more information, see the section on configuring your board's attachment settings.
    - +
    dhn - + MennoniteHobbit @@ -89,7 +87,7 @@ Board Settings The Board Settings allow you to change many settings that govern your board. These settings include important things such as the name of your forum! There are two main groups of board settings: the general Board Settings, and Warnings settings. - + Board Settings The very first board setting you can edit is perhaps the most important setting of them all: the name of your board. Your users identify your board with this name. Put the name of your site into the Site Name text field and it will be shown on the header of the default style; it will be the prefix to the window title of your browser. @@ -101,13 +99,13 @@ Along with setting your board's default date format, you can also set your board's preferred timezone. The timezones available in the System timezone selection menu are all based on relative UTC (for most intents and purposes, it is GMT, or Greenwich Mean Time) times. You can also set your board's default style. The board will appear to your guests and members in the Default Style. In the standard phpBB installation, two styles are available: prosilver and subsilver2. You can either allow users to select another style than the default by selecting No in the Override User Style setting or disallow it. Please visit the styles section to find out how to add new styles and where to find some. - + Warnings Moderators can send warnings to users that break the forum rules. The value of Warning Duration defines the number of days a warning is valid until it expires. All positive integers are valid values. For more about warnings, please read .
    - +
    @@ -120,7 +118,7 @@ Through the Board Features section, you can enable or disable several features board-wide. Note that any feature you disable here will not be available on your forum, even if you give your users permissions to use them. The Load Settings section allows you to disable some features which are computationally expensive if you are on shared or restricted hosting.
    - +
    @@ -134,11 +132,9 @@ There are several ways a user can add an avatar to their profile. The first way is through Gravatar. If this feature is enabled, users can choose to have the board load the Gravatar.com image associated with their email address. The second way is through an avatar gallery you provide. Note that there is no avatar gallery available in a default phpBB installation. The Avatar Gallery Path is the path to the gallery images. The default path is images/avatars/gallery. The gallery folder does not exist in the default installation so you have to add it manually if you want to use it. The images you want to use for your gallery need to be in a folder inside the gallery path. Images directly in the gallery path won't be recognised. - The third approach to avatars is through Remote Avatars. These are simply images linked from another website. Your members can add a link to the image they want to use on the edit avatars page of their profile. To give you some control over the size of the avatars you can define the minimum and maximum size of the images. The disadvantage of Remote Avatars is that you are not able to control the file size. - The fourth approach to avatars is through Avatar Uploading. Your members can upload an image from their local system which will be stored on your server. They will be uploaded into the Avatar Storage Path you can define. The default path is images/avatars/upload and does already exist after installation. You have to make sure that it is server-writable. The file format of the images has to be either gif, jpeg, or png, and the avatars will be automatically checked for their file and image size after the upload. You can adjust the Maximum Avatar File Size and images that are bigger than the allowed value will be discarded. - Avatars can also be uploaded through Remote Uploading which allows users to provide a URL to an image and have it downloaded to the board for use as their avatar. This allows you to keep the avatars locally instead of having external links to image hosts. + The third approach to avatars is through Avatar Uploading. Your members can upload an image from their local system which will be stored on your server. They will be uploaded into the Avatar Storage Path you can define. The default path is images/avatars/upload and does already exist after installation. You have to make sure that it is server-writable. The file format of the images has to be either gif, jpeg, or png, and the avatars will be automatically checked for their file and image size after the upload. You can adjust the Maximum Avatar File Size and images that are bigger than the allowed value will be discarded.
    - +
    @@ -150,11 +146,11 @@ Private Messaging Private Messages are a way for registered members to communicate privately through your board without the need to fall back to e-mail or instant messaging. You can disable this feature with the Private Messaging setting. This will keep the feature turned off for the whole board. You can disable private messages for selected users or groups with Permissions. Please see the Permissions section for more information. - Ascraeus allows users to create own personal folders to organise Private Messages. The Maximum private message folders setting defines the number of message folders they can create. The default value is 4. You can disable the feature with setting value to 0. + Proteus allows users to create own personal folders to organise Private Messages. The Maximum private message folders setting defines the number of message folders they can create. The default value is 4. You can disable the feature with setting value to 0. Max Private Messages Per Box sets the number of Private Messages each folder can contain. The default value is 50, Set it to 0 to allow unlimited messages per folder. If you limit the number of messages users can store in their folders, you need to define a default action that is taken once a folder is full. This can be changed in the "Full Folder Default Action" list. The oldest message gets deleted or the new message will be held back until the folder has place for it. Note that users will be able to choose this for themselves in their PM options and this setting only changes the default value they face. This will not override the action a user chosen. When sending a private message, it is still possible to edit the message until the recipient reads it. After a sent private message has been read, editing the message is no longer possible. To limit the time a message can be edited before the recipient reads it, you can set the Limit Editing Time. The default value is 0, which allows editing until the message is read. Note that you can disallow users or groups to edit Private Messages after sending through Permissions. If the permission to edit messages is denied, it will override this setting. - The General Options allow you to further define the functionality of Private Messages on your board. + The General Options allow you to further define the functionality of Private Messages on your board. Allow Mass PMs: enables the sending of Private Messages to multiple recipients. This feature is enabled by default. Disabling it will also disallow sending of Private Messages to groups. @@ -183,7 +179,7 @@ Spambot Countermeasures - phpBB 3.1 uses a plugin system to allow easy switching between different spambot countermeasures. Available plugins are automatically loaded from the includes/captcha/plugins directory in your installation. + phpBB 3.3 uses a plugin system to allow easy switching between different spambot countermeasures. Available plugins are automatically loaded from the includes/captcha/plugins directory in your installation. phpBB ships with these plugins installed: GD 3D image: a graphical CAPTCHA using 3D characters on a wave. @@ -206,14 +202,14 @@ - Check the MOD database for new existing plugins. + Check the Extension database for new existing plugins. How to select a plugin Click the "Installed plugins" dropdown and select the module you want to use. Do not let grayed out entries stop you, they only mean that you have to perform another step. If your intended module is not in the list, check whether the files are present in the plugin directory. Click the "Configure" button to see the module's ACP page. Many plugins need configuration prior to use. Note that plugins without configuration options will not show the button. Configure the plugin to meet your needs. - After configuring the plugin, re-select your intended plugin from the dropdown. It shold not be grayed out any more. + After configuring the plugin, re-select your intended plugin from the dropdown. It should not be grayed out any more. Click "Submit". Congratulations, you’re done. @@ -231,7 +227,7 @@ You can enable or disable this feature, as well as set the message that you would like users to see when they visit the page. The message can contain BBcodes, smilies, and links, but not raw HTML.
    - +
    @@ -242,10 +238,10 @@ MennoniteHobbit - + Client communication Other than its own authentication system, phpBB3 supports other client communications. phpBB3 supports authentication plugins (by default, the Apache, native DB, LDAP, and OAuth plugins), email, and Jabber. Here, you can configure all of these communication methods. The following are subsections describing each client communication method. - +
    @@ -255,7 +251,7 @@ Authentication - + phpBB3 offers support for authentication via plugins. By default, the Apache, DB, LDAP, and OAuth plugins are supported. Before switching from phpBB's native authentication system (the DB method) to one of these systems, you must make sure that your server supports it. After choosing the authentication method from the dropdwon menu, fill out any fields which appear to finalize configuration. @@ -283,7 +279,7 @@ OAuth Authentication OAuth requires a key and a secret. These are provided to you from the OAuth provider. Each provider may have a different name for the key and secret Bitly: Your token information can be found here: https://bitly.com/a/oauth_apps. Your key is the Client ID and your secret is the Client Secret. - Facebook: You will need to create an application on Facebook to obtain your token information. The App ID is your key and the App Secret is your secret. + Facebook: You will need to create an application on Facebook to obtain your token information. The App ID is your key and the App Secret is your secret. Google: Visit the Google Developers Console to create a new OAuth Client ID. You can find it on the left side under "APIs and auth --> Credentials". Your Client ID will serve as the key and your Client Secret will serve as the secret. Additionally, you will need to create a "Consent screen" in the Developers Console as well. Specify the following Request URIs when you set up your client ID on the Google Developers Console: http://{your_board_URL}/ucp.php?mode=login&login=external&oauth_service=google @@ -291,9 +287,10 @@ The link ID may be different from your board. If it is, you will receive an error when attempting to link an account. Change the "1" to the number found in the request URI error that Google gives you. + Twitter: Create a Twitter App. Your Consumer Key will serve as the key and your Consumer Secret will serve as the secret.
    - +
    @@ -303,13 +300,13 @@ Email settings - + phpBB3 is capable of sending out emails to your users. Here, you can configure the information that is used when your board sends out these emails. phpBB3 can send out emails by using either the native, PHP-based email service, or a specified SMTP server. If you are not sure if you have an SMTP server available, use the native email service. You will have to ask your hoster for further details. Once you are done configuring the email settings, click Submit. - + Please ensure the email address you specify is valid, as any bounced or undeliverable messages will likely be sent to that address. - + General Settings Enable board-wide emails: If this is set to disabled, no emails will be sent by the board at all. @@ -321,7 +318,7 @@ Email signature: This text will be attached at the end of all emails sent by your board. Hide email addresses: If you want to keep email addresses completely private, set this value to Yes. - + SMTP Settings Use SMTP server for email: Select Yes if you want your board to send emails via an SMTP server. If you are not sure that you have an SMTP server available for use, set this to No; this will make your board use the native, PHP-based email service, which in most cases is the safest available option. @@ -332,7 +329,7 @@ SMTP password: The password for the above specified username that phpBB will use when connecting to the specified SMTP server. You should only fill this in if the SMTP server requires it.This password will be stored as plain text in the database, visible to everybody who can access your database or who can view this configuration page.
    - +
    @@ -342,13 +339,13 @@ Jabber settings - + phpBB3 also has the ability to communicate messages to users via Jabber, your board can be configured to board notifications via Jabber. Here, you can enable and control exactly how your board will use Jabber for communication. - + Some Jabber servers include gateways or transports which allow you to contact users on other networks. Not all servers offer all transports and changes in protocols can prevent transports from operating. Note that it may take several seconds to update Jabber account details, so do not stop the script until it has finished! - + Jabber settings Enable Jabber: Set this to Enabled if you want to enable the use of Jabber for messaging and notifications. @@ -366,36 +363,36 @@ dhn - + MennoniteHobbit - + Server configuration As an administrator of a board, being able to fine-tune the settings that your phpBB board uses for the server is a must. Configuring your board's server settings is very easy. There are five main categories of server settings: Cookie settings, Server settings, Security settings, Load settings, and Search settings. Properly configuring these settings will help your board not only function, but also work efficiently and as intended. The following subsections will outline each server configuration category. Once you are done with updating settings in each setting, remember to click Submit to apply your changes. - +
    dhn - + MennoniteHobbit - + Cookie settings Your board uses cookies all the time. Cookies can store information and data; for example, cookies are what enable users to automatically login to the board when they visit it. The settings on this page define the data used to send cookies to your users' browsers. - + When editing your board's cookie settings, do so with caution. Incorrect settings can cause such consequences as preventing your users from logging in. - + To edit your board's cookie settings, locate the Cookie Settings form. The following are four settings you may edit: - + Cookie Settings Cookie domain: This is the domain that your board runs on. Do not include the path that phpBB is installed in; only the domain itself is important here. @@ -404,29 +401,29 @@ Cookie secure: If your board is only accessible via SSL, set this to Enabled. If the board is not accessible only via SSL, then leave this value set to Disabled, otherwise server errors will result during redirections and users may experience difficulties remaining logged in. - + When you are done editing your board's server settings, click Submit to submit your changes.
    - +
    dhn - + MennoniteHobbit - + Server settings On this page, you can define server and domain-dependent settings. There are three main categories of server settings: Server Settings, Path Settings, and Server URL Settings. The following describes each server settings category and the corresponding settings in more detail. When you are done configuring your board's server settings, click Submit to submit your changes. - + When editing your board's server settings, do so with caution. Incorrect settings can cause such consequences as emails being sent out with incorrect links and/or information, or even the board being inaccessible. - + The Server Settings form allows you to set some settings that phpBB will use on the server level: Server Settings @@ -445,7 +442,7 @@ Rank image storage path: This is the path to the directory, relative to the directory that your board is installed in, that your rank images are located in. - + The last category of server settings is Server URL Settings. The Server URL Settings category contains settings that allow you to configure the actual URL that your board is located at, as well as the server protocol and port number that the board will be accessed to. The following are the five settings you may edit: Server URL Settings @@ -456,10 +453,10 @@ Script path: This is the directory where phpBB is installed, relative to the domain name. For example, if your board was located at www.example.com/phpBB3/, the value to set for your script path is "/phpBB3". Again, this value is only used if the server URL settings are forced. - + When you are done editing your board's server settings, click Submit to submit your changes.
    - +
    @@ -470,9 +467,9 @@ Security settings Here, on the Security settings page, you are able to manage security-related settings; namely, you can define and edit session and login-related settings. The following describes the available security settings that you can manage. When you are done configuring your board's security settings, click Submit to submit your changes. - + - + Allow persistent logins @@ -481,7 +478,7 @@ The available options are Yes and No. Choosing Yes will enable automatic logins. - + Persistent login key expiration length (in days) @@ -489,7 +486,7 @@ You may enter an integer in the text box located to the left of the word Days. This integer is the number of days for the persistent login key expiration. If you would like to disable this setting (and thereby allow use of login keys indefinitely), enter a "0" into the text box. - + Session IP validation @@ -497,7 +494,7 @@ There are four settings available: All, A.B.C, A.B, and None. The All setting will compare the complete IP address. The A.B.C setting will compare the first x.x.x of the IP address. The A.B setting will compare the first x.x of the IP address. Lastly, selecting None will disable IP address checking altogether. - + Validate browser @@ -505,7 +502,7 @@ The available options are Yes and No. Choosing Yes will enable this browser validation. - + Validate X_FORWARDED_FOR header @@ -513,14 +510,14 @@ The available options are Yes and No. Choosing Yes will enable the validation of the X_FORWARDED_FOR header. - + Check IP against DNS Blackhole List: You are also able to check the users' IP addresses against DNS blackhole lists. These lists are blacklists that list bad IP addresses. Enabling this setting will allow your board to check your users' IP addresses and compare them against the DNS blackhole lists. Currently, the DNS blacklist services on the sites spamcop.net, dsbl.org, and spamhaus.org. - + Check email domain for valid MX record @@ -528,7 +525,7 @@ The available options are Yes and No. Choosing Yes will enable the checking of MX records for emails. - + Password complexity @@ -539,7 +536,7 @@ - + Force password change @@ -547,7 +544,7 @@ Only integers can be entered in the text box, which is located next to the Days label. This integer is the number of days that, after which, your users will have to change their passwords. If you would like to disable this feature, enter a value of "0". - + Maximum number of login attempts @@ -555,7 +552,7 @@ Only integers can be entered for this setting. The number entered it the maximum number of times a user can attempt to login to an account before having to confirm his login visually, with the visual confirmation. - + Allow PHP in templates @@ -564,7 +561,7 @@
    - +
    @@ -575,7 +572,7 @@ Load settings On particularly large boards, it may be necessary to manage certain load-related settings in order to allow your board to run as smoothly as possible. However, even if your board isn't excessively active, it is still important to be able to adjust your board's load settings. Adjusting these settings properly can help reduce the amount of processing required by your server. Once you are done editing any of the server load-related settings, remember to click Submit to actually submit and apply your changes. - + The first group of settings, General Settings, allows you to control the very basic load-related settings, such as the maximum system load and session lengths. The following describes each option in detail. General settings @@ -585,7 +582,7 @@ View online time span: This is the number of minutes after which inactive users will not appear in the Who is Online listings. The higher the number given, the greater the processing power required to generate the listing. All positive integers are valid values, and indicate the number of minutes that the time span will be. - + The second group of settings, General Options, allows you to control whether certain options are available for your users on your board. The following describes each option further. General options @@ -604,7 +601,7 @@ Allow live searches: When enabled, certain search fields (memberlist searches) will automatically prompt with search results as you type. - + Lastly, the last group of load settings relates to Custom Profile Fields, which are a new feature in phpBB3. The following describes these options in detail. Custom Profile Fields @@ -614,7 +611,7 @@
    - + -
    +
    - +
    @@ -711,7 +708,7 @@ Explanation of forum types - In phpBB 3.1, there are three forum types. A forum can be a normal forum where people can post in, a category that contains forums, or it can be a simple link. + In phpBB 3.3, there are three forum types. A forum can be a normal forum where people can post in, a category that contains forums, or it can be a simple link. Forum @@ -730,7 +727,7 @@ If you want to combine multiple forums or links for a specific topic, you can put them inside a category. The forums will appear below the category title, clearly separated from other categories. Users are not able to post inside categories. - +
    @@ -742,10 +739,10 @@ Subforums - One of the features in phpBB 3.1 is subforums. Especially bulletin boards with a high number of forums will benefit from this. In the simple flat category and forum approach in phpBB 2.0, all forums and categories were listed on the forum index. In Ascraeus you can now put as many forums, links, or categories as you like inside other forums. + One of the features in phpBB 3.3 is subforums. Especially bulletin boards with a high number of forums will benefit from this. In the simple flat category and forum approach in phpBB 2.0, all forums and categories were listed on the forum index. In Proteus you can now put as many forums, links, or categories as you like inside other forums. If you have a forum about pets for instance, you are able to put subforums for cats, dogs, or guinea pigs inside it without making the parent "Pets" forum a category. In this example, only the "Pets" forum will be listed on the index like a normal forum. Its subforums will appear as simple links below the forum description (unless you disabled this). - +
    Creating subforums @@ -757,7 +754,7 @@
    - + This system theoretically allows unlimited levels of subforums. You can put as many subforums inside subforums as you like. However, please do not go overboard with this feature. On boards with five to ten forums or less, it is not a good idea to use subforums. Remember, the less forums you have, the more active your forum will appear. You can always add more forums later. Read the section on forum management to find out how to create subforums.
    @@ -771,7 +768,7 @@ Manage forums Here you can add, edit, delete, and reorder the forums, categories, and links. - +
    Managing Forums Icon Legend @@ -783,7 +780,7 @@
    - + The initial Manage forums page shows you a list of your top level forums and categories. Note, that this is not analogue to the forum index, as categories are not expanded here. If you want to reorder the forums inside a category, you have to open the category first. @@ -793,34 +790,34 @@ dhn - + MennoniteHobbit Posting Settings - + Forums are nothing without content. Content is created and posted by your users; as such, it is very important to have the right posting settings that control how the content is posted. You can reach this section by clicking the Posting navigation tab. The first page you are greeted with after getting to the Posting Settings section is BBCodes. The other available subsections are divided into two main groups: Messages and Attachments. Private message settings, Topic icons, Smilies, and Word censoring are message-related settings. Attachment settings, Manage extensions, Manage extension groups, and Orphaned attachments are attachment-related settings. - +
    dhn - + MennoniteHobbit BBCodes - - BBCodes are a special way of formatting posts, similar to HTML. phpBB 3.1 allows you to create your own BBCodes very easily. On this page, you can see the custom BBCodes that currently exist. + + BBCodes are a special way of formatting posts, similar to HTML. phpBB 3.3 allows you to create your own BBCodes very easily. On this page, you can see the custom BBCodes that currently exist. Adding a BBCode is very easy. If done right, allowing users to use your new BBCode may be safer than allowing them to use HTML code. To add a BBCode, click Add a new BBCode to begin. There are four main things to consider when adding a BBCode: how you want your users to use the BBCode, what HTML code the BBcode will actually use (the users will not see this), what short info message you want for the BBCode, and whether or not you want a button for the new BBCode to be displayed on the posting screen. Once you are done configuring all of the custom BBCode settings, click Submit to add your new BBCode. - +
    Creating BBCodes @@ -832,7 +829,7 @@
    - + In the BBCode Usage form, you can define how you want your users to use the BBCode. Let's say you want to create a new font BBCode that will let your users pick a font to use for their text. An example of what to put under BBCode Usage would be [font={SIMPLETEXT}]{TEXT}[/font] This would make a new [font] BBCode, and will allow the user to pick what font face they want for the text. The user's text is represented by TEXT, while SIMPLETEXT represents whatever font name the user types in. @@ -847,7 +844,7 @@ Lastly, when adding a new BBCode, you can decide whether or not you want an actual BBCode button for your new BBCode to be displayed on the posting screens. If you want this, then check the Display on posting checkbox. It is important to choose appropriate tokens when creating your custom BBCodes. The tokens limit the type of input that they will accept. If you want to only allow URLs, use the URL token. If you only want to allow numbers, use the NUMBER token. - + BBCode Tokens @@ -913,7 +910,7 @@ If you need to use the same type of token more than once, you can differentiate between them by adding a number as the last character between the braces, e.g. {TEXT1}, {TEXT2}.
    - +
    @@ -923,7 +920,7 @@ Private message settings - + Many users use your board's private messaging system. Here you can manage all of the default private message-related settings. Listed below are the settings that you can change. Once you're done setting the posting settings, click Submit to submit your changes. General settings @@ -932,27 +929,27 @@ Max private messages per box: This is the maximum number of private messages your users can have in each of their folders. Full folder default action: Sometimes your users want to send each other a private message, but the intended recipient has a full folder. This setting will define exactly what will happen to the sent message. You can either set it so that an old message will be deleted to make room for the new message, or the new messages will be held back until the recipient makes room in his inbox. Note that the default action for the Sentbox is the deletion of old messages. Limit editing time: Users are usually allowed to edit their sent private messages before the recipient reads it, even if it's already in their outbox. You can control the amount of time your users have to edit sent private messages. - - + + General options - Allow sending of private messages to multiple users and groups: In phpBB 3.1, it is possible to send a private message to more than user. To allow this, select Yes. + Allow sending of private messages to multiple users and groups: In phpBB 3.3, it is possible to send a private message to more than user. To allow this, select Yes. Allow BBCode in private messages: Select Yes to allow BBCode to be used in private messages. Allow smilies in private messages: Select Yes to allow smilies to be used in private messages. Allow attachments in private messages: Select Yes to allow attachments to be used in private messages. Allow signature in private messages: Select Yes to let your users include their signature in their private messages. - Allow print view in private messages: Another new feature in phpBB 3.1 is a printer-friendly view. Select Yes to allow your users to view any of their PMs in print view. + Allow print view in private messages: Another new feature in phpBB 3.3 is a printer-friendly view. Select Yes to allow your users to view any of their PMs in print view. Allow forwarding in private messages: Select Yes to allow your users to forward private messages. Allow use of [img] BBCode tag: Select Yes if you want your users to be able to post inline images in their private messages. Allow use of [flash] BBCode tag: Select Yes if you want your users to be able to post inline Macromedia Flash objects in their private messages. Enable use of topic icons in private messages: Select Yes if you want to enable your users to include topic icons with their private messages. (Topic icons are displayed next to the private messages' titles.). - + If you want to set any of the above numerical settings so that the setting will allow unlimited amounts of the item, set the numerical setting to 0.
    - +
    @@ -962,13 +959,13 @@ Topic icons - + A new feature in phpBB3 is the ability to assign icons to topics. On this page, you can manage what topic icons are available for use on your board. You can add, edit, delete, or move topic icons. The Topic Icons form displays the topic icons currently installed on your board. You can add topic icons manually, install a premade icons pack, export or download an icons pack file, or edit your currently installed topic icons. - + Your first option to add topic icons to your board is to use a premade icons pack. Icon packs have the file extension pak. To install an icons pack, you must first download an icons pack. Upload the icon files themselves and the pack file into the /images/icons/ directory. Then, click Install icons pak. The Install icons pak form displays all of the options you have regarding topic icon installation. Select the icon pack you wish to add (you may only install one icon pack at a time). You then have the option of what to do with currently installed topic icons if the new icon pack has icons that may conflict with them. You can either keep the existing icon(s) (there may be duplicates), replace the matches (overwriting the icon(s) that already exist), or just delete all of the conflicting icons. Once you have selected the proper option, click Install icons pak. - + To add topic icon(s) manually, you must first upload the icons into the icons directory of your site. Navigate to the Topic icons page. Click Add multiple icons, which is located in the Topic Icons form. If you correctly uploaded your new desired topic icon(s) into the proper /images/icons/ directory, you should see a row of settings for each new icon you uploaded. The following has a description on what each field is for. Once you are done with adding the topic icon(s), click, Submit to submit your additions. - + Icon image file: This column will display the actual icon itself. Icon location: This column will display the path that the icon is located in, relative to the /images/icons/ directory. @@ -978,12 +975,12 @@ Icon order: You can also set what order that the topic icon will be displayed. You can either set the topic icon to be the first, or after any other topic icon currently installed. Add: If you are satisfied with the settings for adding your new topic icon, check this box. - + You may also edit your currently installed topic icons' settings. To do so, click Edit icons. You will see the Icon configuration form. For more information regarding each field, see the above paragraph regarding adding topic icons. - + Lastly, you may also reorder the topic icons, edit a topic icon's settings, or remove a topic icon. To reorder a topic icon, click the appropriate "move up" or "move down" icon. To edit a topic icon's current settings, click the "settings" button. To delete a topic icon, click the red "delete" button.
    - +
    @@ -993,13 +990,13 @@ Smilies - + Smilies or emoticons are typically small, sometimes animated images used to convey an emotion or feeling. You can manage the smilies on your board via this page. To add smilies, you have the option to either install a premade smilies pack, or add smilies manually. Locate the Smilies form, which lists the smilies currently installed on your board, on the page. - + Your first option to add smilies to your board is to use a premade smilies pack. Smilies packs have the file extension pak. To install a smilies pack, you must first download a smilies pack. Upload the smilies files themselves and the pack file into the /images/smilies/ directory. Then, click Install smilies pak. The Install smilies pak form displays all of the options you have regarding smilies installation. Select the smilies pack you wish to add (you may only install one smilies pack at a time). You then have the option of what to do with currently installed smilies if the new smilies pack has icons that may conflict with them. You can either keep the existing smilies (there may be duplicates), replace the matches (overwriting the smilies that already exist), or just delete all of the conflicting smilies. Once you have selected the proper option, click Install smilies pak. - + To add a smiley to your board manually, you must first upload the smilies into the /images/smilies/ directory. Then, click on Add multiple smilies. From here, you can add a smilie and configure it. The following are the settings you can set for the new smilies. Once you are done adding a smiley, click Submit. - + Smiley image file: This is what the smiley actually looks like. Smiley location: This is where the smiley is located, relative to the /images/smilies/ directory. @@ -1011,12 +1008,12 @@ Smiley order: You can also set what order that the smiley will be displayed. You can either set the smiley to be the first, or after any other smiley currently installed. Add: If you are satisfied with the settings for adding your new smiley, check this box. - + You may also edit your currently installed smilies' settings. To do so, click Edit smilies. You will see the Smiley configuration form. For more information regarding each field, see the above paragraph regarding adding smilies. - + Lastly, you may also reorder the smilies, edit a smiley's settings, or remove a smiley. To reorder a smiley, click the appropriate "move up" or "move down" icon. To edit a smiley's current settings, click the "settings" button. To delete a smiley, click the red "delete" button.
    - +
    @@ -1026,14 +1023,14 @@ Word censoring - + On some forums, a certain level of appropriate, profanity-free speech is required. Like phpBB2, phpBB3 continues to offer word censoring. Words that match the patterns set in the Word censoring panel will automatically be censored with text that you, the admin, specify. To manage your board's word censoring, click Word censoring. - + To add a new word censor, click Add new word. There are two fields: Word and Replacement. Type in the word that you want automatically censored in the Word text field. (Note that you can use wildcards (*).) Then, type in the text you want the censored word to be replaced with in the Replacement text field. Once you are done, click Submit to add the new censored word to your board. - + To edit an existing word censor, locate the censored word's row. Click the "edit" icon located in that row, and proceed with changing the censored word's settings.
    - +
    @@ -1043,9 +1040,9 @@ Attachment Settings - + If you allow your users to post attachments, it is important to be able to control your board's attachments settings. Here, you can configure the main settings for attachments and the associated special categories. When you are done configuring your board's attachments settings, click Submit. - + Attachment Settings Allow attachments: If you want attachments to be enabled on your board, select Yes. @@ -1062,25 +1059,24 @@ Allow empty referrer: Secure downloads are based on referrers.This setting controls if downloads are allowed for those omitting the referrer information. This setting only applies if secure downloads are enabled. Check attachment files: Some browsers can be tricked to assume an incorrect mimetype for uploaded files. This option ensures that such files likely to cause this are rejected. It is recommended that you leave this setting enabled. - + Image Category Settings Display images inline: How image attachments are displayed. If this is set to No, a link to the attachment will be given instead, rather than the image itself (or a thumbnail) being displayed inline. Create thumbnail: This setting configures your board to either create a thumbnail for every image attached, or not. Maximum thumbnail width in pixels: This is the maximum width in pixels for the created thumbnails. Maximum thumbnail filesize: Thumbnails will not be created for images if the created thumbnail filesize exceeds this value, in bytes. This is useful for particularly large images that are posted. - Imagemagick path: If you have Imagemagick installed and would like to set your board to use it, specify the full path to your Imagemagick convert application. An example is /usr/bin/. Maximum image dimensions: The maximum size of image attachments, in pixels. If you would like to disable dimension checking (and thereby allow image attachments of any dimensions), set each value to 0. Image link dimensions: If an image attachment is larger than these dimensions (in pixels), a link to the image will be displayed in the post instead. If you want images to be displayed inline regardless of dimensions, set each value to 0. - + Define Allowed/Disallowed IPs/Hostnames IP addresses or hostnames: If you have secure downloads enabled, you can specify the IP addresses or hostnames allowed or disallowed. If you specify more than one IP address or hostname, each IP address or hostname should be on its own line. Entered values can have wildcards (*). To specify a range for an IP address, separate the start and end with a hyphen (-). Exclude IP from [dis]allowed IPs/hostnames: Enable this to exclude the entered IP(s)/hostname(s).
    - +
    @@ -1090,14 +1086,14 @@ Manage extensions - + You can further configure your board's attachments settings by controlling what file extensions attached files can have to be uploaded. It is recommended that you do not allow scripting file extensions (such as php, php3, php4, phtml, pl, cgi, py, rb, asp, aspx, and so forth) for security reasons. You can find this page by clicking Manage extensions once you're in the ACP. - + To add an allowed file extension, find the Add Extension form on the page. In the field labeled Extension, type in the file extension. Do not include the period before the file extension. Then, select the extension group that this new file extension should be added to via the Extension group selection menu. Then, click Submit. - + You can also view your board's current allowed file extensions. On the page, you should see a table listing all of the allowed file extensions. To change the group that an extension belongs to, select a new extension group from the selection menu located in the extension's row. To delete an extension, check the checkbox in the Delete column. When you're done managing your board's current file extensions, click Submit at the bottom of the page.
    - +
    @@ -1107,11 +1103,11 @@ Manage extension groups - + Allowed file extensions can be placed into groups for easy management and viewing. To manage the extension groups, click Manage extension groups once you get into the Posting settings part of the ACP. You can configure specific settings regarding each extension group. - + To add a new file extension group, find the textbox that corresponds to the Create new group button. Type in the name of the extension group, then click Submit. You will be greeted with the extension group settings form. The following contains descriptions for each option available, and applies to extension groups that either already exist or are being added. - + Add Extension Group Group name: The name of the extension group. @@ -1123,12 +1119,12 @@ Assigned extensions: This is a list of all file extensions that belong in this extension group. Click Go to extension management screen to manage what extensions belong in this extension group. Allowed forums: This allows you to control what forums your users are allowed to post attachments that belong in this extension group. To enable this extension group in all forums, select the Allow all forums radio button. To set which specific forums this extension group is allowed in, select the Only forums selected below radio button, and then select the forums in the selection menu. - + To edit a current file extension group's settings, click the "Settings" icon that is in the extension group's row. Then, go ahead and edit the extension group's settings. For more information about each setting, see the above. - + To delete an extension group, click the "Delete" icon that is in the extension group's row.
    - +
    @@ -1138,13 +1134,13 @@ Orphaned attachments - + Sometimes, attachments may be orphaned, which means that they exist in the specified files directory (to configure this directory, see the section on attachment settings), but aren't assigned to any post(s). This can happen when posts are deleted or edited, or even when users attach a file, but don't submit their post. - + To manage orphaned attachments, click on Orphaned attachments on the left-hand menu once you're in the Posting settings section of the ACP. You should see a list of all orphaned attachments in the table, along with all the important information regarding each orphaned attachment. - + You can assign an orphaned attachment to a specific post. To do so, you must first find the post's post ID. Enter this value into the Post ID column for the particular orphaned attachment. Enable Attach file to post, then click Submit. - + To delete an orphaned attachment, check the orphaned attachment's Delete checkbox, then click Submit. Note that this cannot be undone.
    @@ -1155,7 +1151,7 @@ dhn - + MennoniteHobbit @@ -1166,13 +1162,13 @@
    Manage Users Users are the basis of your forum. As a forum administrator, it is very important to be able to manage your users. Managing your users and their information and specific options is easy, and can be done via the ACP. - + To begin, log in and reach your ACP. Find and click on Users and Groups to reach the necessary page. If you do not see User Administration , simply find and click on Manage Users in the navigation menu on the left side of the page. - + To continue and manage a user, you must know the username(s) that you want to manage. In the textbox for the "Find a member:" field, type in the username of the user whose information and settings you wish to manage. On the other hand, if you want to find a member, click on [ Find a Member ] (which is below the textbox) and follow all the steps appropriate to find and select a user. If you wiant to manage the information and settings for the Anonymous user (any visitor who is not logged in is set as the Anonymous user), check the checkbox labeled "Select Anonymous User". Once you have selected a user, click Submit. - + There are many sections relating to a user's settings. The following are subsections that have more information on each form. Each form allows you to manage specific settings for the user you have selected. When you are done with editing the data on each form, click Submit (located at the bottom of each form) to submit your changes. - +
    @@ -1183,7 +1179,7 @@ User Overview This is the first form that shows up when you first select a user to manage. Here, all of the general information and settings for each user is displayed. - + Username @@ -1191,35 +1187,35 @@ This is the name of the user you're currently managing. If you want to change the user's username, type in a new username between three and twenty characters long into the textbox labeled Username: - + Registered This is the complete date on which the user registered. You cannot edit this value. - + Registered from IP This is the IP address from which the user registered his or her account. If you want to determine the IP hostname, click on the IP address itself. The current page will reload and will display the appropriate information. If you want to perform a whois on the IP address, click on the Whois link. A new window will pop up with this data. - + Last Active This is the complete date on which the user was last active. - + Posts This number indicates how many posts the user has posted on the board. - + Warnings @@ -1227,44 +1223,44 @@ For more information about warnings, see . - + Founder Founders are users who have all administrator permissions and can never be banned, deleted or altered by non-founder members. If you want to set this user as a founder, select the Yes radio button. To remove founder status from a user, select the No radio button. - + Email This is the user's currently set email address. To change the email address, fill in the Email: textbox with a valid email. - + Confirm email address This textbox should only be filled if you are changing the user's email address. If you are changing the email address, both the Email: textbox and this one should be filled with the same email address. If you do not fill this in, the user's email address will not be changed. - + New password As an administrator, you cannot see any of your users' password. However, it is possible to change passwords. To change the user's password, type in a new password in the New password: textbox. The new password has to be between six and thirty characters long. - + Before submitting any changes to the user, make sure this field is blank, unless you really want to change the user's password. If you accidentally change the user's password, the original password cannot be recovered! - + Confirm new password This textbox should only be filled if you are changing the user's password. If you are changing the user's password, the Confirm new password: textbox needs to be filled in with the same password you filled in in the above New password: textbox. - + Quick Tools @@ -1273,7 +1269,7 @@
    - +
    @@ -1284,12 +1280,12 @@ User Feedback Another aspect of managing a user is editing their feedback data. Feedback consists of any sort of user warning issued to the user by a forum administrator. - + To customise the display of the user's existing log entries, select any criteria for your customisation by selecting your options in the drop-down selection boxes entitled Display entries from previous: and Sort by:. Display entries from previous: allows you to set a specific time period in which the feedback was issued. Sort by: allows you to sort the existing log entries by Username, Date, IP address, and Log Action. The log entries can then be sorted in ascending or descending order. When you are done setting these options, click the Go button to update the page with your customisations. - + Another way of managing a user's feedback data is by adding feedback. Simply find the section entitled Add feedback and enter your message into the FEEDBACK text area. When you are done, click Submit to add the feedback.
    - +
    @@ -1299,7 +1295,7 @@ User Profile - + Users may sometimes have content in their forum profile that requires that you either update it or delete it. If you don't want to change a field, leave it blank.The following are the profile fields that you can change: ICQ Number has to be a number at least three digits long. @@ -1315,7 +1311,7 @@
    - +
    @@ -1325,10 +1321,10 @@ User Preferences - + Users have many settings they can use for their account. As an administrator, you can change any of these settings. The user settings (also known as preferences) are grouped into three main categories: Global Settings, Posting Defaults, and Display Options.
    - +
    @@ -1338,7 +1334,7 @@ User Avatar - + Here you can manage the user's avatar. If the user has already set an avatar for himself/herself, then you are able to see the avatar image. Depending on your avatar settings (for more information on avatar settings, see Avatar Settings), you can choose any option available to change the user's avatar: Upload from your machine, Upload from a URL, or Link off-site. You can also select an avatar from your board's avatar gallery by clicking the Display gallery button next to Local gallery:. @@ -1347,7 +1343,7 @@ To delete the avatar image, simply check the Delete image checkbox underneath the avatar image. When you are done choosing what avatar the user will have, click Submit to update the user's avatar.
    - +
    @@ -1357,11 +1353,11 @@ User Rank - + Here you can set the user's rank. You can set the user's rank by selecting the rank from the User Rank: drop-down selection box. After you've picked the rank, click Submit to update the user's rank. For more information about ranks, see .
    - +
    @@ -1371,14 +1367,14 @@ User Signature - + Here you can add, edit, or delete the user's signature. The user's current signature should be displayed in the Signature form. Just edit the signature by typing whatever you want into the text area. You can use BBCode and any other special formatting with what's provided. When you are done editing the user's signature, click Submit to update the user's signature. The signature that you set has to obey the board's signature limitations that you currently have set.
    - +
    @@ -1388,12 +1384,12 @@ Groups - + Here you can see all of the usergroups that the user is in. From this page you can easily remove the user from any usergroup, or add the user to an existing group. The table entitled Special groups user is a member of lists out the usergroups the user is currently a member of. Adding the user to a new usergroup is very easy. To do so, find the pull-down menu labeled Add user to group: and select a usergroup from that menu. Once the usergroup is selected, click Submit. Your addition will immediately take effect. To delete the user from a group he/she is currently a member of, find the row that the usergroup is in, and click Delete. You will be greeted with a confirmation screen; if you want to go ahead and do so, click Yes.
    - +
    @@ -1403,10 +1399,10 @@ Permissions - + Here you can see all of the permissions currently set for the user. For each group the user is in, there is a separate section on the page for the permissions that relates to that category. To actually set the user's permissions, see .
    - +
    @@ -1416,7 +1412,7 @@ Attachments - + Depending on the current attachments settings, your users may already have attachments posted. If the user has already uploaded at least one attachment, you can see the listing of the attachment(s) in the table. The data available for each attachment consist of: Filename, Topic title, Post time, Filesize, and Downloads. To help you in managing the user's attachment(s), you can choose the sorting order of the attachments list. Find the Sort by: pull-down menu and pick the category you want to use the sort the list (the possible options are Filename, Extension, Filesize, Downloads, Post time, and Topic title. To choose the sorting order, choose either Descending or Ascending from the pull-down menu besides the sorting category. Once you are done, click Go. To view the attachment, click on the attachment's filename. The attachment will open in the same browser window. You can also view the topic in which the attachment was posted by clicking on the link besides the Topic: label, which is below the filename. Deleting the user's attachment(s) is very easy. In the attachments listing, check the checkboxes that are next to the attachment(s) you want to delete. When everything you want has been selected, click Delete marked, which is located below the attachments listing. @@ -1470,7 +1466,7 @@
    - +
    @@ -1506,11 +1502,11 @@ Users' forum permissions - + Along with editing your users' user account-related permissions, you can also edit their forum permissions, which relate to the forums in your board. Forum permissions are different from user permissions in that they are directly related and tied to the forums. Users' forum permissions allows you to edit your users' forum permissions. When doing so, you can only assign forum permissions to one user at a time. - + To start editing a user's forum permissions, start by typing in the user's username into the Find a member text box. If you would like to edit the forum permissions that pertain to the anonymous user, check the Select anonymous user text box. Click Submit to continue. - +
    Selecting forums for users' forum permissions @@ -1522,10 +1518,10 @@
    - + You should now be able to assign forum permissions to the user. You now have two ways to assign forum permissions to the user: you may either select the forum(s) manually with a multiple selection menu, or select a specific forum or category, along with its associated subforums. Click Submit to continue with the forum(s) you have picked. Now, you should be greeted with the Setting permissions screen, where you can actually assign the forum permissions to the user. You should now select what kind of forum permissions you want to edit now; you may either edit the user's Forum permissions or Moderator permissions. Click Go. You should now be able to select the role to assign to the user for each forum you selected previously. If you would like to configure these permissions with more detail, click the Advanced permissions link located in the appropriate forum permissions box, and then update the permissions accordingly. When you are done, click Apply all permissions if you are in the Advanced permissions area, or click Apply all permissions at the bottom of the page to submit all of your changes on the page.
    - +
    @@ -1535,9 +1531,9 @@ Custom profile fields - + One of the many new features in phpBB3 that enhance the user experience is Custom Profile Fields. In the past, users could only fill in information in the common profile fields that were displayed; administrators had to add MODifications to their board to accommodate their individual needs. In phpBB3, however, administrators can comfortably create custom profile fields through the ACP. - + To create your custom profile field, login to your ACP. Click on the Users and Groups tab, and then locate the Custom profile fields link in the left-hand menu to click on. You should now be on the proper page. Locate the empty textbox below the custom profile fields headings, which is next to a selection menu and a Create new field button. Type in the empty textbox the name of the new profile field you want to create first. Then, select the field type in the selection menu. Available options are Numbers, Single text field, Textarea, Boolean (Yes/No), Dropdown box, and Date. Click the Create new field button to continue. The following describes each of the three sets of settings that the new custom profile field will have. Add profile field @@ -1545,7 +1541,7 @@ Field identification: This is the name of the profile field. This name will identify the profile field within phpBB3's database and templates. Display profile field: This setting determines if the new profile field will be displayed at all. The profile field will be shown on topic pages, profiles and the memberlist if this is enabled within the load settings. Only showing within the users profile is enabled by default. - + Visibility option Display in user control panel: This setting determines if your users will be able to change the profile field within the UCP. @@ -1553,17 +1549,17 @@ Required field: This setting determines if you want to force your users to fill in this profile field. This will display the profile field at registration and within the user control panel. Hide profile field: If this option is enabled, this profile field will only show up in users' profiles. Only administrators and moderators will be able to see or fill out this field in this case. - + Language specific options Field name/title presented to the user: This is the actual name of the profile field that will be displayed to your users. Field description: This is a simple description/explanation for your users filling out this field. - + When you are done with the above settings, click the Profile type specific options button to continue. Fill out the appropriate settings with what you desire, then click the Next button. If your new custom profile field was created successfully, you should be greeted with a green success message. Congratulations!
    - +
    @@ -1573,22 +1569,22 @@ Managing ranks - + Ranks are special titles that can be applied to forum users. As an administrator, it is up to you to create and manage the ranks that exist on your board. The actual names for the ranks are completely up to you; it's usually best to tailor them to the main purpose of your board. - + When assigning a special rank name to a user, remember that no permissions are associated. For example, if you create a "Support Moderator" rank and assign it to a user, that user will not automatically get moderator permissions. You must assign the user the special permissions separately. - + To manage your board's ranks, login to your ACP, click on the Users and Groups tab, and then click on the Manage ranks link located in the left-hand menu. You should now be on the rank management page. All current existing ranks are displayed. - + To create a new rank, click on the Add new rank button located below the existing ranks list. Fill in the first field Rank title with the name of the rank. If you uploaded an image you want to attribute to the rank into the /images/ranks/ folder, you can select an image from the selection menu. The last setting you can set is if you want the rank to be a "special" rank. Special ranks are ranks that administrators assign to users; they are not automatically assigned to users based on their postcount. If you selected No, then you can fill in the Minimum posts field with the minimum number of posts your users must have before getting assigned this rank. When you are done, click the Submit button to add this new rank. - + To edit a rank's current settings, locate the rank's row, and then click on its "Edit" button located in the Action column. - + To delete a rank, locate the rank's row, and then click on its "Delete" button located in the Action column. Then, you must confirm the action by clicking on the Yes button when prompted.
    - +
    @@ -1599,7 +1595,7 @@ User Security Other than being able to manage your users on your board, it is also important to be able to protect your board and prevent unwanted registrations and users. The User Security section allows you to manage banned emails, IPs, and usernames, as well as managing disallowed usernames and user pruning. Banned users that exhibit information that match any of these ban rules will not be able to reach any part of your board. - +
    @@ -1610,7 +1606,7 @@ Ban emails Sometimes, it is necessary to ban emails in order to prevent unwanted registrations. There may be certain users or spam bots that use emails that you are aware of. Here, in the Ban emails section, you can do this. You can control which email addresses are banned, how long a ban is in effect, and the given reason(s) for banning. - + To ban or exclude one or more email addresses, fill in the Ban one or more email addresses form. Once you are done with your changes, click Submit. Ban one or more email addresses @@ -1620,7 +1616,7 @@ Reason for ban: This is a short reason for why you want to ban the email address(es). This is optional, and can help you remember in the future why you banned the email address(es). Reason shown to the banned: This is a short explanation that will actually be shown to the users with the banned email address(es). This can be different from the above Reason for ban. - + Other than adding emails to be banned, you can also un-ban or un-exclude email addresses from bans. To un-ban or exclude one or more email addresses from bans, fill in the Un-ban or un-exclude emails form. Once you are done, click Submit. Un-ban or un-exclude emails @@ -1630,7 +1626,7 @@ Reason shown to the banned: This is an uneditable information box that shows the reason shown to the banned for the currently selected email. If more than one email address is selected, only one of the shown ban reasons will be displayed.
    - +
    @@ -1641,7 +1637,7 @@ Ban IPs Sometimes, it is necessary to ban IP addresses or hostnames in order to prevent unwanted users. There may be certain users or spam bots that use IPs or hostnames that you are aware of. Here, in the Ban IPs section, you can do this. You can control which IP addresses or hostnames are banned, how long a ban is in effect, and the given reason(s) for banning. - + To ban or exclude one or more IP addresses and/or hostnames, fill in the Ban one or more email addresses form. Once you are done with your changes, click Submit. Ban one or more IPs @@ -1651,7 +1647,7 @@ Reason for ban: This is a short reason for why you want to ban the IP address(es) and/or hostname(s). This is optional, and can help you remember in the future why you banned the IP address(es) and/or hostname(s). Reason shown to the banned: This is a short explanation that will actually be shown to the users with the banned IP address(es) and/or hostname(s). This can be different from the above Reason for ban. - + Other than adding IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) to be banned, you can also un-ban or un-exclude IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) from bans. To un-ban or exclude one or more IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) from bans, fill in the Un-ban or un-exclude IPs form. Once you are done, click Submit. Un-ban or un-exclude IPs @@ -1661,7 +1657,7 @@ Reason shown to the banned: This is an uneditable information box that shows the reason shown to the banned for the currently selected IP address or hostname. If more than one IP address or hostname is selected, only one of the shown ban reasons will be displayed.
    - +
    @@ -1672,7 +1668,7 @@ Ban Users Whenever you encounter troublesome users on your board, you may have to ban them. On the Ban usernames page, you can do exactly that. On this page, you can manage all banned usernames. - + To ban or exclude one or more users, fill in the Ban one or more users form. Once you are done with your changes, click Submit. Ban one or more usernames @@ -1682,7 +1678,7 @@ Reason for ban: This is a short reason for why you want to ban the username(s). This is optional, and can help you remember in the future why you banned the user(s). Reason shown to the banned: This is a short explanation that will actually be shown to the banned user(s). This can be different from the above Reason for ban. - + Other than adding users to be banned, you can also un-ban or un-exclude usernames from bans. To un-ban or exclude one or more users from bans, fill in the Un-ban or un-exclude usernames form. Once you are done, click Submit. Un-ban or un-exclude usernames @@ -1692,7 +1688,7 @@ Reason shown to the banned: This is an uneditable information box that shows the reason shown to the banned for the currently selected username. If more than one username is selected, only one of the shown ban reasons will be displayed.
    - +
    @@ -1702,14 +1698,14 @@ Disallow usernames - + In phpBB3, it is also possible to disallow the registration of certain usernames that match any usernames that you configure. (This is useful if you want to prevent users from registering with usernames that might confuse them with an important board member.) To manage disallowed usernames, go to the ACP, click the Users and Groups tab, and then click on Disallow usernames, which is located on the side navigation menu. - + To add a disallowed username, locate the Add a disallowed username form, and then type in the username in the textbox labeled Username. You can use wildcards (*) to match any character. For example, to disallow any username that matches "JoeBloggs", you could type in "Joe*". This would prevent all users from registering a username that starts with "Joe". Once you are done, click Submit. - + To remove a disallowed username, locate the Remove a disallowed username form. Select the disallowed username that you would like to remove from the Username selection menu. Click Submit to remove the selected disallowed username.
    - +
    @@ -1719,11 +1715,11 @@ Prune users - + In phpBB3, it is possible to prune users from your board in order to keep only your active members. You can also delete a whole user account, along with everything associated with the user account. Prune users allows you to prune and deactivate user accounts on your board by post count, last visited date, and more. - + To start the pruning process, locate the Prune users form. You can prune users based on any combination of the available criteria. (In other words, fill out every field in the form that applies to the user(s) you're targeting for pruning.) When you are ready to prune users that match your specified settings, click Submit. - + Prune users Username: Enter a username that you want to be pruned. You can use wildcards (*) to prune users that have a username that matches the given pattern. @@ -1735,86 +1731,86 @@ Delete pruned user posts: When users are removed (actually deleted and not just deactivated), you must choose what to do with their posts. To delete all of the posts that belong to the pruned user(s), select the radio button labeled Yes. Otherwise, select No and the pruned user(s)' posts will remain on the board, untouched. Deactivate or delete: You must choose whether you want to deactivate the pruned user(s)' accounts, or to completely delete and remove them from the board's database. - + Pruning users cannot be undone! Be careful with the criteria you choose when pruning users.
    - +
    dhn - + MennoniteHobbit - + Group Management - - Usergroups are a way of grouping users. This makes it easier to set permissions to many people at the same time. phpBB 3.1 has six pre-defined groups: Administrators, Bots, Global Moderators, Guests, Registered Users, and Registered COPPA Users. - + + Usergroups are a way of grouping users. This makes it easier to set permissions to many people at the same time. phpBB 3.3 has six pre-defined groups: Administrators, Bots, Global Moderators, Guests, Registered Users, and Registered COPPA Users. +
    dhn - + MennoniteHobbit - + Group types There are two types of groups: - + Pre-defined groups - These are groups that are available by default in phpBB 3.1. You cannot delete them, as the board needs them for various features. You can still change their attributes (description, colour, rank, avatar, and so forth) and group leaders. Users that register to your board are automatically added to the predefined group "Registered Users", for instance. Do not try to remove them manually through the database, or your board will no longer function properly. - + These are groups that are available by default in phpBB 3.3. You cannot delete them, as the board needs them for various features. You can still change their attributes (description, colour, rank, avatar, and so forth) and group leaders. Users that register to your board are automatically added to the predefined group "Registered Users", for instance. Do not try to remove them manually through the database, or your board will no longer function properly. + Administrators This usergroup contains all of the administrators on your board. All founders are administrators, but not all administrators are founders. You can control what administrators can do by managing this group. - + Bots - This usergroup is meant for search engine bots. phpBB 3.1 has the ability to overcome the common problems that search engine spiders encounter when spidering your board. For more information on managing settings for each bot, see the Spiders and Bots section. + This usergroup is meant for search engine bots. phpBB 3.3 has the ability to overcome the common problems that search engine spiders encounter when spidering your board. For more information on managing settings for each bot, see the Spiders and Bots section. - + Global Moderators Global moderators are moderators that have moderator permissions for every forum in your board. You can edit what permissions these moderators have by managing this group. - + Guests Guests are visitors to your board who aren't logged in. You can limit what guests can do by managing this usergroup. - + Registered Users Registered users are a big part of your board. Registered users have already registered on your board. To control what registered users can do, manage this usergroup. - + Registered COPPA Users Registered COPPA users are basically the same as registered users, except that they fall under the COPPA, or Child Online Privacy Protection Act, law, meaning that they are under the age of 13 in the U.S.A. Managing the permissions this usergroup has is important in protecting these users. COPPA doesn't apply to users living outside of the U.S.A. and can be disabled altogether. - + @@ -1826,7 +1822,7 @@ The Manage Groups section in the ACP shows you separated lists of both your "User defined groups" and the "Pre-defined groups". - +
    Group attributes @@ -1863,9 +1859,9 @@ Group avatar A member that has this group as the default group (see ) will use this avatar. Note that a member can change his avatar to a different one if he has the permission to do so. For more information on avatar settings, see the userguide section on avatars. - + - +
    Default groups @@ -1893,7 +1889,7 @@ Finally, you are able to choose which groups are considered Team positions and should be shown on the Team page.
    - +
    @@ -1903,7 +1899,7 @@ Permissions - On your board, you will need to control what users can and cannot do, and what they can and cannot see. With the flexible and detailed system that Ascraeus provides, you have an extensive ability to manage permissions. There are five types of permissions in phpBB3: + On your board, you will need to control what users can and cannot do, and what they can and cannot see. With the flexible and detailed system that Proteus provides, you have an extensive ability to manage permissions. There are five types of permissions in phpBB3: Global User permissions Global Moderator permissions @@ -2184,7 +2180,7 @@
    Customise - phpBB 3.1 allows you to customise its appearance and interactions in several ways: + phpBB 3.3 allows you to customise its appearance and interactions in several ways: Styles @@ -2219,7 +2215,7 @@ Styles Styling is one aspect of this customisability. Being able to manage the styles your board uses is important in keeping an interesting board. Your board's style may even reflect the purpose of your board. Styles allows you to manage all the styles available on your board. - +
    Styles overview @@ -2231,14 +2227,14 @@
    - + Creating a style is not an easy task and it takes quite a lot of time. Skilled designers from the phpBB community create styles that are available publicly and anyone can download them. This is a good place to start if you want to download and install a new style and you cannot afford to create your own, for any possible reason. The first place where you should stop is the Styles section on phpBB.com, you will find a list of useful links for places like the: - Styles Demo + Styles Demo The styles demo allows you to display each style on a live forum and see how each part of the board looks like using the specified style. You can browse through the styles until you find one that suits you and/or your board. The styles demo provides links to download the style and see its entry in the styles database. - + Styles Database The Style Database contains all the styles that were validated by the phpBB.com Styles Team. All styles are validated to ensure they are safe to use, work correctly and do not have any other caveats. You can filter styles by parameters like version, color or category to easily find a style that you would like. Each style entry in the database contains a link to the Style Demo, to show a live example of the style in use. @@ -2246,8 +2242,8 @@ - - + +
    @@ -2258,9 +2254,9 @@ Installing and managing styles After you choose a style and you are ready to install it, unpack it on your PC and upload the directory with the style to your board's server. Make sure that the directory you upload to the server's styles contains the template and theme directories, as well as a style.cfg file. The only exception is when a style has its template or theme based on another one, you will however be informed of that when you download the style. Having the dependent style component installed is required to install such a style. - + Since you have uploaded all the necessary files, you can continue to install your style. Go to the Customise tab in the ACP and click the Install Styles link. You should see a table containing a list of your uploaded styles. If you want to install your downloaded style, click the Install style link next to its title. - + At this moment, you should know how to install a new style. However, there are some links and features on the Styles overview page that we have missed. They are: Details: This link will take you to the details of style, where you can change its name, set if the style is active or not, as well as if it should be the board's default style. @@ -2286,7 +2282,7 @@ After uploading the extension, it will appear in the Extension Manager, where you simply need to click the Enable link to activate the extension. Once an extension is activated, an Extensions tab will appear in the Administration Control Panel if the extension has any configuration settings. The Details link shows you information about the extension, such as its authors, home page, description, and version requirements. The Current Version column indicates if you have the latest version of the extension. The Settings link at the top of the screen allows you to check for updates on pre-release extensions that are not yet considered to be stable. Your board will periodically check to see if you are running the latest extensions, but you can click the Re-Check all versions link to force a re-check of your extensions' versions. - + If a newer version of your extension is available, you can update it by following these steps: Disable the extension by clicking the Disable link in the Actions column. @@ -2341,11 +2337,11 @@ Board Maintenance - - Running a phpBB 3.1 board is a very important job that is up to the administrator(s). Maintaining the board to make sure it runs as cleanly and properly as possible is the administrator's job. - + + Running a phpBB 3.3 board is a very important job that is up to the administrator(s). Maintaining the board to make sure it runs as cleanly and properly as possible is the administrator's job. + Board Maintenance is a section in the ACP that allows you to keep track of internal phpBB information, such as logs, as well as maintaining your database (which holds your phpBB-related data), such as backing up and restoring data. - +
    @@ -2385,13 +2381,13 @@ - + Click on one of the log links located in the left-hand Forum Logs section. - + If you have appropriate permissions, you are able to remove any or all log entries from the above sections. To remove log entries, go to the appropriate log entries section, check the log entries' checkboxes, and then click on the Delete marked checkbox to delete the log entries. - +
    - +
    @@ -2404,9 +2400,8 @@ phpBB uses a database to store all the data used on the board, including users, posts, topics etc. Backing up the database can be useful as a protective measure in case of any accidents which could cause data loss or damage to the database. If any accident like this would occur, you would have a possibility to restore the database to a previous state from the backup. You can use the backup tool to move your board to another host - you will make a backup on your current server and restore it on the new one to keep all data. Database backup - Backup type: You can backup the whole database or you can either backup the structure or data. The structure only contains the hiearchy in which the data is stored, on the other side, if you only backup the data, you will need a pre-prepared structure when restoring/importing data. + Backup type: You can backup the whole database or you can either backup the structure or data. The structure only contains the hierarchy in which the data is stored, on the other side, if you only backup the data, you will need a pre-prepared structure when restoring/importing data. File type: Depending on your server setup, you can save the backup in several formats. The Text option saves the backup in plain text, other options compress the file to decrease the filesize of the dump. - Action: You have three options: you can both Store and download the file, saving it in the store directory and downloading it to your PC, or you can choose to download or store the file. Table select: You can either Select all tables or you can select individual tables to backup. When backing up a large database, you can exclude the search tables (do not forget to restore their structure) and recreate the search index on the new server. @@ -2429,6 +2424,7 @@ + The ability to download backups from the ACP was removed in 3.2.6. Backups will need to be downloaded from the server using FTP, SCP, or another mechanism.
    diff --git a/documentation/content/en/chapters/glossary.xml b/documentation/content/en/chapters/glossary.xml index dfd16604..6f4b64b2 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/chapters/glossary.xml +++ b/documentation/content/en/chapters/glossary.xml @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ - @@ -122,21 +120,21 @@ Database - A database is a collection stored in a structured, organized manner (with different tables, rows, and columns, etc.). Databases provide a fast and flexible way of storing data, instead of the other commonly used data storage system of flat files where data is stored in a file. phpBB 3.1 supports a number of different DBMSs and uses the database to store information such as user details, posts, and categories. Data stored in a database can usually be backed up and restored easily. + A database is a collection stored in a structured, organized manner (with different tables, rows, and columns, etc.). Databases provide a fast and flexible way of storing data, instead of the other commonly used data storage system of flat files where data is stored in a file. phpBB 3.3 supports a number of different DBMSs and uses the database to store information such as user details, posts, and categories. Data stored in a database can usually be backed up and restored easily. DBAL - DBAL, or "Database Abstraction Layer", is a system that allows phpBB 3.1 to access many different DBMSs with little overhead. All code made for phpBB (including MODs) need to use the phpBB DBAL for compatibility and performance purposes. + DBAL, or "Database Abstraction Layer", is a system that allows phpBB 3.3 to access many different DBMSs with little overhead. All code made for phpBB (including MODs) need to use the phpBB DBAL for compatibility and performance purposes. DBMS - A DBMS, or "Database Management System", is a system or software designed to manage a database. phpBB 3.1 supports the following DBMSs: Microsoft SQL Server, MySQL, Oracle, postgreSQL, and SQLite. + A DBMS, or "Database Management System", is a system or software designed to manage a database. phpBB 3.3 supports the following DBMSs: Microsoft SQL Server, MySQL, Oracle, postgreSQL, and SQLite. @@ -301,7 +299,7 @@ Template - A template is what controls the layout of a style. phpBB 3.1 template files have the .html file extension. These template files contain mostly HTML (no PHP, however), with some variables that phpBB uses (contained in braces: { and }). + A template is what controls the layout of a style. phpBB 3.3 template files have the .html file extension. These template files contain mostly HTML (no PHP, however), with some variables that phpBB uses (contained in braces: { and }). @@ -329,7 +327,7 @@ Usergroup - Usergroups are a way of grouping users. This makes it easier to set permissions to many people at the same time (e.g. create a moderator group and give it moderating permissions to a certain forum instead of giving lots of individual people moderating permissions separately). A usergroup has a usergroup moderator (a leader, essentially), who has the ability to add or delete users from the group. Usergroups can be set to hidden, closed or open. If a usergroup is open, users can try requesting membership via the proper page within the group control panel. phpBB 3.1 has six pre-defined usergroups. + Usergroups are a way of grouping users. This makes it easier to set permissions to many people at the same time (e.g. create a moderator group and give it moderating permissions to a certain forum instead of giving lots of individual people moderating permissions separately). A usergroup has a usergroup moderator (a leader, essentially), who has the ability to add or delete users from the group. Usergroups can be set to hidden, closed or open. If a usergroup is open, users can try requesting membership via the proper page within the group control panel. phpBB 3.3 has six pre-defined usergroups. diff --git a/documentation/content/en/chapters/moderator_guide.xml b/documentation/content/en/chapters/moderator_guide.xml index 5c8ba5b8..42b6b4f4 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/chapters/moderator_guide.xml +++ b/documentation/content/en/chapters/moderator_guide.xml @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ - @@ -12,7 +10,7 @@ Moderator Guide - This chapter describes the phpBB 3.1 forum moderation controls. + This chapter describes the phpBB 3.3 forum moderation controls.
    diff --git a/documentation/content/en/chapters/quick_start_guide.xml b/documentation/content/en/chapters/quick_start_guide.xml index 93de8bb1..32b3bc3f 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/chapters/quick_start_guide.xml +++ b/documentation/content/en/chapters/quick_start_guide.xml @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ - @@ -12,7 +10,7 @@ Quick Start Guide - A quick guide through the first steps of installing and configuring up your very own phpBB 3.1 forum. + A quick guide through the first steps of installing and configuring up your very own phpBB 3.3 forum.
    @@ -32,16 +30,13 @@ A SQL database system, one of: - MySQL 3.23 or above (MySQLi supported) + MySQL 4.1.3 or above (MySQLi required) MariaDB 5.1 or above - MS SQL Server 2000 or above (via ODBC) - - - MS SQL Server 2005 or above (via the native adapter, SQLSRV) + MS SQL Server 2000 or above (via ODBC or the native adapter) Oracle @@ -50,15 +45,12 @@ PostgreSQL 8.3+ - SQLite 2 - - - SQLite 3 + SQLite 3.6.15+ - PHP >= 5.3.3, PHP < 7.0-dev + PHP 7.2.0+ up to and including PHP 8.3 with support for the database you intend to use. getimagesize() function enabled @@ -69,6 +61,12 @@ json + + mbstring + + + XML support + Corresponding PHP module for the database system you intend to use @@ -83,12 +81,6 @@ Remote FTP support - - XML support - - - Imagemagick support - GD support @@ -106,7 +98,7 @@ Installation - phpBB 3.1 Ascraeus has an easy to use installation system that will guide you through the installation process. + phpBB 3.3 Proteus has an easy to use installation system that will guide you through the installation process. After you have decompressed the phpBB3 archive and uploaded the files to the location where you want it to be installed, you need to enter the URL into your browser to open the installation screen. The first time you point your browser to the URL (http://www.example.com/phpBB3 for instance), phpBB will detect that it is not yet installed and automatically redirect you to the installation screen.
    Introduction @@ -124,14 +116,18 @@
    Introduction - The installation screen gives you a short introduction into phpBB. It allows you to read the license phpBB 3.1 is released under (the General Public License) and provides information about how you can receive support. To start the installation, click the Install tab (see ). + The installation screen gives you a short introduction into phpBB. It allows you to read the license phpBB 3.3 is released under (the General Public License) and provides information about how you can receive support. To start the installation, click the Install tab (see ).
    Requirements - Please read the section on phpBB3's requirements to find out more about the phpBB 3.1's minimum requirements. + Please read the section on phpBB3's requirements to find out more about the phpBB 3.3's minimum requirements. - The requirements list is the first page you will see after starting the installation. phpBB 3.1 automatically checks if everything that it needs to run properly is installed on your server. In order to continue the installation, you will need to have PHP installed (the minimum version number is shown on the requirements page), and at least one database available to continue the installation. It is also important that all shown folders are available and have the correct permissions set. Please see the description of each section to find out if they are optional or required for phpBB 3.1 to run. If everything is in order, you can continue the installation by clicking the Start Install button. + The requirements list is the first page you will see after starting the installation if you are missing any necessary PHP extensions or have a server setting misconfigured. phpBB 3.3 automatically checks if everything that it needs to run properly is installed on your server. In order to continue the installation, you will need to have PHP installed (the minimum version number is shown on the requirements page), and at least one database available to continue the installation. It is also important that all shown folders are available and have the correct permissions set. Please see the description of each section to find out if they are optional or required for phpBB 3.3 to run. If everything is in order, you can continue the installation by clicking the Start Install button. +
    +
    + Administrator details + Now you have to create your administration user. This user will have full administration access and he will be the first user on your forum.
    Database settings @@ -169,17 +165,12 @@
    You don't need to change the Prefix for tables in database setting, unless you plan on using multiple phpBB installations on one database. In this case you can use a different prefix for each installation to make it work. - After you have entered your details, you can continue by clicking the Proceed to next step button. Now, phpBB 3.1 will test and verify the data you entered. - If you see a "Could not connect to the database" error, this means that you didn't enter the database data correctly and it is not possible for phpBB to connect. Make sure that everything you entered is in order and try again. Again, if you are unsure about your database settings, please contact your host. + After you have entered your details, you can continue by clicking the Submit button. Now, phpBB 3.3 will test and verify the data you entered. + If you see a "Could not connect to the database" error, this means that you didn't enter the database information correctly and it is not possible for phpBB to connect. Make sure that everything you entered is in order and try again. Again, if you are unsure about your database settings, please contact your host. Remember that your database username and password are case sensitive. You must use the exact one you have set up or been given by your host If you installed another version of phpBB before on the same database with the same prefix, phpBB will inform you and you just need to enter a different database prefix. - If you see the Successful Connection message, you can continue to the next step. -
    -
    - Administrator details - Now you have to create your administration user. This user will have full administration access and he will be the first user on your forum. All fields on this page are required. You can also set the default language of your forum on this page. In a vanilla (basic) phpBB 3.1 installation we only include English [GB]. You can download further languages from www.phpbb.com, and add them later.
    Configuration file @@ -188,11 +179,29 @@
    Advanced settings - The Advanced settings allow you to set some parameters of the board configuration. They are optional, and you can always change them later if you wish. So if you are unsure of what these settings mean, ignore them and proceed to the final step to finish the installation. - If the installation was successful, you can now use the Login button to visit the Administration Control Panel. Congratulations, you have installed phpBB 3.1 successfully. But there is still a lot of work ahead! - If you are unable to get phpBB 3.1 installed even after reading this guide, please look at the support section to find out where you can ask for further assistance. + The next several sections allow you to set some more advanced parameters of the board configuration. They are optional, and you can always change them later if you wish. So if you are unsure of what these settings mean, ignore them and proceed to the final step to finish the installation. +
    +
    + Final Steps + At the end of the installation, you can set the default language of your board, a title for your board, and a short description of it. In a vanilla (basic) phpBB 3.3 installation we only include English [GB]. You can download further languages from www.phpbb.com, and add them later. + After clicking Submit, a progress bar will appear and will be updated with the status of the board installation. Please be patient as this may take a few moments. + If the installation was successful, you can now use the ACP link to visit the Administration Control Panel. Congratulations, you have installed phpBB 3.3 successfully. But there is still a lot of work ahead! + If you are unable to get phpBB 3.3 installed even after reading this guide, please look at the support section to find out where you can ask for further assistance. At this point if you are upgrading from phpBB 2.0 or phpBB 3.0, you should refer to the upgrade guide for further information. If not, you should remove the install directory from your server as you will only be able to access the Administration Control Panel whilst it is present.
    +
    + Supporting the phpBB organization + When visiting the ACP for the first time after installing phpBB, a screen will be presented which provides ways for you to assist the phpBB organization. + + + Send Statistics - Sends us information about your server, such as PHP version, selected database type, some PHP settings, etc... All sensitive information has been removed. Clicking the Show details link shows exactly what information will be sent. This information helps up make design decisions for future versions of phpBB. + + + VigLink - This option adds referral codes to certain links which are posted on your board by your users. When certain actions are taken on these links (such as purchasing an item from a posted Amazon link), VigLink receives a commission, of which a share is donated to the phpBB project. These funds will be used to further the development of phpBB. You can also choose to use your own VigLink account by clicking Convert account under VigLink settings in the Board Configuration section of the Administration Control Panel. + + + Both of these actions are optional and will not be enabled without your explicit consent. Clicking away from this page without pressing Submit will deactivate the options. If you wish to enable or disable these options at a later time, this can be done through the Help support phpBB page of the Administration Control Panel under Server Configuration. +
    @@ -220,7 +229,7 @@ This form also holds the options for changing things like the main site URL as well as the date format used to render dates/times (Date format). - There you can also select a new style (after having installed it) for your board and enforce it on all members ignoring whatever style they've selected in their "User Control Panel". The style will also be used for all forums where you haven't specified a different one. For details on where to get new styles and how to install them, please visit the styles home page at phpbb.com. + There you can also select a new style (after having installed it) for your board and enforce it on all members ignoring whatever style they've selected in their "User Control Panel". The style will also be used for all forums where you haven't specified a different one. For details on where to get new styles and how to install them, please visit the styles home page at phpbb.com. If you want to use your board for a non-English community, this form also lets you change the default language (Default Language) (which can be overridden by each user in their UCPs). By default, phpBB3 only ships with the English language pack. So, before using this field, you will have to download the language pack for the language you want to use and install it. For details, please read Language packs .
    @@ -293,7 +302,7 @@
    Setting permissions - After you created your first forum, you have to decide who has access to it and what your users are allowed to do and what not. This is what Permissions are for. You can disallow guests to post or hand out moderating powers, for instance. Almost every aspect of user interaction with phpBB3 Ascraeus can be adjusted with permissions. + After you created your first forum, you have to decide who has access to it and what your users are allowed to do and what not. This is what Permissions are for. You can disallow guests to post or hand out moderating powers, for instance. Almost every aspect of user interaction with phpBB 3.3 Proteus can be adjusted with permissions.
    Permission types @@ -344,7 +353,7 @@ The Forum Permissions page shows you two columns, one for users and one for groups to select (see ). The top lists on both columns labelled as Manage Users and Manage Groups show users and groups that already have permissions on at least one of your selected forums set. You can select them and change their permissions with the Edit Permissions button, or use Remove Permissions to remove them which leads to them not having permissions set, and therefore not being able to see the forum or have any access to it (unless they have access to it through another group). The bottom boxes allow you to add new users or groups, that do not currently have permissions set on at least one of your selected forums. To add permissions for groups, select one or more groups either in the Add Groups list (this works similar with users, but if you want to add new users, you have to type them in manually in the Add Users text box or use the Find a member function). Add Permissions will take you to the permission interface. Each forum you selected is listed, with the groups or users to change the permissions for below them. - There are two ways to assign permissions: You can set them manually or use predefined Permission Roles for a simpler but less powerful way. You can switch between both approaches any time you want. You can skip the manual permission introduction and jump directly into the section on "Permissions Roles", if you are eager to get everything running as quickly as possible. But remember that permission roles do only offer a small bit of what the permission system has to offer and we believe that to be a good Ascraeus administrator, you have to fully grasp permissions. + There are two ways to assign permissions: You can set them manually or use predefined Permission Roles for a simpler but less powerful way. You can switch between both approaches any time you want. You can skip the manual permission introduction and jump directly into the section on "Permissions Roles", if you are eager to get everything running as quickly as possible. But remember that permission roles do only offer a small bit of what the permission system has to offer and we believe that to be a good Proteus administrator, you have to fully grasp permissions. Both ways only differ in the way you set them. They both share the same interface.
    @@ -376,7 +385,7 @@
    Permissions roles - phpBB3 Ascraeus ships with a number of default permission roles, that offer you a wide variety of options for setting permissions. Instead of having to check each radio button manually, you can select a predefined role in the Rolepull down list. Each role has a detailed description, that will pop up when you hover your mouse over it. Submit your changes with Apply Permissions or Apply All Permissions when you are satisfied with them. That will set the permissions and you are done. + phpBB 3.3 Proteus ships with a number of default permission roles, that offer you a wide variety of options for setting permissions. Instead of having to check each radio button manually, you can select a predefined role in the Rolepull down list. Each role has a detailed description, that will pop up when you hover your mouse over it. Submit your changes with Apply Permissions or Apply All Permissions when you are satisfied with them. That will set the permissions and you are done.
    Permission roles @@ -467,7 +476,7 @@
    Obtaining support - The phpBB Team provides many options for users to find support for their phpBB install. In addition to this very documentation, the support forum on www.phpbb.com has many answers that users like you are searching for. Therefore, we highly recommend the use of the search feature before asking a new question. If you are unable to find an answer, feel free to post a new topic asking for help. Be sure to be descriptive when explaining your problem! The more we know about what is happening, the faster we can provide you with the answer you are looking for. Be sure to fill out the Support Request Template with the information it asks for. + The phpBB Team provides many options for users to find support for their phpBB install. In addition to this very documentation, the support forum on www.phpbb.com has many answers that users like you are searching for. Therefore, we highly recommend the use of the search feature before asking a new question. If you are unable to find an answer, feel free to post a new topic asking for help. Be sure to be descriptive when explaining your problem! The more we know about what is happening, the faster we can provide you with the answer you are looking for. Be sure to fill out the Support Request Template with the information it asks for and provide it in your post. In addition to the support forum on www.phpbb.com, we provide a Knowledge Base for users to read and submit articles on common answers to questions. Our community has taken a lot of time in writing these articles, so be sure to check them out. diff --git a/documentation/content/en/chapters/server_guide.xml b/documentation/content/en/chapters/server_guide.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3e211c4c --- /dev/null +++ b/documentation/content/en/chapters/server_guide.xml @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ + + + + + $Id$ + + 2022 + phpBB Group + + + Server Guide + + This chapter describes the server configuration related to phpBB. + + +
    + Sphinx search configuration + + Sphinx fulltext search allows using the Sphinx Open Source Search Server for phpBB 3.1 search. Using Sphinx + will improve the performance of searching as well as indexing particularly in boards with large databases. + Sphinx server being both flexible and fast, provides a better alternative as a search backend. + +
    + Minimum Requirements + The minimum requirements for using Sphinx are as follows: + + Sphinx Search server >2.0.1 && <3.0 + phpBB 3.1+ + MySQL or PostgreSQL Database + +
    +
    + Installation Instructions +
    + Sphinx Installation + Follow the Instructions to install sphinx. Only the actual installation is required, no need to follow "Sphinx Quick Usage Tour" for phpBB search. +
    +
    + Sphinx Configuration + + Sphinx configuration file data can either be generated through ACP and then copy pasted into the + sphinx.conf or the Sphinx Sample Config + can be manually edited and used. Following folders/files need to be created and defined in the sphinx.conf: + + + Config directory which will have sphinx.conf and stopwords.txt (If defined). + Data directory which will have binary and index files. + Log directory as a sub directory of Data directory which will save all logs related to sphinx search server. + +
    +
    + Creating Required Directories + + + Data directory + mkdir -p {DATA_PATH} + + + Log directory + mkdir -p {DATA_PATH}/log + + +
    +
    + Indexing + + Board administrator needs to select Sphinx Fulltext Search as the search backend and + Create Search Index through the ACP UI. This will create a SPHINX_TABLE in the database. + Then the sphinx indexer should be manually run from the shell. + + + + Index Main + indexer --config {CONFIG_PATH}/sphinx.conf index_phpbb_{SPHINX_ID}_main >> {DATA_PATH}/log/indexer.log 2>&1 & + + + Index Delta + indexer --config {CONFIG_PATH}/sphinx.conf index_phpbb_{SPHINX_ID}_delta >> {DATA_PATH}/log/indexer.log 2>&1 & + + + Re-index + indexer --rotate --config {CONFIG_PATH}/sphinx.conf index_phpbb_{SPHINX_ID}_delta >> {DATA_PATH}/log/indexer.log 2>&1 & + + +
    +
    + Test Sphinx + Test whether sphinx is working. The following command will return the search result. + search --config {CONFIG_PATH}/sphinx.conf search string +
    +
    + Incremental Updates + Crontab file on most Unix Systems can be edited by + crontab -e + Add this line to update the delta index every five minutes + */5 * * * * indexer --rotate --config {CONFIG_PATH}/sphinx.conf index_phpbb_{SPHINX_ID}_delta >> {DATA_PATH}/log/indexer.log 2>&1 & + Add this line to set up cron job for full index once every night + 0 3 * * * indexer --rotate --config {CONFIG_PATH}/sphinx.conf index_phpbb_{SPHINX_ID}_main >> {DATA_PATH}/log/indexer.log 2>&1 & +
    +
    + Start Searchd + Start sphinx daemon. + searchd --config {CONFIG_PATH}/sphinx.conf >> {DATA_PATH}/log/searchd-startup.log 2>&1 & +
    +
    + Troubleshooting + Log files present in the {DATA_PATH}/log/ directory can be checked for errors. See Sphinx Documentation for details. +
    +
    +
    + Manual Configuration + + Sample Sphinx config file for phpBB sphinx search backend is available here. It has many options + which include database details as well as the directory details for sphinx data and config folders. + +
    + Database Details + Database details on which sphinx daemon and the board are running. + + type - database type , default mysql. + sql_host - hostname, default localhost + sql_user + sql_pass + sql_port - database port, default 3306 for mysql + db_name + +
    +
    + Searchd Details + + listen - IP address : Sphinx Daemon port, default 127.0.0.1:3312 + read_timeout - Network client request read timeout in seconds, default 5 + max_children - Maximum amount of children to fork (concurrent searches to run in parallel), default 30 + max_matches - the number of search hits to display per result page, default 20000 + +
    +
    + Wildcard searching + By default, wildcard searching is DISABLED and use of * operator will not work. To enable wildcard searching, consider configuring the following parameters: + + + + ignore_chars - characters (in Unicode format) ignored and truncated in search index. default none. + ignore_chars = U+00AD, U+002D will truncate hyphenated words into single word eg "re-establish" will be indexed as "reestablish". + Ignored characters cannot be listed in charset_table. + + + + + min_prefix_len - minimum prefix length to index. Value greater than 0 will enable partial word match using wordstart* wildcard, + default 0 (wildcards disabled). Suggested value 3 (tes* will find test, tested, testing etc) + + + + + min_infix_len - minimum infix length to index. Value greater than 0 will enable partial word match using 'start*', '*end', + and '*middle*' wildcards, default 0 (wildcards disabled). Suggested value 3 (*est* will find test, tested, testing, estimated, shortest etc). + + + + Only use one of either min_prefix_len or min_infix_len, not both. The unused parameter should be set as 0. Enabling wildcard indexing will increase search index size. +
    +
    + Stopwords + + Sphinx config file provides an option for specifying a file containing search stop words. Stop words are those common words like 'a' and 'the' that appear commonly in text + and should really be ignored from searching. A somewhat complete list of English stop words can be found here. These words can be copied into a text file and added + to sphinx.conf under index_phpbb section as + + stopwords = path/to/stopwords.txt +
    +
    +
    +
    diff --git a/documentation/content/en/chapters/upgrade_guide.xml b/documentation/content/en/chapters/upgrade_guide.xml index cac80786..54807b32 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/chapters/upgrade_guide.xml +++ b/documentation/content/en/chapters/upgrade_guide.xml @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ - @@ -12,7 +10,7 @@ Upgrade Guide - Do you want to upgrade your phpBB2 forum to version 3.1? This chapter will tell and show you how it is done. + Do you want to upgrade your phpBB2 forum to version 3.3? This chapter will tell and show you how it is done.
    @@ -22,10 +20,10 @@ - Upgrading from 2.0 to 3.1 + Upgrading from 2.0 to 3.3 In order to allow administrators of phpBB2 boards to use phpBB3 and all of its features. There is a convertor packed with the default installation. The conversion framework is flexible and allows you to convert other bulletin board systems as well. Read more if you need help with converting your board to phpBB3 - The process is in the form of a PHP file, similar to the update file found in phpBB 2.0.x. The file will take you through wizard-like screens until your phpBB is running 3.1.x. Basic instructions and troubleshooting for doing this conversion are here. + The process is in the form of a PHP file, similar to the update file found in phpBB 2.0.x. The file will take you through wizard-like screens until your phpBB is running 3.3.x. Basic instructions and troubleshooting for doing this conversion are here. Warning: Be sure to backup both the database and the files before attempting to upgrade.
    @@ -38,18 +36,92 @@ - Upgrading from 3.0 to 3.1 + Upgrading from 3.0 to 3.3 - Upgrading to phpBB 3.1 will render previously installed MODifications and styles unusable. + Upgrading to phpBB 3.3 will render previously installed MODifications and styles unusable. If you have a custom logo, it will need to be redone after the upgrade. See Knowledge Base: How to Change your Board Logo. - phpBB 3.1 is not compatible with 3.0 and most of the previous files will need to be removed prior to upgrading to 3.1. + phpBB 3.3 is not compatible with 3.0 and most of the previous files will need to be removed prior to upgrading. To upgrade, perform the following steps: - Ensure that your server meets the requirements for running phpBB 3.1: + Ensure that your server meets the requirements for running phpBB 3.3: Make a backup of the original files Make a backup of the database - Download the phpBB 3.1 Full Package archive + Deactivate all styles except for prosilver + Remove all MOD-related changes from the database. The Support Toolkit's Database Cleaner can be used for this. + Set British English as the only language pack + Download the phpBB 3.3 Full Package archive + Extract the contents of the archive to your computer and open the phpBB3 directory + Delete the following files from the package: + + The config.php file + The files/ directory + The images/ directory + The store/ directory + + + On your website, delete all files from your board EXCEPT for: + + The config.php file + The files/ directory + The images/ directory + The store/ directory + + + Upload the contents of the phpBB3 directory from your computer to your forum's directory. You may be prompted to overwrite the remaining files. If prompted to merge or overwrite directories, choose to merge them. + + Update the database: + + + For large boards, you may wish to update via the command line instead of using a web browser. From your board's root, execute the following command: php ./bin/phpbbcli.php db:migrate --safe-mode + + Using your web browser, visit install/ in your board's root. (e.g. http://www.example.com/yourforum/install) + Click the Update tab + Click the Update button + Select "Update database only" and click Submit + Wait for the progress bar to reach 100% and for a message indicating that the update has completed + + + Delete the install/ directory + + + Ensure that the root level .htaccess file is included in the upload. Some FTP clients do not show files whose names start with a period and you may need to enable the display of hidden files. + + + If your board made use of language packs other than British English, you will need to download a version that is compatible with phpBB 3.3 from https://www.phpbb.com/languages/ + + + When uploading the 3.3 files to your server, do NOT overwrite your config.php. + + + When backing up your files, ensure that your FTP client is in binary mode or transfers files without extensions in binary mode. + For more information, see: Knowledge Base: Transferring attachment files with Filezilla + +
    + +
    + + + + Noxwizard + + + + Upgrading from 3.1 to 3.3 + + Upgrading to phpBB 3.3 may cause some extensions to no longer work. All styles will need to be updated, even if they give the appearance of working. If you have a custom logo, it will need to be redone after the upgrade. See Knowledge Base: How to Change your Board Logo. + + + phpBB 3.3 is not completely backwards compatible with 3.1 and custom edits may no longer work. The easiest upgrade method is to remove all existing files prior to upgrading and re-applying custom changes after verifying their correctness. + To upgrade, perform the following steps: + + Ensure that your server meets the requirements for running phpBB 3.3: + Make a backup of the original files + Make a backup of the database + Deactivate all styles except for prosilver + Deactivate any extensions which are not compatible with phpBB 3.3. Check with the extension author to find out if an extension is compatible or not. + Set British English as the only language pack + Download the phpBB 3.3 Full Package archive Extract the contents of the archive to your computer and open the phpBB3 directory Delete the following files from the package: @@ -62,6 +134,7 @@ On your website, delete all files from your board EXCEPT for: The config.php file + The ext/ directory The images/ directory The files/ directory The store/ directory @@ -69,21 +142,100 @@ Upload the contents of the phpBB3 directory from your computer to your forum's directory. You may be prompted to overwrite the remaining files. If prompted to merge or overwrite directories, choose to merge them. - Using your web browser, visit install/database_update.php in your board's root. (e.g. http://www.example.com/yourforum/install/database_update.php) + Update the database: + + + For large boards, you may wish to update via the command line instead of using a web browser. From your board's root, execute the following command: php ./bin/phpbbcli.php db:migrate --safe-mode + + Using your web browser, visit install/ in your board's root. (e.g. http://www.example.com/yourforum/install) + Click the Update tab + Click the Update button + Select "Update database only" and click Submit + Wait for the progress bar to reach 100% and for a message indicating that the update has completed + + + Delete the install/ directory + + + Ensure that the root level .htaccess file is included in the upload. Some FTP clients do not show files whose names start with a period and you may need to enable the display of hidden files. + + + If your board made use of language packs other than British English, you will need to download a version that is compatible with phpBB 3.3 from https://www.phpbb.com/languages/ + + + When uploading the 3.3 files to your server, do NOT overwrite your config.php. + + + When backing up your files, ensure that your FTP client is in binary mode or transfers files without extensions in binary mode. + For more information, see: Knowledge Base: Transferring attachment files with Filezilla + +
    + +
    + + + + Marc + + + + Upgrading from 3.2 to 3.3 + + Upgrading to phpBB 3.3 may cause some styles and extensions to no longer work. If you have a custom logo, it might need to be redone after the upgrade. See Knowledge Base: How to Change your Board Logo. + + + phpBB 3.3 should be backwards compatible with 3.2, however some extensions and custom edits may no longer work. The easiest upgrade method is to remove all existing files prior to upgrading and re-applying custom changes after verifying their correctness. + To upgrade, perform the following steps: + + Ensure that your server meets the requirements for running phpBB 3.3: + Make a backup of the original files + Make a backup of the database + Deactivate all styles except for prosilver + Deactivate any extensions which are not compatible with phpBB 3.3. Check with the extension author to find out if an extension is compatible or not. + Set British English as the only language pack + Download the phpBB 3.3 Full Package archive + Extract the contents of the archive to your computer and open the phpBB3 directory + Delete the following files from the package: + + The config.php file + The files/ directory + The images/ directory + The store/ directory + + + On your website, delete all files from your board EXCEPT for: - For large boards, you may wish to update via the command line. From your board's root, execute the following command: php ./bin/phpbbcli.php db:migrate --safe-mode + The config.php file + The ext/ directory + The files/ directory + The images/ directory + The store/ directory + Upload the contents of the phpBB3 directory from your computer to your forum's directory. You may be prompted to overwrite the remaining files. If prompted to merge or overwrite directories, choose to merge them. + + Update the database: + + + For large boards, you may wish to update via the command line instead of using a web browser. From your board's root, execute the following command: php ./bin/phpbbcli.php db:migrate --safe-mode + + Using your web browser, visit install/ in your board's root. (e.g. http://www.example.com/yourforum/install) + Click the Update tab + Click the Update button + Select "Update database only" and click Submit + Wait for the progress bar to reach 100% and for a message indicating that the update has completed + + Delete the install/ directory Ensure that the root level .htaccess file is included in the upload. Some FTP clients do not show files whose names start with a period and you may need to enable the display of hidden files. - If your board made use of language packs other than British English, you will need to download a version that is compatible with phpBB 3.1 from https://www.phpbb.com/languages/ + If your board made use of language packs other than British English, you will need to download a version that is compatible with phpBB 3.3 from https://www.phpbb.com/languages/ - When uploading the 3.1 files to your server, do NOT overwrite your config.php. + When uploading the 3.3 files to your server, do NOT overwrite your config.php. When backing up your files, ensure that your FTP client is in binary mode or transfers files without extensions in binary mode. @@ -91,6 +243,275 @@
    +
    + + + + Noxwizard + + + + Minor Updates Within 3.3.x + + phpBB aims to be backwards compatible within minor releases, but if you are using extensions, language packs, or custom styles, you should check them for updates prior to updating phpBB. + + + There are several update paths available depending on the types of edits you have made to your board: + + If you have made no modifications to core files, this is the easiest approach. + If you wish to only update the files that have changed between two releases, use this approach. + If you have made modifications to core files and do not want to manually re-apply them, use this approach. + For those comfortable using the patch utility, patch files are available. + + + +
    + + + + Noxwizard + + + + Full Package + This update method will remove most existing files and then put the new ones in place. + + Make a backup of the original files + Make a backup of the database + Download the phpBB 3.3 Full Package archive + Extract the contents of the archive to your computer and open the phpBB3 directory + Delete the following files from the package: + + The config.php file + The files/ directory + The images/ directory + The store/ directory + + + On your website, delete all files from your board EXCEPT for: + + The config.php file + The ext/ directory + The files/ directory + The images/ directory + The store/ directory + The styles/ directory + + + + Upload the contents of the phpBB3 directory from your computer to your forum's directory. You may be prompted to overwrite the remaining files. If prompted to merge or overwrite directories, choose to merge them. + The docs/ folder is for your personal use and it is not necessary to upload it to your forum. + + Update the database: + + + If you have previously attempted to update using a different method, you will need to remove the following files from the server before updating the database: + + store/install_config.php + store/io_lock.lock + + + + + For large boards, you may wish to update via the command line instead of using a web browser. From your board's root, execute the following command: php ./bin/phpbbcli.php db:migrate --safe-mode + + + Using your web browser, visit /install/app.php/update in your board's root (e.g. http://www.example.com/yourforum/install/app.php/update). You will see the following warning message: + No valid update directory was found, please make sure you uploaded the relevant files. This is expected and not an error. + + Select "Update database only" and click Submit + + Wait for the progress bar to reach 100% and for a message indicating that the update has completed + Depending on your previous version this will make a number of database changes. You may receive FAILURES during this procedure. They should not be a cause for concern unless you see an actual ERROR, in which case the script will stop (in this case you should seek help via our forums). + + + + Delete the install/ directory on the server + + + Ensure that the root level .htaccess file is included in the upload. Some FTP clients do not show files whose names start with a period and you may need to enable the display of hidden files. + + + When backing up your files via FTP, ensure that the client is in binary mode. If using Filezilla, ensure that the "transfer files without extensions" setting is set to "binary mode". + For more information, see: Knowledge Base: Transferring attachment files with Filezilla + +
    + +
    + + + + Noxwizard + + + + Changed Files + This method is meant for those wanting to only replace the files that were changed between a previous version and the latest version. + This package contains a number of sub-archives, each contains the files changed from a given release to the latest version. You should select the appropriate archive for your current version, e.g. if you currently have 3.3.0 and are updating to 3.3.1, you should select the phpBB-3.3.0_to_3.3.1.zip/tar.bz2 sub-archive. + + Make a backup of the original files + Make a backup of the database + Locally, perform for the following steps: + + Download the phpBB 3.3 Changed Files archive + Extract the install/ directory + Extract the vendor/ directory + Extract the contents of the desired sub-archive for your version + + + On your web server, delete the vendor/ directory + Upload the install/ directory + Upload the vendor/ directory + Upload the contents of the selected sub-archive + Update the database: + + + If you have previously attempted to update using a different method, you will need to remove the following files from the server before updating the database: + + store/install_config.php + store/io_lock.lock + + + + + For large boards, you may wish to update via the command line instead of using a web browser. From your board's root, execute the following command: php ./bin/phpbbcli.php db:migrate --safe-mode + + + Using your web browser, visit /install/app.php/update in your board's root (e.g. http://www.example.com/yourforum/install/app.php/update). You will see the following warning message: + No valid update directory was found, please make sure you uploaded the relevant files. This is expected and not an error. + + Select "Update database only" and click Submit + + Wait for the progress bar to reach 100% and for a message indicating that the update has completed + Depending on your previous version this will make a number of database changes. You may receive FAILURES during this procedure. They should not be a cause for concern unless you see an actual ERROR, in which case the script will stop (in this case you should seek help via our forums). + + + + Delete the install/ directory on the server + +
    + +
    + + + + Noxwizard + + + + Advanced Update (Expert users) + This update method should only be used for installations with modifications to core phpBB files. If you simply use Extensions or custom Styles and have not modified core files, please use the Full Package update. + This update was renamed from Automatic Update to Advanced Update to more clearly state that it should only be used by advanced users. + This package detects changed files and merges in changes if needed. Since this type of update has a potential to cause issues while upgrading, it is not recommended being used for updates and/or upgrades. + A number of advanced update files are available, and you should choose the one that corresponds to the version of the board that you are currently running. For example, if your current version is 3.3.0 and you are updating to 3.3.1, you need the phpBB-3.3.0_to_3.3.1.zip/tar.bz2 file. + + Make a backup of the original files + Make a backup of the database + Locally, perform for the following steps: + + Download the phpBB 3.3 Advanced Update archive + Extract the install/ directory + Extract the vendor/ directory + + + On your web server, delete the vendor/ directory + Upload the install/ directory + Upload the vendor/ directory + Run the updater: + + + If you have previously attempted to update using a different method, you will need to remove the following files from the server before updating the database: + + store/install_config.php + store/io_lock.lock + + + + + For large boards, you may wish to update the database via the command line instead of using a web browser. From your board's root, execute the following command: php ./bin/phpbbcli.php db:migrate --safe-mode + + Using your web browser, visit /install in your board's root (e.g. http://www.example.com/yourforum/install). + Click the Update tab + Click Update + Select "Update filesystem and database" and click Submit + + Depending on file ownership, there are several options available to perform this update: + + Download modified files in an archive: This will generate an archive containing all of the updated files. After downloading it, you upload its contents to the server. + Update files via FTP (Automatic): You provide FTP credentials and file paths so that the server may FTP the files in place. + Update files via direct access (Automatic): If the web server has write permissions, the updater can write the changes directly to the files + + + If there are conflicts, you will be prompted to resolve them. + + Click Update Files + Click "Continue Update Process" to update the database + + + Delete the install/ directory on the server + +
    + +
    + + + + Noxwizard + + + + Patch Files + This method is for advanced users who wish to use a patch/diff style update process. If you don't know what the patch utility is, this method is not for you. + A number of patch files are provided and you should choose the one that corresponds to the version of the board that you are currently running. For example, if your current version is 3.3.0 and you are updating to 3.3.1, you need the phpBB-3.3.0_to_3.3.1.patch file. + + Make a backup of the original files + Make a backup of the database + Locally, perform for the following steps: + + Download the phpBB 3.3 Patch Files archive + Extract the install/ directory + Extract the vendor/ directory + Extract the desired patch file for your version + + + On your web server, delete the vendor/ directory + Upload the install/ directory + Upload the vendor/ directory + Upload the patch file to the parent directory containing the phpBB core files (i.e. index.php, viewforum.php, etc.). With this done you should run the following command: + patch -cl -d [PHPBB DIRECTORY] -p1 < [PATCH NAME] (where PHPBB DIRECTORY is the directory name your phpBB Installation resides in, for example phpBB, and where PATCH NAME is the relevant filename of the selected patch file). + This should complete quickly, hopefully without any HUNK FAILED comments. + If you do get failures, you should look at using the Code Changes page to update the files which failed to patch. Alternatively, if you know how, you can examine the .rej files to determine what failed where and make manual adjustments to the relevant source. + + Update the database: + + + If you have previously attempted to update using a different method, you will need to remove the following files from the server before updating the database: + + store/install_config.php + store/io_lock.lock + + + + + For large boards, you may wish to update via the command line instead of using a web browser. From your board's root, execute the following command: php ./bin/phpbbcli.php db:migrate --safe-mode + + + Using your web browser, visit /install/app.php/update in your board's root (e.g. http://www.example.com/yourforum/install/app.php/update). You will see the following warning message: + No valid update directory was found, please make sure you uploaded the relevant files. This is expected and not an error. + + Select "Update database only" and click Submit + + Wait for the progress bar to reach 100% and for a message indicating that the update has completed + Depending on your previous version this will make a number of database changes. You may receive FAILURES during this procedure. They should not be a cause for concern unless you see an actual ERROR, in which case the script will stop (in this case you should seek help via our forums). + + + + Delete the install/ directory on the server + Delete the uploaded patch file from the server + +
    +
    +
    @@ -139,9 +560,9 @@ Preliminary steps phpBB3 needs to be installed. Once phpBB3 is installed, do not delete the install directory if you will be converting immediately. If you will be testing and setting up your phpBB3 board prior to the conversion and converting at a later time, rename the install directory to something like _install. This will allow you to use your phpBB3 board. You will be needing the install directory later for the conversion. - You will need specific convertor files for the board software you are converting from. The phpBB2 specific convertor files are included with the phpBB3 installation files. For other board softwares, you will need to get the convertor files from the appropriate phpBB3 convertor topic. These topics can be found in the [3.1.x] Convertors forum on phpBB.com + You will need specific convertor files for the board software you are converting from. The phpBB2 specific convertor files are included with the phpBB3 installation files. For other board softwares, you will need to get the convertor files from the appropriate phpBB3 convertor topic. These topics can be found in the [3.3.x] Convertors forum on phpBB.com - For converting from phpBB2, you only need to point your browser to {phpBB3_root_directory}/install/index.php, click the Convert tab and follow the instructions. For other board softwares, you will need to upload the convertor files to the appropriate directories. The convertor files you get will consist of two or three files, convert_xxx.php, functions_xxx.php and, optionally, auth_xxx.php. The xxx will generally be the name of the software you are converting from. + For converting from phpBB2, you only need to point your browser to {phpBB3_root_directory}/install, click the Convert tab and follow the instructions. For other board softwares, you will need to upload the convertor files to the appropriate directories. The convertor files you get will consist of two or three files, convert_xxx.php, functions_xxx.php and, optionally, auth_xxx.php. The xxx will generally be the name of the software you are converting from.
    @@ -157,10 +578,11 @@ Conversion steps + After preparing everything, follow these steps to convert your board: Install phpBB3. The old message board and the phpBB3 board need to be installed on the same server. - If you are converting from a board other than phpBB2, upload the convertor files which you downloaded from the appropriate topic in the [3.1.x] Convertors forum. - Point your browser to {phpbb_root_directory}/install/index.php, click the Convert tab and select the appropriate convertor from the list of available convertors. + If you are converting from a board other than phpBB2, upload the convertor files which you downloaded from the appropriate topic in the [3.3.x] Convertors forum. + Point your browser to {phpbb_root_directory}/install, click the Convert tab and select the appropriate convertor from the list of available convertors. Next you will be asked for database information. The database information you are being asked for, is for the database that holds the tables for the board software you are converting from. You will be presented with an option for Refresh page to continue conversion The default is set to Yes. Normally, you will want to leave it at Yes. The No option is mainly for test purposes. After entering the database information and pressing the Begin conversion button, the convertor will verify that you have entered the correct information. If the information is confirmed, you will have another Begin Conversion button. After you click the Begin Conversion button, the convertor will check the convertor files. diff --git a/documentation/content/en/chapters/user_guide.xml b/documentation/content/en/chapters/user_guide.xml index 1d814883..b71b9ec7 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/chapters/user_guide.xml +++ b/documentation/content/en/chapters/user_guide.xml @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ - @@ -12,7 +10,7 @@ User Guide - This chapter is targeted at the forum users. It explains all user facing functions that are needed to use phpBB 3.1 + This chapter is targeted at the forum users. It explains all user facing functions that are needed to use phpBB 3.3
    @@ -421,7 +419,7 @@ Drafts When creating a post, it can be saved or loaded using the drafts feature. If the board permissions allow drafts to be saved, then Save and Load buttons will appear on the posting page. - Save - Saves a post as a draft. When a draft is saved, only the subject and message of the post are stored. Topic icons, attachments, etc… will be lost. + Save - Saves a post as a draft. When a draft is saved, only the subject and message of the post are stored. Topic icons, attachments, etc... will be lost. Load - Loads a saved draft. When clicked, a listing of available drafts will appear. Click the title of the desired post to load the draft. Any information in the current post will be lost and replaced with that of the draft. Once a draft is used, it is removed. For more information on managing drafts, please see UCP Drafts. @@ -432,7 +430,7 @@
    Communicate with Private Messages - phpBB 3.1 allows its users to communicate privately by using Private Messages. To visit the Private Messages section, you either can click on the [X new messages] link on the left hand side below the forum header, or you can directly access it through the User Control Panel.. + phpBB 3.3 allows its users to communicate privately by using Private Messages. To visit the Private Messages section, you either can click on the [X new messages] link on the left hand side below the forum header, or you can directly access it through the User Control Panel.. Depending on the communication methods allowed by the board administrator, there can be 3 ways of being notified of a new Private Message's arrival: @@ -479,7 +477,7 @@ Message Folders - Just like in your e-mail client, all private messages are stored in folders. Working with folders is similar to working with forums in phpBB 3.1. The Inbox is your default incoming message folder. All messages you receive will appear in here. + Just like in your e-mail client, all private messages are stored in folders. Working with folders is similar to working with forums in phpBB 3.3. The Inbox is your default incoming message folder. All messages you receive will appear in here. Sent messages will appear in either the Outbox or the Sent messages folder. As long as the recipient(s) have not yet read the message, it will stay in the Outbox. As soon as someone reads the message it will be archived to the Sent messages folder. If the administrator allows it, you can edit messages after sending them as long as they are in the Outbox and the recipients have not yet read them. Each folder, including Sent messages and Outbox, can hold a board-defined amount of messages. This is a global setting that only a board administrator can change. An info text displays the current number of allowed messages and the current percentage of space your messages are using at the top of each folder. If no restriction is displayed, you are allowed unlimited messages in each folder. @@ -496,7 +494,7 @@ Custom Folders - If the administrator allows it, you can create your own custom private message folders in phpBB 3.1. To check whether you can add folders, visit the Edit options section of the private message area. + If the administrator allows it, you can create your own custom private message folders in phpBB 3.3. To check whether you can add folders, visit the Edit options section of the private message area. To add a new folder, enter the folder's name into the Add folder input box. If creation was successful, your new folder will appear at the bottom of the folder list. You can then use it like a normal message folder and move messages into it or set a filter (see the section on Private Message Rules for more information about filters) to automatically do it for you.
    @@ -659,7 +657,7 @@ phpBB comes with several predefined searches to easily perform certain types of queries. View your posts - Returns a list of topics that you have posted in, sorted by the time of the last post in the topic. - View unanswered posts - Returns all posts which contain no replies. + View unanswered topics - Returns all topics which contain no replies. View unread posts - Returns a list of topics containing posts which you have yet to read. View new posts - Returns a list of topics containing posts which have been made since the last time you logged in. View active topics - Returns a list of topics which have been posted in during the last few days. The number of days can be changed after loading the search page. diff --git a/documentation/content/en/images/admin_guide/database_restore.png b/documentation/content/en/images/admin_guide/database_restore.png index fafb2ce1..2a08bf7b 100644 Binary files a/documentation/content/en/images/admin_guide/database_restore.png and b/documentation/content/en/images/admin_guide/database_restore.png differ diff --git a/documentation/content/en/images/quick_start_guide/installation_intro.png b/documentation/content/en/images/quick_start_guide/installation_intro.png index 4128bd70..8abf8d22 100644 Binary files a/documentation/content/en/images/quick_start_guide/installation_intro.png and b/documentation/content/en/images/quick_start_guide/installation_intro.png differ diff --git a/documentation/content/en/images/quick_start_guide/settings_features.png b/documentation/content/en/images/quick_start_guide/settings_features.png index 54da19b9..a67ecaf4 100644 Binary files a/documentation/content/en/images/quick_start_guide/settings_features.png and b/documentation/content/en/images/quick_start_guide/settings_features.png differ diff --git a/documentation/content/hu/chapters/admin_guide.xml b/documentation/content/hu/chapters/admin_guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 405a1202..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/hu/chapters/admin_guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1858 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id$ - - 2006 - phpBB Group - - - Adminisztrátori kézikönyv - - This chapter describes the phpBB 3.0 admin controls. - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Az adminisztrátori vezérlőpult - Even more so than its predecessor, phpBB 3.0 "Olympus" is highly configurable. You can tune, adjust, or turn off almost all features. To make this load of settings as accessible as possible, we redesigned the Administration Control Panel (ACP) completely. - Click on the Administration Control Panel link on the bottom of the default forum style to visit the ACP. - The ACP has seven different sections by default with each containing a number of subsections. We will discuss each section in this Admin Guide. - -
    - Az adminisztrátori vezérlőpult kezdőlapja - - - - - - The Administration Control Panel Index, the home of managing your phpBB board. Administration functions are grouped into eight different categories: General, Forums, Posting, Users and Groups, Permissions, Styles, Maintenance, and System. Each category is a tab located at the top of the page. Specific functions of the category you're in can be found in the left-hand sidebar of each page. - - -
    -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Általános konfiguráció és a kezdőlap - The General section is the first screen you see each time you log into the ACP. It contains some basic statistics and information about your forum. It also has a subsection called Quick Access. It provides quick access to some of the admin pages that are frequently used, like User Management or Moderator Logs. We will discuss its items later in their specific sections. - We will concentrate on the other three subsections: Board Configuration, Client Communication, and Server Configuration. -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Fórum konfiguráció - This subsection contains items to adjust the overall features and settings of the forum. - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Csatolmány beállítások - One of the many new features in phpBB 3.0 is Attachments. Attachments are files that can be attached to posts, like e-mail attachments. Certain restrictions, set by the board administrator, control what users can attach. You can set these restrictions via the Attachment Settings page. - For more information, see the section on configuring your board's attachment settings. -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Fórum beállítások - The Board Settings allow you to change many settings that govern your board. These settings include important things such as the name of your forum! There are two main groups of board settings: the general Board Settings, and Warnings settings. - - - Fórum beállítások - The very first board setting you can edit is perhaps the most important setting of them all: the name of your board. Your users identify your board with this name. Put the name of your site into the Site Name text field and it will be shown on the header of the default style; it will be the prefix to the window title of your browser. - The Site Description is the slogan or tagline of your forum. It will appear below the Site Name on the default style's header. - If you need to close your whole forum to do maintenance work, for instance, you can do it by using the Disable Board switch. To temporarily disable your board, selectYes. This will keep any members of your forum who are not administrators or moderators from accessing your board. They will either see a default message instead of the forum, or a message that you create. You can add your own custom message that will be displayed when your board is disabled in the text box below the Disable board radio buttons. Administrators and moderators will still be able to browse forums and use their specific control panels when the board is disabled. - You also need to set the Default Language of your board. This is the language that guests will see when they visit your board. You can allow registered users to choose other languages. By default, the only language installed is English [GB], but you can download more languages on the phpBB website and install them on your board. Find out more about working with languages in the section on Language Pack configuration. - You can also configure your board's default date format. phpBB3 has a few basic date formats that you can set your board to use; if these are not sufficient and you would like to customise your board's date format, choose Custom from the Date format selection menu. Then, in the text box besides it, type in the format you would like to use. This is the same as the PHP date() function. - Along with setting your board's default date format, you can also set your board's preferred timezone. The timezones available in the System timezone selection menu are all based on relative UTC (for most intents and purposes, it is GMT, or Greenwich Mean Time) times. You may also choose whether or not your board utilises Daylight Savings Time by selecting the appropriate radio button next to the Enable Daylight Savings time option. - You can also set your board's default style. The board will appear to your guests and members in the Default Style. In the standard phpBB installation, two styles are available: prosilver and subsilver2. You can either allow users to select another style than the default by selecting No in the Override User Style setting or disallow it. Please visit the styles section to find out how to add new styles and where to find some. - - - - Figyelmeztetések - Moderators can send warnings to users that break the forum rules. The value of Warning Duration defines the number of days a warning is valid until it expires. All positive integers are valid values. For more about warnings, please read . - -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Fórum funkciók - Through the Board Features section, you can enable or disable several features board-wide. Note that any feature you disable here will not be available on your forum, even if you give your users permissions to use them. -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Avatar beállítások - Avatars are generally small, unique images a user can associate with themselves. Depending on the style, they are usually displayed below the user name when viewing topics. Here you can determine how users can define their avatars. - There are three different ways a user can add an avatar to their profile. The first way is through an avatar gallery you provide. Note that there is no avatar gallery available in a default phpBB installation. The Avatar Gallery Path is the path to the gallery images. The default path is images/avatars/gallery. The gallery folder does not exist in the default installation so you have to add it manually if you want to use it. - The images you want to use for your gallery need to be in a folder inside the gallery path. Images directly in the gallery path won't be recognised. There is also no support for sub folders inside the gallery folder. - The second approach to avatars is through Remote Avatars. This are simply images linked from another website. Your members can add a link to the image they want to use in their profile. To give you some control over the size of the avatars you can define the minimum and maximum size of the images. The disadvantage of Remote Avatars is that you are not able to control the file size. - The third approach to avatars is through Avatar Uploading. Your members can upload an image form their local system which will be stored on your server. They will be uploaded into the Avatar Storage Path you can define. The default path is images/avatars/upload and does already exist after installation. You have to make sure that it is server-writable. The file format of the images has to be either gif, jpeg, or png, and the avatars will be automatically checked for their file and image size after the upload. You can adjust the Maximum Avatar File Size and images that are bigger than the allowed value will be discarded. -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Privát üzenetek - Private Messages are a way for registered members to communicate privately through your board without the need to fall back to e-mail or instant messaging. - You can disable this feature with the Private Messaging setting. This will keep the feature turned off for the whole board. You can disable private messages for selected users or groups with Permissions. Please see the Permissions section for more information. - Olympus allows users to create own personal folders to organise Private Messages. The Max Private Messages Per Box setting defines the number of message folders they can create. The default value is 4. You can disable the feature with setting value to 0. - Max Private Messages Per Box sets the number of Private Messages each folder can contain. The default value is 50, Set it to 0 to allow unlimited messages per folder. - If you limit the number of messages users can store in their folders, you need to define a default action that is taken once a folder is full. This can be changed in the "Full Folder Default Action" list. The oldest message gets deleted or the new message will be held back until the folder has place for it. Note that users will be able to choose this for themselves in their PM options and this setting only changes the default value they face. This will not override the action a user chosen. - When sending a private message, it is still possible to edit the message until the recipient reads it. After a sent private message has been read, editing the message is no longer possible. To limit the time a message can be edited before the recipient reads it, you can set the Limit Editing Time. The default value is 0, which allows editing until the message is read. Note that you can disallow users or groups to edit Private Messages after sending through Permissions. If the permission to edit messages is denied, it will override this setting. - The General Options allow you to further define the functionality of Private Messages on your board. - - - Allow Mass PMs: enables the sending of Private Messages to multiple recipients. This feature is enabled by default. Disabling it will also disallow sending of Private Messages to groups. - - See the Groups section for information on how to enable the ability to send a message to a whole group. - - - - By default, BBCode and Smilies are allowed in Private Messages. - - Even if enabled, you can still disallow users or groups to use BBCode and Smilies in Private Messages through Permissions. - - - - We don't allow attachments by default. Further settings for attachments in Private Messages are in the Attachment Settings. There you can define the number of attachments per message for instance. - - - -
    -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Kliens kommunikáció - Other than its own authentication system, phpBB3 supports other client communications. phpBB3 supports authentication plugins (by default, the Apache, native DB, and LDAP plugins), email, and Jabber. Here, you can configure all of these communication methods. The following are subsections describing each client communication method. - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Azonosítás - - Unlike phpBB2, phpBB3 offers support for authentication plugins. By default, the Apache, DB, and LDAP plugins are supported. Before switching from phpBB's native authentication system (the DB method) to one of these systems, you must make sure that your server supports it. When configuring the authentication settings, make sure that you only fill in the settings that apply to your chosen authentication method (Apache or LDAP). - - - Azonosítás - Select an authentication method: Choose your desired authentication method from the selection menu. - LDAP server name: If you are using LDAP, this is the name or IP address of the LDAP server. - LDAP user: phpBB will connect to the LDAP server as this specified user. If you want to use anonymous access, leave this value blank. - LDAP password: The password for the LDAP user specified above. If you are using anonymous access, leave this blank.This password will be stored as plain text in the database; it will be visible to everybody who can access your database. - LDAP base dn: The distinguished name, which locates the user information. - LDAP uid: The key under which phpBB will search for a given login identity. - LDAP email attribute: this to the name of your user entry email attribute (if one exists) in order to automatically set the email address for new users. If you leave this empty, users who login to your board for the first time will have an empty email address. - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - E-mail beállítások - - phpBB3 is capable of sending out emails to your users. Here, you can configure the information that is used when your board sends out these emails. phpBB3 can send out emails by using either the native, PHP-based email service, or a specified SMTP server. If you are not sure if you have an SMTP server available, use the native email service. You will have to ask your hoster for further details. Once you are done configuring the email settings, click Submit. - - - Please ensure the email address you specify is valid, as any bounced or undeliverable messages will likely be sent to that address. - - - - Általános beállítások - Enable board-wide emails: If this is set to disabled, no emails will be sent by the board at all. - Users send email via board:: If this is set to enabled, a form allowing users to send emails to each other via the board will be displayed, rather than an email address. - Email function name: If you are using the native, PHP-based email service, this should be the name of the email function. This is most likely going to be "mail". - Email package size: This is the number of emails that can be sent in one package. This is useful for when you want to send mass emails, and you have a large amount of users. - Contact email address: This is the address that your board's email feedback will be sent to. This is also the address that will populate the "From" and "Reply-to" addresses in all emails sent by your board. - Return email address: This is the return address that will be put on all emails as the technical contact email address. It will always populate the "Return-Path" and "Sender" addresses in all emails sent by your board. - Email signature: This text will be attached at the end of all emails sent by your board. - Hide email addresses: If you want to keep email addresses completely private, set this value to Yes. - - - - SMTP beállítások - Use SMTP server for email: Select Yes if you want your board to send emails via an SMTP server. If you are not sure that you have an SMTP server available for use, set this to No; this will make your board use the native, PHP-based email service, which in most cases is the safest available option. - SMTP server address: The address of the SMTP server. - SMTP server port: The port that the SMTP server is located on. In most cases, SMTP servers are located on port 25; do not change this value if you are unsure about this. - Authentication method for SMTP: This is the authentication method that your board will use when connecting to the specified SMTP server. This only applies if an SMTP username and password are set, and required by the server. The available methods are PLAIN, LOGIN, CRAM-MD5, DIGEST-MD5, and POP-BEFORE-SMTP. If you are unsure about which authentication method you must use, ask your hoster for more information. - SMTP username: The username that phpBB will use when connecting to the specified SMTP server. You should only fill this in if the SMTP server requires it. - SMTP password: The password for the above specified username that phpBB will use when connecting to the specified SMTP server. You should only fill this in if the SMTP server requires it. - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Jabber beállítások - - phpBB3 also has the ability to allow users to communicate via Jabber. Your board can send instant messages and board notices via Jabber, too. Here, you can enable and control exactly how your board will use Jabber for communication. - - - Some Jabber servers include gateways or transports which allow you to contact users on other networks. Not all servers offer all transports and changes in protocols can prevent transports from operating. Note that it may take several seconds to update Jabber account details, so do not stop the script until it has finished! - - - - Jabber beállítások - Enable Jabber: Set this to Enabled if you want to enable the use of Jabber for messaging and notifications. - Jabber server: The Jabber server that your board will use. For a list of public servers, see jabber.org's list of open, public servers. - Jabber port: The port that the Jabber server specified above is located on. Port 5222 is the most common port; if you are unsure about this, leave this value alone. - Jabber username: The Jabber username that your board will use when connecting to the specified Jabber server. If the username you specify is unregistered on the server, phpBB3 will attempt to register the username for you. - Jabber password: The password for the Jabber username specified above. If the Jabber username is unregistered, phpBB3 will attempt to register the above Jabber username, with this specified value as the password. - Jabber resource: This is the location of the particular connection that you can specify. For example, "board" or "home". - Jabber package size: This is the number of messages that can be sent in one package. If this is set to "0", messages will be sent immediately and is will not be queued for later sending. - -
    -
    -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Szerver beállítások - As an administrator of a board, being able to fine-tune the settings that your phpBB board uses for the server is a must. Configuring your board's server settings is very easy. There are five main categories of server settings: Cookie settings, Server settings, Security settings, Load settings, and Search settings. Properly configuring these settings will help your board not only function, but also work efficiently and as intended. The following subsections will outline each server configuration category. Once you are done with updating settings in each setting, remember to click Submit to apply your changes. - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Süti beállítások - Your board uses cookies all the time. Cookies can store information and data; for example, cookies are what enable users to automatically login to the board when they visit it. The settings on this page define the data used to send cookies to your users' browsers. - - - When editing your board's cookie settings, do so with caution. Incorrect settings can cause such consequences as preventing your users from logging in. - - - To edit your board's cookie settings, locate the Cookie Settings form. The following are four settings you may edit: - - - Süti beállítások - Cookie domain: This is the domain that your board runs on. Do not include the path that phpBB is installed in; only the domain itself is important here. - Cookie name: This is the name that will be assigned to the cookie when it is sent to your users' browsers and stored. This should be a unique cookie name that will not conflict with any other cookies. - Cookie path: This is the path that the cookie will apply to. In most cases, this should be left as "/", so that the cookie can be accessible across your site. If for some reason you must restrict the cookie to the path that your board is installed in, set the value to the path of your board. - Cookie secure: If your board is accessible via SSL, set this to Enabled. If the board is not accessible via SSL, then leave this value set to Disabled, otherwise server errors will result during redirections. - - - - When you are done editing your board's server settings, click Submit to submit your changes. -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Szerver beállítások - On this page, you can define server and domain-dependent settings. There are three main categories of server settings: Server Settings, Path Settings, and Server URL Settings. The following describes each server settings category and the corresponding settings in more detail. When you are done configuring your board's server settings, click Submit to submit your changes. - - - When editing your board's server settings, do so with caution. Incorrect settings can cause such consequences as emails being sent out with incorrect links and/or information, or even the board being inaccessible. - - - The Server Settings form allows you to set some settings that phpBB will use on the server level. The only available option at this time is Enable GZip Compression. Setting this value will enable GZip compression on your server. This means that all content generated by the server will be compressed before it is sent to users' browsers, if the users' browsers support it. Though this can reduce network traffic/bandwidth used, this will also increase the server and CPU load, on both the user's and server's sides. - - Next, the Path Settings form allows you to set the various paths that phpBB uses for certain board content. For default installations, the default settings should be sufficient. The following are the four values that you can set: - - Elérési utak - Smilies storage path: This is the path to the directory, relative to the directory that your board is installed in, that your smilies are located in. - Post icons storage path: This is the path to the directory, relative to the directory that your board is installed in, that the topic icons are stored in. - Extension group icons storage path: This is the path to the directory, relative to the directory that your board is installed in, that the icons for the attachments extension groups. - - - - The last category of server settings is Server URL Settings. The Server URL Settings category contains settings that allow you to configure the actual URL that your board is located at, as well as the server protocol and port number that the board will be accessed to. The following are the five settings you may edit: - - Szerver URL beállítások - Force server URL settings: If for some reason the default settings for the server URL are incorrect, then you can force your phpBB board to use the server URL settings you specify below by selecting the Yes radio button. - Server protocol: This is the server protocol (http:// or https://, for example) that your board uses, if the default settings are forced. If this value is empty or the above Force server URL settings setting is disabled, then the protocol will be determined by the cookie secure settings. - Domain name: This is the name of the domain that your board runs on. Include "www" if applicable. Again, this value is only used if the server URL settings are forced. - Server port: This is the port that the server is running on. In most cases, a value of "80" is the port to set. You should only change this value if, for some reason, your server runs on a different port. Again, this value is only used if the server URL settings are forced. - Script path: This is the directory where phpBB is installed, relative to the domain name. For example, if your board was located at www.example.com/phpBB3/, the value to set for your script path is "/phpBB3". Again, this value is only used if the server URL settings are forced. - - - - When you are done editing your board's server settings, click Submit to submit your changes. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Biztonsági beállítások - Here, on the Security settings page, you are able to manage security-related settings; namely, you can define and edit session and login-related settings. The following describes the available security settings that you can manage. When you are done configuring your board's security settings, click Submit to submit your changes. - - - - - - Allow persistent logins - - This determines whether users can automatically login to your board when they visit it. - The available options are Yes and No. Choosing Yes will enable automatic logins. - - - - - Persistent login key expiration length (in days) - - This is the set number of days that login keys will last before they expire and are removed from the database. - You may enter an integer in the text box located to the left of the word Days. This integer is the number of days for the persistent login key expiration. If you would like to disable this setting (and thereby allow use of login keys indefinitely), enter a "0" into the text box. - - - - - Session IP validation - - This determines how much of the users' IP address is used to validate a session. - There are four settings available: All, A.B.C, A.B, and None. The All setting will compare the complete IP address. The A.B.C setting will compare the first x.x.x of the IP address. The A.B setting will compare the first x.x of the IP address. Lastly, selecting None will disable IP address checking altogether. - - - - - Validate browser - - This enables the validation of the users' browsers for each session. This can help improve the users' security. - The available options are Yes and No. Choosing Yes will enable this browser validation. - - - - - Validate X_FORWARDED_FOR header - - This setting controls whether sessions will only be continued if the sent X_FORWARDED_FOR header is the same as the one sent with the previous request. Bans will be checked against IP addresses in the X_FORWARDED_FOR header too. - The available options are Yes and No. Choosing Yes will enable the validation of the X_FORWARDED_FOR header. - - - - - Check IP against DNS Blackhole List: - - You are also able to check the users' IP addresses against DNS blackhole lists. These lists are blacklists that list bad IP addresses. Enabling this setting will allow your board to check your users' IP addresses and compare them against the DNS blackhole lists. Currently, the DNS blacklist services on the sites spamcop.net, dsbl.org, and spamhaus.org. - - - - - Check email domain for valid MX record - - It is also possible to attempt to validate emails used by your board's users. If this setting is enabled, emails that are entered when users register or change the email in their profile will be checked for a valid MX record. - The available options are Yes and No. Choosing Yes will enable the checking of MX records for emails. - - - - - Password complexity - - Usually, more complex passwords fare well; they are better than simple passwords. To help your users try to make their account as secure as possible, you also have the option of requiring that they use a password as complex as you define. This requirement will apply to all users registering a new account, or when existing users change their current passwords. - There are four options in the selection menu. No requirements will disable password complexity checking completely. The Must be mixed case setting requires that your users' passwords have both lowercase and uppercase letters in their password. The Must contain alphanumerics setting requires that your users' password include both letters from the alphabet and numbers. Lastly, the Must contain symbols setting will require that your users' passwords include symbols. - - For each password complexity requirement, the setting(s) above it in the selection menu will also apply. For example, selecting Must contain alphanumerics will require your users' passwords to include not only alphanumeric characters, but also have both lowercase and uppercase letters. - - - - - - Force password change - - It is always ideal to change passwords once in a while. With this setting, you can force your users to change their passwords after a set number of days that their passwords have been used. - Only integers can be entered in the text box, which is located next to the Days label. This integer is the number of days that, after which, your users will have to change their passwords. If you would like to disable this feature, enter a value of "0". - - - - - Maximum number of login attempts - - It is also possible to limit the number of attempts that your users can have to try to login. Setting a specific limit will enable this feature. This can be useful in temporarily preventing bots or other users from trying to log into other users' accounts. - Only integers can be entered for this setting. The number entered it the maximum number of times a user can attempt to login to an account before having to confirm his login visually, with the visual confirmation. - - - - - Allow PHP in templates - - Unlike phpBB2, phpBB3 allows the use of PHP code in the template files themselves, if enabled. If this option is enabled, PHP and INCLUDEPHP statements will be recognized and parsed by the template engine. - - - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Terhelés beállítások - On particularly large boards, it may be necessary to manage certain load-related settings in order to allow your board to run as smoothly as possible. However, even if your board isn't excessively active, it is still important to be able to adjust your board's load settings. Adjusting these settings properly can help reduce the amount of processing required by your server. Once you are done editing any of the server load-related settings, remember to click Submit to actually submit and apply your changes. - - The first group of settings, General Settings, allows you to control the very basic load-related settings, such as the maximum system load and session lengths. The following describes each option in detail. - - Általános beállítások - Limit system load: This option enables you to control the maximum load that the server can undergo before the board will automatically go offline. Specifically, if the system’s one-minute load average exceeds this value, the board will automatically go offline. A value of "1.0" equals about 100% utilisation of one processor. Note that this option will only work with *nix-based servers that have this information accessible. If your board is unable to get the load limit, this value will reset itself to "0". All positive numbers are valid values for this option. (For example, if your server has two processors, a setting of 2.0 would represent 100% server utilisation of both processors.) Set this to "0" if you do not want to enable this option. - Session length: This is the amount of time, in seconds, before your users' sessions expire. All positive integers are valid values. Set this to "0" if you want session lengths to last indefinitely. - Limit sessions: It is also possible to control the maximum amount of sessions your board will handle before your board will go offline and be temporarily disabled. Specifically, if the number of sessions your board is serving exceeds this value within a one-minute period, the board will go offline and be temporarily disabled. All positive integers are valid values. Set this to "0" if you want to allow an unlimited amount of sessions. - View online time span: This is the number of minutes after which inactive users will not appear in the Who is Online listings. The higher the number given, the greater the processing power required to generate the listing. All positive integers are valid values, and indicate the number of minutes that the time span will be. - - - - The second group of settings, General Options, allows you to control whether certain options are available for your users on your board. The following describes each option further. - - Általános beállítások - Enable dotted topics: Topics in which a poster has already posted in will see dotted topic icons for these topics. To enable this feature, select, Yes. - Enable server-side topic marking: One of the many new features phpBB3 offers is server-side read tracking. This is different from phpBB2, which only offered read tracking based on cookies. To store read/unread status information in the database, as opposed to in a cookie, select Yes. - Enable topic marking for guests: It is also possible to allow guests to have read/unread status information. If you want your board to store read/unread status information for guests, select Yes. If this option is disabled, posts will be displayed as "read" for guests. - Enable online user listings: The online user listings can be displayed on your board's index, in each forum, and on topic pages. If you want to enable this option and allow the online user listings to be displayed, choose Yes. - Enable online guest listings in viewonline: If you want to enable the display of guest user information in the Who is Online section, choose Yes. - Enable display of user online/offline information: This option allows you to control whether or not online/offline status information for users can be displayed in profiles and on the topic view pages. To enable this display option, choose Yes. - Enable birthday listing: In phpBB3, birthdays is a new feature. To enable the listing of birthdays, choose Yes. - Enable display of moderators: Though it can be particularly useful to list the moderators who moderate each forum, it is possible to disable this feature, which may help reduce the amount of processing required. To enable the display of moderators, select Yes. - Enable display of jumpbox: The jumpbox can be a useful tool for navigating throughout your board. However, it is possible to control whether or not this is displayed. To display the jumpboxes, select Yes. - Show user's activity: This option controls whether or not the active topic/forum information displayed in your users' profiles and UCP. If you want to show this user activity information, select Yes. However, if your board has more than one million posts, it is recommended that you disable this feature. - Recompile stale templates: This option controls the recompilation of old templates. If this is enabled, your board will check to see if there are updated templates on your filesystem; if there are, your board will recompile the templates. Select Yes to enable this option. - - - - Lastly, the last group of load settings relates to Custom Profile Fields, which are a new feature in phpBB3. The following describes these options in detail. - - Egyedi profil mezők - Allow styles to display custom profile fields in memberlist: This option allows you to control if your board's style(s) can display the custom profile fields (if your board has any) in the memberlist. To enable this, choose Yes. - Display custom profile fields in user profiles: If you want to enable the display of custom profile fields (if your board has any) in users' profiles, select Yes. - Display custom profile fields in viewtopic: If you want to enable the display of custom profile fields (if your board has any) in the topic view pages, choose Yes. - - -
    - - -
    -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Fórumok kezelése - The Forum section offers the tools to manage your forums. Whether you want to add new forums, add new categories, change forum descriptions, reorder or rename your forums, this is the place to go. -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Fórum típusok leírása - In phpBB 3.0, there are three forum types. A forum can be a normal forum where people can post in, a category that contains forums, or it can be a simple link. - - - Forum - - In a forum people can post their topics. - - - - Link - - The forum list displays a forum link like a normal forum. But instead of linking to a forum, you can point it to a URL of your choice. It can display a hit counter, which shows how many times the link was clicked. - - - - Category - - If you want to combine multiple forums or links for a specific topic, you can put them inside a category. The forums will appear below the category title, clearly separated from other categories. Users are not able to post inside categories. - - - -
    -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Alfórumok - One of the many new features in phpBB 3.0 are subforums. Especially bulletin boards with a high number of forums will benefit from this. In the simple flat category and forum approach in phpBB 2.0, all forums and categories were listed on the forum index. In Olympus you can now put as many forums, links, or categories as you like inside other forums. - - If you have a forum about pets for instance, you are able to put subforums for cats, dogs, or guinea pigs inside it without making the parent "Pets" forum a category. In this example, only the "Pets" forum will be listed on the index like a normal forum. Its subforums will appear as simple links below the forum description (unless you disabled this). - -
    - Alfórum létrehozása - - - - - - Creating subforums. In this example, the subforums titled "Cats" and "Dogs" belong in the "Pets" parent forum. Pay close attention to the breadcrumbs on the page, located right above the list of the subforums. This tells you exactly where you are in the forums hierarchy. - - -
    - - This system theoretically allows unlimited levels of subforums. You can put as many subforums inside subforums as you like. However, please do not go overboard with this feature. On boards with five to ten forums or less, it is not a good idea to use subforums. Remember, the less forums you have, the more active your forum will appear. You can always add more forums later. - Read the section on forum management to find out how to create subforums. -
    -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Fórumok kezelése - Here you can add, edit, delete, and reorder the forums, categories, and links. - -
    - Fórumok kezelése ikon magyarázat - - - - - - This is the legend for the icons on the manage forums page. Each icon allows you to commit a certain action. Pay close attention to which action you click on when managing your forums. - - -
    - - The initial Manage forums page shows you a list of your top level forums and categories. Note, that this is not analogue to the forum index, as categories are not expanded here. If you want to reorder the forums inside a category, you have to open the category first. -
    -
    -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Hozzászólás beállítások - - Forums are nothing without content. Content is created and posted by your users; as such, it is very important to have the right posting settings that control how the content is posted. You can reach this section by clicking the Posting navigation tab. - The first page you are greeted with after getting to the Posting Settings section is BBCodes. The other available subsections are divided into two main groups: Messages and Attachments. Private message settings, Topic icons, Smilies, and Word censoring are message-related settings. Attachment settings, Manage extensions, Manage extension groups, and Orphaned attachments are attachment-related settings. - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - BBCode-ok - - BBCodes are a special way of formatting posts, similar to HTML. phpBB 3.0 allows you to create your own BBCodes very easily. On this page, you can see the custom BBCodes that currently exist. - Adding a BBCode is very easy. If done right, allowing users to use your new BBCode may be safer than allowing them to use HTML code. To add a BBCode, click Add a new BBCode to begin. There are four main things to consider when adding a BBCode: how you want your users to use the BBCode, what HTML code the BBcode will actually use (the users will not see this), what short info message you want for the BBCode, and whether or not you want a button for the new BBCode to be displayed on the posting screen. Once you are done configuring all of the custom BBCode settings, click Submit to add your new BBCode. - -
    - BBCode létrehozása - - - - - - Creating a new BBCode. In this example, we are creating a new [font] BBCode that will allow users to specify the font face of the specified text. - - -
    - - In the BBCode Usage form, you can define how you want your users to use the BBCode. Let's say you want to create a new font BBCode that will let your users pick a font to use for their text. An example of what to put under BBCode Usage would be - [font={TEXT1}]{TEXT2}[/font] - This would make a new [font] BBCode, and will allow the user to pick what font face they want for the text. The user's text is represented by TEXT,while FONTNAME represents whatever font name the user types in. - - In the HTML Replacementform, you can define what HTML code your new BBCode will use to actually format the text. In the case of making a new [font] BBCode, try - <span style="font-family: {TEXT1}">{TEXT2}<span> - This HTML code will be used to actually format the user's text. - - The third option to consider when adding a custom BBCode is what sort of help message you want to display to your users if they choose to use the new BBCode. Ideally, the helpline message is a short note or tip for the user using the BBCode. This message will be displayed below the BBCode row on the posting screens. - - If the next option described, Display on posting, isn't enabled, the helpline message will not be displayed. - - Lastly, when adding a new BBCode, you can decide whether or not you want an actual BBCode button for your new BBCode to be displayed on the posting screens. If you want this, then check the Display on posting checkbox. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Privát üzenet beállítások - - Many users use your board's private messaging system. Here you can manage all of the default private message-related settings. Listed below are the settings that you can change. Once you're done setting the posting settings, click Submit to submit your changes. - - Általános beállítások - Private messaging: You can enable to disable your board's private messaging system. If you want to enable it, select Yes. - Max private message folders: This is the maximum number of new private message folders your users can each create. - Max private messages per box: This is the maximum number of private messages your users can have in each of their folders. - Full folder default action: Sometimes your users want to send each other a private message, but the intended recipient has a full folder. This setting will define exactly what will happen to the sent message. You can either set it so that an old message will be deleted to make room for the new message, or the new messages will be held back until the recipient makes room in his inbox. Note that the default action for the Sentbox is the deletion of old messages. - Limit editing time: Users are usually allowed to edit their sent private messages before the recipient reads it, even if it's already in their outbox. You can control the amount of time your users have to edit sent private messages. - - - - Általános beállítások - Allow sending of private messages to multiple users and groups: In phpBB 3.0, it is possible to send a private message to more than user. To allow this, select Yes. - Allow BBCode in private messages: Select Yes to allow BBCode to be used in private messages. - Allow smilies in private messages: Select Yes to allow smilies to be used in private messages. - Allow attachments in private messages: Select Yes to allow attachments to be used in private messages. - Allow signature in private messages: Select Yes to let your users include their signature in their private messages.. - Allow print view in private messages: Another new feature in phpBB 3.0 is a printer-friendly view. Select Yes to allow your users to view any of their PMs in print view. - Allow forwarding in private messages: Select Yes to allow your users to forward private messages. - Allow use of [img] BBCode tag: Select Yes if you want your users to be able to post inline images in their private messages. - Allow use of [flash] BBCode tag: Select Yes if you want your users to be able to post inline Macromedia Flash objects in their private messages. - Enable use of topic icons in private messages: Select Yes if you want to enable your users to include topic icons with their private messages. (Topic icons are displayed next to the private messages' titles.). - - - - If you want to set any of the above numerical settings so that the setting will allow unlimited amounts of the item, set the numerical setting to 0. - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Téma ikonok - - A new feature in phpBB3 is the ability to assign icons to topics. On this page, you can manage what topic icons are available for use on your board. You can add, edit, delete, or move topic icons. The Topic Icons form displays the topic icons currently installed on your board. You can add topic icons manually, install a premade icons pack, export or download an icons pack file, or edit your currently installed topic icons. - - Your first option to add topic icons to your board is to use a premade icons pack. Icon packs have the file extension pak. To install an icons pack, you must first download an icons pack. Upload the icon files themselves and the pack file into the /images/icons/ directory. Then, click Install icons pak. The Install icons pak form displays all of the options you have regarding topic icon installation. Select the icon pack you wish to add (you may only install one icon pack at a time). You then have the option of what to do with currently installed topic icons if the new icon pack has icons that may conflict with them. You can either keep the existing icon(s) (there may be duplicates), replace the matches (overwriting the icon(s) that already exist), or just delete all of the conflicting icons. Once you have selected the proper option, click Install icons pak. - - To add topic icon(s) manually, you must first upload the icons into the icons directory of your site. Navigate to the Topic icons page. Click Add multiple icons, which is located in the Topic Icons form. If you correctly uploaded your new desired topic icon(s) into the proper /images/icons/ directory, you should see a row of settings for each new icon you uploaded. The following has a description on what each field is for. Once you are done with adding the topic icon(s), click, Submit to submit your additions. - - - Icon image file: This column will display the actual icon itself. - Icon location: This column will display the path that the icon is located in, relative to the /images/icons/ directory. - Icon width: This is the width (in pixels) you want the icon to be stretched to. - Icon height: This is the height (in pixels) you want the icon to be stretched to. - Display on posting: If this checkbox is checked, the topic icon will actually be displayed on the posting screen. - Icon order: You can also set what order that the topic icon will be displayed. You can either set the topic icon to be the first, or after any other topic icon currently installed. - Add: If you are satisfied with the settings for adding your new topic icon, check this box. - - - You may also edit your currently installed topic icons' settings. To do so, click Edit icons. You will see the Icon configuration form. For more information regarding each field, see the above paragraph regarding adding topic icons. - - Lastly, you may also reorder the topic icons, edit a topic icon's settings, or remove a topic icon. To reorder a topic icon, click the appropriate "move up" or "move down" icon. To edit a topic icon's current settings, click the "settings" button. To delete a topic icon, click the red "delete" button. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Emotikonok - - Smilies or emoticons are typically small, sometimes animated images used to convey an emotion or feeling. You can manage the smilies on your board via this page. To add smilies, you have the option to either install a premade smilies pack, or add smilies manually. Locate the Smilies form, which lists the smilies currently installed on your board, on the page. - - Your first option to add smilies to your board is to use a premade smilies pack. Smilies packs have the file extension pak. To install a smilies pack, you must first download a smilies pack. Upload the smilies files themselves and the pack file into the /images/smilies/ directory. Then, click Install smilies pak. The Install smilies pak form displays all of the options you have regarding smilies installation. Select the smilies pack you wish to add (you may only install one smilies pack at a time). You then have the option of what to do with currently installed smilies if the new smilies pack has icons that may conflict with them. You can either keep the existing smilies (there may be duplicates), replace the matches (overwriting the smilies that already exist), or just delete all of the conflicting smilies. Once you have selected the proper option, click Install smilies pak. - - To add a smiley to your board manually, you must first upload the smilies into the /images/smilies/ directory. Then, click on Add multiple smilies. From here, you can add a smilie and configure it. The following are the settings you can set for the new smilies. Once you are done adding a smiley, click Submit. - - - Smiley image file: This is what the smiley actually looks like. - Smiley location: This is where the smiley is located, relative to the /images/smilies/ directory. - Smiley code: This is the text that will be replaced with the smiley. - Emotion: This is the smiley's title. - Smiley width: This is the width in pixels that the smiley will be stretched to. - Smiley height: This is the height in pixels that the smiley will be stretched to. - Display on posting: If this checkbox is checked, this smiley will actually be displayed on the posting screen. - Smiley order: You can also set what order that the smiley will be displayed. You can either set the smiley to be the first, or after any other smiley currently installed. - Add: If you are satisfied with the settings for adding your new smiley, check this box. - - - You may also edit your currently installed smilies' settings. To do so, click Edit smilies. You will see the Smiley configuration form. For more information regarding each field, see the above paragraph regarding adding smilies. - - Lastly, you may also reorder the smilies, edit a smiley's settings, or remove a smiley. To reorder a smiley, click the appropriate "move up" or "move down" icon. To edit a smiley's current settings, click the "settings" button. To delete a smiley, click the red "delete" button. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Szócenzúra - - On some forums, a certain level of appropriate, profanity-free speech is required. Like phpBB2, phpBB3 continues to offer word censoring. Words that match the patterns set in the Word censoring panel will automatically be censored with text that you, the admin, specify. To manage your board's word censoring, click Word censoring. - - To add a new word censor, click Add new word. There are two fields: Word and Replacement. Type in the word that you want automatically censored in the Word text field. (Note that you can use wildcards (*).) Then, type in the text you want the censored word to be replaced with in the Replacement text field. Once you are done, click Submit to add the new censored word to your board. - - To edit an existing word censor, locate the censored word's row. Click the "edit" icon located in that row, and proceed with changing the censored word's settings. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Csatolmány beállítások - - If you allow your users to post attachments, it is important to be able to control your board's attachments settings. Here, you can configure the main settings for attachments and the associated special categories. When you are done configuring your board's attachments settings, click Submit. - - - Csatolmány beállítások - Allow attachments: If you want attachments to be enabled on your board, select Yes. - Allow attachments in private messages: If you want to enable attachments being posted in private messages, select Yes. - Upload directory: The directory that attachments will be uploaded to. The default directory is /files/. - Attachment display order: The order that attachments will be displayed, based on the time the attachment was posted. - Total attachment quota: The maximum drive space that will be available for all of your board's attachments. If you want this quota to be unlimited, use a value of 0. - Maximum filesize: The maximum filesize of an attachment allowed. If you want this value to be unlimited, use a value of 0. - Maximum filesize messaging: The maximum drive space that will be available per user for attachments posted in private messages. If you want this quota to be unlimited, use a value of 0. - Max attachments per post: The maximum number of attachments that can be posted in a post. If you want this value to be unlimited, use a value of 0. - Max attachments per message: The maximum number of attachments that can be posted in a private message. If you want this value to be unlimited, use a value of 0. - Enable secure downloads: If you want to be able to only allow attachments to be available to specific IP addresses or hostnames, this option should be enabled. You can further configure secure downloads once you have enabled them here; the secure downloads-specific settings are located in the Define allowed IPs/Hostnames and Remove or un-exclude allowed IPs/hostnames forms at the bottom of the page. - Allow/Deny list: This allows you to configure the default behaviour when secure downloads are enabled. A whitelist (Allow) only allows IP addresses or hostnames to access downloads, while a blacklist (Deny) allows all users except those who have an IP address or hostname located on the blacklist. This setting only applies if secure downloads are enabled. - Allow empty referrer: Secure downloads are based on referrers.This setting controls if downloads are allowed for those omitting the referrer information. This setting only applies if secure downloads are enabled. - - - - Képkategória beállítások - Display images inline: How image attachments are displayed. If this is set to No, a link to the attachment will be given instead, rather than the image itself (or a thumbnail) being displayed inline. - Create thumbnail: This setting configures your board to either create a thumbnail for every image attached, or not. - Maximum thumbnail width in pixels: This is the maximum width in pixels for the created thumbnails. - Maximum thumbnail filesize: Thumbnails will not be created for images if the created thumbnail filesize exceeds this value, in bytes. This is useful for particularly large images that are posted. - Imagemagick path: If you have Imagemagick installed and would like to set your board to use it, specify the full path to your Imagemagick convert application. An example is /usr/bin/. - Maximum image dimensions: The maximum size of image attachments, in pixels. If you would like to disable dimension checking (and thereby allow image attachments of any dimensions), set each value to 0. - Image link dimensions: If an image attachment is larger than these dimensions (in pixels), a link to the image will be displayed in the post instead. If you want images to be displayed inline regardless of dimensions, set each value to 0. - - - - Engedélyezett/letiltott IP-k/hosztnevek megadása - IP addresses or hostnames: If you have secure downloads enabled, you can specify the IP addresses or hostnames allowed or disallowed. If you specify more than one IP address or hostname, each IP address or hostname should be on its own line. Entered values can have wildcards (*). To specify a range for an IP address, separate the start and end with a hyphen (-). - Exclude IP from [dis]allowed IPs/hostnames: Enable this to exclude the entered IP(s)/hostname(s). - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Kiterjesztések kezelése - - You can further configure your board's attachments settings by controlling what file extensions attached files can have to be uploaded. It is recommended that you do not allow scripting file extensions (such as php, php3, php4, phtml, pl, cgi, py, rb, asp, aspx, and so forth) for security reasons. You can find this page by clicking Manage extensions once you're in the ACP. - - To add an allowed file extension, find the Add Extension form on the page. In the field labeled Extension, type in the file extension. Do not include the period before the file extension. Then, select the extension group that this new file extension should be added to via the Extension group selection menu. Then, click Submit. - - You can also view your board's current allowed file extensions. On the page, you should see a table listing all of the allowed file extensions. To change the group that an extension belongs to, select a new extension group from the selection menu located in the extension's row. To delete an extension, check the checkbox in the Delete column. When you're done managing your board's current file extensions, click Submit at the bottom of the page. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Kiterjesztéscsoportok kezelése - - Allowed file extensions can be placed into groups for easy management and viewing. To manage the extension groups, click Manage extension groups once you get into the Posting settings part of the ACP. You can configure specific settings regarding each extension group. - - To add a new file extension group, find the textbox that corresponds to the Create new group button. Type in the name of the extension group, then click Submit. You will be greeted with the extension group settings form. The following contains descriptions for each option available, and applies to extension groups that either already exist or are being added. - - - Kiterjesztéscsoport hozzáadása - Group name: The name of the extension group. - Special category: Files in this extension group can be displayed differently. Select a special category from this selection menu to change the way the attachments in this extension group is presented within a post. - Allowed: Enable this if you want to allow attachments that belong in this extension group. - Allowed in private messaging: Enable this if you want to allow attachments that belong in this extension group in private messages. - Upload icon: The small icon that is displayed next to all attachments that belong in this extension group. - Maximum filesize: The maximum filesize for attachments in this extension group. - Assigned extensions: This is a list of all file extensions that belong in this extension group. Click Go to extension management screen to manage what extensions belong in this extension group. - Allowed forums: This allows you to control what forums your users are allowed to post attachments that belong in this extension group. To enable this extension group in all forums, select the Allow all forums radio button. To set which specific forums this extension group is allowed in, select the Only forums selected below radio button, and then select the forums in the selection menu. - - - To edit a current file extension group's settings, click the "Settings" icon that is in the extension group's row. Then, go ahead and edit the extension group's settings. For more information about each setting, see the above. - - To delete an extension group, click the "Delete" icon that is in the extension group's row. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Árva csatolmányok - - Sometimes, attachments may be orphaned, which means that they exist in the specified files directory (to configure this directory, see the section on attachment settings), but aren't assigned to any post(s). This can happen when posts are deleted or edited, or even when users attach a file, but don't submit their post. - - To manage orphaned attachments, click on Orphaned attachments on the left-hand menu once you're in the Posting settings section of the ACP. You should see a list of all orphaned attachments in the table, along with all the important information regarding each orphaned attachment. - - You can assign an orphaned post to a specific post. To do so, you must first find the post's post ID. Enter this value into the Post ID column for the particular orphaned attachment. Enable Attach file to post, then click Submit. - - To delete an orphaned attachment, check the orphaned attachment's Delete checkbox, then click Submit. Note that this cannot be undone. -
    -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Felhasználók kezelése - -
    - Felhasználók kezelése - Users are the basis of your forum. As a forum administrator, it is very important to be able to manage your users. Managing your users and their information and specific options is easy, and can be done via the ACP. - - To begin, log in and reach your ACP. Find and click on Users and Groups to reach the necessary page. If you do not see User Administration , simply find and click on Manage Users in the navigation menu on the left side of the page. - - To continue and manage a user, you must know the username(s) that you want to manage. In the textbox for the "Find a member:" field, type in the username of the user whose information and settings you wish to manage. On the other hand, if you want to find a member, click on [ Find a Member ] (which is below the textbox) and follow all the steps appropriate to find and select a user. If you wiant to manage the information and settings for the Anonymous user (any visitor who is not logged in is set as the Anonymous user), check the checkbox labeled "Select Anonymous User". Once you have selected a user, click Submit. - - There are many sections relating to a user's settings. The following are subsections that have more information on each form. Each form allows you to manage specific settings for the user you have selected. When you are done with editing the data on each form, click Submit (located at the bottom of each form) to submit your changes. - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Áttekintés - This is the first form that shows up when you first select a user to manage. Here, all of the general information and settings for each user is displayed. - - - - Username - - This is the name of the user you're currently managing. If you want to change the user's username, type in a new username between three and twenty characters long into the textbox labeled Username: - - - - - Registered - - This is the complete date on which the user registered. You cannot edit this value. - - - - - Registered from IP - - This is the IP address from which the user registered his or her account. If you want to determine the IP hostname, click on the IP address itself. The current page will reload and will display the appropriate information. If you want to perform a whois on the IP address, click on the Whois link. A new window will pop up with this data. - - - - - Last Active - - This is the complete date on which the user was last active. - - - - - Founder - - Founders are users who have all administrator permissions and can never be banned, deleted or altered by non-founder members. If you want to set this user as a founder, select the Yes radio button. To remove founder status from a user, select the No radio button. - - - - - Email - - This is the user's currently set email address. To change the email address, fill in the Email: textbox with a valid email. - - - - - Confirm email address - - This textbox should only be filled if you are changing the user's email address. If you are changing the email address, both the Email: textbox and this one should be filled with the same email address. If you do not fill this in, the user's email address will not be changed. - - - - - New password - - As an administrator, you cannot see any of your users' password. However, it is possible to change passwords. To change the user's password, type in a new password in the New password: textbox. The new password has to be between six and thirty characters long. - - Before submitting any changes to the user, make sure this field is blank, unless you really want to change the user's password. If you accidentally change the user's password, the original password cannot be recovered! - - - - - Confirm new password - - This textbox should only be filled if you are changing the user's password. If you are changing the user's password, the Confirm new password: textbox needs to be filled in with the same password you filled in in the above New password: textbox. - - - - - Warnings - - This is the number of warnings the user currently has. You can edit this number by typing in a number into the Warnings: number field. Only positive integers are allowed. - For more information about warnings, see . - - - - - Quick Tools - - The options in the Quick Tools drop-down selection box allow you to quickly and easily change one of the user's options. The available options are Delete Signature, Delete Avatar, Move all Posts, Delete all Posts, and Delete all attachments. - - - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Feljegyzések - Another aspect of managing a user is editing their feedback data. Feedback consists of any sort of user warning issued to the user by a forum administrator. - - To customise the display of the user's existing log entries, select any criteria for your customisation by selecting your options in the drop-down selection boxes entitled Display entries from previous: and Sort by:. Display entries from previous: allows you to set a specific time period in which the feedback was issued. Sort by: allows you to sort the existing log entries by Username, Date, IP address, and Log Action. The log entries can then be sorted in ascending or descending order. When you are done setting these options, click the Go button to update the page with your customisations. - - Another way of managing a user's feedback data is by adding feedback. Simply find the section entitled Add feedback and enter your message into the FEEDBACK text area. When you are done, click Submit to add the feedback. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Profil - - Users may sometimes have content in their forum profile that requires that you either update it or delete it. If you don't want to change a field, leave it blank.The following are the profile fields that you can change: - - ICQ Number has to be a number at least three digits long. - AOL Instant Messenger can have any alphanumeric characters and symbols. - MSN Messenger can have any alphanumeric characters, but should look similar to an email address (joebloggs@example.com). - Yahoo Messenger can have any alphanumeric characters and symbols. - Jabber address can have any alphanumeric characters, but needs to look like an email address would (joebloggs@example.com). - Website can have any alphanumeric characters and symbols, but must have the protocol included (ex. http://www.example.com). - Location can have any alphanumeric characters and symbols. - Occupation can have any alphanumeric characters and symbols. - Interests can have any alphanumeric characters and symbols. - Birthday can be set with three different drop-down selection boxes: Day:, Month:, and Year:, respectively. Setting a year will list the user's age when it is his or her birthday. - - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Fórum beállítások - - Users have many settings they can use for their account. As an administrator, you can change any of these settings. The user settings (also known as preferences) are grouped into three main categories: Global Settings, Posting Defaults, and Display Options. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Avatar - - Here you can manage the user's avatar. If the user has already set an avatar for himself/herself, then you are able to see the avatar image. - Depending on your avatar settings (for more information on avatar settings, see Avatar Settings), you can choose any option available to change the user's avatar: Upload from your machine, Upload from a URL, or Link off-site. You can also select an avatar from your board's avatar gallery by clicking the Display gallery button next to Local gallery:. - - The changes you make to the user's avatar still has to comply with the limitations you've set in the avatar settings. - - To delete the avatar image, simply check the Delete image checkbox underneath the avatar image. - When you are done choosing what avatar the user will have, click Submit to update the user's avatar. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Rang - - Here you can set the user's rank. You can set the user's rank by selecting the rank from the User Rank: drop-down selection box. After you've picked the rank, click Submit to update the user's rank. - For more information about ranks, see . - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Aláírás - - Here you can add, edit, or delete the user's signature. - The user's current signature should be displayed in the Signature form. Just edit the signature by typing whatever you want into the text area. You can use BBCode and any other special formatting with what's provided. When you are done editing the user's signature, click Submit to update the user's signature. - - The signature that you set has to obey the board's signature limitations that you currently have set. - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Csoportok - - Here you can see all of the usergroups that the user is in. From this page you can easily remove the user from any usergroup, or add the user to an existing group. The table entitled Special groups user is a member of lists out the usergroups the user is currently a member of. - Adding the user to a new usergroup is very easy. To do so, find the pull-down menu labeled Add user to group: and select a usergroup from that menu. Once the usergroup is selected, click Submit. Your addition will immediately take effect. - To delete the user from a group he/she is currently a member of, find the row that the usergroup is in, and click Delete. You will be greeted with a confirmation screen; if you want to go ahead and do so, click Yes. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Jogosultságok - - Here you can see all of the permissions currently set for the user. For each group the user is in, there is a separate section on the page for the permissions that relates to that category. To actually set the user's permissions, see . -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Csatolmányok - - Depending on the current attachments settings, your users may already have attachments posted. If the user has already uploaded at least one attachment, you can see the listing of the attachment(s) in the table. The data available for each attachment consist of: Filename, Topic title, Post time, Filesize, and Downloads. - To help you in managing the user's attachment(s), you can choose the sorting order of the attachments list. Find the Sort by: pull-down menu and pick the category you want to use the sort the list (the possible options are Filename, Extension, Filesize, Downloads, Post time, and Topic title. To choose the sorting order, choose either Descending or Ascending from the pull-down menu besides the sorting category. Once you are done, click Go. - To view the attachment, click on the attachment's filename. The attachment will open in the same browser window. You can also view the topic in which the attachment was posted by clicking on the link besides the Topic: label, which is below the filename. Deleting the user's attachment(s) is very easy. In the attachments listing, check the checkboxes that are next to the attachment(s) you want to delete. When everything you want has been selected, click Delete marked, which is located below the attachments listing. - - To select all of the attachments shown on the page, click the Mark all link, which is below the attachments listing. This helps especially if you want to delete all of the attachments shown on the page at once. - -
    -
    -
    - - - - Graham - - - - Inaktív felhasználók - Here you are able to view details of all users who are currently marked as inactive along with the reason their account is marked as inactive and when this occurred. - Using the checkboxes on this page it is possible to perform bulk actions on the users, these include activating the accounts, sending them a reminder email indicating that they need to activate their account or deleting the account. - There are 5 reasons which may be indicated for an account being inactive: - - - Account deactivated by administrator - - This account has been manually deactivated by an administrator via the user management tools. More details on who performed this action and the reasons may be available via the User Notes. - - - - Profile details changed - - The board is configured to require user activation and this user has changed key information related to their account such as the email address and is required to reactivate the account to confirm these changes. - - - - Newly registered account - - The board is configured to require user activation and either the user or an administrator (depending on the settings) has not yet activated this new account. - - - - Forced user account reactivation - - An administrator has forced this user to reactivate their account via the user management tools. More details on who performed this action and the reasons may be available via the User Notes. - - - - Unknown - - No reason was recorded for this user being inactive; it is likely that the change was made by an external application or that this user was added from another source. - - - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Felhasználók jogosultságai - Along with being able to manage users' information, it is also important to be able to regularly maintain and control permissions for the users on your board. User permissions include capabilities such as the use of avatars and sending private messages. Global moderator permissions includings abilities such as approving posts, managing topics, and managing bans. Lastly administrator permissions such as altering permissions, defining custom BBCodes, and managing forums. - - To start managing a user's permissions, locate the Users and Groups tab and click on Users' Permissions in the left-side navigation menu. Here, you can assign global permissions to users. In the Look Up User. In the Find a user field, type in the username of the user whose permissions you want to edit. (If you want to edit the anonymous user, check the Select anonymous user checkbox.) Click Submit. - - Permissions are grouped into three different categories: user, moderator, and admin. Each user can have specific settings in each permission category. To faciliate user permissions editing, it is possible to assign specific preset roles to the user. - - - For the following permissions editing actions that are described, there are three choices you have to choose from. You may either select Yes, No, or Never. Selecting Yes will enable the selected permission for the user, while selecting No will disallow the user from having permission for the selected setting, unless another permission setting from another area overrides the setting. If you want to completely disallow the user from having the selected permission ever, then select Never. The Never setting will override all other values assigned to the setting. - - - To edit the user's User permissions, select "User permissions from the Select type selection menu, then press Go. Select the role to apply to the user. If you would like to use the advanced form that will offer more detailed permission configuration, click the Advanced Permissions link. A new form will pop up below the Role selection menu. There are four categories of permissions you may edit: Post, Profile, Misc, and Private messages. - - To edit the user's Moderative permissions, select "Moderator permissions from the Select type selection menu, then press Go. Select the role to apply to the user. If you would like to use the advanced form that will offer more detailed permission configuration, click the Advanced Permissions link. A new form will pop up below the Role selection menu. There are three categories of permissions you may edit: Post actions, Misc, and Topic actions. - - To edit the user's Administrative permissions, select "Admin permissions from the Select type selection menu, then press Go. Select the role to apply to the user. If you would like to use the advanced form that will offer more detailed permission configuration, click the Advanced Permissions link. A new form will pop up below the Role selection menu. There are six categories of permissions you may edit: Permissions, Posting, Misc, Users & Groups, Settings, and Forums. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Felhasználók fórum jogosultságai - - Along with editing your users' user account-related permissions, you can also edit their forum permissions, which relate to the forums in your board. Forum permissions are different from user permissions in that they are directly related and tied to the forums. Users' forum permissions allows you to edit your users' forum permissions. When doing so, you can only assign forum permissions to one user at a time. - - To start editing a user's forum permissions, start by typing in the user's username into the Find a member text box. If you would like to edit the forum permissions that pertain to the anonymous user, check the Select anonymous user text box. Click Submit to continue. - -
    - Fórumok kiválasztása felhasználók fórum jogosultságainak megadásához - - - - - - Selecting forums to assign forum permissions to users. In this example, the "Cats" and "Dogs" subforums (their parent forum is "Pets") are selected. The user's forum permissions for these two forums will be edited/updated. - - -
    - - You should now be able to assign forum permissions to the user. You now have two ways to assign forum permissions to the user: you may either select the forum(s) manually with a multiple selection menu, or select a specific forum or category, along with its associated subforums. Click Submit to continue with the forum(s) you have picked. Now, you should be greeted with the Setting permissions screen, where you can actually assign the forum permissions to the user. You should now select what kind of forum permissions you want to edit now; you may either edit the user's Forum permissions or Moderator permissions. Click Go. You should now be able to select the role to assign to the user for each forum you selected previously. If you would like to configure these permissions with more detail, click the Advanced permissions link located in the appropriate forum permissions box, and then update the permissions accordingly. When you are done, click Apply all permissions if you are in the Advanced permissions area, or click Apply all permissions at the bottom of the page to submit all of your changes on the page. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Egyedi profil mezők - - One of the many new features in phpBB3 that enhance the user experience is Custom Profile Fields. In the past, users could only fill in information in the common profile fields that were displayed; administrators had to add MODifications to their board to accommodate their individual needs. In phpBB3, however, administrators can comfortably create custom profile fields through the ACP. - - To create your custom profile field, login to your ACP. Click on the Users and Groups tab, and then locate the Custom profile fields link in the left-hand menu to click on. You should now be on the proper page. Locate the empty textbox below the custom profile fields headings, which is next to a selection menu and a Create new field button. Type in the empty textbox the name of the new profile field you want to create first. Then, select the field type in the selection menu. Available options are Numbers, Single text field, Textarea, Boolean (Yes/No), Dropdown box, and Date. Click the Create new field button to continue. The following describes each of the three sets of settings that the new custom profile field will have. - - Profil mező létrehozása - Field type: This is the kind of the field that your new custom profile field is. That means that it can consist of numbers, dates, etc. This should already be set. - Field identification: This is the name of the profile field. This name will identify the profile field within phpBB3's database and templates. - Display profile field: This setting determines if the new profile field will be displayed at all. The profile field will be shown on topic pages, profiles and the memberlist if this is enabled within the load settings. Only showing within the users profile is enabled by default. - - - - Láthatóság - Display in user control panel: This setting determines if your users will be able to change the profile field within the UCP. - Display at registration screen: If this option is enabled, the profile field will be displayed on the registration page. Users will be able to be change this field within the UCP. - Required field: This setting determines if you want to force your users to fill in this profile field. This will display the profile field at registration and within the user control panel. - Hide profile field: If this option is enabled, this profile field will only show up in users' profiles. Only administrators and moderators will be able to see or fill out this field in this case. - - - - Nyelvspecifikus beállítások - Field name/title presented to the user: This is the actual name of the profile field that will be displayed to your users. - Field description: This is a simple description/explanation for your users filling out this field. - - - - When you are done with the above settings, click the Profile type specific options button to continue. Fill out the appropriate settings with what you desire, then click the Next button. If your new custom profile field was created successfully, you should be greeted with a green success message. Congratulations! -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Rangok kezelése - - Ranks are special titles that can be applied to forum users. As an administrator, it is up to you to create and manage the ranks that exist on your board. The actual names for the ranks are completely up to you; it's usually best to tailor them to the main purpose of your board. - - - When assigning a special rank name to a user, remember that no permissions are associated. For example, if you create a "Support Moderator" rank and assign it to a user, that user will not automatically get moderator permissions. You must assign the user the special permissions separately. - - - To manage your board's ranks, login to your ACP, click on the Users and Groups tab, and then click on the Manage ranks link located in the left-hand menu. You should now be on the rank management page. All current existing ranks are displayed. - - To create a new rank, click on the Add new rank button located below the existing ranks list. Fill in the first field Rank title with the name of the rank. If you uploaded an image you want to attribute to the rank into the /images/ranks/ folder, you can select an image from the selection menu. The last setting you can set is if you want the rank to be a "special" rank. Special ranks are ranks that administrators assign to users; they are not automatically assigned to users based on their postcount. If you selected No, then you can fill in the Minimum posts field with the minimum number of posts your users must have before getting assigned this rank. When you are done, click the Submit button to add this new rank. - - To edit a rank's current settings, locate the rank's row, and then click on its "Edit" button located in the Action column. - - To delete a rank, locate the rank's row, and then click on its "Delete" button located in the Action column. Then, you must confirm the action by clicking on the Yes button when prompted. -
    - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Felhasználóbiztonság - Other than being able to manage your users on your board, it is also important to be able to protect your board and prevent unwanted registrations and users. The User Security section allows you to manage banned emails, IPs, and usernames, as well as managing disallowed usernames and user pruning. Banned users that exhibit information that match any of these ban rules will not be able to reach any part of your board. - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - E-mail címek kitiltása - Sometimes, it is necessary to ban emails in order to prevent unwanted registrations. There may be certain users or spam bots that use emails that you are aware of. Here, in the Ban emails section, you can do this. You can control which email addresses are banned, how long a ban is in effect, and the given reason(s) for banning. - - To ban or exclude one or more email addresses, fill in the Ban one or more email addresses form. Once you are done with your changes, click Submit. - - E-mail címek kitiltása - Email address: This textbox should contain all the emails that you want to ban under a single rule. If you want to ban more than one email at this time, put each email on its own line. You can also use wildcards (*) to match partial addresses. - Length of ban: This is how long you want the email address(es) to be banned for. The available options include some common durations, such as number of hours or days. You may also set a date for which the email address(es) will be banned until; to set this, select Until -> from the selection menu, and specify a date in the format "YYYY-MM-DD" in the textbox located below the selection menu. - Exclude from banning: You should enable this if you want to exclude the entered email address from all current bans. - Reason for ban: This is a short reason for why you want to ban the email address(es). This is optional, and can help you remember in the future why you banned the email address(es). - Reason shown to the banned: This is a short explanation that will actually be shown to the users with the banned email address(es). This can be different from the above Reason for ban. - - - Other than adding emails to be banned, you can also un-ban or un-exclude email addresses from bans. To un-ban or exclude one or more email addresses from bans, fill in the Un-ban or un-exclude emails form. Once you are done, click Submit. - - E-mail címek kitiltásának vagy feloldásának megszüntetése - Email address: This multiple selection menu lists all currently banned emails. Select the email that you want to un-ban or exclude by clicking on the email in the multiple selection menu. To select more than one email address, you have to use the appropriate combination of mouse and keyboard commands. The most common way to do this is to press and hold down the CTRL button on your keyboard, and then click all of the emails you want to select. Let go of the CTRL button once you are done. - Length of ban: This is an uneditable information box that shows the length of the ban for the currently selected email. If more than one email address is selected, only one of the ban lengths will be displayed. - Reason for ban: This is an uneditable information box that shows the reason for the ban for the currently selected email. If more than one email address is selected, only one of the ban reasons will be displayed. - Reason shown to the banned: This is an uneditable information box that shows the reason shown to the banned for the currently selected email. If more than one email address is selected, only one of the shown ban reasons will be displayed. - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - IP-címek kitiltása - Sometimes, it is necessary to ban IP addresses or hostnames in order to prevent unwanted users. There may be certain users or spam bots that use IPs or hostnames that you are aware of. Here, in the Ban IPs section, you can do this. You can control which IP addresses or hostnames are banned, how long a ban is in effect, and the given reason(s) for banning. - - To ban or exclude one or more IP addresses and/or hostnames, fill in the Ban one or more email addresses form. Once you are done with your changes, click Submit. - - IP-címek kitiltása - IP addresses or hostnames: This textbox should contain all of the IP addresses and/or hostnames that you want to ban under a single rule. If you want to ban more than one IP address and/or hostname at this time, put each IP address and/or hostname on its own line. You can also use wildcards (*) to match partial addresses. - Length of ban: This is how long you want the IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) to be banned for. The available options include some common durations, such as number of hours or days. You may also set a date for which the IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) will be banned until; to set this, select Until -> from the selection menu, and specify a date in the format "YYYY-MM-DD" in the textbox located below the selection menu. - Exclude from banning: You should enable this if you want to exclude the entered IP address(es) and/or hostnames from all current bans. - Reason for ban: This is a short reason for why you want to ban the IP address(es) and/or hostname(s). This is optional, and can help you remember in the future why you banned the IP address(es) and/or hostname(s). - Reason shown to the banned: This is a short explanation that will actually be shown to the users with the banned IP address(es) and/or hostname(s). This can be different from the above Reason for ban. - - - Other than adding IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) to be banned, you can also un-ban or un-exclude IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) from bans. To un-ban or exclude one or more IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) from bans, fill in the Un-ban or un-exclude IPs form. Once you are done, click Submit. - - IP-címek, illetve hosztnevek kitiltásának vagy feloldásának megszüntetése - IP addresses or hostnames: This multiple selection menu lists all currently banned IP address(es) and/or hostname(s). Select the IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) that you want to un-ban or exclude by clicking on the IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) in the multiple selection menu. To select more than one IP address and/or hostname, you have to use the appropriate combination of mouse and keyboard commands. The most common way to do this is to press and hold down the CTRL button on your keyboard, and then click all of the IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) you want to select. Let go of the CTRL button once you are done. - Length of ban: This is an uneditable information box that shows the length of the ban for the currently selected IP address or hostname. If more than one IP address or hostname is selected, only one of the ban lengths will be displayed. - Reason for ban: This is an uneditable information box that shows the reason for the ban for the currently selected IP address or hostname. If more than one IP address or hostname is selected, only one of the ban reasons will be displayed. - Reason shown to the banned: This is an uneditable information box that shows the reason shown to the banned for the currently selected IP address or hostname. If more than one IP address or hostname is selected, only one of the shown ban reasons will be displayed. - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Felhasználók kitiltása - Whenever you encounter troublesome users on your board, you may have to ban them. On the Ban usernames page, you can do exactly that. On this page, you can manage all banned usernames. - - To ban or exclude one or more users, fill in the Ban one or more users form. Once you are done with your changes, click Submit. - - Felhasználók kitiltása - Username: This textbox should contain all of the usernames that you want to ban under a single rule. If you want to ban more than one username at this time, put each username on its own line. You can also use wildcards (*) to partially match usernames. - Length of ban: This is how long you want the username(s) to be banned for. The available options include some common durations, such as number of hours or days. You may also set a date for which the username(s) will be banned until; to set this, select Until -> from the selection menu, and specify a date in the format "YYYY-MM-DD" in the textbox located below the selection menu. - Exclude from banning: You should enable this if you want to exclude the entered username(s) from all current bans. - Reason for ban: This is a short reason for why you want to ban the username(s). This is optional, and can help you remember in the future why you banned the user(s). - Reason shown to the banned: This is a short explanation that will actually be shown to the banned user(s). This can be different from the above Reason for ban. - - - Other than adding users to be banned, you can also un-ban or un-exclude usernames from bans. To un-ban or exclude one or more users from bans, fill in the Un-ban or un-exclude usernames form. Once you are done, click Submit. - - Felhasználók kitiltásának vagy feloldásának megszüntetése - Username: This multiple selection menu lists all currently banned usernames. Select the username(s) that you want to un-ban or exclude by clicking on the username(s) in the multiple selection menu. To select more than one username, you have to use the appropriate combination of mouse and keyboard commands. The most common way to do this is to press and hold down the CTRL button on your keyboard, and then click all of the usernames you want to select. Let go of the CTRL button once you are done. - Length of ban: This is an uneditable information box that shows the length of the ban for the currently selected username. If more than one username is selected, only one of the ban lengths will be displayed. - Reason for ban: This is an uneditable information box that shows the reason for the ban for the currently selected username. If more than one username is selected, only one of the ban reasons will be displayed. - Reason shown to the banned: This is an uneditable information box that shows the reason shown to the banned for the currently selected username. If more than one username is selected, only one of the shown ban reasons will be displayed. - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Felhasználónevek letiltása - - In phpBB3, it is also possible to disallow the registration of certain usernames that match any usernames that you configure. (This is useful if you want to prevent users from registering with usernames that might confuse them with an important board member.) To manage disallowed usernames, go to the ACP, click the Users and Groups tab, and then click on Disallow usernames, which is located on the side navigation menu. - - To add a disallowed username, locate the Add a disallowed username form, and then type in the username in the textbox labeled Username. You can use wildcards (*) to match any character. For example, to disallow any username that matches "JoeBloggs", you could type in "Joe*". This would prevent all users from registering a username that starts with "Joe". Once you are done, click Submit. - - To remove a disallowed username, locate the Remove a disallowed username form. Select the disallowed username that you would like to remove from the Username selection menu. Click Submit to remove the selected disallowed username. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Felhasználók megtisztítása - - In phpBB3, it is possible to prune users from your board in order to keep only your active members. You can also delete a whole user account, along with everything associated with the user account. Prune users allows you to prune and deactivate user accounts on your board by post count, last visited date, and more. - - To start the pruning process, locate the Prune users form. You can prune users based on any combination of the available criteria. (In other words, fill out every field in the form that applies to the user(s) you're targeting for pruning.) When you are ready to prune users that match your specified settings, click Submit. - - - Felhasználók megtisztítása - Username: Enter a username that you want to be pruned. You can use wildcards (*) to prune users that have a username that matches the given pattern. - Email: The email that you want to be pruned. You can use wildcards (*) to prune users that have an email address that matches the given pattern. - Joined: You can also prune users based on their date of registration. To prune users who joined before a certain date (be careful with this setting), choose Before from the selection menu. To prune users who joined after a certain date, choose After from the selection menu. The date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. - Last active: You can also prune users based on the last time they were active. To prune users who were last active before a certain date (be careful with this setting), choose Before from the selection menu. To prune users who were last after a certain date (this is useful to prune users who have disappeared from your board), choose After from the selection menu. The date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. - Posts: You can prune users based on their post count as well. The criteria for post count can be above, below, or equal to, a specified number. The value you enter must be a positive integer. - Prune users: The usernames of the users you want to prune. Each username you want to prune should be on its own line. You can use wildcards (*) in username patterns as well. - Delete pruned user posts: When users are removed (actually deleted and not just deactivated), you must choose what to do with their posts. To delete all of the posts that belong to the pruned user(s), select the radio button labeled Yes. Otherwise, select No and the pruned user(s)' posts will remain on the board, untouched. - Deactivate or delete: You must choose whether you want to deactivate the pruned user(s)' accounts, or to completely delete and remove them from the board's database. - - - - Pruning users cannot be undone! Be careful with the criteria you choose when pruning users. - -
    -
    -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - - Csoportok kezelése - - Usergroups are a way of grouping users. This makes it easier to set permissions to many people at the same time. phpBB 3.0 has six pre-defined groups: Administrators, Bots, Global Moderators, Guests, Registered Users, and Registered COPPA Users. - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - - Csoportok típusai - There are two types of groups: - - - - - Pre-defined groups - - These are groups that are available by default in phpBB 3.0. You cannot delete them, as the board needs them for various features. You can still change their attributes (description, colour, rank, avatar, and so forth) and group leaders. Users that register to your board are automatically added to the predefined group "Registered Users", for instance. Do not try to remove them manually through the database, or your board will no longer function properly. - - - - Administrators - This usergroup contains all of the administrators on your board. All founders are administrators, but not all administrators are founders. You can control what administrators can do by managing this group. - - - - Bots - This usergroup is meant for search engine bots. phpBB 3.0 has the ability to overcome the common problems that search engine spiders encounter when spidering your board. For more information on managing settings for each bot, see the Spiders and Bots section. - - - - Global Moderators - Global moderators are moderators that have moderator permissions for every forum in your board. You can edit what permissions these moderators have by managing this group. - - - - Guests - Guests are visitors to your board who aren't logged in. You can limit what guests can do by managing this usergroup. - - - - Registered Users - Registered users are a big part of your board. Registered users have already registered on your board. To control what registered users can do, manage this usergroup. - - - - Registered COPPA Users - Registered COPPA users are basically the same as registered users, except that they fall under the COPPA, or Child Online Privacy Protection Act, law, meaning that they are under the age of 18 in the U.S.A. Managing the permissions this usergroup has is important in protecting these users. COPPA doesn't apply to users living outside of the U.S.A. - - - - - - - - User defined groups - - The groups you create by yourself are called "User defined groups". These groups are similar to groups in 2.0. You may create as many as you want, remove them, set group leaders, and change their attributes (description, colour, rank, avatar, and so forth). - - - - The Manage Groups section in the ACP shows you separated lists of both your "User defined groups" and the "Pre-defined groups". - -
    -
    - Csoport tulajdonságok - A list of attributes a group can have: - - - Group name - The name of your group. - - - Group description - The description of the group that will be displayed on the group overview list.. - - - Display group in legend: - This will enable the display of the name of the group in the legend of the "Who is Online" list. Note, that this will only make sense if you specified a colour for the group. - - - Group able to receive private messages - This will allow the sending of Private Messages to this group. Please note, that it can be dangerous to allow this for Registered Users, for instance. There is no permission to deny the sending to groups, so anyone who is able to send Private Messages will be able to send a message to this group! - - - Group private message limit per folder - This setting overrides the per-user folder message limit. A value of "0" means the user default limit will be used. See the section on user preferences for more information about private message settings. - - - Group colour - The name of members that have this group as their default group (see ) will be displayed in this colour on all forum pages. If you enable Display group in legend, an legend entry with the same colour will appear below the "Who is Online" listing. - - - Group rank - A member that has this group as the default group (see ) will have this rank below his username. Note, that you can change the rank of this member to a different one that overrides the group setting. See the section on ranks for more information. - - - Group avatar - A member that has this group as the default group (see ) will use this avatar. Note that a member can change his avatar to a different one if he has the permission to do so. For more information on avatar settings, see the userguide section on avatars. - - - -
    -
    - Elsődleges csoport - As it is now possible to assign attributes like colours or avatars to groups (see , it can happen that a user is a member of two or more different groups that have different avatars or other attributes. So, which avatar will the user now inherit? - To overcome this problem, you are able to assign each user exactly one "Default group". The user will only inherit the attributes of this group. Note, that it is not possible to mix attributes: If one group has a rank but no avatar, and another group has only a avatar, it is not possible to display the avatar from one group and the rank from the other group. You have to decide for one "Default group". - - Default groups have no influence on permissions. There is no added permissions bonus for your default group, so a user's permissions will stay the same, no matter what group is his default one. - - You can change default groups in two ways. You can do this either through the user management (see ), or directly through the groups management (Manage groups) page. Please be careful with the second option, as when you change the default group through a group directly, this will change the default group for all its group members and overwrite their old default groups. So, if you change the default group for the "Registered Users" group by using the Default link, all members of your forum will have this group as their default one, even members of the Administrators and Moderators groups as they are also members of "Registered Users". - - If you make a group the default one that has a rank and avatar set, the user's old avatar and rank will be overwritten by the group. - -
    -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Jogosultság felülírás - -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Megjelenések - phpBB 3.0 is very customisable. Styling is one aspect of this customisability. Being able to manage the styles your board uses is important in keeping an interesting board. Your board's style may even reflect the purpose of your board. Styles allows you to manage all the styles available on your board. - - phpBB 3.0 styles have three main parts: templates, themes, and imagesets. - - - Templates - Templates are the HTML files responsible for the layout of the style. - - - - Themes - Themes are a combination of colour schemes and images that define the basic look of your forum. - - - - Imagesets - Imagesets are groups of images that are used throughout your board. Imagesets are comprised of all of the non-style specific images used by your board. - - - - - -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Fórum karbantartás - - Running a phpBB 3.0 board is a very important job that is up to the administrator(s). Maintaining the board to make sure it runs as cleanly and properly as possible is the administrator's job. - - Board Maintenance is a section in the ACP that allows you to keep track of internal phpBB information, such as logs, as well as maintaining your database (which holds your phpBB-related data), such as backing up and restoring data. - -
    - - - - Graham - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Fórum naplók - The Forum Log section of the ACP provides an overview of what has been happening on the board. This is important for you, the administrator, to keep track of. There are four types of logs: - - - Admin Log - - This log records all actions carried out within the administration panel itself. - - - - Moderator Log - - This logs records the actions performed by moderators of your board. Whenever a topic is moved or locked it will be recorded here, allowing you to see who carried out a particular action. - - - - User Log - - This log records all important actions carried out either by users or on users. All email and password changes are recorded within this log. - - - - Error Log - - This log shows you any errors that were caused by actions done by the board itself, such as errors sending emails. If you are having problems with a particular feature not working, this log is a good place to start. If enabled, addtional debugging information may be written to this log. - - - - - Click on one of the log links located in the left-hand Forum Logs section. - - If you have appropriate permissions, you are able to remove any or all log entries from the above sections. To remove log entries, go to the appropriate log entries section, check the log entries' checkboxes, and then click on the Delete marked checkbox to delete the log entries. - -
    - -
    - Adatbázis kimentése és visszaállítása -
    - -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Rendszer konfiguráció - -
    - Frissítés keresése -
    -
    - Keresőrobotok kezelése -
    -
    - Csoportos e-mail -
    -
    - Nyelvi csomagok -
    -
    - - - - Graham - - - - PHP információ - This option will provide you with information about the version of PHP installed on your server, along with information on loaded modules and the configuration applicable to the current location. This information can be useful to phpBB team members in helping you to diagnose problems affecting your installation of phpBB. The information here can be security sensitive and it is recommended that you only grant access to this option to those users who need access to the information and do not disclose the information unless necessary. - Please note that some hosting providers may limit the information which is available to you on this page for security reasons. -
    -
    - Jelentés/visszautasítás okok kezelése -
    -
    - Modulok kezelése -
    -
    - diff --git a/documentation/content/hu/chapters/glossary.xml b/documentation/content/hu/chapters/glossary.xml deleted file mode 100644 index d7be9adb..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/hu/chapters/glossary.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,298 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id$ - - 2006 - phpBB Group - - - Szójegyzék - - A guide to the terms used in the phpBB Documentation and on the forums. - - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - pentapenguin - - - - Techie-Micheal - - - - - Kifejezések - There are quite a few terms that are commonly used throughout phpBB and the support forums. Here is some information on these terms. - - - - - - ACP - - The ACP, which stands for "Administration Control Panel", is the main place from which you, the administrator, can control every aspect of your forum. - - - - - ASCII - - ASCII, or "American Standard Code for Information Interchange", is a common way of encoding data to transfer it to a different computer. FTP clients have ASCII as a mode to transfer files. All phpBB files (files with the file extensions .php, .inc, .sql, .cfg, .htm, and .tpl), except for the image files, should be uploaded in ASCII mode. - - - - - Attachments - - Attachments are files that can be attached to posts, like e-mail attachments. Certain restrictions, set by the board administrator, control what users can attach. - - - - - Avatar - - Avatars are small images that are displayed next to a username. Avatars can be changed in your profile and settings (such as allow/disallow uploading) edited from the ACP. - - - - - BBCode - - BBCode is a special way of formatting posts that offers great control over what and how something is displayed. BBCode has a syntax similar to HTML. - - - - - Binary - - Within phpBB, "binary" usually refers to another common way of encoding data for transfer (the other being ASCII. This is often found as a mode in an FTP clients to upload files. All of phpBB's images (found in the images/ and templates/subSilver/images/ directories) should be uploaded in binary mode. - - - - - Cache - - Cache is a way of storing frequently-accessed data. By storing this data, your server will have less load put on it, allowing it to process other tasks. By default, phpBB caches its templates when they are compiled and used. - - - - - Category - - A category is a group of any sort of similar items; for example, forums. - - - - - chmod - - chmod is a way of changing the permissions of a file on a *nix (UNIX, Linux, etc.) server. Files in phpBB should be chmodded 644. Directories should be chmodded to 755. Avatar upload directories and templates cache directories should be chmodded to 777. For more information regarding chmod, please consult your FTP client's documentation. - - - - - Client - - A client is a computer that accesses another computer's service(s) via a network. - - - - - Cookie - - A cookie is a small piece of data put onto the user's computer. Cookies are used with phpBB to store login information (used for automatic logins). - - - - - Database - - A database is a collection stored in a structured, organized manner (with different tables, rows, and columns, etc.). Databases provide a fast and flexible way of storing data, instead of the other commonly used data storage system of flat files where data is stored in a file. phpBB 3.0 supports a number of different DBMSs and uses the database to store information such as user details, posts, and categories. Data stored in a database can usually be backed up and restored easily. - - - - - DBAL - - DBAL, or "Database Abstraction Layer", is a system that allows phpBB 3.0 to access many different DBMSs with little overhead. All code made for phpBB (including MODs) need to use the phpBB DBAL for compatibility and performance purposes. - - - - - DBMS - - A DBMS, or "Database Management System", is a system or software designed to manage a database. phpBB 3.0 supports the following DBMSs: Firebird, MS SQL Server, mySQL, Oracle, postgreSQL, and SQLite. - - - - - FTP - - FTP stands for "File Transfer Protocol". It is a protocol which allows files to be transferred between computers. FTP clients are programs that are used to transfer files via FTP. - - - - - Founder - - A founder is a special board administrator that cannot be edited or deleted. This is a new user level introduced in phpBB 3.0. - - - - - GZip - - GZip is a compression method often used in web applications and software such as phpBB to improve speed. Most modern browsers support this on-the-fly algorithm. Gzip is also used to compress an archive of files. Higher compression levels, however, will increase server load. - - - - - IP address - - An IP address, or Internet Protocol address, is a unique address that identifies a specific computer or user. - - - - - Jabber - - Jabber is an open-source protocol that can be used for instant messenging. For more information on Jabber's role in phpBB, see . - - - - - MCP - - The MCP, or Moderation Control Panel, is the central point from which all moderators can moderate their forums. All moderation-related features are contained in this control panel. - - - - - MD5 - - MD5 (Message Digest algorithm 5) is a commonly-used hash function used by phpBB. MD5 is an algorithm which takes an input of any length and outputs a message digest of a fixed length (128-bit, 32 characters). MD5 is used in phpBB to turn the users' passwords into a one-way hash, meaning that you cannot "decrypt" (reverse) an MD5 hash and get users' passwords. User passwords are stored as MD5 hashes in the database. - - - - - MOD - - A MOD is a code modification for phpBB that either adds, changes, or in some other way enhances, phpBB. MODs are written by third-party authors; as such, the phpBB Group does not assume any responsibility for MODs. - - - - - PHP - - PHP, or "PHP: Hypertext Preprocessor", is a commonly-used open-source scripting language. phpBB is written in PHP and requires the PHP runtime engine to be installed and properly configured on the server phpBB is run on. For more information about PHP, please see the PHP home page. - - - - - phpMyAdmin - - phpMyAdmin is a popular open-source program that is used to manage MySQL databases. When MODding phpBB or otherwise changing it, you may have to edit your database. phpMyAdmin is one such tool that will allow you to do so. For more information regarding phpMyAdmin, please see the phpMyAdmin project home page. - - - - - Private Messages - - Private messages are a way for registered members to communicate privately through your board without the need to fall back to e-mail or instant messaging. They can be sent between users (they can also be forwarded and have copies sent, in phpBB 3.0) that cannot be viewed by anyone other than the intended recipient. The user guide contains more information on using phpBB3's private messaging system. - - - - - Rank - - A rank is a sort of title that is assigned to a user. Ranks can be added, edited, and deleted by administrators. - - - When assigning a special rank name to a user, remember that no permissions are associated. For example, if you create a "Support Moderator" rank and assign it to a user, that user will not automatically get moderator permissions. You must assign the user the special permissions separately. - - - - - - Server-writable - - Anything on your server that is server-writable means that the file(s) or folder(s) in question have their permissions properly set so that the server can write to them. Some phpBB3 functions that may require some files and/or folders to be writable by the server include caching and the actual installation of phpBB3 (the config.php file needs to be written during the installation process). Making files or folders server-writable, however, depends on the operating system that the server is running under. On *nix-based servers, users can configure file and folder permissions via the CHMOD utility, while Windows-based servers offer their own permissions scheme. It is possible with some FTP clients to change file and folder permissions as well. - - - - - Session - - A session is a visit to your phpBB forums. For phpBB, a session is how long you spend on the forums. It is created when you login deleted when you log off. Session IDs are usually stored in a cookie, but if phpBB is unable to get cookie information from your computer, then a session ID is appended to the URL (e.g. index.php?sid=999). This session ID preserves the user's session without use of a cookie. If sessions were not preserved, then you would find yourself being logged out every time you clicked on a link in the forum. - - - - - Signature - - A signature is a message displayed at the end of a user's post. Signatures are set by the user. Whether or not a signature is displayed after a post is set by the user's profile settings. - - - - - SMTP - - SMTP stands for "Simple Mail Transfer Protocol". It is a protocol for sending email. By default, phpBB uses PHP's built-in mail() function to send email. However, phpBB will use SMTP to send emails if the required SMTP data is correctly set up. - - - - - Style - - A style is made up of a template set, image set, and stylesheet. A style controls the overall look of your forum. - - - - - Sub-forum - - Sub-forums are a new feature introduced in phpBB 3.0. Sub-forums are forums that are nested in, or located in, other forums. - - - - - Template - - A template is what controls the layout of a style. phpBB 3.0 template files have the .html file extension. These template files contain mostly HTML (no PHP, however), with some variables that phpBB uses (contained in braces: { and }). - - - - - UCP - - The UCP, or User Control Panel, is the central point from which users can manage all of the settings and features that pertain to their accounts. - - - - - UNIX Timestamp - - phpBB stores all times in the UNIX timestamp format for easy conversion to other time zones and time formats. - - - - - Usergroup - - Usergroups are a way of grouping users. This makes it easier to set permissions to many people at the same time (e.g. create a moderator group and give it moderating permissions to a certain forum instead of giving lots of individual people moderating permissions separately). A usergroup has a usergroup moderator (a leader, essentially), who has the ability to add or delete users from the group. Usergroups can be set to hidden, closed or open. If a usergroup is open, users can try requesting membership via the proper page within the group control panel. phpBB 3.0 has six pre-defined usergroups. - - - -
    -
    diff --git a/documentation/content/hu/chapters/moderator_guide.xml b/documentation/content/hu/chapters/moderator_guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 48efb461..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/hu/chapters/moderator_guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,407 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id$ - - 2006 - phpBB Group - - - Moderátori kézikönyv - - This chapter describes the phpBB 3.0 forum moderation controls. - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Hozzászólások szerkesztése - Moderators with privileges in the relevant forums are able to edit topics and posts. You can usually view who the moderators are beneath the forum description on the index page. A user with moderator privileges is able to select the edit button beside each post. Beyond this point, they are able to: - - - - Delete posts - - This option removes the post from the topic. Remember that it cannot be recovered once deleted. - - - - - Change or remove the post icon - - Decides whether or not an icon accompanies the post, and if so, which icon. - - - - - Alter the subject and message body - - Allows the moderator to alter the contents of the post. - - - - - Alter the post options - disabling BBCode/Smilies parsing URLs etc. - - Determines whether certain features are enabled in the post. - - - - - Lock the topic or post - - Allows the moderator to lock the current post, or the full topic. - - - - - Add, alter or remove attachments - - Select attachments to be removed or edited (if option is enabled and attachments are present). - - - - - Modify poll settings - - Alter the current poll settings (if option is enabled and a poll is present). - - - - - If, for any case the moderator decides that the post should not be edited, they may lock the post to prevent the user doing so. The user will be shown a notice when they attempt to edit the post in future. Should the moderator wish to state why the post was edited, they may enter a reason when editing the post. - - -
    -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Moderátori eszközök - Beneath topics, the moderator has various options in a dropdown box which modify the topic in different ways. These include the ability to lock, unlock, delete, move, split, merge and copy the topic. As well as these, they are also able to change the topic type (Sticky/Announcement/Global), and also view the topics logs. The following subsections detail each action on a topic that a moderator can perform. - -
    - Gyors moderátori eszközök - - - - - - The quick moderator tools. As you can see, these tools are located at the end of each topic at the bottom of the page, before the last post on that page. Clicking on the selection menu will show you all of the actions you may perform. - - -
    - -
    - Téma vagy hozzászólás lezárása - This outlines how a moderator may lock whole topics or individual posts. There are various ways a moderator may do this, either by using the Moderator Control Panel when viewing a forum, navigating to the selection menu beneath the topic in question, or editing any post within a topic and checking the relevant checkbox. - Locking a whole topic ensures that no user can reply to it, whereas locking individual posts denies the post author any editing permissions for that post. -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Téma vagy hozzászólás törlése - If enabled within the Administration Control Panel permissions, a user may delete their own posts when either viewing a topic or editing a previous post. The user may only delete a topic or post if it has not yet been replied to. - Administrators and moderators have similar editing permissions, but only administrators are allowed to remove topics regardless of replies. Using the selection menu beneath topics allows quick removal. The Moderator Control Panel allows multiple deletions of separate posts. - - Please note that any topics or posts cannot be retrieved once deleted. Consider using a hidden forum that topics can be moved to for future reference. - -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Téma áthelyezése másik fórumba - To move a topic to another forum, navigate to the Quick MOD Tools area beneath the topic and select Move Topic from the selection menu. You will then be met with another selection menu of a location (another forum) to move it to. If you would like to leave a Shadow Topic behind, leave the box checked. Select the desired forum and click Yes. - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Árnyék témák - Shadow topics can be created when moving a topic from one forum to another. A shadow topic is simply a link to the topic in the forum it’s been moved from. You may choose whether or not to leave a shadow topic by selecting or unselecting the checkbox in the Move Topic dialog. - To delete a shadow topic, navigate to the forum containing the shadow topic, and use the Moderator Control Panelto select and delete the topic. - - Deleting a shadow topic will not delete the original topic that it is a shadow of. - -
    -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Téma másolása - Moderators are also allowed to duplicate topics. Duplicating a topic simply creates a copy of the selected topic in another forum. This can be achieved by using the Quick MOD Tools area beneath the topic you want to duplicate, or through the Moderator Control Panel when viewing the forum. From this, you simply select the destination forum you wish to duplicate the topic to. Click Yes to duplicate the topic. -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Közlemények és kimelt témák - There are various types of topics the forum administrators and moderators (if they have the appropriate permissions) can assign to specific topics. These special topic types are: Global Announcements, Announcements, and Stickies. The Topic Type can be chosen when posting a new topic or editing the first post of a previously posted topic. You may choose which type of topic you would prefer by selecting the relevant radio button. When viewing the forum, global announcements and basic announcements are displayed under a separate heading than that of stickies and normal topics. -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Hozzászólások szétválasztása egy témából - Moderators also have the ability to split posts from a topic. This can be useful if certain discussions have spawned a new idea worthy of its own thread, thus needing to be split from the original topic. Splitting posts involves moving individual posts from an existing topic to a new topic. You may do this by using the Quick MOD Tools area beneath the topic you want to split or from the Moderator Control Panel within the topic. - While splitting, you may choose a title for the new topic, a different forum for the new topic, and also a different icon. You may also override the default board settings for the amount of posts to be displayed per page. The Splitting from the selected post option will split all posts from the checked post, to the last post. The Splitting selected posts option will only split the current selected posts. -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Témák összevonása - In phpBB3, it is now possible to merge topics together, in addition to splitting topics. This can be useful if, for example, two separate topics are related and involve the same discussion. The merging topics feature allows existing topics to be merged into one another. - To merge topics together, start by locating selection menu beneath the topic in question, which brings you to the Moderator Control Panel. From here, you need to enter the topic ID of the topic you want to move the posts to. You can click Select topic to see a list of the topics available and specify which. Checking the Mark all section will select all the posts in the current topic and allow moving to the existing topic. The posts merged into the new topic will retain their existing timestamp (e.g. they will not appear at the end of the topic they are being merged to, but will be sorted based on their timestamp). -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Hozzászólások áthelyezése másik témába - Rather than just merging topics together, you can also merge specific posts into any other topic. - To merge specific posts into another topic, start by locating the selection menu beneath the topic, and get to the Moderator Control Panel. From here, you need to enter the topic ID of the topic you want to move the posts to. You can click Select topic to see a list of the topics available and specify which. Select the posts which you wish to merge from the current topic, into the existing topic. The posts merged into the new topic will retain their existing timestamp (e.g. they will not appear at the end of the topic they are being merged to, but will be sorted based on their timestamp). -
    -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Mit tartalmaz a „Modeálandók” menüpont? - The Moderation Queue is an area where topics and posts which need to be approved are listed. If a forum or user’s permissions are set to moderator queue via the Administration Control Panel, all posts made in that forum or by this user will need to be approved by an administrator or moderator before they are displayed to other users. Topics and posts which require approval can be viewed through the Moderator Control Panel. - When viewing a forum, topics which have not yet been approved will be marked with an icon, clicking on this icon will take you directly to the Moderator Control Panel where you may approve or disapprove the topic. Likewise, when viewing the topic itself, the post requiring approval will be accompanied with a message which also links to the post waiting approval. - If you choose to approve a topic or post, you will be given the option to notify the user of its approval. If you choose to disapprove a topic or post, you will be given the option to notify the user of its disapproval and also specify why you have disapproved the post, and enter a description. - For further information regarding the Moderator Control Panel, see . -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Mik azok a „Jelentett hozzászólások”? - Unlike phpBB2, phpBB3 now allows users to report a post, for reasons the board administrator can define within the Administration Control Panel. If a user finds a post unsuitable for any reason, they may report it using the Report Post button beside the offending message. This report is then displayed within the Moderator Control Panel where the Administrator or Moderators can view, close, or delete the report. - When viewing a forum with post reports within topics, the topic title will be accompanied by a red exclamation icon. This alerts the administrator(s) or moderators that there a post has been reported. When viewing topics, reported posts are accompanied by a red exclamation and text. Clicking this icon or text will bring them to the Reported Posts section of the Moderator Control Panel. - For further information regarding the Moderator Control Panel, see . -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - A moderátori vezérlőpult (MVP) - Another new feature in phpBB3 is the Moderator Control Panel, where any moderator will feel at home. Similar to the Administration Control Panel, this area outlines any current moderator duties that need to be acted upon. After navigating to the MCP, the moderator will be greeted with any posts waiting for approval, any post reports and the five latest logged actions - performed by administrators, moderators, and users. - On the left side is a menu containing all the relevant areas within the MCP. This guide outlines each individual section and what kind of information they each contain: - - - Main - - This contains pre-approved posts, reported posts and the five latest logged actions. - - - - - Moderation queue - - This area lists any topics or posts waiting for approval. - - - - - Reported posts - - A list of all open or closed reported posts. - - - - - User notes - - This is an area for administrators or moderators to leave feedback on certain users. - - - - - Warnings - - The ability to warn a user, view current users with warnings and view the five latest warnings. - - - - - Moderator logs - - This is an in-depth list of the five latest actions performed by administrators, moderators or users, as shown on the main page of the MCP. - - - - - Banning - - The option to ban users by username, IP address or email address. - - - - - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Moderálandók - The moderation queue lists topics or posts which require moderator action. The moderation queue is accessible from the Moderator Control Panel. For more information regarding the moderation queue, see . -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Jelentett hozzászólások - Reported posts are reports submitted by users regarding problematic posts. Any current reported posts are accessible from the Moderator Control Panel. For more information regarding reported posts, see . -
    - -
    - Fórum moderáció - When viewing any particular forum, clicking Moderator Control Panel will take you to the forum moderation area. Here, you are able to mass moderate topics within that forum via the dropdown box. The available actions are: - - Delete: Deletes the selected topic(s). - Move: Moves the selected topic(s) to another forum of your preference. - Fork: Creates a duplicate of the selected topic(s) in another forum of your preference. - Lock: Locks the selected topic(s). - Unlock: Unlocks the selected topic(s). - Resync: Resynchronise the selected topic(s). - Change topic type: Change the topic type to either Global Announcement, Announcement, Sticky, or Regular Topic. - - - - You can also mass-moderate posts within topics. This can be done by navigating through the MCP when viewing the forum, and clicking on the topic itself. Another way to accomplish this is to click the MCP link whilst viewing the particular topic you wish to moderate. - When moderating inside a topic, you can: rename the topic title, move the topic to a different forum, alter the topic icon, merge the topic with another topic, or define how many posts per page will be displayed (this will override the board setting). - From the selection menu, you may also: lock and unlock individual posts, delete the selected post(s), merge the selected post(s), or split or split from the selected post(s). - The Post Details link next to posts also entitle you to alter other settings. As well as viewing the poster’s IP address, profile and notes, and the ability to warn the poster, you also have the option to change the poster ID assigned to the post. You can also lock or delete the post from this page. - - - Depending on the specific permissions set to your user account, some of the aforementioned options and abilities may not be available to you. - - - For further information regarding the Moderator Control Panel, see . -
    -
    -
    diff --git a/documentation/content/hu/chapters/quick_start_guide.xml b/documentation/content/hu/chapters/quick_start_guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index bacf6272..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/hu/chapters/quick_start_guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,454 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id$ - - 2006 - phpBB Group - - - Gyorstalpaló - - A quick guide through the first steps of installing and configuring up your very own phpBB 3.0 forum. - -
    - - - - Graham - - - - Követelmények - phpBB has a few requirements which must be met before you are able to install and use it. In this section, these requirements are explained. - - - A webserver or web hosting account running on any major Operating System with support for PHP - - - A SQL database system, one of: - - - FireBird 2.0 or above - - - MySQL 3.23 or above - - - MS SQL Server 2000 or above (directly or via ODBC) - - - Oracle - - - PostgreSQL 7.x or above - - - SQLite 2 - - - - - PHP 4.3.3 or above with support for the database you intend to use. The optional presence of the following modules within PHP will provide access to additional features, but they are not required. - - - zlib Compression support - - - Remote FTP support - - - XML support - - - Imagemagick support - - - GD support - - - - - The presence of each of these required features will be checked during the installation process, explained in . -
    -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Telepítés - phpBB 3.0 Olympus has an easy to use installation system that will guide you through the installation process. - - - phpBB 3.0 Beta 1 will not yet have the ability to upgrade from phpBB 2.0.x or to convert from a different software package. This will be included in the later Beta or RC stages. - - After you have decompressed the phpBB3 archive and uploaded the files to the location where you want it to be installed, you need to enter the URL into your browser to open the installation screen. The first time you point your browser to the URL (http://www.example.com/phpBB3 for instance), phpBB will detect that it is not yet installed and automatically redirect you to the installation screen. -
    - Bevezető - - - - - - The introduction page of the installation system. - - -
    -
    - Bevezető - The installation screen gives you a short introduction into phpBB. It allows you to read the license phpBB 3.0 is released under (the General Public License) and provides information about how you can receive support. To start the installation, click the Install button (see ). -
    -
    - Követelmények - - Please read the section on phpBB3's requirements to find out more about the phpBB 3.0's minimum requirements. - - The requirements list is the first page you will see after starting the installation. phpBB 3.0 automatically checks if everything that it needs to run properly is installed on your server. In order to continue the installation, you will need to have PHP installed (the minimum version number is shown on the requirements page), and at least one database available to continue the installation. It is also important that all shown folders are available and have the correct permissions set. Please see the description of each section to find out if they are optional or required for phpBB 3.0 to run. If everything is in order, you can continue the installation by clicking the Start Install button. -
    -
    - Adatbázis adatok - You now have to decide which database to use. See the Requirements section for information on which databases are supported. If you do not know your database settings, please contact your hosting company and ask for them. You will not be able to continue without them. You need: - - - The Database Type - the database you will be using (e.g. mySQL, SQL server, Oracle) - - - The Database server hostname or DSN - the address of the database server. - - - The Database server port - the port of the database server (most of the time this is not needed). - - - The Database name- the name of the database on the server. - - - The Database username and Database password - the login data to access the database. - - - - If you are installing using SQLite, you should enter the full path to your database file in the DSN field and leave the username and password fields blank. For security reasons, you should make sure that the database file is not stored in a location accessible from the web. - -
    - Adatbázis adatok - - - - - - The database settings screen, please make sure to have all the required data available - - -
    - You don't need to change the Prefix for tables in database setting, unless you plan on using multiple phpBB installations on one database. In this case you can use a different prefix for each installation to make it work. - After you have entered your details, you can continue by clicking the Proceed to next step button. Now, phpBB 3.0 will test and verify the data you entered. - If you see a "Could not connect to the database" error, this means that you didn't enter the database data correctly and it is not possible for phpBB to connect. Make sure that everything you entered is in order and try again. Again, if you are unsure about your database settings, please contact your host. - - Remember that your database username and password are case sensitive. You must use the exact one you have set up or been given by your host - - If you installed another version of phpBB before on the same database with the same prefix, phpBB will inform you and you just need to enter a different database prefix. - If you see the Successful Connection message, you can continue to the next step. -
    -
    - Adminisztrátor adatok - Now you have to create your administration user. This user will have full administration access and he will be the first user on your forum. All fields on this page are required. You can also set the default language of your forum on this page. In a vanilla (basic) phpBB 3.0 installation we only include English [GB]. You can download further languages from www.phpbb.com, and add them later. -
    -
    - Konfigurációs állomány - In this step, phpBB will automatically try to write the configuration file. The forum needs the configuration to run properly. It contains all of the database settings, so without it, phpBB will not be able to access the database. - Usually, automatically writing the configuration file works fine. But in some cases it can fail due to wrong file permissions, for instance. In this case, you need to upload the file manually. phpBB asks you to download the config.php file and tells you what to do with it. Please read the instructions carefully. After you have uploaded the file, click Done to get to the last step. If Done returns you to the same page as before, and does not return a success message, you did not upload the file correctly. -
    -
    - Haladó beállítások - The Advanced settings allow you to set some parameters of the board configuration. They are optional, and you can always change them later if you wish. So if you are unsure of what these settings mean, ignore them and proceed to the final step to finish the installation. - If the installation was successful, you can now use the Login button to visit the Administration Control Panel. Congratulations, you have installed phpBB 3.0 successfully. But there is still a lot of work ahead! - If you are unable to get phpBB 3.0 installed even after reading this guide, please look at the support section to find out where you can ask for further assistance. - At this point if you are upgrading from phpBB 2.0, you should refer to the upgrade guide for further information. If not, you should remove the install directory from your server as you will only be able to access the Administration Control Panel whilst it is present. -
    -
    -
    - - - - zeroK - - - - Általános beállítások - In this section you will learn how to change some of the basic settings of your new board. - Right after the installation you will be redirected to the so called "Administration Control Panel" (ACP). You can also access this panel by clicking the [Administration Control Panel] link at the bottom of your forum. In this interface you can change everything about your board. -
    - Fórum beállítások - The first section of the ACP you will probably want to visit right after the installation is "Board Settings". Here you can first of all change the name (Site name) and description (Site description) of your board. -
    - Fórum beállítások - - - - - - Here you can edit the Site name and Site description of your board. - - -
    - This form also holds the options for changing things like the timezone (System timezone) as well as the date format used to render dates/times (Date format). - There you can also select a new style (after having installed it) for your board and enforce it on all members ignoring whatever style they've selected in their "User Control Panel". The style will also be used for all forums where you haven't specified a different one. For details on where to get new styles and how to install them, please visit the styles home page at phpbb.com. - If you want to use your board for a non-English community, this form also lets you change the default language (Default Language) (which can be overridden by each user in their UCPs). By default, phpBB3 only ships with the English language pack. So, before using this field, you will have to download the language pack for the language you want to use and install it. For details, please read Language packs . - -
    - -
    - Fórum funkciók - If you want to enable or disable some of the basic features of your board, this is the place to go. Here you can allow and disallow for example username changes (Allow Username changes) or the creation of attachments (Allow Attachments). You can even disable BBCode altogether (Allow BBCode). -
    - Fórum funkciók - - - - - - Enabling and disabling basic features with just 2 clicks - - -
    - Disabling BBCode completely is a little bit to harsh for your taste but you don't want your users to abuse the signature field for tons of images? Simply set Allow use of IMG BBCode Tag in user signatures to "No". If you want to be a little bit more specific on what you want to allow and disallow in users' signatures, have a look at the "Signature Settings" form. - The "Board Features" form offers you a great way to control the features in an all-or-nothing way. If you want to get into the details on each feature, there is for everything also a separated form which let's you specify everything from the maximum number of characters allowed in a post (Max characters per post in "Post Settings") to how large a user's avatar can be (Maximum Avatar Dimensions in "Avatar Settings"). - - If you disable features, these will also be unavailable to users who would normally have them according to their respective permissions. For details on the permissions system, please read or the in-depth guide in the Administrator Guide. - - -
    - -
    -
    - - - - Anon - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Fórumok létrehozása - Forums are the sections where topics are stored. Without forums, your users would have nowhere to post! Creating forums is very easy. - Firstly, make sure you are logged in. Find the [ Administration Control Panel ] link at the bottom of the page, and click it. You should be in the Administration Index. You can administer your board here. - There are tabs at the top for the Administration Control Panel that will guide you to each category. You must get to the Forum Administration section to create a forum, so click the Forums tab. - The Forum Administration Index is where you can manage forums on your site. Along with being able to create forums, you are also able to create subforums. Subforums are forums that are located in a parent forum in a hierachy. For more information about subforums, see the administration guide on subforums. - Find the Create new forum button on the right side of the page. Type in the name of the forum you wish in the textbox located directly to the left of this button. For example, if the forum name was to be Test, in the text box put Test. Once you are done, click the Create new forum button create the forum. - You should see a page headed with the text "Create new forum :: Test". You can change options for your forum; for example you can set what forum image the forum can use, if it's a category, or what forum rules text will belong to the forum. You should type up a brief description for the forum as users will be able to figure out what the forum is for. - - - - - - Creating a new forum. - - - The default settings are usually good enough to get your new forum up and running; however, you may change them to suit your needs. But there are three key forum settings that you should pay attention to. The Parent Forum setting allows you to choose which forum your new forum will belong to. Be careful to what level you want your forum to be in. (The Parent Forum setting is important when creating subforums. For more information on subforums, continue reading to the section on creating subforums) The "Copy Permissions" setting allows you to copy the permissions from an existing forum to your new forum. Use this if you want to keep permissions constant. The forum style setting allows you to set which style your new forum will display. Your new forum can show a different style to another. - Once you're done configuring the settings of your new forum, scroll to the bottom of the page and click the Submit button to create your forum and it's settings. If your new forum was created successfully, the screen will show you a success message. - If you wish to set permissions for the forum (or if you do not click on anything), you will see the forum permissions screen. If you do not want to (and want to use the default permissions for your new forum), click on the Back to previous page link. Otherwise, continue and set each setting to what you wish. Once you are done, click the Apply all Permissions button at the bottom of the page. You will see the successful forum permissions updated screen if it worked. - - If you do not set any permissions on this forum it will not be accessible to anyone (including yourself). - - You have successfully updated your forum permissions and set up your new forum. To create more forums, follow this general procedure again. - For more information on setting permissions, see -
    -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Jogosultságok beállítása - After you created your first forum, you have to decide who has access to it and what your users are allowed to do and what not. This is what Permissions are for. You can disallow guests to post or hand out moderating powers, for instance. Almost every aspect of user interaction with phpBB3 Olympus can be adjusted with permissions. - -
    - Jogosultságtípusok - There are four different types of permissions: - - - User/Group permissions (global) - e.g. disallow changing avatar - - - Administrator permissions (global) - e.g. allow to manage forums - - - Moderator permissions (global or local) - e.g. allow to lock topics or ban users (only global) - - - Forum permissions (local) - e.g. allow to see a forum or post topics - - - Each permission type consists of a different set of permissions and can apply either locally or globally. A global permission type is set for your whole bulletin board. If you disallow one of your users to send Private Messages, for instance, you have to do this with the global user permission. Administrator permission are also global. -
    - Globális és helyi jogosultságok - - - - - - Global and local permissions - - -
    - On the other hand local permissions do only apply to specific forums. So if you disallow someone to post in one forum, for instance, it will not impact the rest of the board. The user will still be able to post in any other forum he has the local permission to post. - You can appoint moderators either globally or locally. If you trust some of your users enough, you can make them Global Moderators. They can moderate all forums they have access to with the permissions you assign to them. Compared to that, local moderators will only be able to moderate the number of forums you select for them. They can also have different moderator permissions for different forums. While they are able to delete topics in one forum, they may not be allowed to do it in another. Global moderators will have the same permissions for all forums. -
    -
    - Fórum jogosultságok beállítása - To set the permissions for your new forum we need the local Forum Based Permissions. First you have to decide how you want to set the permissions. If you want to set them for a single group or user, you should use the Group or User Forum Permissions. They will allow you to select one group or user, and then select the forums you want to set the permissions for. - But for this Quick Start Guide we will concentrate on the Forum Permissions. Instead of selecting a user or group, you select the forums you want to change first. You can select them either by selecting the forums manually in the top list, or by single forum and single forum plus subforums respectively in the lower pull down menus. Submit will bring you to the next page. -
    - Csoportok kiválasztása - - - - - - Select Groups or Users to set Forum Permissions - - -
    - The Forum Permissions page shows you two columns, one for users and one for groups to select (see ). The top lists on both columns labelled as Manage Users and Manage Groups show users and groups that already have permissions on at least one of your selected forums set. You can select them and change their permissions with the Edit Permissions button, or use Remove Permissions to remove them which leads to them not having permissions set, and therefore not being able to see the forum or have any access to it (unless they have access to it through another group). The bottom boxes allow you to add new users or groups, that do not currently have permissions set on at least one of your selected forums. - To add permissions for groups, select one or more groups either in the Add Groups list (this works similar with users, but if you want to add new users, you have to type them in manually in the Add Users text box or use the Find a member function). Add Permissions will take you to the permission interface. Each forum you selected is listed, with the groups or users to change the permissions for below them. - There are two ways to assign permissions: You can set them manually or use predefined Permission Roles for a simpler but less powerful way. You can switch between both approaches any time you want. You can skip the manual permission introduction and jump directly into the section on "Permissions Roles", if you are eager to get everything running as quickly as possible. But remember that permission roles do only offer a small bit of what the permission system has to offer and we believe that to be a good Olympus administrator, you have to fully grasp permissions. - Both ways only differ in the way you set them. They both share the same interface. -
    -
    - Manuális jogosultságok - This is the most important aspect of permissions. You need to understand this to properly work with them. There are three different values that a permission can take: - - - YES will allow a permission setting unless it is overwritten by a NEVER. - - - NO will be disallow a permission setting unless it is overwritten by a YES. - - - NEVER will completely disallow a permission setting for a user. It cannot be overwritten by a YES. - - - The three values are important as it is possible for a user to have more than one permissions for the same setting through multiple groups. If the user is a member of the default "Registered Users" group and a custom group called "Senior Users" you created for your most dedicated members, both could have different permissions for seeing a forum. In this example you want to make a forum called "Good old times" only available to the "Senior Users" group, but don't want all "Registered Users" to see it. You will of course set the Can see forum permission to Yes for "Senior Users". But do not set the permission to Never for "Registered Users". If you do this, "Senior Members" will not see the forum as the No overrides any Yes they have . Leave the setting at No instead. No is a weak Never that a Yes can override. -
    - Manuális jogosultságok - - - - - - Setting permissions manually - - -
    -
    -
    - Jogosultság szerepek - phpBB3 Olympus ships with a number of default permission roles, that offer you a wide variety of options for setting permissions. Instead of having to check each radio button manually, you can select a predefined role in the Rolepull down list. Each role has a detailed description, that will pop up when you hover your mouse over it. Submit your changes with Apply Permissions or Apply All Permissions when you are satisfied with them. That will set the permissions and you are done. -
    - Jogosultság szerepek - - - - - - Setting permissions with roles - - -
    - But permission roles are not only a quick and easy way to set permissions, they are also a powerful tool for experienced board administrators to manage permissions on bigger boards. You can create your own roles and edit existing ones. Roles are dynamic, so when you edit a role, all groups and users that have the role assigned will automatically be updated. -
    -
    - - - - zeroK - - - - Moderátorok hozzárendelése a fórumokhoz - A quite common use case for permissions and roles are forum moderation. phpBB3 makes assigning users as moderators of forums really simple. - As you might have already guessed, moderation of specific forums is a local setting, so you can find Forum Moderators in the section for Forum Based Permissions. First of all, you will have to select for forum (or forums) you want to assign new moderators to. This form is divided into three areas. In the first one, you can select multiple forums (select multiple by holding down the CTRL button on your keyboard, or cmd (under MacOS X)), where the moderator settings you will set in the following form will only apply to these exact forums. The second area allows you to select only one forum but all the following settings will apply not only to this forum but also all its subforums. Finally, the third area's selection will only affect exactly this forum. - After selecting the forums and hitting Submit, you will be greeted by a form you should already be familiar with from one of the previous sections in this guide: . Here you can select the users or groups that should get some kind of moderation power over the selected forums. So go ahead: Select some users and/or groups and hit the Set Permissions button. - In the next form you can choose, what moderator permissions the selected users/groups should receive. First of all, there are some predefined roles from which you can select: - - - Standard Moderator - - A Standard Moderator can approve or disapprove, edit and delete posts, delete or close reports, but not necessarily change the owner of a post. This kind of moderator can also issue warnings and view details of a post. - - - - Simple Moderator - - A Simple Moderator can edit posts and close and delete reports and can also view post details. - - - - Queue Moderator - - As a Queue Moderator, you can only approve or disapprove posts that landed in the moderator queue and edit posts. - - - - Full Moderator - - Full Moderators can do everything moderation-related; they can even ban users. - - - -
    - A fórum moderátorok jogosultságai - - - - - - Set the moderator's permissions - - -
    - When you're done simply hit Apply all Permissions. All the permissions mentioned here can also be selected from the right side of the form to give you more granular options. -
    - -
    - - - - zeroK - - - - Globális jogosultságok beállítása - Local Permissions are too local for you? Well, then phpBB3 has something to offer for you, too: Global Permissions: - - Users Permissions - Groups Permissions - Administrators - Global Moderators - - In "User Permissions" and "Group Permissions" you can allow and disallow features like attachments, signatures and avatars for specific users and user groups. Note that some of these settings only matter, if the respective feature is enabled in the "Board Features" (see for details). - Under "Administrators" you can give users or groups administrator privileges like the ability to manage forums or change user permissions. For details on these settings please read the . - The "Global Moderators" form offers you the same settings as the forum specific form (described in ) but applies to all forums on your baord. -
    - -
    -
    - Támogatás - The phpBB Team provides many options for users to find support for their phpBB install. In addition to this very documentation, the support forum on www.phpbb.com has many answers that users like you are searching for. Therefore, we highly recommend the use of the search feature before asking a new question. If you are unable to find an answer, feel free to post a new topic asking for help. Be sure to be descriptive when explaining your problem! The more we know about what is happening, the faster we can provide you with the answer you are looking for. Be sure to fill out the Support Request Template with the information it asks for. - - In addition to the support forum on www.phpbb.com, we provide a Knowledge Base for users to read and submit articles on common answers to questions. Our community has taken a lot of time in writing these articles, so be sure to check them out. - - We provide realtime support in #phpBB on the popular Open Source IRC network, Freenode. You can typically find someone from each of the teams in here, as well as fellow users who are more than happy to help you out. Be sure to read the IRC rules before joining the channel, as we have a few basic netiquette rules that we ask users to follow. At any given time, there can be as many as 60 users, if not more in the channel, so you are almost certain to find someone there to help you. However, it is important that you read and follow the IRC rules as people may not answer you. An example of this is that oftentimes users come in to the channel and ask if anybody is around and then end up leaving 30 seconds later before someone has the chance to answer. Instead, be sure to ask your question and wait. As the saying goes, "don't ask to ask, just ask!" - - English is not your native language? Not a problem! We also provide an International Support page with links to various websites that provide support in Espanol, Deutsch, Francais, and more. -
    -
    diff --git a/documentation/content/hu/chapters/upgrade_guide.xml b/documentation/content/hu/chapters/upgrade_guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index cbd2b989..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/hu/chapters/upgrade_guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id$ - - 2006 - phpBB Group - - - Frissítési kézikönyv - - Do you want to upgrade your phpBB2 forum to version 3.0? This chapter will tell and show you how it is done. - -
    - - - - Techie-Micheal - - - - Frissítés 2.0-ról 3.0-ra - The upgrade process from 2.0.x to 3.0.x is a straight-forward, simplified process. - The process is in the form of a PHP file, similar to the update file found in phpBB 2.0.x. The file will take you through wizard-like screens until your phpBB is running 3.0.x. - Warning: Be sure to backup both the database and the files before attempting to upgrade. -
    -
    diff --git a/documentation/content/hu/chapters/user_guide.xml b/documentation/content/hu/chapters/user_guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 93dbed3d..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/hu/chapters/user_guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,472 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id$ - - 2006 - phpBB Group - - - Felhasználói kézikönyv - - This chapter is targeted at the forum users. It explains all user facing functions that are needed to use phpBB 3.0.x. - -
    - - - - AdamR - - - - A jogosultságok hatása a fórum használatára - phpBB3 uses permissions on a per-user or per-usergroup basis to allow or disallow users access to certain functions or features which software offers. These may include the ability to post in certain forums, having an avatar, or being able to communicate through private messages. All of the permissions can be set through the Administration Panel. - Permissions can also be set allowing appointed members to perform special tasks or have special abilities on the bulletin board. Permissions allow the Administrator to define which moderation functions and in which forums certain users or groups of users are allowed to use. This allows for appointed users to become moderators on the bulletin board. The administrator can also give users access to certain sections of the Administration panel, keeping important settings or functions restricted and safe from malicious acts. For example, a select group of moderators could be allowed to modify a user's avatar or signature if said avatar or signature is not allowed under a paticular forum's rules. Without these abilities set, the moderator would need to notify an administrator in order to have the user's profile changed. -
    -
    - - - - zeroK - - - - Regisztrálás egy phpBB3-mas fórumra - The basic procedure of registering an account on a phpBB3 board consists in the simplest case of only two steps: - - After following the "Register" link you should see the board rules. If you agree to these terms the registration process continues. If you don't agree you can't register your account - - - Now you see a short form for entering your user information where you can specify your username, e-mail address, password, language and timezone. - - - - - As mentioned above, this is only the simplest case. The board can be configured to add some additional steps to the registration process. - - - If you get a site where you have to select whether you were born before or after a specified date, the administrator has enabled this to comply with the U.S. COOPA act. If you are younger than 13 years, your account will stay inactive until it is approved by a parent or guardian. You will receive an e-mail where the next steps required for your account activation are described. - - - If you see in the form where you can specify your username, password etc. a graphic with some wierd looking characters, then you see the so called Visual Confirmation. Simply enter these characters into the Confirmation code field and proceed with the registration. - - - Another option is the account activation. Here, the administrator can make it a requirement that you have to follow a link mailed to you after registering before your account is activated. In this case you will see a message similiar to this one:
    - Your account has been created. However, this forum requires account activation, an activation key has been sent to the e-mail address you provided. Please check your e-mail for further information -
    -
    - It is also possible that the administrator himself/herself has to activate the account.
    - Your account has been created. However, this forum requires account activation by the administrator. An e-mail has been sent to them and you will be informed when your account has been activated. -
    In this case please have some patience with the administrators to review your registration and activate your account.
    -
    -
    -
    -
    - - - - Heimidal - - - iWisdom - - - - Tájékozódás a felhasználói vezérlőpultban - The User Control Panel (UCP) allows you to alter personal preferences, manage posts you are watching, send and receive private messages, and change the way information about you appears to other users. To view the UCP, click the 'User Control Panel' link that appears after logging in. - The UCP is separated into seven tabs: Overview, Private Messages, Profile, Preferences, Friends and Foes, Attachments, and Groups. Within each tab are several sub pages, accessed by clicking the desired link on the left side of the UCP interface. Some of these areas may not be available depending on the permissions set for you by the administrator. - Every page of the UCP displays your Friends List on the left side. To send a private message to a friend, click their user name. - TODO: Note that Private messaging will be discussed in its own section -
    - Áttekintés - The Overview displays a snapshot of information about your posting habits such as the date you joined the forum, your most active topic, and how many total posts you have submitted. Overview sub pages include Subscriptions, Bookmarks, and Drafts. - -
    - Felhasználói vezérlőpult áttekintés (kezdőlap) - - - - - - The UCP Overview section - - -
    - -
    - Feliratkozások - Subscriptions are forums or individual topics that you have elected to watch for any new posts. Whenever a new post is made inside an area you have subscribed to, an e-mail will be sent you to informing you of the new addition. To create a subscription, visit the forum or topic you would like to subscribe to and click the 'Subscribe' link located at the bottom of the page. - To remove a subscription, check the box next to the subscription you would like to remove and click the 'Unsubscribe' button. -
    -
    - Kedvencek - Bookmarks, much like subscriptions, are topics you've chosen to watch. However, there are two key differences: 1) only individual topics may be bookmarked, and 2) an e-mail will not be sent to inform you of new posts. - To create a bookmark, visit the topic you would like to watch and click the 'Bookmark Topic' link located at the bottom of the page. - To remove a bookmark, check the box next to the bookmark you would like to remove and click the 'Remove marked bookmarks' button. -
    -
    - Piszkozatok - Drafts are created when you click the 'Save' button on the New Post or Post Reply page. Displayed are the title of your post, the forum or topic that the draft was made in, and the date you saved it. - To continue editing a draft for future submission, click the 'View/Edit' link. If you plan to finish and post the message, click 'Load Draft'. To delete a draft, check the box next to the draft you wish to remove and click 'Delete Marked'. -
    -
    -
    - Profil - This section lets you set your profile information. Your profile information contains general information that other users on the board will able to see. Think of your profile as a sign of your public presence. This section is separated from your preferences. (Preferences are the individual settings that you set and manage on your own, and control your forum experience. Thus, this is separated from your profile settings.) -
    - Személyes beállítások - Personal settings control the information that is displayed when a user views your profile. - - ICQ Number - Your account number associated with ICQ system. - AOL Instant Messenger - Your screen name associated with AOL Instant Messenger system. - MSN Messenger - Your email address associated with the MSN Messenger (Windows Live) service. - Yahoo Messenger - Your username associated with the Yahoo Messenger service. - Jabber Address - Your username associated with the Jabber service. - Website - Your website's address. Must be prepended with the appropriate protocol reference (i.e. http://) - Location - Your physical location. Note that this is generally displayed along with your user information with every post, so standard caution regarding releasing personal information on the Internet should apply. - Occupation - Your occupation. The information entered will appear only on the viewprofile page. - Interests - Your personal interests. The information entered here will appear only on the viewprofile page. - Birthday - Your birthday. This information is used for displaying your username in the Birthday section of the Board Index. If year is specified, your age will be displayed in your profile. - -
    -
    - Aláírás - Your signature appears, at your option, below every post you make. Signatures may be formatted using BBCode. The board administrator may specifiy a maximum length for signatures. You can check this limit by noting the line There is a x character limit. above the signature editing textbox, where x is the currently set limit. -
    -
    - Avatar - Your avatar is an image the displays with every post you make. Depending on board settings, avatars may be completely disabled, or may appear in one (or more) of three forms: "Upload from your machine", "Upload from a URL", and "Link off-site. - - - Upload from your machine - You may upload an avatar from your machine to be hosted on the board's server. - Upload from a URL - You may specify the URL of an existing image. This will cause the image to be copied to the board's server and hosted on it. - Link off-site - You may specify the URL of an existing image. This will not cause the image to be hosted on the board's server, but rather hotlinked to its current location. - - - Additionally, a board administrator may opt to provide an avatar gallery for users to make use of. These images are pre-selected by the administrator and are able to be used by any of a board's members. -
    -
    -
    - Fórum beállítások - Preferences allow you to dictate various behaviours of the phpBB software in regards to your interaction with it. -
    - Általános - Global settings control various overall interactions with the phpBB software. - - - Users can contact by e-mail - If Yes is selected, users can e-mail you via the "e-mail" button in your profile. - Administratos can e-mail me information - If Yes is selected, you will receive mass-emails sent out by the board administrator. - Allow users to send you private messages - If Yes is selected, users can send you private messages via the board. - Hide my online status - If Yes is selected, your online status will be hidden to users. Note that administrators and moderators will still be able to view your online status. - Notify me on new privates messages - If Yes is selected, you will receive an email when you receive a new private messages. - Pop up window on new private messages - If Yes is selected, a pop-up window will appear on the board to alert you of new private messages. - My language - Allows you to specify what language pack the board utilizes. Note that this setting applies only to board language strings; posts will be rendered in the language they were written. - My timezone - Allows you to specify what timezone board times should appear in. - Summer Time / DST is in effect - If Yes is selected, board times will appear one hour earlier than the selected setting. Note that this setting is not updated automatically; you will have to change it manually when needed. - My date format - Controls what format times are rendered in. You may select one of the options in the dropdown box -- advanced users may select "Custom" and input a custom format (in the format of the php.net date function). - - -
    -
    - Hozzászólás - Posting settings control the default settings of the posting editors when you create a post. Note that these options are controllable on an individual basis while posting. - - - Enable BBCode by default - When Yes is selected, BBCode is enabled within the post editor. - Enable smiles by default - When Yes is selected, smiles will be rendered within your posts. - Attach my signature by default - When Yes is selected, your signature will be appended to your posts. - Notify me upon replies by default - When yes is selected, you will be notified by email when a reply to your post is made. - - - -
    -
    - Megjelenítés - TODO: Explain the settings you can edit here. -
    -
    -
    - Barátok és haragosok - TODO: (Not sure if this deserves its own section yet. For 3.0 this does not have much of an influence on the overall forum experience, this might change with 3.2, so leaving it here for now.) Write a detailed explanation about what Friends and Foes are and how they affect the forum like hiding posts of foes, adding users to the friends list for fast access / online checks, and so forth. -
    -
    - Csatolmányok - TODO: The attachment section of the UCP shows you a list of all attachments that you have uploaded to the board so far ... -
    -
    - Csoportok - TODO: Work in progress, might change, so not sure how this is going to be structured. -
    -
    -
    - - - - AdamR - - - - Hozzászólásküldés – vond irányításod alá a hozzászólásküldő oldalt - TODO: How to write a new post and how to reply. Special items like attachments or polls are subsections. Don't forget to mention the "someone has replied before you replied" feature, the topic review, and so forth. Topic icons, smilies, post options, usage of HTML ... it would probably best to add a screenshot with arrows to the different sections. - Posting is the primary purpose of bulletin boards. There are two main types of posts you can make: a topic or a reply. Selecting the New Topic button in a forum button will take you to the posting screen. After submitting your post, a new topic will appear in that forum with your post as the first displayed. Other users (and you as well) are now able to reply to your topic by using the Post Reply button. This will once again bring you to the posting screen, allowying you to enter your post. -
    - Hozzászólásküldő űrlap - You will be taken to the posting form when you decide to post either a new topic or reply, where you can enter your post content. - - Topic/Post Icon - The topic/post icon is a small icon that will display to the left of your post subject. This helps identify your post and make it stand out, though it is completely optional. - Subject - If you are creating a new topic with your post, the subject is required and will become the title of the topic. If you are replying to an existing topic, this is optional, but it can be changed. - Post Content - While not being labled, the large text box is where your actual post content will be entered. Here, along with your text, you may use things like Smilies or BBCode if the board administrator has them enabled. - Smilies - Smilies, or emoticons, are small images which can be inserted into your post to add expression emphasis. If Smilies are enabled, you will see the text "Smilies are ON" to the righthand of the Post Content box. Otherwise, you will see the text "Smilies are OFF." See Posting Smilies for further details. - BBCode - BBCode is a type of formatting that can be applied to your post content if BBCode has been enabled by the board administrator. If BBCode is enabled, you will see the text "BBCode is ON" to the righthand of the Post Content box. Otherwise, you will see the text "BBCode is OFF." See Posting BBCode for further details. - -
    - -
    - Emotikonok - Smilies, or emoticons, are small images which can be inserted into your post to add expression emphasis. To use Smiles, certain characters are put together to get the desired output. For example, typing :) will insert [insert smilie here], ;) will insert [insert wink smilie here], etc. Other smilies require the format :texthere: to display. For example, :roll: will insert smilie whose eyes are rolling: [insert rolling smilie here], and :cry: will insert a smilie who is crying: [insert crying smilie here]. - In many cases you can also select which smilie you'd like to insert by clicking its picture on the right side of the Post Content text box. When clicked, the smilie's characters will appear at the current location of the curser in the text box. - If you wish to be able to use these characters in your post, but not have them appear as smilies, please see Posting Options. -
    - -
    - BBCode-ok - TODO: What are BBcodes. Again, permission based which ones you can use. Explain syntax of the default ones (quote and URL for instance). How to disable BBcode by default, how to disable/enable it for one post. - BBCode is a type of formatting that can be applied to your post content, much like HTML. Unlike HTML, however, BBCode uses square brackets [ and ] instead of angled brackets < and >. Depending on the permissions the board administrator has set, you may be able to use only certain BBCodes or even none at all. - For detailed instructions on the useage of BBCode, you can click the BBCode link to the righthand of the Post Content text box. Please note that the administrator has the option to add new and custom BBCodes, so others may be availible to you which are not on this list. - Basic BBCodes and their outputs are as follows: - TODO: How do we want to go about displaying the output? - [b]Boldface text[/b]: - [i]Italicised text[/i]: - [u]Underlined text[/u]: - [quote]Quoted text[/quote]: - [quote="Name to quote"]Quoted text[/quote]: - [url]http://www.phpbb.com[/url]: http://www.phpbb.com - [url=http://www.phpbb.com]Linked text[/url]: Linked text - Again, for more detailed instructions on the useage of BBCode and the many other available BBCodes, please click the BBCode link to the righthand of the Post Content text bos. -
    - -
    - Hozzászólás opciók - TODO: Gather various screenshots of the basic post options box. When posting a topic/reply and/or moderation functions, etc. - When posting either a new topic or reply, there are several post options that are available to you. You can view these options by selecting the Options tab from the section below the posting form. Depending on the permissions the board administrator has assigned to you or whether you are posting a topic or reply, these options will be different. - - Disable BBCode - If BBCode is enabled on the board and you are allowed to use it, this option will be available. Checking this box will not convert any BBCode in your post content into its respected output. For example, [b]Bolded text[/b] will be seen in your post as exactly [b]Bolded text[/b]. - Disable Smilies - If Smilies are enabled on the board and you are allowed to use them, this option will be available. Checking this box will not convert any of the smilie's characters to their respected image. For example, ;) will be seen in your post as exactly ;). - Do not automatically parse URLs - When entering a URL directly into your post content (in the format of http://....com or www.etc.com), by default it will be converted to a clickable string of text. However, if this box is checked when posting, these URLs will stay as a standard string of text. - Attach a signature (signatures can be altered via the UCP) - If this box is checked, the signature you have set in your profile will be attached to the post provided signatures have been enabled by the administrator and you have the proper permissions. For more information about signatures, please see UCP Signatures. - Send me an email when a reply is posted - If this box is checked, you will receive a notification (either by email, Jabber, etc) every time another user replies to the topic. This is called subscribing to the topic. For more information, please see UCP Subscriptions. - Lock topic - Provided you have moderation permissions in this forum, checking this box will result in the topic being locked after your reply has been posted. At this point, no one but moderators or administrators may reply to the topic. For more information, please see Locking a topic or post. - - -
    - Téma típusok - Provided you have the right permissions, you have the option of selecting various topic types when posting a new topic by using Post topic as. The four possible types are: Normal, Sticky, Announcement, and Global. By default, all new posts are Normal. - - - Normal - By selecting normal, your new topic will be a standard topic in the forum. - Sticky - Stickies are special topics in the forum. They are "stuck" to the top of the first page of the forum in which they are posted, above every Normal topic. - Announcement - Announcements are much like Stickies in that they are "stuck" to the top of the forum. However, they are different from stickies in two ways: 1) they are above Stickies, and 2) they appear at the top of every page of the forum instead of only the first page of topics. - Global - Global, or Global Announcements, are special types of Announcements which appear at the top of every page of every forum on the board. They appear above every other type of special topic. - - You also have the ability to specify how long the special (stickies, announcements, and global announcements) keep their type. For example, an announcement is created and specified to stay "stuck" for 4 days. After the 4 days are over, the announcement will automatically be switched to a Normal topic. -
    -
    - -
    - Csatolmányok - TODO: How to add attachments, what restrictions might there be. Note that one needs to have the permission to use attachments. How to add more than one file, and so forth. -
    -
    - Szavazás - TODO: Again, permission based should be noted. Explain how to add the different options, allow for multiple votes, vote changing, and so forth. -
    -
    - Piszkozatok - TODO: Explain how to load and save drafts. A link to the UCP drafts section should be added for reference. Not sure if permission based. -
    -
    -
    - Kapcsolattartás privát üzeneten keresztül - phpBB 3.0 allows its users to communicate privately by using Private Messages. To visit the Private Messages section, you either can click on the [X new messages] link on the left hand side below the forum header, or you can directly access it through the User Control Panel.. - Depending on your [settings], there are 3 ways of being notified that a new Private Message has arrived: - - - By receiving an e-mail or Jabber message - - - While browsing the forum a notification window will pop up - - - The [X new messages] link will show the number of currently unread messages - - - You can set the options to your liking in the Preferences section. Note, that for the popup window notification to work, your will have to add the forum you are visiting to your browser’s popup blocker white list. - You can choose to not receive Private Messages by other users in your Preferences. Note, that moderators and administrators will still be able send you Private Messages, even if you have disabled them. - [To use this feature, you have to be a registered user and need the to have the correct permissions.] -
    - Üzenet megtekintése - The Inbox is the default incoming folder, which contains a list of your recently received Private Messages. -
    -
    - Új üzenet írása - TODO: Similar to the posting screen, so a reference for the basic functions should be enough. What needs to be explained are the To and Bcc fields, how they integrate with the friends list and how to find members (which could also be a link to the memberlist section). -
    -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Mappák - Just like in your e-mail client, all private messages are stored in folders. Working with folders is similar to working with forums in phpBB 3.0. The Inbox is your default incoming message folder. All messages you receive will appear in here. - Sent messages will appear in either the Outbox or the Sent messages folder. As long as the recipient(s) have not yet read the message, it will stay in the Outbox. As soon as someone reads the message it will be archived to the Sent messages folder. If the administrator allows it, you can edit messages after sending them as long as they are in the Outbox and the recipients have not yet read them. - Each folder, including Sent messages and Outbox, can hold a board-defined amount of messages. This is a global setting that only a board administrator can change. An info text displays the current number of allowed messages and the current percentage of space your messages are using at the top of each folder. If no restriction is displayed, you are allowed unlimited messages in each folder. - - Please note that the total amount of messages allowed is a per-folder setting. You can have multiple folders which each allow 50 messages for instance. If you have 3 folders, your actual global limit is 150 messages, but each folder can only contain up to 50 messages by itself. It is not possible to merge folders and have one with more messages than the limit. - - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Egyéni mappák - - If the administrator allows it, you can create your own custom private message folders in phpBB 3.0. To check whether you can add folders, visit the Edit options section of the private message area. - To add a new folder, enter the folder's name into the Add folder input box. If creation was successful, your new folder will appear at the bottom of the folder list. You can then use it like a normal message folder and move messages into it or set a filter (see the section on Private Message Filters for more information about filters) to automatically do it for you. -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Üzenet áthelyezése - - It wouldn't make sense to have custom folders if you weren't able to move messages between them. To do exactly that, visit the folder from which you want to move the messages away. Select the messages you want to move, and use the Moved marked pull-down menu to select the destination folder. - - Please note that if after the move, the destination folder would have more messages in it than the message limit allows, you will receive an error message and the move will be discarded. - -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Üzenet jelölések - - Messages inside folders can have colour markings. Please refer to the Message colours legend to see what each colour means. The exact type of colouring depends on the used theme. Coloured messages can have four different meanings: - - - Marked message - - You can set a message as marked with the Mark as important option from the pull-down menu. - - - - - Replied to message - - If you reply to a message, the message will be marked as this. This way, you can keep hold of which messages still need your attention and which messages you have already replied to. - - - - - Message from a friend - - If the sender of a message is in your friends list (see the section on Friends & Foes for more information), this colour will highlight the message. - - - - - Message from a foe - - If the sender of a message is one of your foes, this colour will highlight this. - - - - - - Please note that a message can only have one label, and it will always be the last action you take. If you mark a message as important and reply to it afterwards, for instance, the replied to label will overwrite the important label. - -
    -
    -
    - Szűrők - TODO: How to work with message filters. That is quite a complex system -
    -
    - - -
    - - - - pentapenguin - - - - Taglista – több, mint amit látni vélsz - phpBB3 introduces several new ways to search for users. - -
    - Rendezés - - - - - - Choosing an option to sort the memberlist by. - - -
    - - - - Sort By Username - - If you want to find all members whose usernames start with a certain letter, then you may select the letter from the drop down box and click the Display button to show only users with usernames that begin with that letter. - - - - - Sort By Column Headers - - To sort the memberlist ascending, you may click on the column headers like "Username", "Joined", "Posts", etc. If you click on the same column again, then the memberlist will be sorted descending. - - - - - Sort By Other Options - - You may also sort the memberlist by using the drop down boxes on the bottom of the page. - - - - - Find a Member Search Tool - - With the "Find a member" search tool, you can fine tune your search for members. You must fill out at least one field. If you don't know exactly what you are looking for, you may use the asterisk symbol (*) as a wildcard on any field. - - - -
    -
    diff --git a/documentation/content/hu/images/admin_guide/acp_index.png b/documentation/content/hu/images/admin_guide/acp_index.png deleted file mode 100644 index 26665da5..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/hu/images/admin_guide/acp_index.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/hu/images/admin_guide/creating_bbcodes.png b/documentation/content/hu/images/admin_guide/creating_bbcodes.png deleted file mode 100644 index 002f5271..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/hu/images/admin_guide/creating_bbcodes.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/hu/images/admin_guide/manage_forums_icon_legend.png b/documentation/content/hu/images/admin_guide/manage_forums_icon_legend.png deleted file mode 100644 index d003dc95..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/hu/images/admin_guide/manage_forums_icon_legend.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/hu/images/admin_guide/subforums_list.png b/documentation/content/hu/images/admin_guide/subforums_list.png deleted file mode 100644 index b9a35122..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/hu/images/admin_guide/subforums_list.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/hu/images/admin_guide/users_forum_permissions.png b/documentation/content/hu/images/admin_guide/users_forum_permissions.png deleted file mode 100644 index 397c64ad..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/hu/images/admin_guide/users_forum_permissions.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/hu/images/moderator_guide/quick_mod_tools.png b/documentation/content/hu/images/moderator_guide/quick_mod_tools.png deleted file mode 100644 index 809d47d3..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/hu/images/moderator_guide/quick_mod_tools.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/hu/images/quick_start_guide/creating_forums.png b/documentation/content/hu/images/quick_start_guide/creating_forums.png deleted file mode 100644 index 39b91d5c..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/hu/images/quick_start_guide/creating_forums.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/hu/images/quick_start_guide/installation_database.png b/documentation/content/hu/images/quick_start_guide/installation_database.png deleted file mode 100644 index 77e93417..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/hu/images/quick_start_guide/installation_database.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/hu/images/quick_start_guide/installation_intro.png b/documentation/content/hu/images/quick_start_guide/installation_intro.png deleted file mode 100644 index 4128bd70..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/hu/images/quick_start_guide/installation_intro.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/hu/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_manual.png b/documentation/content/hu/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_manual.png deleted file mode 100644 index f6b887b5..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/hu/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_manual.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/hu/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_moderator.png b/documentation/content/hu/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_moderator.png deleted file mode 100644 index 172ad94a..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/hu/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_moderator.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/hu/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_roles.png b/documentation/content/hu/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_roles.png deleted file mode 100644 index d86fc040..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/hu/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_roles.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/hu/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_select.png b/documentation/content/hu/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_select.png deleted file mode 100644 index c2f46bcd..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/hu/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_select.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/hu/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_types.png b/documentation/content/hu/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_types.png deleted file mode 100644 index a832cecf..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/hu/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_types.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/hu/images/quick_start_guide/settings_features.png b/documentation/content/hu/images/quick_start_guide/settings_features.png deleted file mode 100644 index 54da19b9..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/hu/images/quick_start_guide/settings_features.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/hu/images/quick_start_guide/settings_sitename.png b/documentation/content/hu/images/quick_start_guide/settings_sitename.png deleted file mode 100644 index 603b3da3..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/hu/images/quick_start_guide/settings_sitename.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/hu/images/user_guide/memberlist_sorting.png b/documentation/content/hu/images/user_guide/memberlist_sorting.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6c5e8bf8..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/hu/images/user_guide/memberlist_sorting.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/hu/images/user_guide/ucp_overview.png b/documentation/content/hu/images/user_guide/ucp_overview.png deleted file mode 100644 index 76b03626..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/hu/images/user_guide/ucp_overview.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/nl/chapters/admin_guide.xml b/documentation/content/nl/chapters/admin_guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 2e6f79e9..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/nl/chapters/admin_guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2323 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id$ - - 2006 - phpBB Group - - - Beheerdershandleiding - - Dit hoofdstuk beschrijft de phpBB 3.0 beheerders opties. - -
    - - - - - - - - Het Beheerderspaneel - Meer dan zijn voorganger, is phpBB 3.0 "Olympus" heel erg makkelijk configureerbaar. Je kan bijna alle functies aanpassen of uitzetten. Om deze veranderingen van instellingen zo toegankelijk mogelijk te maken, hebben we het beheerderspaneel compleet vernieuwd. - Klik op de Beheerderspaneel link onderaan van elke pagina van de standaard forumstijl om het Beheerderspaneel te bezoeken. - Het Beheerderspaneel heeft zeven verschillende secties die standaard weer onderverdeeld zijn. We zullen elk onderdeel in deze beheerdershandleiding uitleggen. - -
    - De indexpagina van het beheerderspaneel - - - - - - De indexpagina van het beheerderspaneel is de beginpagina om jouw forum te beheren. De beheerdersfuncties zijn onderverdeeld in acht verschillende categorieën:Algemeen, Forums, Berichten, Groepen en Gebruikers, Permissies, Stijlen, Onderhoud, en Systeem. Elke categorie is een tabblad die je terug kan vinden bovenaan de pagina. Specifieke functies van de categorie waar je je momenteel in bevindt, kan je vinden aan de linkerkant van het zij-menu van elke pagina. - - -
    -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Algemene configuratie en beginpagina - De Algemene sectie is het eerste scherm dat je iedere keer ziet als je aanmeld in het Beheerderspaneel. Het bevat enkele basis statistieken en informatie over je forum. Het heeft ook een subsectie genaamd Snelkoppelingen. Het geeft je snelle toegang tot sommige beheerderspagina's dat je regelmatig gebruikt, zoals Gebruikersbeheer of Moderatielogboek. We zullen deze items later bespreken in hun specifieke secties. - We zullen ons concentreren op de andere drie subsecties: Forumconfiguratie, Gebruikerscommunicatie en Serverconfiguratie. -
    - - - - - - - - Forumconfiguratie - Deze subsectie bevat de items om de algemene functies en instellingen van je forum aan te passen. - -
    - - - - - - - - Bijlageninstellingen - Eén van de vele nieuwe functies in phpBB 3.0 zijn Bijlagen. Bijlagen zijn bestanden die toegevoegd kunnen worden bij berichten, zoals e-mailbijlagen. Bepaalde beperkingen, kunnen worden ingesteld door de forumbeheerder, zodat hij een controle heeft wat gebruikers kunnen toevoegen. Je kan deze beperkingen instellingen via de Bijlageninstellingen-pagina. - Voor meer informatie, bekijk de sectie over het Configuren van jouw forum bijlageninstellingen. -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Foruminstellingen - De Foruminstellingen laat je toe om vele instellingen te veranderen dat jouw forum beheerd. Deze instellingen bevatten belangrijke dingen zoals de naam van je forum! Er zijn twee hoofdgroepen van foruminstellingen: de algemene Foruminstellingen, en de Waarschuwingsinstellingen. - - - Foruminstellingen - De eerste Foruminstelling die je kan wijzigen is waarschijnlijk de meest belangrijkste instelling van allemaal: de naam van je forum. Je gebruikers identificeren je forum met deze naam. Plaats de naam van je site in de Sitenaam tekst veld en het zal getoond worden in de bovenkader van de standaard stijl; het zal de prefix van de window titel zijn van je browser. - De Sitebeschrijving is de slogan of slagzin van je forum. Het zal verschijnen onder de Sitenaam in de standaard stijl bovenkader. - Als je je hele forum wilt sluiten om bijvoorbeeld onderhoud te kunnen plegen, kan je dit doen door de Forum uitschakelen schakelaar te gebruiken. Om je forum tijdelijk uit te schakelen, selecteer Ja. Dit zal iedere gebruiker van je forum afhouden die geen beheerders of moderators zijn. Ze zullen in plaats van het forum een standaard bericht zien of een bericht die je hebt ingesteld. Je kan je eigen bericht toevoegen, die getoond zal worden als je forum is uitgeschakeld, in het tekstvak onder de Forum uitschakelen keuzemogelijkheden. Beheerders en moderators zullen nog steeds de mogelijkheid hebben om het forum te bereiken en hun specifieke controle panelen gebruiken wanneer het forum is uitgeschakeld. - Je moet ook de Standaard forumtaal van je forum instellen. Dit is de taal die gasten zullen zien wanneer ze je forum bezoeken. Je kan geregistreerde gebruikers toestaan om een andere taal te kiezen. Standaard is alleen één taal geïnstalleerd, namelijk Engels [GB], maar je kan meer talen downloaden van de phpBB website en deze installeren op je forum. Lees meer over het werken met talen in de sectie over Taal pakketen configuratie. - Je kan ook je forums standaard datum formaat instellen. phpBB3 heeft enkele basis datum formaten die je kan instellen om te gebruiken; als er niet genoeg formaten zijn en je wilt je forum datum formaat aanpassen, kies dan Aangepast uit de Datumformaat selectie menu. Type dan het formaat in het tekstvak eronder, zoals je het wil gebruiken. Dit is het zelfde als de PHP date() functie. - Samen met het instellen van je forum standaard datumformaat, kan je ook je voorkeurs tijdzone voor je forum instellen. De tijdzones die beschikbaar zijn in de Systeemtijdzone selectie menu zijn allemaal gebaseerd op de relatieve UTC (voor de meeste bedoelingen en doeleinden, het is GMT, of Greenwich Mean Time) tijden. Je kan ook kiezen of je forum gebruik maakt van Zomertijd door de juiste radio knop te selecteren naast de Zomertijd inschakelen optie. - Je kan ook een standaard stijle instellen voor je forum. Het forum zal dan voor je gasten en gebruikers in de Standaard Stijl getoond worden. In de standaard phpBB installatie zijn er twee stijlen beschikbaar: prosilver en subsilver2. Je kan ook gebruikers toestaan om een andere stijl te selecteren dan die jij hebt ingesteld door het selecteren van Nee in de Gebruikerstijl overschrijven instelling of om het niet toe te staan. Bezoek de stijlen sectie om uit te vinden hoe je nieuwe stijlen toevoegd en waar je ze kan vinden. - - - - Waarschuwingen - Moderators kunnen waarschuwingen versturen naar gebruikers die de forumregels overtreden. De waarde van de Duur van de Waarschuwingen bepaalt het aantal dagen dat een waarschuwing geldig is, tot dat het vervalt. Alle positieve hele getallen zijn geldig. Voor meer informatie over waarschuwingen, lees . - -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Forumfuncties - Met de Forumfuncties sectie, kan je verschillende forumfuncties aan of uitschakelen. Let op dat elke functie die je hier uitschakeld niet beschikbaar zal zijn op je forum, ook al geef je de gebruikers de permissies om ze te gebruiken. -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Avatar-instellingen - Avatars zijn over het algemeen kleine, unieke afbeeldingen waarmee gebruikers zichzelf mee kunnen associeren. Afhankelijk van de stijl, worden ze meestal onder de gebruikersnaam weergegeven bij het bekijken van onderwerpen. Hier kan je bepalen hoe gebruikers hun avatar kunnen kiezen. - Er zijn drie verschilende manieren waarmee een gebruiker hun avatar kunnen toevoegen in hun profiel. De eerste manier is via een avatar gallerij die jij verzorgt. Let op dat er geen avatar gallerij beschikbaar is in een standaard phpBB installatie. De Avatargallerijmap is de map naar de gallerij afbeeldingen. De standaard map is images/avatars/gallery. De gallerij map bestaat niet in een standaard installatie dus je zal de map handmatig moeten toevoegen wanneer je het wenst te gebruiken. - De afbeeldingen die je wilt gebruiken voor de gallerij moeten in een map staan die weer in de hoofd gallerij map staat. Afbeeldingen die direct in de gallerij hoofdmap staan zullen niet worden herkend. Er is ook geen ondersteuning voor de submappen die in de gallerij hoofdmap staan. - De tweede manier om avatars te gebruiken is door middel van de Gelinkte Avatars optie. Dit is simpel gezegt afbeeldingen die gelinkt worden van een andere website. Jouw gebruikers kunnen een link toevoegen naar een afbeelding, die ze willen gebruiken in hun profiel. Om je wat controle te geven over de grootte van de avatars kan je de minimale en maximale grootte bepalen van de afbeeldingen. Het nadeel van Gelinkte Avatars is dat je de bestandsgrootte niet kan controleren. - De derde manier om avatars te gebruiken is door middel van Geüploade Avatars. Je gebruikers kunnen dan een afbeelding uploaden van hun locale systeem (bv vanaf je computer) welke opgeslagen zullen worden op je server. Ze zullen geüpload worden naar de Avataropslagmap die je zelf kan opgeven. De standaard map is images/avatars/upload en bestaat al na een installatie. Je moet er zeker van zijn dat de map serverschrijfbaar is. Het bestandsformaat van de afbeeldingen moeten gif, jpeg of png zijn, en de avatars zullen automatisch gecontroleerd worden voor afbeeldingsbestand en grootte na het uploaden. Je kan de Maximum Avatarbestandsgrootte bepalen en afbeeldingen die groter zijn dan de opgegeven waarden zullen automatisch niet geaccepteerd worden. -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Privéberichteninstellingen - Privéberichten is een manier om persoonlijk te communiceren met andere geregistreerde gebruikers via het forum zonder dat ze moeten terugvallen op e-mail of IM programma's. - Je kan deze functie uitschakelen met de Privéberichten instelling. Dit zal de functie uitgeschakeld houden voor het hele forum. Je kan privéberichten uitschakelen voor bepaalde gebruikers of groepen met de Permissies. Lees het gedeelte over Permissies voor meer informatie. - Olympus stelt gebruikers in staat om persoonlijke mappen te maken voor het rangschrikken van de privéberichten. De Maximaal Privéberichtmappen instelling bepaalt het aantal berichtmappen dat gebruikers kunnen maken. De standaardwaarde is 4. Je kan deze functie uitschakelen door bij deze instelling de waarde 0 in te voeren. - Maximaal aantal Privéberichten per postvak bepaalt het aantal Privéberichten die iedere map kan bevatten. De standaard waarde is 50. Als je het instelt op 0 dan kunnen er ongelimiteerd aantal privéberichten zijn per map. - Als je het aantal berichten beperkt dat gebruikers kunnen ontvangen in hun mappen, zal je ook een standaard actie moeten kiezen die zal worden uitgevoerd zodra een map eenmaal vol is. Dit kan veranderd worden bij de "Actie bij een volle berichtenmap" lijst. Het oudste bericht zal worden verwijderd, of het nieuwe bericht zal achtergehouden worden, totdat er ruimte vrij is in de map voor het nieuwe bericht. Hou wel in de gaten dat gebruikers zelf de aktie kunnen kiezen in hun eigen privéberichten opties en deze instellinge veranderd alleen de standaard waarde, die voor hun geld. Dit zal niet worden overschreven worden met de aktie die de gebruiker kiest. - Wanneer je een privébericht verstuurt, is het nog mogelijk om het bericht te bewerken voordat de ontvanger het gelezen heeft. Nadat een verzonden privébericht is gelezen, is het bewerken van het bericht niet meer mogelijk. Om de tijd te limiteren dat een bericht nog kan worden bewerkt, voordat de ontvanger het gelezen heeft, kan je met de optie Bewerkingstijd voor privéberichten limiteren instellen. De standaard waarde is 0, wat toestaat om het bericht te bewerken totdat het gelezen is. Hou in de gaten dat je met de Permissies kan bepalen of een gebruiker of een groep een bericht kan bewerken nadat ze het verzonden hebben. Als de permissie om berichten te bewerken is uitgeschakeld, zal het deze instelling overschrijven. - De Algemene opties staan je toe om verder de functionaliteit van de privéberichten op je forum te bepalen. - - - Massa privéberichten toestaan: Deze instelling laat toe om privéberichten te versturen naar meerdere ontvangers. Deze functie is standaard ingeschakeld. Wanneer je het uitschakeld zal ook het versturen van privéberichten naar groepen uitgeschakeld worden. - - Bekijk het hoofdstuk Groepen voor meer informatie en over hoe je de mogelijkheid inschakeld voor het versturen van berichten naar een hele groep. - - - - Standaard zijn BBCode en Smilies toegestaan in privéberichten. - - Zelfs als dit is ingeschakeld, kan je nog steeds gebruikers of groepen verbieden dat ze BBCode en Smilies mogen gebruiken in hun privéberichten door middel van de Permissies. - - - - We laten standaard geen bijlagen toe in privéberichten. Verdere instellingen voor bijlagen in privéberichten kan je vinden in de Bijlageninstellingen. Daar kan je bijvoorbeeld het aantal bijlagen per bericht bepalen. - - - -
    -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Gebruikerscommunicatie - Anders dan het eigen authenticatiesysteem, ondersteund phpBB3 ook andere gebruikers communicaties. phpBB3 ondersteunt authenticatieplugins (standaard: Apache, native DB, en LDAP plugins), email, en Jabber. Vanaf hier kan je alle communicatiemethodes configureren. De volgende subsecties beschrijven elke gebruikers-communicatiemethode. - -
    - - - - - - - - Authenticatie - - Anders als phpBB2, bied phpBB3 ondersteuning voor authenticatieplugins. Standaard door de volgende, Apache, DB, en LDAP-plugins worden ondersteunt. Voordat je veranderd van het phpBB standaard authenticatiesysteem (de DB methode) naar één van deze systemen, moet je er zeker van zijn dat jouw server het ondersteunt. Wanneer je de authenticatieinstellingen aan het configureren bent, wees er dan zeker van dat je alleen de instellingen invoert die werken met de gekozen authenticatiemethode (Apache of LDAP). - - - Authenticatie - Selecteer een authenticatiemethode: Kies jouw gewenste authenticatiemethode uit het selectiemenu.. - LDAP servernaam: Als je LDAP gebruikt, is dit de naam of het IP-adres van de LDAP-server. - LDAP gebruiker: phpBB zal verbinding maken met de LDAP-server met de ingevoerde gebruiker. Als je gebruik wilt maken van gasttoegang, laat dit veld dan leeg.. - LDAP wachtwoord: Het wachtwoord voor de hierboven genoemde LDAP-gebruiker. Als je gebruik wilt maken van gasttoegang, laat dit veld dan leeg.Het wachtwordt wordt opgeslagen als normale tekst in de database; het is zichtbaar voor iedereen die toegang heeft tot de database. - LDAP basis dn: DE voornaam die de gebruikersinformatie bepaalt. - LDAP uid: Dit is de code die phpBB gaat zoeken voor de opgegeven aanmeldindentiteit.. - LDAP email attributen: Stel dit in naar de naam van jouw LDAP e-mail attributen (als er één bestaat) om het e-mailadres voor nieuwe gebruikers automatisch in te laten stellen. Wanneer je dit leeg laat, zullen gebruikers die zich aanmelden op jouw forum voor de eerste keer, een leeg e-mail adres hebben. - -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - E-mailinstellingen - - phpBB3 is geschikt om e-mails te versturen naar jouw gebruikers. Hier kan je de informatie die wordt gebruikt wanneer je forum e-mails verzend instellen. phpBB3 kan e-mails versturen door gebruik te maken van de PHP-gebaseerde e-mailservice, of een eigen ingestelde SMTP-server. Als je niet weet of er een SMTP-server beschikbaar is, gebruik dan de PHP-gebaseerde e-mailservice. Je zal je host moeten vragen voor de verdere instellingen. Wanneer je eenmaal klaar bent met het instellen van de e-mailinstellingen, klik je op de versturen knop. - - - Wees er zeker van dat het ingevoerde e-mailadres geldig is, omdat gebouncede en niet afgeleverde berichten worden verstuurd naar dat adres. - - - - Algemene instellingen - E-mails toestaan: Als dit uitgeschakeld is, kunnen er geen e-mails worden verstuurd door het forum. - Gebruikers kunnen e-mailberichten versturen via het forum:Als dit is ingeschakeld, een formulier stelt gebruikers instaat om met elkaar te e-mailen , het e-mailadres van het forum zal worden weergegeven inplaats van hun eigen e-mailadres.. - E-mail functienaam: Als je gebruik maakt van de PHP-gebaseerde e-mailservice, zal dit de naam zijn van de e-mailfunctie. Dit is meestal "mail". - E-mail-pakketgrootte: Dit is het aantal e-mailberichten die kunnen worden verzonden in één pakket. Dit is handig als je bulk e-mailberichten wilt versturen naar een grootte groep van gebruikers. - Contact e-mailadres: Dit is het adres waar forum e-mailberichten feedback naar verzonden zullen worden. Dit is ook het adres van de "van" en "verzonden door" adressen van alle e-mailberichten die worden verzonden door het forum. - Retour e-mailadres: Dit zal worden gebruikt als het antwoordadres van alle e-mailberichten, het technische contact e-mailadres. Het zal altijd worden gebruikt als het "antwoord-path" en "afzender" adressen val alle e-mailberichten die worden verzonden door het forum. - E-mailonderschrift: Deze tekst staat onder alle e-mailberichten die door het forum worden verstuurd. - Verberg e-mailadressen: Als je wilt dat alle e-mailadressen compleet verborgen zijn, zla je deze optie op Ja moeten zetten. - - - - SMTP-instellingen - SMTP-server voor e-mail gebruiken: Kies Ja als je wilt dat het forum e-mailberichten verstuurt via een SMTP-server. Als je niet zeker ervan bent welke SMTP-server beschikbaar is om te gebruiken, zet deze optie op Nee; dit zal ervoor zorgen dat jouw forum gebruik maakt van de PHP-gebaseerde e-mailservice, wat in de meeste gevallen de veiligste beschikbare optie is. - SMTP-serveradres: Het adres van de SMTP-server. - SMTP-serverpoort: De poort die de SMTP-server gebruikt. In de meeste gevallen gebruiken SMTP-servers poort 25; verander deze waarde niet als je er onzeker van bent. - Authenticatiemethode voor SMTP: Dit is de authenticatiemethode dat je forum zal gebruikern wanneer hij verbinding maakt met de opgegeven SMTP-server. Dit geld alleen als er een SMTP-gebruikersnaam en SMTP-wachtwoord zijn ingesteld, en dat het verplicht is door de de server. De beschikbare methodes zijn NORMAAL, AANMELDEN, CRAM-MD5, DIGEST-MD5, en POP-VOOR-SMTP. Als je onzeker bent welke authenticatiemethode je moet gebruiken, vraag dan aan je hoster voor meer informatie hierover. - SMTP-gebruikersnaam: De gebruikersnaam die phpBB zal gebruiken wanneer er verbinding wordt gelegd naar de ingevoerde SMTP-server. Je zal dit alleen moeten invullen als dit verplicht is door de SMTP-server. - SMTP-wachtwoord: Het wachtwoord die phpBB zal gebruiken wanneer er verbinding wordt gelegd naar de ingevoerde SMTP-server. Je zal dit alleen moeten invullen als dit verplicht is door de SMTP-server. - -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Jabber-instellingen - - phpBB3 heeft ook de mogelijkheid voor gebruikers om met elkeaar te communiceren via Jabber. Je forum kan ook instant messages en forumnotificaties versturen via Jabber. Hier kan je alles beheren en instellen hoe je forum Jabber gebruikt voor de communicatie. - - - Sommige Jabber-servers zijn inclusief gateways of transports wat ervoor zorgt dat je met andere gebruikers op andere netwerken contact kan zoeken. Niet alle servers bieden transport en verandering in protocols, waardoor kan voorkomen dat veranderingen in protocols voor het werken van transport kan tegen houden. Vergeet niet dat dit enige secondes in beslag kan nemen om de Jabber-accountgegevens bij te werken, dus stop dit script niet totdat het helemaal klaar is! - - - - Jabber-instellingen - Jabber toestaan: Zet dit op Ingeschakeld als je het gebruik van Jabber-berichten en notificaties wilt inschakelen. - Jabber-server: De Jabber-server die je forum zal gebruiken. Voor een lijst van publiekelijke servers kan je jabber.org's lijst van open, publiekelijke servers bekijken. - Jabber-poort: De poort die de Jabber-server die je hierboven hebt ingevoerd gebruikt. Poort 5222 is de meest voorkomende poort, als je onzeker bent over dit, laat dan deze waarde staan. - Jabber-gebruikersnaam of JID: De Jabber-gebruikersnaam die je forum zal gebruiken, wanneer ze verbinding maken met de ingevoerde Jabber-server. Als de gebruikersnaam die je hebt ingevoerd niet geregistreerd is op de server, zal phpBB3 proberen de gebruikersnaam te registreren voor jouw. - Jabber-wachtwoord: Het wachtwoord voor de Jabber-gebruikersnaam die je hierboven hebt ingevoerd. Als de Jabber-gebruikersnaam niet gereginstreerd is op de server, zal phpBB3 proberen de Jabber-gebruikersnaam die je hierboven hebt ingevoerd met het ingevoerde wachtwoord te registreren. - Jabber-pakketgrootte: Dit is het aantal Jabber-berichten die tegelijkertijd worden verzonden in één pakket. Wanneer je dit op "0" zet, zullen alle berichten gelijk verstuurd worden en zal de wachtrij niet gebruikt worden voor het later verzenden van de berichten. - -
    -
    -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Serverconfiguratie - Als een beheerder van een forum, is het fijn instellen van de instellingen die jouw phpBB forum gebruikt van de server een must. Het configureren van jouw serverinstellingen die het forum gebruikt is heel gemakkelijk. Er zijn vijf hoofdcategorieën: Cookie-instellingen, Serverinstellingen, Veiligheidsinstellingen, Laadinstellingen, en Zoekinstellingen. Het juist instellen van deze instellingen helpt je forum niet alleen goed functioneren, maar ook het efficient werken zoals het is voorgenomen. De volgende subsecties zullen elke serverconfiguratie uitleggen in hun eigen categorie. Wanneer je klaar bent met het bijwerken van je instellingen in elke instelling, vergeet dan niet om op de Versturen knop te klikken, om al je veranderingen op te slaan. - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Cookie-instellingen - Je forum gebruikt cookies de hele tijd. Cookies kunnen informatie en data opslaan, als bijvoorbeeld: Cookies zorgen er eigenlijk voor dat gebruikers automatisch worden aangemeld op het forum, wanneer ze het forum bezoeken. De instellingen op deze pagina definieren de gegevens die worden verstuurd naar jouw gebruikersbrowser. - - - Wanneer je de forum cookie-instellingen aan het aanpassen bent, doe het dan voorzichtig. Verkeerde instellingen kunnen er voor zorgen dat gebruikers niet meer zich kunnen aanmelden op jouw forum. - - - Om jouw cookie-instellingen aan te passen, zul je naar het Cookie-instellingen forumulier moeten gaan. De volgende vier instellingen kan je aanpassen: - - - Cookie-instellingen - Cookie-domein: Dit is het domein waar je forum op staat. Schrijf hier niet de map op waar phpBB geïnstalleerd is, alleen het domein is belangrijk hier. - Cookie-naam: Dit is de naam die wordt toegewezen aan de cookie wanneer het verzonden en opgeslagen wordt naar de gebruikersbrowsers. Dit zal een unieke cookie-naam moeten zijn, zodat het geen conflict kan hebben met andere cookies. - Cookie-pad: Dit is de map die toegepast wordt voor de cookie. In sommige gevallen zal dit leeg gelaten moeten worden als "/", zodat de cookie gebruikt kan worden door heel jouw site. Als in sommige gevallen de cookie beperkt moet worden tot de map waar je forum is geïnstalleerd, stel dan dit in naar de map van jouw forum. - Cookie-beveiliging: Als je forum gebruikt maakt van SSL, stel dit dan in naar Ingeschakeld. Als je forum geen gebruikt maakt van SSL, laat dan deze waarde staan op Uitgeschakeld, anders zullen server fouten optreden tijdens redirects. - - - - Wanneer je klaar bent met het aanpassen van de serverinstellingen van je forum, klik dan op de Versturen knop, zodat je instellingen worden opgeslagen. -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Serverinstellingen - Op deze pagina kan je de server en domein gerelateerde instellingen aanpassen. Er zijn dire hoofdcategorieën van de serverinstellingen: Serverinstellingen, Mapinstellingen, en Server-url instellingen. De volgende subsercties zullen elke serverinstellinge uitgebreid uitleggen in hun eigen categorie. Wanneer je klaar bent met het bijwerken van de serverinstellingen van jouw forum, vergeet dan niet om op de Versturen knop te klikken, om al je veranderingen op te slaan. - - - Wanneer je de serverinstellingen van het forum aan het aanpassen bent, doe het dan met voorzichtigheid. Verkeerde instellingen kunnen er voor zorgen dat verzonden e-mailberichten verkeerde links en/of informatie kunnen bevatten, en het kan er zelfs voor zorgen dat het forum niet meer toegankelijk is. - - - Met het Serverinstellingen formulier kan je sommige instellingen aanpassen, die phpBB zal gebruiken op serverniveau. De enige optie die beschikbaar is op dit moment is GZip-compressie gebruiken. Als je deze optie inschakeld, gebruikt je server GZip-compressie. Dit betekend dat alle inhoud die gegenereerd wordt door de server eerst gecomprimeerd wordt voordat het verstuurd wordt naar de gebruikersbrowser, als de gebruikersbrowser dit ondersteunt. Dit zal het dataverkeer verminderen, maar het vormt wel een zwaardere last voor de server (CPU) en voor de computer van de gebruikers. - - Volgende, het Mapinstellingen formulier staat je toe om verschillende mappen in te stellen dat phpBB gebruikt voor diverse foruminhoud. Voor standaard installaties zullen de standaard instellingen prima werken. De volgende vier waarden kan je instellen: - - Mapinstellingen - Smilies opslagmap: Dit is de map naar de plek, relevant aan de map waar je forum in is geïnstalleerd, waar je smilies worden opgeslagen. - Berichtpictogrammen opslagmap: Dit is de map naar de plek, relevant aan de map waar je forum in is geïnstalleerd, waar je berichtpictogrammen worden opgeslagen. - Extensiepictogrammen opslagmap: Dit is de map naar de plek, relevant aan de map waar je forum in is geïnstalleerd, waar je pictogrammen voor de bijlagen extentiegroepen worden opgeslagen. - Rangafbeeldingen opslagmap: Dit is de map naar de plek, relevant aan de map waar je forum in is geïnstalleerd, waar je rangafbeeldingen worden opgeslagen. - - - - De laatste categorie van de serverinstellingen zijn de Server-url instellingen. De Server-url instellingen categorie bevat de instellingen die je kan configureren, van de actuele URL waar je forum op te bereiken is, ook kan je de serverprotocol en het poortnummer die je forum gebruikt instellen. De volgende vijf instellingen kan je instellen: - - Server-url instellingen - Forceer server-url instellingen: Als er om een bepaalde reden de standaard instellingen voor de server-url verkeerd zijn, dan kan je het laten forceren door URL instellingen die je hier invoert doormiddel van de Ja radio-knop te selecteren. - Serverprotocol: Dit is de serverprotocol (http:// of https://, bijvoorbeeld) dat je forum kan gebruiken, als de standaardinstellingen zijn geforceerd. Als deze waardes leeg zijn of als hierboven Forceer server-url instellinge instelling is uitgeschakeld, dan zal de protocol worden herkend door de cookie-beveiliginsinstelling. - Domainnaam: Dit is de naam van het domein waar het forum op draait. Inclusief "www" als het nodig is. Nogmaals, deze waarde wordt alleen gebruikt als de server-url instellingen zijn geforceerd. - Serverpoort: Dit is de poort waar de server op draait. In de meeste gevallen zal je deze waarde van de poort op "80" moeten zetten. Je zal alleen deze waarde moeten veranderen als, om een bepaalde reden, de server op een andere poort draait. Opnieuw, deze waarde wordt alleen gebruikt als de server-url instellingen zijn geforceerd. - Scriptmap: Dit is de map waar phpBB is geïnstalleerd op je domeinnaam. Als voorbeeld, als je forum te bereiken is op www.voorbeeld.nl/phpBB3/, dan is de waarde die je in moet vullen voor je scriptmap "/phpBB3". Opnieuw, deze waarde wordt alleen gebruikt als de server-url instellingen zijn geforceerd. - - - - Wanneer je klaar bent met het aanpassen van de serverinstellingen van je forum, klik dan op de Versturen knop om je veranderingen op te slaan. -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Veiligheidsinstellingen - Hier op de Veiligheidsinstellingen pagina, kan je veiligheid gerelateerde instellingen beheren, namelijk; je kan de sessies en de aanmelding gerelateerde instellingen bepalen en aanpassen. Het volgende beschrijft welke veiligheidsinstellingen beschikbaar zijn, en welke je kan beheren. Wanneer je klaar bent met het configureren van de veiligheidsinstellingen van het forum, vergeet dan niet om op de Versturen knop te klikken, om al je veranderingen op te slaan. - - - - - - Automatisch aanmelden toestaan - - Dit bepaald of een gebruiker automatisch wordt aangemeld, wanneer ze het forum bezoeken. - De beschikbare opties zijn Ja en Nee. Door Ja te kiezen zal automatisch aanmelden ingeschakeld zijn. - - - - - Aanmeldingssleutel aflooplengte (in dagen) - - Dit is het aantal dagen dat aanmeldingssleutels zullen blijven staan tot dat ze verlopen en verwijderd worden van de database. - Je kan een getal invullen in de tekstvak links naast het woord Dagen. Dit getal is het aantal dagen van de aanmeldingssleutel aflooplengte. Als je deze instelling uit wilt schakelen (en hierbij het gebruik van oneindige aanmeldingssleutels), voer dan een "0" in in het tekstvak. - - - - - IP-sessie controleren - - Dit bepaald hoeveel van de gebruikers zijn IP adres gebruikt wordt om een sessie te controleren. - Er zijn vier verschillende instellingen beschikbaar: Alles, A.B.C, A.B, en Geen. De Alles instelling zal het complete IP-adres vergelijken. De A.B.C instelling zal de eerste x.x.x van het IP-adres vergelijken. De A.B instelling zal de eerste x.x van het IP-adres vergelijken. Als laatst zal Geen de IP-adres controle uitschakelen. - - - - - Browser controleren - - Dit zal de controle van de gebruikers browser inschakelen. Dit kan helpen om de gebruikersveiligheid te verbeteren. - De beschikbare opties zijn Ja en Nee. Het kiezen van Ja zal de browser controle inschakelen. - - - - - X_FORWARDED_FOR-header controleren - - Deze instelling controleert of sessies alleen mee wordt voortgezet als de verzonden X_FORWARDED_FOR-header gelijk is met de vorige aanvraag. Verbanningen zullen ook gecontroleerd worden tegen IP-adressen in de X_FORWARDED_FOR-header. - De beschikbare instellingen zijn Ja en Nee. Door het kiezen van Ja zal het controleren van de X_FORWARDED_FOR-header ingeschakeld zijn. - - - - - IP-adres controleren of het voorkomt in de DNS zwarte lijst - - Je kan ook controleren of de gebruikers IP adressen voorkomen op de DNS zwarte lijsten. Deze lijsten zijn lijsten die slechte IP-adressen bevatten. Door dit in te schakelen kan je foryum de gebruikers IP-adres controleren en vergelijken met de DNS zwarte lijsten. Momenteel worden de DNS zwartelijst services gebruikt van de sites spamcop.net, dsbl.org, en spamhaus.org. - - - - - E-maildomein controleren voor een geldig MX-record - - Het is ook mogelijk e-mails te controleren die gebruikt worden door je forum gebruikers. Als je deze instelling inschakeld, zullen de e-mailadressen die ingevuld worden wanneer gebruikers zich registreren of wanneer het e-mailadres veranderd in hun profiel, gecontroleerd worden voor een geldig MX record. - De beschikbare instellingen zijn Ja en Nee. Door Ja te kiezen zal de instelling voor het controleren van een gelidg MX records ingeschakeld worden. - - - - - Moeilijkheidsgraad wachtwoord - - Normaal zijn complexe wachtwoorden beter dan simpele wachtwoorden. Om je gebruikers te helpen om hun account zo veilig mogelijk te maken, heb je de optie om te zorgen dat een wachtwoord zo complex wordt als je wilt. Deze eis zal van toepassing zijn op alle gebruikers die een nieuw account aanmaken, of wanneer bestaande gebruikers hun wachtwoord veranderen. - Er zijn vier opties in het selectie menu. Geen vereisten zal de moeilijkeheidsgraad voor wachtwoorden compleet uitschakelen. De Moeten gemengde letters, nummers en symbolen bevatten instelling benodigd dat je gebruikers wachtwoord zowel normale als hoofdletters bevat. De Moeten letters en nummers bevatten instelling benodigd dat je gebruikers wachtwoord zowel letters en nummers bevat. Als laatste, de Moeten symbolen bevatten instelling benodigd dat je gebruikers wachtwoord symbolen moet bevatten. - - Voor ieder wachtwoord moeilijkheidsgraad, de instelling(en) boven de selectie worden dan ook toegepast. Bijvoorbeeld, het selecteren van Moeten letters en nummers bevatten benodigd ook dat je gebruikers wachtwoord niet alleen alfabetische karakters bevat, maar ook letters bevatten van zowel normale als hoofdletter. - - - - - - Wachtwoordwijzigingen forceren - - Het is altijd goed om wachtwoorden te veranderen eens in de zoveel tijd. Met deze instelling, kan je je gebruikers forceren om van wachtwoord te veranderen na het ingestelde aantal dagen dat ze hun wachtwoord hebben gebruikt. - Alleen nummers kunnen ingevuld worden in het tekstvak, welke is geplaatst naast de Dagen label. Dit nummer is het aantal dagen dat, na welke, je gebruikers hun wachtwoord moeten veranderen. Als je deze toepassing wilt uitschakelen, voer dan een waarde van "0" in. - - - - - Maximum aantal aanmeldingspogingen - - Het is ook mogelijk om het aantal aanmeldingspogingen die je gebruikers hebben om aan te melden te limiteren. Door een specifiek aantal in te stellen zal deze toepassing inschakelen. Dit kan nuttig zijn om tijdelijk te voorkomen dat robots of andere gebruikers proberen aan te melden met iemand anders zijn account. - Alleen nummers kunnen ingevuld worden voor deze instelling. Het aantal dat ingevuld is, is het maximum aantal keer een gebruiker kan proberen om aan te melden voor een bepaalde account voordat hij zijn aanmelding visueel moet bevestigen (door middel van een CAPTCHA). - - - - - PHP in templates toestaan - - In tegenstelling tot phpBB2, staat phpBB3 toe om PHP code te gebruiken in de template bestanden, wanneer ingeschakeld. Als de optie is ingeschakeld, PHP en INCLUDEPHP schakelaars zullen herkend worden en ze zullen worden geparsed door de template machine. - - - -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Laadinstellingen - Bij grote forums vooral, kan het noodzakelijk zijn om bepaalde laad gerelateerde instellingen te beheren om je forum zo goed mogelijk te laten werken. Ook al is je forum niet zo heel erg active, is het nog steeds erg belangrijk om de mogelijkeheid te hebben om je forum laadinstellingen te kunnen wijzigen. Door deze instellingen goed aan te passen, kan het helpen om de hoeveelheid processen benodigd door je server te verminderen. Wanneer je klaar bent met het wijzigen van de server laadinstellingen, vergeet dan niet om op Versturen te klikken om je wijzigingen op te slaan. - - De eerste groep instellingen , Algemene instellingen, staat je toe om de basis laadinstellingen te beheren, zoals de maximum systeembelasting en sessielengte. De volgende lijst beschrijft elke optie in detail. - - Algemene instellingen - Systeembelasting beperken: Deze optie staat je toe om de maximum belasting dat de server kan ondergaan voordat het forum automaatisch uitgeschakeld wordt. Specifiek, als de gemiddelde 1 minuut systeembelasting deze waarde overschrijd, zal het forum automatisch offline gaant. Een waarde van "1.0" komt overeen met het gebruik van 100% van één processor. Let op dat deze optie alleen zal werken op *nix gebaseerde servers die deze informatie beschikbaar hebben. Als je forum niet de laadlimit kan bepalen, zal deze waarde weer automatisch ingesteld worden op "0". Alle positieve nummers zijn geldige waardes voor deze optie. (Bijvoorbeeld, als je server twee processors heeft, zal een instelling van 2.0 100% serverbelasting van beide processoren beteken.) Stel dit in op "0" als je deze optie niet wilt inschakelen. - Sessielengte: Dit is de hoeveelheid tijd, in secondes, dat je gebruikers sessies verlopen. Alle positieve hele nummers zijn geldig. Stel dit in op "0" als je wilt dat sessielengtes oneindig lang zijn. - Sessies beperken: Het is ook mogelijk om het maximum aantal sessies te controleren dat je forum zal behandelen voordat je forum offline zal gaan en tijdelijk uitgeschakeld zal zijn. Specifiek, als het aantal sessies dat je forum behandeld over deze waarde zal gaan binnen een periode van 1 minuut, zal je forum offline gaan en tijdelijk uitgeschakeld. Alle psitieve hele nummers zijn geldige waardes. Stel dit in op "0" als je een ongelimiteerd aantal sessies wilt toestaan. - Wie is er online-tijd: Dit is het aantal minuten nadat inactieve gebruikers niet meer getoond zullen worden in de Wie is er online lijst. Hoe hoger het gegeven nummer is, hoe meer proceskracht nodig is om de lijst te maken. Alle positieve hele nummers zijn geldige waardes, en geven aan hoeveel minuten het tijdsbestek zal zijn. - - - - De tweede groep instellingen, Algemene opties, staat je toe om te controleren of bepaalde opties beschikbaar zijn voor je gebruikers op je forum. De volgende lijst beschrijft elke optie verder. - - Algemene opties - Aangestipte onderwerpen inschakelen: Onderwerpen in waar een gebruiker een bericht in heeft geplaatst, zal gestipte onderwerp icoontjes zien voor die onderwerpen. Om deze toepassing in te schakelen, selecteer Ja. - Server onderwerpmarkering inschakelen: Een van de vele nieuwe toepassingen die phpBB3 aanbied is server onderwerpmarkering. Dit is anders dan in phpBB2, die alleen leesmarkering aanbood op basis van cookies. Om gelezen/ongelezen status informatieop te slaan in de database, in tegenstelling tot het opslaan in een cookie, selecteer Ja. - Onderwerpmarkering voor gasten inschakelen: Het is ook mogelijk om gasten toe te staan om gelezen/ongelezen status informatie te hebben. Als je wilt dat je forum gelezen/ongelezen status informatie voor gasten opslaat, selecteer Ja. Als deze optie is uitgeschakeld, zullen berichten als "gelezen" getoond worden aan gasten. - Online gebruikerslijst inschakelen: De online gebruikerslijst kan getoond worden op je forum index, in ieder forum, en op onderwerppagina`s. Als je deze optie wilt inschakelen en toestaat dat de online gebruikerslijst getoond wordt, selecteer Ja. - Online gastenlijst in viewonline inschakelen: Als je de weergave van gastgebruiker informatie in de Wie is online sectie wilt inschakelen, selecteer Ja. - Weergave van gebruikers-online/offline-informatie inschakelen: Deze optie staat je toe om te controleren of de online/offline status informatie voor gebruikers getoond wordt in profielen en op de onderwerp weergave pagina`s. Om deze weergave optie in te schakelen, selecteer Ja. - Verjaardagslijst inschakelen: In phpBB3 zijn verjaardagen een nieuwe toepassing. Om de lijst van verjaardagen in te schakelen, selecteer Ja. - Weergave van moderators inschakelen: Ook al kan het handig zijn om de moderators wie iedere forum modereren te tonen, is het mogelijk om deze toepassing uit te schakelen, welke kan helpen om het aantal processen die benodigd zijn te reduceren. Om de weergave van moderators in te schakelen, selecteer Ja. - Weergave van jumpbox inschakelen: De jumpbox kan een handig hulpmiddel zijn bij het navigeren door je forum. Het is echter mogelijk om te controleren of dit getoond wordt of niet. Om jumpboxes te tonen, selecteer Ja. - Gebruikersactiviteit weergeven: Deze optie controleert of de actieve onderwerp/forum informatie getoond wordt in je gebruikersprofiel en UCP. Als je deze gebruikers activiteitsinformatie wilt tonen, selecteer Ja. Als je forum echter meer dan 1 miljoen berichten heeft, is het aanbevolen om deze toepassing uit te schakelen. - Hercompileer oude stijl-componenten: Deze optie controleert de hercompilatie van oude templates. Als dit is ingeschakeld, zal je forum controleren of er oude stijl-componenten in je bestandssysteem zijn; en als ze er zijn, zal je forum dit hercompileren. Selecteer Ja om deze optie in te schakelen. - - - - Als laatste, de groep van laadinstellingen gerelateerd aan Aangepaste profielvelden, wat een nieuwe toepassing is van phpBB3. Het volgende beschrijft deze opties in detail. - - Aangepaste profielvelden - Weergave van aangepaste profielvelden in gebruikerslijst van stijlen toegestaan: Deze optie staat je toe of je forum stijl(en) aangepaste profielvelden kan weergeven (als je forum deze heeft) in de gebruikerslijst. Om deze optie in te schakelen, selecteer Ja. - Aangepaste profielvelden in gebruikersprofielen weergeven: Als je het weergeven van aangepaste proefielvelden (als je forum deze heeft) in gebruikersprofielen wilt inschakelen, selecteer Ja. - Aangepaste profielvelden in onderwerppagina`s weergeven: Als je het weergeven van aangepaste profielvelden (als je forum deze heeft) in onderwerppagina`s wilt inschakelen, selecteer Ja. - - -
    - - -
    -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Forumbeheer - Het Forum onderdeel bied je hulpmiddelen om je forums te beheren. Of je nou nieuwe forums wilt toevoegen, nieuwe categorieën wilt toevoegen, aanpassen van de forumbeschrijving, herrangschikken of hernoemen van je forums, dan is dit de plaats waar je moet zijn. -
    - - - - - - - - Uitleg van de forumtypes - In phpBB 3.0, zijn er drie verschillende forumtypes. Een forum kan normaal een forum zijn waar gebruikers berichten in kunnen plaatsen, een categorie dat de forums bevat, of het kan een simpele link zijn. - - - Forum - - In een forum kunnen mensen hun onderwerpen plaatsen. - - - - Link - - Dit forum geeft een forumlink zoals een normaal forum weer. Maar in plaats van het linken naar een forum, kan je het richten naar een andere URL naar jouw keuze. Het kan een teller weergeven, wat je laat zien hoeveel keer er op de link is geklikt. - - - - Categorie - - Als je meerdere forums of links wilt combineren voor een speciaal onderwerp, kan je ze plaatsen binnen een categorie. De forums zullen dan worden weergegeven onder de categorie titel, duidelijk gescheiden van andere categorieën. Gebruikers kunnen geen berichten plaatsen in de categorieën. - - - -
    -
    - - - - - - - - Subforums - Een van de vele nieuwe functies in phpBB3 zijn subforums. Vooral forums met een hoog aantal forums hebben voordeel hier mee. In de eenvoudige vlakke categorie en forum benadering in phpBB2, werden alle forums en categorieën weergegeven op de forumindex pagina. In phpBB3 kan je zoveel forums, links of categorieën aanmaken binnen andere forums als je wilt. - - Als je een forum hebt bijvoorbeeld over dieren, kan je subforums aanmaken voor katten, honden, of cavia`s binnenin zonder gebruik te maken van het hoofd forum "dieren" als een categorie. In dit voorbeeld, alleen het forum "Dieren" zal worden weergegeven op de indexpagina als een normaal forum. Het subforum zal tevoorschijn komen als een simpele link onder de forumbeschrijving (tenzij je dit uitschakeld). - -
    - Aanmaken van subforums - - - - - - Het aanmaken van subforums. In dit voorbeeld, de subforum genaamd "Katten" en "Honden" behoren in het hoofdforum "Dieren". Hoe goed je aandacht op de breadcrmbs op de pagina, die je meteen bovenaan van het subforum overzicht kan zien. Dit verteld je precies waar je bent in de forumhiërachie. - - -
    - - Met dit systeem mag je theoretisch, onbeperkt aantal niveau's van subforums aanmaken. Je kan zoveel subforums binnen subforums aanmaken als je wilt. Echter, ga niet overboord met deze functie. Op forums met vijf of tien forums of minder, is het geen goed idee om subforums te gebruiken. Onthou, hoe minder forums je hebt, hoe aktiever je forum zal zijn. Je kan later nog altijd forums toevoegen. - Lees het hoofdstuk over het beheren van forums om meer te weten te komen over hoe je subforums kan aanmaken. -
    -
    - - - - - - - - Beheren van forums - Hier kan je toevoegen, bewerken, verwijderen en het herrangschikken van de forums, categorieën en de links. - -
    - Beheren van forums afbeeldingslegenda - - - - - - Dit is de legenda van de afbeeldingen op de forum beheer pagina. Elke afbeelding staat voor een bepaalde functie. Hou goed je aandacht erbij, op welke actie je klikt wanneer je jouw forums aan het beheren bent. - - -
    - - De Forumbeheer pagina weergeeft een lijst van je bovenstse niveau forums en categorieën. Notitie, dit is niet vergelijkbaar met de forumindex pagina, categorieën zijn niet uigebreid hier. Als je de forums binnen een categorie wil herrangschikken, zal je eerst de categorie moeten openen. -
    -
    -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Berichteninstellingen - - Forums zijn niks zonder inhoud. Inhoud wordt gemaakt en geplaatst door je gebruikers; het is ook heel belangrijk dat ze de goede berichteninstellingen hebben dat controleerd hoe de inhoud is geplaatst. Je kan dit onderdeel bereiken door op de navigatie tab Berichten te klikken. - De eerste pagina die je tegenkomt, nadat je op de optie Berichteninstellingen hebt geklikt, is het onderdeel BBCodes. De andere beschikbare subonderdelen zijn verdeeld in twee hoofd groepen: Berichten en Bijlagen. Privéberichteninstellingen, Onderwerppictogrammen, Smilies, en Woordcensuur zijn bericht gerelateerde instellingen. Bijlageninstellingen, Extensiebeheer, Extensiegroepen beheer, en Bijlagen zonder plek zijn bijlagen gerelateerde instellingen. - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - BBCodes - - BBCodes is een speciale manier van weergeven van berichtformaten, die gelijk zijn aan HTML. Met phpBB 3.0 kan je heel gemakkelijk je eigen BBCode creëren. Op deze pagina, kan je zien welke aangepaste BBCodes momenteel bestaan. - Het toevoegen van een BBCode is heel erg makkelijk. Als je het juist doet, mag je het toestaan dat gebruikers je nieuwe BBCode mogen gebruiken, dat is veiliger dan dat ze HTML code mogen gebruiken. Om een BBCode te kunnen toevoegen, klik je op Voeg een nieuwe BBCode toe om te gaan beginnen. Er zijn vier dingen wat je moet overwegen als je een BBCode wilt toevoegen: hoe wil je dat gebruikers de BBCode kunnen gebruiken, welke HTML code mag de eigen BNCode gebruiken (de gebruikers zullen dit niet zien), welke korte informatie berichten wil je bij de BBCode laten zien, en wil je een BBCode knop voor de nieuwe BBCode om die te laten weergeven op de berichten plaatsingspagina. Wanneer je helemaal klaar bent met het instellen van de nieuwe BBCode, klik je op de knop Versturen om je nieuwe BBCode te kunnen opslaan. - -
    - Creëren BBCodes - - - - - - Creëren van een nieuwe BBCode. In dit voorbeeld, creëren we een nieuwe [font] BBCode dat toestaat dat gebruikers de lettergezicht van de geselecteerde tekst kunnen bepalen. - - -
    - - In het BBCode gebruik formulier, kan je bepalen hoe je gebruikers de BBCode kunnen gebruiken. Laten we zeggen dat je een nieuw lettertype BBCode wilt creëren, dat gebruikers een lettertype kunnen kiezen voor hun eigen tekst. Een voorbeeld van wat je dan in het veld BBCode gebruik moet invoeren is: - [font={TEXT1}]{TEXT2}[/font] - Dit maakt een nieuw [font] BBCode, en hierbij mag een gebruiker kiezen welk lettertype ze willen gebruiken voor hun tekst. De gebruiker zijn tekst wordt weergegeven door TEXT1, terwijl TEXT2 de lettertype naam weergeeft wat de gebruiker intypt. - - In het HTML vervangings formulier, kan je bepalen welke HTML code je nieuwe BBCode zal gebruiken in het weergeven van de tekst. In dit geval maken we gebruik van een nieuwe [font] BBCode, probeer - <span style="font-family: {TEXT1}">{TEXT2}<span> - . Deze HTML code zal gebruikt worden voor het weergeven van de gebruiker zijn tekst. - - De derde optie is waarmee je rekening mee moet houden wanneer je een aangepaste BBCode toevoegt, is welk help bericht dat je wilt weergeven voor je gebruikers wanneer ze de nieuwe BBCode gebruiken. Iegenlijk is het help bericht een korte notitie of tip, voor de gebruiker hoe hij de BBCode kan gebruiken. Dit bericht wordt weergegeven onder de BBCode regel wanneer je een bericht plaatst. - - Als de volgende beschreven optie, Weergeven op de berichtenpagina, niet is ingeschakeld, zal het help bericht niet getoond worden. - - Als laatste bij het toevoegen van een nieuwe BBCode, kan je beslissen of je een daadwerkelijke BBCode knop wilt hebben om getoond te worden op de berichtenpagina of niet. Als je dit wilt, vink dan de Weergeven op berichtenpagina aan. -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Privéberichteninstellingen - - Veel gebruikers gebruiken je forums privéberichtensysteem. Hier kan je alle standaard privéberichten-gerelateerde instellingen beheren. Hieronder staan de instellingen die je kan veranderen. Wanneer je klaar bent met het instellen van de privéberichteninstellingen, klik dan op Versturen om je veranderingen op te slaan. - - Algemene instellingen - Privéberichten: Hier kan je je forums privéberichtensysteem uitschakelen. Als je het wilt inschakelen, selecteer dan Ja. - Maximaal aantal privéberichtenmappen: Dit is het maximaal aantal nieuwe privéberichtenmappen je gebruikers kunnen aanmaken. - Maximaal aantal privéberichten per postvak: Dit is het maximaal aantal privéberichten in elke map die je gebrukers kunnen hebben. - Standaardactie bij volle map: Soms willen je gebruikers elkaar een privébericht sturen, maar de inbox van de ontvanger is vol. Deze instelling bepaald wat er zal gebeuren met het verzonden bericht. Je kan het zo instellen dat een oud bericht verwijderd zal worden om plaats te maken voor het nieuwe bericht, of het nieuwe bericht zal achtergehouden worden tot dat de ontvanger ruimte maakt in zijn inbox. Let op dat de standaard actie voor de Note that the default action for the Verzonden-berichten map het verwijderen van oude berichten. - Wijzigingstijd voor privéberichten: Gebruikers kunnen gewoonlijk hun verzonden privébericht wijzigen voordat de ontvanger deze heeft gelezen, ook al staat het bericht al in de verzonden-berichten map. Je kan bepalen hoeveel tijd je gebruikers hebben om hun verzonden privébericht aan te passen. - - - - Algemene opties - Versturen van privéberichten naar meerdere gebruikers en groepen toestaan: In phpBB 3.0, is het mogelijk om een privébericht naar meerdere gebruikers te sturen. Om dit toe te staan, selecteer Ja. - BBCode in privéberichten toestaan: Selecteer Ja om BBCodes toe te staan in privéberichten. - Smilies in privéberichten toestaan: Selecteer Ja om smilies toe te staan in privéberichten. - Bijlagen in privéberichten toestaan: Selecteer Ja om bijlagen toe te staan in privéberichten. - Onderschriften in privéberichten toestaan: Selecteer Ja om je gebruikers toe te staan om hun onderschrift in privéberichten te gebruiken. - Afdrukken van privéberichten toestaan: Nog een nieuwe optie in phpBB 3.0 is een printervriendelijke weergave. Selecteer Ja om je gebruikers toe te staan om privéberichten weer te geven in printer weergave. - Doorsturen van privéberichten toestaan: Selecteer Ja om je gebruikers toe te staan om privéberichten door te sturen. - [img] BBCode-tag toestaan: Selecteer Ja als je je gebruikers toe wilt staan om afbeeldingen te plaatsen in hun privéberichten. - [flash] BBCode=tag toestaan: Selecteer Ja als je je gebruikers toe wilt staan om Macromedia Flash objecten te plaatsen in hun privéberichten. - Onderwerppictogrammen in privéberichten inschakelen: Selecteer Ja als je je gebruikers wilt toe staan om onderwerppictogrammen in hun privéberichten te kunnen gebruiken. (Onderwerppictogrammen woorden weergegeven naast de privéberichttitels.). - - - - Als je één van de hierboven genoemde nummerieke instelligen wilt instellen, zodat de instelling ongelimiteerde hoeveelheid van het item toestaat, stel dan die nummerieke instelling in op 0. - -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Onderwerppictogrammen - - Een nieuw onderdeel in phpBB 3.0 is de mogelijkheid om pictogrammen toe te wijzen aan onderwerpen. Op deze pagina, kan je bepalen welke onderwerppictogrammen beschikbaar zijn voor gebruik op het forum. Je kan onderwerppictogrammen toevoegen, aanpasssen, verwijderen, of verplaatsen. Dee Onderwerppictogrammen formulier geeft de onderwerppictogrammen weer die op dit moment geïnstalleerd zijn op je forum. Je kan onderwerppictogrammen handmatig toevoegen, een gemaakte pictogrammenpakket installeren,een pictogrammenpakket exporteren of downloaden, of je geïnstalleerde onderwerppictogrammen aanpassen. - - Je eerste optie om onderwerppictogrammen aan je forum toe te voegen is het gebruik van een pictogrammenpakket. Pictogrammenpakketten hebben de bestandsextensie pak. Om een pictogrammenpakket te instaleren moet je eerst een pictogrammenpakket downloaden. Upload de pictogrammenbestanden en het pakketbestand afzonderlijk naar de /images/icons/ map. Klik daarna op Installeer pictogrammen pakket. De Installeer pictogrammen pakket formulier geeft alle opties weer die je hebt wat betreft onderwerppictogrammen installatie. Selecteer het pictogrammen pakket die je wilt toevoegen (je kan alleen één pictogrammen pakket installeren per keer). Je hebt dan de optie wat je wilt doen met de bestaande geïnstalleerde onderwerppictogrammen als het nieuwe pictogrammen pakket pictogrammen heeft die problemen kunnen veroorzaken. Je kan of de bestaande pictogram(men) behouden (Er kunnen dan dubbelen zijn), vervang de overeenkomende (overschrijft de pictogram(men) die al bestaan), of verwijder alle pictogrammen dei problemen kunnen veroorzaken. Wanneer je de juiste optie hebt gekozen, klik dan op Installeer pictogrammen pakket. - - Om onderwerppictogrammen handmatig toe te voegen, moet je eerst de pictogrammen uploaden naar de pictogrammen map van je forum. Navigeer naar de Onderwerppictogrammen pagina. Klik Voeg meerdere pictogrammen toe, welke onderaan de Onderwerppictogrammen formulier staat. Als je je gewenste pictogrammen op de juiste manier hebt geüpload in de juiste /images/icons/ map, moet je een regel met instellingen zien voor iedere nieuwe pictogram die je hebt geüpload. Het volgende heeft een beschrijving waar elke veld voor is. Wanneer je klaar bent met het toevoegen van de onderwerppictogram(men), klik dan op Versturen om je toevoegingen op te slaan. - - - Pictogram afbeelding bestand: Deze kolom zal de daadwerkelijke pictogram weergeven. - Pictogram locatie: Deze kolom toont de path waar het pictogram is gelocaliseerd, relatief aan de /images/icons/ map. - Pictogram breedte: Dit is de breedte (in pixels) waar je je pictogram uitgerekt naar toe wilt hebben. - Pictogram hoogte: Dit is de hoogte (in pixels) waar je je pictogram uitgerekt naar toe wilt hebben. - Weergeven op de berichtenpagina: Als deze is aangevinkt, zal het onderwerppictogram daardwerkelijk getoond worden op het berichtenscherm. - Pictogram orde: Je kan ook instellen in welke volgorde de onderwerppictogram getoond zal worden. Je kan de onderwerppictogram instellen om de eerste te zijn, of na ieder ander onderwerppictogram dat is geïnstalleerd. - Toevoegen: Als je tevreden bent met de instellingen voor het toevoegen van je nieuwe onderwerppictogrammen, vink dan dit vakje aan. - - - Je kan ook je al geïnstalleerde onderwerppictogram instellingen aanpassen. Om dat te doen, klik Bewerl pictogrammen. Je zal dan de pictogram configuratie formulier zien. Voor meer informatie betreffende ieder veld, bekijk dan de bovenstaande paragraaf betreffende over onderwerppictogrammen toevoegen. - - Als laatste, kan je ook de onderwerppictogrammen herschikken, een onderwerppictogram instelling aanpassen, of een onderwerppictogram verwijderen. Om een onderwerppictogram te herschikken, klik dan op de desbetreffende blauwe "Omhoog" of "Omlaag" icoon. Om een bestaande instelling van een onderwerppictogram aan te passen, klik dan op de groene "Wijzigen" icoon. Om een onderwerppictogram te verwijderen, klik dan op de rode "Verwijder" icoon. -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Smilies - - Smilies zijn typische kleine, soms geanimeerde afbeeldingen die gebruikt worden om een emotie of gevoel uit te drukken. Je kan de smilies op je forum beheren via deze pagina. Om smilies toe te voegen, heb je de optie uit voorgemaakte smilies pakket te installeren, of smilies handmatig toe te voegen. Localiseer de Smilies formulier, welke de smilies opsomt die op dit moment zijn geïnstalleerd op je forum, op de pagina. - - Je eerste optie om smilies toe te voegen aan je forum is door gebruik te maken van een voorgemaakte smilies pakket. Smilies pakketten hebben de bestandsextensie pak. Om een smilies pakket te installeren, moet je eerst een smilies pakket downloaden. Upload de smilie bestanden afzonderlijk en het pakket bestand naar de /images/smilies/ map. Klik daarna op Installeer smilies pakket. De Installeer smilies pakket formulier toont alle opties die je hebt betreffende het installeren van smilies. Selecteer het smilies pakket die je wilt toevoegen (je mag maar één smilies pakket per keer installeren). Je hebt daarna de optie om te kiezen wat te doen met bestaande smilies als het nieuwe smilies pakket afbeeldingen heeft die mogelijk conflicten kunnen veroorzaken met de bestaande afbeeldingen. Je kan de bestaande smilies behouden (er kunnen dan dubbele smilies zijn), de overeenkomstige vervangen (de bestaande smilies zullen dan overschreven worden), of verwijder alle smilies die conflicten veroorzaken. Wanneer je de juiste optie hebt gekozen, klik dan op Installeer smilies pakket. - - Om een smilie (of meerdere) handmatig aan je forum toe te voegen, moet je eerst de smilie naar de /images/smilies/ map uploaden. Klik daarna op Voeg meerdere smilies toe. Van hier uit, kan je een smilie selecteren en configureren. Het volgende zijn de instellingen die je kan aanpassen voor nieuwe smilies. Wanneer je klaar bent met het toevoegen van een smilie, klik dan op Versturen om je aanpassingen op te slaan. - - - Smilieafbeelding bestand: Dit is hoe de smilie daadwerkelijk er uit zien. - Smilie locatie: Dit is waar de smilie gelocaliseerd is, relatief aan de /images/smilies/ map. - Smiliecode: Dit is de tekst dat vervangen zal worden met de smilie. - Emotie: Dit is de smilie-titel. - Smiliebreedte: Dit is de breedte in pixels van de smilie. - Smiliehoogte: Dit is de hoogte in pixels van de smilie. - Weergeven op de berichtenpagina: Wanneer deze is aangevinkt, zal de smilie daadwerkelijk getoond worden op de berichtenpagina. - Smilie-orde: Je kan ook instellen in welke volgorde de smilies getoond zullen worden. Je kan instellen dat de smilie als eerste getoond zal worden, of na de voorgaande smilie die geïnstalleerd is. - Toevoegen: Als je tevreden bent met de instellingen voor het toevoegen van je smilie, vind dan dit aan. - - - Je kan ook je bestaande smilie-instellingen aanpassen. Om dit te doen, klik dan op Bewerk smilies. Je zal dan de Smilie configuratie formulier zien. Voor meer informatie betreffende ieder veld op deze pagina, bekijk dan de voorgaande paragraaf over het toevoegen van smilies. - - Als laatst kan je ook de smilies opnieuw ordenen, een smilie instelling aanpassen, of een smilie verwijderen. Om een smilie te herordenen, klik dan op de blauwe "Omhoog" of "Omlaag" icoontje. Om een bestaande smilie instelling aan te passen, klik dan op de groene "Wijzigen" icoon. Om een smilie te verwijderen, klik dan op de rode "Verwijderen" icoon. -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Woordcensuur - - Op sommige forums, is een bepaald niveau van gedrag vereist, scheldwoorden vrije gesprekken is dan benodigd. Net zo als phpBB2, gaat phpBB3 door met het aanbieden van woordcensuur. Woorden die overeenkomen met de patronen die ingesteld zijn in de Woordcensuur paneel zullen automatisch gecensureerd worden met de tekst die jij, de administrator, heeft ingesteld. Om je forums woordcensuur te beheren, klik dan op Woordcensuur. - - Om een nieuwe woordcensuur toe te voegen, klik op Voeg een nieuw woord toe. Hier zijn twee velden: Woord en Vervanging. Type het woord in dat je automatisch gecensureerd wilt hebben in het Woord tekstveld. (Let op dat je ook gebruik kan maken van jokers (*).) Type dan de tekst in waardoor je het woord mee vervangen wilt hebben in de Vervanging tekstveld. Wanneer je klaar bent, klik dan op Versturen om de nieuwe woordcensuur toe te voegen aan je forum. - - Om een bestaande woordcensuur aan te passen, localiseer de woordcensuur regel. klik op de "wijzig" icoon die aan het einde van die rij staat, en ga door met het veranderen van de woordcensuur instellingen. -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Bijlageninstellingen - - Als je toestaat dat je gebruikers bijlagen plaatsen, dan is het belangrijk om je forum bijlageninstellingen te kunnen controleren. Hier kan je de hoofdinstellingen voor bijlagen en de geassocieerde speciale categorieën beheren. Wanneer je klaar bent met het aanpassen van je forum bijlageninstellingen, klik dan op Versturen om je instellingen op te slaan. - - - Bijlageninstellingen - Bijlagen toestaan: Als je wilt dat bijlagen ingeschakeld zijn op je forum, selecteer dan Ja. - Bijlagen toestaan in privéberichten: Als je wilt dat bijlagen ingeschakeld zijn in privéberichten, selecteer dan Ja. - Upload-map: De map waar de bijlagen naar geüpload zullen worden. De standaard map is /files/. - Bijlagen sorteervolgorde weergeven: De volgorde waarop de bijlagen getoond zullen worden, gebaseerd op de tijd dat de bijlage was geplaatst. - Maximale opslagruimte voor bijlagen: De maximum schijf grootte dat beschikbaar zal zijn voor alle forumbijlagen. Als je wilt dat deze waarde ongelimiteerd is, gebruik dan een waarde van 0. - Maximale bestandsgrootte: De maximale bestandsgrootte van een bijlage dat is toegestaan. Als je wilt dat deze waarde ongelimiteerd is, gebruik dan een waarde van 0. - Maximale bestandsgrootte voor bijlagen in privéberichten: Dit is de maximale schrijf grootte dat beschikbaar is per gebruiker voor bijlagen in privéberichten. Als je wilt dat deze waarde ongelimiteerd is, gebruik dan een waarde van 0. - Maximaal aantal bijlagen per bericht: Het maximaal aantal bijlagen dat geplaatst kan worden in een bericht. Als je wilt dat deze waarde ongelimiteerd is, gebruik dan een waarde van 0. - Maximaal aantal bijlagen per privébericht: Het maximaal aantal bijlagen dat geplaats kan worden in een privébericht. Als je wilt dat deze waarde ongelimiteerd is, gebruik dan een waarde van 0. - Beveiligde downloads inschakelen: Als je dit wilt inschakelen om alleen bijlagen beschikbaar te stellen voor een specifieke IP-adres of hostnaam, dan moet deze optie ingeschakeld zijn. Je kan beveiligde downloads verder instellen, wanneer je dit hebt ingeschakeld, in de beveiligde downloads specifieke instellingen die staan in de Toegstaande IP-adressen/hostnamen en Toegestaande IP-adressen/hostnamen verwijderen of uitsluiten formulieren onderaan de pagina. - Toegestaande/weigeringslijst: Dit staat je toe om het standaard gedrag wanneer beveiligde downloads zijn ingeschakeld te beheren. Een witte lijst (Toegestaande) staat alleen IP-adressen of hostnamen toe om de downloads te gebruiken, terwijl een zwarte lijst (weigering) alle gebruikers toestaat behalve degene die een IP-adres of hostnaam hebben die op de zwarte lijst staan, om de downloads te gebruiken. Deze instelling werkt alleen als beveiligde downloads zijn ingeschakeld. - Lege verwijzingen toestaan: Beveiligde downloads zijn gebasseerd op verwijzingen. Deze instelling controleert of downloads zijn toegestaan voor diegene die een lege verwijzingsinformatie hebben. Deze instelling werkt alleen als beveiligde downloads zijn ingeschakeld. - - - - Afbeeldingcategorie-instellingen - Afbeeldingen in berichten weergeven: Hoe afbeeldingsbijlagen getoond worden. Als dit is ingesteld op Nee, zal een link naar de bijlagen gegeven worden in plaats van dat de afbeelding zelf wordt getoond (of een miniatuur) in het bericht. - Miniatuur aanmaken: Deze instelling stelt je forum zo in om een miniatuur te maken voor iedere afbeeldingsbijlage, of niet. - Maximale miniatuurbreedte in pixels: Dit is de maximale breedte in pixels voor de aangemaakte miniaturen. - Maximale bestandsgrootte van een miniatuur: Miniaturen zullen niet aangemaakt worden voor afbeeldingen als de gemaakte miniatuur bestandsgrootte voor bij deze waarde gaat, in bytes. Dit is extra handig voor erg grote afbeeldingen die geplaatst zijn. - Imagemagick-pad: Als je Imagemagick hebt geïnstalleerd en dat je graag wilt dat je forum dit gebruikt, specifiseer dan de volledige pad naar je Imagemagick conversie applicatie. Een voorbeeld is /usr/bin/. - Maximale afmetingen van een afbeelding: De maximale afmeting van een afbeeldingsbijlage, in pixels. Als je afbeeldings afmetingcontrole uit wilt schakelen (en hierbij afbeeldingsbijlagen van iedere afmeting toestaan), stel dan iedere waarde in op 0. - Afmetingen afbeeldingslink: Als een afbeeldingsbijlage groter is dan deze afmetingen (in pixels), zal een link naar de afbeelding getoond worden in het bericht. Als je wilt dat afbeeldingen in het bericht worden getoond ongeacht de afmetingen, stel dan iedere waarde in op 0. - - - - Toegestaande IP-adressen/hostnamen opgeven - IP-adressen of hostnamen: Als je beveiligde downloads hebt ingeschakeld, kan je hier de IP-adressen of hostnamen die toegestaan of geweigerd zijn specificeren. Als je meer dan één IP adres of hostnaam wilt specificeren, moet iedere IP-adres of hostnaam op zijn eigen regel geplaatst worden. Ingevoerde waardes kunnen jokers (*) bevatten. Om een gebied van IP-adressen te specificeren, scheid dan de start en het einde met een streepje (-). - IP-adres uitsluiten van toegestaande IP-adressen/hostnamen: Schakel dit in o het ingevoerde IP-adres of de ingevoerde hostnaam uit te sluiten. - -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Extensiebeheer - - Je kan je forum bijlagen instellingen verder instellen door te controleren welke bestandsextensies bijgevoegde bestanden kunnen hebben om geüpload te kunnen worden. Het is aanbevolen dat je geen enkele script taalextensie (zoals php, php3, php4, phtml, pl, cgi, py, rb, asp, aspx, etc.) toestaat vanwege veiligheidsredenen. Je kan deze pagina vinden door te klikken op Extensiebeheer wanneer je in de beheerderspaneel bent. - - Om een toegestaande bestandsextensie toe te voegen, zoek de Extensie toevoegen formulier op de pagina. In het veld genaamd Extensie, type de bestandsextensie in. Voer niet de punt in die voor de bestandsextensie staat. Selecteer daarna de extensiegroep waar deze nieuwe bestandsextensie aan toegevoegd dient te worden, via de Extensiegroep selectie menu. Klik daarna op Versturen om het op te slaan. - - Je kan ook je bestaande toegestaande forum bestandsextensie bekijken. Op de pagina zal je een tabel zien met alle toegestaande bestandsextensies. Om de groep te veranderen waartoe een extensie behoort, selecteer dan een nieuwe extensiegroep in de selectie menu dat in de extensierij staat. Om een extensie te verwijderen, vink het vakje aan in de Verwijderen kolom. Wanneer je klaar bent met het beheren van je bestaande forum bestandsextensies, klik op Versturen onderaan de pagina om je wijzigingen op te slaan. -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Extensiegroepen beheren - - Toegestaande bestandsextensies kunnen geplaatst worden in een groep om gemakkelijk te kunnen beheren en te bekijken. Om de extensiegroepen te beheren, klik op Extensiegroepen beheren wanneer je op de Berichten instellingen pagina bent van het Beheerderspaneel. Je kan bepaalde instellingen configureren betreffende een bepaalde extensiegroep. - - Om een nieuwe bestandsextensie groep toe te voegen, zoek de tekstvak dat overeenkomt met Nieuwe groep aanmaken. Vul de naam in van de extensiegroep, en klik op Versturen. Een extensiegroep instellingenformulier zal nu worden weergegeven. Het volgende bevat beschrijvingen voor iedere optie die beschikbaar is, en bestemt zijn voor extensiegroepen die al bestaan of toegevoegd worden. - - - Extensiegroep toevoegen - Groepsnaam: De naam van de extensiegroep. - Speciale categorie: Bestanden in deze extensiegroep kunnen verschillend weergegeven worden. Selecteer een speciale categorie uit dit selectie menu om de manier te veranderen waarop de bijlagen in deze extensiegroep getoond worden in een bericht. - Toegestaan: Schakel dit in als je bijlagen wilt toestaan die bij deze extensiegroep horen. - Toegestaan in privéberichten: Schakel dit in als je bijlagen wilt toestaan in privéberichten die bij deze extensiegroep horen. - Upload-pictogram: Het kleine pictogram dat getoond word naast alle bijlagen die bij deze extensiegroep horen. - Maximale bestandsgrootte: De maximale bestandsgrootte voor bijlagen van deze extensiegroep. - Toegewezen extensies: Dit is een lijst van alle bestandsextensies die behoren bij deze extensiegroep. Klik op de Naar het extensiebeheer gaan om de extensies te beheren die bij deze extensiegroep horen. - Toegestaande forums: Dit stelt je in staat om te controleren in welke forums je gebruikers toegestaan zijn om bijlagen te plaatsen die behoren tot deze extensiegroep. Om deze extensiegroep in te schakelen voor alle forums, selecteer dan de Toestaan in alle forums radioknop boven de lijst. Om in te stellen voor welke specifieke forums deze extensiegroep is toegestaan, selecteer de Alleen de forums hieronder zijn geselecteerd radioknop, en selecteer dan de forums in het selectie menu. Hou in de gaten dat je meerdere forums kan selecteren door de CTRL-knop ingedrukt te houden en met de muis de gewenste forums aan te klikken - - - Om een bestaande extensiegroep instellingen te bewerken, klik dan op de groene "Wijzigen" icoon dat is geplaatst in de extensiegroepsrij. Voor meer informatie over iedere instelling, bekijk dan de paragraaf hierboven. - - Om een extensiegroep te verwijderen, klik dan op de rode "Verwijder" icoon dat is geplaatst in de extensiegroepsrij. -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Berichtloze bijlagen - - Soms kunnen bijlagen berichtloos zijn, wat betekend dat ze bestaan in de gespecificeerde bestandenmap (om deze map in te stellen, bekijk hoofdstuk over Bijlageninstellingen), maar zijn niet toegewezen aan een bericht. Dit kan gebeuren wanneer berichten verwijderd worden, of aangepast, of zelfs wanneer gebruikers een bestand bijvoegen, maar hun bericht niet versturen. - - Om berichtloze bijlagen te beheren, klik op de Berichtloze bijlagen in de linkerkant menu wanneer je in de Berichten instellingen hoofdstuk bent van het Beheerderspaneel. Je zal nu een lijst zien van elle berichtloze bijlagen, samen met alle belangrijke informatie over iedere berichtloze bijlage. - - Je kan een berichtloze bijlage toewijzen aan een specifiek bericht. Om dit te doen, moet je eerst het bericht zijn bericht-ID vinden. Voer deze waarde in de Bericht-ID kolom in voor de bepaalde berichtloze bijlage. Schakel Bijlage toevoegen aan het bericht in, en klik op Versturen. - - Om een berichtloze bijlage te verwijderen, schakel Verwijderen in en klik op Versturen. Hou in de gaten dat deze actie niet ongedaan gemaakt kan worden. -
    -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Gebruikersbeheer - -
    - Gebruikersbeheer - Gebruikers zijn de basis van je forum. Als een forum administrator is het erg belangrijk dat je je gebruikers kan beheren. Het beheren van je gebruikers, hun informatie en hun specifike opties is gemakkelijk, en kan gedaan worden via het Beheerderspaneel. - - Om te beginnen, meld je aan en ga naar je Beheerderspaneel. Klik op de Gebruikers en Groepen tabblad om de benodigde pagina te openen. Klik op het Gebruikersbeheer link in het navigatie menu aan de linkerkant van de pagina. - - Om door te gaan en een gebruiker te beheren, moet je de gebruikersnaam weten die je wilt beheren. In het tekstvlak na de "Een gebruiker zoeken:" veld, type de gebruikersnaam in van de gebruiker die je wilt beheren. Aan de andere kant, als je een gebruiker wilt zoeken, klik dan op [ Een gebruiker zoeken ] (welke onder het tekstvak staat voor de gebruikersnaam) en volg de stappen op om een gebruiker te zoeken en te selecteren. Als je de informatie en instellingen voor de Gastgebruiker (iedere bezoeker die niet is aangemeld, wordt ingesteld als Gastgebruiker) wilt instellen, vink dan het vakje aan genaamd "Gastgebruiker selecteren". Wanneer je een gebruiker hebt geselecteerd, klik dan op Versturen. - - Er zijn vele hoofdstukken die gerelateerd zijn aan gebruikersinstellingen. Het volgende zijn subsecties die meer informatie bevatten over ieder formulier. Ieder formulier staat je toe om een specifieke instelling voor de gebruiker te beheren die je hebt geselecteerd. Wanneer je klaar bent met het aanpassen van de data van ieder formulier, klik dan op Versturen (onderaan iedere forumlier) om je veranderingen door te voeren. - -
    - - - - - - - - Gebruikers overzicht - Dit is het eerste formulier dat getoond zal worden wanneer je een gebruiker hebt geselecteerd om te beheren. Hier zijn alle algemene informatie en instellingen voor de gebruiker getoond. - - - - Gebruikersnaam - - - Dit is de naam van de gebruiker die je op dit ogenblik aan het beheren bent. Als je de gebruikersnaam wilt veranderen, type dan een nieuwe gebruikersnaam, tussen de drie en twintig karakters lang, in het veld genaamd Gebruikersnaam:. - - - - Geregistreerd - - Dit is de complete datum van wanneer de gebruiker is geregistreerd. Je kan deze waarde niet veranderen. - - - - - Geregistreerd vanaf IP-adres - - Dit is het IP adres van waar de gebruiker zijn of haar account heeft geregistreerd. Als je de hostnaam van het IP adres wilt bepalen, klik dan op het IP adres zelf. De bestaande pagina zal herladen en zal de gevraagde informatie weergeven. Als je een whois wilt uitvoeren op het IP adres, klik dan op [Whois] link. Een nieuw scherm zal verschijnen (pop-up) met deze informatie. - - - - - Laatst actief - - Dit is de volledige datum van wanneer de gebruiker voor het laatst actief was. - - - - - Berichten - - Dit nummer geeft het aantal berichten weer die de gebruiker heeft geplaatst op het forum. - - - - - Waarschuwingen - - Dit nummer geeft het aantal waarschuwingen weer die de gebruiker heeft op dit moment. - Voor meer informatie over waarschuwingen, zie . - - - - - Oprichter - - Oprichters zijn gebruikers die alle administrator permissies hebben en nooit verbannen, verwijderd of aangepast kan worden door gebruikers zonder oprichterstatus. Als je deze gebruiker als oprichter wilt instellen, selecteer de Ja radioknop. Om oprichterstatus te verwijderen van een gebruiker, selecteer de Nee radioknop. - - - - - E-mail - - Dit is de e-mailadres van de gebruiker op dit moment. Om het e-mailadres te veranderen, vul het tekstveld Email: in met een geldig e-mailadres. - - - - - E-mailadres bevestigen - - Deze tekstvak moet alleen ingevuld worden als je de gebruikers e-mailadres veranderd hebt. Als je het e-mailadres aan het veranderen bent, moeten het Email: tekstvak en deze ingevuld worden met hetzelfde e-mailadres. Als je dit niet invuld, zal het gebruikers e-mailadres niet veranderd worden. - - - - - Nieuw wachtwoord - - Als een administrator, kan je geen enkel wachtwoord van je gebruikers zien. Het is echter mogelijk om wachtwoorden te veranderen. Om een wachtwoord van een gebruiker te veranderen, type dan een nieuw wachtwoord in het veld Nieuw wachtwoord:. Het nieuwe wachtwoord moet tussen de zes en dertig karakters lang zijn. - - Voordat je iedere verandering van de gebruiker wilt versturen, wees er dan zeker van dat dit veld leeg is, tenzij je daadwerkelijk het wachtwoord van de gebruiker wilt veranderen. Als je per ongeluk het wachtwoord van de gebruiker veranderd, kan het originele wachtwoord niet terug gehaald worden! - - - - - Wachtwoord bevestigen - - Dit tekstvak moet alleen ingevuld worden als je het wachtwoord van de gebruiker aan het veranderen bent. Als je het wachtwoord van de gebruiker aan het veranderen bent, de Wachtwoord bevestigen: tekstvak moet dan ingevuld worden met hetzelfde wachtwoord dat je ingevuld hebt bij Wachtwoord: tekstvak. - - - - - Snelle hulpmiddelen - - De opties in de Snelle hulpmiddelen selectie vak staan je toe om snel en gemakkelijk één van de opties van de gebruiker te veranderen. De beschikbare opties zijn: Onderschrif verwijderen, Avatar verwijderen, Alle berichten verplaatsen, Alle berichten verwijderen, en Alle bijlagen verwijderen. - - - -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Gebruikersfeedback - Een ander aspect van het beheren van een gebruiker is het aanpassen van hun feedback data. Feedback bestaat uit iedere soort van gebruikerswaarschuwing die aan de gebruiker is uitgedeeld door een forumadministrator. - - Om de weergave van de bestaande gebruikers logboekitems aan te passen, selecteer een criteria van je aanpassing door het selecteren van je opties in de drop-down selectie vakken genaamdWeergaveopties van vorige: en Sorteer op:. Weergaveopties van vorige: staat je toe om een specifieke tijdsperiode in te stellen waarin de feedback was gegeven. Sorteer op: staat je toe om de bestaande logboekitems te sorteren op Gebruikersnaam, Datum, IP-adres, en Logboekactie. De logboekitems kunnen dan oplopend of aflopend gesorteerd worden. Wanneer je klaar bent met het instellen van deze opties, klik dan op de Ok knop om de pagina met je aanpassingen bij te werken. - - Een andere manier van het beheren van gebruikers feedback data is door het toevoegen van feedback. Zoek het gedeelte genaamd Feedback toevoegen en vul je bericht in in het Feedback tekstvak. Wanneer je klaar bent, klik dan op Versturen om de feedback toe te voegen. -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Gebruikersprofiel - - Gebruikers kunnen soms inhoud op hun profiel hebben staan, dat van jou vraag om het aan te passen of te verwijderen. Als je geen veld wilt veranderen, laat het dan leeg. Het volgende zijn de profielvelden die je kan veranderen: - - ICQ-nummer moet een nummer zijn van minstens drie cijfers lang. - AOL Instant Messenger kan zowel iedere letter als cijfer hebben. - MSN Messenger/WLM kan iedere letter hebben, maar moet lijken op een e-mailadres (hierjenaam@voorbeeld.nl). - Yahoo Messenger kan zowel iedere letter als symbool hebben. - Jabber-adres kan iedere letter hebben, maar moet lijken op een e-mailadres (hierjenaam@voorbeeld.nl). - Website kan iedere letter en symbool hebben, maar moet het protocol bezitten (bv. http://www.voorbeeld.nl). - Woonplaats kan zowel iedere letter als symbool hebben. - Beroep kan zowel iedere letter als symbool hebben. - Interesses kan zowel iedere letter als symbool hebben. - Verjaardag kan ingesteld worden in drie verschillende drop-down selectie vakken, respectievelijk: Dag:, Maand:, en Jaar:. Het instellen van een jaar zal de gebruikers leeftijd tonen wanneer hij of zij jarig is. - - -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Gebruikersvoorkeuren - - Gebruikers hebben vele instellingen, die ze kunnen gebruiken voor hun account. Als een administrator, kan je iedere instelling veranderen. De gebruikersinstellingen (ook wel bekend als voorkeuren) zijn gegroepeerd in drie hoofcategorieën: Algemene instellingen, Berichtstandaardwaarden, en Weergaveopties. -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Gebruikers-avatar - - Hier kan je de gebruikers avatar beheren. Als de gebruiker al een avatar heeft ingesteld, dan kan je die zien als avatar afbeelding. - Afhankelijk van je avatarinstellingen (voor meer informatie over avatarinstellinge, bekijk Avatar-instellingen), je kan iedere beschikbare optie kiezen om de gebruikers avatar te veranderen: Upload vanaf je computer, Upload vanaf een URL, of Extern linken. Je kan ook een avatar kiezen uit je forums avatar gallerij door te klikken op de Gallerij weergeven knop naast de Locale gallerij: te klikken. - - De veranderingen die je maakt aan de gebruikers avatar moeten nog steeds overeenkomen met de limieten die je hebt ingesteld in de avatar-instellingen. - - Om de avatar afbeelding te verwijderen, vink dan de Afbeelding verwijderen vakje onder aan de avatar afbeelding. - Wanneer je klaar bent met het kiezen van welke avatar de gebruiker zal hebben, klik Versturen om de gebruikers avatar bij te werken. -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Gebruikersrang - - Hier kan je de gebruikersrang instellen. Je kan de gebruikersrang instellen door de rang te selecteren uit de Gebruikersrang: drop-down selectievak. Nadat je een rang hebt geselecteerd, klik op Versturen om de gebruikersrang bij te werken. - Voor meer informatie over rangen, bekijk . -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Gebruikersonderschrift - - Hier kan je het gebruikersonderschrift toevoegen, aanpassen, verwijderen. - Het gebruikersonderschrift zal getoond worden in het Onderschrift formulier. Verander het onderschrift door te typen wat je wilt in het tekstvak. Je kan BBCode gebruiken en ieder andere speciale formaten die zijn meegeleverd. Wanneer je klaar bent met het aanpassen van het gebruikersonderschrift, klik op Versturen om de het gebruikersonderschrift bij te werken. - - De onderschrift die je hebt ingesteld moet voldoen aan de forum onderschrift instellingen die je op dit moment hebt ingesteld. - -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Gebruikersgroepen - - Hier kan je alle gebruikersgroepen zien waar de gebruiker lid van is. Via deze pagina kan je de gebruiker makkelijk verwijderen van iedere gebruikersgroep, of de gebruiker aan een bestaande groep toevoegen. De tabel genaamd Deze gebruiker is lid van de volgende ingestelde gebruikersgroepen toont alle gebruikersgroepen waar de gebruiker op dit moment lid van is. - De gebruiker toevoegen aan een nieuwe gebruikersgroep is erg gemakkelijk. Om dit te doen, zoek de drop-down menu genaamd Een gebruiker toevoegen aan de groep: en selecteer een gebruikersgroep uit het menu. Wanneer de gebruikersgroep is geselecteerd, klik op Versturen. Je toevoeging zal onmiddelijk plaats vinden. - Om de gebruiker te verwijderen uit een groep waarvan hij/zij lid van is, zoek je de rij op waar de gebruikersgroep staat, en klik op Verwijderen. Je zal nu een bevestigingsscherm zien; als je door wilt gaan met het verwijderen, klik op Ja. -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Permissies - - Hier kan je alle permissies zien die op dit moment ingesteld zijn voor de gebruiker. Voor iedere groep waar de gebruiker lid van is, is een aparte gedeelte op de pagina voor de permissies die gerelateerd zijn aan die categorie. Om daadwerkelijk de gebruikerspermissies in te stellen, bekijk . -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Bijlagen - - Afhankelijk van de bestaandew bijlageninstellingen, kunnen je gebruikers al bijlagen geplaatst hebben. Als de gebruiker al minstens één bijlage heeft geüpload, kan je de lijst van bijlage(n) in de tabel zien. De beschikbare data voor iedere bijlage bestaat uit: Bestandsnaam, Onderwerptitel, Plaatsingstijd, Bestandsgrootte, en Downloads. - Om je te helpen bij het beheren van je gebruikersbijlage(n), kan je de sorteervolgorde kiezen van de bijlagenlijst. Vind de Sorteer op: drop-down menu en selecteer de categorie die je wilt gebruiken om de lijst te sorteren (de mogelijke opties zijn Bestandsnaam, Extensie, Bestandsgrootte, Downloads, Plaatsingstijd, en Onderwerptitel). Om de sorteervolgorde te kiezen, kies of Aflopend of Oplopend van de drop-down menu naast de sorteringscategorie. Wanneer je klaar bent, klik Ok. - Om de bijlage te bekijken, klik op de bestandsnaam. De bijlage zal geopend worden in dezelfde browserscherm. Je kan ook het onderwerp bekijken waarin de bijlage geplaatst is door te klikken op de link naast de Bericht: label, welke onder de bestandsnaam staat. Gebruikers bijlage(n) verwijderen is erg gemakkelijk. In de bijlagenlijst, selecteer de afvinkvakken die naast de bijlage(n) staan die je wilt verwijderen. Wanneer alles wat je wilt geselecteerd is, klik Gemarkeerde verwijderen, welke onder de bijlagenlijst staat. - - Om alle bijlagen te selecteren die getoond zijn op de pagina, klik op de Alles markeren link, welke onder de bijlagenlijst staat. Dit helpt vooral als je alle bijlagen die getoond worden op de pagina allemaal in één keer wilt verwijderen. - -
    -
    -
    - - - - - - - - Inactieve gebruikers - Hier kan je de details zien van alle gebruikers die op dit moment gemarkeerd zijn als inactief samen met de reden waarom hun account is gemarkeerd als inactief en wanneer dit gebreurd is. - Door gebruik te maken van de afvinkvakken op deze pagina is het mogelijk om bulk acties uit te voeren op deze gebruikers, Dit houd mede in het activeren van de accounts, het versturen van een herinnerings e-mail waarin staat dat ze hun account moeten activeren of het account te verwijderen. - Er zijn 5 redenen waarmee getoond kan worden dat een account inactief is: - - - Account gedeactiveerd door administrator - - Dit account is handmatig gedeactiveerd door een administrator via de gebruikersbeheergereedschap. Meer details over wie deze actie heeft uitgevoerd en de reden kunnen beschikbaar zijn via de gebruikersnotities. - - - - Profieldetails gewijzigd - - Het forum is zo ingesteld dat wanneer een gebruiker zijn sleutelinformatie, bijvoorbeeld het e-mailadres, heeft veranderd dat hij zich weer opnieuw moet activeren, om de veranderingen te bevestigen. - - - - Nieuw geregistreerde gebruiker - - Het forum is zo ingesteld dat gebruikersactivatie benodigd is en of de gebruiker of een administrator (afhankelijk van de instelling) dit nog niet gedaan heeft voor dit nieuwe account. - - - - Geforceerde gebruikersaccount heractivatie - - Een administrator heeft deze gebruiker geforceerd zijn account te heractiveren via de gebruikersbeheer gereedschappen. Meer informatie over wie deze actie heeft uitgevoerd en de reden waarom kunnen beschikbaar zijn via de gebruikersnotities. - - - - Onbekend - - Er is geen reden opgenomen voor het inactief zijn van deze gebruiker; het is waarschijnlijk dat de verandering is gedaan door een externe applicatie of dat deze gebruiker is toegevoegd via een andere bron. - - - -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Gebruikerspermissies - Samen smet het beheren van gebruiker informatie, is het ook belangerijk om regelmatig permissies te controleren en bij te houden van de gebruikers op je forum. Gebruikerspermissies bevatten onder andere capabiliteiten zoals het gebruik van avatars en het versturen van privéberichten. Algemene moderator permissies bevatten de mogelijkeheden zoals het goedkeuren van berichten, het beheren van onderwerpen, en het beheren van verbanningen. Als laatste bevatten administrator permissies zaken zoals het aanpassen van permissies, het definieren van eigen BBCodes, en het beheren van forums. - - Om te beginnen met het beheren van gebruikerspermissies, localiseer de Groepen en Gebruikers tab en klik op de Gebruikerspermissies in het menu aan de linkerkant. Hier kan je globale permissies aan gebruikers toewijzen. In de Een gebruiker zoeken veld, type de gebruikersnaam in van de gebruiker waarvan je de permissies wilt aanpassen. (Als je de gastgebruiker wilt aanpassen, vink dan de Gastgebruiker kiezen afvinkvak aan.) Klik op Versturen. - - Permissies zijn gegroepeerd in drie verschillende categoriën: gebruiker, moderator, en administrator. Iedere gebruiker kan specifieke instellingen in iedere permissiecategorie hebben. Om het aanpassen van gebruikerspermissies te faciliteren, is het mogelijk om specifieke voorkeuze rollen toe te wijzen aan de gebruiker. - - - Voor de volgende permissies wijzigingsacties die worden beschreven, zijn er drie keuzes waaruit je kan kiezen. Je kan kiezen uit Ja, Nee, of Nooit. Door het selecteren van Ja zal de geselecteerde permissie ingeschakeld worden voor de gebruiker, terwijl het selecteren van Nee de geselecteerde instelling zal uitschakelen voor de gebruiker, tenzij een andere permissie-instelling uit een ander gebied de instelling overtreft. Als je de gebruiker helemaal wilt verbieden om ooit gebruik te maken van de geselecteerde instelling, selecteer dan Nooit. De Nooit instelling zal alle andere waardes die aan de instelling zijn toegewezen overtreffen. - - - Om de Gebruikerspermissies van de gebruiker te wijzigen, selecteer "Gebruikerspermissie" van de Type selecteren selectiemenu, en druk op Ok. Selecteer de rol die je wilt toepassen op de gebruiker. Als je het uitgebreide formulier, die een meer gedetaileerde permissie configuratie laat zien, wilt gebruiken, klik dan op de Uitgebreide permissies link. Een nieuw formulier zal oplichten onder de Rol selectiemenu. Er zijn vier permissie categorieën die je kan wijzigen: Berichten, Profiel, Algemeen, en Privéberichten. - - Om de Hoofdmoderatorpermissies van de gebruiker te wijzigen, selecteer "Hoofdmoderatorpermissies" van de Type selecteren selectiemenu, en druk op Ok. Selecteer de rol die je wilt toepassen op de gebruiker. Als je het uitgebreide formulier, die een meer gedetaileerde permissie configuratie laat zien, wilt gebruiken, klik dan op de Uitgebreide permissies link. Een nieuw formulier zal oplichten onder de Rol selectiemenu. Er zijn drie permissie categorieën die je kan wijzigen: Berichtacties, Algemeen, en Onderwerpacties. - - Om de Beheerderspermissies van de gebruiker te wijzigen, selecteer "Beheerderspermissies" van de Type selecteren selectiemenu, en druk op Ok. Selecteer de rol die je wilt toepassen op de gebruiker. Als je het uitgebreide formulier, die een meer gedetaileerde permissie configuratie laat zien, wilt gebruiken, klik dan op de Uitgebreide permissies link. Een nieuw formulier zal oplichten onder de Rol selectiemenu. Er zijn zes categorieën die je kan wijzigen: Permissies, Gebruikers en Groepen, Instellingen, Plaatsing, Algemeen, en Forums. -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Gebruikerspermissies voor forums - - Naast het wijzigen van de gebruikersaccount gerelateerde permissies, kan je ook hun forumpermissies wijzigen, welke gerelateerd zijn aan je forums. Forumpermissies zijn verschillend van gebruikerspermissies op een manier dat ze direct gereleateerd zijn aan en verbonden met de forums. Gebruikerspermissies voor forums staat je toe om je gebruikers forumpermissies te wijzigen. Als je dit doet, moet je onthouden dat je maar aan één gebruiker per keer forumpermissies aan kan toewijzen. - - Om te beginnen met het wijzigen van een gebruiker zijn forumpermissies, type de naam van de gebruiker in de Een gebruiker zoeken tekstvak. Als je de forumpermissies van de gasten, ook wel gastgebruikers, vink dan de Gastgebruiker selecteren tekstvak aan. Klik op Versturen om door te gaan. - -
    - Forums selecteren voor gebruikers forumpermissies - - - - - - Het selecteren van forums om forumpermissies toe te wijzen aan gebruikers. In dit voorbeeld, de "Katten" en "Honden" subforums (hun hoofdforum is "Dieren") zijn geselecteerd. De gebruikers forumpermissies voor deze twee forums zullen worden gewijzigd/bijgewerkt worden. - - -
    - - Je kan nu forumpermissies toewijzen aan de gebruiker. Je hebt twee manieren om forumpermissies toe te wijzen aan de gebruiker: je kan de forum(s) handmatig selecteren met een meerdere selectie menu, of door een specifieke forum of categorie te selecteren, samen met zijn toegewezen subforums. Klik op Versturen om door te gaan met de forum(s) die je hebt gekozen. Nu zal je verwelkomt worden met de Permissies instellen scherm, waar je daadwerkelijk de forumpermissies aan de gebruiker kan toewijzen. Je moet nu selecteren wat voor forumpermissies jr wilt wijzigen; je kan de gebruikers Forumpermissies of Moderatorpermissies wijzigen. Klik op Ok. Je kan nu de rol selecteren die je wilt toewijzen aan de gebruiker voor iedere forum die je eerder hebt geselecteerd. Als je deze permissies met meer detail wilt instellen, klik dan op de Uitgebreide permissies link die in de daar toe behorende forumpermissies vak, en wijzig dan de permissies naar eigen keus. Wanneer je klaar bent, klik op Permissies opslaan als je in de Uitgebreide permissies gedeelte bent, of klik op de Alle permissies opslaan onder aan de pagina om alle veranderingen die je hebt gedaan op de pagina op te slaan. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Aangepaste profielvelden - - Eén van de nieuwe mogelijkheden in phpBB3 om de gebruikers beleving uit te breiden is Aangepaste profielvelden. In het verleden, konden gebruikers alleen de informatie invullen die in de gewone profielvelden die werden getoond; administrators moesten modificaties toevoegen aan hun forum om hun eigen wensen te kunnen vervullen. In phpBB3 echter, kunnen administrators nu gemakkelijk eigen profielvelden aanmaken via de ACP. - - Om je eigen aangepaste profiel velden te maken, klik je op de Gebruikers en Groepen tabblad in je ACP, en zoek dan de Aangepaste profielvelden link in het menu aan de linkerkant om op te klikken. Je zal nu op de juiste pagina komen. Zoek het lege tekstvlak onder de aangepaste profielvelden tabel, welke naast een selectie menu en een Een nieuw veld aanmaken knop is. Type in het lege tekstvak de naam van het nieuwe profielveld die je als eerste wilt aanmaken. Selecteer daarna het type veld in het selectie menu. De beschikbare opties zijn Getallen, Enkel invoerveld, Tekstveld, Boolean (Ja/Nee), Dropdown box, en Datum. Klik op de Een nieuw veld aanmaken knop om door te gaan. Het volgende beschrijft iedere set van instellingen dat het nieuwe aangepaste profielveld zal hebben. - - Profielveld toevoegen - Veldtype: Dit is het soort veld dat je nieuwe aangepaste profielveld zal zijn. Het betekend dat het kan bestaan uit getallen, datums, etc. Dit zal al ingesteld moeten zijn. - Veld identificatie: Dit is de naam van het profielveld. Deze naam zal het profielveld in phpBB3 zijn database en templates identificeren. - Profielveld publiekelijk weergeven: Deze instelling bepaald of het nieuwe profielveld weergegeven zal worden. Het profielveld zal getoond worden op de berichtenpagina's, profielen en de ledenlijst als dit is ingeschakeld bij de laadinstellingen. Alleen getoond worden in het gebruikersprofiel is standaard ingeschakeld. - - - - Weergave mogelijkheden - In gebruikerspaneel weergeven: Deze instelling bepaalt of je gebruikers de profielveld kunnen veranderen in de UCP. - Op registratiescherm weergeven: Als deze optie ingeschakeld is, zal het profielveld getoond worden op de registratie pagina. Gebruikers kunnen dit veld veranderen in de UCP. - Verplicht veld: Deze instelling bepaalt of je gebruikers wilt forceren om dit profielveld in te vullen. Dit zal het profielveld tonen bij registratie en in de UCP. - Profielveld verbergen: Als deze optie ingeschakeld is, zal dit profielveld alleen getoond worden in de gebruikersprofielen. Alleen administrators en moderators kunnen dit veld zien en invullen. - - - - Taal specifieke opties - Veldnaam / titel weergeven aan de gebruiker: Dit is de daadwerkelijke naam van het profielveld dat getoond zal worden aan je gebruikers. - Veldbeschrijving: Dit is een simpele beschrijving/uitleg voor je gebruikers bij het invullen van dit veld. - - - - Wanneer je klaar bent met de bovenstaande instellingen, klik op de Profieltype specifieke opties knop om door te gaan. Vul de benodigde instellingen in die je wilt, en klik op de Volgende knop. Als je nieuwe aangepaste profielveld succesvol is aangemaakt, dan wordt je nu begroet door een groen succes scherm. -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Rangenbeheer - - Rangen zijn speciale titels die toegewezen kunnen worden aan forumgebruikers. Als een administrator, is het aan jou om rangen aan te maken en te beheren die bestaan op je forum. De daadwerkelijke namen voor de rangen mag je helemaal zelf bedenken; het is meestal het beste om ze aan te passen naar de thema van je forum. - - - Wanneer je een speciale rangnaam aan een gebruiker toewijst, onthoud dat er geen permissies er aan gekoppeld zijn. Bijvoorbeeld, als je een "Support Moderator" rang maakt en deze toewijst aan een gebruiker, dan zal die gebruiker niet automatisch moderatorpermissies verkrijgen. Je moet de speciale permissies aan de gebruiker apart toewijzen. - - - Om je forumrangen te beheren, klik op de Gebruikers en Groepen tabblad in de ACP, en klik daarna op de Rangenbeheer link die in het menu aan de linkerkant staat. Je wordt nu mee genomen naar de rangenbeheer pagina. Alle bestaande rangen worden hier getoond. - - Om een nieuwe rang aan te maken, klik op de Voeg een nieuwe rang toe knop dat onder de bestaande rangenlijst staat. Vul in het eerste veld Rang titel de naam van de rang. Als je een afbeelding hebt geüpload in de /images/ranks/ map, die je wilt koppelen aan de rang, dan kan je de afbeelding selecteren in het selectiemenu Rang afbeelding. De laatste instelling die je kan instellen is of de rang een "speciale" rang is. Speciale rangen zijn rangen die de administrator kan toewijzen aan gebruikers; ze worden niet automatisch toegewezen aan gebruikers gebasseerd op hun berichten aantal. Als je Nee hebt geselecteerd, dan kan je de Minimale berichten veld invullen met het minimale aantal berichten die je gebruikers moeten hebben voordat ze deze rang toegewezen krijgen. Wanneer je klaar bent, klik op de Versturen knop om deze nieuwe rang aan te maken. - - Om een rang instelling te wijzigen, zoek de rij van de rang, en klik dan op de groene "Wijzigen" knop die in de Actie kolom staat. - - Om een rang te verwijderen, zoek de rij van de rang, en klik dan op de rode "Verwijderen" knop die in de Actie kolom staat. Daarna moet je de actie bevestigen door te klikken op de Ja knop wanneer erom gevraagd wordt. -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - - Groepsbeheer - - Gebruikersgroepen zijn een manier om gebruikers te groeperen. Dit maakt het makkelijk om permissies aan veel gebruikers tegelijkertijd toe te wijzen. phpBB 3.0 heeft zes voor gedefinieerde groepen: Administrators, Zoekrobots, Hoofdmoderators, Gasten, Geregistreerde gebruikers, en Geregistreerde COPPA-gebruikers. - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - - Groeptypes - Er zijn twee types van groepen: - - - - - Voor gedefinieerde groepen - - Dit zijn groepen die standaard beschikbaar zijn in phpBB 3.0. Je kan ze NIET verwijderen, omdat het forum ze voor verschillende toepassingen nodig heeft. Je kan nog steeds hun attributen (beschrijving, kleur, rang, avatar, etc) en groepsleiders veranderen. Gebruikers die op je forum registreren worden automatisch in de voor gedefinieerde groep "Geregistreerde gebruikers" geplaatst. Probeer ze niet handmatig te verplaatsen via de database, of je forum functioneerd niet meer goed. - - - - Beheerders - Deze gebruikersgroep bevat alle administrators van je forum. Alle beheerders zijn administrators, maar niet alle administrators zijn beheerders. Je kan controleren wat administrators kunnen doen door deze groep te beheren. - - - - Zoekrobots - Deze groep is bedoeld voor zoekmachine robots. phpBB 3.0 heeft de mogelijkheid om de bekende problemen die zoekmachine robots tegen komen wanneer ze he forum indexeren. Voor meer informatie over het beheren van de instellingen voor iedere robot, bekijk de Zoekrobots gedeelte. - - - - Hoofdmoderators - Hoofdmoderators zijn moderators die moderatorpermissies hebben voor alle forums. Je kan wijzigen welke permissies deze moderators hebben door het beheren van deze groep. - - - - Gasten - Gasten zijn bezoekers op je forum die niet aangemeld zijn. Je kan limiteren wat gasten kunen doen door deze gebruikersgroep te beheren. - - - - Geregistreerde gebruikers - geregistreerde gebruikers is een groot deel van je forum. Geregistreerde gebruikers zijn al geregistreerd op je forum. Om te controleren wat geregistreerde gebruikers kunnen doen, beheer deze gebruikersgroep. - - - - Geregistreerde COPPA-gebruikers - Geregistreerde COPPA-gebruikers zijn in principe het zelfde als geregistreerde gebruikers, behalve dan dat ze onder de COPPA, ook wel Child Online Privacy Protection Act, wet, wat betekend dat als ze onder de 13 zijn in de U.S.A. ze onder deze wet vallen. Het beheren van deze gebruikersgroep is belangrijk om deze mensen te beschermen. COPPA is niet van toepassing op gebruikers die buiten de U.S.A. wonen en de COPPA kan uitgezet worden. - - - - - - - - Gebruiker ingestelde groepen - - De groepen die jezelf aanmaakt worden "Gebruiker ingestelde groepen" genoemd. Deze groepen komen overeen met de groepen in phpBB2.0. Je mag zoveel aanmaken als je wilt, ze verwijderen, groepsleiders instellen en hun attributen (beschrijving, kleur, rang, avatar, etc) aanpassen. - - - - Het Groepenbeheer gedeelte in de ACP toont je aparte lijsten voor "Gebruiker ingestelde groepen" en de "Voor ingestelde groepen". - -
    -
    - Groepinstellingen - Een lijst van attributen die een groep kan hebben: - - - Groepsnaam - De naam van je groep. - - - Groepsbeschrijving - De beschrijving van de groep dat getoond zal worden op de groepsoverzicht lijst. - - - Groepstype - Het groepstype bepaald onder andere of gebruikers zomaar zich kunnen aanmelden voor een groep - - - Permissies kopiëren van - Wanneer de groep aangemaakt is, zal deze dezelfde permisises hebben als dat je hier geselecteerd hebt. - - - Alleen oprichters mogen beheren - Het beheer van deze groep beperken naar oprichters alleen. Gebruikers die groeppermissies hebben zullen deze groep wel kunnen zien en ook deze groepsleden. - - - Groep weergeven in de legenda: - Dit zal de weergave van de naam van de groep in de legenda van "Wie is Online" lijst inschakelen. Let op, dit maakt alleen van nut als je een specifieke kleur voor de groep hebt ingesteld. - - - Groep kan privéberichten ontvangen - Dit staat het sturen van privéberichten naar deze groep toe. Let op, dit kan gevaarlijk zijn om het toe te staan voor de geeregistreerde gebruikers groep. Er is namelijk geen permissie die het versturen van privéberichten naar groepen verbied, dus iedereen die privéberichten kan versturen, kan een bericht versturen naar deze groep! - - - Groeps-PB limiet van berichten per map - Deze instelling oversschrijft de per gebruiker berichten map limiet. Een waarde van "0" betekend dat de gebruikers standaard limiet wordt gebruikt. Bekijk het gedeelte over de gebruikers voorkeuren voor meer informatie over privéberichten instellingen. - - - Maximaal aantal toegestaande ontvangers per privébericht - Het maximaal aantal toegestaande ontvangers in een privébericht. De waarde "0" betekent dat de globale foruminstelling wordt gebruikt. - - - Groepskleur - De naam van de leden die deze groep heeft als hun standaard groep (zie ) zal worden getoond in deze kleur op alle forum pagina`s. Als je Groep weergeven in legenda hebt ingeschakeld, dan zal de legenda item met dezelfde kleur weergegeven worden als de het lid in de "Wie is Online" lijst. - - - Groepsrang - Een lid die deze groep als standaard groep (zie ) heeft, zal deze rang onder zijn gebruikersnaam hebben. Let op, je kan de rang van dit lid veranderen naar een andere rang die dan de groepsrang instelling overschrijft. Zie het gedeelte over rangen voor meer informatie. - - - Groeps-avatar - Een lid die deze groep als standaard groep (zie ) heeft, zal deze avatar gebruiken. Let op, een lid kan zijn avatar veranderen naar een andere avatar als hij daarvoor de permissies heeft. Voor meer informatie over avatar instellingen, bekijk de gebruikersgids gedeelte over avatars. - - - -
    -
    - Standaard groepen - Zoals het nu mogelijk is om attributen zoals kleuren of avatars toe te wijzen aan groepen (zie , kan het gebeuren dat een gebruiker lid is van twee of meer verschillende groepen die verschillende avatars of andere attributen hebben. Dus nu komt de vraag: welke avatar zal de gebruiker gebruiken? - Om dit probleem op te lossen, kan je voor iedere gebruiker precies één "Standaard groep" toewijzen. De gebruiker zal dan alleen de attributen van deze groep krijgen. Let op, het is niet mogelijk om attributen te mixen: Als een groep een rang heeft maar geen avatar, en een andere groep heeft alleen een avatar, dan is het niet mogelijk om de avatar van de ene groep weer te geven en de rang van de andere groep. Je moet beslissen welke de "Standaard groep" word. - - Standaard groepen hebben geen invloed op permissies. Er is geen toegevoegde permissie bonus voor je standaard groep, dus de permissies van de gebruiker blijven het zelfde, ongeacht welke groep zijn standaard groep is. - - Je kan standaard groepen veranderen op twee manieren. Je kan dit doen via de gebruikersbeheer (zie ), of direct via de groepsbeheer (Groepsbeheer) pagina. Wees voorzichtig met de tweede optie, als je de standaard groep vie de groep verandert, zal dit de standaard groep voor ALLE groepsleden veranderen en hun oude standaard groep overschrijven. Dus als je de standaard groep voor de "Geregistreerde gebruikers" groep wilt veranderen door gebruik te maken van de Standaard link, zullen alle gebruikers van je forum deze groep als hun standaard groep hebben, zelfs de leden van de Beheerders en Moderatorgroepen omdat ze ook leden zijn van de "Geregistreerde gebruikers" groep. - - Als je een groep een standaard groep maakt die een rang en avatar hebben, de gebruikers oude rang en avatar zullen overschreven worden door de groep. - -
    -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Gebruikersveiligheid - Anders dan de mogelijkheid om je gebruikers op je forum te beheren, is het ook belangrijk om je forum te beschermen tegen ongewenste registraties en gebruikers. De Gebruikersveiligheid sectie laat je toe om verbannen e-mails, IP's, en gebruikersnamen te beheren, als mede het beheren van niet toegestaande gebruikersnamen en het opschonen van gebruikers. Verbannen gebruikers die informatie hebben die overeenkomt met één van de verbanregels zullen niet bij één gedeelte van je forum kunnen komen. - -
    - - - - - - - - E-mailadressen verbannen - Soms is het nodig om e-mailadressen te verbannen om zo ongewenste registraties te voorkomen. Er kunnen bepaalde gebruikers of spamrobots zijn die e-mailadressen gebruiken die je kent. Hier in de E-mailadressen verbannen gedeelte, kan je dit doen. Je kan controleren welke e-mailadressen verbannen zijn, hoe lang een verbanning duurt, en de reden(en) voor de verbanning. - - Om één of meerdere e-mailadressen te verbannen, vul het formulier Eén of meer e-mailadressen verbannen in. Wanneer je klaar bent met je aanpassingen, klik op Versturen. - - Eén of meer e-mailadressen verbannen - E-mailadres: Dit tekstvak zal alle e-mailadressen bevatten die je wilt verbannen onder één enkele regel. Als je meer dan één e=mailadres wilt verbannenn deze keer, zet dan ieder e-mailadres op een eigen regel. Je kan ook jokers (*) gebruiken om een een geeltelijk e-mailadres te vergelijken. - Duur van de verbanning: Dit is hoe lang de e-mailadressen verbannen zullen zijn. De beschikbare opties bevatten enkele vaak voorkomende tijdsduraties, zoals aantal uur of dagen. Je kan ook een datum instellen tot wanneer de e-mailadressen verbannen zullen zijn; om dit in te stellen, selecteer Tot -> uit het selectiemenu, en specificeer een datum in het formaat "YYYY-MM-DD" in het tekstvak onder het selectiemenu. - Uitsluiten van verbanning: Je moet dit inschakelen als je alle ingevoerde e-mailadressen wilt uitsluiten van alle bestaande verbanningen. - Reden voor verbanning: Dit is een korte reden voor waarom je de e-mailadressen hebt verbannen. Dit is optioneel, en kan je helpen bij het onthouden waarom je de e-mailadressen hebt verbannen. Deze reden is alleen zichtbaar voor moderators en administrators met de juiste permissies. - Reden die wordt weergegeven aan de verbannen gebruiker: Dit is een korte uitleg dat getoond zal worden aan de gebruikers met de verbannen e-mailadressen. Dit kan verschillend zijn van de hierboven staande Reden voor verbanning. - - - Anders dan het toevoegen van e-mailadressen om verbannen/uitgesloten te worden, kan je ook e-mailadressen die verbannen of uitgesloten zijn opheffen. Om van één of meer e-mailadressen de verbanning of uitsluiting op te heffen, vul het Verbannen of uitgesloten e-mailadressen opheffen formulier in. Wanneer je klaar bent, klik op Versturen. - - Verbannen of uitgesloten e-mailadressen opheffen - E-mailadres: Dit meerdere selectiemenu bevat alle verbannen e-mailadressen. Selecteer het e-mailadres waarvan je de verbanning of uitsluiting wilt opheffen door op het e-mailadres te klikken in de meerdere selectiemenu. Om meer dan één e-mailadres te selecteren, moet je de juiste combinatie tussen muis en toetsenbord commando's uitvoeren. De meest voorkomende manier om dit te doen is door de CTRL knop in te drukken en ingedrukt te houden op je toetsenbord, en met de muis op alle e-mailadressen die je wilt selecteren te klikken. Laat de CTRL knop los als je klaar met het selecteren bent. - Duur van de verbanning: Dit is een niet te wijzigen informatie vak dat de lengte van de verbanning voor de geselecteerde e-mailadressen toont. Als er meer dan één e-mailadres is geselecteerd, zal alleen één van de verbanningslengtes getoond worden. - Reden voor de verbanning: Dit is een niet te wijzigen informatie vak dat de reden voor de verbanning voor de geselecteerde e-mailadressen toont. Als er meer dan één e-mailadres is geselecteerd, zal alleen één van de verbannings redenen getoond worden. - Reden die wordt weergeven aan de verbannen gebruiker: Dit is een niet te wijzigen informatie vak dat de reden toont die getoond wordt aan de verbannen gebruiker van de geselecteerde e-mailadressen. Als meer dan één e-mailadres is geselecteerd, zal alleen één van de getoonde redenen getoond worden. - -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - IP-adressen verbannen - Soms is het nodig om een IP-adres of hostnaam te verbannen om ongewenste gebruikers te voorkomen. ER kunnen bepaalde gebruikers of spambots zijn dat bepaalde IP-adressen of hostnamen gebruikt die je kent. Hier in de IP-adressen verbannen gedeelte, kan je dit doen. Je kan hiet controleren welke IP-adressen of hostnamen verbannen zullen zijn, hoe lang een verbanning duurt, en de gegeven reden(en) voor de verbanning. - - Om één of meerdere IP-adressen en/of hostnamen te verbannen of uit te sluiten, vul het Eén of meer IP-adressen verbannen formulier in. Wanneer je klaar bent met je aanpassingen, klik dan op Versturen. - - Eén of meer IP-adressen verbannen - IP-adressen of hostnamen: Dit tekstvak moet alle IP-adressen en/of hostnamen die je wilt verbannen of uitsluiten bevatten in een enkele regel. Als je meer dan één IP-adres en/of hostnaam per keer wilt toevoegen, vul dan ieder IP-adres en/of hostnaam op een aparte regel. Je kan ook jokers (*) gebruiken om gedeeltes van IP-adressen in te voeren. - Duur van verbanning: Dit is hoe lang de IP-adressen en/of hostnamen verbannen zullen zijn. De beschikbare opties bevatten enkele vaak voorkomende tijdsduraties, zoals aantal uur of dagen. Je kan ook een datum instellen tot wanneer de IP-adressen en/of hostnamen verbannen zullen zijn; om dit in te stellen, selecteer Tot -> uit het selectiemenu, en specificeer een datum in het formaat "YYYY-MM-DD" in het tekstvak onder het selectiemenu. - Uitsluiten van verbanning: Je moet dit inschakelen als je alle ingevoerde IP-adressen en/of hostnamen wilt uitsluiten van alle bestaande verbanningen. - Reden voor verbanning: Dit is een korte reden voor waarom je de IP-adressen en/of hostnamen hebt verbannen. Dit is optioneel, en kan je helpen bij het onthouden waarom je de IP-adressen en/of hostnamen hebt verbannen. Deze reden is alleen zichtbaar voor moderators en administrators met de juiste permissies - Reden die wordt weergegeven aan de verbannen gebruiker: Dit is een korte uitleg dat getoond zal worden aan de gebruikers met de verbannen IP-adressen en/of hostnamen. Dit kan verschillend zijn van de hierboven staande Reden voor verbanning. - - - Anders dan het toevoegen van IP=adressen en/of hostnamen om verbannen/uitgesloten te worden, kan je ook IP-adressen en/of hostnamen die verbannen of uitgesloten zijn opheffen. Om van één of meer IP-adressen en/of hostnamen de verbanning of uitsluiting op te heffen, vul het Verbannen of uitgesloten IP-adressen opheffen formulier in. Wanneer je klaar bent, klik op Versturen. - - Verbannen of uitgesloten IP-adressen opheffen - IP-adressen of hostnamen: Dit meerdere selectiemenu bevat alle verbannen IP-adressen en/of hostnamen. Selecteer het IP-adres en/of hostnaam waarvan je de verbanning of uitsluiting wilt opheffen door op het IP-adres en/of hostnaam te klikken in het meerdere selectiemenu. Om meer dan één IP-adres en/of hostnaam te selecteren, moet je de juiste combinatie tussen muis en toetsenbord commando's uitvoeren. De meest voorkomende manier om dit te doen is door de CTRL knop in te drukken en ingedrukt te houden op je toetsenbord, en met de muis op alle IP-adressen en/of hostnamen die je wilt selecteren te klikken. Laat de CTRL knop los als je klaar met selecteren bent. - Duur van verbanning: Dit is een niet te wijzigen informatie vak dat de lengte van de verbanning voor het geselecteerde IP-adres of hostnaam toont. Als er meer dan één IP-adres of hostnaam is geselecteerd, zal alleen één van de verbanningslengtes getoond worden. - Reden voor verbanning: Dt is een niet te wijzigen informatie vak dat de reden voor de verbanning voor de geselecteerde IP-adres of hostnaam toont. Als er meer dan één IP-adres of hostnaam is geselecteerd, zal alleen één van de verbannings redenen getoond worden. - Reden die wordt weergegeven aan de verbannen gebruiker: Dit is een niet te wijzigen informatie vak dat de reden toont die getoond wordt aan de verbannen gebruiker van de geselecteerde IP-adres of hostnaam. Als meer dan één IP-adres of hostnaam is geselecteerd, zal alleen één van de verbannings redenen getoond worden. - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Gebruikersnamen verbannen - Wanneer je problematische gebruikers op je forum tegenkomt, dan kan het voorkomen dat je ze wilt verbannen. Op de Gebruikersnamen verbannen pagina, kan je dit doen. Op deze pagina, kan je alle verbannen gebruikersnamen beheren. - - Om één of meerdere gebruikers te verbannen of uit te sluiten, vul dan het Eén of meer gebruikersnamen verbannen formulier in. Wanneer je klaar bent met je aanpassingen, klik op Versturen. - - Eén of meer gebruikersnamen verbannen - Gebruikersnaam: Deze tekstvak moet alle gebruikersnamen die je wilt verbannen of uitsluiten bevatten op één regel. Als je meer dan één gebruikersnaam wilt verbannen per keer, plaats dan iedere gebruikersnaam op een eigen regel. Je kan gebruik maken van jokers (*) om gedeeltes van gebruikersnamen in te voeren. - Duur van verbanning: Dit is hoe lang de gebruikersnamen verbannen zullen zijn. De beschikbare opties bevatten enkele vaak voorkomende tijdsduraties, zoals aantal uur of dagen. Je kan ooko een datum instellen tot wanneer de gebruikersnamen verbannen zullen zijn; om dit in te stellen, selecteer Tot -> uit het selectiemenu, en specificeer een datum in het formaat "YYYY-MM-DD" in het tekstvak onder het selectiemenu. - Uitsluiten van verbanning: Je moet dit inschakelen als je alle ingevoerde gebruikersnamen wilt uitsluiten van alle bestaande verbanningen. - Reden voor verbanning: Dit is een korte reden voor waarom je de gebruikersnamen hebt verbannen. Dit is optioneel, en kan je helpen bij het onthouden waarom je de gebruikersnamen hebt verbannen. Deze reden is alleen zichtbaar voor moderators en administrators met de juiste permissies - Reden die wordt weergegeven aan de verbannen gebruiker: Dit is een korte uitleg dat getoond zal worden aan de gebruikers met de verbannen gebruikersnamen. Dit kan verschillend zijn van de hierboven staande Reden voor verbanning. - - - Anders dan het toevoegen van gebruikersnamen om verbannen/uitgesloten te worden, kan je ook gebruikersnamen die verbannen of uitgesloten zijn opheffen. Om van één of meer gebruikersnamen de verbanning of uitsluiting op te heffen, vul het Verbannen of uitgesloten gebruikersnamen opheffen formulier in. Wanneer je klaar bent, klik op Versturen. - - Verbannen of uitgesloten gebruikersnamen opheffen - Gebruikersnaam: Dit meerdere selectiemenu bevat alle verbannen gebruikersnamen. Selecteer de gebruikersnaam waarvan je de verbanning of uitsluiting wilt opheffen door op de gebruikersnaam te klikken in het meerdere selectiemenu. Om meer dan één gebruikersnaam te selecteren, moet je de juiste combinatie tussen muis en toetsenbord commando's uitvoeren. De meest voorkomende manier om dit te doen is door de CTRL knop in te drukken en ingedrukt te houden op je toetsenbord, en met de muis op alle gebruikersnamen die je wilt selecteren te klikken. Laat de CTRL knop los als je klaar met selecteren bent. - Duur van verbanning: Dit is een niet te wijzigen informatie vak dat de lengte van de verbanning voor de geselecteerde gebruikersnaam. Als er meer dan één gebruikersnaam is geselecteerd, zal alleen één van de verbanningslengtes getoond worden. - Reden voor verbanning: Dit is ee niet te wijzigen informatie vak dat de reden van de verbanning voor de geselecteerde gebruikersnaam. Als er meer dan één gebruikersnaam is geselecteerd, zal alleen één van de verbannings redenen getoond worden. - Reden die wordt weergegeven aan de verbannen gebruiker: Dit is een niet te wijzigen informatie vak dat de reden toont die getoond wordt aan de verbannen gebruiker van de gebruikersnaam. Als meer dan één gebruikersnaam is geselecteerd, zal aleen één van de verbannings redenen getoond worden. - -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Verboden gebruikersnamen - - In phpBB3, is het ook mogelijk om registraties van bepaalde gebruikersnamen die overeenkomen met gebruikersnamen die jij hebt ingesteld te weigeren. (Dit is handig als je wilt voorkomen dat gebruikers zich registreren met gebruikersnamen die mogelijk te veel overeen komen met een belangrijke forumlid en dat mensen zich daarmee verwarren.) Om verboden gebruikersnamen te beheren, klik op de Gebruikers en Groepen tabblad in de ACP, en klik daarna op de Verboden gebruikersnamen link, welke in het menu aan de linkerkant bevind. - - Om een verboden gebruikersnaam toe te voegen, zoek de Voeg een verboden gebruikersnaam toe formulier, en type dan de gebruikersnaam in het invoervak genaamd Gebruikersnaam. Je kan gebruik maken van jokers (*) om met iedere karakter overeen te komen. Bijvoorbeeld, om gebruikersnamen te verbieden die overeenkomen met "JoeBloggs", kan je "Joe*" invoeren. Dit voorkomt dat gebruikers zich kunnen registeren met een gebruikersnaam dat begint met "Joe". Wanneer je klaar bent, klik op Versturen. - - Om een verboden gebruiekrsnaam te verwijderen, zoek de Verwijder een verboden gebruikersnaam formulier. Selecteer de verboden gebruikersnaam, die je wilt verwijderen, uit het Gebruikersnaam selectiemenu. Klik op Versturen om de geselecteerde verboden gebruikersnaam te verwijderen. -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Gebruikers automatisch opschonen - - In phpBB3, is het mogelijk om gebruikers automatisch op te schonen van je forum om alleen je actieve gebruikers te behouden. Je kan ook de complete gebruikersaccount verwijderen, samen met alles wat geassocieerd is met de gebruikersaccount. Gebruikers automatisch opschonen staat je toe om gebruikersaccounts op te schonen en te deactiveren op je forum op berichten aantal, Laatste bezoekdatum, en veel meer. - - Om het opschoningsproces te beginnen, zoek de Gebruikers automatisch opschonen formulier. Je kan gebruikers opschonen op iedere combinatie van de beschikbare criteria. (Met andere woorden, vul ieder veld in het formulier in dat toegepast dient te worden op de gebruikers die je zoekt om opgeschoond te worden.) Wanneer je klaar bent om gebruikers op te schonen die overeenkomen met je specifieke instellingen, klik dan op Versturen. - - - Gebruikers automatisch opschonen - Gebruikersnaam: Voer een gebruikersnaam in waarvan je wilt dat hij opgeschoond moet worden. Je kan jokers (*) gebruiken om gebruikers waarvan de gebruikersnaam overeenkomt met het patroon dat je hebt opgegeven, op te schonen. - E-mail: Het e-mailadres waarvan je wilt dat hij opgeschoond moet worden. Je kan jokers (*) gebruiken om gebruikers waarvan het e-mailadres overeenkomt met het patroon dat je hebt opgegeven, op te schonen. - Geregistreerd: Je kan ook gebruikers automatisch opschonen gebaseerd op hun datum waarop ze geregistreerd zijn. Om gebruikers op te schonen die voor een bepaalde datum (wees voorzichtig met deze instelling) zijn geregistreerd, kies Ervoor uit het selectiemenu. Om gebruikers automatisch op te schonen die na een bepaalde datum zijn geregistreerd, kies Erna uit het selectiemenu. De datum moet ingevoerd worden in het formaat "YYYY-MM-DD". - Laatst actief: Je kan ook gebruikers automatisch opschonen gebaseerd op de laatst actieve tijd dat ze actief waren. Om gebruiker op te schonen die voor het laatst actief waren voor een bepaalde datum (wees voorzichting met deze instelling), kies Ervoor uit het selectiemenu. Om gebruikers op te schonen die na een bepaalde datum actief waren (dit is handig om gebruikers op te schonen die verdwenen zijn van je forum), kies Erna uit de selectiemenu. De datum moeet ingevoerd worden in het formaat "YYYY-MM-DD". - Berichten: Je kan ook gebruikers automatisch opschonen gebaseerd op hun berichten aantal. De criteria voor het berichten aantal kan groter, kleiner, of gelijk aan, een specifiek getal zijn. De waarde die je hier invoert moet een positief heel getal zijn. - Gebruikers automatisch opschonen: De gebruikersnamen van de gebruikers die je automatisch wilt opschonen. Elk gebruikersnaam die je wilt opschonen moet op een aparte regel gezet worden. Je kan ook jokers (*) gebruiken om gebruikersnaam patronen te maken. - Automatisch verwijderen van gebruikers berichten: Wanneer gebruikers verwijderd zijn (daadwerkelijk verwijderd en niet gedeactiveerd), moet je kiezen wat te doen met hun berichten. Om alle berichten die behoren bij de gebruikers die opgeschoond zijn/worden, selecteer de radioknop genaamd Ja. Kies anders voor Nee en de berichten van de opgeschoonde gebruikers zullen blijven staan op het forum. - Deactiveren of verwijderen: Je moet kiezen of je de opgeschoonde gebruikersaccounts compleet wilt verwijderen en ze hierdoor verwijderen uit de forum database, of ze te deactiveren. - - - - Het automatisch opschonen van gebruikers kan niet ongedaan gemaakt worden! Wees voorzichtig met de criteria's die je instelt bij het opschonen van gebruikers. - -
    -
    -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Permissie Overload - Op je forum, moet je kunnen controleren wat gebruikers kunnen en niet kunnen doen. Met de flexibele en gedetaileerde systeem dat phpBB3 "Olympus" bied, heb je een veel uitgebreide mogelijkheden in het beheren van gebruikers- en groepspermissies. Er zijn in principe twee type permissies - Algemene permissies, welke toegepast worden op het hele forum of niet gerelateerd zijn aan berichten, onderwerpen en een enkel forum, en Forum gebaseerde permissies, welke gebruikt kunnen worden om specifieke permissies voor ieder forum te controleren. - Om te begrijpen hoe de permissies in te stellen en om hoe de interface te gebruiken, is het erg belangrijk om de verschillende type permissies te herkennen en de gereedschappen dat de Permissies tabblad in de ACP aanbied te begrijpen: - - - Algemene permissies - Deze permissies hebben effect op het hele forum en zijn niet gebonden aan specifieke forums. Ze bevatten gebruikerpermissies, welke het gebruik van de UCP, zoeken, privéberichten, gebruik van avatars/onderschrift etc. limiteren. Administratorpermissies kunnen hier ook ingesteld worden, als ze globaal zijn. - - - - Forum gebaseerde permissies - Deze permissies worden individueel ingesteld voor iedere forum/gebruiker of groep combinatie. Ze kunnen gescheiden worden in twee types: Gebruikerpermissies en Moderatorpermissies. De eerste controleert of een gebruiker of groep het forum kan zien, berichten er in kan plaatsen, etc, terwijl de Moderatorpermissies controleren of de gebruiker of groep moderator gerelateerde acties in het forum kunnen uitvoeren. - - - - Permissierollen - Om het instellen van permissies nog gemakkelijker te maken, kan je rollen aanmaken, dat al een voor gedefinieerde set van permissies heeft en welke je dan kan toewijzen aan gebruikers of groepen. phpBB heeft al enkele vor gedefinieerde rollen voor je gemaakt om te gebruiken - bijvoorbeeld, in forum gebaseerde permissies, kan je elke gebruiker een Standaard moderator, Gehele moderator of Simpele moderator, etc, geven. Als je geen rollen zou hebben, dan zou je iedere permissie individueel moeten instellen voor iedere gebruiker. - - - - Permissiemaskers - In dit gedeelte, kan je niks instellen of veranderen, maar je kan de uiteindelijke permissies die een gebruiker of groep heeft, afhankelijk van je instellingen in de andere gedeeltes, bekijken. Deze optie is vooral handig wanneer je problemen hebt met je permissies. Bijvoorbeeld, je kan niet uitvinden waarom iemand niet de permissies heeft die je wilt dat hij moet hebben. - - -
    - Globale en locale permissies - - - - - - Globale en locale permissies - - -
    - Iedere permissie kan toegewezen worden aan een groep of een gebruiker. Wij bevelen aan dat je groeppermissies gebruikt waar mogelijk - een simpele voorbeeld van waarom: Wanneer je een moderator wilt toevoegen aan een forum, in plaats van het toewijzen van individuele permissies voor ieder forum voor hem, voeg je hem gewoon toe aan de groep die al die permissies heeft. - - Wanneer je permissies aan het instellen bent, kom je drie mogelijke waardes tegen - Nee, Ja en Nooit, met Nee als de standaard waarde voor iedere permissie. Als je de permissie instelt op Ja, overschrijft het de Nee, echter, als de permissie is ingestelt op Nooit, kan je deze instelling niet overschrijven met een Ja in een andere plek. Als je nog steeds problemen hebt met het snappen van dit systeem, bekijk dan de Permissiemaskers gedeelte. - -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Global Permissions - Global permissions are the first section you will find under the Permissions tab. They are used to assign user, global moderator and administrator permissions. This section has four subsections: - - - Users’ permissions - These are used to assign any of the above mentioned permissions to a specific user. Generally, it is better to assign permissions to groups as described here to ease their later management. - - - - Groups’ permissions - Exactly the same as the above with one difference, here you will be specifying a group whose permissions will be edited. - - - - Administrators - This page tells you what users or groups on your board have access to the ACP. It allows you to edit their current permissions and add new administrators or administrator groups. - - - - Global moderators - Similarly to the section mentioned above, this page allows you to see the board's Global moderators, they are users which can moderate every forum on the board. phpBB added a predefined Global Moderator group for you with preset permissions. - - - - In order to add or change permissions to a specific user or group, click the appropriate section. Then select the group name from the drop-down box or type the user's username. See for an image of the screen. - -
    - Choosing a group when setting permissions - - - - - - The screen you will see after you click Groups' permissions. Here you select the group for which you will edit permissions. - - -
    - - After you select a user or group, you will see a page where you can finally set specific permissions. Notice a few things on the page - the drop-down box, where you can select what type of permissions to change, the Advanced Permissions link, which will allow you to assign more granular permissions, and the Role drop-down box, which allows you to assign a predefined set of permissions for the current case. - -
    - Setting global user/group permissions - - - - - - The screen you will see after you select a user or group in the first two Global permissions sections. Here you edit global permissions such as profile control, search, private messaging etc. By selecting Global moderator permissions or Admin permissions from the drop-down box, you can change additional settings for the user. - - -
    - -
    -
    - Forum gebaseerde permissies -
    -
    - Permission Roles -
    -
    - Permission Masks -
    -
    - -
    - - - - ameeck - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Stijlen - phpBB 3.0 is very customisable. Styling is one aspect of this customisability. Being able to manage the styles your board uses is important in keeping an interesting board. Your board's style may even reflect the purpose of your board. Styles allows you to manage all the styles available on your board. - - phpBB 3.0 styles have three main parts: templates, themes, and imagesets. - - - Templates - Templates are the HTML files responsible for the layout of the style. - - - - Thema's - Themes are a combination of colour schemes and images that define the basic look of your forum. - - - - Afbeeldingensets - Imagesets are groups of images that are used throughout your board. Imagesets are comprised of all of the non-style specific images used by your board. - - - - -
    - Styles overview - - - - - - This is a list of the styles that are installed on the board and the styles that can be installed on the board. You can see the number of users using the style and you can follow the links to change the style's details. - - -
    - - Creating a style is not an easy task and it takes quite a lot of time. Skilled designers from the phpBB community create styles that are available publicly and anyone can download them. This is a good place to start if you want to download and install a new style and you cannot afford to create your own, for any possible reason. The first place where you should stop is the Styles section on phpBB.com, you will find a list of useful links for places like the: - - - Styles Demo - The styles demo allows you to display each style on a live forum and see how each part of the board looks like using the specified style. You can browse through the styles until you find one that suits you and/or your board. The styles demo provides links to download the style and see its entry in the styles database. - - - - Styles Database - The Style Database contains all the styles that were validated by the phpBB.com Styles Team. All styles are validated to ensure they are safe to use, work correctly and do not have any other caveats. You can filter styles by parameters like version, color or category to easily find a style that you would like. Each style entry in the database contains a link to the Style Demo, to show a live example of the style in use. - - - - - - -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Installing and managing styles - After you choose a style and you are ready to install it, unpack it on your PC and upload the directory with the style to your board's server. Make sure that the directory you upload to the server's styles contains the template, theme and imageset directories. The only exception is when a style has its template, theme or imageset based on another one, you will however be informed of that when you download the style. Having the dependent style component installed is required to install such a style. - - Since you have uploaded all the necessary files, you can continue to install your style. Go to the Styles tab in the ACP. You should see a table containing several items - the preinstalled prosilver style, subsilver2, and any of your uploaded styles. The list is divided into two parts, the first one contains styles that are installed on the board and the second one contains styles that were uploaded, but not installed. If you want to install your downloaded style, click the Install link next to its title. - - After you click Install, you will be asked about two options: - - Active: If set to No, the style will not be available for users and only the admin will be able to preview it through the ACP. - Make default style: This will set the style as the default one for the board, making it the style that new users and guests see. For more about setting the default style, read . - - When you are finished, just click Submit. - - At this moment, you should know how to install a new style. However, there are some links and features on the Styles overview page that we have missed. They are: - - Details: This link will take you to the details of style, where you can change its name, author, the style components it uses and determine if the style is active or not. - Activate/Deactivate: Pretty clear without an explanation, this link allows you to switch the style on and off very quickly and easily. - Export: This will offer the style for download with any of its components. You will be able to choose between downloading the file to your PC or storing in in the store folder on your server. This feature is useful when you want to move your board and want to have the whole style packed up so you can use it in another place. - Delete: If you or your users do not like the style anymore, use this link. When you delete a style, you will be requested to choose another style which will be set for users using the deleted one. Choose that style in Replace style with and click Delete to complete the process. If you delete a style, no files will be touched, the style will appear in the Uninstalled styles section. - Preview: This is a very useful and powerful feature for administrators. If you click this link, you will be taken to the board and the style you have selected will be applied - this is great when you want to see if the style looks good on your board and you want to make sure you should activate it. This feature can be used even with deactivated styles. The style ID is passed through the URL, so you can browse through the board and see any page you need. - -
    - -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Templates - Templates create the basic skeleton of your board, they define the structure of the content and contain all the HTML markup. Templates are then style using the theme and any buttons and images are taken from the imageset. Often you will be asked to edit a template when installing a MOD. Each style has its own template (an exception is when it inherits the template from another style) and you will need to make the change for each style individually. The template files can usually be found in the styles/[your_style]/template/ directory. - - After you change a style through the filesystem, remember to Purge the cache. To do this, press the appropriate button on the ACP index page. - - - If you make changed to the template files through the ACP and then refresh the template, the changes made through the ACP will be overwritten with the contents of the files on the server. - - On the Templates page, there are several links to pages where you can manage and work with templates. Let's take a closer look at them and see what you can do on each of them. - - Features on the <guimenuitem>Templates</guimenuitem> page - Edit: On this page, you can edit the individual template files through the ACP. Click the link and you will see a list of all the template files. You can select one and a editor for editing it will show up. If the file you are editing is not server-writable, the whole template will be stored in the database. This can cause some problems in the future, for example you won't be able to edit the templates through the filesystem. All the template files have to be writable, including the template/ directory in order for the script to write directly into the files. - Cache: phpBB caches all of the template files to increase the performance of your board. It compiles them and makes them ready to use, then, once every while, it refreshes the template set to reflect changes you made to it manually. On this page, you will see a list of all the template files cached for the template set. If you made changes to a template file and you want to apply them, select the template file and clicked Delete marked at the bottom of the page. phpBB will then regnerate the file for you. Do not worry about deleting files here, they are only temporary files and you cannot break anything. - Details: When you click this item, you will see three things: the name of the template, shown in the lists; the template copyright and last, but not least the place where the template is stored. If the template is stored in the filesystem, you can edit the files through a text editor after you download them from your server. After you re-upload them, you must purge the cache. If the templates are stored in the database, you must edit them through the ACP editor. No cache purge is needed afterwards. Storing the template in the database however takes more resources than having it in the filesystem. - Refresh: Very similar to the cache menu item, clicking Refresh will clear all the cached files for the template set. This is useful after editing the files on the filesystem, when you want to apply changes. It will overwrite any stored data in the database with the contents of the files on the server. - Export: If you need to download the files of the template to your PC and transfer them elsewhere, choose this option. You will be asked wheter to download the file to your PC or to save it in the board's store folder. You can also choose the archive format depending on your server setup. - Delete: Clicking this option will remove all references to the template from the database. It will, however, leave the files of the template set on the server. When deleting the template you will be asked for another template that will replace the deleted one. - -
    - -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Thema's - Now that we have described the style component that defines the structure of the site, the templates, we will continue to the themes. This style components takes care of all the styling. It adds colors, dimensions, formatting, fonts, and whatever else you can think of concerning styles. Basically it is a set of one or more CSS files that put together the final look of the board. The theme files can usually be found in the styles/[your_style]/theme/ directory. - - There are two possible theme setups. The first one is used by subsilver2, where it has one stylesheet file which is loaded directly by specifying the URL of it in the templates. If you are editing such a file, the only thing you need to do after a change is to refresh the page in your browser. The second option is used by prosilver, there is one file that includes the others and the compiled and complete stylesheet is stored in the database. After you change on of the theme files, you will have to refresh the themes. - - - If you make changed to the stylesheet through the ACP and then refresh the theme, the changes made through the ACP will be overwritten with the contents of the stylesheet files on the server. - - - The themes page is very similar to the templates page, a lot of features are common, the main difference is that the theme contains a different type of files - - - Features on the <guimenuitem>Themes</guimenuitem> page - Edit: On this page, you can edit the stylesheet for the board. If the theme is stored in the database in various files, they will be all joined in one stylesheet file for you to edit. Save your changes with the Submit button. If you want to edit the file manually on the filesystem, you will find it in the theme/ directory of your style. - Details: When you click this item, you will see three things: the name of the theme, shown in the lists; the theme copyright and last, but not least the place where the theme is stored. If the theme is stored in the filesystem, you can edit the files through a text editor after you download them from your server. After you re-upload them, you must refresh the theme (this option is described just below). If the theme is stored in the database, you can edit it through the ACP editor. No theme refresh is needed afterwards. - Refresh: Be careful when using this option, as it will load the data from the files and overwrite any stylesheets in the database. If you edited your theme through the ACP, these changes will be lost. You can Export the theme to your PC if you need to save the changes. You will use this option when you make changes to the theme through the filesystem and you need to apply them to your board. - Export: If you need to download the theme to your PC and transfer it elsewhere or save any changes it, choose this option. You will be asked wheter to download the file to your PC or to save it in the board's store folder. You can also choose the archive format depending on your server setup. - Delete: Clicking this option will remove all references to the theme from the database. It will, however, leave the files of the theme on the server. When deleting the theme you will be asked to choose a theme that will replace the deleted one. - -
    - -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Afbeeldingssets - The first and last component of a style is the imageset. It contains all the images that are not included in the theme. For example they are the posting buttons, online banners, or topic and forum markers. The files which make up the imageset of your style can usually be found in the styles/[your_style]/imageset/ directory. - The imageset is always stored in the database. The details about each image (its location and dimensions) are taken from a imageset.cfg file located in the imageset directory and stored in the database from which they are loaded. - Before we describe the interface in the ACP, which allows you to edit the imageset through a graphical interface, let's take a look at how the imageset.cfg file is created in case you would like to edit the file manually by yourself. A typical row in the files looks like this: img_sticky_read = sticky_read.gif*27*27. The text before the equals sign is the image on the board. The location follows next. At the end, the height and width (in this order) of the file is defined. The last three items are separated by an asterisk without spaces. - - Features on the <guimenuitem>Imagesets</guimenuitem> page - - Edit: Here you can edit the individual images of the set. The imageset consists of a list of image entities with defined attributes, e.g. an entity is "Sticky topic icon", which has the attributes height, width and location. In order to explain what you can do on this page, let's go through all the controls present on it: - - Current image: This shows the image that is currently assigned to the image. - Selected image: This gives you a preview of the image you select in the Image field. - Image: The ACP pulls all the images located in the imageset/ directory and lists them here. You can then assign any image file uploaded to that directory to an image on the board. - Include dimensions: If set to Yes, the dimensions from the fields below will be taken in account, otherwise they will be detected automatically. - Image width: Sets the width of the image file. - Image height: Sets the height of the image file. - - - Details: On this page, you can edit the name and copyright of the imageset (of course leave copyrights of the respectful authors). - Refresh: This option will take the details about each image from the imageset.cfg file and save them in the database. This will overwrite any changes you have made through the ACP editor and weren't saved on the filesystem. - Export: If you need to download the imageset to your PC and transfer it elsewhere or save any changes it, choose this option. You will be asked wheter to download the file to your PC or to save it in the board's store folder. You can also choose the archive format depending on your server setup. - Delete: Clicking this option will remove all references to the imageset from the database. It will, however, leave the files of the imageset on the server. When deleting the imageset you will be asked to choose another set that will replace the deleted one. You always must have at least one imageset installed. - -
    - Interface for editing imagesets - - - - - - On this page, you can edit the details of individual images that make up the imageset. - - -
    -
    - -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - ameeck - - - - Forumonderhoud - - Running a phpBB 3.0 board is a very important job that is up to the administrator(s). Maintaining the board to make sure it runs as cleanly and properly as possible is the administrator's job. - - Board Maintenance is a section in the ACP that allows you to keep track of internal phpBB information, such as logs, as well as maintaining your database (which holds your phpBB-related data), such as backing up and restoring data. - -
    - - - - Graham - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Forum logboeken - The Forum Log section of the ACP provides an overview of what has been happening on the board. This is important for you, the administrator, to keep track of. There are four types of logs: - - - Admin Log - - This log records all actions carried out within the administration panel itself. - - - - Moderator Log - - This logs records the actions performed by moderators of your board. Whenever a topic is moved or locked it will be recorded here, allowing you to see who carried out a particular action. - - - - User Log - - This log records all important actions carried out either by users or on users. All email and password changes are recorded within this log. - - - - Error Log - - This log shows you any errors that were caused by actions done by the board itself, such as errors sending emails. If you are having problems with a particular feature not working, this log is a good place to start. If enabled, addtional debugging information may be written to this log. - - - - - Click on one of the log links located in the left-hand Forum Logs section. - - If you have appropriate permissions, you are able to remove any or all log entries from the above sections. To remove log entries, go to the appropriate log entries section, check the log entries' checkboxes, and then click on the Delete marked checkbox to delete the log entries. - -
    - -
    - - - - ameeck - - - - Database backup and restore - phpBB uses a database to store all the data used on the board, including users, posts, topics etc. Backing up the database can be useful as a protective measure in case of any accidents which could cause data loss or damage to the database. If any accident like this would occur, you would have a possibility to restore the database to a previous state from the backup. You can use the backup tool to move your board to another host - you will make a backup on your current server and restore it on the new one to keep all data. - - Database backup - Backup type: You can backup the whole database or you can either backup the structure or data. The structure only contains the hiearchy in which the data is stored, on the other side, if you only backup the data, you will need a pre-prepared structure when restoring/importing data. - File type: Depending on your server setup, you can save the backup in several formats. The Text option saves the backup in plain text, other options compress the file to decrease the filesize of the dump. - Action: You have three options: you can both Store and download the file, saving it in the store directory and downloading it to your PC, or you can choose to download or store the file. - - Table select: You can either Select all tables or you can select individual tables to backup. When backing up a large database, you can exclude the search tables (do not forget to restore their structure) and recreate the search index on the new server. - - Use the CTRL and Shift keys together with your mouse to select individual tables. - - - - - Database restore - File select: You will be offered a list of database backups which are saved in the store folder. Select the one you want to restore and click Start restore. The restoration might take some time and it will overwrite any existing data on the board. - -
    - List of backups available - - - - - - In this list, located on the Restore page, you can find a list of backups made through the phpBB ACP which can be selected and restored. - - -
    -
    - -
    - -
    - - - - ameeck - - - Graham - - - - Systeem Configuratie - Controls which affect the whole board and which are a key part of configuring and running phpBB are located in the System section. Most of these settings require more attention from the administrator and are not so easy to configure, fortunately you will probably not be changing them too often. This includes keeping your installation up-to-date, managing the board's languages or editing the structure of phpBB's control panels. -
    - - - - - - - - Checking for updates - The phpBB 3.0.x branch is usually updated every couple of months as necessary. Bugfixes, new features and other changes are included in these updates. The minor version number gets incremented each time. It is strongly recommended to keep your phpBB installation up to date. Updating from older versions is more difficult and you will have a hard time finding solutions to possible conflicts. You can update with the Automatic Update Package, which is able to merge modifications from MODs with the updates or you can use one of the other packages provided. - You will be notified in your ACP if a new version is released, you will also have a link to the newest release announcement, which will brief you on the added features and the overall changelog. - Updating with the Automatic Update Package is very simple. First, you will go to the linked phpBB.com downloads page and download the appropriate file. You will extract the contents on your PC and upload them to the root directory of your board. The board will be offline for normal users for the moment. Then simply go to the install/ directory and select the Update tab, the updater will then give you further instructions. -
    -
    - - - - - - - - Managing Search Robots - phpBB 3 introduced a new system for managing search indexer and bot accounts. It allows you to identify these automated bots by their IP or a part of their user-agent, which is a setting that normally identifies the browser of a user. After you add a bot and it is recognized, phpBB does not treat the session as anonymous, but uses the created bot account. Bots use permissions set by the predefined Bots group. Identifying bots is important so that phpBB can serve them content which is more appropriate for search engines - dead links to pages without content are omitted, e.g. posting pages, report post pages etc. Bots never receive a session ID in the URL, which should not appear in the search results. You can also assign a specific style and language to bots. - You can easily track if a specific search indexer visited your site recently by checking the Last Visit column on the botlist page. - - Bots do not use permissions from the Guest group, but permissions from the Bots group. For more about predefined groups, please read - - - Adding a bot - Bot name: This is the title of the bot that will be used on the forum. You will see it in the list of bots in the ACP and in the Who is Online lists. - Bot style: You can select the style served to the bot from the list of installed styles on the board. - Bot language: You can do the same with the language. The bot will use the language selected here. - Bot active: The bot session will be created only if a bot is active, if not, the data for a bot set in this form will not be used anywhere. - Agent match: You can match a bot by either its user-agent or its IP. You can specify a part of the user-agent to be looked for. For example, the Google search indexer has "Googlebot" in its user-agent, so you would enter it here to identify when Google crawls your board. - Bot IP address: This field is also used to identify the bot. If a bot cannot be recognized by the user-agent, you can specify what IP address should be used to identify it. Partial matches are allowed, that means you can include only the first two or three octets of the IP if the rest dynamically changes. You can also enter multiple IPs separated by a comma. - - - If you enter both a user-agent and an IP address, both have to match to identify the bot. - -
    -
    - - - - - - - - Mass email - phpBB allows you to send an e-mail or message to every user on the board, which allows it in his board preferences. The message can serve as a newsletter, notification about changes on the board etc. You can choose whether to send the e-mail to all users, a specific group or a list of specific users. The e-mail is sent from the administrator's e-mail address and all recipients are included in a BCC - Blind Carbon Copy. - On some hosts, sending a mass e-mail can be a problem, since sometimes the hosting company limits the number of e-mails that can be sent out at once. phpBB includes only 50 recipients per e-mail and sends another one for the next batch to prevent this, however, if you still are not able to send a mass e-mail, consult the situation with your hosting provider. - - Composing a mass e-mail - Send to group: Select the group you want to send the e-mail too. The Registered Users group contains all the users on the board. - Send to users: You can also specify a list of users. Entering any usernames in this field will override the first setting. Each username should be on a new line. - Subject: This is the subject of the message, which you are used to enter when sending an e-mail. - Your message: This field contains the message, you can only enter plaintext. BBCode or HTML will be encoded in HTML entities and shown as is without formatting the text when the user receives the e-mail. - Mail priority: This is the priority of the e-mail sent with the e-mail headers. - Send immediately: You can choose whether to send the e-mail immediately or pass the messages to the cache system and let them be sent gradually. - - - Sending e-mails to all users on the board or a large group can be a lengthy process. Wait until the script confirms that the e-mails have been sent. - -
    -
    - - - - - - - - Language Packs - In phpBB, you can upload several language packs for your users to use. Every text string displayed by the system should be translated after you upload a new language pack. Using a different language pack does not change the contents of posts, as translating them is not possible due to the various content they can have and the limits of computer translation. - Language packs can be downloaded from the Downloads page on phpBB.com. To add a language pack, unzip the downloaded file and upload the contents to the language/ directory. The files should be contained in a directory named with the language's ISO code, the default British English pack is in the en/ directory for example. After you upload the files to the system, the pack should show in the Uninstalled language packs list. Click Install to add it to the board and make it available for users. - - To make a language pack the default language of the board, you need to change the Board Configuration. - - If you are not comfortable with editing PHP files manually and you would like to change some text phpBB is displaying, you can use the in-built language pack editor which is accessible once you click the language pack title in the Installed language packs list. You can change the language pack details and the contents of individual language files on this page. In case you have more language packs installed and you select another language pack than the default one, you will see a list of untranslated variables if the packs are not synchronised. This is useful when you install MODs for one language and you cannot find what language strings you are missing in the other ones for example. - If you choose to edit a file using the ACP you have two options on how to update the translation on the board. First you can choose to Submit or Submit and download the file, which will store the file you are editing in the store/ directory and the file will be offered for download if you choose the second button. If you choose to save the file in the store directory, you will have to manually move it to the language pack directory. The second possibility, which is right under these two buttons is to move the file to the language pack directory by using FTP. You will be prompted for FTP login credentials and if possible the file be saved and updated immediately by the script. -
    -
    - - - - - - - - PHP-informatie - This option will provide you with information about the version of PHP installed on your server, along with information on loaded modules and the configuration applicable to the current location. This information can be useful to phpBB team members in helping you to diagnose problems affecting your installation of phpBB. The information here can be security sensitive and it is recommended that you only grant access to this option to those users who need access to the information and do not disclose the information unless necessary. - Please note that some hosting providers may limit the information which is available to you on this page for security reasons. -
    -
    - - - - - - - - Manage reasons for reporting and denying posts - phpBB has a feature that allows you to put new posts in queue, where the post waits until it is approved or denied by a moderator, this can be set with permissions or in the Post settings for users which do not have enough posts. If a moderator chooses to deny a post in the queue, he has an option to specify a reason for the denial. The predefined options from which he can choose are specified here. These reasons are also offered to users reporting a post on the board. - For more information about queue moderation, see . -
    - Report/denial reasons page - - - - - - This is the page from which you can manage reasons shown when denying or reporting a post. Four default reasons present in a standard phpBB installation are shown. The fifth one is added manually and is not localised, this can be achieved by specifying an identifier in the Reason title containing only letters and underscores and then adding localised titles and reasons in the language file called mcp.php located in the language/ directory. The predefined reasons are at the bottom of the file, you need to add your reason in the same way as the others are saved. When you localise a reason, it is shown in the correct translation for each language pack used on the board. - - -
    -
    -
    - - - - - - - - Module Management - Modules are used the form the structure and content of the UCP, MCP and ACP. Individual modules can be optionally disabled and it is possible to reorganize them into a different structure. Modules for the User Control Panel and the Moderator Control panel have a Category » Module two-level structure, while the Administration modules have three levels: Category (tabs at the top) » Category (headers on the left-hand side) » Module (individual sections). - Very often, MODs that have controllable features add modules to the ACP to allow comfortable editing of various settings. - To create a module category, use the text field next to the Create new module button. Enter the category title, click the button and on the next page ensure that the Module type is Category, the module is enabled and that the Module parent is set correctly. After you create a category, you can browse to it through the list of modules and add a specific module that is saved in a file. Modules are saved in the appropriate directory (acp/, mcp/ or /ucp) contained in the includes/ directory. - By disabling the Module Management module, it is possible to cut yourself off from the ACP and other control panels. Be careful when you are editing modules. - - Adding a module - Module language name: This should be set to the language constant that holds the module name in the different languages, which are used on the board. You can also specify a normal title here, if you do not have the module title translated. - Module type: You can add a category or a module. As stated above, categories hold another level of categories or modules, they are used to organize the control panels. - Parent: This setting defines under which category the module or category will be displayed. - Module enabled: If a module is disabled, it will not be accessible at all, you will have to enable it to use it. - Module displayed: If the module is enabled, but not displayed, you will be able to access it with a direct URL but it will not show in the menus. This setting is shown only if the Module type is set to Module. - Choose module: Individual module files contain the various control panels. Similar modules are grouped into one file and are called by specifying a mode. Here you select the file in which the specific module you want is located. This setting is shown only if the Module type is set to Module. - Choose module mode: Here you set the what mode should be used in the module file selected above. The final contents of the module are based on this setting. This setting is shown only if the Module type is set to Module. - -
    -
    -
    diff --git a/documentation/content/nl/chapters/glossary.xml b/documentation/content/nl/chapters/glossary.xml deleted file mode 100644 index fdd4a2ed..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/nl/chapters/glossary.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,289 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id$ - - 2009 - phpBB Group - - - Glossary - - A guide to the terms used in the phpBB Documentation and on the forums. - -
    - - - - - - - - - Termen - There are quite a few terms that are commonly used throughout phpBB and the support forums. Here is some information on these terms. - - - - - - ACP - - The ACP, which stands for "Administration Control Panel", is the main place from which you, the administrator, can control every aspect of your forum. - - - - - ASCII - - ASCII, or "American Standard Code for Information Interchange", is a common way of encoding data to transfer it to a different computer. FTP clients have ASCII as a mode to transfer files. All phpBB files (files with the file extensions .php, .inc, .sql, .cfg, .htm, and .tpl), except for the image files, should be uploaded in ASCII mode. - - - - - Bijlagen - - Bijlagen zijn bestanden die toegevoegd kunnen worden bij berichten, zoals e-mailbijlagen. Bepaalde beperkingen, kunnen worden ingesteld door de forumbeheerder, zodat hij een controle heeft wat gebruikers kunnen toevoegen. - - - - - Avatar - - Avatars are small images that are displayed next to a username. Avatars can be changed in your profile and settings (such as allow/disallow uploading) edited from the ACP. - - - - - BBCode - - BBCode is a special way of formatting posts that offers great control over what and how something is displayed. BBCode has a syntax similar to HTML. - - - - - Binary - - Within phpBB, "binary" usually refers to another common way of encoding data for transfer (the other being ASCII. This is often found as a mode in an FTP clients to upload files. All of phpBB's images (found mainly in the images/ directory and the style's directories) should be uploaded in binary mode. - - - - - Cache - - Cache is a way of storing frequently-accessed data. By storing this data, your server will have less load put on it, allowing it to process other tasks. By default, phpBB caches its templates, when they are compiled and used, and common static SQL queries. - - - - - Categorie - - A category is a group of any sort of similar items; for example, forums. - - - - - chmod - - chmod is a way of changing the permissions of a file on a *nix (UNIX, Linux, etc.) server. Files in phpBB should be chmodded 644. Directories should be chmodded to 755. Avatar upload directories and templates cache directories should be chmodded to 777. For more information regarding chmod, please consult your FTP client's documentation. - - - - - Client - - A client is a computer that accesses another computer's service(s) via a network. - - - - - Cookie - - A cookie is a small piece of data put onto the user's computer. Cookies are used with phpBB to store login information (used for automatic logins). - - - - - Database - - A database is a collection stored in a structured, organized manner (with different tables, rows, and columns, etc.). Databases provide a fast and flexible way of storing data, instead of the other commonly used data storage system of flat files where data is stored in a file. phpBB 3.0 supports a number of different DBMSs and uses the database to store information such as user details, posts, and categories. Data stored in a database can usually be backed up and restored easily. - - - - - DBAL - - DBAL, or "Database Abstraction Layer", is a system that allows phpBB 3.0 to access many different DBMSs with little overhead. All code made for phpBB (including MODs) need to use the phpBB DBAL for compatibility and performance purposes. - - - - - DBMS - - A DBMS, or "Database Management System", is a system or software designed to manage a database. phpBB 3.0 supports the following DBMSs: Firebird, MS SQL Server, mySQL, Oracle, postgreSQL, and SQLite. - - - - - FTP - - FTP stands for "File Transfer Protocol". It is a protocol which allows files to be transferred between computers. FTP clients are programs that are used to transfer files via FTP. - - - - - Oprichter - - A founder is a special board administrator that cannot be edited or deleted. This is a new user level introduced in phpBB 3.0. - - - - - GZip - - GZip is a compression method often used in web applications and software such as phpBB to improve speed. Most modern browsers support this on-the-fly algorithm. Gzip is also used to compress an archive of files. Higher compression levels, however, will increase server load. - - - - - IP-adres - - An IP address, or Internet Protocol address, is a unique address that identifies a specific computer or user. - - - - - Jabber - - Jabber is an open-source protocol that can be used for instant messenging. For more information on Jabber's role in phpBB, see . - - - - - MCP - - The MCP, or Moderation Control Panel, is the central point from which all moderators can moderate their forums. All moderation-related features are contained in this control panel. - - - - - MD5 - - MD5 (Message Digest algorithm 5) is a commonly-used hash function used by phpBB. MD5 is an algorithm which takes an input of any length and outputs a message digest of a fixed length (128-bit, 32 characters). MD5 is used in phpBB to turn the users' passwords into a one-way hash, meaning that you cannot "decrypt" (reverse) an MD5 hash and get users' passwords. User passwords are stored as MD5 hashes in the database. - - - - - MOD - - A MOD is a code modification for phpBB that either adds, changes, or in some other way enhances, phpBB. MODs are written by third-party authors; as such, the phpBB Group does not assume any responsibility for MODs. - - - - - PHP - - PHP, or "PHP: Hypertext Preprocessor", is a commonly-used open-source scripting language. phpBB is written in PHP and requires the PHP runtime engine to be installed and properly configured on the server phpBB is run on. For more information about PHP, please see the PHP home page. - - - - - phpMyAdmin - - phpMyAdmin is a popular open-source program that is used to manage MySQL databases. When MODding phpBB or otherwise changing it, you may have to edit your database. phpMyAdmin is one such tool that will allow you to do so. For more information regarding phpMyAdmin, please see the phpMyAdmin project home page. - - - - - Privéberichten - - Private messages are a way for registered members to communicate privately through your board without the need to fall back to e-mail or instant messaging. They can be sent between users (they can also be forwarded and have copies sent, in phpBB 3.0) that cannot be viewed by anyone other than the intended recipient. The user guide contains more information on using phpBB3's private messaging system. - - - - - Rang - - A rank is a sort of title that is assigned to a user. Ranks can be added, edited, and deleted by administrators. - - - When assigning a special rank name to a user, remember that no permissions are associated. For example, if you create a "Support Moderator" rank and assign it to a user, that user will not automatically get moderator permissions. You must assign the user the special permissions separately. - - - - - - Server-writable - - Anything on your server that is server-writable means that the file(s) or folder(s) in question have their permissions properly set so that the server can write to them. Some phpBB3 functions that may require some files and/or folders to be writable by the server include caching and the actual installation of phpBB3 (the config.php file needs to be written during the installation process). Making files or folders server-writable, however, depends on the operating system that the server is running under. On *nix-based servers, users can configure file and folder permissions via the CHMOD utility, while Windows-based servers offer their own permissions scheme. It is possible with some FTP clients to change file and folder permissions as well. - - - - - Sessie - - A session is a visit to your phpBB forums. For phpBB, a session is how long you spend on the forums. It is created when you login deleted when you log off. Session IDs are usually stored in a cookie, but if phpBB is unable to get cookie information from your computer, then a session ID is appended to the URL (e.g. index.php?sid=999). This session ID preserves the user's session without use of a cookie. If sessions were not preserved, then you would find yourself being logged out every time you clicked on a link in the forum. - - - - - Onderschrift - - A signature is a message displayed at the end of a user's post. Signatures are set by the user. Whether or not a signature is displayed after a post is set by the user's profile settings. - - - - - SMTP - - SMTP stands for "Simple Mail Transfer Protocol". It is a protocol for sending email. By default, phpBB uses PHP's built-in mail() function to send email. However, phpBB will use SMTP to send emails if the required SMTP data is correctly set up. - - - - - Stijl - - A style is made up of a template set, image set, and stylesheet. A style controls the overall look of your forum. - - - - - Sub-forum - - Sub-forums are a new feature introduced in phpBB 3.0. Sub-forums are forums that are nested in, or located in, other forums. - - - - - Template - - A template is what controls the layout of a style. phpBB 3.0 template files have the .html file extension. These template files contain mostly HTML (no PHP, however), with some variables that phpBB uses (contained in braces: { and }). - - - - - UCP - - The UCP, or User Control Panel, is the central point from which users can manage all of the settings and features that pertain to their accounts. - - - - - UNIX Timestamp - - phpBB stores all times in the UNIX timestamp format for easy conversion to other time zones and time formats. - - - - - Gebruikersgroep - - Usergroups are a way of grouping users. This makes it easier to set permissions to many people at the same time (e.g. create a moderator group and give it moderating permissions to a certain forum instead of giving lots of individual people moderating permissions separately). A usergroup has a usergroup moderator (a leader, essentially), who has the ability to add or delete users from the group. Usergroups can be set to hidden, closed or open. If a usergroup is open, users can try requesting membership via the proper page within the group control panel. phpBB 3.0 has six pre-defined usergroups. - - - -
    -
    diff --git a/documentation/content/nl/chapters/moderator_guide.xml b/documentation/content/nl/chapters/moderator_guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index d01b992d..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/nl/chapters/moderator_guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,405 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id$ - - 2006 - phpBB Group - - - Moderatorhandleiding - - This chapter describes the phpBB 3.0 forum moderation controls. - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - Editing posts - Moderators with privileges in the relevant forums are able to edit topics and posts. You can usually view who the moderators are beneath the forum description on the index page. A user with moderator privileges is able to select the edit button beside each post. Beyond this point, they are able to: - - - - Delete posts - - This option removes the post from the topic. Remember that it cannot be recovered once deleted. - - - - - Change or remove the post icon - - Decides whether or not an icon accompanies the post, and if so, which icon. - - - - - Alter the subject and message body - - Allows the moderator to alter the contents of the post. - - - - - Alter the post options - disabling BBCode/Smilies parsing URLs etc. - - Determines whether certain features are enabled in the post. - - - - - Lock the topic or post - - Allows the moderator to lock the current post, or the full topic. - - - - - Add, alter or remove attachments - - Select attachments to be removed or edited (if option is enabled and attachments are present). - - - - - Modify poll settings - - Alter the current poll settings (if option is enabled and a poll is present). - - - - - If, for any case the moderator decides that the post should not be edited, they may lock the post to prevent the user doing so. The user will be shown a notice when they attempt to edit the post in future. Should the moderator wish to state why the post was edited, they may enter a reason when editing the post. - - -
    -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Moderation tools - Beneath topics, the moderator has various options in a dropdown box which modify the topic in different ways. These include the ability to lock, unlock, delete, move, split, merge and copy the topic. As well as these, they are also able to change the topic type (Sticky/Announcement/Global), and also view the topics logs. The following subsections detail each action on a topic that a moderator can perform. - -
    - Quick Mod Tools - - - - - - The quick moderator tools. As you can see, these tools are located at the end of each topic at the bottom of the page, before the last post on that page. Clicking on the selection menu will show you all of the actions you may perform. - - -
    - -
    - Locking a topic or post - This outlines how a moderator may lock whole topics or individual posts. There are various ways a moderator may do this, either by using the Moderator Control Panel when viewing a forum, navigating to the selection menu beneath the topic in question, or editing any post within a topic and checking the relevant checkbox. - Locking a whole topic ensures that no user can reply to it, whereas locking individual posts denies the post author any editing permissions for that post. -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - Deleting a topic or post - If enabled within the Administration Control Panel permissions, a user may delete their own posts when either viewing a topic or editing a previous post. The user may only delete a topic or post if it has not yet been replied to. - To delete other user's posts, one must have appropriate moderator forum-based permission - Can delete posts. Using the selection menu beneath topics allows quick removal. The Moderator Control Panel allows multiple deletions of separate posts. - - Please note that any topics or posts cannot be retrieved once deleted. Consider using a hidden forum that topics can be moved to for future reference. - -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - Moving a topic into another forum - To move a topic to another forum, navigate to the Quick MOD Tools area beneath the topic and select Move Topic from the selection menu. You will then be met with another selection menu of a location (another forum) to move it to. If you would like to leave a Shadow Topic behind, leave the box checked. Select the desired forum and click Yes. - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - Shadow Topics - Shadow topics can be created when moving a topic from one forum to another. A shadow topic is simply a link to the topic in the forum it’s been moved from. You may choose whether or not to leave a shadow topic by selecting or unselecting the checkbox in the Move Topic dialog. - To delete a shadow topic, navigate to the forum containing the shadow topic, and use the Moderator Control Panel to select and delete the topic. - - Deleting a shadow topic will not delete the original topic that it is a shadow of. - -
    -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - Duplicating a topic - Moderators are also allowed to duplicate topics. Duplicating a topic simply creates a copy of the selected topic in another forum. This can be achieved by using the Quick MOD Tools area beneath the topic you want to duplicate, or through the Moderator Control Panel when viewing the forum. From this, you simply select the destination forum you wish to duplicate the topic to. Click Yes to duplicate the topic. -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - Announcements and stickies - There are various types of topics the forum administrators and moderators (if they have the appropriate permissions) can assign to specific topics. These special topic types are: Global Announcements, Announcements, and Stickies. The Topic Type can be chosen when posting a new topic or editing the first post of a previously posted topic. You may choose which type of topic you would prefer by selecting the relevant radio button. When viewing the forum, global announcements and basic announcements are displayed under a separate heading than that of stickies and normal topics. -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - Splitting posts off a topic - Moderators also have the ability to split posts from a topic. This can be useful if certain discussions have spawned a new idea worthy of its own thread, thus needing to be split from the original topic. Splitting posts involves moving individual posts from an existing topic to a new topic. You may do this by using the Quick MOD Tools area beneath the topic you want to split or from the Moderator Control Panel within the topic. - While splitting, you may choose a title for the new topic, a different forum for the new topic, and also a different icon. You may also override the default board settings for the amount of posts to be displayed per page. The Splitting from the selected post option will split all posts from the checked post, to the last post. The Splitting selected posts option will only split the current selected posts. -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - Merge topics - In phpBB3, it is now possible to merge topics together, in addition to splitting topics. This can be useful if, for example, two separate topics are related and involve the same discussion. The merging topics feature allows existing topics to be merged into one another. - To merge topics together, start by locating selection menu beneath the topic in question, which brings you to the Moderator Control Panel. From here, you need to enter the topic ID of the topic you want to move the posts to. You can click Select topic to see a list of the topics available and specify which. Checking the Mark all section will select all the posts in the current topic and allow moving to the existing topic. The posts merged into the new topic will retain their existing timestamp (e.g. they will not appear at the end of the topic they are being merged to, but will be sorted based on their timestamp). -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - Merge posts into another topic - Rather than just merging topics together, you can also merge specific posts into any other topic. - To merge specific posts into another topic, start by locating the selection menu beneath the topic, and get to the Moderator Control Panel. From here, you need to enter the topic ID of the topic you want to move the posts to. You can click Select topic to see a list of the topics available and specify which. Select the posts which you wish to merge from the current topic, into the existing topic. The posts merged into the new topic will retain their existing timestamp (e.g. they will not appear at the end of the topic they are being merged to, but will be sorted based on their timestamp). -
    -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - What is the “Moderation queue”? - The Moderation Queue is an area where topics and posts which need to be approved are listed. If a forum or user’s permissions are set to moderator queue via the Administration Control Panel, all posts made in that forum or by this user will need to be approved by an administrator or moderator before they are displayed to other users. Topics and posts which require approval can be viewed through the Moderator Control Panel. - When viewing a forum, topics which have not yet been approved will be marked with an icon, clicking on this icon will take you directly to the Moderator Control Panel where you may approve or disapprove the topic. Likewise, when viewing the topic itself, the post requiring approval will be accompanied with a message which also links to the post waiting approval. - If you choose to approve a topic or post, you will be given the option to notify the user of its approval. If you choose to disapprove a topic or post, you will be given the option to notify the user of its disapproval and also specify why you have disapproved the post, and enter a description. - For further information regarding the Moderator Control Panel, see . -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - What are “Reported posts”? - Unlike phpBB2, phpBB3 now allows users to report a post, for reasons the board administrator can define within the Administration Control Panel. If a user finds a post unsuitable for any reason, they may report it using the Report Post button beside the offending message. This report is then displayed within the Moderator Control Panel where the Administrator or Moderators can view, close, or delete the report. - When viewing a forum with post reports within topics, the topic title will be accompanied by a red exclamation icon. This alerts the administrator(s) or moderators that there a post has been reported. When viewing topics, reported posts are accompanied by a red exclamation and text. Clicking this icon or text will bring them to the Reported Posts section of the Moderator Control Panel. - For further information regarding the Moderator Control Panel, see . -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - The Moderator Control Panel (MCP) - Another new feature in phpBB3 is the Moderator Control Panel, where any moderator will feel at home. Similar to the Administration Control Panel, this area outlines any current moderator duties that need to be acted upon. After navigating to the MCP, the moderator will be greeted with any posts waiting for approval, any post reports and the five latest logged actions - performed by administrators, moderators, and users. - On the left side is a menu containing all the relevant areas within the MCP. This guide outlines each individual section and what kind of information they each contain: - - - Main - - This contains pre-approved posts, reported posts and the five latest logged actions. - - - - - Moderation queue - - This area lists any topics or posts waiting for approval. - - - - - Reported posts - - A list of all open or closed reported posts. - - - - - User notes - - This is an area for administrators or moderators to leave feedback on certain users. - - - - - Warnings - - The ability to warn a user, view current users with warnings and view the five latest warnings. - - - - - Moderator logs - - This is an in-depth list of the five latest actions performed by administrators, moderators or users, as shown on the main page of the MCP. - - - - - Banning - - The option to ban users by username, IP address or email address. - - - - - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - Moderation queue - The moderation queue lists topics or posts which require moderator action. The moderation queue is accessible from the Moderator Control Panel. For more information regarding the moderation queue, see . -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - Reported posts - Reported posts are reports submitted by users regarding problematic posts. Any current reported posts are accessible from the Moderator Control Panel. For more information regarding reported posts, see . -
    - -
    - Forum moderation - When viewing any particular forum, clicking Moderator Control Panel will take you to the forum moderation area. Here, you are able to mass moderate topics within that forum via the dropdown box. The available actions are: - - Delete: Deletes the selected topic(s). - Move: Moves the selected topic(s) to another forum of your preference. - Fork: Creates a duplicate of the selected topic(s) in another forum of your preference. - Lock: Locks the selected topic(s). - Unlock: Unlocks the selected topic(s). - Resync: Resynchronise the selected topic(s). - Change topic type: Change the topic type to either Global Announcement, Announcement, Sticky, or Regular Topic. - - - - You can also mass-moderate posts within topics. This can be done by navigating through the MCP when viewing the forum, and clicking on the topic itself. Another way to accomplish this is to click the MCP link whilst viewing the particular topic you wish to moderate. - When moderating inside a topic, you can: rename the topic title, move the topic to a different forum, alter the topic icon, merge the topic with another topic, or define how many posts per page will be displayed (this will override the board setting). - From the selection menu, you may also: lock and unlock individual posts, delete the selected post(s), merge the selected post(s), or split or split from the selected post(s). - The Post Details link next to posts also entitle you to alter other settings. As well as viewing the poster’s IP address, profile and notes, and the ability to warn the poster, you also have the option to change the poster ID assigned to the post. You can also lock or delete the post from this page. - - - Depending on the specific permissions set to your user account, some of the aforementioned options and abilities may not be available to you. - -
    -
    -
    diff --git a/documentation/content/nl/chapters/quick_start_guide.xml b/documentation/content/nl/chapters/quick_start_guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 631f4877..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/nl/chapters/quick_start_guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,464 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id$ - - 2008 - phpBB Group - - - Snelle start handleiding - - Een snelle handleiding dat je door de eerste stappen helpt van de installatie en het configureren van je eigen phpBB 3.0 forum. - -
    - - - - - - - - Systeemvereisten - phpBB heeft een paar systeemeisen nodig, waar je aan moet voldoen om het te kunnen installeren en gebruiken. In dit hoofdstuk worden deze systeemeisen uitgelegt. - - - Een webserver of een web hostingpakket die moet staan op een goede stabiele systeem software en ondersteuning voor PHP hebben. - - - Eén van de hier onder genoemde SQL-database systemen: - - - FireBird 2.0 of hoger - - - MySQL 3.23 of hoger - - - MS SQL Server 2000 of hoger (direct of via ODBC) - - - Oracle - - - PostgreSQL 7.x of hoger - - - SQLite 2 - - - GD-ondersteuning - - - - - PHP 4.3.3 of hoger met ondersteuning van de database dat je wilt gebruiken. De optionele voorkeuren van de volgende modules met PHP zorgen voor meer mogelijkheden, maar ze zijn niet verplicht. - - - zlib-Compressie ondersteuning - - - FTP-afstand ondersteuning - - - XML-ondersteuning - - - Imagemagick ondersteuning - - - - - De aanwezigheid van al deze benodigde functies worden gecontroleerd tijdens het installatie proces, dat uitgelegt wordt in . -
    -
    - - - - - - - - Installatie - phpBB 3.0 Olympus heeft een heel gemakkelijk installatiesysteem om te gebruiken dat je helpt het installatie proces te doorlopen. - Nadat je phpBB3 pakket hebt uitgepakt, en de bestanden hebt geupload naar de locatie waar je het wilt installeren, Je moet de URL invoeren in je internetbrowser om het installatiescherm te openen. Als je de eerste keer je internetbrowser richt op de URL (http://www.phpBBservice.nl/phpBB3 bijvoorbeeld), zal phpBB meteen herkenen als phpBB nog niet is geïnstalleerd, en zal je automatisch doorsturen naar het installatiescherm -
    - Introductie - - - - - - De introductie pagina van het installatiesysteem. - - -
    -
    - Introductie - Het installatiescherm geeft je een korte introductie van phpBB. Het stelt je in staat om de licentie van phpBB 3.0 te lezen , dat is uitgebracht onder (de General Public License) en het geeft je informatie over hoe je support kan verkrijgen. Om met de installatie te beginnen, klik je op de Installeren tab (zie ). -
    -
    - Benodigdheden - - Lees het hoofdstuk over phpBB 3.0 systeemeisen om meer te weten te komen over de minimale systeemeisen van phpBB 3.0. - - De eerste pagina dat je zult zien na het starten van de installatie is de benodigdhedenlijst, phpBB 3.0 controleert automatisch of alles wat nodig is voor de phpBB installatie aanwezig is en juist is geïnstalleerd op de server. Om verder te kunnen gaan met de installatie, moet je tenminste een PHP-versie geïnstalleerd hebben (de minimale versie die nodig is , is op de benodigheden pagina weergegeven), en de beschikking hebben over een database om de installatie te hervatten. Ook is belangrijk dat alle mappen die te zien zijn en beschikbaar zijn, de juiste permissies hebben. Lees de beschrijving van elk hoofdstuk om uit te vinden of ze optioneel zijn of verplicht zijn om phpBB 3.0 te kunnen installeren. Als alles in orde is, kan je de installatie hervatten met de knop Installatie starten. -
    -
    - Database instellingen - Je moet nu beslissen welke database je wilt gebruiken. Bekijk het hoofdstuk systeemvereisten voor informatie welke database allemaal ondersteund worden. Als je niet je database instellingen weet, neem dan contact op met je hosting bedrijf en vraag het aan hun. Je kan de installatie niet hervatten zonder deze gegevens. Je hebt nodig: - - - Het database-type - De database die je wilt gebruiken (bijvoorbeeld: MySQL, SQL-server, Oracle) - - - De database-server hostnaam of DSN: - Het adres van de database-server. - - - De database-serverpoort: - De poort van de database-server (in de meeste gevallen is dit niet nodig). - - - De database-naam- De naam van de database op de server. - - - De database-gebruikersnaam en database-wachtwoord - De aanmeldingsgegevens om toegang te verkrijgen tot de database. - - - - Als je het gaat installeren en je gebruikt SQLite, zal je het volledige pad moet invoeren van jou database bestand in het DSN veld en het veld van de gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord leeg laten. Voor veiligheidsreden, zal je er zeker van moeten zijn dat je database bestand niet is opgeslagen in een openbare toegankelijke locatie die iedereen kan bezoeken via het internet. - -
    - Database instellingen - - - - - - Het database instellingenscherm, wees er zeker van dat alle verplichte gegevens beschikbaar is. - - -
    - Je hoeft niet de prefix voor de database tabellen instellingen te veranderen, Tenzei je van plan bent om meerdere phpBB forums te installeren op één database. In dat geval gebruik je dan steeds een andere prefix voor elke installatie om het werkend te maken. - Zodra je alle gegevens hebt ingevoerd, kan je de installatie hervatten door op de knop Volgende stap te klikken. Nu gaat phpBB 3.0 de gegevens controleren die je hebt ingevoerd. - Een "Could not connect to the database" fout betekend dat je de database gegevens niet corect hebt ingevoerd, en phpBB kan daardoor geen verbinding leggen met de database. Wees er zeker van dat alle ingevoerde database gegevens kloppen en probeer het dan opnieuw. Als je niet zeker bent van je database instellingen, neem dan contact op met je host. - - Vergeet niet dat je database gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord hoofdletter gevoelig zijn. Je moet exact de gegevens invoeren die je hebt gekregen van je host. - - Als je een andere versie van phpBB reeds hebt geinstalleerd op dezelfde database met dezelfde prefix, dan geeft phpBB een melding dat je een andere prefix moet invoeren. - Als je het bericht Verbinding gelukt ziet, kan je door gaan naar de volgende stap. -
    -
    - Beheerdergegevens - Nu zal je jouw beheerdersgebruiker moeten aanmaken. Deze gebruiker zal de volledige beheerders toegang krijgen en hij zal de eerste gebruiker zijn van het forum. Alle velden zijn verplicht om in te vullen. Je kan ook je standaardtaal instellen van je forum op deze pagina. Op een normale standaard installatie van phpBB 3.0 zit er automatisch de taal English [GB] bij ingesloten, bij het phpBBservice.nl pakket zit er standaard de taal Nederlands [NL] inbegrepen. Je kan andere talen downloaden via www.phpbb.com en de Nederlandse taal op www.phpbbservice.nl, en het later toevoegen. -
    -
    - Configuratie bestand - In dit hoofdstuk, zal phpBB automatisch het configuratie bestand beschrijven. Het forum heeft het configuratie bestand nodig om succesvol te kunnen draaien. Het bevat alle database instellingen, dus zonder dat bestand zal phpBB geen verbinding kunnen leggen naar de database. - Normaal zal het automatisch beschrijven van het configuratie bestand uitstekend werken. Maar in sommige gevallen kan het mislukken door de verkeerde permissies bijvoorbeeld. In dat geval, zal je het configuratie bestand handmatig moeten uploaden. phpBB vraagt je dan om het config.php bestand te downloaden en het zegt je ook wat je er mee moet gaan doen, Lees de instructies voorzichtig en aandachtig door. Zodra je het bestand hebt geüpload, gebruik dan de knop Klaar om naar de volgende stap te gaan. Wanneer je terug keert naar de pagina waar je op de knop Klaar te klikken, en je krijgt geen succesvol bericht dan heb je het configuratie bestand niet succesvol geüpload -
    -
    - Uitgebreide instellingen - Met de uitgebreide instellingen kan je sommige foruminstellingen instellen. Ze zijn optioneel, en kunnen altijd aangepast worden, ook in een later stadium. Dus als je niet weet wat de instellingen betekenen, ga je verder naar de volgende stap om de installatie te voltooien. - Als de installatie succesvol is, kan je nu de Aanmelden knop gebruiken om het Beheerderspaneel te bezoeken. Gefeliciteerd, je hebt succesvol phpBB 3.0 geïnstalleerd. Maar er is nog veel werk voor de boeg! - Als het niet lukt om phpBB 3.0 te kunnen installeren nadat je deze handleiding hebt gelezen, bekijk dan even het hoofdstuk support section om uit te vinden waar en hoe je om hulp kan vragen. - Op dit punt als je phpBB 2.0. gaat upgraden naar phpBB 3.0, zal je het hoofdstuk upgrade handleiding voor verdere informatie moeten lezen. Zo niet, zal je de install-map moeten verwijderen van je server als je het forum toegankelijk wilt maken voor bezoekers, jij zal alleen het beheerderspaneel kunnen bezoeken wanneer de install map nog bestaat op de server. -
    -
    -
    - - - - - - - - Algemene instellingen - In dit hoofdstuk zal je leren hoe je de basisinstellingen kunt veranderen van je nieuwe forum. - Meteen na de installatie zal je worden door gestuurd naar het zo genoemde "Beheerderspaneel". Je kan ook dit paneel betreden door op de Beheerderspaneel link te klikken helemaal onderaan de pagina van je forum. In het beheerderspaneel kan je alles veranderen wat betrekking heeft tot je forum. -
    - Foruminstellingen - De eerste sectie van het Beheerderspaneel is meteen na de installatie de sectie "Foruminstellingen". Hier kan je in eerste instantie de naam (Sitenaam) en de beschrijving (Sitebeschrijving) van je forum veranderen. -
    - Foruminstellingen - - - - - - Hier kan je de sitenaam en siteomschrijving wijzigen van je forum. - - -
    - Dit formulier bevat ook de opties om dingen te veranderen bijvoorbeeld de tijdzone (Systeemtijdzone) en ook het datumformaat, dat gebruikt wordt om datums en tijden te kunnnen weergeven (Datumformaat). - Je kan ook nieuwe stijlen selecteren (nadat ze geïnstalleerd zijn) voor je forum en het instellen dat bij alle gebruikers de nieuwe stijl wordt weergeven, en dat de stijl die ze hebben geselecteerd in hun "Gebruikerspaneel" wordt genegeerd. De stijl zal gelden voor het hele forum tenminste waar je geen andere stijl hebt geselecteerd in bepaalde forums. Voor verdere informatie waar je nieuwe stijlen kan verkrijgen en hoe je ze kan installeren , bezoek dan de stijlenpagina op phpBB.com. - Als je jouw forum wilt gebruiken voor een niet-Engelse gemeenschap, laat dit formulier je toe om de standaard taal te veranderen (Standaard forumtaal) (wat kan overschreven worden door de gebruiker in hun eigen gebruikerspaneel). Standaard wordt bij phpBB3 een Engels talenpakket meegeleverd. Dus voor dat je dit formulier gaat gebruiken, zal je een andere taal als Engels moeten hebben gedownload voordat je het kan installeren en gebruiken. Voor verdere informatie lees het hoofdstuk Taalpakketten . -
    - -
    - Forumfuncties - Als je sommige basisfuncties wilt in of uitschakelen van je forum is dit de plaats om het te doen. Hier kan je het toestaan van het veranderen van gebruikersnamen (Gebruikersnaam wijzigingen toestaan) of het toevoegen van een bijlagen (Bijlagen toestaan). Je kan zelfs de BBCode in of uitschakelen (BBCode toestaan). -
    - Forumfuncties - - - - - - Het in of uitschakelen van de basisfuncties kan gewoon met twee muis klikken - - -
    - Het uitschakelen van de BBCode is natuurlijk wel een beetje hard van stapel lopen, maar je wilt niet dat de gebruikers in hun onderschrift duizende afbeelingen gaan gebruiken? Makkelijk, je stelt gewoon de optie IMG BBCode tag in onderschriften toestaan in op "Nee". Als je een klein beetje gespecificeerd wilt hebben wat je wel en wat je niet wilt toestaan voor gebruikers in hun onderschrift, dan zal je eventjes een kijkje moeten nemen bij het "Onderschriftinstellingen" formulier. - De "Forumfuncties" formulier biedt je grote mogelijkheden in ja of nee antwoorden. Als je bij elke functie uitgebreide informatie wilt hebben, dan is er voor alles een apart formulier waar je bijvoorbeeld specificeerd hoeveel maximaal aantal tekens je in een bericht mag gebruiken. Dit kan je instellingen bij het formulier (Maximaal aantal tekens per bericht in het paneel "Berichteninstellingen"). Om te kiezen hoe groot een gebruikersavatar mag zijn kan dit worden veranderd bij het formulier (Maximale avatargrootte in het paneel "Avatar-instellingen"). - - Als je functies uitschakelt, zullen deze ook voor de gebruikers onbeschikbaar zijn die normaal hun premissies hebben om het te kunnen gebruiken. Voor verdere informatie over het permissiesysteem lees of in de verdere uitleg van de beheerdershandleiding. - -
    - -
    -
    - - - - - - - - Het aanmaken van forums - Forums zijn de secties waar onderwerpen zijn opgeslagen. Zonder forums kunnen je gebruikers nergens iets plaatsen! Het aanmaken van forums is heel erg makelijk. - Als eerste, zorg er voor dat je bent aangemeld. Daarna zoek je de Beheerderspaneel link onderaan op de pagina, en klik erop. Daarna zal je terecht komen in de index pagina van het beheerderspaneel. Je kan hier je forum beheren. - Er zijn diverse tabs te vinden bovenaan in het beheerderpaneel, die je zullen helpen om elke categorie te doorlopen. Je moet naar de forumbeheer sectie gaan om een nieuwe forums te kunnen aanmaken, dus klik op de Forums tab. - De forumbeheer index is de plaats waar je alle forums kan beheren van jouw website. Ook daar kan je forums aanmaken, je kan daar zelfs ook nog subforums aanmaken. Subforums zijn forums die eigenlijk een apparte locatie hebben, maar worden weergegeven onder een forum op de indexpagina, waar je dan op kan klikken waardoor je naar een andere forum categorie gaat. Voor meer informatie over subforums, zie de beheerdershandleiding van subforums. - Zoek de Nieuw forum aanmaken knop aan de rechterkant van de pagina. Voer de naam in van het forum die je wilt aanmaken in het tekstveld, die je dan weer kan vinden links van de Nieuw forum aanmaken knop. Bijvoorbeeld: als de forumnaam Test is, dan voer je in het tekstveld Test in. Wanneer je eenmaal klaar bent, klik je op de Nieuw forum aanmaken knop, om een forum te kunnen aanmaken. - Daarna zal je een pagina moeten zien met de tekst "Nieuw forum aanmaken :: Test". Je kan hier opties veranderen voor jouw forum; bijvoorbeeld je kan een forumafbeelding instellen welke het forum kan gebruiken, of het een categorie moet zijn, of wat de forumregels tekst moet zijn voor dat forum. Je zal ook een beschrijving moeten invoeren voor het forum, zodat gebruikers makkelijk kunnen zien waar het forum voor bedoeld is. - - - - - - Een nieuw forum aanmaken. - - - - De standaard instellingen zijn normaal goed genoeg om een nieuw forum op te zetten, alhoewel, je ze zelf kan veranderen naar jouw eigen behoeften. Maar er zijn drie sleutel foruminstellingen waar je op moet letten. - - The default settings are usually good enough to get your new forum up and running; however, you may change them to suit your needs. - But there are three key forum settings that you should pay attention to. - The Parent Forum setting allows you to choose which forum your new forum will belong to. - Be careful to what level you want your forum to be in. (The Parent Forum setting is important when creating subforums. - For more information on subforums, continue reading to the section on creating subforums) - The "Copy Permissions" setting allows you to copy the permissions from an existing forum to your new forum. - Use this if you want to keep permissions constant. - The forum style setting allows you to set which style your new forum will display. - Your new forum can show a different style to another. - - - - - - - - - Once you're done configuring the settings of your new forum, scroll to the bottom of the page and click the Submit button to create your forum and it's settings. If your new forum was created successfully, the screen will show you a success message. - If you wish to set permissions for the forum (or if you do not click on anything), you will see the forum permissions screen. If you do not want to (and want to use the default permissions for your new forum), click on the Back to previous page link. Otherwise, continue and set each setting to what you wish. Once you are done, click the Apply all Permissions button at the bottom of the page. You will see the successful forum permissions updated screen if it worked. - - If you do not set any permissions on this forum it will not be accessible to anyone (including yourself). - - You have successfully updated your forum permissions and set up your new forum. To create more forums, follow this general procedure again. - For more information on setting permissions, see -
    -
    - - - - - - - - Instellen van permissies - After you created your first forum, you have to decide who has access to it and what your users are allowed to do and what not. This is what Permissions are for. You can disallow guests to post or hand out moderating powers, for instance. Almost every aspect of user interaction with phpBB3 Olympus can be adjusted with permissions. - -
    - Permissie types - There are four different types of permissions: - - - User/Group permissions (global) - e.g. disallow changing avatar - - - Administrator permissions (global) - e.g. allow to manage forums - - - Moderator permissions (global or local) - e.g. allow to lock topics or ban users (only global) - - - Forum permissions (local) - e.g. allow to see a forum or post topics - - - Each permission type consists of a different set of permissions and can apply either locally or globally. A global permission type is set for your whole bulletin board. If you disallow one of your users to send Private Messages, for instance, you have to do this with the global user permission. Administrator permission are also global. -
    - Global and local permissions - - - - - - Global and local permissions - - -
    - On the other hand local permissions do only apply to specific forums. So if you disallow someone to post in one forum, for instance, it will not impact the rest of the board. The user will still be able to post in any other forum he has the local permission to post. - You can appoint moderators either globally or locally. If you trust some of your users enough, you can make them Global Moderators. They can moderate all forums they have access to with the permissions you assign to them. Compared to that, local moderators will only be able to moderate the number of forums you select for them. They can also have different moderator permissions for different forums. While they are able to delete topics in one forum, they may not be allowed to do it in another. Global moderators will have the same permissions for all forums. -
    -
    - Instellen van forumpermissies - To set the permissions for your new forum we need the local Forum Based Permissions. First you have to decide how you want to set the permissions. If you want to set them for a single group or user, you should use the Group or User Forum Permissions. They will allow you to select one group or user, and then select the forums you want to set the permissions for. - But for this Quick Start Guide we will concentrate on the Forum Permissions. Instead of selecting a user or group, you select the forums you want to change first. You can select them either by selecting the forums manually in the top list, or by single forum and single forum plus subforums respectively in the lower pull down menus. Submit will bring you to the next page. -
    - Groepen selecteren - - - - - - Select Groups or Users to set Forum Permissions - - -
    - The Forum Permissions page shows you two columns, one for users and one for groups to select (see ). The top lists on both columns labelled as Manage Users and Manage Groups show users and groups that already have permissions on at least one of your selected forums set. You can select them and change their permissions with the Edit Permissions button, or use Remove Permissions to remove them which leads to them not having permissions set, and therefore not being able to see the forum or have any access to it (unless they have access to it through another group). The bottom boxes allow you to add new users or groups, that do not currently have permissions set on at least one of your selected forums. - To add permissions for groups, select one or more groups either in the Add Groups list (this works similar with users, but if you want to add new users, you have to type them in manually in the Add Users text box or use the Find a member function). Add Permissions will take you to the permission interface. Each forum you selected is listed, with the groups or users to change the permissions for below them. - There are two ways to assign permissions: You can set them manually or use predefined Permission Roles for a simpler but less powerful way. You can switch between both approaches any time you want. You can skip the manual permission introduction and jump directly into the section on "Permissions Roles", if you are eager to get everything running as quickly as possible. But remember that permission roles do only offer a small bit of what the permission system has to offer and we believe that to be a good Olympus administrator, you have to fully grasp permissions. - Both ways only differ in the way you set them. They both share the same interface. -
    -
    - Handmatige permissies - This is the most important aspect of permissions. You need to understand this to properly work with them. There are three different values that a permission can take: - - - YES will allow a permission setting unless it is overwritten by a NEVER. - - - NO will be disallow a permission setting unless it is overwritten by a YES. - - - NEVER will completely disallow a permission setting for a user. It cannot be overwritten by a YES. - - - The three values are important as it is possible for a user to have more than one permissions for the same setting through multiple groups. If the user is a member of the default "Registered Users" group and a custom group called "Senior Users" you created for your most dedicated members, both could have different permissions for seeing a forum. In this example you want to make a forum called "Good old times" only available to the "Senior Users" group, but don't want all "Registered Users" to see it. You will of course set the Can see forum permission to Yes for "Senior Users". But do not set the permission to Never for "Registered Users". If you do this, "Senior Members" will not see the forum as the Never overrides any Yes they have. Leave the setting at No instead. No is a weak Never that a Yes can override. -
    - Manual permissions - - - - - - Setting permissions manually - - -
    -
    -
    - Permissierollen - phpBB3 Olympus ships with a number of default permission roles, that offer you a wide variety of options for setting permissions. Instead of having to check each radio button manually, you can select a predefined role in the Rolepull down list. Each role has a detailed description, that will pop up when you hover your mouse over it. Submit your changes with Apply Permissions or Apply All Permissions when you are satisfied with them. That will set the permissions and you are done. -
    - Permission roles - - - - - - Setting permissions with roles - - -
    - But permission roles are not only a quick and easy way to set permissions, they are also a powerful tool for experienced board administrators to manage permissions on bigger boards. You can create your own roles and edit existing ones. Roles are dynamic, so when you edit a role, all groups and users that have the role assigned will automatically be updated. -
    -
    - - - - - - - - Het toewijzen van moderators aan forums - A quite common use case for permissions and roles are forum moderation. phpBB3 makes assigning users as moderators of forums really simple. - As you might have already guessed, moderation of specific forums is a local setting, so you can find Forum Moderators in the section for Forum Based Permissions. First of all, you will have to select for forum (or forums) you want to assign new moderators to. This form is divided into three areas. In the first one, you can select multiple forums (select multiple by holding down the CTRL button on your keyboard, or cmd (under MacOS X)), where the moderator settings you will set in the following form will only apply to these exact forums. The second area allows you to select only one forum but all the following settings will apply not only to this forum but also all its subforums. Finally, the third area's selection will only affect exactly this forum. - After selecting the forums and hitting Submit, you will be greeted by a form you should already be familiar with from one of the previous sections in this guide: . Here you can select the users or groups that should get some kind of moderation power over the selected forums. So go ahead: Select some users and/or groups and hit the Set Permissions button. - In the next form you can choose, what moderator permissions the selected users/groups should receive. First of all, there are some predefined roles from which you can select: - - - Standard Moderator - - A Standard Moderator can approve or disapprove, edit and delete posts, delete or close reports, but not necessarily change the owner of a post. This kind of moderator can also issue warnings and view details of a post. - - - - Simple Moderator - - A Simple Moderator can edit posts and close and delete reports and can also view post details. - - - - Queue Moderator - - As a Queue Moderator, you can only approve or disapprove posts that landed in the moderator queue and edit posts. - - - - Full Moderator - - Full Moderators can do everything moderation-related; they can even ban users. - - - -
    - The Forum Moderator's Permissions - - - - - - Set the moderator's permissions - - -
    - When you're done simply hit Apply all Permissions. All the permissions mentioned here can also be selected from the right side of the form to give you more granular options. -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - Setting global permissions - Local Permissions are too local for you? Well, then phpBB3 has something to offer for you, too: Global Permissions: - - Users Permissions - Groups Permissions - Administrators - Global Moderators - - In "User Permissions" and "Group Permissions" you can allow and disallow features like attachments, signatures and avatars for specific users and user groups. Note that some of these settings only matter, if the respective feature is enabled in the "Board Features" (see for details). - Under "Administrators" you can give users or groups administrator privileges like the ability to manage forums or change user permissions. For details on these settings please read the . - The "Global Moderators" form offers you the same settings as the forum specific form (described in ) but applies to all forums on your baord. -
    - -
    -
    - verkijgen van support - The phpBB Team provides many options for users to find support for their phpBB install. In addition to this very documentation, the support forum on www.phpbb.com has many answers that users like you are searching for. Therefore, we highly recommend the use of the search feature before asking a new question. If you are unable to find an answer, feel free to post a new topic asking for help. Be sure to be descriptive when explaining your problem! The more we know about what is happening, the faster we can provide you with the answer you are looking for. Be sure to fill out the Support Request Template with the information it asks for. - - In addition to the support forum on www.phpbb.com, we provide a Knowledge Base for users to read and submit articles on common answers to questions. Our community has taken a lot of time in writing these articles, so be sure to check them out. - - We provide realtime support in #phpBB on the popular Open Source IRC network, Freenode. You can typically find someone from each of the teams in here, as well as fellow users who are more than happy to help you out. Be sure to read the IRC rules before joining the channel, as we have a few basic netiquette rules that we ask users to follow. At any given time, there can be as many as 60 users, if not more in the channel, so you are almost certain to find someone there to help you. However, it is important that you read and follow the IRC rules as people may not answer you. An example of this is that oftentimes users come in to the channel and ask if anybody is around and then end up leaving 30 seconds later before someone has the chance to answer. Instead, be sure to ask your question and wait. As the saying goes, "don't ask to ask, just ask!" - - English is not your native language? Not a problem! We also provide an International Support page with links to various websites that provide support in Espanol, Deutsch, Francais, and more. -
    -
    diff --git a/documentation/content/nl/chapters/upgrade_guide.xml b/documentation/content/nl/chapters/upgrade_guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 51fb7ed3..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/nl/chapters/upgrade_guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,119 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id$ - - 2008 - phpBB Group - - - Upgrade - - Wil je jou phpBB 2.0 forum upgraden naar versie 3.0? Dan zal dit hoofdstuk je uitleggen en je laten zien hoe het gedaan moet worden. - -
    - - - - - - - - Upgraden van phpBB 2.0 naar 3.0 - Het update-proces van 2.0.x naar 3.0.x is een makkelijk proces. - Het proces in de vorm van een PHP-bestand, dat gelijk aan is als het update bestand wat je terug kan vinden in phpBB 2.0.x. Het bestand zal je meenemen door het proces in een soort van installatie-wizzard scherm totdat je phpBB 3.0.x succesvol is geupdate. - Waarschuwing: Vergeet niet een back-up te maken van de database en alle bestanden voordat je een poging doet om je phpBB 2.0 forum te updaten naar 3.0. - - Upgrading from 2.0 to 3.0 - In order to allow administrators of phpBB2 boards to use phpBB3 and all of its features. There is a convertor packed with the default installation. The conversion framework is flexible and allows you to convert other bulletin board systems as well. Read more if you need help with converting your board to phpBB3 - - The process is in the form of a PHP file, similar to the update file found in phpBB 2.0.x. The file will take you through wizard-like screens until your phpBB is running 3.0.x. Basic instructions and troubleshooting for doing this conversion are here. - - Warning: Be sure to backup both the database and the files before attempting to upgrade. -
    - -
    - - - - Dicky - - - ameeck - - - - Upgrading from any board software to phpBB3 - In order to allow administrators of phpBB2 boards to use phpBB3 and all of its features. There is a convertor packed with the default installation. The conversion framework is flexible and allows you to convert other bulletin board systems as well. Read more if you need help with converting your board to phpBB3 - The convertor will not harm the database of the board software you are converting from. In case of a problem, your old board software will still be fully operational. -
    - - - - Dicky - - - ameeck - - - - Requirements - In order for the the conversion to be smooth as possible, check and prepare these items. You will need them to perform a succesful conversion. - - An installation of phpBB3 has to be present on your server. See for more information on how to install phpBB3. - Prepare the connection details to the database where the old board was stored. If you are unsure, you can find these details in the config file. - Make sure the old forum is still installed on your server alongside the phpBB3 installations. The files of the old board should be kept as is, some of them will be transferred to phpBB3 (e.g. avatars, attachments, smilies or ranks). - The files and database need to be on the same server as the phpBB3 installation and the files need to be in the same domain. If you are using subdomains, the files need to be in the same subdomain. - -
    -
    - - - - Dicky - - - ameeck - - - - Preliminary steps - phpBB3 needs to be installed. Once phpBB3 is installed, do not delete the install directory if you will be converting immediately. If you will be testing and setting up your phpBB3 board prior to the conversion and converting at a later time, rename the install directory to something like _install. This will allow you to use your phpBB3 board. You will be needing the install directory later for the conversion. - - You will need specific convertor files for the board software you are converting from. The phpBB2 specific convertor files are included with the phpBB3 installation files. For other board softwares, you will need to get the convertor files from the appropriate phpBB3 convertor topic. These topics can be found in the [3.0.x] Convertors forum on phpBB.com - - For converting from phpBB2, you only need to point your browser to {phpBB3_root_directory}/install/index.php, click the Convert tab and follow the instructions. For other board softwares, you will need to upload the convertor files to the appropriate directories. The convertor files you get will consist of two or three files, convert_xxx.php, functions_xxx.php and, optionally, auth_xxx.php. The xxx will generally be the name of the software you are converting from. - -
    - -
    - - - - Dicky - - - ameeck - - - - Conversion steps - - Install phpBB3. The old message board and the phpBB3 board need to be installed on the same server. - f you are converting from a board other than phpBB2, upload the convertor files which you downloaded from the appropriate topic in the [3.0.x] Convertors forum. - Point your browser to {phpbb_root_directory}/install/index.php, click the Convert tab and select the appropriate convertor from the list of available convertors. - Next you will be asked for database information. The database information you are being asked for, is for the database that holds the tables for the board software you are converting from. You will be presented with an option for Refresh page to continue conversion The default is set to Yes. Normally, you will want to leave it at Yes. The No option is mainly for test purposes. - After entering the database information and pressing the Begin conversion button, the convertor will verify that you have entered the correct information. If the information is confirmed, you will have another Begin Conversion button. - After you click the Begin Conversion button, the convertor will check the convertor files. -If everything is okay, you will be presented with a Continue Conversion button. - The convertor will now proceed to convert your old board. Pages will be displayed informing you about the progress of the conversion. - When the convertor is finished, you will see a message that the Search Index has not been converted. You must go into the Administration Control Panel and build the Search Index. In the ACP, click the Maintenance tab and select Search Index from the submenu. The default search backend index is Fulltext native and will be marked active. This is normally the index that you want to use to create your search index. For more information about search indexing, see - You should now check your phpBB3 board for proper operation, that permissions are set correctly and forums & posts are displaying correctly. Also make sure files got copied from the old location, for example avatars and smilies and attachments (if you have them.) - -
    - -
    -
    diff --git a/documentation/content/nl/chapters/user_guide.xml b/documentation/content/nl/chapters/user_guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 146d8944..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/nl/chapters/user_guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,494 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id$ - - 2006 - phpBB Group - - - User Guide - - This chapter is targeted at the forum users. It explains all user facing functions that are needed to use phpBB 3.0 - -
    - - - - AdamR - - - - How user permissions affect forum experience - phpBB3 uses permissions on a per-user or per-usergroup basis to allow or disallow users access to certain functions or features which software offers. These may include the ability to post in certain forums, having an avatar, or being able to communicate through private messages. All of the permissions can be set through the Administration Panel. - Permissions can also be set allowing appointed members to perform special tasks or have special abilities on the bulletin board. Permissions allow the Administrator to define which moderation functions and in which forums certain users or groups of users are allowed to use. This allows for appointed users to become moderators on the bulletin board. The administrator can also give users access to certain sections of the Administration panel, keeping important settings or functions restricted and safe from malicious acts. For example, a select group of moderators could be allowed to modify a user's avatar or signature if said avatar or signature is not allowed under a paticular forum's rules. Without these abilities set, the moderator would need to notify an administrator in order to have the user's profile changed. -
    -
    - - - - zeroK - - - - Registering on a phpBB3 board - Registering an account on a phpBB3 board is typically a simple and straight forward procedure. -
    - The Typical Registration Page - - - - - - This is what you should expect to see on a typical registration page. - - -
    - After clicking the Register link, the terms and conditions of registering will be displayed, which you must accept to proceed. Some websites will ask you to select whether you are under the age of thirteen in order to comply with COPPA (the United States' Children's Online Privacy Protection Act of 1998; more details can be found at http://www.coppa.org). If you are younger than thirteen years of age, your account will stay inactive until it is approved by a parent or guardian. You will receive an e-mail in which the next steps required for your account activation are outlined. - Beyond accepting the terms and conditions, you need to fill out some important details such as selecting a username, entering your e-mail address and desired password. You can also select your timezone and language. - If you see in the form where you can specify your username, password etc. a graphic with some odd-looking characters, then you are seeing the so-called Visual Confirmation. Many boards will have this, otherwise known as a CAPTCHA, which is an image with distorted letters and numbers which you must then type into an adjacent box. The reason for this is to ensure that you are a legitimate user registering (as opposed to a spam robot performing an automated registration). Simply enter the characters you see into the Confirmation code field and proceed with the registration. If you cannot understand the code, refresh the page to get a new code. -
    - The Visual Confirmation Object - - - - - - This is an example of a visual confirmation code you might see. - - -
    - Another option available is the account activation. Here, the administrator can make it a requirement that you have to follow a link mailed to you after registering before your account is activated. In this case you will see a message similiar to this one:
    Your account has been created. However, this forum requires account activation, an activation key has been sent to the e-mail address you provided. Please check your e-mail for further information
    It is also possible that the administrator himself/herself has to activate the account.
    - Some boards will have custom profile fields. If the administrator has elected to display custom profile fields on the registration screen, these will also appear. In some cases, these custom profile fields will also be required fields, meaning they must not be left blank. - Once you have completed all of the fields on the registration page, clicking the Submit button will complete the process. If you wish to clear all fields, clicking the Reset button will do this for you. After clicking Submit, you will be advised of your next step. In most cases, you will be sent an e-mail to the address you specified with a link to finalise the registration. Other options also include being able to login immediately (i.e. there are no further actions for the registration process) or waiting until an administrator reviews your registration and accepts it, in which case you will be notified by e-mail. -
    -
    - - - - Heimidal - - - - Orienting Yourself in the User Control Panel - The User Control Panel (UCP) allows you to alter personal preferences, manage posts you are watching, send and receive private messages, and change the way information about you appears to other users. To view the UCP, click the 'User Control Panel' link that appears after logging in. - The UCP is separated into seven tabs: Overview, Private Messages, Profile, Preferences, Friends and Foes, Attachments, and Groups. Within each tab are several sub pages, accessed by clicking the desired link on the left side of the UCP interface. Some of these areas may not be available depending on the permissions set for you by the administrator. - Every page of the UCP displays your Friends List on the left side. To send a private message to a friend, click their user name. - TODO: Note that Private messaging will be discussed in its own section -
    - Overview - The Overview displays a snapshot of information about your posting habits such as the date you joined the forum, your most active topic, and how many total posts you have submitted. Overview sub pages include Subscriptions, Bookmarks, and Drafts. - -
    - User Control Panel Overview (Index) - - - - - - The UCP Overview section - - -
    - -
    - Subscriptions - Subscriptions are forums or individual topics that you have elected to watch for any new posts. Whenever a new post is made inside an area you have subscribed to, an e-mail will be sent you to informing you of the new addition. To create a subscription, visit the forum or topic you would like to subscribe to and click the 'Subscribe' link located at the bottom of the page. - To remove a subscription, check the box next to the subscription you would like to remove and click the 'Unsubscribe' button. -
    -
    - Bookmarks - Bookmarks, much like subscriptions, are topics you've chosen to watch. However, there are two key differences: 1) only individual topics may be bookmarked, and 2) an e-mail will not be sent to inform you of new posts. - To create a bookmark, visit the topic you would like to watch and click the 'Bookmark Topic' link located at the bottom of the page. - To remove a bookmark, check the box next to the bookmark you would like to remove and click the 'Remove marked bookmarks' button. -
    -
    - Drafts - Drafts are created when you click the 'Save' button on the New Post or Post Reply page. Displayed are the title of your post, the forum or topic that the draft was made in, and the date you saved it. - To continue editing a draft for future submission, click the 'View/Edit' link. If you plan to finish and post the message, click 'Load Draft'. To delete a draft, check the box next to the draft you wish to remove and click 'Delete Marked'. -
    -
    -
    - Profile - This section lets you set your profile information. Your profile information contains general information that other users on the board will able to see. Think of your profile as a sign of your public presence. This section is separated from your preferences. (Preferences are the individual settings that you set and manage on your own, and control your forum experience. Thus, this is separated from your profile settings.) -
    - Personal settings - Personal settings control the information that is displayed when a user views your profile. - - ICQ Number: Your account number associated with ICQ system. - AOL Instant Messenger: Your screen name associated with AOL Instant Messenger system. - MSN Messenger: Your email address associated with the MSN Messenger (Windows Live) service. - Yahoo Messenger: Your username associated with the Yahoo Messenger service. - Jabber Address: Your username associated with the Jabber service. - Website: Your website's address. Must be prepended with the appropriate protocol reference (i.e. http://) - Location: Your physical location. Note that this is generally displayed along with your user information with every post, so standard caution regarding releasing personal information on the Internet should apply. - Occupation: Your occupation. The information entered will appear only on the viewprofile page. - Interests: Your personal interests. The information entered here will appear only on the viewprofile page. - Birthday: Your birthday. This information is used for displaying your username in the Birthday section of the Board Index. If year is specified, your age will be displayed in your profile. - -
    -
    - Signature - Your signature appears, at your option, below every post you make. Signatures may be formatted using BBCode. The board administrator may specifiy a maximum length for signatures. You can check this limit by noting the line There is a x character limit. above the signature editing textbox, where x is the currently set limit. -
    -
    - Avatar - Your avatar is an image the displays with every post you make. Depending on board settings, avatars may be completely disabled, or may appear in one (or more) of three forms: "Upload from your machine", "Upload from a URL", and "Link off-site. - - - Upload from your machine: You may upload an avatar from your machine to be hosted on the board's server. - Upload from a URL: You may specify the URL of an existing image. This will cause the image to be copied to the board's server and hosted on it. - Link off-site: You may specify the URL of an existing image. This will not cause the image to be hosted on the board's server, but rather hotlinked to its current location. - - - Additionally, a board administrator may opt to provide an avatar gallery for users to make use of. These images are pre-selected by the administrator and are able to be used by any of a board's members. -
    -
    -
    - Preferences - Preferences allow you to dictate various behaviours of the phpBB software in regards to your interaction with it. -
    - Global - Global settings control various overall interactions with the phpBB software. - - - Users can contact by e-mail: If Yes is selected, users can e-mail you via the "e-mail" button in your profile. - Administratos can e-mail me information: If Yes is selected, you will receive mass-emails sent out by the board administrator. - Allow users to send you private messages: If Yes is selected, users can send you private messages via the board. - Hide my online status: If Yes is selected, your online status will be hidden to users. Note that administrators and moderators will still be able to view your online status. - Notify me on new privates messages: If Yes is selected, you will receive an email when you receive a new private messages. - Pop up window on new private messages: If Yes is selected, a pop-up window will appear on the board to alert you of new private messages. - My language: Allows you to specify what language pack the board utilizes. Note that this setting applies only to board language strings; posts will be rendered in the language they were written. - My timezone: Allows you to specify what timezone board times should appear in. - Summer Time / DST is in effect: If Yes is selected, board times will appear one hour earlier than the selected setting. Note that this setting is not updated automatically; you will have to change it manually when needed. - My date format: Controls what format times are rendered in. You may select one of the options in the dropdown box -- advanced users may select "Custom" and input a custom format (in the format of the php.net date function). - - -
    -
    - Posting - Posting settings control the default settings of the posting editors when you create a post. Note that these options are controllable on an individual basis while posting. - - - Enable BBCode by default: When Yes is selected, BBCode is enabled within the post editor. - Enable smiles by default: When Yes is selected, smiles will be rendered within your posts. - Attach my signature by default: When Yes is selected, your signature will be appended to your posts. - Notify me upon replies by default: When yes is selected, you will be notified by email when a reply to your post is made. - - - -
    -
    - Display - TODO: Explain the settings you can edit here. -
    -
    -
    - Friends and Foes - TODO: (Not sure if this deserves its own section yet. For 3.0 this does not have much of an influence on the overall forum experience, this might change with 3.2, so leaving it here for now.) Write a detailed explanation about what Friends and Foes are and how they affect the forum like hiding posts of foes, adding users to the friends list for fast access / online checks, and so forth. -
    -
    - Attachments - TODO: The attachment section of the UCP shows you a list of all attachments that you have uploaded to the board so far ... -
    -
    - Usergroups - TODO: Work in progress, might change, so not sure how this is going to be structured. -
    -
    -
    - - - - AdamR - - - - Mastering the Posting Screen - TODO: How to write a new post and how to reply. Special items like attachments or polls are subsections. Don't forget to mention the "someone has replied before you replied" feature, the topic review, and so forth. Topic icons, smilies, post options, usage of HTML ... it would probably best to add a screenshot with arrows to the different sections. - Posting is the primary purpose of bulletin boards. There are two main types of posts you can make: a topic or a reply. Selecting the New Topic button in a forum button will take you to the posting screen. After submitting your post, a new topic will appear in that forum with your post as the first displayed. Other users (and you as well) are now able to reply to your topic by using the Post Reply button. This will once again bring you to the posting screen, allowying you to enter your post. -
    - Posting Form - You will be taken to the posting form when you decide to post either a new topic or reply, where you can enter your post content. - - Topic/Post Icon: The topic/post icon is a small icon that will display to the left of your post subject. This helps identify your post and make it stand out, though it is completely optional. - Subject: If you are creating a new topic with your post, the subject is required and will become the title of the topic. If you are replying to an existing topic, this is optional, but it can be changed. - Post Content - While not being labled, the large text box is where your actual post content will be entered. Here, along with your text, you may use things like Smilies or BBCode if the board administrator has them enabled. - Smilies - Smilies, or emoticons, are small images which can be inserted into your post to add expression emphasis. If Smilies are enabled, you will see the text "Smilies are ON" to the righthand of the Post Content box. Otherwise, you will see the text "Smilies are OFF." See Posting Smilies for further details. - BBCode - BBCode is a type of formatting that can be applied to your post content if BBCode has been enabled by the board administrator. If BBCode is enabled, you will see the text "BBCode is ON" to the righthand of the Post Content box. Otherwise, you will see the text "BBCode is OFF." See Posting BBCode for further details. - -
    - -
    - Smilies - Smilies, or emoticons, are small images which can be inserted into your post to add expression emphasis. To use Smiles, certain characters are put together to get the desired output. For example, typing :) will insert [insert smilie here], ;) will insert [insert wink smilie here], etc. Other smilies require the format :texthere: to display. For example, :roll: will insert smilie whose eyes are rolling: [insert rolling smilie here], and :cry: will insert a smilie who is crying: [insert crying smilie here]. - In many cases you can also select which smilie you'd like to insert by clicking its picture on the right side of the Post Content text box. When clicked, the smilie's characters will appear at the current location of the curser in the text box. - If you wish to be able to use these characters in your post, but not have them appear as smilies, please see Posting Options. -
    - -
    - BBCodes - TODO: What are BBcodes. Again, permission based which ones you can use. Explain syntax of the default ones (quote and URL for instance). How to disable BBcode by default, how to disable/enable it for one post. - BBCode is a type of formatting that can be applied to your post content, much like HTML. Unlike HTML, however, BBCode uses square brackets [ and ] instead of angled brackets < and >. Depending on the permissions the board administrator has set, you may be able to use only certain BBCodes or even none at all. - For detailed instructions on the useage of BBCode, you can click the BBCode link to the righthand of the Post Content text box. Please note that the administrator has the option to add new and custom BBCodes, so others may be availible to you which are not on this list. - Basic BBCodes and their outputs are as follows: - TODO: How do we want to go about displaying the output? - [b]Boldface text[/b]: - [i]Italicised text[/i]: - [u]Underlined text[/u]: - [quote]Quoted text[/quote]: - [quote="Name to quote"]Quoted text[/quote]: - [url]http://www.phpbb.com[/url]: http://www.phpbb.com - [url=http://www.phpbb.com]Linked text[/url]: Linked text - [flash=width,height]Path to flash[/flash] will play the flash animation with the specified dimensions. - Again, for more detailed instructions on the useage of BBCode and the many other available BBCodes, please click the BBCode link to the righthand of the Post Content text bos. -
    - -
    - Post Options - TODO: Gather various screenshots of the basic post options box. When posting a topic/reply and/or moderation functions, etc. - When posting either a new topic or reply, there are several post options that are available to you. You can view these options by selecting the Options tab from the section below the posting form. Depending on the permissions the board administrator has assigned to you or whether you are posting a topic or reply, these options will be different. - - Disable BBCode: If BBCode is enabled on the board and you are allowed to use it, this option will be available. Checking this box will not convert any BBCode in your post content into its respected output. For example, [b]Bolded text[/b] will be seen in your post as exactly [b]Bolded text[/b]. - Disable Smilies: If Smilies are enabled on the board and you are allowed to use them, this option will be available. Checking this box will not convert any of the smilie's characters to their respected image. For example, ;) will be seen in your post as exactly ;). - Do not automatically parse URLs: When entering a URL directly into your post content (in the format of http://....com or www.etc.com), by default it will be converted to a clickable string of text. However, if this box is checked when posting, these URLs will stay as a standard string of text. - Attach a signature (signatures can be altered via the UCP): If this box is checked, the signature you have set in your profile will be attached to the post provided signatures have been enabled by the administrator and you have the proper permissions. For more information about signatures, please see UCP Signatures. - Send me an email when a reply is posted: If this box is checked, you will receive a notification (either by email, Jabber, etc) every time another user replies to the topic. This is called subscribing to the topic. For more information, please see UCP Subscriptions. - Lock topic: Provided you have moderation permissions in this forum, checking this box will result in the topic being locked after your reply has been posted. At this point, no one but moderators or administrators may reply to the topic. For more information, please see Locking a topic or post. - - -
    - Topic Types - Provided you have the right permissions, you have the option of selecting various topic types when posting a new topic by using Post topic as. The four possible types are: Normal, Sticky, Announcement, and Global. By default, all new posts are Normal. - - Normal: By selecting normal, your new topic will be a standard topic in the forum. - Sticky: Stickies are special topics in the forum. They are "stuck" to the top of the first page of the forum in which they are posted, above every Normal topic. - Announcement: Announcements are much like Stickies in that they are "stuck" to the top of the forum. However, they are different from stickies in two ways: 1) they are above Stickies, and 2) they appear at the top of every page of the forum instead of only the first page of topics. - Global: Global, or Global Announcements, are special types of Announcements which appear at the top of every page of every forum on the board. They appear above every other type of special topic. - - You also have the ability to specify how long the special (stickies, announcements, and global announcements) keep their type. For example, an announcement is created and specified to stay "stuck" for 4 days. After the 4 days are over, the announcement will automatically be switched to a Normal topic. -
    -
    - -
    - Attachments - Attachments allow users to upload files and attach them to their post. The ability to attach and download attachments is determined by the "Can attach files" and "Can download files" permissions respectively. - To add an attachment, find the Upload attachment section of the posting page and click the Browse button. A comment may be placed in the File comment text box. Clicking Add the file will upload and attach the file to the post. To upload multiple files, repeat the process. - To delete an attachment, find the Posted attachments section of the posting page and click teh Delete file button for the desired attachment. - Attachments can be displayed within the post text by clicking the Place inline button for the desired attachment. When an attachment is placed inline, text similar to a BBCode is inserted into the post text so that it may be moved. If an attachment is not placed inline, it will be displayed at the end of the post. - Attachments are controlled by a set of restrictions, namely file size and file type. - - File Size: The maximum file size for uploaded files is set by the Administrator. The default is 256KiB. - File Type: The types of files allowed for upload are restricted by their file extension. The allowed extensions are set by the Administrator. - - For more information on changing attachment settings, please see ACP Attachment Settings. -
    -
    - Polls - Polls allow users to use a topic to vote about an idea or issue. Polls can only be created in the first post of a topic. The ability to create and vote in polls is determined by the "Polls" set by the administrator. - - Poll question - This is the idea or issue that is being voted on in the poll. This is required to start a poll. - Poll options - These are the allowed answers to the poll question. When entering a poll option, each should be placed on a separate line of the textbox. At least two poll options are required. - Options per user - This is the number of options each user may select when voting. When a user is allowed more than one option, a series of checkboxes replaces the radio buttons of the standard poll. - Run poll for - This is the number of days in which users can vote in the poll. Once the time has passed, no more votes can be made and the results will be displayed. - Allow revoting - If this is chosen, users will be able re-cast their votes. - -
    -
    - Drafts - When creating a post, it can be saved or loaded using the drafts feature. If the board permissions allow drafts to be saved, then Save and Load buttons will appear on the posting page. - - Save - Saves a post as a draft. When a draft is saved, only the subject and message of the post are stored. Topic icons, attachments, etc… will be lost. - Load - Loads a saved draft. When clicked, a listing of available drafts will appear. Click the title of the desired post to load the draft. Any information in the current post will be lost and replaced with that of the draft. - - Once a draft is used, it is removed. For more information on managing drafts, please see UCP Drafts. - - If there are no drafts available, the Load button will not appear. - -
    -
    -
    - Communicate with Private Messages - phpBB 3.0 allows its users to communicate privately by using Private Messages. To visit the Private Messages section, you either can click on the [X new messages] link on the left hand side below the forum header, or you can directly access it through the User Control Panel.. - Depending on your [settings], there are 3 ways of being notified that a new Private Message has arrived: - - - By receiving an e-mail or Jabber message - - - While browsing the forum a notification window will pop up - - - The [X new messages] link will show the number of currently unread messages - - - You can set the options to your liking in the Preferences section. Note, that for the popup window notification to work, your will have to add the forum you are visiting to your browser’s popup blocker white list. - You can choose to not receive Private Messages by other users in your Preferences. Note, that moderators and administrators will still be able send you Private Messages, even if you have disabled them. - [To use this feature, you have to be a registered user and need the to have the correct permissions.] -
    - Message display - The Inbox is the default incoming folder, which contains a list of your recently received Private Messages. -
    -
    - Composing a new message - TODO: Similar to the posting screen, so a reference for the basic functions should be enough. What needs to be explained are the To and Bcc fields, how they integrate with the friends list and how to find members (which could also be a link to the memberlist section). -
    -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Message Folders - Just like in your e-mail client, all private messages are stored in folders. Working with folders is similar to working with forums in phpBB 3.0. The Inbox is your default incoming message folder. All messages you receive will appear in here. - Sent messages will appear in either the Outbox or the Sent messages folder. As long as the recipient(s) have not yet read the message, it will stay in the Outbox. As soon as someone reads the message it will be archived to the Sent messages folder. If the administrator allows it, you can edit messages after sending them as long as they are in the Outbox and the recipients have not yet read them. - Each folder, including Sent messages and Outbox, can hold a board-defined amount of messages. This is a global setting that only a board administrator can change. An info text displays the current number of allowed messages and the current percentage of space your messages are using at the top of each folder. If no restriction is displayed, you are allowed unlimited messages in each folder. - - Please note that the total amount of messages allowed is a per-folder setting. You can have multiple folders which each allow 50 messages for instance. If you have 3 folders, your actual global limit is 150 messages, but each folder can only contain up to 50 messages by itself. It is not possible to merge folders and have one with more messages than the limit. - - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Custom Folders - - If the administrator allows it, you can create your own custom private message folders in phpBB 3.0. To check whether you can add folders, visit the Edit options section of the private message area. - To add a new folder, enter the folder's name into the Add folder input box. If creation was successful, your new folder will appear at the bottom of the folder list. You can then use it like a normal message folder and move messages into it or set a filter (see the section on Private Message Filters for more information about filters) to automatically do it for you. -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Moving Messages - - It wouldn't make sense to have custom folders if you weren't able to move messages between them. To do exactly that, visit the folder from which you want to move the messages away. Select the messages you want to move, and use the Moved marked pull-down menu to select the destination folder. - - Please note that if after the move, the destination folder would have more messages in it than the message limit allows, you will receive an error message and the move will be discarded. - -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Message Markers - - Messages inside folders can have colour markings. Please refer to the Message colours legend to see what each colour means. The exact type of colouring depends on the used theme. Coloured messages can have four different meanings: - - - Marked message - - You can set a message as marked with the Mark as important option from the pull-down menu. - - - - - Replied to message - - If you reply to a message, the message will be marked as this. This way, you can keep hold of which messages still need your attention and which messages you have already replied to. - - - - - Message from a friend - - If the sender of a message is in your friends list (see the section on Friends & Foes for more information), this colour will highlight the message. - - - - - Message from a foe - - If the sender of a message is one of your foes, this colour will highlight this. - - - - - - Please note that a message can only have one label, and it will always be the last action you take. If you mark a message as important and reply to it afterwards, for instance, the replied to label will overwrite the important label. - -
    -
    -
    - Message filters - TODO: How to work with message filters. That is quite a complex system -
    -
    - - -
    - - - - pentapenguin - - - - The Memberlist - More Than Meets the Eye - phpBB3 introduces several new ways to search for users. - -
    - Sorting the memberlist - - - - - - Choosing an option to sort the memberlist by. - - -
    - - - - Sort By Username - - If you want to find all members whose usernames start with a certain letter, then you may select the letter from the list of letters shown at the top of the memberlist. For instance, clicking "A" will display all usernames beginning with the letter A, while clicking "B" will list all usernames beginning with B. Clicking the hash (#) will display a list of usernames that do not begin with one of the twenty-six letters: in other words, numbers and other characters. - - - - - Sort By Column Headers - - Each of the column headings are also sort links. That means you can click Username, Rank, Posts, Website, Location, >Joined, or Last Active to sort by that group. Upon clicking this for the first time, the lists will be sorted in ascending order (meaning that usernames would be listed A to Z and joined date would be listed earliest to most recent.) If you want to order the list in descending order, wait until the page has loaded in ascending order and click the column heading you wish to order by for a second time. - - - - - Sort By Other Options - - You may also sort the memberlist by using the dropdown boxes on the bottom of the page. - - - - - Find a Member Search Tool - - You can narrow down your search results using the Find a member search function. This feature allows you to find members by their username, ICQ number, AIM, YIM, MSN Messenger/Windows Live Messenger address, join date, last active date, number of posts, IP address, and usergroup membership(s). All dates should be entered in the format YYYY-MM-DD (such as 2004-02-28 to represent February 28, 2004). The asterix (*) can be used as a wildcard for partial matches, such as entering "Ar*" into the username field to find all usernames beginning with Ar. Press the Submit button to begin the search, or the Reset button if you wish to clear all fields and start the search again. - - - -
    -
    diff --git a/documentation/content/nl/images/admin_guide/acp_index.png b/documentation/content/nl/images/admin_guide/acp_index.png deleted file mode 100644 index 26665da5..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/nl/images/admin_guide/acp_index.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/nl/images/admin_guide/choose_group_permissions.png b/documentation/content/nl/images/admin_guide/choose_group_permissions.png deleted file mode 100644 index af1d48f0..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/nl/images/admin_guide/choose_group_permissions.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/nl/images/admin_guide/creating_bbcodes.png b/documentation/content/nl/images/admin_guide/creating_bbcodes.png deleted file mode 100644 index 002f5271..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/nl/images/admin_guide/creating_bbcodes.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/nl/images/admin_guide/database_restore.png b/documentation/content/nl/images/admin_guide/database_restore.png deleted file mode 100644 index fafb2ce1..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/nl/images/admin_guide/database_restore.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/nl/images/admin_guide/denial_reasons.png b/documentation/content/nl/images/admin_guide/denial_reasons.png deleted file mode 100644 index c89e153c..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/nl/images/admin_guide/denial_reasons.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/nl/images/admin_guide/manage_forums_icon_legend.png b/documentation/content/nl/images/admin_guide/manage_forums_icon_legend.png deleted file mode 100644 index d003dc95..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/nl/images/admin_guide/manage_forums_icon_legend.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/nl/images/admin_guide/setting_global_group_permissions.png b/documentation/content/nl/images/admin_guide/setting_global_group_permissions.png deleted file mode 100644 index d4d24001..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/nl/images/admin_guide/setting_global_group_permissions.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/nl/images/admin_guide/subforums_list.png b/documentation/content/nl/images/admin_guide/subforums_list.png deleted file mode 100644 index b9a35122..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/nl/images/admin_guide/subforums_list.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/nl/images/admin_guide/users_forum_permissions.png b/documentation/content/nl/images/admin_guide/users_forum_permissions.png deleted file mode 100644 index 397c64ad..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/nl/images/admin_guide/users_forum_permissions.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/nl/images/moderator_guide/quick_mod_tools.png b/documentation/content/nl/images/moderator_guide/quick_mod_tools.png deleted file mode 100644 index 809d47d3..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/nl/images/moderator_guide/quick_mod_tools.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/nl/images/quick_start_guide/creating_forums.png b/documentation/content/nl/images/quick_start_guide/creating_forums.png deleted file mode 100644 index 39b91d5c..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/nl/images/quick_start_guide/creating_forums.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/nl/images/quick_start_guide/installation_database.png b/documentation/content/nl/images/quick_start_guide/installation_database.png deleted file mode 100644 index 77e93417..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/nl/images/quick_start_guide/installation_database.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/nl/images/quick_start_guide/installation_intro.png b/documentation/content/nl/images/quick_start_guide/installation_intro.png deleted file mode 100644 index 4128bd70..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/nl/images/quick_start_guide/installation_intro.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/nl/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_manual.png b/documentation/content/nl/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_manual.png deleted file mode 100644 index f6b887b5..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/nl/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_manual.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/nl/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_moderator.png b/documentation/content/nl/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_moderator.png deleted file mode 100644 index 172ad94a..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/nl/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_moderator.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/nl/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_roles.png b/documentation/content/nl/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_roles.png deleted file mode 100644 index d86fc040..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/nl/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_roles.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/nl/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_select.png b/documentation/content/nl/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_select.png deleted file mode 100644 index c2f46bcd..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/nl/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_select.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/nl/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_types.png b/documentation/content/nl/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_types.png deleted file mode 100644 index a832cecf..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/nl/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_types.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/nl/images/quick_start_guide/settings_features.png b/documentation/content/nl/images/quick_start_guide/settings_features.png deleted file mode 100644 index 54da19b9..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/nl/images/quick_start_guide/settings_features.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/nl/images/quick_start_guide/settings_sitename.png b/documentation/content/nl/images/quick_start_guide/settings_sitename.png deleted file mode 100644 index 603b3da3..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/nl/images/quick_start_guide/settings_sitename.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/nl/images/user_guide/memberlist_sorting.png b/documentation/content/nl/images/user_guide/memberlist_sorting.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6c5e8bf8..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/nl/images/user_guide/memberlist_sorting.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/nl/images/user_guide/typical_registration_page.png b/documentation/content/nl/images/user_guide/typical_registration_page.png deleted file mode 100644 index 1ab5dc68..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/nl/images/user_guide/typical_registration_page.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/nl/images/user_guide/ucp_overview.png b/documentation/content/nl/images/user_guide/ucp_overview.png deleted file mode 100644 index 76b03626..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/nl/images/user_guide/ucp_overview.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/nl/images/user_guide/visual_confirmation.png b/documentation/content/nl/images/user_guide/visual_confirmation.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6a61ef4a..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/nl/images/user_guide/visual_confirmation.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/pl/admin_guide.xml b/documentation/content/pl/admin_guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 008a72dd..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/pl/admin_guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1858 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id: admin_guide.xml 141 2007-07-17 20:12:28Z mhobbit $ - - 2006 - phpBB Group - - - Przewodnik administracyjny - - Ten rozdział opisuje kontrolę administratora phpBB 3.0. - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Panel administracyjny - Even more so than its predecessor, phpBB 3.0 "Olympus" is highly configurable. You can tune, adjust, or turn off almost all features. To make this load of settings as accessible as possible, we redesigned the Administration Control Panel (ACP) completely. - Click on the Administration Control Panel link on the bottom of the default forum style to visit the ACP. - The ACP has seven different sections by default with each containing a number of subsections. We will discuss each section in this Admin Guide. - -
    - Strona główna panelu administracyjnego - - - - - - The Administration Control Panel Index, the home of managing your phpBB board. Administration functions are grouped into eight different categories: General, Forums, Posting, Users and Groups, Permissions, Styles, Maintenance, and System. Each category is a tab located at the top of the page. Specific functions of the category you're in can be found in the left-hand sidebar of each page. - - -
    -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Główna konfiguracja i przedni panel - The General section is the first screen you see each time you log into the ACP. It contains some basic statistics and information about your forum. It also has a subsection called Quick Access. It provides quick access to some of the admin pages that are frequently used, like User Management or Moderator Logs. We will discuss its items later in their specific sections. - We will concentrate on the other three subsections: Board Configuration, Client Communication, and Server Configuration. -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Konfiguracja forum - This subsection contains items to adjust the overall features and settings of the forum. - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Ustawienia załączników - One of the many new features in phpBB 3.0 is Attachments. Attachments are files that can be attached to posts, like e-mail attachments. Certain restrictions, set by the board administrator, control what users can attach. You can set these restrictions via the Attachment Settings page. - For more information, see the section on configuring your board's attachment settings. -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Ustawienia forum - Ustawienia forum allow you to change many settings that govern your board. These settings include important things such as the name of your forum! There are two main groups of board settings: the general Board Settings, and Warnings settings. - - - Ustawienia forum - The very first board setting you can edit is perhaps the most important setting of them all: the name of your board. Your users identify your board with this name. Put the name of your site into the Site Name text field and it will be shown on the header of the default style; it will be the prefix to the window title of your browser. - The Site Description is the slogan or tagline of your forum. It will appear below the Site Name on the default style's header. - If you need to close your whole forum to do maintenance work, for instance, you can do it by using the Disable Board switch. To temporarily disable your board, selectYes. This will keep any members of your forum who are not administrators or moderators from accessing your board. They will either see a default message instead of the forum, or a message that you create. You can add your own custom message that will be displayed when your board is disabled in the text box below the Disable board radio buttons. Administrators and moderators will still be able to browse forums and use their specific control panels when the board is disabled. - You also need to set the Default Language of your board. This is the language that guests will see when they visit your board. You can allow registered users to choose other languages. By default, the only language installed is English [GB], but you can download more languages on the phpBB website and install them on your board. Find out more about working with languages in the section on Language Pack configuration. - You can also configure your board's default date format. phpBB3 has a few basic date formats that you can set your board to use; if these are not sufficient and you would like to customise your board's date format, choose Custom from the Date format selection menu. Then, in the text box besides it, type in the format you would like to use. This is the same as the PHP date() function. - Along with setting your board's default date format, you can also set your board's preferred timezone. The timezones available in the System timezone selection menu are all based on relative UTC (for most intents and purposes, it is GMT, or Greenwich Mean Time) times. You may also choose whether or not your board utilises Daylight Savings Time by selecting the appropriate radio button next to the Enable Daylight Savings time option. - You can also set your board's default style. The board will appear to your guests and members in the Default Style. In the standard phpBB installation, two styles are available: prosilver and subsilver2. You can either allow users to select another style than the default by selecting No in the Override User Style setting or disallow it. Please visit the styles section to find out how to add new styles and where to find some. - - - - Ostrzeżenia - Moderators can send warnings to users that break the forum rules. The value of Warning Duration defines the number of days a warning is valid until it expires. All positive integers are valid values. For more about warnings, please read . - -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Właściwości forum - Through the Board Features section, you can enable or disable several features board-wide. Note that any feature you disable here will not be available on your forum, even if you give your users permissions to use them. -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Ustawienia awatarów - Avatars are generally small, unique images a user can associate with themselves. Depending on the style, they are usually displayed below the user name when viewing topics. Here you can determine how users can define their avatars. - There are three different ways a user can add an avatar to their profile. The first way is through an avatar gallery you provide. Note that there is no avatar gallery available in a default phpBB installation. The Avatar Gallery Path is the path to the gallery images. The default path is images/avatars/gallery. The gallery folder does not exist in the default installation so you have to add it manually if you want to use it. - The images you want to use for your gallery need to be in a folder inside the gallery path. Images directly in the gallery path won't be recognised. There is also no support for sub folders inside the gallery folder. - The second approach to avatars is through Remote Avatars. This are simply images linked from another website. Your members can add a link to the image they want to use in their profile. To give you some control over the size of the avatars you can define the minimum and maximum size of the images. The disadvantage of Remote Avatars is that you are not able to control the file size. - The third approach to avatars is through Avatar Uploading. Your members can upload an image form their local system which will be stored on your server. They will be uploaded into the Avatar Storage Path you can define. The default path is images/avatars/upload and does already exist after installation. You have to make sure that it is server-writable. The file format of the images has to be either gif, jpeg, or png, and the avatars will be automatically checked for their file and image size after the upload. You can adjust the Maximum Avatar File Size and images that are bigger than the allowed value will be discarded. -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Prywatne wiadomości - Private Messages are a way for registered members to communicate privately through your board without the need to fall back to e-mail or instant messaging. - You can disable this feature with the Private Messaging setting. This will keep the feature turned off for the whole board. You can disable private messages for selected users or groups with Permissions. Please see the Permissions section for more information. - Olympus allows users to create own personal folders to organise Private Messages. The Max Private Messages Per Box setting defines the number of message folders they can create. The default value is 4. You can disable the feature with setting value to 0. - Max Private Messages Per Box sets the number of Private Messages each folder can contain. The default value is 50, Set it to 0 to allow unlimited messages per folder. - If you limit the number of messages users can store in their folders, you need to define a default action that is taken once a folder is full. This can be changed in the "Full Folder Default Action" list. The oldest message gets deleted or the new message will be held back until the folder has place for it. Note that users will be able to choose this for themselves in their PM options and this setting only changes the default value they face. This will not override the action a user chosen. - When sending a private message, it is still possible to edit the message until the recipient reads it. After a sent private message has been read, editing the message is no longer possible. To limit the time a message can be edited before the recipient reads it, you can set the Limit Editing Time. The default value is 0, which allows editing until the message is read. Note that you can disallow users or groups to edit Private Messages after sending through Permissions. If the permission to edit messages is denied, it will override this setting. - The General Options allow you to further define the functionality of Private Messages on your board. - - - Allow Mass PMs: enables the sending of Private Messages to multiple recipients. This feature is enabled by default. Disabling it will also disallow sending of Private Messages to groups. - - See the Groups section for information on how to enable the ability to send a message to a whole group. - - - - By default, BBCode and Smilies are allowed in Private Messages. - - Even if enabled, you can still disallow users or groups to use BBCode and Smilies in Private Messages through Permissions. - - - - We don't allow attachments by default. Further settings for attachments in Private Messages are in the Attachment Settings. There you can define the number of attachments per message for instance. - - - -
    -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Client communication - Other than its own authentication system, phpBB3 supports other client communications. phpBB3 supports authentication plugins (by default, the Apache, native DB, and LDAP plugins), email, and Jabber. Here, you can configure all of these communication methods. The following are subsections describing each client communication method. - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Uwierzytelnienie - - Unlike phpBB2, phpBB3 offers support for authentication plugins. By default, the Apache, DB, and LDAP plugins are supported. Before switching from phpBB's native authentication system (the DB method) to one of these systems, you must make sure that your server supports it. When configuring the authentication settings, make sure that you only fill in the settings that apply to your chosen authentication method (Apache or LDAP). - - - Authentication - Select an authentication method: Choose your desired authentication method from the selection menu. - LDAP server name: If you are using LDAP, this is the name or IP address of the LDAP server. - LDAP user: phpBB will connect to the LDAP server as this specified user. If you want to use anonymous access, leave this value blank. - LDAP password: The password for the LDAP user specified above. If you are using anonymous access, leave this blank.This password will be stored as plain text in the database; it will be visible to everybody who can access your database. - LDAP base dn: The distinguished name, which locates the user information. - LDAP uid: The key under which phpBB will search for a given login identity. - LDAP email attribute: this to the name of your user entry email attribute (if one exists) in order to automatically set the email address for new users. If you leave this empty, users who login to your board for the first time will have an empty email address. - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Ustawienia emaili - - phpBB3 is capable of sending out emails to your users. Here, you can configure the information that is used when your board sends out these emails. phpBB3 can send out emails by using either the native, PHP-based email service, or a specified SMTP server. If you are not sure if you have an SMTP server available, use the native email service. You will have to ask your hoster for further details. Once you are done configuring the email settings, click Submit. - - - Please ensure the email address you specify is valid, as any bounced or undeliverable messages will likely be sent to that address. - - - - Główne ustawienia - Enable board-wide emails: If this is set to disabled, no emails will be sent by the board at all. - Users send email via board:: If this is set to enabled, a form allowing users to send emails to each other via the board will be displayed, rather than an email address. - Email function name: If you are using the native, PHP-based email service, this should be the name of the email function. This is most likely going to be "mail". - Email package size: This is the number of emails that can be sent in one package. This is useful for when you want to send mass emails, and you have a large amount of users. - Contact email address: This is the address that your board's email feedback will be sent to. This is also the address that will populate the "From" and "Reply-to" addresses in all emails sent by your board. - Return email address: This is the return address that will be put on all emails as the technical contact email address. It will always populate the "Return-Path" and "Sender" addresses in all emails sent by your board. - Email signature: This text will be attached at the end of all emails sent by your board. - Hide email addresses: If you want to keep email addresses completely private, set this value to Yes. - - - - Ustawienia SMTP - Use SMTP server for email: Select Yes if you want your board to send emails via an SMTP server. If you are not sure that you have an SMTP server available for use, set this to No; this will make your board use the native, PHP-based email service, which in most cases is the safest available option. - SMTP server address: The address of the SMTP server. - SMTP server port: The port that the SMTP server is located on. In most cases, SMTP servers are located on port 25; do not change this value if you are unsure about this. - Authentication method for SMTP: This is the authentication method that your board will use when connecting to the specified SMTP server. This only applies if an SMTP username and password are set, and required by the server. The available methods are PLAIN, LOGIN, CRAM-MD5, DIGEST-MD5, and POP-BEFORE-SMTP. If you are unsure about which authentication method you must use, ask your hoster for more information. - SMTP username: The username that phpBB will use when connecting to the specified SMTP server. You should only fill this in if the SMTP server requires it. - SMTP password: The password for the above specified username that phpBB will use when connecting to the specified SMTP server. You should only fill this in if the SMTP server requires it. - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Ustawienia Jabber - - phpBB3 also has the ability to allow users to communicate via Jabber. Your board can send instant messages and board notices via Jabber, too. Here, you can enable and control exactly how your board will use Jabber for communication. - - - Some Jabber servers include gateways or transports which allow you to contact users on other networks. Not all servers offer all transports and changes in protocols can prevent transports from operating. Note that it may take several seconds to update Jabber account details, so do not stop the script until it has finished! - - - - Ustawienia Jabber - Enable Jabber: Set this to Enabled if you want to enable the use of Jabber for messaging and notifications. - Jabber server: The Jabber server that your board will use. For a list of public servers, see jabber.org's list of open, public servers. - Jabber port: The port that the Jabber server specified above is located on. Port 5222 is the most common port; if you are unsure about this, leave this value alone. - Jabber username: The Jabber username that your board will use when connecting to the specified Jabber server. If the username you specify is unregistered on the server, phpBB3 will attempt to register the username for you. - Jabber password: The password for the Jabber username specified above. If the Jabber username is unregistered, phpBB3 will attempt to register the above Jabber username, with this specified value as the password. - Jabber resource: This is the location of the particular connection that you can specify. For example, "board" or "home". - Jabber package size: This is the number of messages that can be sent in one package. If this is set to "0", messages will be sent immediately and is will not be queued for later sending. - -
    -
    -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Konfiguracja serwera - As an administrator of a board, being able to fine-tune the settings that your phpBB board uses for the server is a must. Configuring your board's server settings is very easy. There are five main categories of server settings: Cookie settings, Server settings, Security settings, Load settings, and Search settings. Properly configuring these settings will help your board not only function, but also work efficiently and as intended. The following subsections will outline each server configuration category. Once you are done with updating settings in each setting, remember to click Submit to apply your changes. - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Ustawienia ciasteczek - Your board uses cookies all the time. Cookies can store information and data; for example, cookies are what enable users to automatically login to the board when they visit it. The settings on this page define the data used to send cookies to your users' browsers. - - - When editing your board's cookie settings, do so with caution. Incorrect settings can cause such consequences as preventing your users from logging in. - - - To edit your board's cookie settings, locate the Cookie Settings form. The following are four settings you may edit: - - - Ustawienia ciasteczek - Cookie domain: This is the domain that your board runs on. Do not include the path that phpBB is installed in; only the domain itself is important here. - Cookie name: This is the name that will be assigned to the cookie when it is sent to your users' browsers and stored. This should be a unique cookie name that will not conflict with any other cookies. - Cookie path: This is the path that the cookie will apply to. In most cases, this should be left as "/", so that the cookie can be accessible across your site. If for some reason you must restrict the cookie to the path that your board is installed in, set the value to the path of your board. - Cookie secure: If your board is accessible via SSL, set this to Enabled. If the board is not accessible via SSL, then leave this value set to Disabled, otherwise server errors will result during redirections. - - - - When you are done editing your board's server settings, click Submit to submit your changes. -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Ustawienia serwera - On this page, you can define server and domain-dependent settings. There are three main categories of server settings: Server Settings, Path Settings, and Server URL Settings. The following describes each server settings category and the corresponding settings in more detail. When you are done configuring your board's server settings, click Submit to submit your changes. - - - When editing your board's server settings, do so with caution. Incorrect settings can cause such consequences as emails being sent out with incorrect links and/or information, or even the board being inaccessible. - - - The Server Settings form allows you to set some settings that phpBB will use on the server level. The only available option at this time is Enable GZip Compression. Setting this value will enable GZip compression on your server. This means that all content generated by the server will be compressed before it is sent to users' browsers, if the users' browsers support it. Though this can reduce network traffic/bandwidth used, this will also increase the server and CPU load, on both the user's and server's sides. - - Next, the Path Settings form allows you to set the various paths that phpBB uses for certain board content. For default installations, the default settings should be sufficient. The following are the four values that you can set: - - Ustawienia ścieżki - Smilies storage path: This is the path to the directory, relative to the directory that your board is installed in, that your smilies are located in. - Post icons storage path: This is the path to the directory, relative to the directory that your board is installed in, that the topic icons are stored in. - Extension group icons storage path: This is the path to the directory, relative to the directory that your board is installed in, that the icons for the attachments extension groups. - - - - The last category of server settings is Server URL Settings. The Server URL Settings category contains settings that allow you to configure the actual URL that your board is located at, as well as the server protocol and port number that the board will be accessed to. The following are the five settings you may edit: - - Ustawienia adresu URL serwera - Force server URL settings: If for some reason the default settings for the server URL are incorrect, then you can force your phpBB board to use the server URL settings you specify below by selecting the Yes radio button. - Server protocol: This is the server protocol (http:// or https://, for example) that your board uses, if the default settings are forced. If this value is empty or the above Force server URL settings setting is disabled, then the protocol will be determined by the cookie secure settings. - Domain name: This is the name of the domain that your board runs on. Include "www" if applicable. Again, this value is only used if the server URL settings are forced. - Server port: This is the port that the server is running on. In most cases, a value of "80" is the port to set. You should only change this value if, for some reason, your server runs on a different port. Again, this value is only used if the server URL settings are forced. - Script path: This is the directory where phpBB is installed, relative to the domain name. For example, if your board was located at www.example.com/phpBB3/, the value to set for your script path is "/phpBB3". Again, this value is only used if the server URL settings are forced. - - - - When you are done editing your board's server settings, click Submit to submit your changes. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Ustawienia zabezpieczeń - Here, on the Security settings page, you are able to manage security-related settings; namely, you can define and edit session and login-related settings. The following describes the available security settings that you can manage. When you are done configuring your board's security settings, click Submit to submit your changes. - - - - - - Allow persistent logins - - This determines whether users can automatically login to your board when they visit it. - The available options are Yes and No. Choosing Yes will enable automatic logins. - - - - - Persistent login key expiration length (in days) - - This is the set number of days that login keys will last before they expire and are removed from the database. - You may enter an integer in the text box located to the left of the word Days. This integer is the number of days for the persistent login key expiration. If you would like to disable this setting (and thereby allow use of login keys indefinitely), enter a "0" into the text box. - - - - - Session IP validation - - This determines how much of the users' IP address is used to validate a session. - There are four settings available: All, A.B.C, A.B, and None. The All setting will compare the complete IP address. The A.B.C setting will compare the first x.x.x of the IP address. The A.B setting will compare the first x.x of the IP address. Lastly, selecting None will disable IP address checking altogether. - - - - - Validate browser - - This enables the validation of the users' browsers for each session. This can help improve the users' security. - The available options are Yes and No. Choosing Yes will enable this browser validation. - - - - - Validate X_FORWARDED_FOR header - - This setting controls whether sessions will only be continued if the sent X_FORWARDED_FOR header is the same as the one sent with the previous request. Bans will be checked against IP addresses in the X_FORWARDED_FOR header too. - The available options are Yes and No. Choosing Yes will enable the validation of the X_FORWARDED_FOR header. - - - - - Check IP against DNS Blackhole List: - - You are also able to check the users' IP addresses against DNS blackhole lists. These lists are blacklists that list bad IP addresses. Enabling this setting will allow your board to check your users' IP addresses and compare them against the DNS blackhole lists. Currently, the DNS blacklist services on the sites spamcop.net, dsbl.org, and spamhaus.org. - - - - - Check email domain for valid MX record - - It is also possible to attempt to validate emails used by your board's users. If this setting is enabled, emails that are entered when users register or change the email in their profile will be checked for a valid MX record. - The available options are Yes and No. Choosing Yes will enable the checking of MX records for emails. - - - - - Password complexity - - Usually, more complex passwords fare well; they are better than simple passwords. To help your users try to make their account as secure as possible, you also have the option of requiring that they use a password as complex as you define. This requirement will apply to all users registering a new account, or when existing users change their current passwords. - There are four options in the selection menu. No requirements will disable password complexity checking completely. The Must be mixed case setting requires that your users' passwords have both lowercase and uppercase letters in their password. The Must contain alphanumerics setting requires that your users' password include both letters from the alphabet and numbers. Lastly, the Must contain symbols setting will require that your users' passwords include symbols. - - For each password complexity requirement, the setting(s) above it in the selection menu will also apply. For example, selecting Must contain alphanumerics will require your users' passwords to include not only alphanumeric characters, but also have both lowercase and uppercase letters. - - - - - - Force password change - - It is always ideal to change passwords once in a while. With this setting, you can force your users to change their passwords after a set number of days that their passwords have been used. - Only integers can be entered in the text box, which is located next to the Days label. This integer is the number of days that, after which, your users will have to change their passwords. If you would like to disable this feature, enter a value of "0". - - - - - Maximum number of login attempts - - It is also possible to limit the number of attempts that your users can have to try to login. Setting a specific limit will enable this feature. This can be useful in temporarily preventing bots or other users from trying to log into other users' accounts. - Only integers can be entered for this setting. The number entered it the maximum number of times a user can attempt to login to an account before having to confirm his login visually, with the visual confirmation. - - - - - Allow PHP in templates - - Unlike phpBB2, phpBB3 allows the use of PHP code in the template files themselves, if enabled. If this option is enabled, PHP and INCLUDEPHP statements will be recognized and parsed by the template engine. - - - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Ustawienia obciążenia - On particularly large boards, it may be necessary to manage certain load-related settings in order to allow your board to run as smoothly as possible. However, even if your board isn't excessively active, it is still important to be able to adjust your board's load settings. Adjusting these settings properly can help reduce the amount of processing required by your server. Once you are done editing any of the server load-related settings, remember to click Submit to actually submit and apply your changes. - - The first group of settings, General Settings, allows you to control the very basic load-related settings, such as the maximum system load and session lengths. The following describes each option in detail. - - Główne ustawienia - Limit system load: This option enables you to control the maximum load that the server can undergo before the board will automatically go offline. Specifically, if the system’s one-minute load average exceeds this value, the board will automatically go offline. A value of "1.0" equals about 100% utilisation of one processor. Note that this option will only work with *nix-based servers that have this information accessible. If your board is unable to get the load limit, this value will reset itself to "0". All positive numbers are valid values for this option. (For example, if your server has two processors, a setting of 2.0 would represent 100% server utilisation of both processors.) Set this to "0" if you do not want to enable this option. - Session length: This is the amount of time, in seconds, before your users' sessions expire. All positive integers are valid values. Set this to "0" if you want session lengths to last indefinitely. - Limit sessions: It is also possible to control the maximum amount of sessions your board will handle before your board will go offline and be temporarily disabled. Specifically, if the number of sessions your board is serving exceeds this value within a one-minute period, the board will go offline and be temporarily disabled. All positive integers are valid values. Set this to "0" if you want to allow an unlimited amount of sessions. - View online time span: This is the number of minutes after which inactive users will not appear in the Who is Online listings. The higher the number given, the greater the processing power required to generate the listing. All positive integers are valid values, and indicate the number of minutes that the time span will be. - - - - The second group of settings, General Options, allows you to control whether certain options are available for your users on your board. The following describes each option further. - - Główne opcje - Enable dotted topics: Topics in which a poster has already posted in will see dotted topic icons for these topics. To enable this feature, select, Yes. - Enable server-side topic marking: One of the many new features phpBB3 offers is server-side read tracking. This is different from phpBB2, which only offered read tracking based on cookies. To store read/unread status information in the database, as opposed to in a cookie, select Yes. - Enable topic marking for guests: It is also possible to allow guests to have read/unread status information. If you want your board to store read/unread status information for guests, select Yes. If this option is disabled, posts will be displayed as "read" for guests. - Enable online user listings: The online user listings can be displayed on your board's index, in each forum, and on topic pages. If you want to enable this option and allow the online user listings to be displayed, choose Yes. - Enable online guest listings in viewonline: If you want to enable the display of guest user information in the Who is Online section, choose Yes. - Enable display of user online/offline information: This option allows you to control whether or not online/offline status information for users can be displayed in profiles and on the topic view pages. To enable this display option, choose Yes. - Enable birthday listing: In phpBB3, birthdays is a new feature. To enable the listing of birthdays, choose Yes. - Enable display of moderators: Though it can be particularly useful to list the moderators who moderate each forum, it is possible to disable this feature, which may help reduce the amount of processing required. To enable the display of moderators, select Yes. - Enable display of jumpbox: The jumpbox can be a useful tool for navigating throughout your board. However, it is possible to control whether or not this is displayed. To display the jumpboxes, select Yes. - Show user's activity: This option controls whether or not the active topic/forum information displayed in your users' profiles and UCP. If you want to show this user activity information, select Yes. However, if your board has more than one million posts, it is recommended that you disable this feature. - Recompile stale templates: This option controls the recompilation of old templates. If this is enabled, your board will check to see if there are updated templates on your filesystem; if there are, your board will recompile the templates. Select Yes to enable this option. - - - - Lastly, the last group of load settings relates to Custom Profile Fields, which are a new feature in phpBB3. The following describes these options in detail. - - Własne pola profilu - Allow styles to display custom profile fields in memberlist: This option allows you to control if your board's style(s) can display the custom profile fields (if your board has any) in the memberlist. To enable this, choose Yes. - Display custom profile fields in user profiles: If you want to enable the display of custom profile fields (if your board has any) in users' profiles, select Yes. - Display custom profile fields in viewtopic: If you want to enable the display of custom profile fields (if your board has any) in the topic view pages, choose Yes. - - -
    - - -
    -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Administrator forum - The Forum section offers the tools to manage your forums. Whether you want to add new forums, add new categories, change forum descriptions, reorder or rename your forums, this is the place to go. -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Explanation of forum types - In phpBB 3.0, there are three forum types. A forum can be a normal forum where people can post in, a category that contains forums, or it can be a simple link. - - - Forum - - In a forum people can post their topics. - - - - Link - - The forum list displays a forum link like a normal forum. But instead of linking to a forum, you can point it to a URL of your choice. It can display a hit counter, which shows how many times the link was clicked. - - - - Category - - If you want to combine multiple forums or links for a specific topic, you can put them inside a category. The forums will appear below the category title, clearly separated from other categories. Users are not able to post inside categories. - - - -
    -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Subforums - One of the many new features in phpBB 3.0 are subforums. Especially bulletin boards with a high number of forums will benefit from this. In the simple flat category and forum approach in phpBB 2.0, all forums and categories were listed on the forum index. In Olympus you can now put as many forums, links, or categories as you like inside other forums. - - If you have a forum about pets for instance, you are able to put subforums for cats, dogs, or guinea pigs inside it without making the parent "Pets" forum a category. In this example, only the "Pets" forum will be listed on the index like a normal forum. Its subforums will appear as simple links below the forum description (unless you disabled this). - -
    - Tworzenie subforów - - - - - - Creating subforums. In this example, the subforums titled "Cats" and "Dogs" belong in the "Pets" parent forum. Pay close attention to the breadcrumbs on the page, located right above the list of the subforums. This tells you exactly where you are in the forums hierarchy. - - -
    - - This system theoretically allows unlimited levels of subforums. You can put as many subforums inside subforums as you like. However, please do not go overboard with this feature. On boards with five to ten forums or less, it is not a good idea to use subforums. Remember, the less forums you have, the more active your forum will appear. You can always add more forums later. - Read the section on forum management to find out how to create subforums. -
    -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Zarządzanie forami - Here you can add, edit, delete, and reorder the forums, categories, and links. - -
    - Managing Forums Icon Legend - - - - - - This is the legend for the icons on the manage forums page. Each icon allows you to commit a certain action. Pay close attention to which action you click on when managing your forums. - - -
    - - The initial Manage forums page shows you a list of your top level forums and categories. Note, that this is not analogue to the forum index, as categories are not expanded here. If you want to reorder the forums inside a category, you have to open the category first. -
    -
    -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Ustawienia pisania postów - - Forums are nothing without content. Content is created and posted by your users; as such, it is very important to have the right posting settings that control how the content is posted. You can reach this section by clicking the Posting navigation tab. - The first page you are greeted with after getting to the Posting Settings section is BBCodes. The other available subsections are divided into two main groups: Messages and Attachments. Private message settings, Topic icons, Smilies, and Word censoring are message-related settings. Attachment settings, Manage extensions, Manage extension groups, and Orphaned attachments are attachment-related settings. - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - BBCodes - - BBCodes are a special way of formatting posts, similar to HTML. phpBB 3.0 allows you to create your own BBCodes very easily. On this page, you can see the custom BBCodes that currently exist. - Adding a BBCode is very easy. If done right, allowing users to use your new BBCode may be safer than allowing them to use HTML code. To add a BBCode, click Add a new BBCode to begin. There are four main things to consider when adding a BBCode: how you want your users to use the BBCode, what HTML code the BBcode will actually use (the users will not see this), what short info message you want for the BBCode, and whether or not you want a button for the new BBCode to be displayed on the posting screen. Once you are done configuring all of the custom BBCode settings, click Submit to add your new BBCode. - -
    - Tworzenie kodów BBCode - - - - - - Creating a new BBCode. In this example, we are creating a new [font] BBCode that will allow users to specify the font face of the specified text. - - -
    - - In the BBCode Usage form, you can define how you want your users to use the BBCode. Let's say you want to create a new font BBCode that will let your users pick a font to use for their text. An example of what to put under BBCode Usage would be - [font={TEXT1}]{TEXT2}[/font] - This would make a new [font] BBCode, and will allow the user to pick what font face they want for the text. The user's text is represented by TEXT,while FONTNAME represents whatever font name the user types in. - - In the HTML Replacementform, you can define what HTML code your new BBCode will use to actually format the text. In the case of making a new [font] BBCode, try - <span style="font-family: {TEXT1}">{TEXT2}<span> - This HTML code will be used to actually format the user's text. - - The third option to consider when adding a custom BBCode is what sort of help message you want to display to your users if they choose to use the new BBCode. Ideally, the helpline message is a short note or tip for the user using the BBCode. This message will be displayed below the BBCode row on the posting screens. - - If the next option described, Display on posting, isn't enabled, the helpline message will not be displayed. - - Lastly, when adding a new BBCode, you can decide whether or not you want an actual BBCode button for your new BBCode to be displayed on the posting screens. If you want this, then check the Display on posting checkbox. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Ustawienia prywatnych wiadomości - - Many users use your board's private messaging system. Here you can manage all of the default private message-related settings. Listed below are the settings that you can change. Once you're done setting the posting settings, click Submit to submit your changes. - - Główne ustawienia - Private messaging: You can enable to disable your board's private messaging system. If you want to enable it, select Yes. - Max private message folders: This is the maximum number of new private message folders your users can each create. - Max private messages per box: This is the maximum number of private messages your users can have in each of their folders. - Full folder default action: Sometimes your users want to send each other a private message, but the intended recipient has a full folder. This setting will define exactly what will happen to the sent message. You can either set it so that an old message will be deleted to make room for the new message, or the new messages will be held back until the recipient makes room in his inbox. Note that the default action for the Sentbox is the deletion of old messages. - Limit editing time: Users are usually allowed to edit their sent private messages before the recipient reads it, even if it's already in their outbox. You can control the amount of time your users have to edit sent private messages. - - - - Główne opcje - Allow sending of private messages to multiple users and groups: In phpBB 3.0, it is possible to send a private message to more than user. To allow this, select Yes. - Allow BBCode in private messages: Select Yes to allow BBCode to be used in private messages. - Allow smilies in private messages: Select Yes to allow smilies to be used in private messages. - Allow attachments in private messages: Select Yes to allow attachments to be used in private messages. - Allow signature in private messages: Select Yes to let your users include their signature in their private messages.. - Allow print view in private messages: Another new feature in phpBB 3.0 is a printer-friendly view. Select Yes to allow your users to view any of their PMs in print view. - Allow forwarding in private messages: Select Yes to allow your users to forward private messages. - Allow use of [img] BBCode tag: Select Yes if you want your users to be able to post inline images in their private messages. - Allow use of [flash] BBCode tag: Select Yes if you want your users to be able to post inline Macromedia Flash objects in their private messages. - Enable use of topic icons in private messages: Select Yes if you want to enable your users to include topic icons with their private messages. (Topic icons are displayed next to the private messages' titles.). - - - - If you want to set any of the above numerical settings so that the setting will allow unlimited amounts of the item, set the numerical setting to 0. - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Ikony tematu - - A new feature in phpBB3 is the ability to assign icons to topics. On this page, you can manage what topic icons are available for use on your board. You can add, edit, delete, or move topic icons. The Topic Icons form displays the topic icons currently installed on your board. You can add topic icons manually, install a premade icons pack, export or download an icons pack file, or edit your currently installed topic icons. - - Your first option to add topic icons to your board is to use a premade icons pack. Icon packs have the file extension pak. To install an icons pack, you must first download an icons pack. Upload the icon files themselves and the pack file into the /images/icons/ directory. Then, click Install icons pak. The Install icons pak form displays all of the options you have regarding topic icon installation. Select the icon pack you wish to add (you may only install one icon pack at a time). You then have the option of what to do with currently installed topic icons if the new icon pack has icons that may conflict with them. You can either keep the existing icon(s) (there may be duplicates), replace the matches (overwriting the icon(s) that already exist), or just delete all of the conflicting icons. Once you have selected the proper option, click Install icons pak. - - To add topic icon(s) manually, you must first upload the icons into the icons directory of your site. Navigate to the Topic icons page. Click Add multiple icons, which is located in the Topic Icons form. If you correctly uploaded your new desired topic icon(s) into the proper /images/icons/ directory, you should see a row of settings for each new icon you uploaded. The following has a description on what each field is for. Once you are done with adding the topic icon(s), click, Submit to submit your additions. - - - Icon image file: This column will display the actual icon itself. - Icon location: This column will display the path that the icon is located in, relative to the /images/icons/ directory. - Icon width: This is the width (in pixels) you want the icon to be stretched to. - Icon height: This is the height (in pixels) you want the icon to be stretched to. - Display on posting: If this checkbox is checked, the topic icon will actually be displayed on the posting screen. - Icon order: You can also set what order that the topic icon will be displayed. You can either set the topic icon to be the first, or after any other topic icon currently installed. - Add: If you are satisfied with the settings for adding your new topic icon, check this box. - - - You may also edit your currently installed topic icons' settings. To do so, click Edit icons. You will see the Icon configuration form. For more information regarding each field, see the above paragraph regarding adding topic icons. - - Lastly, you may also reorder the topic icons, edit a topic icon's settings, or remove a topic icon. To reorder a topic icon, click the appropriate "move up" or "move down" icon. To edit a topic icon's current settings, click the "settings" button. To delete a topic icon, click the red "delete" button. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Uśmieszki - - Smilies or emoticons are typically small, sometimes animated images used to convey an emotion or feeling. You can manage the smilies on your board via this page. To add smilies, you have the option to either install a premade smilies pack, or add smilies manually. Locate the Smilies form, which lists the smilies currently installed on your board, on the page. - - Your first option to add smilies to your board is to use a premade smilies pack. Smilies packs have the file extension pak. To install a smilies pack, you must first download a smilies pack. Upload the smilies files themselves and the pack file into the /images/smilies/ directory. Then, click Install smilies pak. The Install smilies pak form displays all of the options you have regarding smilies installation. Select the smilies pack you wish to add (you may only install one smilies pack at a time). You then have the option of what to do with currently installed smilies if the new smilies pack has icons that may conflict with them. You can either keep the existing smilies (there may be duplicates), replace the matches (overwriting the smilies that already exist), or just delete all of the conflicting smilies. Once you have selected the proper option, click Install smilies pak. - - To add a smiley to your board manually, you must first upload the smilies into the /images/smilies/ directory. Then, click on Add multiple smilies. From here, you can add a smilie and configure it. The following are the settings you can set for the new smilies. Once you are done adding a smiley, click Submit. - - - Smiley image file: This is what the smiley actually looks like. - Smiley location: This is where the smiley is located, relative to the /images/smilies/ directory. - Smiley code: This is the text that will be replaced with the smiley. - Emotion: This is the smiley's title. - Smiley width: This is the width in pixels that the smiley will be stretched to. - Smiley height: This is the height in pixels that the smiley will be stretched to. - Display on posting: If this checkbox is checked, this smiley will actually be displayed on the posting screen. - Smiley order: You can also set what order that the smiley will be displayed. You can either set the smiley to be the first, or after any other smiley currently installed. - Add: If you are satisfied with the settings for adding your new smiley, check this box. - - - You may also edit your currently installed smilies' settings. To do so, click Edit smilies. You will see the Smiley configuration form. For more information regarding each field, see the above paragraph regarding adding smilies. - - Lastly, you may also reorder the smilies, edit a smiley's settings, or remove a smiley. To reorder a smiley, click the appropriate "move up" or "move down" icon. To edit a smiley's current settings, click the "settings" button. To delete a smiley, click the red "delete" button. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Cenzura słów - - On some forums, a certain level of appropriate, profanity-free speech is required. Like phpBB2, phpBB3 continues to offer word censoring. Words that match the patterns set in the Word censoring panel will automatically be censored with text that you, the admin, specify. To manage your board's word censoring, click Word censoring. - - To add a new word censor, click Add new word. There are two fields: Word and Replacement. Type in the word that you want automatically censored in the Word text field. (Note that you can use wildcards (*).) Then, type in the text you want the censored word to be replaced with in the Replacement text field. Once you are done, click Submit to add the new censored word to your board. - - To edit an existing word censor, locate the censored word's row. Click the "edit" icon located in that row, and proceed with changing the censored word's settings. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Ustawienia załączników - - If you allow your users to post attachments, it is important to be able to control your board's attachments settings. Here, you can configure the main settings for attachments and the associated special categories. When you are done configuring your board's attachments settings, click Submit. - - - Ustawienia załączników - Allow attachments: If you want attachments to be enabled on your board, select Yes. - Allow attachments in private messages: If you want to enable attachments being posted in private messages, select Yes. - Upload directory: The directory that attachments will be uploaded to. The default directory is /files/. - Attachment display order: The order that attachments will be displayed, based on the time the attachment was posted. - Total attachment quota: The maximum drive space that will be available for all of your board's attachments. If you want this quota to be unlimited, use a value of 0. - Maximum filesize: The maximum filesize of an attachment allowed. If you want this value to be unlimited, use a value of 0. - Maximum filesize messaging: The maximum drive space that will be available per user for attachments posted in private messages. If you want this quota to be unlimited, use a value of 0. - Max attachments per post: The maximum number of attachments that can be posted in a post. If you want this value to be unlimited, use a value of 0. - Max attachments per message: The maximum number of attachments that can be posted in a private message. If you want this value to be unlimited, use a value of 0. - Enable secure downloads: If you want to be able to only allow attachments to be available to specific IP addresses or hostnames, this option should be enabled. You can further configure secure downloads once you have enabled them here; the secure downloads-specific settings are located in the Define allowed IPs/Hostnames and Remove or un-exclude allowed IPs/hostnames forms at the bottom of the page. - Allow/Deny list: This allows you to configure the default behaviour when secure downloads are enabled. A whitelist (Allow) only allows IP addresses or hostnames to access downloads, while a blacklist (Deny) allows all users except those who have an IP address or hostname located on the blacklist. This setting only applies if secure downloads are enabled. - Allow empty referrer: Secure downloads are based on referrers.This setting controls if downloads are allowed for those omitting the referrer information. This setting only applies if secure downloads are enabled. - - - - Image Category Settings - Display images inline: How image attachments are displayed. If this is set to No, a link to the attachment will be given instead, rather than the image itself (or a thumbnail) being displayed inline. - Create thumbnail: This setting configures your board to either create a thumbnail for every image attached, or not. - Maximum thumbnail width in pixels: This is the maximum width in pixels for the created thumbnails. - Maximum thumbnail filesize: Thumbnails will not be created for images if the created thumbnail filesize exceeds this value, in bytes. This is useful for particularly large images that are posted. - Imagemagick path: If you have Imagemagick installed and would like to set your board to use it, specify the full path to your Imagemagick convert application. An example is /usr/bin/. - Maximum image dimensions: The maximum size of image attachments, in pixels. If you would like to disable dimension checking (and thereby allow image attachments of any dimensions), set each value to 0. - Image link dimensions: If an image attachment is larger than these dimensions (in pixels), a link to the image will be displayed in the post instead. If you want images to be displayed inline regardless of dimensions, set each value to 0. - - - - Define Allowed/Disallowed IPs/Hostnames - IP addresses or hostnames: If you have secure downloads enabled, you can specify the IP addresses or hostnames allowed or disallowed. If you specify more than one IP address or hostname, each IP address or hostname should be on its own line. Entered values can have wildcards (*). To specify a range for an IP address, separate the start and end with a hyphen (-). - Exclude IP from [dis]allowed IPs/hostnames: Enable this to exclude the entered IP(s)/hostname(s). - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Manage extensions - - You can further configure your board's attachments settings by controlling what file extensions attached files can have to be uploaded. It is recommended that you do not allow scripting file extensions (such as php, php3, php4, phtml, pl, cgi, py, rb, asp, aspx, and so forth) for security reasons. You can find this page by clicking Manage extensions once you're in the ACP. - - To add an allowed file extension, find the Add Extension form on the page. In the field labeled Extension, type in the file extension. Do not include the period before the file extension. Then, select the extension group that this new file extension should be added to via the Extension group selection menu. Then, click Submit. - - You can also view your board's current allowed file extensions. On the page, you should see a table listing all of the allowed file extensions. To change the group that an extension belongs to, select a new extension group from the selection menu located in the extension's row. To delete an extension, check the checkbox in the Delete column. When you're done managing your board's current file extensions, click Submit at the bottom of the page. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Manage extension groups - - Allowed file extensions can be placed into groups for easy management and viewing. To manage the extension groups, click Manage extension groups once you get into the Posting settings part of the ACP. You can configure specific settings regarding each extension group. - - To add a new file extension group, find the textbox that corresponds to the Create new group button. Type in the name of the extension group, then click Submit. You will be greeted with the extension group settings form. The following contains descriptions for each option available, and applies to extension groups that either already exist or are being added. - - - Add Extension Group - Group name: The name of the extension group. - Special category: Files in this extension group can be displayed differently. Select a special category from this selection menu to change the way the attachments in this extension group is presented within a post. - Allowed: Enable this if you want to allow attachments that belong in this extension group. - Allowed in private messaging: Enable this if you want to allow attachments that belong in this extension group in private messages. - Upload icon: The small icon that is displayed next to all attachments that belong in this extension group. - Maximum filesize: The maximum filesize for attachments in this extension group. - Assigned extensions: This is a list of all file extensions that belong in this extension group. Click Go to extension management screen to manage what extensions belong in this extension group. - Allowed forums: This allows you to control what forums your users are allowed to post attachments that belong in this extension group. To enable this extension group in all forums, select the Allow all forums radio button. To set which specific forums this extension group is allowed in, select the Only forums selected below radio button, and then select the forums in the selection menu. - - - To edit a current file extension group's settings, click the "Settings" icon that is in the extension group's row. Then, go ahead and edit the extension group's settings. For more information about each setting, see the above. - - To delete an extension group, click the "Delete" icon that is in the extension group's row. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Orphaned attachments - - Sometimes, attachments may be orphaned, which means that they exist in the specified files directory (to configure this directory, see the section on attachment settings), but aren't assigned to any post(s). This can happen when posts are deleted or edited, or even when users attach a file, but don't submit their post. - - To manage orphaned attachments, click on Orphaned attachments on the left-hand menu once you're in the Posting settings section of the ACP. You should see a list of all orphaned attachments in the table, along with all the important information regarding each orphaned attachment. - - You can assign an orphaned post to a specific post. To do so, you must first find the post's post ID. Enter this value into the Post ID column for the particular orphaned attachment. Enable Attach file to post, then click Submit. - - To delete an orphaned attachment, check the orphaned attachment's Delete checkbox, then click Submit. Note that this cannot be undone. -
    -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Users Management - -
    - Manage Users - Users are the basis of your forum. As a forum administrator, it is very important to be able to manage your users. Managing your users and their information and specific options is easy, and can be done via the ACP. - - To begin, log in and reach your ACP. Find and click on Users and Groups to reach the necessary page. If you do not see User Administration , simply find and click on Manage Users in the navigation menu on the left side of the page. - - To continue and manage a user, you must know the username(s) that you want to manage. In the textbox for the "Find a member:" field, type in the username of the user whose information and settings you wish to manage. On the other hand, if you want to find a member, click on [ Find a Member ] (which is below the textbox) and follow all the steps appropriate to find and select a user. If you wiant to manage the information and settings for the Anonymous user (any visitor who is not logged in is set as the Anonymous user), check the checkbox labeled "Select Anonymous User". Once you have selected a user, click Submit. - - There are many sections relating to a user's settings. The following are subsections that have more information on each form. Each form allows you to manage specific settings for the user you have selected. When you are done with editing the data on each form, click Submit (located at the bottom of each form) to submit your changes. - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - User Overview - This is the first form that shows up when you first select a user to manage. Here, all of the general information and settings for each user is displayed. - - - - Username - - This is the name of the user you're currently managing. If you want to change the user's username, type in a new username between three and twenty characters long into the textbox labeled Username: - - - - - Registered - - This is the complete date on which the user registered. You cannot edit this value. - - - - - Registered from IP - - This is the IP address from which the user registered his or her account. If you want to determine the IP hostname, click on the IP address itself. The current page will reload and will display the appropriate information. If you want to perform a whois on the IP address, click on the Whois link. A new window will pop up with this data. - - - - - Last Active - - This is the complete date on which the user was last active. - - - - - Founder - - Founders are users who have all administrator permissions and can never be banned, deleted or altered by non-founder members. If you want to set this user as a founder, select the Yes radio button. To remove founder status from a user, select the No radio button. - - - - - Email - - This is the user's currently set email address. To change the email address, fill in the Email: textbox with a valid email. - - - - - Confirm email address - - This textbox should only be filled if you are changing the user's email address. If you are changing the email address, both the Email: textbox and this one should be filled with the same email address. If you do not fill this in, the user's email address will not be changed. - - - - - New password - - As an administrator, you cannot see any of your users' password. However, it is possible to change passwords. To change the user's password, type in a new password in the New password: textbox. The new password has to be between six and thirty characters long. - - Before submitting any changes to the user, make sure this field is blank, unless you really want to change the user's password. If you accidentally change the user's password, the original password cannot be recovered! - - - - - Confirm new password - - This textbox should only be filled if you are changing the user's password. If you are changing the user's password, the Confirm new password: textbox needs to be filled in with the same password you filled in in the above New password: textbox. - - - - - Warnings - - This is the number of warnings the user currently has. You can edit this number by typing in a number into the Warnings: number field. Only positive integers are allowed. - For more information about warnings, see . - - - - - Quick Tools - - The options in the Quick Tools drop-down selection box allow you to quickly and easily change one of the user's options. The available options are Delete Signature, Delete Avatar, Move all Posts, Delete all Posts, and Delete all attachments. - - - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - User Feedback - Another aspect of managing a user is editing their feedback data. Feedback consists of any sort of user warning issued to the user by a forum administrator. - - To customise the display of the user's existing log entries, select any criteria for your customisation by selecting your options in the drop-down selection boxes entitled Display entries from previous: and Sort by:. Display entries from previous: allows you to set a specific time period in which the feedback was issued. Sort by: allows you to sort the existing log entries by Username, Date, IP address, and Log Action. The log entries can then be sorted in ascending or descending order. When you are done setting these options, click the Go button to update the page with your customisations. - - Another way of managing a user's feedback data is by adding feedback. Simply find the section entitled Add feedback and enter your message into the FEEDBACK text area. When you are done, click Submit to add the feedback. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - User Profile - - Users may sometimes have content in their forum profile that requires that you either update it or delete it. If you don't want to change a field, leave it blank.The following are the profile fields that you can change: - - ICQ Number has to be a number at least three digits long. - AOL Instant Messenger can have any alphanumeric characters and symbols. - MSN Messenger can have any alphanumeric characters, but should look similar to an email address (joebloggs@example.com). - Yahoo Messenger can have any alphanumeric characters and symbols. - Jabber address can have any alphanumeric characters, but needs to look like an email address would (joebloggs@example.com). - Website can have any alphanumeric characters and symbols, but must have the protocol included (ex. http://www.example.com). - Location can have any alphanumeric characters and symbols. - Occupation can have any alphanumeric characters and symbols. - Interests can have any alphanumeric characters and symbols. - Birthday can be set with three different drop-down selection boxes: Day:, Month:, and Year:, respectively. Setting a year will list the user's age when it is his or her birthday. - - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - User Preferences - - Users have many settings they can use for their account. As an administrator, you can change any of these settings. The user settings (also known as preferences) are grouped into three main categories: Global Settings, Posting Defaults, and Display Options. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - User Avatar - - Here you can manage the user's avatar. If the user has already set an avatar for himself/herself, then you are able to see the avatar image. - Depending on your avatar settings (for more information on avatar settings, see Avatar Settings), you can choose any option available to change the user's avatar: Upload from your machine, Upload from a URL, or Link off-site. You can also select an avatar from your board's avatar gallery by clicking the Display gallery button next to Local gallery:. - - The changes you make to the user's avatar still has to comply with the limitations you've set in the avatar settings. - - To delete the avatar image, simply check the Delete image checkbox underneath the avatar image. - When you are done choosing what avatar the user will have, click Submit to update the user's avatar. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - User Rank - - Here you can set the user's rank. You can set the user's rank by selecting the rank from the User Rank: drop-down selection box. After you've picked the rank, click Submit to update the user's rank. - For more information about ranks, see . - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - User Signature - - Here you can add, edit, or delete the user's signature. - The user's current signature should be displayed in the Signature form. Just edit the signature by typing whatever you want into the text area. You can use BBCode and any other special formatting with what's provided. When you are done editing the user's signature, click Submit to update the user's signature. - - The signature that you set has to obey the board's signature limitations that you currently have set. - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Groups - - Here you can see all of the usergroups that the user is in. From this page you can easily remove the user from any usergroup, or add the user to an existing group. The table entitled Special groups user is a member of lists out the usergroups the user is currently a member of. - Adding the user to a new usergroup is very easy. To do so, find the pull-down menu labeled Add user to group: and select a usergroup from that menu. Once the usergroup is selected, click Submit. Your addition will immediately take effect. - To delete the user from a group he/she is currently a member of, find the row that the usergroup is in, and click Delete. You will be greeted with a confirmation screen; if you want to go ahead and do so, click Yes. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Permissions - - Here you can see all of the permissions currently set for the user. For each group the user is in, there is a separate section on the page for the permissions that relates to that category. To actually set the user's permissions, see . -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Attachments - - Depending on the current attachments settings, your users may already have attachments posted. If the user has already uploaded at least one attachment, you can see the listing of the attachment(s) in the table. The data available for each attachment consist of: Filename, Topic title, Post time, Filesize, and Downloads. - To help you in managing the user's attachment(s), you can choose the sorting order of the attachments list. Find the Sort by: pull-down menu and pick the category you want to use the sort the list (the possible options are Filename, Extension, Filesize, Downloads, Post time, and Topic title. To choose the sorting order, choose either Descending or Ascending from the pull-down menu besides the sorting category. Once you are done, click Go. - To view the attachment, click on the attachment's filename. The attachment will open in the same browser window. You can also view the topic in which the attachment was posted by clicking on the link besides the Topic: label, which is below the filename. Deleting the user's attachment(s) is very easy. In the attachments listing, check the checkboxes that are next to the attachment(s) you want to delete. When everything you want has been selected, click Delete marked, which is located below the attachments listing. - - To select all of the attachments shown on the page, click the Mark all link, which is below the attachments listing. This helps especially if you want to delete all of the attachments shown on the page at once. - -
    -
    -
    - - - - Graham - - - - Inactive Users - Here you are able to view details of all users who are currently marked as inactive along with the reason their account is marked as inactive and when this occurred. - Using the checkboxes on this page it is possible to perform bulk actions on the users, these include activating the accounts, sending them a reminder email indicating that they need to activate their account or deleting the account. - There are 5 reasons which may be indicated for an account being inactive: - - - Account deactivated by administrator - - This account has been manually deactivated by an administrator via the user management tools. More details on who performed this action and the reasons may be available via the User Notes. - - - - Profile details changed - - The board is configured to require user activation and this user has changed key information related to their account such as the email address and is required to reactivate the account to confirm these changes. - - - - Newly registered account - - The board is configured to require user activation and either the user or an administrator (depending on the settings) has not yet activated this new account. - - - - Forced user account reactivation - - An administrator has forced this user to reactivate their account via the user management tools. More details on who performed this action and the reasons may be available via the User Notes. - - - - Unknown - - No reason was recorded for this user being inactive; it is likely that the change was made by an external application or that this user was added from another source. - - - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Users' permissions - Along with being able to manage users' information, it is also important to be able to regularly maintain and control permissions for the users on your board. User permissions include capabilities such as the use of avatars and sending private messages. Global moderator permissions includings abilities such as approving posts, managing topics, and managing bans. Lastly administrator permissions such as altering permissions, defining custom BBCodes, and managing forums. - - To start managing a user's permissions, locate the Users and Groups tab and click on Users' Permissions in the left-side navigation menu. Here, you can assign global permissions to users. In the Look Up User. In the Find a user field, type in the username of the user whose permissions you want to edit. (If you want to edit the anonymous user, check the Select anonymous user checkbox.) Click Submit. - - Permissions are grouped into three different categories: user, moderator, and admin. Each user can have specific settings in each permission category. To faciliate user permissions editing, it is possible to assign specific preset roles to the user. - - - For the following permissions editing actions that are described, there are three choices you have to choose from. You may either select Yes, No, or Never. Selecting Yes will enable the selected permission for the user, while selecting No will disallow the user from having permission for the selected setting, unless another permission setting from another area overrides the setting. If you want to completely disallow the user from having the selected permission ever, then select Never. The Never setting will override all other values assigned to the setting. - - - To edit the user's User permissions, select "User permissions from the Select type selection menu, then press Go. Select the role to apply to the user. If you would like to use the advanced form that will offer more detailed permission configuration, click the Advanced Permissions link. A new form will pop up below the Role selection menu. There are four categories of permissions you may edit: Post, Profile, Misc, and Private messages. - - To edit the user's Moderative permissions, select "Moderator permissions from the Select type selection menu, then press Go. Select the role to apply to the user. If you would like to use the advanced form that will offer more detailed permission configuration, click the Advanced Permissions link. A new form will pop up below the Role selection menu. There are three categories of permissions you may edit: Post actions, Misc, and Topic actions. - - To edit the user's Administrative permissions, select "Admin permissions from the Select type selection menu, then press Go. Select the role to apply to the user. If you would like to use the advanced form that will offer more detailed permission configuration, click the Advanced Permissions link. A new form will pop up below the Role selection menu. There are six categories of permissions you may edit: Permissions, Posting, Misc, Users & Groups, Settings, and Forums. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Users' forum permissions - - Along with editing your users' user account-related permissions, you can also edit their forum permissions, which relate to the forums in your board. Forum permissions are different from user permissions in that they are directly related and tied to the forums. Users' forum permissions allows you to edit your users' forum permissions. When doing so, you can only assign forum permissions to one user at a time. - - To start editing a user's forum permissions, start by typing in the user's username into the Find a member text box. If you would like to edit the forum permissions that pertain to the anonymous user, check the Select anonymous user text box. Click Submit to continue. - -
    - Selecting forums for users' forum permissions - - - - - - Selecting forums to assign forum permissions to users. In this example, the "Cats" and "Dogs" subforums (their parent forum is "Pets") are selected. The user's forum permissions for these two forums will be edited/updated. - - -
    - - You should now be able to assign forum permissions to the user. You now have two ways to assign forum permissions to the user: you may either select the forum(s) manually with a multiple selection menu, or select a specific forum or category, along with its associated subforums. Click Submit to continue with the forum(s) you have picked. Now, you should be greeted with the Setting permissions screen, where you can actually assign the forum permissions to the user. You should now select what kind of forum permissions you want to edit now; you may either edit the user's Forum permissions or Moderator permissions. Click Go. You should now be able to select the role to assign to the user for each forum you selected previously. If you would like to configure these permissions with more detail, click the Advanced permissions link located in the appropriate forum permissions box, and then update the permissions accordingly. When you are done, click Apply all permissions if you are in the Advanced permissions area, or click Apply all permissions at the bottom of the page to submit all of your changes on the page. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Custom profile fields - - One of the many new features in phpBB3 that enhance the user experience is Custom Profile Fields. In the past, users could only fill in information in the common profile fields that were displayed; administrators had to add MODifications to their board to accommodate their individual needs. In phpBB3, however, administrators can comfortably create custom profile fields through the ACP. - - To create your custom profile field, login to your ACP. Click on the Users and Groups tab, and then locate the Custom profile fields link in the left-hand menu to click on. You should now be on the proper page. Locate the empty textbox below the custom profile fields headings, which is next to a selection menu and a Create new field button. Type in the empty textbox the name of the new profile field you want to create first. Then, select the field type in the selection menu. Available options are Numbers, Single text field, Textarea, Boolean (Yes/No), Dropdown box, and Date. Click the Create new field button to continue. The following describes each of the three sets of settings that the new custom profile field will have. - - Add profile field - Field type: This is the kind of the field that your new custom profile field is. That means that it can consist of numbers, dates, etc. This should already be set. - Field identification: This is the name of the profile field. This name will identify the profile field within phpBB3's database and templates. - Display profile field: This setting determines if the new profile field will be displayed at all. The profile field will be shown on topic pages, profiles and the memberlist if this is enabled within the load settings. Only showing within the users profile is enabled by default. - - - - Visibility option - Display in user control panel: This setting determines if your users will be able to change the profile field within the UCP. - Display at registration screen: If this option is enabled, the profile field will be displayed on the registration page. Users will be able to be change this field within the UCP. - Required field: This setting determines if you want to force your users to fill in this profile field. This will display the profile field at registration and within the user control panel. - Hide profile field: If this option is enabled, this profile field will only show up in users' profiles. Only administrators and moderators will be able to see or fill out this field in this case. - - - - Language specific options - Field name/title presented to the user: This is the actual name of the profile field that will be displayed to your users. - Field description: This is a simple description/explanation for your users filling out this field. - - - - When you are done with the above settings, click the Profile type specific options button to continue. Fill out the appropriate settings with what you desire, then click the Next button. If your new custom profile field was created successfully, you should be greeted with a green success message. Congratulations! -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Managing ranks - - Ranks are special titles that can be applied to forum users. As an administrator, it is up to you to create and manage the ranks that exist on your board. The actual names for the ranks are completely up to you; it's usually best to tailor them to the main purpose of your board. - - - When assigning a special rank name to a user, remember that no permissions are associated. For example, if you create a "Support Moderator" rank and assign it to a user, that user will not automatically get moderator permissions. You must assign the user the special permissions separately. - - - To manage your board's ranks, login to your ACP, click on the Users and Groups tab, and then click on the Manage ranks link located in the left-hand menu. You should now be on the rank management page. All current existing ranks are displayed. - - To create a new rank, click on the Add new rank button located below the existing ranks list. Fill in the first field Rank title with the name of the rank. If you uploaded an image you want to attribute to the rank into the /images/ranks/ folder, you can select an image from the selection menu. The last setting you can set is if you want the rank to be a "special" rank. Special ranks are ranks that administrators assign to users; they are not automatically assigned to users based on their postcount. If you selected No, then you can fill in the Minimum posts field with the minimum number of posts your users must have before getting assigned this rank. When you are done, click the Submit button to add this new rank. - - To edit a rank's current settings, locate the rank's row, and then click on its "Edit" button located in the Action column. - - To delete a rank, locate the rank's row, and then click on its "Delete" button located in the Action column. Then, you must confirm the action by clicking on the Yes button when prompted. -
    - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - User Security - Other than being able to manage your users on your board, it is also important to be able to protect your board and prevent unwanted registrations and users. The User Security section allows you to manage banned emails, IPs, and usernames, as well as managing disallowed usernames and user pruning. Banned users that exhibit information that match any of these ban rules will not be able to reach any part of your board. - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Ban emails - Sometimes, it is necessary to ban emails in order to prevent unwanted registrations. There may be certain users or spam bots that use emails that you are aware of. Here, in the Ban emails section, you can do this. You can control which email addresses are banned, how long a ban is in effect, and the given reason(s) for banning. - - To ban or exclude one or more email addresses, fill in the Ban one or more email addresses form. Once you are done with your changes, click Submit. - - Ban one or more email addresses - Email address: This textbox should contain all the emails that you want to ban under a single rule. If you want to ban more than one email at this time, put each email on its own line. You can also use wildcards (*) to match partial addresses. - Length of ban: This is how long you want the email address(es) to be banned for. The available options include some common durations, such as number of hours or days. You may also set a date for which the email address(es) will be banned until; to set this, select Until -> from the selection menu, and specify a date in the format "YYYY-MM-DD" in the textbox located below the selection menu. - Exclude from banning: You should enable this if you want to exclude the entered email address from all current bans. - Reason for ban: This is a short reason for why you want to ban the email address(es). This is optional, and can help you remember in the future why you banned the email address(es). - Reason shown to the banned: This is a short explanation that will actually be shown to the users with the banned email address(es). This can be different from the above Reason for ban. - - - Other than adding emails to be banned, you can also un-ban or un-exclude email addresses from bans. To un-ban or exclude one or more email addresses from bans, fill in the Un-ban or un-exclude emails form. Once you are done, click Submit. - - Un-ban or un-exclude emails - Email address: This multiple selection menu lists all currently banned emails. Select the email that you want to un-ban or exclude by clicking on the email in the multiple selection menu. To select more than one email address, you have to use the appropriate combination of mouse and keyboard commands. The most common way to do this is to press and hold down the CTRL button on your keyboard, and then click all of the emails you want to select. Let go of the CTRL button once you are done. - Length of ban: This is an uneditable information box that shows the length of the ban for the currently selected email. If more than one email address is selected, only one of the ban lengths will be displayed. - Reason for ban: This is an uneditable information box that shows the reason for the ban for the currently selected email. If more than one email address is selected, only one of the ban reasons will be displayed. - Reason shown to the banned: This is an uneditable information box that shows the reason shown to the banned for the currently selected email. If more than one email address is selected, only one of the shown ban reasons will be displayed. - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Ban IPs - Sometimes, it is necessary to ban IP addresses or hostnames in order to prevent unwanted users. There may be certain users or spam bots that use IPs or hostnames that you are aware of. Here, in the Ban IPs section, you can do this. You can control which IP addresses or hostnames are banned, how long a ban is in effect, and the given reason(s) for banning. - - To ban or exclude one or more IP addresses and/or hostnames, fill in the Ban one or more email addresses form. Once you are done with your changes, click Submit. - - Ban one or more IPs - IP addresses or hostnames: This textbox should contain all of the IP addresses and/or hostnames that you want to ban under a single rule. If you want to ban more than one IP address and/or hostname at this time, put each IP address and/or hostname on its own line. You can also use wildcards (*) to match partial addresses. - Length of ban: This is how long you want the IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) to be banned for. The available options include some common durations, such as number of hours or days. You may also set a date for which the IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) will be banned until; to set this, select Until -> from the selection menu, and specify a date in the format "YYYY-MM-DD" in the textbox located below the selection menu. - Exclude from banning: You should enable this if you want to exclude the entered IP address(es) and/or hostnames from all current bans. - Reason for ban: This is a short reason for why you want to ban the IP address(es) and/or hostname(s). This is optional, and can help you remember in the future why you banned the IP address(es) and/or hostname(s). - Reason shown to the banned: This is a short explanation that will actually be shown to the users with the banned IP address(es) and/or hostname(s). This can be different from the above Reason for ban. - - - Other than adding IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) to be banned, you can also un-ban or un-exclude IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) from bans. To un-ban or exclude one or more IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) from bans, fill in the Un-ban or un-exclude IPs form. Once you are done, click Submit. - - Un-ban or un-exclude IPs - IP addresses or hostnames: This multiple selection menu lists all currently banned IP address(es) and/or hostname(s). Select the IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) that you want to un-ban or exclude by clicking on the IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) in the multiple selection menu. To select more than one IP address and/or hostname, you have to use the appropriate combination of mouse and keyboard commands. The most common way to do this is to press and hold down the CTRL button on your keyboard, and then click all of the IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) you want to select. Let go of the CTRL button once you are done. - Length of ban: This is an uneditable information box that shows the length of the ban for the currently selected IP address or hostname. If more than one IP address or hostname is selected, only one of the ban lengths will be displayed. - Reason for ban: This is an uneditable information box that shows the reason for the ban for the currently selected IP address or hostname. If more than one IP address or hostname is selected, only one of the ban reasons will be displayed. - Reason shown to the banned: This is an uneditable information box that shows the reason shown to the banned for the currently selected IP address or hostname. If more than one IP address or hostname is selected, only one of the shown ban reasons will be displayed. - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Ban Users - Whenever you encounter troublesome users on your board, you may have to ban them. On the Ban usernames page, you can do exactly that. On this page, you can manage all banned usernames. - - To ban or exclude one or more users, fill in the Ban one or more users form. Once you are done with your changes, click Submit. - - Ban one or more usernames - Username: This textbox should contain all of the usernames that you want to ban under a single rule. If you want to ban more than one username at this time, put each username on its own line. You can also use wildcards (*) to partially match usernames. - Length of ban: This is how long you want the username(s) to be banned for. The available options include some common durations, such as number of hours or days. You may also set a date for which the username(s) will be banned until; to set this, select Until -> from the selection menu, and specify a date in the format "YYYY-MM-DD" in the textbox located below the selection menu. - Exclude from banning: You should enable this if you want to exclude the entered username(s) from all current bans. - Reason for ban: This is a short reason for why you want to ban the username(s). This is optional, and can help you remember in the future why you banned the user(s). - Reason shown to the banned: This is a short explanation that will actually be shown to the banned user(s). This can be different from the above Reason for ban. - - - Other than adding users to be banned, you can also un-ban or un-exclude usernames from bans. To un-ban or exclude one or more users from bans, fill in the Un-ban or un-exclude usernames form. Once you are done, click Submit. - - Un-ban or un-exclude usernames - Username: This multiple selection menu lists all currently banned usernames. Select the username(s) that you want to un-ban or exclude by clicking on the username(s) in the multiple selection menu. To select more than one username, you have to use the appropriate combination of mouse and keyboard commands. The most common way to do this is to press and hold down the CTRL button on your keyboard, and then click all of the usernames you want to select. Let go of the CTRL button once you are done. - Length of ban: This is an uneditable information box that shows the length of the ban for the currently selected username. If more than one username is selected, only one of the ban lengths will be displayed. - Reason for ban: This is an uneditable information box that shows the reason for the ban for the currently selected username. If more than one username is selected, only one of the ban reasons will be displayed. - Reason shown to the banned: This is an uneditable information box that shows the reason shown to the banned for the currently selected username. If more than one username is selected, only one of the shown ban reasons will be displayed. - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Disallow usernames - - In phpBB3, it is also possible to disallow the registration of certain usernames that match any usernames that you configure. (This is useful if you want to prevent users from registering with usernames that might confuse them with an important board member.) To manage disallowed usernames, go to the ACP, click the Users and Groups tab, and then click on Disallow usernames, which is located on the side navigation menu. - - To add a disallowed username, locate the Add a disallowed username form, and then type in the username in the textbox labeled Username. You can use wildcards (*) to match any character. For example, to disallow any username that matches "JoeBloggs", you could type in "Joe*". This would prevent all users from registering a username that starts with "Joe". Once you are done, click Submit. - - To remove a disallowed username, locate the Remove a disallowed username form. Select the disallowed username that you would like to remove from the Username selection menu. Click Submit to remove the selected disallowed username. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Prune users - - In phpBB3, it is possible to prune users from your board in order to keep only your active members. You can also delete a whole user account, along with everything associated with the user account. Prune users allows you to prune and deactivate user accounts on your board by post count, last visited date, and more. - - To start the pruning process, locate the Prune users form. You can prune users based on any combination of the available criteria. (In other words, fill out every field in the form that applies to the user(s) you're targeting for pruning.) When you are ready to prune users that match your specified settings, click Submit. - - - Prune users - Username: Enter a username that you want to be pruned. You can use wildcards (*) to prune users that have a username that matches the given pattern. - Email: The email that you want to be pruned. You can use wildcards (*) to prune users that have an email address that matches the given pattern. - Joined: You can also prune users based on their date of registration. To prune users who joined before a certain date (be careful with this setting), choose Before from the selection menu. To prune users who joined after a certain date, choose After from the selection menu. The date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. - Last active: You can also prune users based on the last time they were active. To prune users who were last active before a certain date (be careful with this setting), choose Before from the selection menu. To prune users who were last after a certain date (this is useful to prune users who have disappeared from your board), choose After from the selection menu. The date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. - Posts: You can prune users based on their post count as well. The criteria for post count can be above, below, or equal to, a specified number. The value you enter must be a positive integer. - Prune users: The usernames of the users you want to prune. Each username you want to prune should be on its own line. You can use wildcards (*) in username patterns as well. - Delete pruned user posts: When users are removed (actually deleted and not just deactivated), you must choose what to do with their posts. To delete all of the posts that belong to the pruned user(s), select the radio button labeled Yes. Otherwise, select No and the pruned user(s)' posts will remain on the board, untouched. - Deactivate or delete: You must choose whether you want to deactivate the pruned user(s)' accounts, or to completely delete and remove them from the board's database. - - - - Pruning users cannot be undone! Be careful with the criteria you choose when pruning users. - -
    -
    -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - - Group Management - - Usergroups are a way of grouping users. This makes it easier to set permissions to many people at the same time. phpBB 3.0 has six pre-defined groups: Administrators, Bots, Global Moderators, Guests, Registered Users, and Registered COPPA Users. - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - - Typy grup - There are two types of groups: - - - - - Pre-defined groups - - These are groups that are available by default in phpBB 3.0. You cannot delete them, as the board needs them for various features. You can still change their attributes (description, colour, rank, avatar, and so forth) and group leaders. Users that register to your board are automatically added to the predefined group "Registered Users", for instance. Do not try to remove them manually through the database, or your board will no longer function properly. - - - - Administratorzy - This usergroup contains all of the administrators on your board. All founders are administrators, but not all administrators are founders. You can control what administrators can do by managing this group. - - - - Boty - This usergroup is meant for search engine bots. phpBB 3.0 has the ability to overcome the common problems that search engine spiders encounter when spidering your board. For more information on managing settings for each bot, see the Spiders and Bots section. - - - - Globalni moderatorzy - Global moderators are moderators that have moderator permissions for every forum in your board. You can edit what permissions these moderators have by managing this group. - - - - Goście - Guests are visitors to your board who aren't logged in. You can limit what guests can do by managing this usergroup. - - - - Zarejestrowani użytkownicy - Registered users are a big part of your board. Registered users have already registered on your board. To control what registered users can do, manage this usergroup. - - - - Zarejestrowani użytkownicy COPPA - Registered COPPA users are basically the same as registered users, except that they fall under the COPPA, or Child Online Privacy Protection Act, law, meaning that they are under the age of 18 in the U.S.A. Managing the permissions this usergroup has is important in protecting these users. COPPA doesn't apply to users living outside of the U.S.A. - - - - - - - - User defined groups - - The groups you create by yourself are called "User defined groups". These groups are similar to groups in 2.0. You may create as many as you want, remove them, set group leaders, and change their attributes (description, colour, rank, avatar, and so forth). - - - - The Manage Groups section in the ACP shows you separated lists of both your "User defined groups" and the "Pre-defined groups". - -
    -
    - Group attributes - A list of attributes a group can have: - - - Nazwa grupy - The name of your group. - - - Opis grupy - The description of the group that will be displayed on the group overview list.. - - - Pokazuj grupę w legendzie: - This will enable the display of the name of the group in the legend of the "Who is Online" list. Note, that this will only make sense if you specified a colour for the group. - - - Group able to receive private messages - This will allow the sending of Private Messages to this group. Please note, that it can be dangerous to allow this for Registered Users, for instance. There is no permission to deny the sending to groups, so anyone who is able to send Private Messages will be able to send a message to this group! - - - Group private message limit per folder - This setting overrides the per-user folder message limit. A value of "0" means the user default limit will be used. See the section on user preferences for more information about private message settings. - - - Kolor grupy - The name of members that have this group as their default group (see ) will be displayed in this colour on all forum pages. If you enable Display group in legend, an legend entry with the same colour will appear below the "Who is Online" listing. - - - Group rank - A member that has this group as the default group (see ) will have this rank below his username. Note, that you can change the rank of this member to a different one that overrides the group setting. See the section on ranks for more information. - - - Group avatar - A member that has this group as the default group (see ) will use this avatar. Note that a member can change his avatar to a different one if he has the permission to do so. For more information on avatar settings, see the userguide section on avatars. - - - -
    -
    - Default groups - As it is now possible to assign attributes like colours or avatars to groups (see , it can happen that a user is a member of two or more different groups that have different avatars or other attributes. So, which avatar will the user now inherit? - To overcome this problem, you are able to assign each user exactly one "Default group". The user will only inherit the attributes of this group. Note, that it is not possible to mix attributes: If one group has a rank but no avatar, and another group has only a avatar, it is not possible to display the avatar from one group and the rank from the other group. You have to decide for one "Default group". - - Default groups have no influence on permissions. There is no added permissions bonus for your default group, so a user's permissions will stay the same, no matter what group is his default one. - - You can change default groups in two ways. You can do this either through the user management (see ), or directly through the groups management (Manage groups) page. Please be careful with the second option, as when you change the default group through a group directly, this will change the default group for all its group members and overwrite their old default groups. So, if you change the default group for the "Registered Users" group by using the Default link, all members of your forum will have this group as their default one, even members of the Administrators and Moderators groups as they are also members of "Registered Users". - - If you make a group the default one that has a rank and avatar set, the user's old avatar and rank will be overwritten by the group. - -
    -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Permission Overload - -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Styles - phpBB 3.0 is very customisable. Styling is one aspect of this customisability. Being able to manage the styles your board uses is important in keeping an interesting board. Your board's style may even reflect the purpose of your board. Styles allows you to manage all the styles available on your board. - - phpBB 3.0 styles have three main parts: templates, themes, and imagesets. - - - Templates - Templates are the HTML files responsible for the layout of the style. - - - - Themes - Themes are a combination of colour schemes and images that define the basic look of your forum. - - - - Imagesets - Imagesets are groups of images that are used throughout your board. Imagesets are comprised of all of the non-style specific images used by your board. - - - - - -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Board Maintenance - - Running a phpBB 3.0 board is a very important job that is up to the administrator(s). Maintaining the board to make sure it runs as cleanly and properly as possible is the administrator's job. - - Board Maintenance is a section in the ACP that allows you to keep track of internal phpBB information, such as logs, as well as maintaining your database (which holds your phpBB-related data), such as backing up and restoring data. - -
    - - - - Graham - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Logi forum - The Forum Log section of the ACP provides an overview of what has been happening on the board. This is important for you, the administrator, to keep track of. There are four types of logs: - - - Admin Log - - This log records all actions carried out within the administration panel itself. - - - - Moderator Log - - This logs records the actions performed by moderators of your board. Whenever a topic is moved or locked it will be recorded here, allowing you to see who carried out a particular action. - - - - User Log - - This log records all important actions carried out either by users or on users. All email and password changes are recorded within this log. - - - - Error Log - - This log shows you any errors that were caused by actions done by the board itself, such as errors sending emails. If you are having problems with a particular feature not working, this log is a good place to start. If enabled, addtional debugging information may be written to this log. - - - - - Click on one of the log links located in the left-hand Forum Logs section. - - If you have appropriate permissions, you are able to remove any or all log entries from the above sections. To remove log entries, go to the appropriate log entries section, check the log entries' checkboxes, and then click on the Delete marked checkbox to delete the log entries. - -
    - -
    - Kopia bazy danych i przywracanie -
    - -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Konfiguracja systemu - -
    - Sprawdź aktualizacje -
    -
    - Managing Search Robots -
    -
    - Masowy email -
    -
    - Paczki językowe -
    -
    - - - - Graham - - - - PHP Information - This option will provide you with information about the version of PHP installed on your server, along with information on loaded modules and the configuration applicable to the current location. This information can be useful to phpBB team members in helping you to diagnose problems affecting your installation of phpBB. The information here can be security sensitive and it is recommended that you only grant access to this option to those users who need access to the information and do not disclose the information unless necessary. - Please note that some hosting providers may limit the information which is available to you on this page for security reasons. -
    -
    - Manage reasons for reporting and denying posts -
    -
    - Module Management -
    -
    - diff --git a/documentation/content/pl/glossary.xml b/documentation/content/pl/glossary.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 5dd3abd7..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/pl/glossary.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,298 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id: glossary.xml 140 2007-07-16 16:41:42Z mhobbit $ - - 2006 - phpBB Group - - - Glossary - - A guide to the terms used in the phpBB Documentation and on the forums. - - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - pentapenguin - - - - Techie-Micheal - - - - - Terms - There are quite a few terms that are commonly used throughout phpBB and the support forums. Here is some information on these terms. - - - - - - ACP - - The ACP, which stands for "Administration Control Panel", is the main place from which you, the administrator, can control every aspect of your forum. - - - - - ASCII - - ASCII, or "American Standard Code for Information Interchange", is a common way of encoding data to transfer it to a different computer. FTP clients have ASCII as a mode to transfer files. All phpBB files (files with the file extensions .php, .inc, .sql, .cfg, .htm, and .tpl), except for the image files, should be uploaded in ASCII mode. - - - - - Attachments - - Attachments are files that can be attached to posts, like e-mail attachments. Certain restrictions, set by the board administrator, control what users can attach. - - - - - Avatar - - Avatars are small images that are displayed next to a username. Avatars can be changed in your profile and settings (such as allow/disallow uploading) edited from the ACP. - - - - - BBCode - - BBCode is a special way of formatting posts that offers great control over what and how something is displayed. BBCode has a syntax similar to HTML. - - - - - Binary - - Within phpBB, "binary" usually refers to another common way of encoding data for transfer (the other being ASCII. This is often found as a mode in an FTP clients to upload files. All of phpBB's images (found in the images/ and templates/subSilver/images/ directories) should be uploaded in binary mode. - - - - - Cache - - Cache is a way of storing frequently-accessed data. By storing this data, your server will have less load put on it, allowing it to process other tasks. By default, phpBB caches its templates when they are compiled and used. - - - - - Category - - A category is a group of any sort of similar items; for example, forums. - - - - - chmod - - chmod is a way of changing the permissions of a file on a *nix (UNIX, Linux, etc.) server. Files in phpBB should be chmodded 644. Directories should be chmodded to 755. Avatar upload directories and templates cache directories should be chmodded to 777. For more information regarding chmod, please consult your FTP client's documentation. - - - - - Client - - A client is a computer that accesses another computer's service(s) via a network. - - - - - Cookie - - A cookie is a small piece of data put onto the user's computer. Cookies are used with phpBB to store login information (used for automatic logins). - - - - - Database - - A database is a collection stored in a structured, organized manner (with different tables, rows, and columns, etc.). Databases provide a fast and flexible way of storing data, instead of the other commonly used data storage system of flat files where data is stored in a file. phpBB 3.0 supports a number of different DBMSs and uses the database to store information such as user details, posts, and categories. Data stored in a database can usually be backed up and restored easily. - - - - - DBAL - - DBAL, or "Database Abstraction Layer", is a system that allows phpBB 3.0 to access many different DBMSs with little overhead. All code made for phpBB (including MODs) need to use the phpBB DBAL for compatibility and performance purposes. - - - - - DBMS - - A DBMS, or "Database Management System", is a system or software designed to manage a database. phpBB 3.0 supports the following DBMSs: Firebird, MS SQL Server, mySQL, Oracle, postgreSQL, and SQLite. - - - - - FTP - - FTP stands for "File Transfer Protocol". It is a protocol which allows files to be transferred between computers. FTP clients are programs that are used to transfer files via FTP. - - - - - Founder - - A founder is a special board administrator that cannot be edited or deleted. This is a new user level introduced in phpBB 3.0. - - - - - GZip - - GZip is a compression method often used in web applications and software such as phpBB to improve speed. Most modern browsers support this on-the-fly algorithm. Gzip is also used to compress an archive of files. Higher compression levels, however, will increase server load. - - - - - IP address - - An IP address, or Internet Protocol address, is a unique address that identifies a specific computer or user. - - - - - Jabber - - Jabber is an open-source protocol that can be used for instant messenging. For more information on Jabber's role in phpBB, see . - - - - - MCP - - The MCP, or Moderation Control Panel, is the central point from which all moderators can moderate their forums. All moderation-related features are contained in this control panel. - - - - - MD5 - - MD5 (Message Digest algorithm 5) is a commonly-used hash function used by phpBB. MD5 is an algorithm which takes an input of any length and outputs a message digest of a fixed length (128-bit, 32 characters). MD5 is used in phpBB to turn the users' passwords into a one-way hash, meaning that you cannot "decrypt" (reverse) an MD5 hash and get users' passwords. User passwords are stored as MD5 hashes in the database. - - - - - MOD - - A MOD is a code modification for phpBB that either adds, changes, or in some other way enhances, phpBB. MODs are written by third-party authors; as such, the phpBB Group does not assume any responsibility for MODs. - - - - - PHP - - PHP, or "PHP: Hypertext Preprocessor", is a commonly-used open-source scripting language. phpBB is written in PHP and requires the PHP runtime engine to be installed and properly configured on the server phpBB is run on. For more information about PHP, please see the PHP home page. - - - - - phpMyAdmin - - phpMyAdmin is a popular open-source program that is used to manage MySQL databases. When MODding phpBB or otherwise changing it, you may have to edit your database. phpMyAdmin is one such tool that will allow you to do so. For more information regarding phpMyAdmin, please see the phpMyAdmin project home page. - - - - - Private Messages - - Private messages are a way for registered members to communicate privately through your board without the need to fall back to e-mail or instant messaging. They can be sent between users (they can also be forwarded and have copies sent, in phpBB 3.0) that cannot be viewed by anyone other than the intended recipient. The user guide contains more information on using phpBB3's private messaging system. - - - - - Rank - - A rank is a sort of title that is assigned to a user. Ranks can be added, edited, and deleted by administrators. - - - When assigning a special rank name to a user, remember that no permissions are associated. For example, if you create a "Support Moderator" rank and assign it to a user, that user will not automatically get moderator permissions. You must assign the user the special permissions separately. - - - - - - Server-writable - - Anything on your server that is server-writable means that the file(s) or folder(s) in question have their permissions properly set so that the server can write to them. Some phpBB3 functions that may require some files and/or folders to be writable by the server include caching and the actual installation of phpBB3 (the config.php file needs to be written during the installation process). Making files or folders server-writable, however, depends on the operating system that the server is running under. On *nix-based servers, users can configure file and folder permissions via the CHMOD utility, while Windows-based servers offer their own permissions scheme. It is possible with some FTP clients to change file and folder permissions as well. - - - - - Session - - A session is a visit to your phpBB forums. For phpBB, a session is how long you spend on the forums. It is created when you login deleted when you log off. Session IDs are usually stored in a cookie, but if phpBB is unable to get cookie information from your computer, then a session ID is appended to the URL (e.g. index.php?sid=999). This session ID preserves the user's session without use of a cookie. If sessions were not preserved, then you would find yourself being logged out every time you clicked on a link in the forum. - - - - - Signature - - A signature is a message displayed at the end of a user's post. Signatures are set by the user. Whether or not a signature is displayed after a post is set by the user's profile settings. - - - - - SMTP - - SMTP stands for "Simple Mail Transfer Protocol". It is a protocol for sending email. By default, phpBB uses PHP's built-in mail() function to send email. However, phpBB will use SMTP to send emails if the required SMTP data is correctly set up. - - - - - Style - - A style is made up of a template set, image set, and stylesheet. A style controls the overall look of your forum. - - - - - Sub-forum - - Sub-forums are a new feature introduced in phpBB 3.0. Sub-forums are forums that are nested in, or located in, other forums. - - - - - Template - - A template is what controls the layout of a style. phpBB 3.0 template files have the .html file extension. These template files contain mostly HTML (no PHP, however), with some variables that phpBB uses (contained in braces: { and }). - - - - - UCP - - The UCP, or User Control Panel, is the central point from which users can manage all of the settings and features that pertain to their accounts. - - - - - UNIX Timestamp - - phpBB stores all times in the UNIX timestamp format for easy conversion to other time zones and time formats. - - - - - Usergroup - - Usergroups are a way of grouping users. This makes it easier to set permissions to many people at the same time (e.g. create a moderator group and give it moderating permissions to a certain forum instead of giving lots of individual people moderating permissions separately). A usergroup has a usergroup moderator (a leader, essentially), who has the ability to add or delete users from the group. Usergroups can be set to hidden, closed or open. If a usergroup is open, users can try requesting membership via the proper page within the group control panel. phpBB 3.0 has six pre-defined usergroups. - - - -
    -
    diff --git a/documentation/content/pl/moderator_guide.xml b/documentation/content/pl/moderator_guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index ca32e93b..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/pl/moderator_guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,407 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id: moderator_guide.xml 140 2007-07-16 16:41:42Z mhobbit $ - - 2006 - phpBB Group - - - Moderator Guide - - This chapter describes the phpBB 3.0 forum moderation controls. - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Editing posts - Moderators with privileges in the relevant forums are able to edit topics and posts. You can usually view who the moderators are beneath the forum description on the index page. A user with moderator privileges is able to select the edit button beside each post. Beyond this point, they are able to: - - - - Delete posts - - This option removes the post from the topic. Remember that it cannot be recovered once deleted. - - - - - Change or remove the post icon - - Decides whether or not an icon accompanies the post, and if so, which icon. - - - - - Alter the subject and message body - - Allows the moderator to alter the contents of the post. - - - - - Alter the post options - disabling BBCode/Smilies parsing URLs etc. - - Determines whether certain features are enabled in the post. - - - - - Lock the topic or post - - Allows the moderator to lock the current post, or the full topic. - - - - - Add, alter or remove attachments - - Select attachments to be removed or edited (if option is enabled and attachments are present). - - - - - Modify poll settings - - Alter the current poll settings (if option is enabled and a poll is present). - - - - - If, for any case the moderator decides that the post should not be edited, they may lock the post to prevent the user doing so. The user will be shown a notice when they attempt to edit the post in future. Should the moderator wish to state why the post was edited, they may enter a reason when editing the post. - - -
    -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Moderation tools - Beneath topics, the moderator has various options in a dropdown box which modify the topic in different ways. These include the ability to lock, unlock, delete, move, split, merge and copy the topic. As well as these, they are also able to change the topic type (Sticky/Announcement/Global), and also view the topics logs. The following subsections detail each action on a topic that a moderator can perform. - -
    - Quick Mod Tools - - - - - - The quick moderator tools. As you can see, these tools are located at the end of each topic at the bottom of the page, before the last post on that page. Clicking on the selection menu will show you all of the actions you may perform. - - -
    - -
    - Locking a topic or post - This outlines how a moderator may lock whole topics or individual posts. There are various ways a moderator may do this, either by using the Moderator Control Panel when viewing a forum, navigating to the selection menu beneath the topic in question, or editing any post within a topic and checking the relevant checkbox. - Locking a whole topic ensures that no user can reply to it, whereas locking individual posts denies the post author any editing permissions for that post. -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Deleting a topic or post - If enabled within the Administration Control Panel permissions, a user may delete their own posts when either viewing a topic or editing a previous post. The user may only delete a topic or post if it has not yet been replied to. - Administrators and moderators have similar editing permissions, but only administrators are allowed to remove topics regardless of replies. Using the selection menu beneath topics allows quick removal. The Moderator Control Panel allows multiple deletions of separate posts. - - Please note that any topics or posts cannot be retrieved once deleted. Consider using a hidden forum that topics can be moved to for future reference. - -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Moving a topic into another forum - To move a topic to another forum, navigate to the Quick MOD Tools area beneath the topic and select Move Topic from the selection menu. You will then be met with another selection menu of a location (another forum) to move it to. If you would like to leave a Shadow Topic behind, leave the box checked. Select the desired forum and click Yes. - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Shadow Topics - Shadow topics can be created when moving a topic from one forum to another. A shadow topic is simply a link to the topic in the forum it’s been moved from. You may choose whether or not to leave a shadow topic by selecting or unselecting the checkbox in the Move Topic dialog. - To delete a shadow topic, navigate to the forum containing the shadow topic, and use the Moderator Control Panelto select and delete the topic. - - Deleting a shadow topic will not delete the original topic that it is a shadow of. - -
    -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Duplicating a topic - Moderators are also allowed to duplicate topics. Duplicating a topic simply creates a copy of the selected topic in another forum. This can be achieved by using the Quick MOD Tools area beneath the topic you want to duplicate, or through the Moderator Control Panel when viewing the forum. From this, you simply select the destination forum you wish to duplicate the topic to. Click Yes to duplicate the topic. -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Announcements and stickies - There are various types of topics the forum administrators and moderators (if they have the appropriate permissions) can assign to specific topics. These special topic types are: Global Announcements, Announcements, and Stickies. The Topic Type can be chosen when posting a new topic or editing the first post of a previously posted topic. You may choose which type of topic you would prefer by selecting the relevant radio button. When viewing the forum, global announcements and basic announcements are displayed under a separate heading than that of stickies and normal topics. -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Splitting posts off a topic - Moderators also have the ability to split posts from a topic. This can be useful if certain discussions have spawned a new idea worthy of its own thread, thus needing to be split from the original topic. Splitting posts involves moving individual posts from an existing topic to a new topic. You may do this by using the Quick MOD Tools area beneath the topic you want to split or from the Moderator Control Panel within the topic. - While splitting, you may choose a title for the new topic, a different forum for the new topic, and also a different icon. You may also override the default board settings for the amount of posts to be displayed per page. The Splitting from the selected post option will split all posts from the checked post, to the last post. The Splitting selected posts option will only split the current selected posts. -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Merge topics - In phpBB3, it is now possible to merge topics together, in addition to splitting topics. This can be useful if, for example, two separate topics are related and involve the same discussion. The merging topics feature allows existing topics to be merged into one another. - To merge topics together, start by locating selection menu beneath the topic in question, which brings you to the Moderator Control Panel. From here, you need to enter the topic ID of the topic you want to move the posts to. You can click Select topic to see a list of the topics available and specify which. Checking the Mark all section will select all the posts in the current topic and allow moving to the existing topic. The posts merged into the new topic will retain their existing timestamp (e.g. they will not appear at the end of the topic they are being merged to, but will be sorted based on their timestamp). -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Merge posts into another topic - Rather than just merging topics together, you can also merge specific posts into any other topic. - To merge specific posts into another topic, start by locating the selection menu beneath the topic, and get to the Moderator Control Panel. From here, you need to enter the topic ID of the topic you want to move the posts to. You can click Select topic to see a list of the topics available and specify which. Select the posts which you wish to merge from the current topic, into the existing topic. The posts merged into the new topic will retain their existing timestamp (e.g. they will not appear at the end of the topic they are being merged to, but will be sorted based on their timestamp). -
    -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - What is the “Moderation queue”? - The Moderation Queue is an area where topics and posts which need to be approved are listed. If a forum or user’s permissions are set to moderator queue via the Administration Control Panel, all posts made in that forum or by this user will need to be approved by an administrator or moderator before they are displayed to other users. Topics and posts which require approval can be viewed through the Moderator Control Panel. - When viewing a forum, topics which have not yet been approved will be marked with an icon, clicking on this icon will take you directly to the Moderator Control Panel where you may approve or disapprove the topic. Likewise, when viewing the topic itself, the post requiring approval will be accompanied with a message which also links to the post waiting approval. - If you choose to approve a topic or post, you will be given the option to notify the user of its approval. If you choose to disapprove a topic or post, you will be given the option to notify the user of its disapproval and also specify why you have disapproved the post, and enter a description. - For further information regarding the Moderator Control Panel, see . -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - What are “Reported posts”? - Unlike phpBB2, phpBB3 now allows users to report a post, for reasons the board administrator can define within the Administration Control Panel. If a user finds a post unsuitable for any reason, they may report it using the Report Post button beside the offending message. This report is then displayed within the Moderator Control Panel where the Administrator or Moderators can view, close, or delete the report. - When viewing a forum with post reports within topics, the topic title will be accompanied by a red exclamation icon. This alerts the administrator(s) or moderators that there a post has been reported. When viewing topics, reported posts are accompanied by a red exclamation and text. Clicking this icon or text will bring them to the Reported Posts section of the Moderator Control Panel. - For further information regarding the Moderator Control Panel, see . -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - The Moderator Control Panel (MCP) - Another new feature in phpBB3 is the Moderator Control Panel, where any moderator will feel at home. Similar to the Administration Control Panel, this area outlines any current moderator duties that need to be acted upon. After navigating to the MCP, the moderator will be greeted with any posts waiting for approval, any post reports and the five latest logged actions - performed by administrators, moderators, and users. - On the left side is a menu containing all the relevant areas within the MCP. This guide outlines each individual section and what kind of information they each contain: - - - Main - - This contains pre-approved posts, reported posts and the five latest logged actions. - - - - - Moderation queue - - This area lists any topics or posts waiting for approval. - - - - - Reported posts - - A list of all open or closed reported posts. - - - - - User notes - - This is an area for administrators or moderators to leave feedback on certain users. - - - - - Warnings - - The ability to warn a user, view current users with warnings and view the five latest warnings. - - - - - Moderator logs - - This is an in-depth list of the five latest actions performed by administrators, moderators or users, as shown on the main page of the MCP. - - - - - Banning - - The option to ban users by username, IP address or email address. - - - - - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Moderation queue - The moderation queue lists topics or posts which require moderator action. The moderation queue is accessible from the Moderator Control Panel. For more information regarding the moderation queue, see . -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Reported posts - Reported posts are reports submitted by users regarding problematic posts. Any current reported posts are accessible from the Moderator Control Panel. For more information regarding reported posts, see . -
    - -
    - Forum moderation - When viewing any particular forum, clicking Moderator Control Panel will take you to the forum moderation area. Here, you are able to mass moderate topics within that forum via the dropdown box. The available actions are: - - Delete: Deletes the selected topic(s). - Move: Moves the selected topic(s) to another forum of your preference. - Fork: Creates a duplicate of the selected topic(s) in another forum of your preference. - Lock: Locks the selected topic(s). - Unlock: Unlocks the selected topic(s). - Resync: Resynchronise the selected topic(s). - Change topic type: Change the topic type to either Global Announcement, Announcement, Sticky, or Regular Topic. - - - - You can also mass-moderate posts within topics. This can be done by navigating through the MCP when viewing the forum, and clicking on the topic itself. Another way to accomplish this is to click the MCP link whilst viewing the particular topic you wish to moderate. - When moderating inside a topic, you can: rename the topic title, move the topic to a different forum, alter the topic icon, merge the topic with another topic, or define how many posts per page will be displayed (this will override the board setting). - From the selection menu, you may also: lock and unlock individual posts, delete the selected post(s), merge the selected post(s), or split or split from the selected post(s). - The Post Details link next to posts also entitle you to alter other settings. As well as viewing the poster’s IP address, profile and notes, and the ability to warn the poster, you also have the option to change the poster ID assigned to the post. You can also lock or delete the post from this page. - - - Depending on the specific permissions set to your user account, some of the aforementioned options and abilities may not be available to you. - - - For further information regarding the Moderator Control Panel, see . -
    -
    -
    diff --git a/documentation/content/pl/quick_start_guide.xml b/documentation/content/pl/quick_start_guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 360a4291..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/pl/quick_start_guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,451 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id: quick_start_guide.xml 142 2007-07-18 17:28:25Z mhobbit $ - - 2006 - phpBB Group - - - Quick Start Guide - - A quick guide through the first steps of installing and configuring up your very own phpBB 3.0 forum. - -
    - - - - Graham - - - - Requirements - phpBB has a few requirements which must be met before you are able to install and use it. In this section, these requirements are explained. - - - A webserver or web hosting account running on any major Operating System with support for PHP - - - A SQL database system, one of: - - - FireBird 2.0 or above - - - MySQL 3.23 or above - - - MS SQL Server 2000 or above (directly or via ODBC) - - - Oracle - - - PostgreSQL 7.x or above - - - SQLite - - - - - PHP 4.3.3 or above with support for the database you intend to use. The optional presence of the following modules within PHP will provide access to additional features, but they are not required. - - - zlib Compression support - - - Remote FTP support - - - XML support - - - Imagemagick support - - - - - The presence of each of these required features will be checked during the installation process, explained in . -
    -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Installation - phpBB 3.0 Olympus has an easy to use installation system that will guide you through the installation process. - - - phpBB 3.0 Beta 1 will not yet have the ability to upgrade from phpBB 2.0.x or to convert from a different software package. This will be included in the later Beta or RC stages. - - After you have decompressed the phpBB3 archive and uploaded the files to the location where you want it to be installed, you need to enter the URL into your browser to open the installation screen. The first time you point your browser to the URL (http://www.example.com/phpBB3 for instance), phpBB will detect that it is not yet installed and automatically redirect you to the installation screen. -
    - Introduction - - - - - - The introduction page of the installation system. - - -
    -
    - Introduction - The installation screen gives you a short introduction into phpBB. It allows you to read the license phpBB 3.0 is released under (the General Public License) and provides information about how you can receive support. To start the installation, click the Install button (see ). -
    -
    - Requirements - - Please read the section on phpBB3's requirements to find out more about the phpBB 3.0's minimum requirements. - - The requirements list is the first page you will see after starting the installation. phpBB 3.0 automatically checks if everything that it needs to run properly is installed on your server. In order to continue the installation, you will need to have PHP installed (the minimum version number is shown on the requirements page), and at least one database available to continue the installation. It is also important that all shown folders are available and have the correct permissions set. Please see the description of each section to find out if they are optional or required for phpBB 3.0 to run. If everything is in order, you can continue the installation by clicking the Start Install button. -
    -
    - Database settings - You now have to decide which database to use. See the Requirements section for information on which databases are supported. If you do not know your database settings, please contact your hosting company and ask for them. You will not be able to continue without them. You need: - - - The Database Type - the database you will be using (e.g. mySQL, SQL server, Oracle) - - - The Database server hostname or DSN - the address of the database server. - - - The Database server port - the port of the database server (most of the time this is not needed). - - - The Database name- the name of the database on the server. - - - The Database username and Database password - the login data to access the database. - - - - If you are installing using SQLite, you should enter the full path to your database file in the DSN field and leave the username and password fields blank. For security reasons, you should make sure that the database file is not stored in a location accessible from the web. - -
    - Database settings - - - - - - The database settings screen, please make sure to have all the required data available - - -
    - You don't need to change the Prefix for tables in database setting, unless you plan on using multiple phpBB installations on one database. In this case you can use a different prefix for each installation to make it work. - After you have entered your details, you can continue by clicking the Proceed to next step button. Now, phpBB 3.0 will test and verify the data you entered. - If you see a "Could not connect to the database" error, this means that you didn't enter the database data correctly and it is not possible for phpBB to connect. Make sure that everything you entered is in order and try again. Again, if you are unsure about your database settings, please contact your host. - - Remember that your database username and password are case sensitive. You must use the exact one you have set up or been given by your host - - If you installed another version of phpBB before on the same database with the same prefix, phpBB will inform you and you just need to enter a different database prefix. - If you see the Successful Connection message, you can continue to the next step. -
    -
    - Administrator details - Now you have to create your administration user. This user will have full administration access and he will be the first user on your forum. All fields on this page are required. You can also set the default language of your forum on this page. In a vanilla (basic) phpBB 3.0 installation we only include English [GB]. You can download further languages from www.phpbb.com, and add them later. -
    -
    - Configuration file - In this step, phpBB will automatically try to write the configuration file. The forum needs the configuration to run properly. It contains all of the database settings, so without it, phpBB will not be able to access the database. - Usually, automatically writing the configuration file works fine. But in some cases it can fail due to wrong file permissions, for instance. In this case, you need to upload the file manually. phpBB asks you to download the config.php file and tells you what to do with it. Please read the instructions carefully. After you have uploaded the file, click Done to get to the last step. If Done returns you to the same page as before, and does not return a success message, you did not upload the file correctly. -
    -
    - Advanced settings - The Advanced settings allow you to set some parameters of the board configuration. They are optional, and you can always change them later if you wish. So if you are unsure of what these settings mean, ignore them and proceed to the final step to finish the installation. - If the installation was successful, you can now use the Login button to visit the Administration Control Panel. Congratulations, you have installed phpBB 3.0 successfully. But there is still a lot of work ahead! - If you are unable to get phpBB 3.0 installed even after reading this guide, please look at the support section to find out where you can ask for further assistance. - At this point if you are upgrading from phpBB 2.0, you should refer to the upgrade guide for further information. If not, you should remove the install directory from your server as you will only be able to access the Administration Control Panel whilst it is present. -
    -
    -
    - - - - zeroK - - - - General settings - In this section you will learn how to change some of the basic settings of your new board. - Right after the installation you will be redirected to the so called "Administration Control Panel" (ACP). You can also access this panel by clicking the [Administration Control Panel] link at the bottom of your forum. In this interface you can change everything about your board. -
    - Board Settings - The first section of the ACP you will probably want to visit right after the installation is "Board Settings". Here you can first of all change the name (Site name) and description (Site description) of your board. -
    - Board Settings - - - - - - Here you can edit the Site name and Site description of your board. - - -
    - This form also holds the options for changing things like the timezone (System timezone) as well as the date format used to render dates/times (Date format). - There you can also select a new style (after having installed it) for your board and enforce it on all members ignoring whatever style they've selected in their "User Control Panel". The style will also be used for all forums where you haven't specified a different one. For details on where to get new styles and how to install them, please visit the styles home page at phpbb.com. - If you want to use your board for a non-English community, this form also lets you change the default language (Default Language) (which can be overridden by each user in their UCPs). By default, phpBB3 only ships with the English language pack. So, before using this field, you will have to download the language pack for the language you want to use and install it. For details, please read Language packs . - -
    - -
    - Board Features - If you want to enable or disable some of the basic features of your board, this is the place to go. Here you can allow and disallow for example username changes (Allow Username changes) or the creation of attachments (Allow Attachments). You can even disable BBCode altogether (Allow BBCode). -
    - Board Features - - - - - - Enabling and disabling basic features with just 2 clicks - - -
    - Disabling BBCode completely is a little bit to harsh for your taste but you don't want your users to abuse the signature field for tons of images? Simply set Allow use of IMG BBCode Tag in user signatures to "No". If you want to be a little bit more specific on what you want to allow and disallow in users' signatures, have a look at the "Signature Settings" form. - The "Board Features" form offers you a great way to control the features in an all-or-nothing way. If you want to get into the details on each feature, there is for everything also a separated form which let's you specify everything from the maximum number of characters allowed in a post (Max characters per post in "Post Settings") to how large a user's avatar can be (Maximum Avatar Dimensions in "Avatar Settings"). - - If you disable features, these will also be unavailable to users who would normally have them according to their respective permissions. For details on the permissions system, please read or the in-depth guide in the Administrator Guide. - - -
    - -
    -
    - - - - Anon - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Creating forums - Forums are the sections where topics are stored. Without forums, your users would have nowhere to post! Creating forums is very easy. - Firstly, make sure you are logged in. Find the [ Administration Control Panel ] link at the bottom of the page, and click it. You should be in the Administration Index. You can administer your board here. - There are tabs at the top for the Administration Control Panel that will guide you to each category. You must get to the Forum Administration section to create a forum, so click the Forums tab. - The Forum Administration Index is where you can manage forums on your site. Along with being able to create forums, you are also able to create subforums. Subforums are forums that are located in a parent forum in a hierachy. For more information about subforums, see the administration guide on subforums. - Find the Create new forum button on the right side of the page. Type in the name of the forum you wish in the textbox located directly to the left of this button. For example, if the forum name was to be Test, in the text box put Test. Once you are done, click the Create new forum button create the forum. - You should see a page headed with the text "Create new forum :: Test". You can change options for your forum; for example you can set what forum image the forum can use, if it's a category, or what forum rules text will belong to the forum. You should type up a brief description for the forum as users will be able to figure out what the forum is for. - - - - - - Creating a new forum. - - - The default settings are usually good enough to get your new forum up and running; however, you may change them to suit your needs. But there are three key forum settings that you should pay attention to. The Parent Forum setting allows you to choose which forum your new forum will belong to. Be careful to what level you want your forum to be in. (The Parent Forum setting is important when creating subforums. For more information on subforums, continue reading to the section on creating subforums) The "Copy Permissions" setting allows you to copy the permissions from an existing forum to your new forum. Use this if you want to keep permissions constant. The forum style setting allows you to set which style your new forum will display. Your new forum can show a different style to another. - Once you're done configuring the settings of your new forum, scroll to the bottom of the page and click the Submit button to create your forum and it's settings. If your new forum was created successfully, the screen will show you a success message. - If you wish to set permissions for the forum (or if you do not click on anything), you will see the forum permissions screen. If you do not want to (and want to use the default permissions for your new forum), click on the Back to previous page link. Otherwise, continue and set each setting to what you wish. Once you are done, click the Apply all Permissions button at the bottom of the page. You will see the successful forum permissions updated screen if it worked. - - If you do not set any permissions on this forum it will not be accessible to anyone (including yourself). - - You have successfully updated your forum permissions and set up your new forum. To create more forums, follow this general procedure again. - For more information on setting permissions, see -
    -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Setting permissions - After you created your first forum, you have to decide who has access to it and what your users are allowed to do and what not. This is what Permissions are for. You can disallow guests to post or hand out moderating powers, for instance. Almost every aspect of user interaction with phpBB3 Olympus can be adjusted with permissions. - -
    - Permission types - There are four different types of permissions: - - - User/Group permissions (global) - e.g. disallow changing avatar - - - Administrator permissions (global) - e.g. allow to manage forums - - - Moderator permissions (global or local) - e.g. allow to lock topics or ban users (only global) - - - Forum permissions (local) - e.g. allow to see a forum or post topics - - - Each permission type consists of a different set of permissions and can apply either locally or globally. A global permission type is set for your whole bulletin board. If you disallow one of your users to send Private Messages, for instance, you have to do this with the global user permission. Administrator permission are also global. -
    - Global and local permissions - - - - - - Global and local permissions - - -
    - On the other hand local permissions do only apply to specific forums. So if you disallow someone to post in one forum, for instance, it will not impact the rest of the board. The user will still be able to post in any other forum he has the local permission to post. - You can appoint moderators either globally or locally. If you trust some of your users enough, you can make them Global Moderators. They can moderate all forums they have access to with the permissions you assign to them. Compared to that, local moderators will only be able to moderate the number of forums you select for them. They can also have different moderator permissions for different forums. While they are able to delete topics in one forum, they may not be allowed to do it in another. Global moderators will have the same permissions for all forums. -
    -
    - Setting forum permissions - To set the permissions for your new forum we need the local Forum Based Permissions. First you have to decide how you want to set the permissions. If you want to set them for a single group or user, you should use the Group or User Forum Permissions. They will allow you to select one group or user, and then select the forums you want to set the permissions for. - But for this Quick Start Guide we will concentrate on the Forum Permissions. Instead of selecting a user or group, you select the forums you want to change first. You can select them either by selecting the forums manually in the top list, or by single forum and single forum plus subforums respectively in the lower pull down menus. Submit will bring you to the next page. -
    - Select Groups - - - - - - Select Groups or Users to set Forum Permissions - - -
    - The Forum Permissions page shows you two columns, one for users and one for groups to select (see ). The top lists on both columns labelled as Manage Users and Manage Groups show users and groups that already have permissions on at least one of your selected forums set. You can select them and change their permissions with the Edit Permissions button, or use Remove Permissions to remove them which leads to them not having permissions set, and therefore not being able to see the forum or have any access to it (unless they have access to it through another group). The bottom boxes allow you to add new users or groups, that do not currently have permissions set on at least one of your selected forums. - To add permissions for groups, select one or more groups either in the Add Groups list (this works similar with users, but if you want to add new users, you have to type them in manually in the Add Users text box or use the Find a member function). Add Permissions will take you to the permission interface. Each forum you selected is listed, with the groups or users to change the permissions for below them. - There are two ways to assign permissions: You can set them manually or use predefined Permission Roles for a simpler but less powerful way. You can switch between both approaches any time you want. You can skip the manual permission introduction and jump directly into the section on "Permissions Roles", if you are eager to get everything running as quickly as possible. But remember that permission roles do only offer a small bit of what the permission system has to offer and we believe that to be a good Olympus administrator, you have to fully grasp permissions. - Both ways only differ in the way you set them. They both share the same interface. -
    -
    - Manual permissions - This is the most important aspect of permissions. You need to understand this to properly work with them. There are three different values that a permission can take: - - - YES will allow a permission setting unless it is overwritten by a NEVER. - - - NO will be disallow a permission setting unless it is overwritten by a YES. - - - NEVER will completely disallow a permission setting for a user. It cannot be overwritten by a YES. - - - The three values are important as it is possible for a user to have more than one permissions for the same setting through multiple groups. If the user is a member of the default "Registered Users" group and a custom group called "Senior Users" you created for your most dedicated members, both could have different permissions for seeing a forum. In this example you want to make a forum called "Good old times" only available to the "Senior Users" group, but don't want all "Registered Users" to see it. You will of course set the Can see forum permission to Yes for "Senior Users". But do not set the permission to Never for "Registered Users". If you do this, "Senior Members" will not see the forum as the No overrides any Yes they have . Leave the setting at No instead. No is a weak Never that a Yes can override. -
    - Manual permissions - - - - - - Setting permissions manually - - -
    -
    -
    - Permissions roles - phpBB3 Olympus ships with a number of default permission roles, that offer you a wide variety of options for setting permissions. Instead of having to check each radio button manually, you can select a predefined role in the Rolepull down list. Each role has a detailed description, that will pop up when you hover your mouse over it. Submit your changes with Apply Permissions or Apply All Permissions when you are satisfied with them. That will set the permissions and you are done. -
    - Permission roles - - - - - - Setting permissions with roles - - -
    - But permission roles are not only a quick and easy way to set permissions, they are also a powerful tool for experienced board administrators to manage permissions on bigger boards. You can create your own roles and edit existing ones. Roles are dynamic, so when you edit a role, all groups and users that have the role assigned will automatically be updated. -
    -
    - - - - zeroK - - - - Assign moderators to forums - A quite common use case for permissions and roles are forum moderation. phpBB3 makes assigning users as moderators of forums really simple. - As you might have already guessed, moderation of specific forums is a local setting, so you can find Forum Moderators in the section for Forum Based Permissions. First of all, you will have to select for forum (or forums) you want to assign new moderators to. This form is divided into three areas. In the first one, you can select multiple forums (select multiple by holding down the CTRL button on your keyboard, or cmd (under MacOS X)), where the moderator settings you will set in the following form will only apply to these exact forums. The second area allows you to select only one forum but all the following settings will apply not only to this forum but also all its subforums. Finally, the third area's selection will only affect exactly this forum. - After selecting the forums and hitting Submit, you will be greeted by a form you should already be familiar with from one of the previous sections in this guide: . Here you can select the users or groups that should get some kind of moderation power over the selected forums. So go ahead: Select some users and/or groups and hit the Set Permissions button. - In the next form you can choose, what moderator permissions the selected users/groups should receive. First of all, there are some predefined roles from which you can select: - - - Standard Moderator - - A Standard Moderator can approve or disapprove, edit and delete posts, delete or close reports, but not necessarily change the owner of a post. This kind of moderator can also issue warnings and view details of a post. - - - - Simple Moderator - - A Simple Moderator can edit posts and close and delete reports and can also view post details. - - - - Queue Moderator - - As a Queue Moderator, you can only approve or disapprove posts that landed in the moderator queue and edit posts. - - - - Full Moderator - - Full Moderators can do everything moderation-related; they can even ban users. - - - -
    - The Forum Moderator's Permissions - - - - - - Set the moderator's permissions - - -
    - When you're done simply hit Apply all Permissions. All the permissions mentioned here can also be selected from the right side of the form to give you more granular options. -
    - -
    - - - - zeroK - - - - Setting global permissions - Local Permissions are too local for you? Well, then phpBB3 has something to offer for you, too: Global Permissions: - - Users Permissions - Groups Permissions - Administrators - Global Moderators - - In "User Permissions" and "Group Permissions" you can allow and disallow features like attachments, signatures and avatars for specific users and user groups. Note that some of these settings only matter, if the respective feature is enabled in the "Board Features" (see for details). - Under "Administrators" you can give users or groups administrator privileges like the ability to manage forums or change user permissions. For details on these settings please read the . - The "Global Moderators" form offers you the same settings as the forum specific form (described in ) but applies to all forums on your baord. -
    - -
    -
    - Obtaining support - The phpBB Team provides many options for users to find support for their phpBB install. In addition to this very documentation, the support forum on www.phpbb.com has many answers that users like you are searching for. Therefore, we highly recommend the use of the search feature before asking a new question. If you are unable to find an answer, feel free to post a new topic asking for help. Be sure to be descriptive when explaining your problem! The more we know about what is happening, the faster we can provide you with the answer you are looking for. Be sure to fill out the Support Request Template with the information it asks for. - - In addition to the support forum on www.phpbb.com, we provide a Knowledge Base for users to read and submit articles on common answers to questions. Our community has taken a lot of time in writing these articles, so be sure to check them out. - - We provide realtime support in #phpBB on the popular Open Source IRC network, Freenode. You can typically find someone from each of the teams in here, as well as fellow users who are more than happy to help you out. Be sure to read the IRC rules before joining the channel, as we have a few basic netiquette rules that we ask users to follow. At any given time, there can be as many as 60 users, if not more in the channel, so you are almost certain to find someone there to help you. However, it is important that you read and follow the IRC rules as people may not answer you. An example of this is that oftentimes users come in to the channel and ask if anybody is around and then end up leaving 30 seconds later before someone has the chance to answer. Instead, be sure to ask your question and wait. As the saying goes, "don't ask to ask, just ask!" - - English is not your native language? Not a problem! We also provide an International Support page with links to various websites that provide support in Espanol, Deutsch, Francais, and more. -
    -
    diff --git a/documentation/content/pl/upgrade_guide.xml b/documentation/content/pl/upgrade_guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 17540420..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/pl/upgrade_guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id: upgrade_guide.xml 102 2007-02-18 19:58:09Z mhobbit $ - - 2006 - phpBB Group - - - Upgrade Guide - - Do you want to upgrade your phpBB2 forum to version 3.0? This chapter will tell and show you how it is done. - -
    - - - - Techie-Micheal - - - - Upgrading from 2.0 to 3.0 - The upgrade process from 2.0.x to 3.0.x is a straight-forward, simplified process. - The process is in the form of a PHP file, similar to the update file found in phpBB 2.0.x. The file will take you through wizard-like screens until your phpBB is running 3.0.x. - Warning: Be sure to backup both the database and the files before attempting to upgrade. -
    -
    diff --git a/documentation/content/pl/user_guide.xml b/documentation/content/pl/user_guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 81dcac9f..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/pl/user_guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,430 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id: user_guide.xml 140 2007-07-16 16:41:42Z mhobbit $ - - 2006 - phpBB Group - - - User Guide - - This chapter is targeted at the forum users. It explains all user facing functions that are needed to use phpBB 3.0. - -
    - - - - AdamR - - - - How user permissions affect forum experience - phpBB3 uses permissions on a per-user or per-usergroup basis to allow or disallow users access to certain functions or features which software offers. These may include the ability to post in certain forums, having an avatar, or being able to communicate through private messages. All of the permissions can be set through the Administration Panel. - Permissions can also be set allowing appointed members to perform special tasks or have special abilities on the bulletin board. Permissions allow the Administrator to define which moderation functions and in which forums certain users or groups of users are allowed to use. This allows for appointed users to become moderators on the bulletin board. The administrator can also give users access to certain sections of the Administration panel, keeping important settings or functions restricted and safe from malicious acts. For example, a select group of moderators could be allowed to modify a user's avatar or signature if said avatar or signature is not allowed under a paticular forum's rules. Without these abilities set, the moderator would need to notify an administrator in order to have the user's profile changed. -
    -
    - - - - zeroK - - - - Registering on a phpBB3 board - The basic procedure of registering an account on a phpBB3 board consists in the simplest case of only two steps: - - After following the "Register" link you should see the board rules. If you agree to these terms the registration process continues. If you don't agree you can't register your account - - - Now you see a short form for entering your user information where you can specify your username, e-mail address, password, language and timezone. - - - - - As mentioned above, this is only the simplest case. The board can be configured to add some additional steps to the registration process. - - - If you get a site where you have to select whether you were born before or after a specified date, the administrator has enabled this to comply with the U.S. COOPA act. If you are younger than 13 years, your account will stay inactive until it is approved by a parent or guardian. You will receive an e-mail where the next steps required for your account activation are described. - - - If you see in the form where you can specify your username, password etc. a graphic with some wierd looking characters, then you see the so called Visual Confirmation. Simply enter these characters into the Confirmation code field and proceed with the registration. - - - Another option is the account activation. Here, the administrator can make it a requirement that you have to follow a link mailed to you after registering before your account is activated. In this case you will see a message similiar to this one:
    - Your account has been created. However, this forum requires account activation, an activation key has been sent to the e-mail address you provided. Please check your e-mail for further information -
    -
    - It is also possible that the administrator himself/herself has to activate the account.
    - Your account has been created. However, this forum requires account activation by the administrator. An e-mail has been sent to them and you will be informed when your account has been activated. -
    In this case please have some patience with the administrators to review your registration and activate your account.
    -
    -
    -
    -
    - - - - Heimidal - - - - Orienting Yourself in the User Control Panel - The User Control Panel (UCP) allows you to alter personal preferences, manage posts you are watching, send and receive private messages, and change the way information about you appears to other users. To view the UCP, click the 'User Control Panel' link that appears after logging in. - The UCP is separated into seven tabs: Overview, Private Messages, Profile, Preferences, Friends and Foes, Attachments, and Groups. Within each tab are several sub pages, accessed by clicking the desired link on the left side of the UCP interface. Some of these areas may not be available depending on the permissions set for you by the administrator. - Every page of the UCP displays your Friends List on the left side. To send a private message to a friend, click their user name. - TODO: Note that Private messaging will be discussed in its own section -
    - Overview - The Overview displays a snapshot of information about your posting habits such as the date you joined the forum, your most active topic, and how many total posts you have submitted. Overview sub pages include Subscriptions, Bookmarks, and Drafts. - -
    - User Control Panel Overview (Index - - - - - - The UCP Overview section - - -
    - -
    - Subscriptions - Subscriptions are forums or individual topics that you have elected to watch for any new posts. Whenever a new post is made inside an area you have subscribed to, an e-mail will be sent you to informing you of the new addition. To create a subscription, visit the forum or topic you would like to subscribe to and click the 'Subscribe' link located at the bottom of the page. - To remove a subscription, check the box next to the subscription you would like to remove and click the 'Unsubscribe' button. -
    -
    - Bookmarks - Bookmarks, much like subscriptions, are topics you've chosen to watch. However, there are two key differences: 1) only individual topics may be bookmarked, and 2) an e-mail will not be sent to inform you of new posts. - To create a bookmark, visit the topic you would like to watch and click the 'Bookmark Topic' link located at the bottom of the page. - To remove a bookmark, check the box next to the bookmark you would like to remove and click the 'Remove marked bookmarks' button. -
    -
    - Drafts - Drafts are created when you click the 'Save' button on the New Post or Post Reply page. Displayed are the title of your post, the forum or topic that the draft was made in, and the date you saved it. - To continue editing a draft for future submission, click the 'View/Edit' link. If you plan to finish and post the message, click 'Load Draft'. To delete a draft, check the box next to the draft you wish to remove and click 'Delete Marked'. -
    -
    -
    - Profile - This section lets you set your profile information. Your profile information contains general information that other users on the board will able to see. Think of your profile as a sign of your public presence. This section is separated from your preferences. (Preferences are the individual settings that you set and manage on your own, and control your forum experience. Thus, this is separated from your profile settings.) -
    - Personal settings - TODO: Explain the settings you can edit here. -
    -
    - Registration details - TODO: Explain the settings you can edit here. -
    -
    - Signature - TODO: Explain the settings you can edit here. Link to the BBcode explanation of the Posting section would be best. -
    -
    - Avatar - TODO: Explain the settings you can edit here. Experience may differ on forum settings again. Short paragraph about the avatar gallery. -
    -
    -
    - Preferences - TODO: Short explanation of what this section is for. -
    - Personal - TODO: Explain the settings you can edit here. The date setting will offer presets, so a link to the php.net date function for advanced users should be enough. -
    -
    - Viewing - TODO: Explain the settings you can edit here. -
    -
    - Posting - TODO: Explain the settings you can edit here. -
    -
    -
    - Friends and Foes - TODO: (Not sure if this deserves its own section yet. For 3.0 this does not have much of an influence on the overall forum experience, this might change with 3.2, so leaving it here for now.) Write a detailed explanation about what Friends and Foes are and how they affect the forum like hiding posts of foes, adding users to the friends list for fast access / online checks, and so forth. -
    -
    - Attachments - TODO: The attachment section of the UCP shows you a list of all attachments that you have uploaded to the board so far ... -
    -
    - Usergroups - TODO: Work in progress, might change, so not sure how this is going to be structured. -
    -
    -
    - - - - AdamR - - - - Mastering the Posting Screen - TODO: How to write a new post and how to reply. Special items like attachments or polls are subsections. Don't forget to mention the "someone has replied before you replied" feature, the topic review, and so forth. Topic icons, smilies, post options, usage of HTML ... it would probably best to add a screenshot with arrows to the different sections. - Posting is the primary purpose of bulletin boards. There are two main types of posts you can make: a topic or a reply. Selecting the New Topic button in a forum button will take you to the posting screen. After submitting your post, a new topic will appear in that forum with your post as the first displayed. Other users (and you as well) are now able to reply to your topic by using the Post Reply button. This will once again bring you to the posting screen, allowying you to enter your post. -
    - Posting Form - You will be taken to the posting form when you decide to post either a new topic or reply, where you can enter your post content. - - Topic/Post Icon - The topic/post icon is a small icon that will display to the left of your post subject. This helps identify your post and make it stand out, though it is completely optional. - Subject - If you are creating a new topic with your post, the subject is required and will become the title of the topic. If you are replying to an existing topic, this is optional, but it can be changed. - Post Content - While not being labled, the large text box is where your actual post content will be entered. Here, along with your text, you may use things like Smilies or BBCode if the board administrator has them enabled. - Smilies - Smilies, or emoticons, are small images which can be inserted into your post to add expression emphasis. If Smilies are enabled, you will see the text "Smilies are ON" to the righthand of the Post Content box. Otherwise, you will see the text "Smilies are OFF." See Posting Smilies for further details. - BBCode - BBCode is a type of formatting that can be applied to your post content if BBCode has been enabled by the board administrator. If BBCode is enabled, you will see the text "BBCode is ON" to the righthand of the Post Content box. Otherwise, you will see the text "BBCode is OFF." See Posting BBCode for further details. - -
    - -
    - Smilies - Smilies, or emoticons, are small images which can be inserted into your post to add expression emphasis. To use Smiles, certain characters are put together to get the desired output. For example, typing :) will insert [insert smilie here], ;) will insert [insert wink smilie here], etc. Other smilies require the format :texthere: to display. For example, :roll: will insert smilie whose eyes are rolling: [insert rolling smilie here], and :cry: will insert a smilie who is crying: [insert crying smilie here]. - In many cases you can also select which smilie you'd like to insert by clicking its picture to the righthand side of the Post Content text box. When clicked, the smilie's characters will appear at the current location of the curser in the text box. - If you wish to be able to use these characters in your post, but not have them appear as smilies, please see Posting Options. -
    - -
    - BBCodes - TODO: What are BBcodes. Again, permission based which ones you can use. Explain syntax of the default ones (quote and URL for instance). How to disable BBcode by default, how to disable/enable it for one post. - BBCode is a type of formatting that can be applied to your post content, much like HTML. Unlike HTML, however, BBCode uses square brackets [ and ] instead of angled brackets < and >. Depending on the permissions the board administrator has set, you may be able to use only certain BBCodes or even none at all. - For detailed instructions on the useage of BBCode, you can click the BBCode link to the righthand of the Post Content text box. Please note that the administrator has the option to add new and custom BBCodes, so others may be availible to you which are not on this list. - Basic BBCodes and their outputs are as follows: - TODO: How do we want to go about displaying the output? - [b]Boldface text[/b]: - [i]Italicised text[/i]: - [u]Underlined text[/u]: - [quote]Quoted text[/quote]: - [quote="Name to quote"]Quoted text[/quote]: - [url]http://www.phpbb.com[/url]: http://www.phpbb.com - [url=http://www.phpbb.com]Linked text[/url]: Linked text - Again, for more detailed instructions on the useage of BBCode and the many other available BBCodes, please click the BBCode link to the righthand of the Post Content text bos. -
    - -
    - Post Options - TODO: Gather various screenshots of the basic post options box. When posting a topic/reply and/or moderation functions, etc. - When posting either a new topic or reply, there are several post options that are available to you. You can view these options by selecting the Options tab from the section below the posting form. Depending on the permissions the board administrator has assigned to you or whether you are posting a topic or reply, these options will be different. - - Disable BBCode - If BBCode is enabled on the board and you are allowed to use it, this option will be available. Checking this box will not convert any BBCode in your post content into its respected output. For example, [b]Bolded text[/b] will be seen in your post as exactly [b]Bolded text[/b]. - Disable Smilies - If Smilies are enabled on the board and you are allowed to use them, this option will be available. Checking this box will not convert any of the smilie's characters to their respected image. For example, ;) will be seen in your post as exactly ;). - Do not automatically parse URLs - When entering a URL directly into your post content (in the format of http://....com or www.etc.com), by default it will be converted to a clickable string of text. However, if this box is checked when posting, these URLs will stay as a standard string of text. - Attach a signature (signatures can be altered via the UCP) - If this box is checked, the signature you have set in your profile will be attached to the post provided signatures have been enabled by the administrator and you have the proper permissions. For more information about signatures, please see UCP Signatures. - Send me an email when a reply is posted - If this box is checked, you will receive a notification (either by email, Jabber, etc) every time another user replies to the topic. This is called subscribing to the topic. For more information, please see UCP Subscriptions. - Lock topic - Provided you have moderation permissions in this forum, checking this box will result in the topic being locked after your reply has been posted. At this point, no one but moderators or administrators may reply to the topic. For more information, please see Locking a topic or post. - - -
    - Topic Types - Provided you have the right permissions, you have the option of selecting various topic types when posting a new topic by using Post topic as. The four possible types are: Normal, Sticky, Announcement, and Global. By default, all new posts are Normal. - - - Normal - By selecting normal, your new topic will be a standard topic in the forum. - Sticky - Stickies are special topics in the forum. They are "stuck" to the top of the first page of the forum in which they are posted, above every Normal topic. - Announcement - Announcements are much like Stickies in that they are "stuck" to the top of the forum. However, they are different from stickies in two ways: 1) they are above Stickies, and 2) they appear at the top of every page of the forum instead of only the first page of topics. - Global - Global, or Global Announcements, are special types of Announcements which appear at the top of every page of every forum on the board. They appear above every other type of special topic. - - You also have the ability to specify how long the special (stickies, announcements, and global announcements) keep their type. For example, an announcement is created and specified to stay "stuck" for 4 days. After the 4 days are over, the announcement will automatically be switched to a Normal topic. -
    -
    - -
    - Attachments - TODO: How to add attachments, what restrictions might there be. Note that one needs to have the permission to use attachments. How to add more than one file, and so forth. -
    -
    - Polls - TODO: Again, permission based should be noted. Explain how to add the different options, allow for multiple votes, vote changing, and so forth. -
    -
    - Drafts - TODO: Explain how to load and save drafts. A link to the UCP drafts section should be added for reference. Not sure if permission based. -
    -
    -
    - Communicate with Private Messages - phpBB 3.0 allows its users to communicate privately by using Private Messages. To visit the Private Messages section, you either can click on the [X new messages] link on the left hand side below the forum header, or you can directly access it through the User Control Panel.. - Depending on your [settings], there are 3 ways of being notified that a new Private Message has arrived: - - - By receiving an e-mail or Jabber message - - - While browsing the forum a notification window will pop up - - - The [X new messages] link will show the number of currently unread messages - - - You can set the options to your liking in the Preferences section. Note, that for the popup window notification to work, your will have to add the forum you are visiting to your browser’s popup blocker white list. - You can choose to not receive Private Messages by other users in your Preferences. Note, that moderators and administrators will still be able send you Private Messages, even if you have disabled them. - [To use this feature, you have to be a registered user and need the to have the correct permissions.] -
    - Message display - The Inbox is the default incoming folder, which contains a list of your recently received Private Messages. -
    -
    - Composing a new message - TODO: Similar to the posting screen, so a reference for the basic functions should be enough. What needs to be explained are the To and Bcc fields, how they integrate with the friends list and how to find members (which could also be a link to the memberlist section). -
    -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Message Folders - Just like in your e-mail client, all private messages are stored in folders. Working with folders is similar to working with forums in phpBB 3.0. The Inbox is your default incoming message folder. All messages you receive will appear in here. - Sent messages will appear in either the Outbox or the Sent messages folder. As long as the recipient(s) have not yet read the message, it will stay in the Outbox. As soon as someone reads the message it will be archived to the Sent messages folder. If the administrator allows it, you can edit messages after sending them as long as they are in the Outbox and the recipients have not yet read them. - Each folder, including Sent messages and Outbox, can hold a board-defined amount of messages. This is a global setting that only a board administrator can change. An info text displays the current number of allowed messages and the current percentage of space your messages are using at the top of each folder. If no restriction is displayed, you are allowed unlimited messages in each folder. - - Please note that the total amount of messages allowed is a per-folder setting. You can have multiple folders which each allow 50 messages for instance. If you have 3 folders, your actual global limit is 150 messages, but each folder can only contain up to 50 messages by itself. It is not possible to merge folders and have one with more messages than the limit. - - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Custom Folders - - If the administrator allows it, you can create your own custom private message folders in phpBB 3.0. To check whether you can add folders, visit the Edit options section of the private message area. - To add a new folder, enter the folder's name into the Add folder input box. If creation was successful, your new folder will appear at the bottom of the folder list. You can then use it like a normal message folder and move messages into it or set a filter (see the section on Private Message Filters for more information about filters) to automatically do it for you. -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Moving Messages - - It wouldn't make sense to have custom folders if you weren't able to move messages between them. To do exactly that, visit the folder from which you want to move the messages away. Select the messages you want to move, and use the Moved marked pull-down menu to select the destination folder. - - Please note that if after the move, the destination folder would have more messages in it than the message limit allows, you will receive an error message and the move will be discarded. - -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Message Markers - - Messages inside folders can have colour markings. Please refer to the Message colours legend to see what each colour means. The exact type of colouring depends on the used theme. Coloured messages can have four different meanings: - - - Marked message - - You can set a message as marked with the Mark as important option from the pull-down menu. - - - - - Replied to message - - If you reply to a message, the message will be marked as this. This way, you can keep hold of which messages still need your attention and which messages you have already replied to. - - - - - Message from a friend - - If the sender of a message is in your friends list (see the section on Friends & Foes for more information), this colour will highlight the message. - - - - - Message from a foe - - If the sender of a message is one of your foes, this colour will highlight this. - - - - - - Please note that a message can only have one label, and it will always be the last action you take. If you mark a message as important and reply to it afterwards, for instance, the replied to label will overwrite the important label. - -
    -
    -
    - Message filters - TODO: How to work with message filters. That is quite a complex system -
    -
    - - -
    - - - - pentapenguin - - - - The Memberlist - More Than Meets the Eye - phpBB3 introduces several new ways to search for users. - -
    - Sorting the memberlist - - - - - - Choosing an option to sort the memberlist by. - - -
    - - - - Sort By Username - - If you want to find all members whose usernames start with a certain letter, then you may select the letter from the drop down box and click the Display button to show only users with usernames that begin with that letter. - - - - - Sort By Column Headers - - To sort the memberlist ascending, you may click on the column headers like "Username", "Joined", "Posts", etc. If you click on the same column again, then the memberlist will be sorted descending. - - - - - Sort By Other Options - - You may also sort the memberlist by using the drop down boxes on the bottom of the page. - - - - - Find a Member Search Tool - - With the "Find a member" search tool, you can fine tune your search for members. You must fill out at least one field. If you don't know exactly what you are looking for, you may use the asterisk symbol (*) as a wildcard on any field. - - - -
    -
    diff --git a/documentation/content/tr/chapters/admin_guide.xml b/documentation/content/tr/chapters/admin_guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index e8c370c1..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/tr/chapters/admin_guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1858 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id: admin_guide.xml 141 2007-07-17 20:12:28Z mhobbit $ - - 2006 - phpBB Group - - - Yönetim Rehberi - - Bu bölüm phpBB 3.0 yönetim kontrollerini açıklamaktadır. - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Yönetim Kontrol Paneli - Öncekilerden daha gelişmiş olarak, phpBB 3.0 "Olympus" çok iyi derecede ayarlanabilmektedir. Hemen hemen tüm özellikleri ayarlayabilir, düzenleyebilir, ya da kapatabilirsiniz. Muhtemel olarak erişilebilen bu ayarların yüklemesini yapmak için, Yönetici Kontrol Panelini (YKP/ACP) tamamıyla yeniden tasarladık. - ACP(YKP)'yi ziyaret etmek için varsayılan forum stilini kullanarak sayfaların en aşağısındaki Yönetim Kontrol Paneli bağlantısına tıklayın. - Varsayılan olarak ACP(YKP) yedi farklı bölüm ve bu bölümlerin alt bölümlerinden oluşmaktadır. Bu yönetim rehberinde bölümlerin her birini ele alacağız. - -
    - Yönetim Kontrol Paneli Ana Sayfa - - - - - - The Administration Control Panel Index, the home of managing your phpBB board. Administration functions are grouped into eight different categories: General, Forums, Posting, Users and Groups, Permissions, Styles, Maintenance, and System. Each category is a tab located at the top of the page. Specific functions of the category you're in can be found in the left-hand sidebar of each page. - - -
    -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Genel Ayarlar ve Ön Sayfa - The General section is the first screen you see each time you log into the ACP. It contains some basic statistics and information about your forum. It also has a subsection called Quick Access. It provides quick access to some of the admin pages that are frequently used, like User Management or Moderator Logs. We will discuss its items later in their specific sections. - We will concentrate on the other three subsections: Board Configuration, Client Communication, and Server Configuration. -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Site Ayarları - This subsection contains items to adjust the overall features and settings of the forum. - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Eklenti Ayarları - One of the many new features in phpBB 3.0 is Attachments. Attachments are files that can be attached to posts, like e-mail attachments. Certain restrictions, set by the board administrator, control what users can attach. You can set these restrictions via the Attachment Settings page. - For more information, see the section on configuring your board's attachment settings. -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Site Ayarları - The Board Settings allow you to change many settings that govern your board. These settings include important things such as the name of your forum! There are two main groups of board settings: the general Board Settings, and Warnings settings. - - - Site Ayarları - The very first board setting you can edit is perhaps the most important setting of them all: the name of your board. Your users identify your board with this name. Put the name of your site into the Site Name text field and it will be shown on the header of the default style; it will be the prefix to the window title of your browser. - The Site Description is the slogan or tagline of your forum. It will appear below the Site Name on the default style's header. - If you need to close your whole forum to do maintenance work, for instance, you can do it by using the Disable Board switch. To temporarily disable your board, selectYes. This will keep any members of your forum who are not administrators or moderators from accessing your board. They will either see a default message instead of the forum, or a message that you create. You can add your own custom message that will be displayed when your board is disabled in the text box below the Disable board radio buttons. Administrators and moderators will still be able to browse forums and use their specific control panels when the board is disabled. - You also need to set the Default Language of your board. This is the language that guests will see when they visit your board. You can allow registered users to choose other languages. By default, the only language installed is English [GB], but you can download more languages on the phpBB website and install them on your board. Find out more about working with languages in the section on Language Pack configuration. - You can also configure your board's default date format. phpBB3 has a few basic date formats that you can set your board to use; if these are not sufficient and you would like to customise your board's date format, choose Custom from the Date format selection menu. Then, in the text box besides it, type in the format you would like to use. This is the same as the PHP date() function. - Along with setting your board's default date format, you can also set your board's preferred timezone. The timezones available in the System timezone selection menu are all based on relative UTC (for most intents and purposes, it is GMT, or Greenwich Mean Time) times. You may also choose whether or not your board utilises Daylight Savings Time by selecting the appropriate radio button next to the Enable Daylight Savings time option. - You can also set your board's default style. The board will appear to your guests and members in the Default Style. In the standard phpBB installation, two styles are available: prosilver and subsilver2. You can either allow users to select another style than the default by selecting No in the Override User Style setting or disallow it. Please visit the styles section to find out how to add new styles and where to find some. - - - - Uyarılar - Moderators can send warnings to users that break the forum rules. The value of Warning Duration defines the number of days a warning is valid until it expires. All positive integers are valid values. For more about warnings, please read . - -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Site Özellikleri - Through the Board Features section, you can enable or disable several features board-wide. Note that any feature you disable here will not be available on your forum, even if you give your users permissions to use them. -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Avatar Ayarları - Avatars are generally small, unique images a user can associate with themselves. Depending on the style, they are usually displayed below the user name when viewing topics. Here you can determine how users can define their avatars. - There are three different ways a user can add an avatar to their profile. The first way is through an avatar gallery you provide. Note that there is no avatar gallery available in a default phpBB installation. The Avatar Gallery Path is the path to the gallery images. The default path is images/avatars/gallery. The gallery folder does not exist in the default installation so you have to add it manually if you want to use it. - The images you want to use for your gallery need to be in a folder inside the gallery path. Images directly in the gallery path won't be recognised. There is also no support for sub folders inside the gallery folder. - The second approach to avatars is through Remote Avatars. This are simply images linked from another website. Your members can add a link to the image they want to use in their profile. To give you some control over the size of the avatars you can define the minimum and maximum size of the images. The disadvantage of Remote Avatars is that you are not able to control the file size. - The third approach to avatars is through Avatar Uploading. Your members can upload an image form their local system which will be stored on your server. They will be uploaded into the Avatar Storage Path you can define. The default path is images/avatars/upload and does already exist after installation. You have to make sure that it is server-writable. The file format of the images has to be either gif, jpeg, or png, and the avatars will be automatically checked for their file and image size after the upload. You can adjust the Maximum Avatar File Size and images that are bigger than the allowed value will be discarded. -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Özel Mesajlaşma - Private Messages are a way for registered members to communicate privately through your board without the need to fall back to e-mail or instant messaging. - You can disable this feature with the Private Messaging setting. This will keep the feature turned off for the whole board. You can disable private messages for selected users or groups with Permissions. Please see the Permissions section for more information. - Olympus allows users to create own personal folders to organise Private Messages. The Max Private Messages Per Box setting defines the number of message folders they can create. The default value is 4. You can disable the feature with setting value to 0. - Max Private Messages Per Box sets the number of Private Messages each folder can contain. The default value is 50, Set it to 0 to allow unlimited messages per folder. - If you limit the number of messages users can store in their folders, you need to define a default action that is taken once a folder is full. This can be changed in the "Full Folder Default Action" list. The oldest message gets deleted or the new message will be held back until the folder has place for it. Note that users will be able to choose this for themselves in their PM options and this setting only changes the default value they face. This will not override the action a user chosen. - When sending a private message, it is still possible to edit the message until the recipient reads it. After a sent private message has been read, editing the message is no longer possible. To limit the time a message can be edited before the recipient reads it, you can set the Limit Editing Time. The default value is 0, which allows editing until the message is read. Note that you can disallow users or groups to edit Private Messages after sending through Permissions. If the permission to edit messages is denied, it will override this setting. - The General Options allow you to further define the functionality of Private Messages on your board. - - - Allow Mass PMs: enables the sending of Private Messages to multiple recipients. This feature is enabled by default. Disabling it will also disallow sending of Private Messages to groups. - - See the Groups section for information on how to enable the ability to send a message to a whole group. - - - - By default, BBCode and Smilies are allowed in Private Messages. - - Even if enabled, you can still disallow users or groups to use BBCode and Smilies in Private Messages through Permissions. - - - - We don't allow attachments by default. Further settings for attachments in Private Messages are in the Attachment Settings. There you can define the number of attachments per message for instance. - - - -
    -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Anlık haberleşme - Other than its own authentication system, phpBB3 supports other client communications. phpBB3 supports authentication plugins (by default, the Apache, native DB, and LDAP plugins), email, and Jabber. Here, you can configure all of these communication methods. The following are subsections describing each client communication method. - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Authentication - - Unlike phpBB2, phpBB3 offers support for authentication plugins. By default, the Apache, DB, and LDAP plugins are supported. Before switching from phpBB's native authentication system (the DB method) to one of these systems, you must make sure that your server supports it. When configuring the authentication settings, make sure that you only fill in the settings that apply to your chosen authentication method (Apache or LDAP). - - - Authentication - Select an authentication method: Choose your desired authentication method from the selection menu. - LDAP server name: If you are using LDAP, this is the name or IP address of the LDAP server. - LDAP user: phpBB will connect to the LDAP server as this specified user. If you want to use anonymous access, leave this value blank. - LDAP password: The password for the LDAP user specified above. If you are using anonymous access, leave this blank.This password will be stored as plain text in the database; it will be visible to everybody who can access your database. - LDAP base dn: The distinguished name, which locates the user information. - LDAP uid: The key under which phpBB will search for a given login identity. - LDAP email attribute: this to the name of your user entry email attribute (if one exists) in order to automatically set the email address for new users. If you leave this empty, users who login to your board for the first time will have an empty email address. - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - E-posta ayarları - - phpBB3 is capable of sending out emails to your users. Here, you can configure the information that is used when your board sends out these emails. phpBB3 can send out emails by using either the native, PHP-based email service, or a specified SMTP server. If you are not sure if you have an SMTP server available, use the native email service. You will have to ask your hoster for further details. Once you are done configuring the email settings, click Submit. - - - Please ensure the email address you specify is valid, as any bounced or undeliverable messages will likely be sent to that address. - - - - Genel Ayarlar - Enable board-wide emails: If this is set to disabled, no emails will be sent by the board at all. - Users send email via board:: If this is set to enabled, a form allowing users to send emails to each other via the board will be displayed, rather than an email address. - Email function name: If you are using the native, PHP-based email service, this should be the name of the email function. This is most likely going to be "mail". - Email package size: This is the number of emails that can be sent in one package. This is useful for when you want to send mass emails, and you have a large amount of users. - Contact email address: This is the address that your board's email feedback will be sent to. This is also the address that will populate the "From" and "Reply-to" addresses in all emails sent by your board. - Return email address: This is the return address that will be put on all emails as the technical contact email address. It will always populate the "Return-Path" and "Sender" addresses in all emails sent by your board. - Email signature: This text will be attached at the end of all emails sent by your board. - Hide email addresses: If you want to keep email addresses completely private, set this value to Yes. - - - - SMTP Ayarları - Use SMTP server for email: Select Yes if you want your board to send emails via an SMTP server. If you are not sure that you have an SMTP server available for use, set this to No; this will make your board use the native, PHP-based email service, which in most cases is the safest available option. - SMTP server address: The address of the SMTP server. - SMTP server port: The port that the SMTP server is located on. In most cases, SMTP servers are located on port 25; do not change this value if you are unsure about this. - Authentication method for SMTP: This is the authentication method that your board will use when connecting to the specified SMTP server. This only applies if an SMTP username and password are set, and required by the server. The available methods are PLAIN, LOGIN, CRAM-MD5, DIGEST-MD5, and POP-BEFORE-SMTP. If you are unsure about which authentication method you must use, ask your hoster for more information. - SMTP username: The username that phpBB will use when connecting to the specified SMTP server. You should only fill this in if the SMTP server requires it. - SMTP password: The password for the above specified username that phpBB will use when connecting to the specified SMTP server. You should only fill this in if the SMTP server requires it. - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Jabber ayarları - - phpBB3 also has the ability to allow users to communicate via Jabber. Your board can send instant messages and board notices via Jabber, too. Here, you can enable and control exactly how your board will use Jabber for communication. - - - Some Jabber servers include gateways or transports which allow you to contact users on other networks. Not all servers offer all transports and changes in protocols can prevent transports from operating. Note that it may take several seconds to update Jabber account details, so do not stop the script until it has finished! - - - - Jabber ayarları - Enable Jabber: Set this to Enabled if you want to enable the use of Jabber for messaging and notifications. - Jabber server: The Jabber server that your board will use. For a list of public servers, see jabber.org's list of open, public servers. - Jabber port: The port that the Jabber server specified above is located on. Port 5222 is the most common port; if you are unsure about this, leave this value alone. - Jabber username: The Jabber username that your board will use when connecting to the specified Jabber server. If the username you specify is unregistered on the server, phpBB3 will attempt to register the username for you. - Jabber password: The password for the Jabber username specified above. If the Jabber username is unregistered, phpBB3 will attempt to register the above Jabber username, with this specified value as the password. - Jabber resource: This is the location of the particular connection that you can specify. For example, "board" or "home". - Jabber package size: This is the number of messages that can be sent in one package. If this is set to "0", messages will be sent immediately and is will not be queued for later sending. - -
    -
    -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Sunucu ayarları - As an administrator of a board, being able to fine-tune the settings that your phpBB board uses for the server is a must. Configuring your board's server settings is very easy. There are five main categories of server settings: Cookie settings, Server settings, Security settings, Load settings, and Search settings. Properly configuring these settings will help your board not only function, but also work efficiently and as intended. The following subsections will outline each server configuration category. Once you are done with updating settings in each setting, remember to click Submit to apply your changes. - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Cookie (Çerez) ayarları - Your board uses cookies all the time. Cookies can store information and data; for example, cookies are what enable users to automatically login to the board when they visit it. The settings on this page define the data used to send cookies to your users' browsers. - - - When editing your board's cookie settings, do so with caution. Incorrect settings can cause such consequences as preventing your users from logging in. - - - To edit your board's cookie settings, locate the Cookie Settings form. The following are four settings you may edit: - - - Cookie (Çerez) Ayarları - Cookie domain: This is the domain that your board runs on. Do not include the path that phpBB is installed in; only the domain itself is important here. - Cookie name: This is the name that will be assigned to the cookie when it is sent to your users' browsers and stored. This should be a unique cookie name that will not conflict with any other cookies. - Cookie path: This is the path that the cookie will apply to. In most cases, this should be left as "/", so that the cookie can be accessible across your site. If for some reason you must restrict the cookie to the path that your board is installed in, set the value to the path of your board. - Cookie secure: If your board is accessible via SSL, set this to Enabled. If the board is not accessible via SSL, then leave this value set to Disabled, otherwise server errors will result during redirections. - - - - When you are done editing your board's server settings, click Submit to submit your changes. -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Sunucu Ayarları - On this page, you can define server and domain-dependent settings. There are three main categories of server settings: Server Settings, Path Settings, and Server URL Settings. The following describes each server settings category and the corresponding settings in more detail. When you are done configuring your board's server settings, click Submit to submit your changes. - - - When editing your board's server settings, do so with caution. Incorrect settings can cause such consequences as emails being sent out with incorrect links and/or information, or even the board being inaccessible. - - - The Server Settings form allows you to set some settings that phpBB will use on the server level. The only available option at this time is Enable GZip Compression. Setting this value will enable GZip compression on your server. This means that all content generated by the server will be compressed before it is sent to users' browsers, if the users' browsers support it. Though this can reduce network traffic/bandwidth used, this will also increase the server and CPU load, on both the user's and server's sides. - - Next, the Path Settings form allows you to set the various paths that phpBB uses for certain board content. For default installations, the default settings should be sufficient. The following are the four values that you can set: - - Yol Ayarları - Smilies storage path: This is the path to the directory, relative to the directory that your board is installed in, that your smilies are located in. - Post icons storage path: This is the path to the directory, relative to the directory that your board is installed in, that the topic icons are stored in. - Extension group icons storage path: This is the path to the directory, relative to the directory that your board is installed in, that the icons for the attachments extension groups. - - - - The last category of server settings is Server URL Settings. The Server URL Settings category contains settings that allow you to configure the actual URL that your board is located at, as well as the server protocol and port number that the board will be accessed to. The following are the five settings you may edit: - - Sunucu URL Ayarları - Force server URL settings: If for some reason the default settings for the server URL are incorrect, then you can force your phpBB board to use the server URL settings you specify below by selecting the Yes radio button. - Server protocol: This is the server protocol (http:// or https://, for example) that your board uses, if the default settings are forced. If this value is empty or the above Force server URL settings setting is disabled, then the protocol will be determined by the cookie secure settings. - Domain name: This is the name of the domain that your board runs on. Include "www" if applicable. Again, this value is only used if the server URL settings are forced. - Server port: This is the port that the server is running on. In most cases, a value of "80" is the port to set. You should only change this value if, for some reason, your server runs on a different port. Again, this value is only used if the server URL settings are forced. - Script path: This is the directory where phpBB is installed, relative to the domain name. For example, if your board was located at www.example.com/phpBB3/, the value to set for your script path is "/phpBB3". Again, this value is only used if the server URL settings are forced. - - - - When you are done editing your board's server settings, click Submit to submit your changes. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Güvenlik ayarları - Here, on the Security settings page, you are able to manage security-related settings; namely, you can define and edit session and login-related settings. The following describes the available security settings that you can manage. When you are done configuring your board's security settings, click Submit to submit your changes. - - - - - - Sürekli girişlere izin - - This determines whether users can automatically login to your board when they visit it. - The available options are Yes and No. Choosing Yes will enable automatic logins. - - - - - Sürekli giriş anahtarı bitiş uzunluğu (gün cinsinden) - - This is the set number of days that login keys will last before they expire and are removed from the database. - You may enter an integer in the text box located to the left of the word Days. This integer is the number of days for the persistent login key expiration. If you would like to disable this setting (and thereby allow use of login keys indefinitely), enter a "0" into the text box. - - - - - Oturum IP doğrulama - - This determines how much of the users' IP address is used to validate a session. - There are four settings available: All, A.B.C, A.B, and None. The All setting will compare the complete IP address. The A.B.C setting will compare the first x.x.x of the IP address. The A.B setting will compare the first x.x of the IP address. Lastly, selecting None will disable IP address checking altogether. - - - - - Tarayıcı doğrulama - - This enables the validation of the users' browsers for each session. This can help improve the users' security. - The available options are Yes and No. Choosing Yes will enable this browser validation. - - - - - X_FORWARDED_FOR sayfa başlığı doğrulama - - This setting controls whether sessions will only be continued if the sent X_FORWARDED_FOR header is the same as the one sent with the previous request. Bans will be checked against IP addresses in the X_FORWARDED_FOR header too. - The available options are Yes and No. Choosing Yes will enable the validation of the X_FORWARDED_FOR header. - - - - - DNS Kara Listesine karşı IP kontrolü: - - You are also able to check the users' IP addresses against DNS blackhole lists. These lists are blacklists that list bad IP addresses. Enabling this setting will allow your board to check your users' IP addresses and compare them against the DNS blackhole lists. Currently, the DNS blacklist services on the sites spamcop.net, dsbl.org, and spamhaus.org. - - - - - Geçerli MX kaydı için e-posta alan adı kontrolü - - It is also possible to attempt to validate emails used by your board's users. If this setting is enabled, emails that are entered when users register or change the email in their profile will be checked for a valid MX record. - The available options are Yes and No. Choosing Yes will enable the checking of MX records for emails. - - - - - Şifre karmaşıklığı - - Usually, more complex passwords fare well; they are better than simple passwords. To help your users try to make their account as secure as possible, you also have the option of requiring that they use a password as complex as you define. This requirement will apply to all users registering a new account, or when existing users change their current passwords. - There are four options in the selection menu. No requirements will disable password complexity checking completely. The Must be mixed case setting requires that your users' passwords have both lowercase and uppercase letters in their password. The Must contain alphanumerics setting requires that your users' password include both letters from the alphabet and numbers. Lastly, the Must contain symbols setting will require that your users' passwords include symbols. - - For each password complexity requirement, the setting(s) above it in the selection menu will also apply. For example, selecting Must contain alphanumerics will require your users' passwords to include not only alphanumeric characters, but also have both lowercase and uppercase letters. - - - - - - Şifre değiştirmeye zorlama - - It is always ideal to change passwords once in a while. With this setting, you can force your users to change their passwords after a set number of days that their passwords have been used. - Only integers can be entered in the text box, which is located next to the Days label. This integer is the number of days that, after which, your users will have to change their passwords. If you would like to disable this feature, enter a value of "0". - - - - - En yüksek giriş denemesi sayısı - - It is also possible to limit the number of attempts that your users can have to try to login. Setting a specific limit will enable this feature. This can be useful in temporarily preventing bots or other users from trying to log into other users' accounts. - Only integers can be entered for this setting. The number entered it the maximum number of times a user can attempt to login to an account before having to confirm his login visually, with the visual confirmation. - - - - - Temalarda PHP izni - - Unlike phpBB2, phpBB3 allows the use of PHP code in the template files themselves, if enabled. If this option is enabled, PHP and INCLUDEPHP statements will be recognized and parsed by the template engine. - - - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Yükleme ayarları - On particularly large boards, it may be necessary to manage certain load-related settings in order to allow your board to run as smoothly as possible. However, even if your board isn't excessively active, it is still important to be able to adjust your board's load settings. Adjusting these settings properly can help reduce the amount of processing required by your server. Once you are done editing any of the server load-related settings, remember to click Submit to actually submit and apply your changes. - - The first group of settings, General Settings, allows you to control the very basic load-related settings, such as the maximum system load and session lengths. The following describes each option in detail. - - Genel ayarlar - Limit system load: This option enables you to control the maximum load that the server can undergo before the board will automatically go offline. Specifically, if the system’s one-minute load average exceeds this value, the board will automatically go offline. A value of "1.0" equals about 100% utilisation of one processor. Note that this option will only work with *nix-based servers that have this information accessible. If your board is unable to get the load limit, this value will reset itself to "0". All positive numbers are valid values for this option. (For example, if your server has two processors, a setting of 2.0 would represent 100% server utilisation of both processors.) Set this to "0" if you do not want to enable this option. - Session length: This is the amount of time, in seconds, before your users' sessions expire. All positive integers are valid values. Set this to "0" if you want session lengths to last indefinitely. - Limit sessions: It is also possible to control the maximum amount of sessions your board will handle before your board will go offline and be temporarily disabled. Specifically, if the number of sessions your board is serving exceeds this value within a one-minute period, the board will go offline and be temporarily disabled. All positive integers are valid values. Set this to "0" if you want to allow an unlimited amount of sessions. - View online time span: This is the number of minutes after which inactive users will not appear in the Who is Online listings. The higher the number given, the greater the processing power required to generate the listing. All positive integers are valid values, and indicate the number of minutes that the time span will be. - - - - The second group of settings, General Options, allows you to control whether certain options are available for your users on your board. The following describes each option further. - - Genel seçenekler - Enable dotted topics: Topics in which a poster has already posted in will see dotted topic icons for these topics. To enable this feature, select, Yes. - Enable server-side topic marking: One of the many new features phpBB3 offers is server-side read tracking. This is different from phpBB2, which only offered read tracking based on cookies. To store read/unread status information in the database, as opposed to in a cookie, select Yes. - Enable topic marking for guests: It is also possible to allow guests to have read/unread status information. If you want your board to store read/unread status information for guests, select Yes. If this option is disabled, posts will be displayed as "read" for guests. - Enable online user listings: The online user listings can be displayed on your board's index, in each forum, and on topic pages. If you want to enable this option and allow the online user listings to be displayed, choose Yes. - Enable online guest listings in viewonline: If you want to enable the display of guest user information in the Who is Online section, choose Yes. - Enable display of user online/offline information: This option allows you to control whether or not online/offline status information for users can be displayed in profiles and on the topic view pages. To enable this display option, choose Yes. - Enable birthday listing: In phpBB3, birthdays is a new feature. To enable the listing of birthdays, choose Yes. - Enable display of moderators: Though it can be particularly useful to list the moderators who moderate each forum, it is possible to disable this feature, which may help reduce the amount of processing required. To enable the display of moderators, select Yes. - Enable display of jumpbox: The jumpbox can be a useful tool for navigating throughout your board. However, it is possible to control whether or not this is displayed. To display the jumpboxes, select Yes. - Show user's activity: This option controls whether or not the active topic/forum information displayed in your users' profiles and UCP. If you want to show this user activity information, select Yes. However, if your board has more than one million posts, it is recommended that you disable this feature. - Recompile stale templates: This option controls the recompilation of old templates. If this is enabled, your board will check to see if there are updated templates on your filesystem; if there are, your board will recompile the templates. Select Yes to enable this option. - - - - Lastly, the last group of load settings relates to Custom Profile Fields, which are a new feature in phpBB3. The following describes these options in detail. - - Özel Profil Alanları - Allow styles to display custom profile fields in memberlist: This option allows you to control if your board's style(s) can display the custom profile fields (if your board has any) in the memberlist. To enable this, choose Yes. - Display custom profile fields in user profiles: If you want to enable the display of custom profile fields (if your board has any) in users' profiles, select Yes. - Display custom profile fields in viewtopic: If you want to enable the display of custom profile fields (if your board has any) in the topic view pages, choose Yes. - - -
    - - -
    -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Forum Yöneticisi - The Forum section offers the tools to manage your forums. Whether you want to add new forums, add new categories, change forum descriptions, reorder or rename your forums, this is the place to go. -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Forum türlerinin açıklaması - In phpBB 3.0, there are three forum types. A forum can be a normal forum where people can post in, a category that contains forums, or it can be a simple link. - - - Forum - - In a forum people can post their topics. - - - - Bağlantı - - The forum list displays a forum link like a normal forum. But instead of linking to a forum, you can point it to a URL of your choice. It can display a hit counter, which shows how many times the link was clicked. - - - - Kategori - - If you want to combine multiple forums or links for a specific topic, you can put them inside a category. The forums will appear below the category title, clearly separated from other categories. Users are not able to post inside categories. - - - -
    -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Altforumlar - One of the many new features in phpBB 3.0 are subforums. Especially bulletin boards with a high number of forums will benefit from this. In the simple flat category and forum approach in phpBB 2.0, all forums and categories were listed on the forum index. In Olympus you can now put as many forums, links, or categories as you like inside other forums. - - If you have a forum about pets for instance, you are able to put subforums for cats, dogs, or guinea pigs inside it without making the parent "Pets" forum a category. In this example, only the "Pets" forum will be listed on the index like a normal forum. Its subforums will appear as simple links below the forum description (unless you disabled this). - -
    - Altforumlar oluşturma - - - - - - Creating subforums. In this example, the subforums titled "Cats" and "Dogs" belong in the "Pets" parent forum. Pay close attention to the breadcrumbs on the page, located right above the list of the subforums. This tells you exactly where you are in the forums hierarchy. - - -
    - - This system theoretically allows unlimited levels of subforums. You can put as many subforums inside subforums as you like. However, please do not go overboard with this feature. On boards with five to ten forums or less, it is not a good idea to use subforums. Remember, the less forums you have, the more active your forum will appear. You can always add more forums later. - Read the section on forum management to find out how to create subforums. -
    -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Forumları yönetme - Here you can add, edit, delete, and reorder the forums, categories, and links. - -
    - Managing Forums Icon Legend - - - - - - This is the legend for the icons on the manage forums page. Each icon allows you to commit a certain action. Pay close attention to which action you click on when managing your forums. - - -
    - - The initial Manage forums page shows you a list of your top level forums and categories. Note, that this is not analogue to the forum index, as categories are not expanded here. If you want to reorder the forums inside a category, you have to open the category first. -
    -
    -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Mesaj Ayarları - - Forums are nothing without content. Content is created and posted by your users; as such, it is very important to have the right posting settings that control how the content is posted. You can reach this section by clicking the Posting navigation tab. - The first page you are greeted with after getting to the Posting Settings section is BBCodes. The other available subsections are divided into two main groups: Messages and Attachments. Private message settings, Topic icons, Smilies, and Word censoring are message-related settings. Attachment settings, Manage extensions, Manage extension groups, and Orphaned attachments are attachment-related settings. - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - BBCodelar - - BBCodes are a special way of formatting posts, similar to HTML. phpBB 3.0 allows you to create your own BBCodes very easily. On this page, you can see the custom BBCodes that currently exist. - Adding a BBCode is very easy. If done right, allowing users to use your new BBCode may be safer than allowing them to use HTML code. To add a BBCode, click Add a new BBCode to begin. There are four main things to consider when adding a BBCode: how you want your users to use the BBCode, what HTML code the BBcode will actually use (the users will not see this), what short info message you want for the BBCode, and whether or not you want a button for the new BBCode to be displayed on the posting screen. Once you are done configuring all of the custom BBCode settings, click Submit to add your new BBCode. - -
    - BBCodelar Oluşturma - - - - - - Creating a new BBCode. In this example, we are creating a new [font] BBCode that will allow users to specify the font face of the specified text. - - -
    - - In the BBCode Usage form, you can define how you want your users to use the BBCode. Let's say you want to create a new font BBCode that will let your users pick a font to use for their text. An example of what to put under BBCode Usage would be - [font={TEXT1}]{TEXT2}[/font] - This would make a new [font] BBCode, and will allow the user to pick what font face they want for the text. The user's text is represented by TEXT,while FONTNAME represents whatever font name the user types in. - - In the HTML Replacementform, you can define what HTML code your new BBCode will use to actually format the text. In the case of making a new [font] BBCode, try - <span style="font-family: {TEXT1}">{TEXT2}<span> - This HTML code will be used to actually format the user's text. - - The third option to consider when adding a custom BBCode is what sort of help message you want to display to your users if they choose to use the new BBCode. Ideally, the helpline message is a short note or tip for the user using the BBCode. This message will be displayed below the BBCode row on the posting screens. - - If the next option described, Display on posting, isn't enabled, the helpline message will not be displayed. - - Lastly, when adding a new BBCode, you can decide whether or not you want an actual BBCode button for your new BBCode to be displayed on the posting screens. If you want this, then check the Display on posting checkbox. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - ÖZel mesaj ayarları - - Many users use your board's private messaging system. Here you can manage all of the default private message-related settings. Listed below are the settings that you can change. Once you're done setting the posting settings, click Submit to submit your changes. - - Genel ayarlar - Private messaging: You can enable to disable your board's private messaging system. If you want to enable it, select Yes. - Max private message folders: This is the maximum number of new private message folders your users can each create. - Max private messages per box: This is the maximum number of private messages your users can have in each of their folders. - Full folder default action: Sometimes your users want to send each other a private message, but the intended recipient has a full folder. This setting will define exactly what will happen to the sent message. You can either set it so that an old message will be deleted to make room for the new message, or the new messages will be held back until the recipient makes room in his inbox. Note that the default action for the Sentbox is the deletion of old messages. - Limit editing time: Users are usually allowed to edit their sent private messages before the recipient reads it, even if it's already in their outbox. You can control the amount of time your users have to edit sent private messages. - - - - Genel seçenekler - Allow sending of private messages to multiple users and groups: In phpBB 3.0, it is possible to send a private message to more than user. To allow this, select Yes. - Allow BBCode in private messages: Select Yes to allow BBCode to be used in private messages. - Allow smilies in private messages: Select Yes to allow smilies to be used in private messages. - Allow attachments in private messages: Select Yes to allow attachments to be used in private messages. - Allow signature in private messages: Select Yes to let your users include their signature in their private messages.. - Allow print view in private messages: Another new feature in phpBB 3.0 is a printer-friendly view. Select Yes to allow your users to view any of their PMs in print view. - Allow forwarding in private messages: Select Yes to allow your users to forward private messages. - Allow use of [img] BBCode tag: Select Yes if you want your users to be able to post inline images in their private messages. - Allow use of [flash] BBCode tag: Select Yes if you want your users to be able to post inline Macromedia Flash objects in their private messages. - Enable use of topic icons in private messages: Select Yes if you want to enable your users to include topic icons with their private messages. (Topic icons are displayed next to the private messages' titles.). - - - - If you want to set any of the above numerical settings so that the setting will allow unlimited amounts of the item, set the numerical setting to 0. - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Başlık ikonları - - A new feature in phpBB3 is the ability to assign icons to topics. On this page, you can manage what topic icons are available for use on your board. You can add, edit, delete, or move topic icons. The Topic Icons form displays the topic icons currently installed on your board. You can add topic icons manually, install a premade icons pack, export or download an icons pack file, or edit your currently installed topic icons. - - Your first option to add topic icons to your board is to use a premade icons pack. Icon packs have the file extension pak. To install an icons pack, you must first download an icons pack. Upload the icon files themselves and the pack file into the /images/icons/ directory. Then, click Install icons pak. The Install icons pak form displays all of the options you have regarding topic icon installation. Select the icon pack you wish to add (you may only install one icon pack at a time). You then have the option of what to do with currently installed topic icons if the new icon pack has icons that may conflict with them. You can either keep the existing icon(s) (there may be duplicates), replace the matches (overwriting the icon(s) that already exist), or just delete all of the conflicting icons. Once you have selected the proper option, click Install icons pak. - - To add topic icon(s) manually, you must first upload the icons into the icons directory of your site. Navigate to the Topic icons page. Click Add multiple icons, which is located in the Topic Icons form. If you correctly uploaded your new desired topic icon(s) into the proper /images/icons/ directory, you should see a row of settings for each new icon you uploaded. The following has a description on what each field is for. Once you are done with adding the topic icon(s), click, Submit to submit your additions. - - - Icon image file: This column will display the actual icon itself. - Icon location: This column will display the path that the icon is located in, relative to the /images/icons/ directory. - Icon width: This is the width (in pixels) you want the icon to be stretched to. - Icon height: This is the height (in pixels) you want the icon to be stretched to. - Display on posting: If this checkbox is checked, the topic icon will actually be displayed on the posting screen. - Icon order: You can also set what order that the topic icon will be displayed. You can either set the topic icon to be the first, or after any other topic icon currently installed. - Add: If you are satisfied with the settings for adding your new topic icon, check this box. - - - You may also edit your currently installed topic icons' settings. To do so, click Edit icons. You will see the Icon configuration form. For more information regarding each field, see the above paragraph regarding adding topic icons. - - Lastly, you may also reorder the topic icons, edit a topic icon's settings, or remove a topic icon. To reorder a topic icon, click the appropriate "move up" or "move down" icon. To edit a topic icon's current settings, click the "settings" button. To delete a topic icon, click the red "delete" button. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - İfadeler - - Smilies or emoticons are typically small, sometimes animated images used to convey an emotion or feeling. You can manage the smilies on your board via this page. To add smilies, you have the option to either install a premade smilies pack, or add smilies manually. Locate the Smilies form, which lists the smilies currently installed on your board, on the page. - - Your first option to add smilies to your board is to use a premade smilies pack. Smilies packs have the file extension pak. To install a smilies pack, you must first download a smilies pack. Upload the smilies files themselves and the pack file into the /images/smilies/ directory. Then, click Install smilies pak. The Install smilies pak form displays all of the options you have regarding smilies installation. Select the smilies pack you wish to add (you may only install one smilies pack at a time). You then have the option of what to do with currently installed smilies if the new smilies pack has icons that may conflict with them. You can either keep the existing smilies (there may be duplicates), replace the matches (overwriting the smilies that already exist), or just delete all of the conflicting smilies. Once you have selected the proper option, click Install smilies pak. - - To add a smiley to your board manually, you must first upload the smilies into the /images/smilies/ directory. Then, click on Add multiple smilies. From here, you can add a smilie and configure it. The following are the settings you can set for the new smilies. Once you are done adding a smiley, click Submit. - - - Smiley image file: This is what the smiley actually looks like. - Smiley location: This is where the smiley is located, relative to the /images/smilies/ directory. - Smiley code: This is the text that will be replaced with the smiley. - Emotion: This is the smiley's title. - Smiley width: This is the width in pixels that the smiley will be stretched to. - Smiley height: This is the height in pixels that the smiley will be stretched to. - Display on posting: If this checkbox is checked, this smiley will actually be displayed on the posting screen. - Smiley order: You can also set what order that the smiley will be displayed. You can either set the smiley to be the first, or after any other smiley currently installed. - Add: If you are satisfied with the settings for adding your new smiley, check this box. - - - You may also edit your currently installed smilies' settings. To do so, click Edit smilies. You will see the Smiley configuration form. For more information regarding each field, see the above paragraph regarding adding smilies. - - Lastly, you may also reorder the smilies, edit a smiley's settings, or remove a smiley. To reorder a smiley, click the appropriate "move up" or "move down" icon. To edit a smiley's current settings, click the "settings" button. To delete a smiley, click the red "delete" button. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Kelime sansürleme - - On some forums, a certain level of appropriate, profanity-free speech is required. Like phpBB2, phpBB3 continues to offer word censoring. Words that match the patterns set in the Word censoring panel will automatically be censored with text that you, the admin, specify. To manage your board's word censoring, click Word censoring. - - To add a new word censor, click Add new word. There are two fields: Word and Replacement. Type in the word that you want automatically censored in the Word text field. (Note that you can use wildcards (*).) Then, type in the text you want the censored word to be replaced with in the Replacement text field. Once you are done, click Submit to add the new censored word to your board. - - To edit an existing word censor, locate the censored word's row. Click the "edit" icon located in that row, and proceed with changing the censored word's settings. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Eklenti Ayarları - - If you allow your users to post attachments, it is important to be able to control your board's attachments settings. Here, you can configure the main settings for attachments and the associated special categories. When you are done configuring your board's attachments settings, click Submit. - - - Eklenti Ayarları - Allow attachments: If you want attachments to be enabled on your board, select Yes. - Allow attachments in private messages: If you want to enable attachments being posted in private messages, select Yes. - Upload directory: The directory that attachments will be uploaded to. The default directory is /files/. - Attachment display order: The order that attachments will be displayed, based on the time the attachment was posted. - Total attachment quota: The maximum drive space that will be available for all of your board's attachments. If you want this quota to be unlimited, use a value of 0. - Maximum filesize: The maximum filesize of an attachment allowed. If you want this value to be unlimited, use a value of 0. - Maximum filesize messaging: The maximum drive space that will be available per user for attachments posted in private messages. If you want this quota to be unlimited, use a value of 0. - Max attachments per post: The maximum number of attachments that can be posted in a post. If you want this value to be unlimited, use a value of 0. - Max attachments per message: The maximum number of attachments that can be posted in a private message. If you want this value to be unlimited, use a value of 0. - Enable secure downloads: If you want to be able to only allow attachments to be available to specific IP addresses or hostnames, this option should be enabled. You can further configure secure downloads once you have enabled them here; the secure downloads-specific settings are located in the Define allowed IPs/Hostnames and Remove or un-exclude allowed IPs/hostnames forms at the bottom of the page. - Allow/Deny list: This allows you to configure the default behaviour when secure downloads are enabled. A whitelist (Allow) only allows IP addresses or hostnames to access downloads, while a blacklist (Deny) allows all users except those who have an IP address or hostname located on the blacklist. This setting only applies if secure downloads are enabled. - Allow empty referrer: Secure downloads are based on referrers.This setting controls if downloads are allowed for those omitting the referrer information. This setting only applies if secure downloads are enabled. - - - - Resim Kategori Ayarları - Display images inline: How image attachments are displayed. If this is set to No, a link to the attachment will be given instead, rather than the image itself (or a thumbnail) being displayed inline. - Create thumbnail: This setting configures your board to either create a thumbnail for every image attached, or not. - Maximum thumbnail width in pixels: This is the maximum width in pixels for the created thumbnails. - Maximum thumbnail filesize: Thumbnails will not be created for images if the created thumbnail filesize exceeds this value, in bytes. This is useful for particularly large images that are posted. - Imagemagick path: If you have Imagemagick installed and would like to set your board to use it, specify the full path to your Imagemagick convert application. An example is /usr/bin/. - Maximum image dimensions: The maximum size of image attachments, in pixels. If you would like to disable dimension checking (and thereby allow image attachments of any dimensions), set each value to 0. - Image link dimensions: If an image attachment is larger than these dimensions (in pixels), a link to the image will be displayed in the post instead. If you want images to be displayed inline regardless of dimensions, set each value to 0. - - - - İzinli/İzinli olmayan IP adreslerini/Host adlarını tanımlama - IP addresses or hostnames: If you have secure downloads enabled, you can specify the IP addresses or hostnames allowed or disallowed. If you specify more than one IP address or hostname, each IP address or hostname should be on its own line. Entered values can have wildcards (*). To specify a range for an IP address, separate the start and end with a hyphen (-). - Exclude IP from [dis]allowed IPs/hostnames: Enable this to exclude the entered IP(s)/hostname(s). - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Uzantılar yönetimi - - You can further configure your board's attachments settings by controlling what file extensions attached files can have to be uploaded. It is recommended that you do not allow scripting file extensions (such as php, php3, php4, phtml, pl, cgi, py, rb, asp, aspx, and so forth) for security reasons. You can find this page by clicking Manage extensions once you're in the ACP. - - To add an allowed file extension, find the Add Extension form on the page. In the field labeled Extension, type in the file extension. Do not include the period before the file extension. Then, select the extension group that this new file extension should be added to via the Extension group selection menu. Then, click Submit. - - You can also view your board's current allowed file extensions. On the page, you should see a table listing all of the allowed file extensions. To change the group that an extension belongs to, select a new extension group from the selection menu located in the extension's row. To delete an extension, check the checkbox in the Delete column. When you're done managing your board's current file extensions, click Submit at the bottom of the page. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Uzantı grupları yönetimi - - Allowed file extensions can be placed into groups for easy management and viewing. To manage the extension groups, click Manage extension groups once you get into the Posting settings part of the ACP. You can configure specific settings regarding each extension group. - - To add a new file extension group, find the textbox that corresponds to the Create new group button. Type in the name of the extension group, then click Submit. You will be greeted with the extension group settings form. The following contains descriptions for each option available, and applies to extension groups that either already exist or are being added. - - - Uzantı Grubu Ekleme - Group name: The name of the extension group. - Special category: Files in this extension group can be displayed differently. Select a special category from this selection menu to change the way the attachments in this extension group is presented within a post. - Allowed: Enable this if you want to allow attachments that belong in this extension group. - Allowed in private messaging: Enable this if you want to allow attachments that belong in this extension group in private messages. - Upload icon: The small icon that is displayed next to all attachments that belong in this extension group. - Maximum filesize: The maximum filesize for attachments in this extension group. - Assigned extensions: This is a list of all file extensions that belong in this extension group. Click Go to extension management screen to manage what extensions belong in this extension group. - Allowed forums: This allows you to control what forums your users are allowed to post attachments that belong in this extension group. To enable this extension group in all forums, select the Allow all forums radio button. To set which specific forums this extension group is allowed in, select the Only forums selected below radio button, and then select the forums in the selection menu. - - - To edit a current file extension group's settings, click the "Settings" icon that is in the extension group's row. Then, go ahead and edit the extension group's settings. For more information about each setting, see the above. - - To delete an extension group, click the "Delete" icon that is in the extension group's row. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Boşta kalan eklentiler - - Sometimes, attachments may be orphaned, which means that they exist in the specified files directory (to configure this directory, see the section on attachment settings), but aren't assigned to any post(s). This can happen when posts are deleted or edited, or even when users attach a file, but don't submit their post. - - To manage orphaned attachments, click on Orphaned attachments on the left-hand menu once you're in the Posting settings section of the ACP. You should see a list of all orphaned attachments in the table, along with all the important information regarding each orphaned attachment. - - You can assign an orphaned post to a specific post. To do so, you must first find the post's post ID. Enter this value into the Post ID column for the particular orphaned attachment. Enable Attach file to post, then click Submit. - - To delete an orphaned attachment, check the orphaned attachment's Delete checkbox, then click Submit. Note that this cannot be undone. -
    -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Kullanıcılar Yönetimi - -
    - Kullanıcıları Yönetmek - Users are the basis of your forum. As a forum administrator, it is very important to be able to manage your users. Managing your users and their information and specific options is easy, and can be done via the ACP. - - To begin, log in and reach your ACP. Find and click on Users and Groups to reach the necessary page. If you do not see User Administration , simply find and click on Manage Users in the navigation menu on the left side of the page. - - To continue and manage a user, you must know the username(s) that you want to manage. In the textbox for the "Find a member:" field, type in the username of the user whose information and settings you wish to manage. On the other hand, if you want to find a member, click on [ Find a Member ] (which is below the textbox) and follow all the steps appropriate to find and select a user. If you wiant to manage the information and settings for the Anonymous user (any visitor who is not logged in is set as the Anonymous user), check the checkbox labeled "Select Anonymous User". Once you have selected a user, click Submit. - - There are many sections relating to a user's settings. The following are subsections that have more information on each form. Each form allows you to manage specific settings for the user you have selected. When you are done with editing the data on each form, click Submit (located at the bottom of each form) to submit your changes. - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Kullanıcıyı Gözden Geçirme - This is the first form that shows up when you first select a user to manage. Here, all of the general information and settings for each user is displayed. - - - - Kullanıcı adı - - This is the name of the user you're currently managing. If you want to change the user's username, type in a new username between three and twenty characters long into the textbox labeled Username: - - - - - Kayıtlı - - This is the complete date on which the user registered. You cannot edit this value. - - - - - Kayıt olunan IP adresi - - This is the IP address from which the user registered his or her account. If you want to determine the IP hostname, click on the IP address itself. The current page will reload and will display the appropriate information. If you want to perform a whois on the IP address, click on the Whois link. A new window will pop up with this data. - - - - - Son Aktiflik - - This is the complete date on which the user was last active. - - - - - Kurucu - - Founders are users who have all administrator permissions and can never be banned, deleted or altered by non-founder members. If you want to set this user as a founder, select the Yes radio button. To remove founder status from a user, select the No radio button. - - - - - E-posta - - This is the user's currently set email address. To change the email address, fill in the Email: textbox with a valid email. - - - - - E-posta adresini doğrulama - - This textbox should only be filled if you are changing the user's email address. If you are changing the email address, both the Email: textbox and this one should be filled with the same email address. If you do not fill this in, the user's email address will not be changed. - - - - - Yeni şifre - - As an administrator, you cannot see any of your users' password. However, it is possible to change passwords. To change the user's password, type in a new password in the New password: textbox. The new password has to be between six and thirty characters long. - - Before submitting any changes to the user, make sure this field is blank, unless you really want to change the user's password. If you accidentally change the user's password, the original password cannot be recovered! - - - - - Yeni şifreyi doğrula - - This textbox should only be filled if you are changing the user's password. If you are changing the user's password, the Confirm new password: textbox needs to be filled in with the same password you filled in in the above New password: textbox. - - - - - Uyarılar - - This is the number of warnings the user currently has. You can edit this number by typing in a number into the Warnings: number field. Only positive integers are allowed. - For more information about warnings, see . - - - - - Hızlı Araçlar - - The options in the Quick Tools drop-down selection box allow you to quickly and easily change one of the user's options. The available options are Delete Signature, Delete Avatar, Move all Posts, Delete all Posts, and Delete all attachments. - - - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Kullanıcı Geribildirimi - Another aspect of managing a user is editing their feedback data. Feedback consists of any sort of user warning issued to the user by a forum administrator. - - To customise the display of the user's existing log entries, select any criteria for your customisation by selecting your options in the drop-down selection boxes entitled Display entries from previous: and Sort by:. Display entries from previous: allows you to set a specific time period in which the feedback was issued. Sort by: allows you to sort the existing log entries by Username, Date, IP address, and Log Action. The log entries can then be sorted in ascending or descending order. When you are done setting these options, click the Go button to update the page with your customisations. - - Another way of managing a user's feedback data is by adding feedback. Simply find the section entitled Add feedback and enter your message into the FEEDBACK text area. When you are done, click Submit to add the feedback. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Kullanıcı Profili - - Users may sometimes have content in their forum profile that requires that you either update it or delete it. If you don't want to change a field, leave it blank.The following are the profile fields that you can change: - - ICQ Number has to be a number at least three digits long. - AOL Instant Messenger can have any alphanumeric characters and symbols. - MSN Messenger can have any alphanumeric characters, but should look similar to an email address (joebloggs@example.com). - Yahoo Messenger can have any alphanumeric characters and symbols. - Jabber address can have any alphanumeric characters, but needs to look like an email address would (joebloggs@example.com). - Website can have any alphanumeric characters and symbols, but must have the protocol included (ex. http://www.example.com). - Location can have any alphanumeric characters and symbols. - Occupation can have any alphanumeric characters and symbols. - Interests can have any alphanumeric characters and symbols. - Birthday can be set with three different drop-down selection boxes: Day:, Month:, and Year:, respectively. Setting a year will list the user's age when it is his or her birthday. - - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Kullanıcı Tercihleri - - Users have many settings they can use for their account. As an administrator, you can change any of these settings. The user settings (also known as preferences) are grouped into three main categories: Global Settings, Posting Defaults, and Display Options. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Kullanıcı Avatarı - - Here you can manage the user's avatar. If the user has already set an avatar for himself/herself, then you are able to see the avatar image. - Depending on your avatar settings (for more information on avatar settings, see Avatar Settings), you can choose any option available to change the user's avatar: Upload from your machine, Upload from a URL, or Link off-site. You can also select an avatar from your board's avatar gallery by clicking the Display gallery button next to Local gallery:. - - The changes you make to the user's avatar still has to comply with the limitations you've set in the avatar settings. - - To delete the avatar image, simply check the Delete image checkbox underneath the avatar image. - When you are done choosing what avatar the user will have, click Submit to update the user's avatar. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Kullanıcı Rütbesi - - Here you can set the user's rank. You can set the user's rank by selecting the rank from the User Rank: drop-down selection box. After you've picked the rank, click Submit to update the user's rank. - For more information about ranks, see . - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Kullanıcı İmzası - - Here you can add, edit, or delete the user's signature. - The user's current signature should be displayed in the Signature form. Just edit the signature by typing whatever you want into the text area. You can use BBCode and any other special formatting with what's provided. When you are done editing the user's signature, click Submit to update the user's signature. - - The signature that you set has to obey the board's signature limitations that you currently have set. - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Gruplar - - Here you can see all of the usergroups that the user is in. From this page you can easily remove the user from any usergroup, or add the user to an existing group. The table entitled Special groups user is a member of lists out the usergroups the user is currently a member of. - Adding the user to a new usergroup is very easy. To do so, find the pull-down menu labeled Add user to group: and select a usergroup from that menu. Once the usergroup is selected, click Submit. Your addition will immediately take effect. - To delete the user from a group he/she is currently a member of, find the row that the usergroup is in, and click Delete. You will be greeted with a confirmation screen; if you want to go ahead and do so, click Yes. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - İzinler - - Here you can see all of the permissions currently set for the user. For each group the user is in, there is a separate section on the page for the permissions that relates to that category. To actually set the user's permissions, see . -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Eklentiler - - Depending on the current attachments settings, your users may already have attachments posted. If the user has already uploaded at least one attachment, you can see the listing of the attachment(s) in the table. The data available for each attachment consist of: Filename, Topic title, Post time, Filesize, and Downloads. - To help you in managing the user's attachment(s), you can choose the sorting order of the attachments list. Find the Sort by: pull-down menu and pick the category you want to use the sort the list (the possible options are Filename, Extension, Filesize, Downloads, Post time, and Topic title. To choose the sorting order, choose either Descending or Ascending from the pull-down menu besides the sorting category. Once you are done, click Go. - To view the attachment, click on the attachment's filename. The attachment will open in the same browser window. You can also view the topic in which the attachment was posted by clicking on the link besides the Topic: label, which is below the filename. Deleting the user's attachment(s) is very easy. In the attachments listing, check the checkboxes that are next to the attachment(s) you want to delete. When everything you want has been selected, click Delete marked, which is located below the attachments listing. - - To select all of the attachments shown on the page, click the Mark all link, which is below the attachments listing. This helps especially if you want to delete all of the attachments shown on the page at once. - -
    -
    -
    - - - - Graham - - - - Aktif Olmayan Kullanıcılar - Here you are able to view details of all users who are currently marked as inactive along with the reason their account is marked as inactive and when this occurred. - Using the checkboxes on this page it is possible to perform bulk actions on the users, these include activating the accounts, sending them a reminder email indicating that they need to activate their account or deleting the account. - There are 5 reasons which may be indicated for an account being inactive: - - - Yönetici tarafından deaktif edilen hesap - - This account has been manually deactivated by an administrator via the user management tools. More details on who performed this action and the reasons may be available via the User Notes. - - - - Profil bilgileri değiştirildi - - The board is configured to require user activation and this user has changed key information related to their account such as the email address and is required to reactivate the account to confirm these changes. - - - - Yeni kayıt olunan hesap - - The board is configured to require user activation and either the user or an administrator (depending on the settings) has not yet activated this new account. - - - - Kullanıcı hesabı yeniden aktivasyona zorlandı - - An administrator has forced this user to reactivate their account via the user management tools. More details on who performed this action and the reasons may be available via the User Notes. - - - - Bilinmeyen - - No reason was recorded for this user being inactive; it is likely that the change was made by an external application or that this user was added from another source. - - - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Kullanıcıların izinleri - Along with being able to manage users' information, it is also important to be able to regularly maintain and control permissions for the users on your board. User permissions include capabilities such as the use of avatars and sending private messages. Global moderator permissions includings abilities such as approving posts, managing topics, and managing bans. Lastly administrator permissions such as altering permissions, defining custom BBCodes, and managing forums. - - To start managing a user's permissions, locate the Users and Groups tab and click on Users' Permissions in the left-side navigation menu. Here, you can assign global permissions to users. In the Look Up User. In the Find a user field, type in the username of the user whose permissions you want to edit. (If you want to edit the anonymous user, check the Select anonymous user checkbox.) Click Submit. - - Permissions are grouped into three different categories: user, moderator, and admin. Each user can have specific settings in each permission category. To faciliate user permissions editing, it is possible to assign specific preset roles to the user. - - - For the following permissions editing actions that are described, there are three choices you have to choose from. You may either select Yes, No, or Never. Selecting Yes will enable the selected permission for the user, while selecting No will disallow the user from having permission for the selected setting, unless another permission setting from another area overrides the setting. If you want to completely disallow the user from having the selected permission ever, then select Never. The Never setting will override all other values assigned to the setting. - - - To edit the user's User permissions, select "User permissions from the Select type selection menu, then press Go. Select the role to apply to the user. If you would like to use the advanced form that will offer more detailed permission configuration, click the Advanced Permissions link. A new form will pop up below the Role selection menu. There are four categories of permissions you may edit: Post, Profile, Misc, and Private messages. - - To edit the user's Moderative permissions, select "Moderator permissions from the Select type selection menu, then press Go. Select the role to apply to the user. If you would like to use the advanced form that will offer more detailed permission configuration, click the Advanced Permissions link. A new form will pop up below the Role selection menu. There are three categories of permissions you may edit: Post actions, Misc, and Topic actions. - - To edit the user's Administrative permissions, select "Admin permissions from the Select type selection menu, then press Go. Select the role to apply to the user. If you would like to use the advanced form that will offer more detailed permission configuration, click the Advanced Permissions link. A new form will pop up below the Role selection menu. There are six categories of permissions you may edit: Permissions, Posting, Misc, Users & Groups, Settings, and Forums. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Kullanıcıların forum izinleri - - Along with editing your users' user account-related permissions, you can also edit their forum permissions, which relate to the forums in your board. Forum permissions are different from user permissions in that they are directly related and tied to the forums. Users' forum permissions allows you to edit your users' forum permissions. When doing so, you can only assign forum permissions to one user at a time. - - To start editing a user's forum permissions, start by typing in the user's username into the Find a member text box. If you would like to edit the forum permissions that pertain to the anonymous user, check the Select anonymous user text box. Click Submit to continue. - -
    - Selecting forums for users' forum permissions - - - - - - Selecting forums to assign forum permissions to users. In this example, the "Cats" and "Dogs" subforums (their parent forum is "Pets") are selected. The user's forum permissions for these two forums will be edited/updated. - - -
    - - You should now be able to assign forum permissions to the user. You now have two ways to assign forum permissions to the user: you may either select the forum(s) manually with a multiple selection menu, or select a specific forum or category, along with its associated subforums. Click Submit to continue with the forum(s) you have picked. Now, you should be greeted with the Setting permissions screen, where you can actually assign the forum permissions to the user. You should now select what kind of forum permissions you want to edit now; you may either edit the user's Forum permissions or Moderator permissions. Click Go. You should now be able to select the role to assign to the user for each forum you selected previously. If you would like to configure these permissions with more detail, click the Advanced permissions link located in the appropriate forum permissions box, and then update the permissions accordingly. When you are done, click Apply all permissions if you are in the Advanced permissions area, or click Apply all permissions at the bottom of the page to submit all of your changes on the page. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Özel profil alanları - - One of the many new features in phpBB3 that enhance the user experience is Custom Profile Fields. In the past, users could only fill in information in the common profile fields that were displayed; administrators had to add MODifications to their board to accommodate their individual needs. In phpBB3, however, administrators can comfortably create custom profile fields through the ACP. - - To create your custom profile field, login to your ACP. Click on the Users and Groups tab, and then locate the Custom profile fields link in the left-hand menu to click on. You should now be on the proper page. Locate the empty textbox below the custom profile fields headings, which is next to a selection menu and a Create new field button. Type in the empty textbox the name of the new profile field you want to create first. Then, select the field type in the selection menu. Available options are Numbers, Single text field, Textarea, Boolean (Yes/No), Dropdown box, and Date. Click the Create new field button to continue. The following describes each of the three sets of settings that the new custom profile field will have. - - Profil alanı eklemek - Field type: This is the kind of the field that your new custom profile field is. That means that it can consist of numbers, dates, etc. This should already be set. - Field identification: This is the name of the profile field. This name will identify the profile field within phpBB3's database and templates. - Display profile field: This setting determines if the new profile field will be displayed at all. The profile field will be shown on topic pages, profiles and the memberlist if this is enabled within the load settings. Only showing within the users profile is enabled by default. - - - - Görünebilirlik seçeneği - Display in user control panel: This setting determines if your users will be able to change the profile field within the UCP. - Display at registration screen: If this option is enabled, the profile field will be displayed on the registration page. Users will be able to be change this field within the UCP. - Required field: This setting determines if you want to force your users to fill in this profile field. This will display the profile field at registration and within the user control panel. - Hide profile field: If this option is enabled, this profile field will only show up in users' profiles. Only administrators and moderators will be able to see or fill out this field in this case. - - - - Özel dil seçenekleri - Field name/title presented to the user: This is the actual name of the profile field that will be displayed to your users. - Field description: This is a simple description/explanation for your users filling out this field. - - - - When you are done with the above settings, click the Profile type specific options button to continue. Fill out the appropriate settings with what you desire, then click the Next button. If your new custom profile field was created successfully, you should be greeted with a green success message. Congratulations! -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Rütbeleri yönetme - - Ranks are special titles that can be applied to forum users. As an administrator, it is up to you to create and manage the ranks that exist on your board. The actual names for the ranks are completely up to you; it's usually best to tailor them to the main purpose of your board. - - - When assigning a special rank name to a user, remember that no permissions are associated. For example, if you create a "Support Moderator" rank and assign it to a user, that user will not automatically get moderator permissions. You must assign the user the special permissions separately. - - - To manage your board's ranks, login to your ACP, click on the Users and Groups tab, and then click on the Manage ranks link located in the left-hand menu. You should now be on the rank management page. All current existing ranks are displayed. - - To create a new rank, click on the Add new rank button located below the existing ranks list. Fill in the first field Rank title with the name of the rank. If you uploaded an image you want to attribute to the rank into the /images/ranks/ folder, you can select an image from the selection menu. The last setting you can set is if you want the rank to be a "special" rank. Special ranks are ranks that administrators assign to users; they are not automatically assigned to users based on their postcount. If you selected No, then you can fill in the Minimum posts field with the minimum number of posts your users must have before getting assigned this rank. When you are done, click the Submit button to add this new rank. - - To edit a rank's current settings, locate the rank's row, and then click on its "Edit" button located in the Action column. - - To delete a rank, locate the rank's row, and then click on its "Delete" button located in the Action column. Then, you must confirm the action by clicking on the Yes button when prompted. -
    - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Kullanıcı Güvenliği - Other than being able to manage your users on your board, it is also important to be able to protect your board and prevent unwanted registrations and users. The User Security section allows you to manage banned emails, IPs, and usernames, as well as managing disallowed usernames and user pruning. Banned users that exhibit information that match any of these ban rules will not be able to reach any part of your board. - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - E-postaları yasaklama - Sometimes, it is necessary to ban emails in order to prevent unwanted registrations. There may be certain users or spam bots that use emails that you are aware of. Here, in the Ban emails section, you can do this. You can control which email addresses are banned, how long a ban is in effect, and the given reason(s) for banning. - - To ban or exclude one or more email addresses, fill in the Ban one or more email addresses form. Once you are done with your changes, click Submit. - - Bir veya daha fazla e-posta adresini yasaklama - Email address: This textbox should contain all the emails that you want to ban under a single rule. If you want to ban more than one email at this time, put each email on its own line. You can also use wildcards (*) to match partial addresses. - Length of ban: This is how long you want the email address(es) to be banned for. The available options include some common durations, such as number of hours or days. You may also set a date for which the email address(es) will be banned until; to set this, select Until -> from the selection menu, and specify a date in the format "YYYY-MM-DD" in the textbox located below the selection menu. - Exclude from banning: You should enable this if you want to exclude the entered email address from all current bans. - Reason for ban: This is a short reason for why you want to ban the email address(es). This is optional, and can help you remember in the future why you banned the email address(es). - Reason shown to the banned: This is a short explanation that will actually be shown to the users with the banned email address(es). This can be different from the above Reason for ban. - - - Other than adding emails to be banned, you can also un-ban or un-exclude email addresses from bans. To un-ban or exclude one or more email addresses from bans, fill in the Un-ban or un-exclude emails form. Once you are done, click Submit. - - E-postaların yasağını kaldırma ya da kabul etme - Email address: This multiple selection menu lists all currently banned emails. Select the email that you want to un-ban or exclude by clicking on the email in the multiple selection menu. To select more than one email address, you have to use the appropriate combination of mouse and keyboard commands. The most common way to do this is to press and hold down the CTRL button on your keyboard, and then click all of the emails you want to select. Let go of the CTRL button once you are done. - Length of ban: This is an uneditable information box that shows the length of the ban for the currently selected email. If more than one email address is selected, only one of the ban lengths will be displayed. - Reason for ban: This is an uneditable information box that shows the reason for the ban for the currently selected email. If more than one email address is selected, only one of the ban reasons will be displayed. - Reason shown to the banned: This is an uneditable information box that shows the reason shown to the banned for the currently selected email. If more than one email address is selected, only one of the shown ban reasons will be displayed. - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - IP adreslerini yasaklama - Sometimes, it is necessary to ban IP addresses or hostnames in order to prevent unwanted users. There may be certain users or spam bots that use IPs or hostnames that you are aware of. Here, in the Ban IPs section, you can do this. You can control which IP addresses or hostnames are banned, how long a ban is in effect, and the given reason(s) for banning. - - To ban or exclude one or more IP addresses and/or hostnames, fill in the Ban one or more email addresses form. Once you are done with your changes, click Submit. - - Bir veya daha fazla IP adresini yasaklama - IP addresses or hostnames: This textbox should contain all of the IP addresses and/or hostnames that you want to ban under a single rule. If you want to ban more than one IP address and/or hostname at this time, put each IP address and/or hostname on its own line. You can also use wildcards (*) to match partial addresses. - Length of ban: This is how long you want the IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) to be banned for. The available options include some common durations, such as number of hours or days. You may also set a date for which the IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) will be banned until; to set this, select Until -> from the selection menu, and specify a date in the format "YYYY-MM-DD" in the textbox located below the selection menu. - Exclude from banning: You should enable this if you want to exclude the entered IP address(es) and/or hostnames from all current bans. - Reason for ban: This is a short reason for why you want to ban the IP address(es) and/or hostname(s). This is optional, and can help you remember in the future why you banned the IP address(es) and/or hostname(s). - Reason shown to the banned: This is a short explanation that will actually be shown to the users with the banned IP address(es) and/or hostname(s). This can be different from the above Reason for ban. - - - Other than adding IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) to be banned, you can also un-ban or un-exclude IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) from bans. To un-ban or exclude one or more IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) from bans, fill in the Un-ban or un-exclude IPs form. Once you are done, click Submit. - - IP adreslerinin yasağını kaldırma ya da kabul etme - IP addresses or hostnames: This multiple selection menu lists all currently banned IP address(es) and/or hostname(s). Select the IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) that you want to un-ban or exclude by clicking on the IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) in the multiple selection menu. To select more than one IP address and/or hostname, you have to use the appropriate combination of mouse and keyboard commands. The most common way to do this is to press and hold down the CTRL button on your keyboard, and then click all of the IP address(es) and/or hostname(s) you want to select. Let go of the CTRL button once you are done. - Length of ban: This is an uneditable information box that shows the length of the ban for the currently selected IP address or hostname. If more than one IP address or hostname is selected, only one of the ban lengths will be displayed. - Reason for ban: This is an uneditable information box that shows the reason for the ban for the currently selected IP address or hostname. If more than one IP address or hostname is selected, only one of the ban reasons will be displayed. - Reason shown to the banned: This is an uneditable information box that shows the reason shown to the banned for the currently selected IP address or hostname. If more than one IP address or hostname is selected, only one of the shown ban reasons will be displayed. - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Kullanıcıları Yasaklama - Whenever you encounter troublesome users on your board, you may have to ban them. On the Ban usernames page, you can do exactly that. On this page, you can manage all banned usernames. - - To ban or exclude one or more users, fill in the Ban one or more users form. Once you are done with your changes, click Submit. - - Bir veya daha fazla kullanıcı adını yasaklama - Username: This textbox should contain all of the usernames that you want to ban under a single rule. If you want to ban more than one username at this time, put each username on its own line. You can also use wildcards (*) to partially match usernames. - Length of ban: This is how long you want the username(s) to be banned for. The available options include some common durations, such as number of hours or days. You may also set a date for which the username(s) will be banned until; to set this, select Until -> from the selection menu, and specify a date in the format "YYYY-MM-DD" in the textbox located below the selection menu. - Exclude from banning: You should enable this if you want to exclude the entered username(s) from all current bans. - Reason for ban: This is a short reason for why you want to ban the username(s). This is optional, and can help you remember in the future why you banned the user(s). - Reason shown to the banned: This is a short explanation that will actually be shown to the banned user(s). This can be different from the above Reason for ban. - - - Other than adding users to be banned, you can also un-ban or un-exclude usernames from bans. To un-ban or exclude one or more users from bans, fill in the Un-ban or un-exclude usernames form. Once you are done, click Submit. - - Kullanıcı adlarının yasağını kaldırma ya da kabul etme - Username: This multiple selection menu lists all currently banned usernames. Select the username(s) that you want to un-ban or exclude by clicking on the username(s) in the multiple selection menu. To select more than one username, you have to use the appropriate combination of mouse and keyboard commands. The most common way to do this is to press and hold down the CTRL button on your keyboard, and then click all of the usernames you want to select. Let go of the CTRL button once you are done. - Length of ban: This is an uneditable information box that shows the length of the ban for the currently selected username. If more than one username is selected, only one of the ban lengths will be displayed. - Reason for ban: This is an uneditable information box that shows the reason for the ban for the currently selected username. If more than one username is selected, only one of the ban reasons will be displayed. - Reason shown to the banned: This is an uneditable information box that shows the reason shown to the banned for the currently selected username. If more than one username is selected, only one of the shown ban reasons will be displayed. - -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - İzin verilmeyen kullanıcı adları - - In phpBB3, it is also possible to disallow the registration of certain usernames that match any usernames that you configure. (This is useful if you want to prevent users from registering with usernames that might confuse them with an important board member.) To manage disallowed usernames, go to the ACP, click the Users and Groups tab, and then click on Disallow usernames, which is located on the side navigation menu. - - To add a disallowed username, locate the Add a disallowed username form, and then type in the username in the textbox labeled Username. You can use wildcards (*) to match any character. For example, to disallow any username that matches "JoeBloggs", you could type in "Joe*". This would prevent all users from registering a username that starts with "Joe". Once you are done, click Submit. - - To remove a disallowed username, locate the Remove a disallowed username form. Select the disallowed username that you would like to remove from the Username selection menu. Click Submit to remove the selected disallowed username. -
    - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Kullanıcıları budamak - - In phpBB3, it is possible to prune users from your board in order to keep only your active members. You can also delete a whole user account, along with everything associated with the user account. Prune users allows you to prune and deactivate user accounts on your board by post count, last visited date, and more. - - To start the pruning process, locate the Prune users form. You can prune users based on any combination of the available criteria. (In other words, fill out every field in the form that applies to the user(s) you're targeting for pruning.) When you are ready to prune users that match your specified settings, click Submit. - - - Kullanıcıları budamak - Username: Enter a username that you want to be pruned. You can use wildcards (*) to prune users that have a username that matches the given pattern. - Email: The email that you want to be pruned. You can use wildcards (*) to prune users that have an email address that matches the given pattern. - Joined: You can also prune users based on their date of registration. To prune users who joined before a certain date (be careful with this setting), choose Before from the selection menu. To prune users who joined after a certain date, choose After from the selection menu. The date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. - Last active: You can also prune users based on the last time they were active. To prune users who were last active before a certain date (be careful with this setting), choose Before from the selection menu. To prune users who were last after a certain date (this is useful to prune users who have disappeared from your board), choose After from the selection menu. The date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. - Posts: You can prune users based on their post count as well. The criteria for post count can be above, below, or equal to, a specified number. The value you enter must be a positive integer. - Prune users: The usernames of the users you want to prune. Each username you want to prune should be on its own line. You can use wildcards (*) in username patterns as well. - Delete pruned user posts: When users are removed (actually deleted and not just deactivated), you must choose what to do with their posts. To delete all of the posts that belong to the pruned user(s), select the radio button labeled Yes. Otherwise, select No and the pruned user(s)' posts will remain on the board, untouched. - Deactivate or delete: You must choose whether you want to deactivate the pruned user(s)' accounts, or to completely delete and remove them from the board's database. - - - - Pruning users cannot be undone! Be careful with the criteria you choose when pruning users. - -
    -
    -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - - Grup Yönetimi - - Usergroups are a way of grouping users. This makes it easier to set permissions to many people at the same time. phpBB 3.0 has six pre-defined groups: Administrators, Bots, Global Moderators, Guests, Registered Users, and Registered COPPA Users. - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - - Grup çeşitleri - There are two types of groups: - - - - - Pre-defined groups - - These are groups that are available by default in phpBB 3.0. You cannot delete them, as the board needs them for various features. You can still change their attributes (description, colour, rank, avatar, and so forth) and group leaders. Users that register to your board are automatically added to the predefined group "Registered Users", for instance. Do not try to remove them manually through the database, or your board will no longer function properly. - - - - Yöneticiler - This usergroup contains all of the administrators on your board. All founders are administrators, but not all administrators are founders. You can control what administrators can do by managing this group. - - - - Botlar - This usergroup is meant for search engine bots. phpBB 3.0 has the ability to overcome the common problems that search engine spiders encounter when spidering your board. For more information on managing settings for each bot, see the Spiders and Bots section. - - - - Global Moderatörler - Global moderators are moderators that have moderator permissions for every forum in your board. You can edit what permissions these moderators have by managing this group. - - - - Misafirler - Guests are visitors to your board who aren't logged in. You can limit what guests can do by managing this usergroup. - - - - Kayıtlı Kullanıcılar - Registered users are a big part of your board. Registered users have already registered on your board. To control what registered users can do, manage this usergroup. - - - - Kayıtlı COPPA Kullanıcıları - Registered COPPA users are basically the same as registered users, except that they fall under the COPPA, or Child Online Privacy Protection Act, law, meaning that they are under the age of 18 in the U.S.A. Managing the permissions this usergroup has is important in protecting these users. COPPA doesn't apply to users living outside of the U.S.A. - - - - - - - - Kullanıcı grupları tanımlama - - The groups you create by yourself are called "User defined groups". These groups are similar to groups in 2.0. You may create as many as you want, remove them, set group leaders, and change their attributes (description, colour, rank, avatar, and so forth). - - - - The Manage Groups section in the ACP shows you separated lists of both your "User defined groups" and the "Pre-defined groups". - -
    -
    - Grup özellikleri - A list of attributes a group can have: - - - Grup adı - The name of your group. - - - Grup açıklaması - The description of the group that will be displayed on the group overview list.. - - - Yetkiler bölümünde grubu göstermek: - This will enable the display of the name of the group in the legend of the "Who is Online" list. Note, that this will only make sense if you specified a colour for the group. - - - Grup özel mesajlar alabilir - This will allow the sending of Private Messages to this group. Please note, that it can be dangerous to allow this for Registered Users, for instance. There is no permission to deny the sending to groups, so anyone who is able to send Private Messages will be able to send a message to this group! - - - Her bir klasör için grup özel mesaj limiti - This setting overrides the per-user folder message limit. A value of "0" means the user default limit will be used. See the section on user preferences for more information about private message settings. - - - Grup rengi - The name of members that have this group as their default group (see ) will be displayed in this colour on all forum pages. If you enable Display group in legend, an legend entry with the same colour will appear below the "Who is Online" listing. - - - Grup rütbesi - A member that has this group as the default group (see ) will have this rank below his username. Note, that you can change the rank of this member to a different one that overrides the group setting. See the section on ranks for more information. - - - Grup avatarı - A member that has this group as the default group (see ) will use this avatar. Note that a member can change his avatar to a different one if he has the permission to do so. For more information on avatar settings, see the userguide section on avatars. - - - -
    -
    - Varsayılan gruplar - As it is now possible to assign attributes like colours or avatars to groups (see , it can happen that a user is a member of two or more different groups that have different avatars or other attributes. So, which avatar will the user now inherit? - To overcome this problem, you are able to assign each user exactly one "Default group". The user will only inherit the attributes of this group. Note, that it is not possible to mix attributes: If one group has a rank but no avatar, and another group has only a avatar, it is not possible to display the avatar from one group and the rank from the other group. You have to decide for one "Default group". - - Default groups have no influence on permissions. There is no added permissions bonus for your default group, so a user's permissions will stay the same, no matter what group is his default one. - - You can change default groups in two ways. You can do this either through the user management (see ), or directly through the groups management (Manage groups) page. Please be careful with the second option, as when you change the default group through a group directly, this will change the default group for all its group members and overwrite their old default groups. So, if you change the default group for the "Registered Users" group by using the Default link, all members of your forum will have this group as their default one, even members of the Administrators and Moderators groups as they are also members of "Registered Users". - - If you make a group the default one that has a rank and avatar set, the user's old avatar and rank will be overwritten by the group. - -
    -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Aşırı İzin Yüklemesi - -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Stiller - phpBB 3.0 is very customisable. Styling is one aspect of this customisability. Being able to manage the styles your board uses is important in keeping an interesting board. Your board's style may even reflect the purpose of your board. Styles allows you to manage all the styles available on your board. - - phpBB 3.0 styles have three main parts: templates, themes, and imagesets. - - - Şablonlar - Templates are the HTML files responsible for the layout of the style. - - - - Temalar - Themes are a combination of colour schemes and images that define the basic look of your forum. - - - - Görüntü kümeleri - Imagesets are groups of images that are used throughout your board. Imagesets are comprised of all of the non-style specific images used by your board. - - - - - -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Site Bakımı - - Running a phpBB 3.0 board is a very important job that is up to the administrator(s). Maintaining the board to make sure it runs as cleanly and properly as possible is the administrator's job. - - Board Maintenance is a section in the ACP that allows you to keep track of internal phpBB information, such as logs, as well as maintaining your database (which holds your phpBB-related data), such as backing up and restoring data. - -
    - - - - Graham - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Forum Kayıtları - The Forum Log section of the ACP provides an overview of what has been happening on the board. This is important for you, the administrator, to keep track of. There are four types of logs: - - - Yönetici Kaydı - - This log records all actions carried out within the administration panel itself. - - - - Moderatör Kaydı - - This logs records the actions performed by moderators of your board. Whenever a topic is moved or locked it will be recorded here, allowing you to see who carried out a particular action. - - - - Kullanıcı Kaydı - - This log records all important actions carried out either by users or on users. All email and password changes are recorded within this log. - - - - Hata Kaydı - - This log shows you any errors that were caused by actions done by the board itself, such as errors sending emails. If you are having problems with a particular feature not working, this log is a good place to start. If enabled, addtional debugging information may be written to this log. - - - - - Click on one of the log links located in the left-hand Forum Logs section. - - If you have appropriate permissions, you are able to remove any or all log entries from the above sections. To remove log entries, go to the appropriate log entries section, check the log entries' checkboxes, and then click on the Delete marked checkbox to delete the log entries. - -
    - -
    - Veritabanı yedekleme ve geri yükleme -
    - -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Sistem Ayarları - -
    - Güncellemeler için kontrol etme -
    -
    - Arama Robotlarını yönetme -
    -
    - Toplu e-posta gönderme -
    -
    - Dil Paketleri -
    -
    - - - - Graham - - - - PHP Bilgisi - This option will provide you with information about the version of PHP installed on your server, along with information on loaded modules and the configuration applicable to the current location. This information can be useful to phpBB team members in helping you to diagnose problems affecting your installation of phpBB. The information here can be security sensitive and it is recommended that you only grant access to this option to those users who need access to the information and do not disclose the information unless necessary. - Please note that some hosting providers may limit the information which is available to you on this page for security reasons. -
    -
    - Bildirilen ve yasaklanan mesajlar için sebep yönetimi -
    -
    - Modül Yönetimi -
    -
    - diff --git a/documentation/content/tr/chapters/glossary.xml b/documentation/content/tr/chapters/glossary.xml deleted file mode 100644 index d854add6..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/tr/chapters/glossary.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,298 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id: glossary.xml 140 2007-07-16 16:41:42Z mhobbit $ - - 2006 - phpBB Group - - - Terimler Sözlüğü - - Forumlarınızda ve phpBB Dökümantasyonunda kullanılan terimler için bir rehber. - - -
    - - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - pentapenguin - - - - Techie-Micheal - - - - - Terimler - phpBB ve destek forumlarında genel olarak bazı değişik terimler kullanılmaktadır. Bu terimlerin bazılarıyla ilgili bilgileri buradan inceleyebilirsiniz. - - - - - - ACP (YKP) - - ACP (YKP), "Administration Control Panel (Yönetim Kontrol Paneli)" için kısaltma olarak kullanılmaktadır. Yöneticiler, forumunuzun her tarafını bu ana bölümden kontrol edebilirler. - - - - - ASCII - - ASCII, ya da "American Standard Code for Information Interchange", şifreli veriyi farklı bir bilgisayara transfer etmenin genel bir yoludur. FTP bağlantı programları dosyaları transfer etmek için ASCII bir moda sahiptir. Tüm phpBB dosyaları (uzantıları .php, .inc, .sql, .cfg, .htm, ve .tpl olan dosyalar), resim dosyaları hariç, ASCII mod içerisinde yüklenmelidir. - - - - - Attachments (Eklentiler) - - Attachments (Eklentiler), e-posta eklentileri gibi mesajlara eklenebilen dosyalardır. Kullanıcıların ekleyebileceği dosyaların kontrolü ve belirli kısıtlamalar site yöneticileri tarafından yapılır. - - - - - Avatar - - Avatarlar bir kullanıcı adından sonra görüntülenen küçük resimlerdir. Avatarlar profilinizden değiştirilebilir ve ACP (YKP) den düzenleme ayarları yapılabilir (avatar yüklemeye izin verip/izin vermeme gibi). - - - - - BBCode - - BBCode mesajların ne ve nasıl şekilde görüntüleneceği üzerinde geniş bir kontrol sunan özel bir mesaj biçimlendirme yoludur. BBCode HTML'ye benzer bir sözdizimine sahiptir. - - - - - Binary - - phpBB'de "binary" transfer için çoğunlukla başvurulan veri şifrelemesinin bir diğer genel yoludur (diğeri ise ASCII'dir). Bu, çoğunlukla dosyaları göndermek için FTP bağlantı programı içerisinde bir mod olarak bulunur. phpBB'nin bütün resim dosyaları (images/ ve templates/subSilver/images/ klasörlerinde bulunanlar) binary mod içerisinde yüklenmelidir. - - - - - Cache (Önbellek) - - Cache (Önbellek), sıkça erişilen veriyi depolamanın bir yoludur. Bu veri depolandığında, sunucunuz veriyi kullanarak düşük yüke sahip olacaktır ve diğer görevlerin işlemesine izin verecektir. Varsayılan olarak phpBB, temalar derlendiğinde ve kullanıldığında onları önbelleğe alır. - - - - - Category (Kategori) - - Bir kategori benzer ögelerin sıralamasını oluşturan bir gruptur; örneğin, forumlar. - - - - - chmod - - chmod bir *nix (UNIX, Linux, v.b.) sunucusundaki herhangi bir dosyanın izinlerini değiştirme yoludur. phpBB dosyalarının chmod'u 644 olmalıdır. Dizinlerin chmod'u 755 olmalıdır. Avatar yükleme dizinlerinin ve temaların önbellek (cache) dizinlerinin chmod'u 777 olmalıdır. Chmod hakkında daha fazla bilgi için, lütfen FTP bağlantı programınızın dökümanlarına başvurun. - - - - - Client - - Client, bir bilgisayarın ağ yoluyla diğer bir bilgisayarın servis(ler)ine erişmesidir. - - - - - Cookie (Çerez) - - Bir cookie (çerez), kullanıcının bilgisayarı üzerine yerleştirilen küçük bir veri parçasıdır. Cookieler (çerezler) giriş bilgilerini saklamak için phpBB ile kullanılır (otomatik girişler için). - - - - - Database (Veritabanı) - - Veritabanı, düzenli biçimde (farklı tablolar, sıralar, ve sütunlar, v.b. ile) bir yapı içerisinde verileri depolar. Veritabanları veri depolamak için hızlı ve kolay bir yol sağlar, genellikle kullanılan düz dosyalar içeren veri depolama sisteminin yerine bir dosya içerisinde veri depolanır. phpBB 3.0 farklı sayıda DBMS destekler ve kullanıcı bilgileri, mesajlar, ve kategoriler gibi bilgileri saklamak için veritabanı kullanır. Veritabanında depolanan veri genellikle kolayca yedek alınabilir ve geri yüklenebilir. - - - - - DBAL (VTSK) - - DBAL (VTSK), ya da "Database Abstraction Layer (Veritabanı Soyutlama Katmanı)", az miktarda ek yük ile çok farklı DBMSlere (VTYSlere) erişmek için phpBB 3.0'a izin veren bir sistemdir. Performans kararlılıkları ve uyumluluk sebebiyle phpBB için yapılan tüm kodların (MODlar dahil), phpBB DBAL (VTSK) sistemini kullanmaya ihtiyacı vardır. - - - - - DBMS (VTYS) - - Bir DBMS (VTYS), ya da "Database Management System (Veritabanı Yönetim Sistemi)", bir sistemdir ya da bir veritabanını yönetmek için tasarlanan yazılımdır. phpBB 3.0 şu DBMSleri (VTYSleri) destekler: Firebird, MS SQL Sunucusu, mySQL, Oracle, postgreSQL, ve SQLite. - - - - - FTP - - FTP, "File Transfer Protocol (Dosya Transfer Protokolü)" anlamına gelmektedir. Bu protokol bilgisayarlar arasındaki dosya transferlerine izin verir. FTP bağlantı programları, FTP yoluyla dosyaları transfer etmek için kullanılır. - - - - - Founder (Kurucu) - - Kurucu, özel bir mesaj panosu yöneticisidir ve değiştirilmiş ya da silinmiş olamaz. Bu, phpBB 3.0 içerisinde tanıtılan yeni bir kullanıcı seviyesidir. - - - - - GZip - - GZip, çoğunlukla web uygulamalarında ve phpBB gibi yazılımların hızını arttırmak için kullanılan sıkıştırma metodudur. En modern tarayıcılar bu on-the-fly (uçuşta) algoritmasını destekler. Gzip ayrıca dosya arşivlerini sıkıştırmak için kullanılır. Ancak, yüksek sıkıştırma seviyeleri sunucu yükünü arttıracaktır. - - - - - IP address (IP adresi) - - Bir IP adresi, ya da Internet Protocol Address (İnternet Protokol Adresi), belirli bir bilgisayar ya da kullanıcıya belirlenen tek adrestir. - - - - - Jabber - - Jabber, anlık mesajlaşma için kullanılabilen bir açık-kaynak protokolüdür. phpBB'de Jabber'in rolü hakkındaki daha fazla bilgi için, buraya bakın: . - - - - - MCP (MKP) - - MCP (MKP), ya da Moderation Control Panel (Moderasyon Kontrol Paneli), tüm moderatörlerin kendi forumlarını yönetebilmesi için kullanılan merkez noktasıdır. Bütün moderasyon ile ilgili özellikler bu kontrol panelinde mevcuttur. - - - - - MD5 - - MD5 (Message Digest algorithm 5 (Mesaj Derleme algoritması 5)) genellikle ve phpBB tarafından kullanılan hash (karmaşıklık) fonksiyonudur. MD5, herhangi bir uzunluğun girişini ve düzeltilmiş bir uzunluğun çıkışını alan bir algoritmadır (128-bit, 32 karakter). MD5, phpBB'de one-way hash (tek-yön karmaşıklık) içerisinde kullanıcıların şifrelerini dönüştürmek için kullanılır, bu demek oluyor ki bir MD5 karmaşıklığındaki "şifreleri çözemezsiniz (decrypt)" ve kullanıcıların şifrelerini alamazsınız. Kullanıcı şifreleri MD5 karmaşıklığı halinde veritabanında saklanmaktadır. - - - - - MOD - - MOD, phpBB için eklemeler, değişiklikler ya da bazı diğer gelişmiş şeyler yapmaya yarayan kod modifikasyonudur. MODlar üçüncü-parti yapımcılar tarafından yazılır; bu nedenle, phpBB Grubu MODlar için herhangi bir sorumluluk üstlenmez. - - - - - PHP - - PHP, ya da "PHP: Hypertext Preprocessor", yaygın olarak kullanılan açık-kaynak yazılımı dilidir. phpBB, PHP içerisinde yazılmıştır ve sunucunuzda phpBB'nin düzgün bir şekilde çalışabilmesi ve kurulabilmesi için PHP çalışma motoruna ihtiyacı vardır. PHP hakkında daha fazla bilgi için, lütfen PHP ana sayfasına bakın. - - - - - phpMyAdmin - - phpMyAdmin, MySQL veritabanlarını yönetmek için kullanılan popüler bir açık-kaynak programıdır. phpBB'ye MOD kuracağınız zaman ya da başka türlü değişiklikler yapacağınız zaman, veritabanınızı düzenlemeniz gerekebilir. phpMyAdmin bunu yapmanıza izin veren bir araçtır. phpMyAdmin hakkında daha fazla bilgi için, lütfen phpMyAdmin projesi ana sayfasına bakın. - - - - - Private Messages (Özel Mesajlar) - - Private messages are a way for registered members to communicate privately through your board without the need to fall back to e-mail or instant messaging. They can be sent between users (they can also be forwarded and have copies sent, in phpBB 3.0) that cannot be viewed by anyone other than the intended recipient. The user guide contains more information on using phpBB3's private messaging system. - - - - - Rank (Rütbe) - - Rütbe bir kullanıcıya tanımlanan kısa bir başlıktır. Rütbeler yöneticiler tarafından eklenebilir, düzenlenebilir, ve silinebilir. - - - When assigning a special rank name to a user, remember that no permissions are associated. For example, if you create a "Support Moderator" rank and assign it to a user, that user will not automatically get moderator permissions. You must assign the user the special permissions separately. - - - - - - Server-writable - - Anything on your server that is server-writable means that the file(s) or folder(s) in question have their permissions properly set so that the server can write to them. Some phpBB3 functions that may require some files and/or folders to be writable by the server include caching and the actual installation of phpBB3 (the config.php file needs to be written during the installation process). Making files or folders server-writable, however, depends on the operating system that the server is running under. On *nix-based servers, users can configure file and folder permissions via the CHMOD utility, while Windows-based servers offer their own permissions scheme. It is possible with some FTP clients to change file and folder permissions as well. - - - - - Session (Oturum) - - A session is a visit to your phpBB forums. For phpBB, a session is how long you spend on the forums. It is created when you login deleted when you log off. Session IDs are usually stored in a cookie, but if phpBB is unable to get cookie information from your computer, then a session ID is appended to the URL (e.g. index.php?sid=999). This session ID preserves the user's session without use of a cookie. If sessions were not preserved, then you would find yourself being logged out every time you clicked on a link in the forum. - - - - - Signature (İmza) - - A signature is a message displayed at the end of a user's post. Signatures are set by the user. Whether or not a signature is displayed after a post is set by the user's profile settings. - - - - - SMTP - - SMTP stands for "Simple Mail Transfer Protocol". It is a protocol for sending email. By default, phpBB uses PHP's built-in mail() function to send email. However, phpBB will use SMTP to send emails if the required SMTP data is correctly set up. - - - - - Style (Stil) - - Stil bir şablon setinin, görüntü setinin ve stil tabakasının toplanmış halidir. Bir stil, forumunuzun baştan aşağı görüntüsünü düzenler. - - - - - Sub-forum (Alt-forum) - - Alt-forumlar phpBB 3.0 içerisinde tanıtılan yeni bir özelliktir. Alt forumlar diğer forumların içerisine sıralanmış ve yerleşmiş forumlardır. - - - - - Template (Şablon) - - A template is what controls the layout of a style. phpBB 3.0 template files have the .html file extension. These template files contain mostly HTML (no PHP, however), with some variables that phpBB uses (contained in braces: { and }). - - - - - UCP (KKP) - - The UCP, or User Control Panel, is the central point from which users can manage all of the settings and features that pertain to their accounts. - - - - - UNIX Timestamp - - phpBB, diğer zaman dilimlerine ve zaman formatlarına kolay dönüşüm için bütün zamanları UNIX timestamp formatında depolar. - - - - - Usergroup (Kullanıcı grubu) - - Usergroups are a way of grouping users. This makes it easier to set permissions to many people at the same time (e.g. create a moderator group and give it moderating permissions to a certain forum instead of giving lots of individual people moderating permissions separately). A usergroup has a usergroup moderator (a leader, essentially), who has the ability to add or delete users from the group. Usergroups can be set to hidden, closed or open. If a usergroup is open, users can try requesting membership via the proper page within the group control panel. phpBB 3.0 has six pre-defined usergroups. - - - -
    -
    diff --git a/documentation/content/tr/chapters/moderator_guide.xml b/documentation/content/tr/chapters/moderator_guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 13f0e813..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/tr/chapters/moderator_guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,407 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id: moderator_guide.xml 140 2007-07-16 16:41:42Z mhobbit $ - - 2006 - phpBB Group - - - Moderatör Rehberi - - Bu bölüm phpBB 3.0 forum moderasyon kontrollerini açıklamaktadır. - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Mesajları düzenleme - Moderatörler ayrıcalıklı olarak ilgili forumlardaki mesajları ve başlıkları düzenleyebilirler. Genellikle ana sayfadaki forum açıklamasının alt tarafında kimlerin moderatör olduğunu görebilirsiniz. Bir kullanıcı moderatör ayrıcalıkları ile her mesajın yanındaki düzenle butonunu seçebilir. Bundan ziyade, şunları yapabilirler: - - - - Mesajları silme - - Bu özellik başlıktan mesajı siler. Unutmayınız ki mesaj silindikten sonra tekrar geri getirilemez. - - - - - Mesaj ikonunu değiştirme ya da kaldırma - - Decides whether or not an icon accompanies the post, and if so, which icon. - - - - - Başlık ve mesaj gövdesini değiştirme - - Moderatörün mesajın içeriğini değiştirme izni vardır. - - - - - Mesaj seçeneklerini değiştirme - BBCode/İfadeler, URLs v.b. kapatma - - Determines whether certain features are enabled in the post. - - - - - Başlık ya da mesajı kilitleme - - Moderatörün geçerli mesajı ya da tüm başlığı kilitleme izni vardır. - - - - - Eklentiler ekleme, değiştirme ya da kaldırma - - Select attachments to be removed or edited (if option is enabled and attachments are present). - - - - - Anket ayarlarını düzenleme - - Alter the current poll settings (if option is enabled and a poll is present). - - - - - If, for any case the moderator decides that the post should not be edited, they may lock the post to prevent the user doing so. The user will be shown a notice when they attempt to edit the post in future. Should the moderator wish to state why the post was edited, they may enter a reason when editing the post. - - -
    -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Moderasyon araçları - Beneath topics, the moderator has various options in a dropdown box which modify the topic in different ways. These include the ability to lock, unlock, delete, move, split, merge and copy the topic. As well as these, they are also able to change the topic type (Sticky/Announcement/Global), and also view the topics logs. The following subsections detail each action on a topic that a moderator can perform. - -
    - Kolay Mod Araçları - - - - - - The quick moderator tools. As you can see, these tools are located at the end of each topic at the bottom of the page, before the last post on that page. Clicking on the selection menu will show you all of the actions you may perform. - - -
    - -
    - Bir başlığı ya da mesajı kilitleme - This outlines how a moderator may lock whole topics or individual posts. There are various ways a moderator may do this, either by using the Moderator Control Panel when viewing a forum, navigating to the selection menu beneath the topic in question, or editing any post within a topic and checking the relevant checkbox. - Locking a whole topic ensures that no user can reply to it, whereas locking individual posts denies the post author any editing permissions for that post. -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Bir başlığı ya da mesajı silme - If enabled within the Administration Control Panel permissions, a user may delete their own posts when either viewing a topic or editing a previous post. The user may only delete a topic or post if it has not yet been replied to. - Administrators and moderators have similar editing permissions, but only administrators are allowed to remove topics regardless of replies. Using the selection menu beneath topics allows quick removal. The Moderator Control Panel allows multiple deletions of separate posts. - - Please note that any topics or posts cannot be retrieved once deleted. Consider using a hidden forum that topics can be moved to for future reference. - -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Diğer bir forum içerisine başlık taşıma - To move a topic to another forum, navigate to the Quick MOD Tools area beneath the topic and select Move Topic from the selection menu. You will then be met with another selection menu of a location (another forum) to move it to. If you would like to leave a Shadow Topic behind, leave the box checked. Select the desired forum and click Yes. - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Gölgeli Başlıklar - Shadow topics can be created when moving a topic from one forum to another. A shadow topic is simply a link to the topic in the forum it’s been moved from. You may choose whether or not to leave a shadow topic by selecting or unselecting the checkbox in the Move Topic dialog. - To delete a shadow topic, navigate to the forum containing the shadow topic, and use the Moderator Control Panelto select and delete the topic. - - Deleting a shadow topic will not delete the original topic that it is a shadow of. - -
    -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Bir başlığı kopyalama - Moderators are also allowed to duplicate topics. Duplicating a topic simply creates a copy of the selected topic in another forum. This can be achieved by using the Quick MOD Tools area beneath the topic you want to duplicate, or through the Moderator Control Panel when viewing the forum. From this, you simply select the destination forum you wish to duplicate the topic to. Click Yes to duplicate the topic. -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Duyurular ve sabit başlıklar - There are various types of topics the forum administrators and moderators (if they have the appropriate permissions) can assign to specific topics. These special topic types are: Global Announcements, Announcements, and Stickies. The Topic Type can be chosen when posting a new topic or editing the first post of a previously posted topic. You may choose which type of topic you would prefer by selecting the relevant radio button. When viewing the forum, global announcements and basic announcements are displayed under a separate heading than that of stickies and normal topics. -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Bir başlıktaki mesajları bölme - Moderators also have the ability to split posts from a topic. This can be useful if certain discussions have spawned a new idea worthy of its own thread, thus needing to be split from the original topic. Splitting posts involves moving individual posts from an existing topic to a new topic. You may do this by using the Quick MOD Tools area beneath the topic you want to split or from the Moderator Control Panel within the topic. - While splitting, you may choose a title for the new topic, a different forum for the new topic, and also a different icon. You may also override the default board settings for the amount of posts to be displayed per page. The Splitting from the selected post option will split all posts from the checked post, to the last post. The Splitting selected posts option will only split the current selected posts. -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Başlıkları birleştirme - In phpBB3, it is now possible to merge topics together, in addition to splitting topics. This can be useful if, for example, two separate topics are related and involve the same discussion. The merging topics feature allows existing topics to be merged into one another. - To merge topics together, start by locating selection menu beneath the topic in question, which brings you to the Moderator Control Panel. From here, you need to enter the topic ID of the topic you want to move the posts to. You can click Select topic to see a list of the topics available and specify which. Checking the Mark all section will select all the posts in the current topic and allow moving to the existing topic. The posts merged into the new topic will retain their existing timestamp (e.g. they will not appear at the end of the topic they are being merged to, but will be sorted based on their timestamp). -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Diğer bir başlık içerisine mesajları bölme - Rather than just merging topics together, you can also merge specific posts into any other topic. - To merge specific posts into another topic, start by locating the selection menu beneath the topic, and get to the Moderator Control Panel. From here, you need to enter the topic ID of the topic you want to move the posts to. You can click Select topic to see a list of the topics available and specify which. Select the posts which you wish to merge from the current topic, into the existing topic. The posts merged into the new topic will retain their existing timestamp (e.g. they will not appear at the end of the topic they are being merged to, but will be sorted based on their timestamp). -
    -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - “Moderasyon sırası” nedir? - The Moderation Queue is an area where topics and posts which need to be approved are listed. If a forum or user’s permissions are set to moderator queue via the Administration Control Panel, all posts made in that forum or by this user will need to be approved by an administrator or moderator before they are displayed to other users. Topics and posts which require approval can be viewed through the Moderator Control Panel. - When viewing a forum, topics which have not yet been approved will be marked with an icon, clicking on this icon will take you directly to the Moderator Control Panel where you may approve or disapprove the topic. Likewise, when viewing the topic itself, the post requiring approval will be accompanied with a message which also links to the post waiting approval. - If you choose to approve a topic or post, you will be given the option to notify the user of its approval. If you choose to disapprove a topic or post, you will be given the option to notify the user of its disapproval and also specify why you have disapproved the post, and enter a description. - For further information regarding the Moderator Control Panel, see . -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - “Bildirilen mesajlar” nedir? - Unlike phpBB2, phpBB3 now allows users to report a post, for reasons the board administrator can define within the Administration Control Panel. If a user finds a post unsuitable for any reason, they may report it using the Report Post button beside the offending message. This report is then displayed within the Moderator Control Panel where the Administrator or Moderators can view, close, or delete the report. - When viewing a forum with post reports within topics, the topic title will be accompanied by a red exclamation icon. This alerts the administrator(s) or moderators that there a post has been reported. When viewing topics, reported posts are accompanied by a red exclamation and text. Clicking this icon or text will bring them to the Reported Posts section of the Moderator Control Panel. - For further information regarding the Moderator Control Panel, see . -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Moderatör Kontrol Paneli (MKP) - Another new feature in phpBB3 is the Moderator Control Panel, where any moderator will feel at home. Similar to the Administration Control Panel, this area outlines any current moderator duties that need to be acted upon. After navigating to the MCP, the moderator will be greeted with any posts waiting for approval, any post reports and the five latest logged actions - performed by administrators, moderators, and users. - On the left side is a menu containing all the relevant areas within the MCP. This guide outlines each individual section and what kind of information they each contain: - - - Main - - This contains pre-approved posts, reported posts and the five latest logged actions. - - - - - Moderasyon sırası - - This area lists any topics or posts waiting for approval. - - - - - Bildirilen mesajlar - - A list of all open or closed reported posts. - - - - - Kullanıcı notları - - This is an area for administrators or moderators to leave feedback on certain users. - - - - - Uyarılar - - The ability to warn a user, view current users with warnings and view the five latest warnings. - - - - - Moderatör kayıtları - - This is an in-depth list of the five latest actions performed by administrators, moderators or users, as shown on the main page of the MCP. - - - - - Yasaklama - - The option to ban users by username, IP address or email address. - - - - - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Moderasyon sırası - The moderation queue lists topics or posts which require moderator action. The moderation queue is accessible from the Moderator Control Panel. For more information regarding the moderation queue, see . -
    - -
    - - - - camm15h - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Bildirilen mesajlar - Reported posts are reports submitted by users regarding problematic posts. Any current reported posts are accessible from the Moderator Control Panel. For more information regarding reported posts, see . -
    - -
    - Forum moderasyonu - When viewing any particular forum, clicking Moderator Control Panel will take you to the forum moderation area. Here, you are able to mass moderate topics within that forum via the dropdown box. The available actions are: - - Delete: Deletes the selected topic(s). - Move: Moves the selected topic(s) to another forum of your preference. - Fork: Creates a duplicate of the selected topic(s) in another forum of your preference. - Lock: Locks the selected topic(s). - Unlock: Unlocks the selected topic(s). - Resync: Resynchronise the selected topic(s). - Change topic type: Change the topic type to either Global Announcement, Announcement, Sticky, or Regular Topic. - - - - You can also mass-moderate posts within topics. This can be done by navigating through the MCP when viewing the forum, and clicking on the topic itself. Another way to accomplish this is to click the MCP link whilst viewing the particular topic you wish to moderate. - When moderating inside a topic, you can: rename the topic title, move the topic to a different forum, alter the topic icon, merge the topic with another topic, or define how many posts per page will be displayed (this will override the board setting). - From the selection menu, you may also: lock and unlock individual posts, delete the selected post(s), merge the selected post(s), or split or split from the selected post(s). - The Post Details link next to posts also entitle you to alter other settings. As well as viewing the poster’s IP address, profile and notes, and the ability to warn the poster, you also have the option to change the poster ID assigned to the post. You can also lock or delete the post from this page. - - - Depending on the specific permissions set to your user account, some of the aforementioned options and abilities may not be available to you. - - - For further information regarding the Moderator Control Panel, see . -
    -
    -
    diff --git a/documentation/content/tr/chapters/quick_start_guide.xml b/documentation/content/tr/chapters/quick_start_guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 6a56d5b6..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/tr/chapters/quick_start_guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,451 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id: quick_start_guide.xml 142 2007-07-18 17:28:25Z mhobbit $ - - 2006 - phpBB Group - - - Kolay Başlangıç Rehberi - - phpBB 3.0 forumunuzun kurulum ve ayarlarının ilk yapılacak adımlarını bulabileceğiniz kolay bir rehber. - -
    - - - - Graham - - - - Gereksinimler - phpBB, yüklenebilmek ve kullanılabilmek için bazı gereksinimlere ihtiyaç duymaktadır. Bu bölümde, bu gereksinimler açıklanmaktadır. - - - PHP destekli herhangi bir büyük İşletim Sisteminde çalışan bir web sunucusu ya da web hosting hesabı - - - Bir SQL veritabanı sistemi, şunlardan birisi: - - - FireBird 2.0 ya da üzeri - - - MySQL 3.23 ya da üzeri - - - MS SQL Server 2000 ya da üzeri (ODBC yoluyla ya da direkt olarak) - - - Oracle - - - PostgreSQL 7.x ya da üzeri - - - SQLite - - - - - Kullanmayı planladığınız veritabanı için PHP 4.3.3 ya da üzeri desteği. İsteğe bağlı olan PHP içerisindeki alttaki modüllerin hazırda bulunması ilave özelliklere erişim sağlayacaktır, fakat bunlar gerekli tutulmamaktadır. - - - zlib Sıkıştırma desteği - - - Uzak FTP desteği - - - XML desteği - - - Imagemagick desteği - - - - - Bu gereken özelliklerin her birisinin hazırda bulunup bulunmadığı yükleme işlemi sırasında kontrol edilecektir, dokümanında bu açıklanmıştır. -
    -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Kurulum - phpBB 3.0 Olympus kullanımı kolay bir kurulum sistemine sahiptir, bu sistem kurulum işlemi süresince size rehberlik edecektir. - - - phpBB 3.0 Beta 1, phpBB 2.0.x sürümlerinden güncelleme yapma yeteneğine ya da farklı bir yazılım paketinden dönüştürme yapma yeteneğine sahip değildir. Buna sonraki Beta sürümleri ya da RC aşamasındaki sürümler de dahildir. - - phpBB3 arşivinin sıkıştırılmış dosyasını açtıktan ve dosyaları kurulum yapmak istediğiniz yere yükledikten sonra, kurulum ekranını açmak için tarayıcınıza bir URL adresi girmeniz gerekmektedir. İlk olarak URL adresine tarayıcınızı yönlendirmeniz gerek (örneğin; http://www.ornek.com/phpBB3), phpBB daha kurulmadan size kurulum ekranını bulacak ve otomatik olarak oraya yönlendirecektir. -
    - Giriş - - - - - - Yükleme sisteminin sayfa tanıtımı. - - -
    -
    - Giriş - Kurulum ekranı size phpBB için kısa bir tanıtım sunacaktır. Ayrıca kurulum ekranı, Genen Kamu Lisansı altında yayınlanan phpBB 3.0 lisansını okumanıza izin verecektir ve nasıl destek alabileceğiniz hakkında bilgiler sunacaktır. Kuruluma başlamak için, Yükle bağlantısına tıklayın (). -
    -
    - Gereksinimler - - phpBB 3.0'ın minimum gereksinimleri hakkında daha fazla bilgi için lütfen phpBB3'ün gereksinimleri bölümünü okuyun. - - Kurulum başladıktan sonra ilk sayfada gereksinimler listesini göreceksiniz. phpBB 3.0, sunucunuzda gerekli olan her şeyin düzgün bir şekilde çalışıp çalışmadığını otomatik olarak kontrol edecektir. Kuruluma devam etmek için sırasıyla, sisteminizde PHP kurulu olması (gerekli olan en düşük PHP sürüm numarasını gereksinimler sayfasında görebilirsiniz), ve en az bir veritabanı bulunması gerekmektedir. Ayrıca gösterilen tüm klasörlerin mevcut bulunması ve doğru ayarlanmış izinlere sahip olması da önemlidir. Lütfen phpBB 3.0'ın çalışmasını sağlamak amacıyla isteğe bağlı ve gerekli olan modülleri bulmak için her bölümün açıklamasına bakın. Eğer herşey uygunsa, Kuruluma Başla düğmesine tıklayarak kuruluma devam edebilirsiniz. -
    -
    - Veritabanı ayarları - Şimdi hangi veritabanını kullanacağınıza karar verin. Desteklenen veritabanları bilgisi için Gereksinimler alanına bakın. Eğer veritabanı ayarlarınızı bilmiyorsanız, lütfen hosting şirketinizle iletişime geçin ve onlara sorun. Bunlar olmadan devam edemeyeceksiniz. Size gerekenler: - - - Veritabanı Tipi - kullanacağınız veritabanı (ör. mySQL, SQL sunucusu, Oracle) - - - Veritabanı sunucu adı veya DSN - veritabanı sunucusunun adresi. - - - Veritabanı sunucu portu - veritabanı sunucusunun portu (çoğu zaman bu gerekli değildir). - - - Veritabanı adı - sunucudaki veritabanının adı. - - - Veritabanı kullanıcı adı ve Veritabanı şifresi - veritabanı erişimi için giriş verisi. - - - - Eğer SQLite kurup kullanıyorsanız, DSN alanına veritabanı dosyanıza giden tam yolu girmelisiniz ve kullanıcı adı ile şifre alanlarını boş bırakmalısınız. Güvenlik sebeplerinden ötürü, veritabanı dosyanızın web üzerinden erişilebilen bir yerde olmadığına emin olmalısınız. - -
    - Veritabanı ayarları - - - - - - Veritabanı ayarları ekranı, lütfen tüm gereken verilerin mevcut olduğuna emin olun - - -
    - Bir veritabanında çoklu phpBB kurulumu kullanmayı planlayana kadar Veritabanındaki tablolar için ön ek ayarını değiştirmenize gerek yoktur. Böyle bir durumda her kurulum için farklı bir ön ad kullanabilirsiniz. - After you have entered your details, you can continue by clicking the Proceed to next step button. Now, phpBB 3.0 will test and verify the data you entered. - If you see a "Could not connect to the database" error, this means that you didn't enter the database data correctly and it is not possible for phpBB to connect. Make sure that everything you entered is in order and try again. Again, if you are unsure about your database settings, please contact your host. - - Remember that your database username and password are case sensitive. You must use the exact one you have set up or been given by your host - - If you installed another version of phpBB before on the same database with the same prefix, phpBB will inform you and you just need to enter a different database prefix. - If you see the Successful Connection message, you can continue to the next step. -
    -
    - Yönetici detayları - Now you have to create your administration user. This user will have full administration access and he will be the first user on your forum. All fields on this page are required. You can also set the default language of your forum on this page. In a vanilla (basic) phpBB 3.0 installation we only include English [GB]. You can download further languages from www.phpbb.com, and add them later. -
    -
    - Ayar dosyası - In this step, phpBB will automatically try to write the configuration file. The forum needs the configuration to run properly. It contains all of the database settings, so without it, phpBB will not be able to access the database. - Usually, automatically writing the configuration file works fine. But in some cases it can fail due to wrong file permissions, for instance. In this case, you need to upload the file manually. phpBB asks you to download the config.php file and tells you what to do with it. Please read the instructions carefully. After you have uploaded the file, click Done to get to the last step. If Done returns you to the same page as before, and does not return a success message, you did not upload the file correctly. -
    -
    - Gelişmiş ayarlar - The Advanced settings allow you to set some parameters of the board configuration. They are optional, and you can always change them later if you wish. So if you are unsure of what these settings mean, ignore them and proceed to the final step to finish the installation. - If the installation was successful, you can now use the Login button to visit the Administration Control Panel. Congratulations, you have installed phpBB 3.0 successfully. But there is still a lot of work ahead! - If you are unable to get phpBB 3.0 installed even after reading this guide, please look at the support section to find out where you can ask for further assistance. - At this point if you are upgrading from phpBB 2.0, you should refer to the upgrade guide for further information. If not, you should remove the install directory from your server as you will only be able to access the Administration Control Panel whilst it is present. -
    -
    -
    - - - - zeroK - - - - Genel ayarlar - Bu bölümde yeni mesaj panonuzun bazı temel ayarlarını nasıl değiştireceğinizi öğreneceksiniz. - Right after the installation you will be redirected to the so called "Administration Control Panel" (ACP). You can also access this panel by clicking the [Administration Control Panel] link at the bottom of your forum. In this interface you can change everything about your board. -
    - Site Ayarları - The first section of the ACP you will probably want to visit right after the installation is "Board Settings". Here you can first of all change the name (Site name) and description (Site description) of your board. -
    - Site Ayarları - - - - - - Mesaj panonuzun adını ve açıklamasını buradan düzenleyebilirsiniz. - - -
    - This form also holds the options for changing things like the timezone (System timezone) as well as the date format used to render dates/times (Date format). - There you can also select a new style (after having installed it) for your board and enforce it on all members ignoring whatever style they've selected in their "User Control Panel". The style will also be used for all forums where you haven't specified a different one. For details on where to get new styles and how to install them, please visit the styles home page at phpbb.com. - If you want to use your board for a non-English community, this form also lets you change the default language (Default Language) (which can be overridden by each user in their UCPs). By default, phpBB3 only ships with the English language pack. So, before using this field, you will have to download the language pack for the language you want to use and install it. For details, please read Language packs . - -
    - -
    - Mesaj Panosu Özellikleri - If you want to enable or disable some of the basic features of your board, this is the place to go. Here you can allow and disallow for example username changes (Allow Username changes) or the creation of attachments (Allow Attachments). You can even disable BBCode altogether (Allow BBCode). -
    - Mesaj Panosu Özellikleri - - - - - - Sadece 2 tıklama ile temel özellikleri açma ve kapama - - -
    - Disabling BBCode completely is a little bit to harsh for your taste but you don't want your users to abuse the signature field for tons of images? Simply set Allow use of IMG BBCode Tag in user signatures to "No". If you want to be a little bit more specific on what you want to allow and disallow in users' signatures, have a look at the "Signature Settings" form. - The "Board Features" form offers you a great way to control the features in an all-or-nothing way. If you want to get into the details on each feature, there is for everything also a separated form which let's you specify everything from the maximum number of characters allowed in a post (Max characters per post in "Post Settings") to how large a user's avatar can be (Maximum Avatar Dimensions in "Avatar Settings"). - - If you disable features, these will also be unavailable to users who would normally have them according to their respective permissions. For details on the permissions system, please read or the in-depth guide in the Administrator Guide. - - -
    - -
    -
    - - - - Anon - - - MennoniteHobbit - - - - Forumlar oluşturmak - Forums are the sections where topics are stored. Without forums, your users would have nowhere to post! Creating forums is very easy. - Firstly, make sure you are logged in. Find the [ Administration Control Panel ] link at the bottom of the page, and click it. You should be in the Administration Index. You can administer your board here. - There are tabs at the top for the Administration Control Panel that will guide you to each category. You must get to the Forum Administration section to create a forum, so click the Forums tab. - The Forum Administration Index is where you can manage forums on your site. Along with being able to create forums, you are also able to create subforums. Subforums are forums that are located in a parent forum in a hierachy. For more information about subforums, see the administration guide on subforums. - Find the Create new forum button on the right side of the page. Type in the name of the forum you wish in the textbox located directly to the left of this button. For example, if the forum name was to be Test, in the text box put Test. Once you are done, click the Create new forum button create the forum. - You should see a page headed with the text "Create new forum :: Test". You can change options for your forum; for example you can set what forum image the forum can use, if it's a category, or what forum rules text will belong to the forum. You should type up a brief description for the forum as users will be able to figure out what the forum is for. - - - - - - Yeni bir forum oluşturmak. - - - The default settings are usually good enough to get your new forum up and running; however, you may change them to suit your needs. But there are three key forum settings that you should pay attention to. The Parent Forum setting allows you to choose which forum your new forum will belong to. Be careful to what level you want your forum to be in. (The Parent Forum setting is important when creating subforums. For more information on subforums, continue reading to the section on creating subforums) The "Copy Permissions" setting allows you to copy the permissions from an existing forum to your new forum. Use this if you want to keep permissions constant. The forum style setting allows you to set which style your new forum will display. Your new forum can show a different style to another. - Once you're done configuring the settings of your new forum, scroll to the bottom of the page and click the Submit button to create your forum and it's settings. If your new forum was created successfully, the screen will show you a success message. - If you wish to set permissions for the forum (or if you do not click on anything), you will see the forum permissions screen. If you do not want to (and want to use the default permissions for your new forum), click on the Back to previous page link. Otherwise, continue and set each setting to what you wish. Once you are done, click the Apply all Permissions button at the bottom of the page. You will see the successful forum permissions updated screen if it worked. - - If you do not set any permissions on this forum it will not be accessible to anyone (including yourself). - - You have successfully updated your forum permissions and set up your new forum. To create more forums, follow this general procedure again. - For more information on setting permissions, see -
    -
    - - - - dhn - - - - İzinleri ayarlamak - After you created your first forum, you have to decide who has access to it and what your users are allowed to do and what not. This is what Permissions are for. You can disallow guests to post or hand out moderating powers, for instance. Almost every aspect of user interaction with phpBB3 Olympus can be adjusted with permissions. - -
    - İzin çeşitleri - İzinlerin dört farklı çeşidi vardır: - - - Kullanıcı/Grup izinleri (global) - ör. avatar değiştirmeyi kısıtlama - - - Yönetici izinleri (global) - ör. forumları yönetme izni - - - Moderatör izinleri (global ya da yerel) - ör. başlıkları kilitleme ya da kullanıcıları yasaklama izni (sadece global olarak) - - - Forum izinleri (yerel) - ör. bir forum ya da mesaj başlıklarını görüntüleme izni - - - Each permission type consists of a different set of permissions and can apply either locally or globally. A global permission type is set for your whole bulletin board. If you disallow one of your users to send Private Messages, for instance, you have to do this with the global user permission. Administrator permission are also global. -
    - Global ve yerel izinler - - - - - - Global ve yerel izinler - - -
    - On the other hand local permissions do only apply to specific forums. So if you disallow someone to post in one forum, for instance, it will not impact the rest of the board. The user will still be able to post in any other forum he has the local permission to post. - You can appoint moderators either globally or locally. If you trust some of your users enough, you can make them Global Moderators. They can moderate all forums they have access to with the permissions you assign to them. Compared to that, local moderators will only be able to moderate the number of forums you select for them. They can also have different moderator permissions for different forums. While they are able to delete topics in one forum, they may not be allowed to do it in another. Global moderators will have the same permissions for all forums. -
    -
    - Setting forum permissions - To set the permissions for your new forum we need the local Forum Based Permissions. First you have to decide how you want to set the permissions. If you want to set them for a single group or user, you should use the Group or User Forum Permissions. They will allow you to select one group or user, and then select the forums you want to set the permissions for. - But for this Quick Start Guide we will concentrate on the Forum Permissions. Instead of selecting a user or group, you select the forums you want to change first. You can select them either by selecting the forums manually in the top list, or by single forum and single forum plus subforums respectively in the lower pull down menus. Submit will bring you to the next page. -
    - Gruplar Seçmek - - - - - - Select Groups or Users to set Forum Permissions - - -
    - The Forum Permissions page shows you two columns, one for users and one for groups to select (see ). The top lists on both columns labelled as Manage Users and Manage Groups show users and groups that already have permissions on at least one of your selected forums set. You can select them and change their permissions with the Edit Permissions button, or use Remove Permissions to remove them which leads to them not having permissions set, and therefore not being able to see the forum or have any access to it (unless they have access to it through another group). The bottom boxes allow you to add new users or groups, that do not currently have permissions set on at least one of your selected forums. - To add permissions for groups, select one or more groups either in the Add Groups list (this works similar with users, but if you want to add new users, you have to type them in manually in the Add Users text box or use the Find a member function). Add Permissions will take you to the permission interface. Each forum you selected is listed, with the groups or users to change the permissions for below them. - There are two ways to assign permissions: You can set them manually or use predefined Permission Roles for a simpler but less powerful way. You can switch between both approaches any time you want. You can skip the manual permission introduction and jump directly into the section on "Permissions Roles", if you are eager to get everything running as quickly as possible. But remember that permission roles do only offer a small bit of what the permission system has to offer and we believe that to be a good Olympus administrator, you have to fully grasp permissions. - Both ways only differ in the way you set them. They both share the same interface. -
    -
    - Manuel izinler - This is the most important aspect of permissions. You need to understand this to properly work with them. There are three different values that a permission can take: - - - YES will allow a permission setting unless it is overwritten by a NEVER. - - - NO will be disallow a permission setting unless it is overwritten by a YES. - - - NEVER will completely disallow a permission setting for a user. It cannot be overwritten by a YES. - - - The three values are important as it is possible for a user to have more than one permissions for the same setting through multiple groups. If the user is a member of the default "Registered Users" group and a custom group called "Senior Users" you created for your most dedicated members, both could have different permissions for seeing a forum. In this example you want to make a forum called "Good old times" only available to the "Senior Users" group, but don't want all "Registered Users" to see it. You will of course set the Can see forum permission to Yes for "Senior Users". But do not set the permission to Never for "Registered Users". If you do this, "Senior Members" will not see the forum as the No overrides any Yes they have . Leave the setting at No instead. No is a weak Never that a Yes can override. -
    - Manuel izinler - - - - - - Manuel izinler ayarlama - - -
    -
    -
    - İzinler roller - phpBB3 Olympus ships with a number of default permission roles, that offer you a wide variety of options for setting permissions. Instead of having to check each radio button manually, you can select a predefined role in the Rolepull down list. Each role has a detailed description, that will pop up when you hover your mouse over it. Submit your changes with Apply Permissions or Apply All Permissions when you are satisfied with them. That will set the permissions and you are done. -
    - İzin rolleri - - - - - - Roller ile izinleri ayarlama - - -
    - But permission roles are not only a quick and easy way to set permissions, they are also a powerful tool for experienced board administrators to manage permissions on bigger boards. You can create your own roles and edit existing ones. Roles are dynamic, so when you edit a role, all groups and users that have the role assigned will automatically be updated. -
    -
    - - - - zeroK - - - - Forumlara moderatörler belirleme - A quite common use case for permissions and roles are forum moderation. phpBB3 makes assigning users as moderators of forums really simple. - As you might have already guessed, moderation of specific forums is a local setting, so you can find Forum Moderators in the section for Forum Based Permissions. First of all, you will have to select for forum (or forums) you want to assign new moderators to. This form is divided into three areas. In the first one, you can select multiple forums (select multiple by holding down the CTRL button on your keyboard, or cmd (under MacOS X)), where the moderator settings you will set in the following form will only apply to these exact forums. The second area allows you to select only one forum but all the following settings will apply not only to this forum but also all its subforums. Finally, the third area's selection will only affect exactly this forum. - After selecting the forums and hitting Submit, you will be greeted by a form you should already be familiar with from one of the previous sections in this guide: . Here you can select the users or groups that should get some kind of moderation power over the selected forums. So go ahead: Select some users and/or groups and hit the Set Permissions button. - In the next form you can choose, what moderator permissions the selected users/groups should receive. First of all, there are some predefined roles from which you can select: - - - Standart Moderatör - - Bir Standart Moderatör mesajlara onay verebilir ya da vermeyebilir, mesajları silebilir ve düzenleyebilir, bildirileri kapatabilir ya da silebilir, fakat bir mesajın sahibini kesinlikle değiştiremez. Bu tür moderatör ayrıca uyarı verebilir ve bir mesajın ayrıntılarını görüntüleyebilir. - - - - Basit Moderatör - - Bir Basit Moderatör mesajları düzenleyebilir, bildirileri kapatabilir ve silebilir, ayrıca mesaj detaylarını görüntüleyebilir. - - - - Sıralı Moderatör - - Bir Sıralı Moderatör olarak, moderatör sırası içerisinde geniş yetkisi olanlardan başlayarak sadece mesajlara onay verebilir ya da vermeyebilirsiniz ve mesajları düzenleyebilirsiniz. - - - - Tam Moderatör - - Tam Moderatörler moderasyona bağlı her şeyi yapabilirler; aynı zamanda kullanıcıları yasaklayabilirler. - - - -
    - Forum Moderatörünün İzinleri - - - - - - Moderatörün izinlerini ayarlama - - -
    - When you're done simply hit Apply all Permissions. All the permissions mentioned here can also be selected from the right side of the form to give you more granular options. -
    - -
    - - - - zeroK - - - - global izinleri ayarlama - Local Permissions are too local for you? Well, then phpBB3 has something to offer for you, too: Global Permissions: - - Users Permissions - Groups Permissions - Administrators - Global Moderators - - In "User Permissions" and "Group Permissions" you can allow and disallow features like attachments, signatures and avatars for specific users and user groups. Note that some of these settings only matter, if the respective feature is enabled in the "Board Features" (see for details). - Under "Administrators" you can give users or groups administrator privileges like the ability to manage forums or change user permissions. For details on these settings please read the . - The "Global Moderators" form offers you the same settings as the forum specific form (described in ) but applies to all forums on your baord. -
    - -
    -
    - Destek edinme - The phpBB Team provides many options for users to find support for their phpBB install. In addition to this very documentation, the support forum on www.phpbb.com has many answers that users like you are searching for. Therefore, we highly recommend the use of the search feature before asking a new question. If you are unable to find an answer, feel free to post a new topic asking for help. Be sure to be descriptive when explaining your problem! The more we know about what is happening, the faster we can provide you with the answer you are looking for. Be sure to fill out the Support Request Template with the information it asks for. - - In addition to the support forum on www.phpbb.com, we provide a Knowledge Base for users to read and submit articles on common answers to questions. Our community has taken a lot of time in writing these articles, so be sure to check them out. - - We provide realtime support in #phpBB on the popular Open Source IRC network, Freenode. You can typically find someone from each of the teams in here, as well as fellow users who are more than happy to help you out. Be sure to read the IRC rules before joining the channel, as we have a few basic netiquette rules that we ask users to follow. At any given time, there can be as many as 60 users, if not more in the channel, so you are almost certain to find someone there to help you. However, it is important that you read and follow the IRC rules as people may not answer you. An example of this is that oftentimes users come in to the channel and ask if anybody is around and then end up leaving 30 seconds later before someone has the chance to answer. Instead, be sure to ask your question and wait. As the saying goes, "don't ask to ask, just ask!" - - English is not your native language? Not a problem! We also provide an International Support page with links to various websites that provide support in Espanol, Deutsch, Francais, and more. -
    -
    diff --git a/documentation/content/tr/chapters/upgrade_guide.xml b/documentation/content/tr/chapters/upgrade_guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index eca27ee4..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/tr/chapters/upgrade_guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id: upgrade_guide.xml 102 2007-02-18 19:58:09Z mhobbit $ - - 2006 - phpBB Group - - - Güncelleme Rehberi - - phpBB2 forumunuzu 3.0 sürümüne güncellemek ister misiniz? Bu bölüm, bu işlemin nasıl yapılacağını size söyleyecek ve gösterecektir. - -
    - - - - Techie-Micheal - - - - 2.0'dan 3.0'a güncelleme - 2.0.x sürümlerinden 3.0.x sürümlerine güncelleme işlemi anlaşılır ve basit bir işlemdir. - İşlem, bir PHP dosyası formu şeklindedir ve phpBB 2.0.x'te bulunan güncelleme dosyasına benzer. Bu dosya, phpBB'niz 3.0.x sürümünü çalıştırana kadar güncelleme sihirbazı ekranları aracılığıyla size rehberlik edecektir. - Uyarı: Güncellemeye başlamadan önce veritabanınızın ve dosyalarınızın yedeklerini aldığınıza emin olun. -
    -
    diff --git a/documentation/content/tr/chapters/user_guide.xml b/documentation/content/tr/chapters/user_guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index d9b76595..00000000 --- a/documentation/content/tr/chapters/user_guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,430 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - $Id: user_guide.xml 140 2007-07-16 16:41:42Z mhobbit $ - - 2006 - phpBB Group - - - Kullanıcı Rehberi - - Bu bölüm forum kullanıcılarına yöneliktir. phpBB 3.0 için gerekli olan tüm kullanıcı arayüzü özellikleri açıklanmaktadır. - -
    - - - - AdamR - - - - Kullanıcı izinleri forum tecrübesini nasıl etkiler - phpBB3 uses permissions on a per-user or per-usergroup basis to allow or disallow users access to certain functions or features which software offers. These may include the ability to post in certain forums, having an avatar, or being able to communicate through private messages. All of the permissions can be set through the Administration Panel. - Permissions can also be set allowing appointed members to perform special tasks or have special abilities on the bulletin board. Permissions allow the Administrator to define which moderation functions and in which forums certain users or groups of users are allowed to use. This allows for appointed users to become moderators on the bulletin board. The administrator can also give users access to certain sections of the Administration panel, keeping important settings or functions restricted and safe from malicious acts. For example, a select group of moderators could be allowed to modify a user's avatar or signature if said avatar or signature is not allowed under a paticular forum's rules. Without these abilities set, the moderator would need to notify an administrator in order to have the user's profile changed. -
    -
    - - - - zeroK - - - - Bir phpBB3 mesaj panosunda kayıt işlemi - The basic procedure of registering an account on a phpBB3 board consists in the simplest case of only two steps: - - After following the "Register" link you should see the board rules. If you agree to these terms the registration process continues. If you don't agree you can't register your account - - - Now you see a short form for entering your user information where you can specify your username, e-mail address, password, language and timezone. - - - - - As mentioned above, this is only the simplest case. The board can be configured to add some additional steps to the registration process. - - - If you get a site where you have to select whether you were born before or after a specified date, the administrator has enabled this to comply with the U.S. COOPA act. If you are younger than 13 years, your account will stay inactive until it is approved by a parent or guardian. You will receive an e-mail where the next steps required for your account activation are described. - - - If you see in the form where you can specify your username, password etc. a graphic with some wierd looking characters, then you see the so called Visual Confirmation. Simply enter these characters into the Confirmation code field and proceed with the registration. - - - Another option is the account activation. Here, the administrator can make it a requirement that you have to follow a link mailed to you after registering before your account is activated. In this case you will see a message similiar to this one:
    - Your account has been created. However, this forum requires account activation, an activation key has been sent to the e-mail address you provided. Please check your e-mail for further information -
    -
    - It is also possible that the administrator himself/herself has to activate the account.
    - Your account has been created. However, this forum requires account activation by the administrator. An e-mail has been sent to them and you will be informed when your account has been activated. -
    In this case please have some patience with the administrators to review your registration and activate your account.
    -
    -
    -
    -
    - - - - Heimidal - - - - Kullanıcı Kontrol Paneline kendinizi alıştırmak - The User Control Panel (UCP) allows you to alter personal preferences, manage posts you are watching, send and receive private messages, and change the way information about you appears to other users. To view the UCP, click the 'User Control Panel' link that appears after logging in. - The UCP is separated into seven tabs: Overview, Private Messages, Profile, Preferences, Friends and Foes, Attachments, and Groups. Within each tab are several sub pages, accessed by clicking the desired link on the left side of the UCP interface. Some of these areas may not be available depending on the permissions set for you by the administrator. - Every page of the UCP displays your Friends List on the left side. To send a private message to a friend, click their user name. - TODO: Note that Private messaging will be discussed in its own section -
    - Overview - The Overview displays a snapshot of information about your posting habits such as the date you joined the forum, your most active topic, and how many total posts you have submitted. Overview sub pages include Subscriptions, Bookmarks, and Drafts. - -
    - User Control Panel Overview (Index - - - - - - The UCP Overview section - - -
    - -
    - Abonelikler - Subscriptions are forums or individual topics that you have elected to watch for any new posts. Whenever a new post is made inside an area you have subscribed to, an e-mail will be sent you to informing you of the new addition. To create a subscription, visit the forum or topic you would like to subscribe to and click the 'Subscribe' link located at the bottom of the page. - To remove a subscription, check the box next to the subscription you would like to remove and click the 'Unsubscribe' button. -
    -
    - Bookmarks - Bookmarks, much like subscriptions, are topics you've chosen to watch. However, there are two key differences: 1) only individual topics may be bookmarked, and 2) an e-mail will not be sent to inform you of new posts. - To create a bookmark, visit the topic you would like to watch and click the 'Bookmark Topic' link located at the bottom of the page. - To remove a bookmark, check the box next to the bookmark you would like to remove and click the 'Remove marked bookmarks' button. -
    -
    - Taslaklar - Drafts are created when you click the 'Save' button on the New Post or Post Reply page. Displayed are the title of your post, the forum or topic that the draft was made in, and the date you saved it. - To continue editing a draft for future submission, click the 'View/Edit' link. If you plan to finish and post the message, click 'Load Draft'. To delete a draft, check the box next to the draft you wish to remove and click 'Delete Marked'. -
    -
    -
    - Profil - This section lets you set your profile information. Your profile information contains general information that other users on the board will able to see. Think of your profile as a sign of your public presence. This section is separated from your preferences. (Preferences are the individual settings that you set and manage on your own, and control your forum experience. Thus, this is separated from your profile settings.) -
    - Kişisel ayarlar - TODO: Explain the settings you can edit here. -
    -
    - Kayıt bilgileri - TODO: Explain the settings you can edit here. -
    -
    - İmza - TODO: Explain the settings you can edit here. Link to the BBcode explanation of the Posting section would be best. -
    -
    - Avatar - TODO: Explain the settings you can edit here. Experience may differ on forum settings again. Short paragraph about the avatar gallery. -
    -
    -
    - Tercihler - TODO: Short explanation of what this section is for. -
    - Kişisel - TODO: Explain the settings you can edit here. The date setting will offer presets, so a link to the php.net date function for advanced users should be enough. -
    -
    - görüntüleme - TODO: Explain the settings you can edit here. -
    -
    - Mesaj gönderme - TODO: Explain the settings you can edit here. -
    -
    -
    - Arkadaşlar ve Düşmanlar - TODO: (Not sure if this deserves its own section yet. For 3.0 this does not have much of an influence on the overall forum experience, this might change with 3.2, so leaving it here for now.) Write a detailed explanation about what Friends and Foes are and how they affect the forum like hiding posts of foes, adding users to the friends list for fast access / online checks, and so forth. -
    -
    - Eklentiler - TODO: The attachment section of the UCP shows you a list of all attachments that you have uploaded to the board so far ... -
    -
    - Kullanıcı Grupları - TODO: Work in progress, might change, so not sure how this is going to be structured. -
    -
    -
    - - - - AdamR - - - - Mastering the Posting Screen - TODO: How to write a new post and how to reply. Special items like attachments or polls are subsections. Don't forget to mention the "someone has replied before you replied" feature, the topic review, and so forth. Topic icons, smilies, post options, usage of HTML ... it would probably best to add a screenshot with arrows to the different sections. - Posting is the primary purpose of bulletin boards. There are two main types of posts you can make: a topic or a reply. Selecting the New Topic button in a forum button will take you to the posting screen. After submitting your post, a new topic will appear in that forum with your post as the first displayed. Other users (and you as well) are now able to reply to your topic by using the Post Reply button. This will once again bring you to the posting screen, allowying you to enter your post. -
    - Posting Form - You will be taken to the posting form when you decide to post either a new topic or reply, where you can enter your post content. - - Topic/Post Icon - The topic/post icon is a small icon that will display to the left of your post subject. This helps identify your post and make it stand out, though it is completely optional. - Subject - If you are creating a new topic with your post, the subject is required and will become the title of the topic. If you are replying to an existing topic, this is optional, but it can be changed. - Post Content - While not being labled, the large text box is where your actual post content will be entered. Here, along with your text, you may use things like Smilies or BBCode if the board administrator has them enabled. - Smilies - Smilies, or emoticons, are small images which can be inserted into your post to add expression emphasis. If Smilies are enabled, you will see the text "Smilies are ON" to the righthand of the Post Content box. Otherwise, you will see the text "Smilies are OFF." See Posting Smilies for further details. - BBCode - BBCode is a type of formatting that can be applied to your post content if BBCode has been enabled by the board administrator. If BBCode is enabled, you will see the text "BBCode is ON" to the righthand of the Post Content box. Otherwise, you will see the text "BBCode is OFF." See Posting BBCode for further details. - -
    - -
    - İfadeler - Smilies, or emoticons, are small images which can be inserted into your post to add expression emphasis. To use Smiles, certain characters are put together to get the desired output. For example, typing :) will insert [insert smilie here], ;) will insert [insert wink smilie here], etc. Other smilies require the format :texthere: to display. For example, :roll: will insert smilie whose eyes are rolling: [insert rolling smilie here], and :cry: will insert a smilie who is crying: [insert crying smilie here]. - In many cases you can also select which smilie you'd like to insert by clicking its picture to the righthand side of the Post Content text box. When clicked, the smilie's characters will appear at the current location of the curser in the text box. - If you wish to be able to use these characters in your post, but not have them appear as smilies, please see Posting Options. -
    - -
    - BBCodelar - TODO: What are BBcodes. Again, permission based which ones you can use. Explain syntax of the default ones (quote and URL for instance). How to disable BBcode by default, how to disable/enable it for one post. - BBCode is a type of formatting that can be applied to your post content, much like HTML. Unlike HTML, however, BBCode uses square brackets [ and ] instead of angled brackets < and >. Depending on the permissions the board administrator has set, you may be able to use only certain BBCodes or even none at all. - For detailed instructions on the useage of BBCode, you can click the BBCode link to the righthand of the Post Content text box. Please note that the administrator has the option to add new and custom BBCodes, so others may be availible to you which are not on this list. - Basic BBCodes and their outputs are as follows: - TODO: How do we want to go about displaying the output? - [b]Boldface text[/b]: - [i]Italicised text[/i]: - [u]Underlined text[/u]: - [quote]Quoted text[/quote]: - [quote="Name to quote"]Quoted text[/quote]: - [url]http://www.phpbb.com[/url]: http://www.phpbb.com - [url=http://www.phpbb.com]Linked text[/url]: Linked text - Again, for more detailed instructions on the useage of BBCode and the many other available BBCodes, please click the BBCode link to the righthand of the Post Content text bos. -
    - -
    - Mesaj Ayarları - TODO: Gather various screenshots of the basic post options box. When posting a topic/reply and/or moderation functions, etc. - When posting either a new topic or reply, there are several post options that are available to you. You can view these options by selecting the Options tab from the section below the posting form. Depending on the permissions the board administrator has assigned to you or whether you are posting a topic or reply, these options will be different. - - Disable BBCode - If BBCode is enabled on the board and you are allowed to use it, this option will be available. Checking this box will not convert any BBCode in your post content into its respected output. For example, [b]Bolded text[/b] will be seen in your post as exactly [b]Bolded text[/b]. - Disable Smilies - If Smilies are enabled on the board and you are allowed to use them, this option will be available. Checking this box will not convert any of the smilie's characters to their respected image. For example, ;) will be seen in your post as exactly ;). - Do not automatically parse URLs - When entering a URL directly into your post content (in the format of http://....com or www.etc.com), by default it will be converted to a clickable string of text. However, if this box is checked when posting, these URLs will stay as a standard string of text. - Attach a signature (signatures can be altered via the UCP) - If this box is checked, the signature you have set in your profile will be attached to the post provided signatures have been enabled by the administrator and you have the proper permissions. For more information about signatures, please see UCP Signatures. - Send me an email when a reply is posted - If this box is checked, you will receive a notification (either by email, Jabber, etc) every time another user replies to the topic. This is called subscribing to the topic. For more information, please see UCP Subscriptions. - Lock topic - Provided you have moderation permissions in this forum, checking this box will result in the topic being locked after your reply has been posted. At this point, no one but moderators or administrators may reply to the topic. For more information, please see Locking a topic or post. - - -
    - Başlık Tipleri - Provided you have the right permissions, you have the option of selecting various topic types when posting a new topic by using Post topic as. The four possible types are: Normal, Sticky, Announcement, and Global. By default, all new posts are Normal. - - - Normal - By selecting normal, your new topic will be a standard topic in the forum. - Sabit - Stickies are special topics in the forum. They are "stuck" to the top of the first page of the forum in which they are posted, above every Normal topic. - Duyuru - Announcements are much like Stickies in that they are "stuck" to the top of the forum. However, they are different from stickies in two ways: 1) they are above Stickies, and 2) they appear at the top of every page of the forum instead of only the first page of topics. - Global - Global, or Global Announcements, are special types of Announcements which appear at the top of every page of every forum on the board. They appear above every other type of special topic. - - You also have the ability to specify how long the special (stickies, announcements, and global announcements) keep their type. For example, an announcement is created and specified to stay "stuck" for 4 days. After the 4 days are over, the announcement will automatically be switched to a Normal topic. -
    -
    - -
    - Eklentiler - TODO: How to add attachments, what restrictions might there be. Note that one needs to have the permission to use attachments. How to add more than one file, and so forth. -
    -
    - Anketler - TODO: Again, permission based should be noted. Explain how to add the different options, allow for multiple votes, vote changing, and so forth. -
    -
    - Taslaklar - TODO: Explain how to load and save drafts. A link to the UCP drafts section should be added for reference. Not sure if permission based. -
    -
    -
    - Özel Mesajlar ile iletişim - phpBB 3.0 allows its users to communicate privately by using Private Messages. To visit the Private Messages section, you either can click on the [X new messages] link on the left hand side below the forum header, or you can directly access it through the User Control Panel.. - Depending on your [settings], there are 3 ways of being notified that a new Private Message has arrived: - - - By receiving an e-mail or Jabber message - - - While browsing the forum a notification window will pop up - - - The [X new messages] link will show the number of currently unread messages - - - You can set the options to your liking in the Preferences section. Note, that for the popup window notification to work, your will have to add the forum you are visiting to your browser’s popup blocker white list. - You can choose to not receive Private Messages by other users in your Preferences. Note, that moderators and administrators will still be able send you Private Messages, even if you have disabled them. - [To use this feature, you have to be a registered user and need the to have the correct permissions.] -
    - Message display - The Inbox is the default incoming folder, which contains a list of your recently received Private Messages. -
    -
    - Yeni bir mesaj oluşturma - TODO: Similar to the posting screen, so a reference for the basic functions should be enough. What needs to be explained are the To and Bcc fields, how they integrate with the friends list and how to find members (which could also be a link to the memberlist section). -
    -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Mesaj Klasörleri - Just like in your e-mail client, all private messages are stored in folders. Working with folders is similar to working with forums in phpBB 3.0. The Inbox is your default incoming message folder. All messages you receive will appear in here. - Sent messages will appear in either the Outbox or the Sent messages folder. As long as the recipient(s) have not yet read the message, it will stay in the Outbox. As soon as someone reads the message it will be archived to the Sent messages folder. If the administrator allows it, you can edit messages after sending them as long as they are in the Outbox and the recipients have not yet read them. - Each folder, including Sent messages and Outbox, can hold a board-defined amount of messages. This is a global setting that only a board administrator can change. An info text displays the current number of allowed messages and the current percentage of space your messages are using at the top of each folder. If no restriction is displayed, you are allowed unlimited messages in each folder. - - Please note that the total amount of messages allowed is a per-folder setting. You can have multiple folders which each allow 50 messages for instance. If you have 3 folders, your actual global limit is 150 messages, but each folder can only contain up to 50 messages by itself. It is not possible to merge folders and have one with more messages than the limit. - - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Özel Klasörler - - If the administrator allows it, you can create your own custom private message folders in phpBB 3.0. To check whether you can add folders, visit the Edit options section of the private message area. - To add a new folder, enter the folder's name into the Add folder input box. If creation was successful, your new folder will appear at the bottom of the folder list. You can then use it like a normal message folder and move messages into it or set a filter (see the section on Private Message Filters for more information about filters) to automatically do it for you. -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Mesajları Taşıma - - It wouldn't make sense to have custom folders if you weren't able to move messages between them. To do exactly that, visit the folder from which you want to move the messages away. Select the messages you want to move, and use the Moved marked pull-down menu to select the destination folder. - - Please note that if after the move, the destination folder would have more messages in it than the message limit allows, you will receive an error message and the move will be discarded. - -
    - -
    - - - - dhn - - - - Mesaj İşaretleyicileri - - Messages inside folders can have colour markings. Please refer to the Message colours legend to see what each colour means. The exact type of colouring depends on the used theme. Coloured messages can have four different meanings: - - - İşaretlenen mesaj - - You can set a message as marked with the Mark as important option from the pull-down menu. - - - - - Mesaja cevap verme - - If you reply to a message, the message will be marked as this. This way, you can keep hold of which messages still need your attention and which messages you have already replied to. - - - - - Bir arkadaştan mesaj - - If the sender of a message is in your friends list (see the section on Friends & Foes for more information), this colour will highlight the message. - - - - - Bir düşmandan mesaj - - If the sender of a message is one of your foes, this colour will highlight this. - - - - - - Please note that a message can only have one label, and it will always be the last action you take. If you mark a message as important and reply to it afterwards, for instance, the replied to label will overwrite the important label. - -
    -
    -
    - Mesaj süzgeçleri - TODO: How to work with message filters. That is quite a complex system -
    -
    - - -
    - - - - pentapenguin - - - - Üye Listesi - Daha Fazla Kişiyle Tanışma - phpBB3 introduces several new ways to search for users. - -
    - Üye listesini sıralama - - - - - - Üye listesini sıralamak için seçenek seçme. - - -
    - - - - Kullanıcı Adına Göre Sıralama - - If you want to find all members whose usernames start with a certain letter, then you may select the letter from the drop down box and click the Display button to show only users with usernames that begin with that letter. - - - - - Sütun Başlığına Göre Sıralama - - To sort the memberlist ascending, you may click on the column headers like "Username", "Joined", "Posts", etc. If you click on the same column again, then the memberlist will be sorted descending. - - - - - Diğer Seçeneklere Göre Sıralama - - You may also sort the memberlist by using the drop down boxes on the bottom of the page. - - - - - Arama aracıyla bir üye bulma - - With the "Find a member" search tool, you can fine tune your search for members. You must fill out at least one field. If you don't know exactly what you are looking for, you may use the asterisk symbol (*) as a wildcard on any field. - - - -
    -
    diff --git a/documentation/content/tr/images/admin_guide/acp_index.png b/documentation/content/tr/images/admin_guide/acp_index.png deleted file mode 100644 index 26665da5..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/tr/images/admin_guide/acp_index.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/tr/images/admin_guide/creating_bbcodes.png b/documentation/content/tr/images/admin_guide/creating_bbcodes.png deleted file mode 100644 index 002f5271..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/tr/images/admin_guide/creating_bbcodes.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/tr/images/admin_guide/manage_forums_icon_legend.png b/documentation/content/tr/images/admin_guide/manage_forums_icon_legend.png deleted file mode 100644 index d003dc95..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/tr/images/admin_guide/manage_forums_icon_legend.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/tr/images/admin_guide/subforums_list.png b/documentation/content/tr/images/admin_guide/subforums_list.png deleted file mode 100644 index b9a35122..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/tr/images/admin_guide/subforums_list.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/tr/images/admin_guide/users_forum_permissions.png b/documentation/content/tr/images/admin_guide/users_forum_permissions.png deleted file mode 100644 index 397c64ad..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/tr/images/admin_guide/users_forum_permissions.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/tr/images/moderator_guide/quick_mod_tools.png b/documentation/content/tr/images/moderator_guide/quick_mod_tools.png deleted file mode 100644 index 809d47d3..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/tr/images/moderator_guide/quick_mod_tools.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/tr/images/quick_start_guide/creating_forums.png b/documentation/content/tr/images/quick_start_guide/creating_forums.png deleted file mode 100644 index 39b91d5c..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/tr/images/quick_start_guide/creating_forums.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/tr/images/quick_start_guide/installation_database.png b/documentation/content/tr/images/quick_start_guide/installation_database.png deleted file mode 100644 index 77e93417..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/tr/images/quick_start_guide/installation_database.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/tr/images/quick_start_guide/installation_intro.png b/documentation/content/tr/images/quick_start_guide/installation_intro.png deleted file mode 100644 index 4128bd70..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/tr/images/quick_start_guide/installation_intro.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/tr/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_manual.png b/documentation/content/tr/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_manual.png deleted file mode 100644 index f6b887b5..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/tr/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_manual.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/tr/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_moderator.png b/documentation/content/tr/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_moderator.png deleted file mode 100644 index 172ad94a..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/tr/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_moderator.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/tr/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_roles.png b/documentation/content/tr/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_roles.png deleted file mode 100644 index d86fc040..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/tr/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_roles.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/tr/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_select.png b/documentation/content/tr/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_select.png deleted file mode 100644 index c2f46bcd..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/tr/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_select.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/tr/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_types.png b/documentation/content/tr/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_types.png deleted file mode 100644 index a832cecf..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/tr/images/quick_start_guide/permissions_types.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/tr/images/quick_start_guide/settings_features.png b/documentation/content/tr/images/quick_start_guide/settings_features.png deleted file mode 100644 index 54da19b9..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/tr/images/quick_start_guide/settings_features.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/tr/images/quick_start_guide/settings_sitename.png b/documentation/content/tr/images/quick_start_guide/settings_sitename.png deleted file mode 100644 index 603b3da3..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/tr/images/quick_start_guide/settings_sitename.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/tr/images/user_guide/memberlist_sorting.png b/documentation/content/tr/images/user_guide/memberlist_sorting.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6c5e8bf8..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/tr/images/user_guide/memberlist_sorting.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/content/tr/images/user_guide/ucp_overview.png b/documentation/content/tr/images/user_guide/ucp_overview.png deleted file mode 100644 index 76b03626..00000000 Binary files a/documentation/content/tr/images/user_guide/ucp_overview.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/documentation/create_docs.sh b/documentation/create_docs.sh index 99540dc4..53c7b394 100755 --- a/documentation/create_docs.sh +++ b/documentation/create_docs.sh @@ -1,15 +1,16 @@ #!/bin/bash # set this to the correct path -path="/var/www/phpbb.com/htdocs/support/documentation/3.1" +path=${1:-'/var/www/phpbb.com/htdocs/support/documentation/3.3'} echo "Removing build directory" rm -rf build echo "Creating docs" -xsltproc --xinclude xsl/ascraeus_php.xsl ascraeus_doc.xml +xsltproc --xinclude xsl/proteus_php.xsl proteus_doc.xml +exit_code=$? # Capture the exit code -if [ "$?" == "0" ]; then +if [ "$exit_code" == "0" ]; then echo "Successfully created documentation" echo "Removing $path" rm -rf $path @@ -23,4 +24,7 @@ if [ "$?" == "0" ]; then chmod g+w -R $path else echo "Failed creating documentation" -fi \ No newline at end of file +fi + +# Output exit code +exit $exit_code diff --git a/documentation/create_pdf.bat b/documentation/create_pdf.bat index f6dfde95..36c6d6eb 100644 --- a/documentation/create_pdf.bat +++ b/documentation/create_pdf.bat @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ set fop_path=C:\fop echo Removing previous PDF -del ascraeus_doc.pdf +del proteus_doc.pdf echo Creating new PDF -%fop_path%\fop -xml ascraeus_doc.xml -xsl xsl\ascraeus_pdf.xsl -pdf ascraeus_doc.pdf +%fop_path%\fop -xml proteus_doc.xml -xsl xsl\proteus_pdf.xsl -pdf proteus_doc.pdf -echo Done \ No newline at end of file +echo Done diff --git a/documentation/create_pdf.sh b/documentation/create_pdf.sh old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index 8e80aae5..46439462 --- a/documentation/create_pdf.sh +++ b/documentation/create_pdf.sh @@ -1,9 +1,11 @@ #!/bin/bash echo "Removing previous PDF" -rm ascraeus_doc.pdf +if [ -f proteus_doc.pdf ]; then + rm proteus_doc.pdf +fi echo "Creating new PDF" -fop -xml ascraeus_doc.xml -xsl xsl/ascraeus_pdf.xsl -pdf ascraeus_doc.pdf +fop -xml proteus_doc.xml -xsl xsl/proteus_pdf.xsl -pdf proteus_doc.pdf -echo "Done" \ No newline at end of file +echo "Done" diff --git a/documentation/ascraeus_doc.xml b/documentation/proteus_doc.xml similarity index 67% rename from documentation/ascraeus_doc.xml rename to documentation/proteus_doc.xml index c1f2647b..b7cbc825 100644 --- a/documentation/ascraeus_doc.xml +++ b/documentation/proteus_doc.xml @@ -1,15 +1,9 @@ - - %xinclude; - - ]> - phpBB 3.1 <emphasis>Ascraeus</emphasis> Documentation + phpBB 3.3 <emphasis>Proteus</emphasis> Documentation - The detailed documentation for phpBB 3.1 Ascraeus. + The detailed documentation for phpBB 3.3 Proteus. @@ -32,5 +26,6 @@ + diff --git a/documentation/style.css b/documentation/style.css index 54949f92..ee81467a 100644 --- a/documentation/style.css +++ b/documentation/style.css @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* phpBB 3.1 Documentation Style Sheet +/* phpBB 3.3 Documentation Style Sheet */ body { diff --git a/documentation/xsl/ascraeus_pdf.xsl b/documentation/xsl/proteus_pdf.xsl similarity index 95% rename from documentation/xsl/ascraeus_pdf.xsl rename to documentation/xsl/proteus_pdf.xsl index f4baa509..408e4b65 100644 --- a/documentation/xsl/ascraeus_pdf.xsl +++ b/documentation/xsl/proteus_pdf.xsl @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ + diff --git a/documentation/xsl/ascraeus_php.xsl b/documentation/xsl/proteus_php.xsl similarity index 98% rename from documentation/xsl/ascraeus_php.xsl rename to documentation/xsl/proteus_php.xsl index 407dbf1b..54deef8a 100644 --- a/documentation/xsl/ascraeus_php.xsl +++ b/documentation/xsl/proteus_php.xsl @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ - + @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ - + @@ -78,8 +78,8 @@ define('IN_PHPBB', true); include($root_path . 'common.php'); include($root_path . 'includes/functions_docbook.php'); -$template->set_filenames(array( - 'body' => 'support/support_documentation_docbook.html') +$template->set_filenames([ + 'body' => 'support/support_documentation_docbook.html'] ); @@ -100,10 +100,10 @@ $template->set_filenames(array( $content = str_replace(' xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"', '', ob_get_clean()); -$template->assign_vars(array( +$template->assign_vars([ 'PAGE_TITLE' => $page_title, 'S_CONTENT' => $content, - 'S_BODY_CLASS' => 'support documentation docbook') + 'S_BODY_CLASS' => 'support documentation docbook'] ); page_header($page_title, false); diff --git a/documentation/xsl/ascraeus_php_subsection.xsl b/documentation/xsl/proteus_php_subsection.xsl similarity index 98% rename from documentation/xsl/ascraeus_php_subsection.xsl rename to documentation/xsl/proteus_php_subsection.xsl index 4e49a8a6..7d94c199 100644 --- a/documentation/xsl/ascraeus_php_subsection.xsl +++ b/documentation/xsl/proteus_php_subsection.xsl @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ - + @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ - + @@ -74,8 +74,8 @@ define('IN_PHPBB', true); include($root_path . 'common.php'); include($root_path . 'includes/functions_docbook.php'); -$template->set_filenames(array( - 'body' => 'support/support_documentation_docbook.html') +$template->set_filenames([ + 'body' => 'support/support_documentation_docbook.html'] ); @@ -96,10 +96,10 @@ $template->set_filenames(array( $content = str_replace(' xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"', '', ob_get_clean()); -$template->assign_vars(array( +$template->assign_vars([ 'PAGE_TITLE' => $page_title, 'S_CONTENT' => $content, - 'S_BODY_CLASS' => 'support documentation docbook') + 'S_BODY_CLASS' => 'support documentation docbook'] ); page_header($page_title, false); diff --git a/documentation/xsl/ascraeus_phpbb_dot_com.xsl b/documentation/xsl/proteus_phpbb_dot_com.xsl similarity index 99% rename from documentation/xsl/ascraeus_phpbb_dot_com.xsl rename to documentation/xsl/proteus_phpbb_dot_com.xsl index 15f3398b..8b3fd7f7 100644 --- a/documentation/xsl/ascraeus_phpbb_dot_com.xsl +++ b/documentation/xsl/proteus_phpbb_dot_com.xsl @@ -3,7 +3,6 @@ xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" version="1.0"> - + @@ -40,7 +39,7 @@ - + diff --git a/documentation/xsl/ascraeus_xhtml.xsl b/documentation/xsl/proteus_xhtml.xsl similarity index 98% rename from documentation/xsl/ascraeus_xhtml.xsl rename to documentation/xsl/proteus_xhtml.xsl index d097d8c1..cff14f91 100644 --- a/documentation/xsl/ascraeus_xhtml.xsl +++ b/documentation/xsl/proteus_xhtml.xsl @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ - + diff --git a/readme.md b/readme.md index e8e79459..29e5e578 100644 --- a/readme.md +++ b/readme.md @@ -1,16 +1,15 @@ -# phpBB Documentation +# phpBB User Documentation -Documentation for board visitors, moderators and administrators. Can be seen online [here](http://www.phpbb.com/support/documentation/3.1/) +Documentation for board visitors, moderators and administrators can be seen online [here](https://www.phpbb.com/support/documentation/3.3/). -## Patches +# phpBB Developer Documentation -Do you have an improvement? Did you fix a bug? Fork our GitHub repo, make your changes in a separate branch and send a pull request. -Please read the [Git Sub-Project Guidelines](http://wiki.phpbb.com/Sub-Project_Contribution_Guidelines) before forking and fixing bugs. - -## Translations - -If you have a translation please read the information on patches. +Documentation for phpBB development and extension authors can be seen online [here](https://area51.phpbb.com/docs/dev/). ## Get Involved -You can get involved by providing patches/improvements (See Above). +Do you have an improvement, bug fix or translation for our Docs? Read our [Contributing guidelines](CONTRIBUTING.md) to help improve our Documentation. + +## License +Documentation © 2021 [phpBB Limited](https://www.phpbb.com/). +
    Licensed under the [CC Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 3.0](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/3.0/) license.